Eclipse Development History

Version 2014.
ECLIPSE* reservoir simulation software
Development History
Proprietary notice
Copyright 2014 Schlumberger. All rights reserved. Reproduction or alteration without prior written permission is prohibited, except as
allowed under applicable law.
Use of this product is governed by the License Agreement. Schlumberger makes no warranties, express, implied, or statutory, with respect
to the product described herein and disclaims without limitations any warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
Trademarks & service marks

"Schlumberger," the Schlumberger logotype, and other words or symbols used to identify the products and services described herein are
either trademarks, trade names, or service marks of Schlumberger and its licensors, or are the property of their respective owners. These
marks may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of their owners. In addition,
covers, page headers, custom graphics, icons, and other design elements may be service marks, trademarks, and/or trade dress of
Schlumberger and may not be copied, imitated, or used, in whole or in part, without the express prior written permission of Schlumberger.
ECLIPSE Development History
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 - Introduction ................................................................................................................... 9
Chapter 2 - 2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments .............................................................................. 11
New Facilities ..... .................................................................................................................................................................11
Behavioral changes ..............................................................................................................................................................17
New Keywords.... .................................................................................................................................................................24
Altered keywords .................................................................................................................................................................30
Chapter 3 - 2012.1 and 2012.2 Developments .............................................................................. 41

New facilities....... .................................................................................................................................................................41
New Keywords.... .................................................................................................................................................................55
Chapter 4 - 2011.1 and 2011.2 Developments............................................................................... 69

New facilities....... .................................................................................................................................................................69
New Keywords.... .................................................................................................................................................................84
Chapter 5 - 2010.1 and 2010.2 Developments ............................................................................ 103

New Facilities ..... ...............................................................................................................................................................103
Behavioral Changes ...........................................................................................................................................................115
New Keywords.... ...............................................................................................................................................................123
Altered Keywords ...............................................................................................................................................................131

New Facilities ..... ...............................................................................................................................................................147
New Keywords.... ...............................................................................................................................................................169

New Facilities ..... ...............................................................................................................................................................199
New Keywords.... ...............................................................................................................................................................220
Chapter 8 - 2007.1 Developments................................................................................................ 253

New Facilities ..... ...............................................................................................................................................................253
New Keywords.... ...............................................................................................................................................................271

New Facilities ..... ...............................................................................................................................................................297
New Keywords.... ...............................................................................................................................................................308

Table of Contents
Chapter 10 - 2005A and 2205A_1 Developments ....................................................................... 319

New Facilities...... ...............................................................................................................................................................319
New Keywords .... ...............................................................................................................................................................330
Chapter 11 - 2004 Developments................................................................................................. 339

New Facilities...... ...............................................................................................................................................................339
Behavioral Changes for 2004A ...........................................................................................................................................348
New Keywords .... ...............................................................................................................................................................351
Chapter 12 - 2003A Developments .............................................................................................. 363

New Facilities...... ...............................................................................................................................................................363
New Keywords .... ...............................................................................................................................................................371

New Facilities...... ...............................................................................................................................................................381
New Keywords .... ...............................................................................................................................................................393

New Facilities...... ...............................................................................................................................................................403
New Keywords .... ...............................................................................................................................................................415

New Facilities...... ...............................................................................................................................................................429
New Keywords .... ...............................................................................................................................................................448
Chapter 16 - Older Developments ............................................................................................... 461

ECLIPSE Developments in 99A..........................................................................................................................................461
ECLIPSE Developments in 88/09 .......................................................................................................................................594
ECLIPSE Developments in 87/1 .........................................................................................................................................599

Table of Contents
List of Tables
Table 2.1
Table 2.2
Table 2.3
Table 2.4
Table 2.5
Table 2.6
Table 2.7
Table 2.8
Table 2.9
Table 2.10
Table 2.11
Table 2.12
Table 2.13
Table 2.14
Table 2.15
Table 2.16
Table 2.17
Table 2.18
Table 2.19
Table 3.1
Table 3.2
Table 3.3
Table 3.4
Table 3.5
Table 3.6
Table 3.7
Table 3.8
Table 3.9
Table 3.10
Table 3.11
Table 3.12
Table 3.13
Table 3.14
Table 3.15
Table 3.16
Table 3.17
Table 3.18
Table 3.19
Table 3.20
Table 3.21
Table 4.22
Table 4.23
Table 4.24
Table 4.25
Table 4.26
Table 4.27
Table 4.28
Table 4.29
Table 4.30
Table 4.31
Table 4.32
Table 4.33
Table 4.34
Table 4.35
RUNSPEC keywords ...............................................................................................................................24

PROPS keywords ....................................................................................................................................24
REGIONS keywords ................................................................................................................................25
SUMMARY keywords ..............................................................................................................................25
SCHEDULE keywords .............................................................................................................................27
PROPS keywords ....................................................................................................................................27
REGION keywords ..................................................................................................................................28
Altered GRID keywords ...........................................................................................................................30
Altered PROPS keywords........................................................................................................................30
Altered SOLUTION keywords ..................................................................................................................31
Altered SCHEDULE keywords.................................................................................................................31
Altered OPTIONS ....................................................................................................................................32
Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300........................................................................................34
Altered GRID keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ................................................................................................34
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300.............................................................................................35
Altered SOLUTION keywords in ECLIPSE 300 .......................................................................................36
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300......................................................................................36
Altered OPTIONS3 switches ...................................................................................................................37
GRID keywords........................................................................................................................................55
PROPS keywords ....................................................................................................................................55
SCHEDULE keywords .............................................................................................................................56
PROPS keywords ....................................................................................................................................56
SOLUTION keywords ..............................................................................................................................57
SCHEDULE keyword ...............................................................................................................................58
Altered RUNSPEC keywords...................................................................................................................59
Altered PROPS keywords........................................................................................................................59
Altered SCHEDULE keywords.................................................................................................................60
Altered OPTIONS ....................................................................................................................................61
Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300........................................................................................63
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300.............................................................................................63
Altered SUMMARY mnemonics...............................................................................................................64
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300......................................................................................65
Altered OPTIONS3 switches ...................................................................................................................66
GRID keywords........................................................................................................................................84
PROPS keywords ....................................................................................................................................84
GRID keywords........................................................................................................................................85
PROPS keywords ....................................................................................................................................85
SCHEDULE keyword ...............................................................................................................................87
Altered RUNSPEC keywords...................................................................................................................88
Altered EDIT keywords ............................................................................................................................89
Altered REGIONS keywords....................................................................................................................89

List of Tables
Table 4.36
Table 4.37
Table 4.38
Table 4.39
Table 4.40
Table 4.41
Table 4.42
Table 4.43
Table 4.44
Table 4.45
Table 4.46
Table 5.47
Table 5.48
Table 5.49
Table 5.50
Table 5.51
Table 5.52
Table 5.53
Table 5.54
Table 5.55
Table 5.56
Table 5.57
Table 5.58
Table 5.59
Table 5.60
Table 5.61
Table 5.62
Table 5.63
Table 5.64
Table 5.65
Table 5.66
Table 5.67
Table 5.68
Table 5.69
Table 5.70
Table 5.71
Table 5.72
Table 5.73
Table 6.74
Table 6.75
Table 6.76
Table 6.77
Table 6.78
Table 6.79
Table 6.80
Table 6.81
Table 6.82
Table 6.83
Table 6.84
Table 6.85
Table 6.86
Table 6.87
Table 6.88
Table 6.89
Table 6.90
Table 6.91
Table 6.92
Table 6.93
Table 6.94
Altered SUMMARY keywords ..................................................................................................................90

Altered SCHEDULE keywords .................................................................................................................90
Altered OPTIONS ....................................................................................................................................91
Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ........................................................................................93
Altered EDIT keywords in ECLIPSE 300 .................................................................................................93
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300 .............................................................................................94
Altered SUMMARY mnemonics ...............................................................................................................95
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ......................................................................................96
Altered OPTIONS3 switches....................................................................................................................98
Effect of Hydraulic Fracture keywords ...................................................................................................113
GRID keywords ......................................................................................................................................123
PROPS keywords ..................................................................................................................................123
SUMMARY keywords ............................................................................................................................123
SCHEDULE Keywords...........................................................................................................................125
GRID keywords ......................................................................................................................................126
PROPS keywords ..................................................................................................................................126
SCHEDULE keyword .............................................................................................................................130
Altered RUNSPEC keywords .................................................................................................................131
Altered GRID keywords .........................................................................................................................131
Altered EDIT keywords ..........................................................................................................................132
Altered PROPS keywords ......................................................................................................................132
Altered REGIONS keywords ..................................................................................................................132
Altered SOLUTION keywords ................................................................................................................133
Altered SUMMARY keywords ................................................................................................................133
Altered SCHEDULE keywords ...............................................................................................................133
Altered OPTIONS ..................................................................................................................................134
Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ......................................................................................136
Altered GRID keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ..............................................................................................137
Altered EDIT keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ...............................................................................................137
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ...........................................................................................137
Altered REGIONS keywords in ECLIPSE 300 .......................................................................................138
Altered SOLUTION keywords in ECLIPSE 300 .....................................................................................138
Altered SUMMARY mnemonics .............................................................................................................139
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ....................................................................................139
Altered OPTIONS3 switches..................................................................................................................141
RUNSPEC keywords .............................................................................................................................169
GRID keywords ......................................................................................................................................169
EDIT keywords.......................................................................................................................................169
PROPS keywords ..................................................................................................................................170
REGIONS keywords ..............................................................................................................................170
SOLUTION keywords ............................................................................................................................171
SCHEDULE Keywords...........................................................................................................................174
GRID keywords ......................................................................................................................................175
EDIT keywords.......................................................................................................................................175
PROPS keywords ..................................................................................................................................176
REGIONS keywords ..............................................................................................................................176
SOLUTION section keywords ................................................................................................................177
Altered RUNSPEC keywords .................................................................................................................181
Altered PROPS keywords ......................................................................................................................182
Altered SCHEDULE keywords ...............................................................................................................183

List of Tables
Table 6.95
Table 6.96
Table 6.97
Table 6.98
Table 6.99
Table 6.100
Table 6.101
Table 6.102
Table 6.103
Table 7.104
Table 7.105
Table 7.106
Table 7.107
Table 7.108
Table 7.109
Table 7.110
Table 7.111
Table 7.112
Table 7.113
Table 7.114
Table 7.115
Table 7.116
Table 7.117
Table 7.118
Table 7.119
Table 7.120
Table 7.121
Table 7.122
Table 7.123
Table 7.124
Table 7.125
Table 7.126
Table 7.127
Table 7.128
Table 7.129
Table 7.130
Table 7.131
Table 7.132
Table 7.133
Table 7.134
Table 7.135
Altered OPTIONS ..................................................................................................................................184

Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300......................................................................................187
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300...........................................................................................188
Altered SUMMARY mnemonics.............................................................................................................190
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300....................................................................................190
Altered OPTIMIZE keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ......................................................................................192
Altered OPTIONS3 switches .................................................................................................................193
GRID keywords......................................................................................................................................220
PROPS keywords ..................................................................................................................................221
SOLUTION keywords ............................................................................................................................221
SCHEDULE Keywords ..........................................................................................................................223
GRID keywords......................................................................................................................................224
PROPS keywords ..................................................................................................................................224
SOLUTION section keywords ................................................................................................................226
Altered RUNSPEC keywords.................................................................................................................231
Altered EDIT keywords ..........................................................................................................................232
Altered PROPS keywords......................................................................................................................233
Altered REGIONS keywords..................................................................................................................234
Altered SUMMARY keywords ................................................................................................................235
Altered SCHEDULE keywords...............................................................................................................235
Altered OPTIONS ..................................................................................................................................237
Altered DEBUG switches .......................................................................................................................238
Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300......................................................................................239
Altered EDIT keywords in ECLIPSE 300 ...............................................................................................240
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300...........................................................................................241
Altered REGIONS keywords in ECLIPSE 300.......................................................................................241
Altered SUMMARY mnemonics.............................................................................................................244
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300....................................................................................244
Altered OPTIONS3 switches .................................................................................................................247
Altered OPTIMIZE keywords .................................................................................................................251

List of Tables

List of Tables
Introduction
Chapter 1
This document contains an extensive, detailed record of the developments to ECLIPSE over the
years.
A common question asked by clients is When was such-and-such added to the simulators?
This document contains as complete a history of the developments of the simulators as we are
able to produce.
From the present back to the 2000A release, when the manuals for ECLIPSE 100, 200 and 300
were combined, we have the new features document for each year. Prior to that each manual was
separate; indeed each ECLIPSE 200 option had its own new features section. These have been
amalgamated as best as is possible.
The ECLIPSE 100 and 200 history goes back to 1984 while the ECLIPSE 300 history goes back
to 1997.
For information on the updates in the 2014.1 release, please refer to the "ECLIPSE Suite
Release Notes" or see "New Developments" in the "ECLIPSE Reference Manual".
Introduction
10
Introduction
2013.1 and 2013.2

Developments
Chapter 2
New Facilities
ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
Coal Bed Methane option
CBMOPTS items 4-9 can be used to modify the Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model
as specified by the ROCKPAMA keyword:
Item 4 can be used to activate monitoring of passes through the rebound region (when
the pore volume derivative changes sign), enabling the output of the number of passes
through the rebound region using mnemonic NPMREB in RPTSCHED or RPTRST.
Item 5 can be used to select a different modeling of the volumetric strain term of the
Palmer-Mansoori model. For cases where the sorption diffusion process is slow, the
instant adsorption assumption of the strain term might not be valid. This could result
in a negative total compressibility, and in the limiting case, the reservoir equations
cannot be solved. The coal is swelling/shrinking without the corresponding exchange
of gas. For such cases, the alternative forms enabled by this item should be explored.
Item 6 can be used to request a scaling/no-scaling of the Palmer-Mansoori strain term,

by using the same scaling as used for the adsorption capacities. By default scaling is
applied.
Item 7 can be used to request that the pore volume and/or the transmissibilities should
be altered by the Palmer-Mansoori model.
Item 8 can be used to perform a chop on the pressure if passing through the rebound
pressure (this is for the standard Palmer-Mansoori model). In some cases this can
enhance convergence.
Item 9 sets a minimum pore volume for the Palmer-Mansoori modifications of the pore
volumes.
ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes
2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

New Facilities
11
PROPS section
The keywords PLYKRRF, PLYRMDEN and PLYCAMAX have been added to allow polymer
properties to be specified on a cell-by-cell basis.
The keywords PLYTRRF and PLYTRRFA have been added to allow adsorbed polymer
residual resistance factors to vary with temperature. If PLYTRRFA is used to make
PLYTRRF a histogram of temperature intervals, the part of the adsorbed polymer
corresponding to a temperature dependent RRF in the nnnth interval of the PLYTRRF table
is viewable as a restart field with the mnemonic CABINnnn, and the value in a given block
can be viewed as a summary vector with the mnemonic BCABnnn.
The keywords KRWH, KRWRH, IKRWH and IKRWRH have been added to provide separate
end-point vertical scaling for the two-phase and three-phase WAG hysteresis water relative
permeability saturation functions. These are specified via the WAG hysteresis two-phase
and three-phase saturation region keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM.
The existing keyword ROCKTABH for hysteretic rock compaction data tables now allows
the specification of directional transmissibility multipliers, similar to keyword ROCKTAB,
when RKTRMDIR is also defined.
The keywords ROCKTSIG and ROCKTHSG have been added to facilitate input of rock
compaction data tables for Dual Porosity runs in terms of the sigma multiplier of matrixfracture coupling as a function of pressure.
The TPAMEPS and TPAMEPSS keywords can be used to specify sorption-induced strain
terms for the Palmer-Mansoori model, ROCKPAMA.
The keyword PLYSHLOG has been added to activate a logarithm-based polymer shear
thinning/thickening model that may be used as an alternative to PLYSHEAR. When used in
conjunction with new keyword SHRATE, a shear rate form of the model is applied; if
specified without keyword SHRATE, a shear velocity form of the model is applied.
The keyword SHRATE has been added to activate the shear rate form of the alternative
polymer shear thinning/thickening logarithmic model.
REGIONS section
The keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM have been added to provide optional alternative
saturation regions for specifying the WAG hysteresis two-phase and three-phase WAG
hysteresis water relative permeability saturation functions.
SUMMARY section
12
The SUMMARY keywords MSUMBUG, MSUMCOMM, MSUMERR, MSUMMESS, MSUMPROB

and MSUMWARN have been added to provide data vectors for the total number of messages.
The SUMMARY keyword NMESSAGE has been added to control the output of all message
data vectors for the run.
The SUMMARY keywords SSTR and SFOPN have been added to provide data vectors for
segment device base strength and setting in the multisegment well model.
The SUMMARY keywords BFLOW0I, BFLOW0J and BFLOW0K have been added to provide
the output of inter-block water flow rates in the positive I, J and K directions, respectively,
prior to shear thinning/thickening effects. For use with the PLYSHLOG option.
The SUMMARY keywords BVELW0I, BVELW0J and BVELW0K have been added to provide
the output of water velocities in the positive I, J and K directions, respectively, prior to shear
thinning/thickening effects. For use with the PLYSHLOG option.

New Facilities
The SUMMARY keywords BPSHLZI, BPSHLZJ and BPSHLZK have been added to provide
the output of the water viscosity multipliers in the positive I, J and K directions,
respectively, due to shear thinning/thickening in each direction. For use with the
PLYSHLOG option.
The SUMMARY keywords BSRTW0I, BSRTW0J and BSRTW0K have been added to provide
the output of water shear rates in the positive I, J and K directions, respectively, prior to
shear thinning/thickening effects. For use with the PLYSHLOG option when keyword
SHRATE is activated.
The SUMMARY keywords BSRTWI, BSRTWJ and BSRTWK have been added to provide the
output of water shear rates in the positive I, J and K directions, respectively, following shear
thinning/thickening effects. For use with the PLYSHLOG option when keyword SHRATE
is activated.
The SUMMARY keywords BSHWVISI, BSHWVISJ and BSHWVISK have been added to
provide the output of the shear viscosities of the water/polymer solution produced by the
shear thinning/thickening in the positive I, J and K directions, respectively. For use with the
PLYSHLOG option.
In addition, for 2013.2, the SUMMARY section keywords BFLOW0I, BFLOW0J, BFLOW0K,
BVELW0I, BVELW0J, BVELW0K, BPSHLZI, BPSHLZJ, BPSHLZK, BSHWVISI,
BSHWVISJ and BSHWVISK may also be used in conjunction with the PLYSHEAR option.
These keywords were previously compatible only with the PLYSHLOG option in 2013.1.
SCHEDULE section
A new item has been added to the WSEGVALV, WSEGAICD, WSEGSICD, WSEGTABL,
WSEGLABY and WSEGFLIM keywords to allow for them to be shut.
A new item has been added to WSEGVALV which specifies the maximum cross-sectional
area for flow in the constriction.
The PLYADS, PLYDHFLF, PLYMAX, PLYSHEAR, PLYSHLOG and SHRATE keywords

may now be defined here as well as in the PROPS section when using the Polymer Flood
Model (see "Polymer Flood Model" in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description").
The PLYROCKM keyword has been added to allow the modification of polymer-rock
properties when using the Polymer Flood Model.
A new RPTRST mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes
through the rebound region when using the Palmer-Mansoori rock model.
The RPTRST ROCKC mnemonic now outputs PERM_MOD (or PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY
and PERM_MDZ in the directional case) in place of TRAN_MOD etc. (Rock Compaction
option).
A new RPTRST mnemonic SIGM_MOD can be used to output dual porosity sigma
multipliers (Rock Compaction option).
A new RPTSCHED mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes
The RPTSCHED ROCKC mnemonic now outputs PERM_MOD (or PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY
and PERM_MDZ in the directional case) in place of TRAN_MOD etc. (Rock Compaction
option).

New Facilities
13
Tracers
From the 2013.2 release, the GETDATA keyword can be used to read initial tracer
concentrations from previously generated initial or restart files if item 3 is set to the
corresponding TBLK array.
ECLIPSE 300
RUNSPEC section
For Coal Bed Methane models, the instant adsorption option (CBMOPTS item 1) can now
be used with the Adaptive Implicit Method (AIM). This combination of features could not
be used in versions between 2012.1 and 2013.1 due to incompatibilities. These features are
now compatible from version 2013.2.
GRID section
The mnemonic IOCN can now be used with the RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL keywords to
output the active cells numbers for the global grid and any local grid refinements.
PROPS section
14
A surfactant model, similar to the ECLIPSE 100 Surfactant option, can now be used in
ECLIPSE 300. The new model is described in the "Surfactant Model" in the "ECLIPSE
Technical Description".
Two new options have been added to the EQLDREAC keyword for specifying equilibrium
deviation terms to be used in reaction rates. The new options can be used to model
adsorption and desorption using solid components. Adsorption equilibrium values are
specified with the new EQLDTAB keyword.
A new item has been added to the EQLDREAC keyword to allow the order of the deviation
terms to be specified.
The EQLDREAC and EQLDKVCR keywords can now be used in non-thermal runs.
The effects of adsorbed solids on wettability can now be modeled by interpolating between
two sets of saturation functions. The SOLWTAB keyword defines the interpolation
parameter as a function of the adsorbed wetting-solid concentration. Only oil and water
saturation functions are affected. The adsorbed wetting-solid is calculated by summing the
weights of adsorbed solid components, multiplied by a wetting factor given by the SOLWW
keyword.
The keywords KRWH, KRWRH, IKRWH and IKRWRH have been added to provide separate
end-point vertical scaling for the two-phase and three-phase WAG hysteresis water relative
permeability saturation functions. These are specified via the WAG hysteresis two-phase
and three-phase saturation region keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM.
The keywords MWWS, DREFWS, CREFWS and PREFWS have been added to supply
molecular weights, densities, compressibilities and pressures of water components,
respectively, for the calculation of water molar density at surface conditions.
The existing keyword ROCKTABH for hysteretic rock compaction data tables now allows
the specification of directional transmissibility multipliers, similar to keyword ROCKTAB,
when RKTRMDIR is also defined.

New Facilities
The keywords ROCKTSIG and ROCKTHSG have been added to facilitate input of rock
compaction data tables for Dual Porosity runs in terms of the sigma multiplier of matrixfracture coupling as a function of pressure.
The TPAMEPS keyword can be used to specify sorption-induced strain terms for each
component for the Palmer-Mansoori model, ROCKPAMA.
In black oil simulations with both dissolved gas and vaporized oil, if 1- Rssat x Rvsat <0
the flash may not be able to determine single phase states properly. Item 111 of OPTIONS3
has been extended to force single phase states to be gas in these circumstances.
From 2013.2 it is possible to simulate a dead oil (PVDO) with a gas phase in BLACKOIL
mode. Previous versions of ECLIPSE banned this combination of keywords.
REGIONS section
The keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM have been added to provide optional alternative
saturation regions for specifying the WAG hysteresis two-phase and three-phase WAG
The effects of adsorbed solids on wettability can now be modeled by interpolating between
two sets of saturation functions. The SOLWNUM keyword has been added to identify the
saturation functions representing high adsorbed solid conditions.
SUMMARY section
The SUMMARY keywords MSUMBUG, MSUMCOMM, MSUMERR, MSUMMESS, MSUMPROB

and MSUMWARN have been added to provide data vectors for the total number of messages.
The SUMMARY keyword NMESSAGE has been added to control the output of all message
data vectors for the run.
The SUMMARY keywords SSTR and SFOPN have been added to provide data vectors for
segment device base strength and setting in the multisegment well model.
The SUMMARY keyword WDRPR has been added to provide data vectors for well drilling
priorities.
The SUMMARY keywords BSURF, BSURFST, BSURFKR, BSURFCP have been added for
use with the Surfactant Model to output the surfactant concentration, surface tension,
relative permeability interpolation parameter and capillary pressure multiplier. See the
"Surfactant Model" in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description".
The SUMMARY keyword BSOLADS has been added for use with the Solid Phase Model to
output the adsorbed solid concentration.The keywords BSOLADW and BSOLWET have been
added to output the adsorbed wetting-solid concentration and the solid wettability
interpolation parameter. See "Solid Phase" in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description".
The SUMMARY keyword BSIGMMOD can now be used with ECLIPSE 300 to output dual
porosity sigma multipliers in the rock compaction option. Similarly, the new keywords
BPERMMDX, BPERMMDY and BPERMMDZ output directional permeability modifiers.
SOLUTION section
A new RPTSOL mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes
A new RPTSOL mnemonic SIGM_MOD can be used to output dual porosity sigma

New Facilities
15
New RPTSOL mnemonics SOLADS and SOLWET have been added to output the adsorbed
solid concentration and solid wettability interpolation parameter (Solid model).
New RPTSOL mnemonics PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY and PERM_MDZ have been added to
output directional permeability multipliers (Rock Compaction option).
SCHEDULE section
A new argument has been added to the GUIDERAT keyword to allow a minimum value for
user-defined guide rates to be set. This avoids problems where very small guide rates are
ignored.
A new item has been added to the WSEGVALV, WSEGAICD, WSEGSICD, WSEGTABL,
WSEGLABY and WSEGFLIM keywords to allow for them to be shut.
A new item has been added to WSEGVALV which specifies the maximum cross-sectional
area for flow in the constriction.
A new RPTRST mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes
A new RPTRST mnemonic SIGM_MOD can be used to output dual porosity sigma
New RPTRST mnemonics SOLADS and SOLWET have been added to output the adsorbed
New RPTRST mnemonics PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY and PERM_MDZ have been added to
New RPTSCHED mnemonics SURF, SURFCNM, SURFKR, SURFCP and SURFST have
been added to output the surfactant concentration, log of the capillary number, relative
permeability interpolation factor, capillary pressure multiplier and surface tension
(Surfactant option).
New RPTSCHED mnemonics SOLADS and SOLWET have been added to output the
adsorbed solid concentration and solid wettability interpolation parameter (Solid model).
A new RPTSCHED mnemonic SIGM_MOD can be used to output dual porosity sigma
New RPTSCHED mnemonics PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY and PERM_MDZ have been added
to output directional permeability multipliers (Rock Compaction option).
Thermal
16
WINJW and WELLSTRW are now compatible with CO2STORE in thermal mode.
An array with the name ROCKCONA is written to the INIT file to illustrate which cells are
connected to each cap or base rock as defined using the ROCKCON or ROCKCONL
keywords. This array will be written by default for any Thermal Model containing either
the ROCKCON or ROCKCONL keyword.

New Facilities
Behavioral changes
These may cause changes to the results of a simulation, or alter the form or content of the output.
ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
The new keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM have been added to provide optional alternative
saturation regions for specifying the WAG hysteresis two-phase and three-phase water
relative permeability saturation functions. This involves some additional saturation table
processing irrespective of whether these keywords are specified or whether the values are
defaulted from the values specified via the SATNUM and IMBNUM keywords. The use of the
new keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM and the associated additional processing can be
disabled by setting item 201 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
For the rock compaction model ROCKPAMA, the volumetric strain term is scaled by the
same multiplier as used when evaluating the adsorption capacities. This can be disabled by
using CBMOPTS item 6. Also the derivative modifications of the pre-2013.1 version have
been disabled. See OPTIONS item 200.
Modifications have been made to the model initialization process for the case where item
2 of the EHYSTR keyword is set to -1, in order to ensure that the drainage tables are used
for equilibration. Pre-2013.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 204 of the OPTIONS
keyword to 1.
The use of the gradient option (see "Gradient Option" in the "ECLIPSE Technical
Description") in parallel runs is unsupported and can only be used by setting item 177 of
the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
Improvements have been made to the calculation of component cell heights when running
the GRAVDR model with either the SURFACT or LOWSALT models. The pre-2013.2
behavior can be restored by setting item 214 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
PROPS section
From the 2012.2 version onwards corrections have been made to the assignment of the
saturation end-points from the end-point scaling arrays for two-phase models when the
ENDSCALE keyword has been specified. Prior to the 2012.2 version, in some cases, the
saturation end-points associated with the absent phase were incorrectly defaulted. The pre2012.2 version of this end-point assignment process may be selected by setting item 194 of
the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
A modification has been made to the WAG hysteresis gas relative permeability model in
situations where the transformed gas saturation at the start of the secondary or subsequent
drainage cycle falls below the gas saturation at the start of the previous drainage cycle. This
modification prevents excessive falls in gas relative permeability which can occur in some
circumstances when the primary drainage curve is used to construct the secondary drainage
cycle. This modified model may be selected by setting item 197 of the OPTIONS keyword
to 1. More details are provided under "Hysteresis in WAG Floods" in the "ECLIPSE

Behavioral changes
17
18
Improvements in the handling of ROCKTAB directional transmissibility multipliers, items

3 5 (enabled when RKTRMDIR is specified) alter the update of well connection factors.
From 2013.1, well connection factors are updated during simulation for any wells
completed in the corresponding cells.
Further improvements have been made in the handling of ROCKTAB directional

transmissibility multipliers, items 3 5 (enabled when RKTRMDIR is specified). From
2013.1, the treatment of NNC transmissibility is altered to take account of known NNC
directions. The pre-2013.1 treatment may be selected by setting item 199 of the OPTIONS
keyword to 1.
The ROCKPAMA keyword for the Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model can now input
a geometric factor to alter the compressibility of the model. The derivatives for the standard
form of the rock compaction model do not alter the derivatives for cases having a negative
compressibility, as was the case for pre-2013.1, but new models are available that can be
used if the standard model should lead to unphysical solutions. The modifications should
be reviewed with the options in CBMOPTS items 4 9. In addition it is possible to input
sorption-induced strain terms for the solvent. Also, if the Langmuir adsorption capacities
are scaled, this is reflected in the rock model. See CBMOPTS item 6. The pre-2013.1
calculations can be obtained by using OPTIONS item 200 set to 1.
For the 2013.1 version, the reporting of the end-point scaled saturation tables via the
EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords has been modified. The new behavior extends the
precision of the reported values and includes the additional saturation nodes corresponding
to the critical saturations of the displacing phase. It also includes the alternative saturation
regions for water relative permeability, which are optionally available for the WAG
hysteresis option. The pre-2013.1 version of the scaled saturation tables can be obtained by
setting item 202 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
When ENDSCALE is specified, the maximum attainable unscaled and scaled oil saturations
used to apply the end-point scaling can be constrained additionally to include connate gas
for two-point scaling by setting item 205 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1. By default,
connate gas is omitted from these calculations.
A lower bound of unity is now applied to the multipliers specified in keywords PLYVISCS,
PLYVISCT and PLYVSCST. By setting item 208 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1, the pre2013.1 error checking is applied instead, and this allows any positive value.
For the 2013.2 release, POLYMER and SOLVENT property derivatives are now calculated
with greater accuracy in certain circumstances. This will help the convergence behavior of
polymer and solvent models respectively.
For the 2013.2 release, irreversible polymer adsorption defined through the PLYADS or
PLYADSS keywords and item 4 of the PLYROCK keyword is implemented through a lower
limit on the adsorbed concentration itself and not on the corresponding equilibrium solution
concentration, as was done previously. This improves the irreversibility when variables
besides the solution concentration determine the adsorption. The old behavior can be
restored using OPTIONS 209 equals 1.
When running models with SURFACT or LOWSALT and ENDSCALE, the scaling for
connate water saturation (SWL) is now correctly applied to the immiscible relative
permeability curves. The pre-2013.2 behavior can be restored by setting item 210 of the
OPTIONS keyword to 1.
The calculation of the capillary number when running dual porosity models with SURFACT
or LOWSALT has been improved to take into account the contribution from the matrixfracture interface. The pre-2013.2 behavior can be restored by setting item 211 of the
OPTIONS keyword to 1.

Behavioral changes
For the 2013.2 release the reporting of shear viscosities for fringe cells in parallel runs
involving the PLYSHLOG and PLYSHEAR options has been improved by fixing the
previous known issue of inconsistent reporting across processors.
For the 2013.2 release, models that activate polymer shear thinning/thickening through the
PLYSHLOG and SHRATE keywords now use a more accurate shear rate calculation.
SOLUTION section
For the 2013.1 version, the checking of input enumerated saturation data has been extended
to check the data values against their expected end-points for end-point data derived both
from saturation tables and end-point scaling arrays and tables. The pre-2013.1 version of
this checking process may be selected by setting item 190 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1
in the SOLUTION section, or sections before it.
In a VISAGE restart run, it is now an error if timestepping starts before well completions
have been re-specified, as the well connection factors have not been recomputed. This can
be downgraded to a warning using item 8 of the VISOPTS keyword.
SUMMARY section
The keyword WMCON now correctly reports the number of well connections capable of
flowing in parallel.
SCHEDULE section
For the 2013.1 version, the flow scaling factor calculation used for inflow control devices,
specified in item 11 of keywords WSEGSICD and WSEGAICD, has been altered to take into
account changes to the well structure that take place after the device has been defined. This
change only effects the calculation when item 11 is set to 2 and there is a choke defined
with the WSEGTABL keyword that is downstream of the inflow control device; all other
flow scaling factor calculations are otherwise unaffected.
For the 2013.1 version, the timestepping selection of the keyword ZIPPY2 has been
modified when close to report steps. Pre-2013.1 behavior can be restored by setting item
193 of the OPTIONS keyword.
From the 2013.1 version, keywords WRFT and WRFTPLT have been adjusted to act at the
start of the next period of simulation (for example a DATES or TSTEP keyword). This
allows ECLIPSE to gather all the salient data before generating the RFT file. As the
generation of an RFT file triggers connection order calculations, this may affect cases
where COMPORD is followed by a WRFT or WRFTPLT keyword. In such cases, the pre2013.1 behavior may be recovered by setting COMPORD to give DEPTH, TRACK or INPUT
as necessary, or by setting OPTIONS keyword item 206 to 1.
The choke model in the extended network model has been modified so that it now gives
answers similar to the 2011.1 version.
Tracers
In models that include the SURFST keyword, the surface tension is interpolated using the
surfactant concentration that is output via the BTCNFSUR summary quantity. This may
affect models in which the surfactant is multi-partitioned between various fluid phases.

Behavioral changes
19
Models with oil or gas tracers with both VAPOIL and DISGAS run in PARALLEL now
treat NNCs more accurately. Prior to 2013.1, tracer transport by vaporized oil in these cases
was calculated incorrectly. Pre-2013.1 behavior may be recovered by setting OPTIONS
keyword item 207 to 1.
ECLIPSE 300
RUNSPEC section
For the velocity-dependent relative permeability (VDRP) models selected by item 5 of the
VELDEP keyword, the method of calculation of the three-phase gas and oil relative
permeabilities has been modified both for the grid block properties calculation and also for
VDRP effects upon the well generalized pseudo-pressure (GPP) calculation where this
option has been selected. For the grid block calculation, the two-phase oil relative
permeability to gas is now calculated from the two-phase gas relative permeability to oil.
For versions prior to 2013.1, the two-phase oil relative permeability to gas was calculated
from the three-phase gas relative permeability. For the GPP calculation, the three-phase gas
and oil relative permeabilities are now calculated in an identical manner to that employed
for the grid block; this involves firstly calculating the associated two-phase relative
permeability pairs and combining these to form the three-phase relative permeabilities. For
versions prior to 2013.1, the three-phase oil relative permeability was calculated directly
from the three-phase gas relative permeability. Item 286 of the OPTIONS3 keyword may
be set to 1 to revert to pre-2013.1 behavior.
20
For versions prior 2013.1, there were some circumstances where calculations related to
directional relative permeabilities assumed that end-point scaling was also being modeled.
This has been addressed for 2013.1. Item 287 of the OPTIONS3 keyword may be set to 1
to revert to pre-2013.1 behavior.
Water relative permeability hysteresis for oil-wet reservoirs is now available for all
reservoir models for which hysteresis is available. Prior to 2013.2 this was only available
for black oil models and for other models only the drainage curve was used. Pre-2013.2
behavior can be restored by setting item 310 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
For the 2013.1 version, further checks have been added to ensure that the correct defaulting
is applied to the intermediate relative permeability end-points when end-point scaling is
specified in terms of temperature or composition dependence via the ENKRVT or ENKRVC
keywords respectively. Specifically if one or more of the KRGR, KRWR, KRORG or KROWG
end-points is defaulted, the values will be assigned from the corresponding saturation table
values but will be scaled according to the maximum value of KRG, KRW, or KRO which itself
may be defaulted from the table value. Item 290 of the OPTIONS3 keyword may be set to
1 to revert to pre-2012.2 behavior. This should be specified in the RUNSPEC section.
The output to the INIT file of default values for the KRGR, KRWR, KRORG and KROWG endpoint scaling keywords (and their imbibition counterparts) when ENDSCALE and
FILLEPS are specified has been modified. From 2012.2 values will be assigned from the
corresponding saturation table values but will be scaled according to the maximum value
of KRG, KRW, or KRO which itself may be defaulted from the table values. Item 290 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword may be set to 1 to revert to pre-2012.2 behavior. This should be
specified in the RUNSPEC section.

Behavioral changes
The new keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM have been added to provide optional alternative
saturation regions for specifying the WAG hysteresis two-phase and three-phase water
relative permeability saturation functions. This involves some additional saturation table
processing irrespective of whether these keywords are specified or whether the values are
defaulted from the values specified via the SATNUM and IMBNUM keywords. The use of the
new keywords WH2NUM and WH3NUM and the associated additional processing can be
disabled by setting item 296 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
For the rock compaction model, ROCKPAMA or ROCKPAME, the volumetric strain term is
scaled by the multiplier as used when evaluating the adsorption capacities, using different
multipliers for the each components an average multiplier is used by ROCKPAMA. This can
be disabled by using CBMOPTS item 6. Also the derivative modifications of the pre-2013.1
version has been disabled. See OPTIONS3 item 295.
For models that include the SOLUBILS keyword, the calculations of water molar density
and water fluid-in-place now take into account the cell salt concentration by making use of
the corresponding brine surface density that is interpolated from SOLUBILS. The pre2013.1 behavior may be recovered by setting OPTIONS3 item 300 equal to 1.
For models with end-point scaling specified, corrections have been made to the scaling
algorithms for the case where two-point scaling has been selected (SCALECRS keyword
not specified or specified with item 1 set to No) and where one or more of the keywords
KRWR, KRGR, KRORW and KRORG, or their imbibition counterparts, have been specified. In
addition, corrections have been made to the maximum attainable unscaled water and gas
saturations. Pre-2013.1 behavior can be selected by setting item 301 of the OPTIONS3
keyword to 1.
Corrections have been made to the calculation of the oil and gas phase Forchheimer models
which are specified via items 3 and 4 respectively of the VELDEP keyword. Pre-2013.1
behavior can be selected by setting item 302 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1. The
corrections only apply to the reporting of the values; the underlying calculations of the
Forchheimer Beta coefficients have not been changed.
The default value of the FORMOPTS keyword (HCSCAL option) will be turned off
automatically if the Surfactant Model is active. This is equivalent to specifying NOHCSCAL.
GRID section
ECLIPSE Thermal only
Prior to the Petrel 2013.1 release, the non-neighbor connections contained in a GSG file
would set the heat transmissibility to a value of zero. Software improvements have been
made to both Petrel 2013.1 and ECLIPSE Thermal 2013.1 so that the correct HEATNNC
value is now exported and processed. These values can be seen in the formatted INIT file
or in the print file (if the ALLNNC mnemonic is used with the RPTGRID keyword).
PROPS section
In MISCIBLE runs, the capillary pressure can be extrapolated beyond the immiscible
values, by setting the maximum surface tension greater than the reference surface tension
(MISCSTR or MISCSTRR). However, pre-2013.1, the capillary pressure
interpolation/extrapolation parameter was limited to 1, preventing extrapolation.
The water component type SURF used in keyword CWTYPE has been extended to specify
a surfactant that can be used with both the Foam option and the Surfactant option. The new
type SURFF should be used to define a surfactant for the Foam option only. The new type
SURFS should be used to define a surfactant for the Surfactant option only.

Behavioral changes
21
For multiple water components option (COMPW), the calculation of the water molar density
at surface conditions is based on the properties of each water component. The same formula
as for reservoir conditions is used and additionally specific values for surface properties can
be supplied with keywords MWWS, DREFWS, CREFWS and PREFWS.
Improvements in the handling of ROCKTAB directional transmissibility multipliers, items

3 5 (enabled when RKTRMDIR is specified), as well as of keywords ROCKTRMX,
ROCKTRMY and ROCKTRMZ, alter the update of well connection factors during simulation
for any wells completed in the corresponding cells. Moreover, the generalized mobilities of
hydrocarbon components in individual phases are also affected by these changes. The
corresponding item 223 of the OPTIONS3 keyword, controlling the summary output of
well connection factor CTFAC, has been removed. Additionally, a new method of
determining directions of non-neighbor connections while multiplying their
transmissibilities by ROCKTAB (items 3 5) may affect the associated flows. Item 294 of
the OPTIONS3 keyword reverts this feature to the pre-2013.1 behavior.
A new item has been added to the FOAMFSC keyword that sets the minimum water
saturation for foam, and improves stability in cases where there are cells with very little or
no water.
Improvements have been made for tracers associated with multi-component water set using
the TRACER keyword. These improvements relate to the calculation of tracer concentration
and tracer injection and production rates.
The ROCKPAMA keyword for the Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model can now input
a geometric factor to alter the compressibility of the model. The derivatives for the standard
form of the rock compaction model do not alter the derivatives for cases having a negative
compressibility, as was the case for pre-2013.1, but new models are available that can be
used if the standard model should lead to unphysical solutions. The modifications should
be reviewed with the options in CBMOPTS items 4 9. In addition it is possible to input
sorption induced strain terms for individual components by TPAMEPS. Note that the
scaling of the Langmuir adsorption capacities is also reflected in the rock model. See
CBMOPTS item 6. The pre-2013.1 calculations can be obtained by setting OPTIONS3 item
295 to 1.
The ROCKPAME keyword is affected by the setting of CBMOPTS item 4, 6, 7 and 9.
A warning is now given in black oil simulations with both dissolved gas and vaporized oil
if 1- Rssat x Rvsat <0. In these cases the black oil flash may not be able to determine single
phase states properly. Item 111 of OPTIONS3 can be set to force single phase states to be
oil or gas in these circumstances.
From 2013.1 the reporting of the end-point scaled saturation tables via the EPSDEBUG and
EPSDBGS keywords has been modified in order to extend the precision of the reported
values, to include the additional saturation nodes corresponding to the critical saturations
of the displacing phase and to include the alternative saturation regions for water relative
permeability which are optionally available for the WAG hysteresis option. The pre-2013.1
version of the scaled saturation tables can be obtained by setting item 297 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
Improvements have been made when calculating the equilibrium deviation terms
(EQLDREAC keyword) which might affect the rate of the chemical reaction. The pre2013.1 behavior can be recovered by setting item 305 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
For models which use the ODD3P coupled three-phase relative permeability and capillary
pressure hysteresis option, warning messages have been suppressed where the oil-water or
gas-oil primary capillary pressure curves cross the secondary (increasing) or tertiary
(decreasing) capillary pressure curves. Pre-2013.2 behavior can be selected by setting item
307 of thee OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
22

Behavioral changes
A correction has been made when modeling the water relative permeability hysteresis
scanning curves using the WAGHYSTR keyword when end-point scaling has been specified
and where the three-phase water relative permeability saturation table numbers have been
specified via the WH3NUM keyword. For the 2013.1 version, in some cases, these curves
were defaulted to saturation tables specified via the IMBNUM keyword. This has been
rectified for the 2013.2 version. Pre-2013.2 behavior can be selected by setting item 314 of
thee OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
SOLUTION section
In a VISAGE restart run, it is now an error if timestepping starts before well completions
have been re-specified, as the well connection factors have not been recomputed. This can
be downgraded to a warning using item 8 of the VISOPTS keyword.
SUMMARY section
The keyword LBPORV now correctly reports block pore volume at reference pressure.
SCHEDULE section
The WELPI keyword has been modified to make it consistent with ECLIPSE 100. Item 2,
the productivity index, can no longer be defaulted and must be given a value.
Guide rates set using the GUIDERAT keyword are now set to be greater than 10-6 by
default. This prevents the guide rate becoming very small, and being ignored. A new
argument allows the minimum value to be modified.
The algorithm that determines how group targets are distributed to subgroups and wells has
been adjusted to improve speed of convergence and robustness. Pre-2013.1 behavior may
be recovered using OPTIONS3 item 292.
For the 2013.1 version, the flow scaling factor calculation used for inflow control devices,
specified in item 11 of keywords WSEGSICD and WSEGAICD, has been altered to take into
account changes to the well structure that take place after the device has been defined. This
change only affects the calculation when item 11 is set to 2 and there is a choke defined
with the WSEGTABL keyword that is downstream of the inflow control device; all other
flow scaling factor calculations are otherwise unaffected.
In 2012.1, parallel runs with VELDEP were restricted to cases where wells did not cross the
parallel partitions (that is, no off-processor connections were allowed). This restriction has
been removed for 2013.1.
Due to the improved processing of satellite groups of wells (keywords GSATCOMP,

GSATPROD and GSATINJE), mass densities and mass rates of produced or injected fluids
now substantially differ from previously computed results, while the volumetric rates of
parent groups are affected only marginally.
Due to an improvement in thermal flash calculations, various volume-related summary

results (for example FOIPG, GGOR and WWCT) may differ from those obtained before the
2013.1 release. The convergence of thermal runs has been also improved. The pre-2013.1
behavior may be recovered by setting the OPTIONS3 item 303 to 1.
In some situations where MULTREGT was used with local grids in the SCHEDULE section,
the region number of the host cell was used instead of the LGR cells own region number.
This behavior has been improved in 2013.2. Pre-2013.2 behavior can be recovered by
removing the definition of the region number for the local grid.

Behavioral changes
23
New Keywords
ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
The new RUNSPEC section keywords are:
Table 2.1
RUNSPEC keywords
Keyword
Description
CBMOPTS
Items 4 9 activate special options for the Palmer-Mansoori model.
PROPS section
The new PROPS section keywords are:
Table 2.2
24
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
PLYKRRF
Sets the residual resistance factors for individual cells for the Polymer Flood
Model.
PLYTRRF
Sets a temperature-dependent multiplier for the residual resistance factors for

adsorbed polymer for the Polymer Flood Model.
PLYTRRFA
Controls how the residual resistance factor for adsorbed polymer is calculated and
specifies the number of temperature intervals for the popping state.
PLYRMDEN
Sets the mass densities for individual cells for the Polymer Flood Model.
PLYCAMAX
Sets the maximum polymer adsorption values for individual cells for the Polymer
Flood Model.
KRWH
Water relative permeability end-point at maximum water saturation for two-phase

WAG hysteresis water relative permeability saturation functions.
KRWRH
Water relative permeability end-point at residual oil-saturation for two-phase

IKRWH
Water relative permeability end-point at maximum water saturation for threephase WAG hysteresis water relative permeability saturation functions.
IKRWRH
Water relative permeability end-point at residual oil-saturation for three-phase

ROCKTSIG
Rock Compaction data tables for Dual Porosity runs: Sigma multiplier of matrixfracture coupling as a function of pressure.
ROCKTHSG
Hysteretic Rock Compaction data tables for Dual Porosity runs: Sigma multiplier
of matrix-fracture coupling as a function of pressure.
TPAMEPS
Sorption induced strain values for the Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model,
ROCKPAMA.

New Keywords
Table 2.2
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
TPAMEPSS
Solvent sorption induced strain values for the Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction
model, ROCKPAMA.
PLYSHLOG
Activates a logarithm-based polymer shear thinning/thickening model that may be

used as an alternative to PLYSHEAR. By default, this model is based on water
velocity; if used in conjunction with keyword SHRATE then a switch to shear rate
form is applied.
SHRATE
Activates the shear rate form of the alternative polymer shear thinning/thickening
logarithmic model.
REGIONS section
The new REGIONS section keywords are:
Table 2.3
REGIONS keywords
Keyword
Description
WH2NUM
Saturation region numbers for two-phase WAG hysteresis water relative

permeability saturation functions.
WH3NUM
Saturation region numbers for three-phase WAG hysteresis water relative

SUMMARY section
The new SUMMARY keywords are:
Table 2.4
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
MSUMBUG
Total number of bug messages since the start of the run.
MSUMCOMM
Total number of comment messages since the start of the run.
MSUMERR
Total number of error messages since the start of the run.
MSUMMESS
Total number of message messages since the start of the run.
MSUMPROB
Total number of problem messages since the start of the run.
MSUMWARN
Total number of warning messages since the start of the run.
NMESSAGE
Requests a set of message data vectors for the run. The set of keywords implied by
NMESSAGE is:
MSUMBUG, MSUMCOMM, MSUMERR, MSUMMESS, MSUMPROB and MSUMWARN
BPERMMDX
BPERMMDY
BPERMMDZ
Directional Transmissibility Multipliers associated with rock compaction.

These keywords are available when the keyword RKTRMDIR is defined in the
model.
SSTR
Base strength of ICD on segment (see keywords WSEGVALV, WSEGAICD and

WSEGSICD).
SFOPN
Setting of segment (see keywords WSEGVALV, WSEGAICD, WSEGSICD,

WSEGTABL, WSEGLABY and WSEGFLIM).

New Keywords
25
Table 2.4
26
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BFLOW0I
Inter-block water flow rate in the positive I direction, prior to shear

thinning/thickening effects. For use with the PLYSHLOG and PLYSHEAR options.
BFLOW0J
Inter-block water flow rate in the positive J direction, prior to shear

BFLOW0K
Inter-block water flow rate in the positive K direction, prior to shear

BPSHLZI
Water viscosity multiplier due to shear thinning/thickening in the positive I

direction. For use with the PLYSHLOG and PLYSHEAR options.
BPSHLZJ
Water viscosity multiplier due to shear thinning/thickening in the positive J

BPSHLZK
Water viscosity multiplier due to shear thinning/thickening in the positive K

BSHWVISI
Shear viscosity of the water/polymer solution produced by the shear

thinning/thickening in the positive I direction. For use with the PLYSHLOG and
PLYSHEAR options.
BSHWVISJ

thinning/thickening in the positive J direction. For use with the PLYSHLOG and
PLYSHEAR options.
BSHWVISK

thinning/thickening in the positive K direction. For use with the PLYSHLOG and
PLYSHEAR options.
BSRTWI
Water shear rate in the positive I direction, following shear thinning/thickening

effects. For use with the PLYSHLOG option when keyword SHRATE is activated.
BSRTWJ
Water shear rate in the positive J direction, following shear thinning/thickening

BSRTWK
Water shear rate in the positive K direction, following shear thinning/thickening

BSRTW0I
Water shear rate in the positive I direction, prior to shear thinning/thickening effects.
For use with the PLYSHLOG option when keyword SHRATE is activated.
BSRTW0J
Water shear rate in the positive J direction, prior to shear thinning/thickening effects.
For use with the PLYSHLOG option when keyword SHRATE is activated.
BSRTW0K
Water shear rate in the positive K direction, prior to shear thinning/thickening

BVELW0I
Water velocity in the positive I direction, prior to shear thinning/thickening effects.

For use with the PLYSHLOG and PLYSHEAR options.
BVELW0J
Water velocity in the positive J direction, prior to shear thinning/thickening effects.

BVELW0K
Water velocity in the positive K direction, prior to shear thinning/thickening effects.


New Keywords
SCHEDULE section
The new SCHEDULE keywords are:
Table 2.5
SCHEDULE keywords
Keyword
Description
PLYADS
Polymer adsorption functions (tabulated).
PLYDHFLF
Polymer thermal degradation half life.
PLYMAX
Polymer/salt concentrations for mixing calculations.
PLYROCKM
Polymer-rock properties.
PLYSHEAR
Polymer shear thinning/thickening data.
PLYSHLOG
Activates a logarithm-based polymer shear thinning/thickening model that may

be used as an alternative to PLYSHEAR. By default, this model is based on water
velocity; if used in conjunction with keyword SHRATE then the shear rate form
is used.
SHRATE
Activates the shear rate form of the alternative polymer shear thinning/thickening
logarithmic model.
ECLIPSE 300
PROPS section
Table 2.6
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
EQLDTAB
Defines equilibrium values as a function of a water mole fraction, for use with the
EQLDREAC keyword.
SURFCAPD
Defines the capillary desaturation function (that is, relative permeability

interpolation due to miscibility) for the Surfactant option.
SURFST
Defines the water-oil surface tension as a function of surfactant, and switches on

the Surfactant option.
KRWH
Water relative permeability end-point at maximum water saturation for two-phase

KRWRH
Water relative permeability end-point at residual oil-saturation for two-phase WAG

IKRWH
Water relative permeability end-point at maximum water saturation for three-phase

IKRWRH
Water relative permeability end-point at residual oil-saturation for three-phase

CREFWS
Compressibility of water components for surface calculations.
DREFWS
Density of water components for surface calculations.
MWWS
Molecular weight of water components for surface calculations.
PREFWS
Reference pressure for water component density calculations at surface conditions.

New Keywords
27
Table 2.6
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
SOLWTAB
Defines an interpolation parameter as a function of adsorbed solid concentration.

The parameter is used to interpolate between two sets of saturation functions,
representing different wettability conditions.
SOLWW
Defines a component weighting factor used in the calculation of solid wettability.
SURFOPTS
Surfactant options.
ROCKTSIG
Rock Compaction data tables for Dual Porosity runs: Sigma multiplier of matrixfracture coupling as a function of pressure.
ROCKTHSG
Hysteretic Rock Compaction data tables for Dual Porosity runs: Sigma multiplier
of matrix-fracture coupling as a function of pressure.
TPAMEPS
Sorption induced strain values for the Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model,
ROCKPAMA.
REGION section
The new REGION section keywords are:
Table 2.7
REGION keywords
Keyword
Description
SOLWNUM
Identifies the saturation functions corresponding to high adsorbed solid

concentrations. This allows the effect of adsobed solids on wettability to be
modeled by interpolating between two sets of saturation functions.
SURFNUM
Defines the miscible table numbers for the Surfactant option.
WH2NUM
Saturation region numbers for two-phase WAG hysteresis water relative

WH3NUM
Saturation region numbers for three-phase WAG hysteresis water relative

SUMMARY section
Table 2.8
28
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BSOLADS
Adsorbed solid concentration (Solid model)
BSOLADW
Adsorbed wetting-solid concentration (Solid model)
BSOLWET
Solid wettability interpolation parameter (Solid model)
BSURF
Surfactant concentration, measured as the mass of surfactant per volume of water

phase (Surfactant option)
BSURFST
Surface tension (Surfactant option)
BSURFCNM
log10 (capillary number) (Surfactant option)
BSURFKR
Relative permeability interpolation factor (Surfactant option)
BSURFCP
Capillary pressure multiplier (Surfactant option)

New Keywords
Table 2.8
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
MSUMBUG
Total number of bug messages since the start of the run
MSUMCOMM
Total number of comment messages since the start of the run
MSUMERR
Total number of error messages since the start of the run
MSUMMESS
Total number of message messages since the start of the run
MSUMPROB
Total number of problem messages since the start of the run
MSUMWARN
Total number of warning messages since the start of the run
NMESSAGE
Requests a set of message data vectors for the run. The set of keywords implied by
NMESSAGE is:
MSUMBUG, MSUMCOMM, MSUMERR, MSUMMESS, MSUMPROB and MSUMWARN
BPERMMDX
BPERMMDY
BPERMMDZ
Directional Transmissibility Multipliers associated with rock compaction.

These keywords are available when the keyword RKTRMDIR or keywords
ROCKTRMX, ROCKTRMY and ROCKTRMZ are defined in the model.
SSTR
Base strength of ICD on segment (see keywords WSEGVALV, WSEGAICD and

WSEGSICD)
SFOPN
Setting of segment (see keywords WSEGVALV, WSEGAICD, WSEGSICD,

WSEGTABL, WSEGLABY and WSEGFLIM)
BSIGMMOD
Dual porosity sigma multiplier (Rock Compaction option)

New Keywords
29
Altered keywords
ECLIPSE 100
GRID section
The altered GRID keywords are:
Table 2.9
Altered GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
RPTGRID
New mnemonics COALV and PORVF enable additional volume reporting for the
Coal Bed Methane and Shale Gas options.
RPTGRIDL
RPTINIT
PROPS section
The altered PROPS keywords are:
Table 2.10
30
Altered PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
RPTPROPS
When a polymer mnemonic starting PL is given a value of 2, the output includes

values for the grid-valued keywords PLYKRRF, PLYRMDEN and PLYCAMAX.
ROCKTABH
If keyword RKTRMDIR is specified, the ROCKTABH tables accept two more

columns representing directional transmissibility modifiers in Y and Z directions.
ROCKPAMA
New items for geometric factor and the solvent sorption induced strain term.

Altered keywords
SOLUTION section
The altered SOLUTION keywords are:
Table 2.11
Altered SOLUTION keywords
Keyword
Description
VISOPTS
In a VISAGE restart run, it is now an error if there is a timestep before well

completions have been re-specified in order to recompute well connection factors.
Item 8 can be used to downgrade this error to a warning.
RPTSOL
The ROCKC mnemonic now outputs PERM_MOD (or PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY and
PERM_MDZ in the directional case) in place of TRAN_MOD etc. (Rock Compaction
option).
GETDATA
This keyword has been extended to read initial tracer concentrations if item 3 is set
to the relevant TBLK array.
SCHEDULE section
The altered SCHEDULE keywords are:
Table 2.12
Altered SCHEDULE keywords
Keyword
Description
WSEGVALV
Two new items have been added to the keyword: the first new item allows the device to
be completely open or shut and the second new item defines the maximum permissible
cross sectional area of the constriction.
WSEGAICD
A new item has been added to the keyword to allow the device to be open or shut.
WSEGSICD
WSEGTABL
WSEGLABY
WSEGFLIM
RPTRST
A new mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes through the
rebound region when using the Palmer-Mansoori rock model.
RPTRST
option).
RPTRST
A new mnemonic SIGM_MOD can be used to output dual porosity sigma multipliers
(Rock Compaction option).
RPTSCHED
A new mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes through the
rebound region when using the Palmer-Mansoori rock model.
RPTSCHED
option).
WRFT
This keyword now waits until simulation has begun to generate an RFT file, allowing
the correct gathering of all the required data.
WRFTPLT
This keyword now waits until simulation has begun to generate an RFT file, allowing
the correct gathering of all the required data.

Altered keywords
31
OPTIONS keyword
The altered OPTIONS are:
Table 2.13
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
190
If set to 1 (in the SOLUTION or earlier sections), the pre-2013.1 method of

checking input enumerated saturation data is selected. For the 2013.1 version the
checking of input enumerated saturation data has been extended to check the data
values against their expected end-points for end-point data derived both from
saturation tables and end-point scaling arrays and tables
191
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior of printing all warning messages regarding well
connections to inactive grid blocks will be active. If not set, only the first five
warnings will be printed and any further warnings will be suppressed.
192
The number of warnings output regarding linear equation convergence problems

has been reduced; pre-2013.1 levels of verbosity can be restored, or reduced even
further, using this options switch.
193
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior of approaching report steps will be active when
using the ZIPPY2 keyword.
194
If set to 1, the pre-2012.2 behavior for assigning saturation end-points from endpoint scaling arrays for two-phase models will be restored.
195
If set to 1, the pre-2012.2 behavior for a zero determinant detected in the linear
solver is restored (stopping with an error). The new behavior is to chop the
timestep and try to recover.
196
This option should not be needed in 2013.1 and later releases.

If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 treatment of network choke branches will be used.
32
197
If set to 1, a modified WAG gas hysteresis relative permeability model calculation

will be used.
198
If set to 2 or more, wells which do not allow backflow will be re-solved this
number of times with the back-flowing connections closed, in the event of
convergence problems.
199
If set to 1, the pre 2013.1 treatment of directional NNC transmissibilities for the
rock compaction option will be used.
200
If set to 1, the pre 2013.1 calculation of pore volume, transmissibility and

derivatives for ROCKPAMA will be used.
201
If set to 1, the additional WAG hysteresis regions specified via the WH2NUM and
WH3NUM keywords and the associated additional processing (which applies
whether these have been specified or defaulted) will be ignored. This should be
specified in the RUNSPEC section. This option is only relevant when the
WAGHYSTR keyword has been specified.
202
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 version of the debug output for the scaled saturation
tables specified via either the EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords will be
selected.
203
If set to 1, this enables LGRs in USEFLUX runs where one or more parent cells are
inactive because they lie outside the USEFLUX regions. Note that, by default, such
LGRs are disabled.
204
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for the model initialization process
for the case where item 2 of the EHYSTR keyword is set to -1.

Altered keywords
Table 2.13
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
205
If set to 1, the maximum attainable unscaled and scaled oil saturations used to
apply the end-point scaling can be constrained to additionally include connate gas.
By default, connate gas is omitted from these calculations.
206
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for well connection ordering. This
affects some cases with COMPORD and WRFT or WRFTPLT.
207
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for tracer calculations in cases with
PARALLEL, VAPOIL, DISGAS and non-neighbor connections. Note that we
advise against the use of this option as it recovers incorrect behavior is some cases.
208
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for error-checking of the second

argument in keywords PLYVISCS, PLYVISCT and PLYVSCST. In particular, a
lower bound of unity is now applied by default; activating this switch allows any
positive value.
209
If set to 1, the pre-2013.2 implementation of irreversible polymer adsorption is

restored which uses the solution polymer concentration to track the local adsorbate
maximum.
210
If set to 1, the pre-2013.2 behavior is restored for the calculation of relative

permeabilities when using the SURFACT or LOWSALT models with ENDSCALE.
211
If set to 1, the pre-2013.2 behavior is restored for the calculation of the capillary
number when using the SURFACT and DUALPORO models.
212
Reserved.
213
Reserved.
214
If set to 1, the pre-2013.2 behavior is restored for the calculation of the component
cell heights for the GRAVDR model when used with either the SURFACT or
LOWSALT models.

Altered keywords
33
ECLIPSE 300
RUNSPEC section
The altered RUNSPEC keywords are:
Table 2.14
Altered RUNSPEC keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
CBMOPTS
Item 4 can be used to activate monitoring of passes through the rebound region
(where the pore volume derivative changes sign) when using the Palmer-Mansoori
rock model as specified by the ROCKPAMA or ROCKPAME keyword. This enables
the output of the number of passes through the rebound region using mnemonic
NPMREB in RPTSCHED or RPTRST.
CBMOPTS
Item 5 can be used to select a different modeling of the volumetric strain term of
the Palmer-Mansoori model, ROCKPAMA. For cases where the sorption diffusion
process is slow, the instant adsorption assumption of the strain term might not be
valid. This could result in a negative total compressibility and in the limiting case
the reservoir equations cannot be solved. The coal is swelling/shrinking without
the corresponding exchange of gas. For such cases, the alternative forms enabled
by this item should be considered.
CBMOPTS
Item 6 can be used to request a scaling/no-scaling of the Palmer-Mansoori strain

term of ROCKPAMA or ROCKPAME, by using the same scaling as used for the
adsorption capacities.
CBMOPTS
Item 7 can be used to request that the pore volume and/or the transmissibilities
should be altered by the Palmer-Mansoori model, ROCKPAMA or ROCKPAME, so
the model can alter just the transmissibilities or just the pore volumes.
CBMOPTS
Item 9 sets a minimum pore volume for the Palmer-Mansoori modifications of the
pore volumes, keywords ROCKPAMA or ROCKPAME.
FORMOPTS
The default HCSCAL option will be turned off automatically if the Surfactant
Model is active. This is equivalent to specifying NOHCSCAL.
GRID section
Table 2.15
34
Altered GRID keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
RPTGRID
The mnemonic IOCN can now be used to output the active cells numbers for the
global grid.
RPTGRID
RPTGRIDL
The mnemonic IOCN can now be used to output the active cells numbers for the
local grid refinements.

Altered keywords
Table 2.15
Keyword
Description
RPTGRIDL
RPTINIT
INIT
For ECLIPSE Thermal, an array with the name ROCKCONA is written to the INIT
file to illustrate which cells are connected to each rock type. This array will be
written by default for any Thermal Model containing either the ROCKCON or
ROCKCONL keyword.
PROPS section
Table 2.16
Altered PROPS keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
CWTYPE
The water component type SURF has been extended to mean a surfactant that can
be used with both the Foam option and the Surfactant option. The new type
SURFF should be used to define a surfactant for the Foam option only. The new
type SURFS should be used to define a surfactant for the Surfactant option only.
EQLDKVCR
The keyword can now be used in non-thermal runs to specify equilibrium values
for EQLDREAC terms where appropriate to the reaction model.
EQLDREAC
Two new options have been added for specifying equilibrium deviation terms used
in reaction rates. The new options can be used to model adsorption and desorption
using water and solid components.
A new item has been added to allow the order of the deviation term to be specified.
The keyword can now be used in non-thermal simulations.
FOAMFSC
A new item has been added that sets the minimum water saturation for foam, and
improves stability in cases where there are cells with very little, or no, water.
ROCKTABH
If keyword RKTRMDIR is specified, the ROCKTABH tables accept two more

columns representing directional transmissibility modifiers in the Y and Z
directions.
ROCKPAMA
New items for the geometric factor can be input. These allow the keyword
TPAMEPS to be used with ROCKPAMA, enabling compositional modeling of the
strain term.

Altered keywords
35
SOLUTION section
Table 2.17
Altered SOLUTION keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
RPTSOL
New mnemonics SURF, SURFCNM, SURFKR, SURFCP and SURFST have been
added to output the surfactant concentration, log of the capillary number, relative
RPTSOL
New mnemonics SOLADS and SOLWET have been added to output the adsorbed
solid concentration and solid wettability interpolation parameter (Solid model)
RPTSOL
A new mnemonic SIGM_MOD can be used to output dual porosity sigma

RPTSOL
New mnemonics PERM_MDX, PERM_MDY and PERM_MDZ have been added to

VISOPTS
In a VISAGE restart run, it is now an error if there is a timestep before well

completions have been re-specified in order to recompute well connection factors.
Item 8 can be used to downgrade this error to a warning.
SCHEDULE section
Table 2.18
36
Altered SCHEDULE keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
CVCRIT
Two new items have been added to the keyword. Item 41 specifies a maximum value
for the maximum norm of the non-linear residuals. Item 42 specifies a maximum
value for the sum of the non-linear residuals. For some rare cases, ECLIPSE 300
requires tighter convergence control on the residuals. Typically this can be spotted by
examining the material balance.
WSEGVALV
Two new items have been added to the keyword: the first new item allows the device
to be completely open or shut and the second new item defines the maximum
permissible cross sectional area of the constriction.
WSEGAICD
WSEGSICD
WSEGTABL
WSEGLABY
WSEGFLIM
RPTRST
RPTRST
A new mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes through
the rebound region when using the Palmer-Mansoori rock model.
RPTRST

Altered keywords
Table 2.18
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
RPTRST

RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED
A new mnemonic NPMREB has been added to output the number of passes through
the rebound region when using the Palmer-Mansoori rock model.
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED

OPTIONS3 keyword
The altered OPTIONS3 switches are:
Table 2.19
Altered OPTIONS3 switches
Switch
Description
111
In black oil simulations, when 1- Rssat x Rvsat <0 the code may not be able to
determine whether a single phase state is oil or gas. A warning will be given and it
is recommended that the PVT data be reviewed.
Previously this item could be used to force an un-determined state to be oil (by
setting it to 1). The item can now also be set to 2, which forces an un-determined
state to be gas.
223
Removed.
286
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for the calculation of three-phase

relative permeabilities when one of the VDRP models specified by item 5 of the
VELDEP keyword is selected. For the 2013.1 versions the changes to the threephase relative permeability calculations apply both to the grid block property
calculations and also to the VDRP effects upon the GPP calculation where this
option has been selected.
287
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored when modeling directional relative

permeabilities without end-point scaling. Prior to 2013.1 there were some
circumstances where calculations related to directional relative permeabilities
assumed that end-point scaling was also being modeled.
288
Reserved.
289
Reserved.

Altered keywords
37
Table 2.19
Switch
Description
290
If set to 1, the pre-2012.2 behavior is restored when applying default values to the
KRGR, KRWR, KRORG or KROWG end-points associated with the ENKRVT or
ENKRVC keywords for temperature or composition dependence respectively.
This will also restore the pre-2012.2 behavior for the reporting of the KRGR,
KRWR, KRORG or KROWG end-point scaling arrays in the INIT file when
ENDSCALE and FILLEPS have been specified.
291
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior of printing all warning messages regarding well
connections to inactive grid blocks will be active. If not set, only the first five
warnings will be printed and any further warnings will be suppressed.
292
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior of the algorithm is recovered. This algorithm

determines how group targets are distributed to subgroups and wells.
293
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior of calculating drift velocities for downward

sloping segments will be activated.
294
If set to 1, this reverts to the pre-2013.1 method of determining directions of nonneighbor connections while multiplying their transmissibilities by ROCKTAB items
3 5, when keyword RKTRMDIR is also specified.
295
If set to 1, the pre 2013.1 calculation of pore volume, transmissibility and

derivatives for ROCKPAMA will be used.
296
If set to 1, the additional WAG hysteresis regions specified via the WH2NUM and
WH3NUM keywords and the associated additional processing (which applies
whether these have been specified or defaulted) will be ignored. This should be
specified in the RUNSPEC section. This option is only relevant when the
WAGHYSTR keyword has been specified.
297
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 version of the debug output for the scaled saturation
tables specified via either the EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords will be
selected.
298
Reserved.
299
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 handling of models with both generalized pseudopressure and rock compaction options active will be selected.
300
For models that include SOLUBILS.

If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 handling of the calculation of water molar density and
water fluid-in-place will be selected.
38
301
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for models with two-point end-point
scaling where one or more of the keywords KRWR, KRGR, KRORW and KRORG or
their imbibition counterparts have been specified. In addition, this will also revert
corrections to the maximum attainable unscaled water and gas saturations.
302
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 behavior is restored for the reporting of the oil and gas
phase Forchheimer models specified via items 3 and 4 respectively of the VELDEP
keyword.
303
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 calculation of volumetric rates and fluid in place in

thermal runs is selected, affecting various quantities, such as OIPG, GOR, WCT and
others. It is recommended that this option is requested before the SOLUTION
section in the dataset.
304
Reserved.
305
If set to 1, the pre-2013.1 calculation of equilibrium deviation terms for reactions

set with EQLDREAC is restored.
306
Reserved.

Altered keywords
Table 2.19
Switch
Description
307
If set to 1, warning messages will be issued for models which use the ODD3P
coupled three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis option,
where the oil-water or gas-oil primary capillary pressure curves cross the
secondary (increasing) or tertiary (decreasing) capillary pressure curves.
308
If set to 1, then when the DPGRID option is set and local grids with corner point
geometry are specified, any unset corner depths in the fracture will be copied from
the matrix.
309
If set to 1, this will revert to the pre-2013.2 behavior of the COMPKRIL keyword
for defining user relative permeabilities for injector completions in locally refined
grids.
310
If set to 1, this will revert to the pre-2013.2 behavior for the calculation of water
relative permeability hysteresis in oil-wet systems hysteresis. Prior to the 2013.2
version, water relative permeability hysteresis in oil-wet systems was only
available for black oil reservoir models. For other models only the drainage curve
was used.
311
Reserved.
312
Reserved.
313
Reserved.
314
If set to 1, this will revert to the pre-2013.2 behavior when modeling the water
relative permeability hysteresis scanning curves using the WAGHYSTR keyword
when end-point scaling has been specified and where the three-phase water
relative permeability saturation table numbers have been specified via the
WH3NUM keyword.

Altered keywords
39
40

Altered keywords
2012.1 and 2012.2

Developments
Chapter 3
New facilities
ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
When dynamic regions are used along with additional sets of standard fluid-in-place
regions, item 2 of REGDIMS does not need to be the actual number of specified sets of
fluid-in-place regions any more. Additionally, dynamic region handling has been sped up
in both serial and parallel mode.
The maximum number of coal regions is specified by item 6 of REGDIMS.
A new option NOSWATIN has been added to the PETOPTS keyword to control the output
of the SWATINIT array to the .INIT file if this array is not specified in the input data file.
By default this array is written to the .INIT file as undefined values if SWATINIT is not
specified in the input data file.
The number of polymer mixing regions, NPLMIX, is specified by item 10 of REGDIMS.
GRID section
A coal region number can be assigned to each grid cell in the matrix by the keyword
COALNUM. A zero value implies that the cell does not contain adsorbed gas and that a pore
volume should be assigned to the cell. The coal region number is used to look up the
adsorption and diffusion data.
RPTGRID can be used to output the mnemonics COALNUM for the coal bed methane
option.
A polymer mixing region number can be assigned to each grid cell by the keyword
PLMIXNUM. This replaces MISCNUM as the region controlling PLYMAX and PLMIXPAR.

New facilities
41
PROPS section
A new option has been added to the EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords to allow
checking of saturation functions in hysteresis cases. The new options check whether the
scaled drainage and imbibition curves cross, which can lead to convergence problems.
New keywords PLYVISCT and PLYVSCST allow the viscosity of a polymer solution to
vary with temperature and well as with polymer concentration and salt concentration. They
correspond to the existing PLYVISC and PLYVISCS keywords which give the same
behavior without temperature dependence. The auxiliary keyword TEMPNODE provides
the temperature points for this data, corresponding to the equivalent data for salt in
SALTNODE.
The new keyword PLYDHFLF activates the thermal degradation of polymer by providing
a table of half-life against temperature.
SOLUTION section
TBLK keyword arrays can now be set using the full range of data manipulation keywords
such as EQUALS, MULTIREG or OPERATE.
A new mnemonic SDENO has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This outputs grid-block
oil surface densities used to calculate the OILAPI values in the restart file. This mnemonic
is available for use with the API Tracking option only.
The RPTSOL mnemonic FIP outputs the following in the PRT file: alternative regional
averages for permeabilities in the X, Y and Z directions, porosity and cell thickness.
Average permeabilities and porosity are weighted by grid-cell bulk volumes. Average cell
thickness is weighted by DX*DY. The previous behavior of this mnemonic, which output
grid property averages based on pore volumes, is still preserved.
SUMMARY section
42
The summary mnemonics BKROG and BKROW have been added. These may be used to
output the two-phase relative permeabilities of oil-to-gas and oil-to-water for models
containing these three phases. These two-phase relative permeabilities are used to calculate
the three-phase relative permeability of oil.
The summary mnemonics GOMNR, GGMNR, GWMNR and GLMNR output the minimum rates
as given by GNETDP for OIL, GAS, WAT or LIQ respectively for the specified groups or
nodes in the production network.
The summary mnemonics GOMXR, GGMXR, GWMXR and GLMXR output the maximum rates
as given by GNETDP for OIL, GAS, WAT or LIQ respectively for the specified groups or
The summary mnemonics GMNP and GMXP output the minimum and maximum rates
respectively as given by GNETDP for the specified groups or nodes in the production
network, while GPRINC and GPRDEC output the pressure increments.
The summary keywords CCIR and CCPR output connection polymer injection and
production rates respectively.
Summary keywords SOVIS, SWVIS, SGVIS and SEMVIS have been added. These may
be used to output the segment viscosity of oil, water, gas and polymer/water mixture in
multisegment wells.

New facilities
Summary keywords SCCN, SSCN, SCFR and SSFR have been added. These may be used
to output the segment polymer, and brine concentrations and flow rates in multisegment
wells.
SCHEDULE section
A new keyword MESSOPTS has been added to control the severity type for messages
reporting time steps that are forced to be accepted.
The number of time steps forced to be accepted is now printed in the PRT file in the
summary at the end of a run. This is so that messages of this type are not missed or ignored.
A new mnemonic SDENO has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This outputs grid-block
oil surface densities used to calculate the OILAPI values in the restart file. This mnemonic
is available for use with the API Tracking option only.
A new keyword APILIM has been added to monitor the grid-block API values against
specified lower and upper limits, and optionally to constrain the values within these limits.
This keyword is available for use with the API Tracking option.
The Standard, Friction and Multisegment Well Models have all been extended to work fully
with the polymer flood model. Polymer and brine now work with crossflowing wells.
Polymer and brine concentration also affects the fluid viscosity used to calculate friction
effects in the wellbore for friction wells and multisegment wells.
A new keyword WPOLYRED has been added to allow the user to specify the response of the
water phase viscosity to the presence of polymer in the well.
Minimum economic well flow rates can now be specified at reservoir conditions via new
item 16 of the WECON keyword.
ECLIPSE 300
GRID section
Flux boundary conditions, activated using the USEFLUX keyword, can now be used with
multiple water components. See "Water components" in the "ECLIPSE Technical
Description".
The behavior of the GDFILE keyword has been extended to make it compatible with
ECLIPSE 100 in the case where a file name and extension is specified.
PROPS section
A new keyword SOROPTS has been added to allow the compressibility of the residual oil
(using the SOR option) to be modeled. Two new compressibility models have been add to
supplement the existing default model, where the residual oil saturation is kept constant: a
constant compressibility model; and a residual oil flash.

New facilities
43
The ECLIPSE 100 functional model for foam mobility can now be used in ECLIPSE 300.
Keyword CWTYPE must be used to identify a water component that represents the foam
surfactant. The ECLIPSE 100 keywords FOAMFSC, FOAMFRM, FOAMFSO, FOAMFSW and
FOAMFCN can now be used in ECLIPSE 300 to define the gas mobility as a function of the
surfactant concentration, oil and water saturations, and capillary number. The ECLIPSE
100 keyword FOAMFST can now be used in ECLIPSE 300 to define the water-gas surface
tension (which is used to calculate the capillary number) as a function of surfactant
concentration.
The keyword LANGMULC can be used to scale the adsorption capacity for each component
for the COAL option.
The keyword LANGMUIR can be used to input Langmuir tables of adsorption capacities for
each component for the COAL option.
A new argument has been added to the asphaltene deposition keyword ASPDEPO to specify
the plugging coefficient. The new coefficient is used with the three-component asphaltene
deposition model and replaces the previous plugging coefficient which was sensitive to the
grid block size.
SOLUTION section
44
A new keyword ROMF has been added to allow the residual oil composition to be specified
in each cell for the SOR option.
A new keyword SOILR has been added to allow the residual oil saturation to be specified
in each cell. This data overwrites residual oil saturations specified by the SOR keyword.
The initial concentration of adsorbed coal gas can be specified with the keyword GASADCO
for each component (COAL option). It is also possible to give data for one component with
the keyword GASCONC together with the keyword GASCCMP.
The initial equilibrium concentration of adsorbed coal gas can be specified with the
keyword GASADEC for each component (COAL option). Scaling based on the equilibrium
of a single component can be achieved with the keyword GASSATC together with the
keyword GASCCMP. Please note that the same scaling value is then used for all components.
TBLK keyword arrays can now be set using the full range of data manipulation keywords
such as EQUALS, MULTIREG or OPERATE.
RPTSOL can be used to output adsorbed coal gas concentrations with the mnemonic CGAS
(for the Coal Bed methane option).
Fluid-in-place reports for the initial solution now also include averages for permeabilities
in the X, Y and Z directions, porosity and cell thickness for the whole field and for each
fluid-in-place region defined with the FIPNUM keyword. Average permeabilities and
porosity are weighted by grid-cell bulk volumes (BV) and average cell thickness is
weighted by DX*DY. In addition, these averages are also provided for all sets of fluid-inplace regions defined with the FIP keyword if the mnemonic FIP in the RPTSOL keyword
is set to 3.
The mnemonic AMF can now be used with the RPTSOL and RPTRST keywords with the
multiple water components option (COMPW). It specifies the block water composition and
replaces WMF which was used previously.

New facilities
SUMMARY section
Summary keywords BFOAM, BFOAMST, BFOAMCNM and BFOAMMOB can be used to output
the block surfactant density, surface tension, capillary number and gas mobility multiplier
for the ECLIPSE 300 Foam model.
The summary mnemonics BKROG, BKROW, BKRWO, BKRWG, BKRGO and BKRGW have been
added. These may be used to output the two-phase relative permeabilities of oil-to-gas, oilto-water, water-to-oil, water-to-gas, gas-to-oil and gas-to-water for models containing these
three phases and where the two-phase relative permeabilities are used to construct the
three-phase relative permeability.
Summary keywords FWMPR, FWMPT, FWMIR, FWMIT, GWMPR, GWMPT, GWMIR, GWMIT,
WWMPR, WWMPT, WWMIR and WWMIT have been added. They specify the Field, Group and
Well water molar Production and Injection Rates and Totals. They can be used with any
option where there is more than one component in the water phase, for example when there
are multiple water components, with COMPW, or when hydrocarbon is allowed in the water
phase, e.g. with the CO2SOL option.
Summary keywords FAMF, GAMF, WAMF and BAMF can now be used with multiple water
components (COMPW). They request the Field, Group, Well and Block water composition.
Summary keyword CAMF has been added. It can be used with multiple water components
(COMPW) to request the Connection water composition.
Summary keywords CKFR and CKFT can now be used with multiple water components
(COMPW). They request the Connection flow rate and total for each water component.
Summary keywords FOIR, GOIR, WOIR, FOIT, GOIT and WOIT can be used to output oil
injection rates and totals.
SCHEDULE section
A new keyword MESSOPTS has been added to control the severity type for messages
reporting time steps that are forced to be accepted.
The number of time steps forced to be accepted is now printed in the PRT file in the
summary at the end of a run. This is so that messages of this type are not missed or ignored.
Mnemonics FOAM, FOAMST, FOAMCNM and FOAMMOB can be used with the RPTRST and
RPTSCHED keywords to output the block surfactant density, surface tension, capillary
number and gas mobility multiplier for the ECLIPSE 300 Foam model.
RPTSCHED and RPTRST can be used to output adsorbed coal gas concentrations with the
mnemonic CGAS (for the Coal Bed methane option).
Minimum economic well flow rates can now be specified at reservoir conditions via the
new item 16 in the WECON keyword.
The ECLIPSE 100 keyword COMPFLSH for flash transformation in wells is now also
available in the ECLIPSE 300 black oil mode.
The mnemonic AMF can now be used with the RPTSCHED and RPTRST keywords with the
multiple water components option (COMPW). It specifies the block water composition and
replaces WMF which was used previously.

New facilities
45
A change has been made to items 6 of the keyword COMPDAT and item 7 of the keyword
COMPDATL. In pre-2012.1 releases, any string other than SHUT would result in an OPEN
connection. This behavior has been changed in subsequent releases so that only OPEN,
SHUT or HEAT can be entered.
A new keyword, WINJOIL, has been added to specify the nature of the oil to be injected
for use in compositional and thermal models.
Item 2 of the keyword WCONINJE has been extended to allow additional injector types:
HCGAS and HCOIL. For a GAS injector, a constant molar density is used, determined from
the gas and water densities specified by the DENSITY keyword and from default molecular
weights for each phase. However, with HCGAS injectors, a flash at stock tank conditions
(STCOND) is used to calculate the phase molar densities. Similarly for the HCOIL injectors.
The stock-tank flash used for HCGAS and HCOIL injectors may not produce a single phase
fluid of the expected type. For example an HCGAS injection fluid may not flash to single
phase gas. If the flash produces a two-phase fluid, then both phases will be injected and the
well will be controlled by the rate of the specified phase. This mechanism can be used to
inject two-phase hydrocarbons. Refer to "Calculation of molar rates in ECLIPSE 300" on
page 2436 for additional information.
Thermal
46
It is now possible to define HEAT connections with the keywords COMPDAT and
COMPDATL. These connections are provided exclusively to model heat transfer between
the wellbore and the formation, and therefore they are shut to fluid flow. In pre-2012.1
releases, the string HEAT was not recognized and its use would result in an OPEN
connection.
User defined arguments (UDAs) have been added to the keyword WINJTEMP for defining
the quality, temperature, pressure and enthalpy of injected steam.
The gas/steam ratio can now be defined with a user defined argument (UDA) in keyword
WCONINJE.
User defined arguments (UDAs) have been added to keyword WCONPROD to define the
steam production rate upper limit, the pressure offset for saturation pressure control, and
the temperature offset for saturation temperature control.
Item 2 of the keyword WCONINJE has been extended to allow additional injector types:
STEAM-OIL, HCGAS, and HCOIL. For a GAS injector, a constant molar density is used,
determined from the gas and water densities specified by the DENSITY keyword and from
default molecular weights for each phase. However, with HCGAS injectors, a flash at stock
tank conditions (STCOND) is used to calculate the phase molar densities. Similarly for the
HCOIL injectors. For STEAM-OIL injectors, a flash at stock tank conditions (STCOND) is
used to calculate the gas or oil molar densities.
For STEAM-OIL injection, a further item (15) has been added to specify the ratio of oil
volume to steam volume (cold water equivalent (C.W.E.)). This new feature may be useful
for steam-liquid solvent processes. The STEAM-GAS injection can be used for steam-vapor
solvent processes.
For STEAM-GAS injectors, a flash at stock tank conditions (STCOND) is now used to
calculate the gas or oil molar densities. For back compatibility with pre-2012.1 versions of
STEAM-GAS, set OPTIONS3(276) to 1 to use a fixed gas molar density. In addition, the
setting of this option switch also reverts the improved WINJTEMP enthalpy calculation to
pre-2012.1 behavior.

New facilities
The stock-tank flash used for HCGAS, HCOIL, STEAM-GAS and STEAM-OIL injectors
may not produce a single phase fluid of the expected type. For example an HCGAS injection
fluid may not flash to single phase gas. If the flash produces a two-phase fluid, then both
phases will be injected and the well will be controlled by the rate of the specified phase.
This mechanism can be used to inject two-phase hydrocarbons. Refer to "Calculation of
molar rates in ECLIPSE 300" on page 2436 for additional information.
The summary keywords FSHRC and GSHRC can be used to output the cumulative steam
hydrocarbon ratio, and the summary keywords FHSRC and GHSRC can be used to output
the cumulative hydrocarbon steam ratio.
WINJW and WELLSTRW are now compatible with CO2STORE in thermal mode.

New facilities
47
Behavioral changes
ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
The polymer flooding option, activated by the POLYMER keyword, has been extended
within the well model. Polymer and brine concentrations are now solved as independent
implicit variables in the well model for standard wells and the wellbore friction model. This
allows for the accurate solution of crossflowing wells and for the impact of polymer on
water viscosity in the wellbore. See "Polymer Flood Model" in the "ECLIPSE Technical
Description". Pre-2012.1 behavior may be recovered using OPTIONS item 176.
Note
As polymer flooding now works with crossflowing wells, ECLIPSE will no longer
prevent wells from crossflowing automatically when it detects the POLYMER keyword.
This may result in a change of behavior; for example, some injection wells may now
shut as their BHP limit is not high enough to give net injection. If crossflow is banned
for such a well, the producing connections are effectively shut and the well injects. If
crossflow is allowed, the entire well shuts.
Item 10 of WELSPECS and item 11 of WELSPECL may be used to ban crossflow. This
will recover pre-2012.1 behavior in many cases.
The polymer flooding model is changed so that the look-up of the mixing data PLYMAX and
PLMIXPAR follows the polymer mixing region number entered by PLMIXNUM instead of
MISCNUM. This allows multiple polymer mixing regions without having the MISCIBLE
feature activated.
The coal bed methane model is changed so that the look-up of the adsorption data, such as
the keyword LANGMUIR and diffusion data, such as the keyword DIFFCOAL, follows the
coal region number as entered by COALNUM. To recover the pre-2012.1 behavior, using
SATNUM region numbers and PVTNUM region numbers, use OPTIONS item 180.
The solvent model has been extended within the well model to accommodate crossflow.
Item 10 of the WELSPECS keyword (and item 11 of the WELSPECL keyword) can be used
to ban crossflow, and this will recover most of the pre-2012.1 behavior.
GRID section
48
The PETGRID keyword no longer accepts OPF files. OPF file import has not been
supported since the 2008.1 release.
In a parallel simulation, if an error, a bug condition, or a stop limit imposed by the keyword
MESSAGES is encountered in a slave process, the simulation will finish with a non-zero
number of errors or bugs reported. Moreover, files generated by the slave processes that
encountered the error or bug condition are preserved (see item 2 of PARAOPTS).

Behavioral changes
Further checks on the values entered for the ACTNUM keyword have been added to ensure
that they are valid. Error messages are output when the value entered differs from 0 or 1. A
limiter has been implemented so that for each instance of the keyword a maximum of five
error messages are output if the values entered are larger than 1 and a maximum of five
error messages are output if the values entered are negative. If the limit is met for either
case, a warning message is output stating that further error messages of that nature are
suppressed.
PROPS section
If the OPTIONS keyword item 178 is set to 1, the pre-2011.2 behavior for the processing
of JFUNCR with hysteresis is restored. Prior to 2011.2 the per region processing of Jfunctions was only applied to the imbibition saturation tables for hysteretic models.
The rock compaction keyword ROCKPAMA for coal bed methane only applies the
compression term if the fracture grid cell is not connected to a coal cell.
The order of table output from the EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords in hysteresis cases
has been modified to accommodate the new hysteresis checking option.
The polymer and salt mixing calculation keyword PLYMAX is now referenced by the
PLMIXNUM region instead of the MISCNUM region.
The polymer and salt mixing calculation keyword PLMIXPAR is now referenced by the
PLMIXNUM region instead of the MISCNUM region.
The Todd-Longstaff mixing parameter keyword TLMIXPAR no longer has any effect in
polymer flooding models. Use PLMIXPAR instead.
The calculation of MISCIBLE viscosity and density has been reverted to the pre-2011.1
formula. The 2011.1 calculation is available by setting OPTIONS keyword item 161 to 2.
For the 2012.2 version, corrections have been made to the assignment of the saturation endpoints from the end-point scaling arrays for two-phase models when the ENDSCALE
keyword has been specified. Prior to the 2012.2 version, in some cases, the saturation endpoints associated with the absent phase were incorrectly defaulted. The pre-2012.2 version
of this end-point assignment process may be selected by setting item 194 of the OPTIONS
keyword to 1.
A modification has been made to the WAG hysteresis gas relative permeability model in
situations where the transformed gas saturation at the start of the secondary or subsequent
drainage cycle falls below the gas saturation at the start of the previous drainage cycle. This
amendment prevents excessive falls in gas relative permeability which can occur in such
circumstances when the primary drainage curve is used to construct the secondary drainage
cycle. This modified model may be selected by setting item 197 of the OPTIONS keyword
to 1. More details are provided under "Hysteresis in WAG Floods" in the "ECLIPSE
SOLUTION section
Checks on the saturations entered using the enumeration method have been added to ensure
that the saturations are consistent with the end-point values defined in the saturation
function tables.
Enumeration of reservoirs with hysteresis has been improved to take account of oil-gas
capillary pressure when determining vaporized oil values. OPTIONS switch 184 may be
used to recover pre 2012.1 behavior.

Behavioral changes
49
SUMMARY section
When radial geometry is used, the radial velocity output calculations for mnemonics such
as VELWATI+ have been improved. OPTIONS switch 179 can be set to 1 to revert to the
pre-2011.2 behavior for history matching purposes.
SCHEDULE section
The WELSPECS and WELSPECL keywords have been extended to allow a polymer mixing
table number to be associated with a well. This is used to calculate the wellbore water
viscosity when the POLYMER option is used.
The WSEGINIT keyword has been extended to allow segment polymer and brine
concentrations to be specified for a multisegment well. This is used when the POLYMER
option is used.
The WRFTPLT output has been enhanced to give segment viscosity data and various data
pertaining to polymer flooding. This supports the extension of the well model to simulate
polymer and brine.
The looped multisegment well solver activated by WSEGSOLV or WSEGLINK has been
made more robust. These changes may be reversed with OPTIONS switch 182.
The Network Option has been altered. See the "Network Option" in the "ECLIPSE
Technical Description". Each balancing iteration now checks that well THP targets reflect
their parent group node pressure appropriately. This ensures accurate network balancing
when reservoir coupling is used. This alteration may be reverted using OPTIONS item 183.
The calculation of flow scaling for WSEGSICD and WSEGAICD segments has been altered
slightly if item 11 is set to 2. The ICD scaling factor is determined in this case by comparing
the ICD length to the length of the upstream segments to the first device. The length of the
upstream segments will no longer continue into and beyond WSEGTABL segments. See
"Flow scaling" on page 2700 for details of the ICD flow scaling calculation.
The critical gas saturation used to determine saturation chops is now determined using the
correct saturation curves. Pre-2012.1 behavior may be recovered using OPTIONS item
184.
WCONINJE and WCONPROD no longer re-initialize multisegment wells if the control mode
is changed by the keyword. This improves well convergence characteristics in some cases.
Pre-2012.1 behavior may be recovered with OPTIONS item 186.
The solution of choke branches in the extended network has been modified. Pre-2012.1
behavior may be recovered with OPTIONS item 196.
Tracers
50
The tracer solver has been extended to work fully with looped multisegment wells. Pre2012.1 behavior my be recovered using OPTIONS item 182. This includes single-phase
tracers, partitioned tracers and the TEMP option.

Behavioral changes
ECLIPSE 300
RUNSPEC section
In some cases it has been found that the array indexing applied primarily to the calculation
of the saturation functions associated with the WAG hysteresis option and also to the
relative permeability damage modifiers is incorrect. This has been rectified for the 2012.1
release. Pre-2012.1 behavior may be restored by setting item 274 of the OPTIONS3
keyword to 1. Note that when reverting to pre-2012.1 behavior, this option should be
applied throughout such that if the OPTIONS3 keyword is re-specified in subsequent
sections, this item must also be re-specified.
The BOILMOD mnemonic in the FORMOPTS keyword is no longer a supported feature.

Models activating this option will give an error in the 2012.1 and subsequent releases.
The Coal Bed Methane model disables the interpolation between oil-gas relative
permeabilities for a near-critical fluid (NOMIX is used as the default). To change this to pre2012.1 behavior, set item 3 of CBMOPTS to KRMIX.
For the 2012.2 version, further checks have been added to ensure that the correct defaulting
is applied to the intermediate relative permeability end-points when end-point scaling is
specified in terms of temperature or composition dependence via the ENKRVT or ENKRVC
keywords respectively. Specifically if one or more of the KRGR, KRWR, KRORG or KROWG
end-points is defaulted, the values will be assigned from the corresponding saturation table
values but will be scaled according to the maximum value of KRG, KRW, or KRO which itself
may be defaulted from the table value. Item 290 of the OPTIONS3 keyword may be set to
1 to revert to pre-2012.2 behavior. This should be specified in the RUNSPEC section.
The output to the INIT file of default values for the KRGR, KRWR, KRORG and KROWG endpoint scaling keywords (and their imbibition counterparts) when ENDSCALE and
FILLEPS are specified has been modified such that the values will be assigned from the
corresponding saturation table values but will be scaled according to the maximum value
of KRG, KRW, or KRO which itself may be defaulted from the table values. Item 290 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword may be set to 1 to revert to pre-2012.2 behavior. This should be
GRID section
The PETGRID keyword no longer accepts OPF files. OPF file import has not been
supported since the 2008.1 release.
The matrix discretization option, NMATOPTS, now includes diffusivity. The sub-grid cells
SIGMA value is calculated and the dual/multi-porosity transmissibility and diffusivity is
calculated similarly to a normal dual/multi-porosity connection. This generalizes the matrix
discretization option for coal bed and shale gas reservoirs.
For the coal bed methane and shale gas option (COAL) the diffusive flow between coal
simulation grid cells is now possible, using the time dependent sorption model. The
adsorption properties need to be the same between the coal cells (equal COALNUM).
For multi-porosity and coal, the diffusivity for the time-dependent sorption model has
changed between sub-matrix grid cells. The new behavior uses the innermost sub-matrix
grid-cell volume for the diffusivity calculation. Previously, the coal volume was also used
for the inner-matrix sub-grid cells when the coal was connected to an inner pore-volume
cell for the diffusive equation. This behavior can be obtained by setting OPTIONS3 item
278 to 1.

Behavioral changes
51
PROPS section
52
When using the DIFFUSE option with FIELD units, a unit conversion error has been
corrected. To get the pre-2011.2 (incorrect) behavior the diffusion coefficients need to be
scaled by 5.61458.
When using the DIFFUSE option with the dual/multi-porosity option, the diffusivity
calculation has changed. Pre-2012.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 273 of the
The defaulting behavior has been corrected for the end-point scaling relative permeability
keyword KRORG within a local grid when defaulted from the global grid. It uses the scaled
global grid end-point value. Pre-2012.1 behavior, which uses the unscaled value, can be
restored by setting item 272 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
The operation of FILLEPS has been extended to output the values of global grids
containing local grid refinements as values instead of defaults for end-point scaling arrays
not specified in the input data. Prior to 2012.1, theses values were output as defaults
because they corresponded to inactive cells. From 2012.1 onwards, these values are now
inferred from the appropriate saturation functions. Pre-2012.1 behavior can be restored by
setting item 277 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1
The capillary pressure hysteresis code has been modified to honor IPCG and IPCW data.
The calculation of the oil velocity for the three-component asphaltene model has been
modified. The oil velocity is compared with the critical oil velocity set by the ASPDEPO
keyword. The new formula uses a root mean squared velocity, and includes contributions
from non-neighbor connections as well as neighboring cells. See "Velocity Calculations"
in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description".
The second argument of keyword ASPDEPO which specified a plugging coefficient, will
now be ignored when the three-component asphaltene deposition model is used. Instead,
the plugging coefficient can be specified using a new fifth argument of ASPDEPO. The new
coefficient is not sensitive to grid block size.
The restart records associated with the WAG hysteresis option (WAGHYSTR keyword) have
been restructured to permit the use of this option with parallel restarts. Problems associated
with the reading and writing of these records in versions prior to 2012.1 have also been
addressed. In addition, the new record structure permits the WAG hysteresis option to be
selected or deselected in a base case and any successive restart. Pre 2012.1 behavior can be
obtained by setting item 279 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1. Additional checking of the
pre-2012.1 WAG hysteresis restart records has also been introduced. In cases where the
pre-2012.1 restart record is unsuitable, item 279 can be set to 2 to bypass the input restart
record.
In some cases it has been found that reading restarts which contain WAG hysteresis records
created by the 2009.1 and 2009.2 versions fails with a message referring to an incorrect
header record. this is associated with an attempt to read a UDA/UDQ restart record when
none was defined. under these circumstances item 282 of the OPTIONS3 keyword may be
set to 1 to bypass the reading of the non-existent UDA/UDQ record thereby resulting in the
correct reading of the wag hysteresis record. (This does not address the problems associated
with the incorrect size of the WAG hysteresis which can occur in some cases with restarts
written by parallel runs using versions prior to 2012.1.)

Behavioral changes
For black oil water-oil models, modifications have been made to take account of the critical
saturation for the non-wetting imbibition saturation function when this is greater than zero
and also to the modeling of the non-wetting phase hysteresis. Pre 2012.1 behavior can be
restored by setting item 283 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
SOLUTION section
When calculating the initial solution of a reservoir with an oil-gas contact by equilibration,
ECLIPSE 300 performs bubble point and dew point calculations to determine the
composition of any gas below the contact or any liquid above the contact. This occurs when
item 10 of EQUIL is set to 2 or 3. The saturation pressure calculation may fail, for example
if the temperature is above the critical temperature. Results of failed saturation pressure
calculations are now ignored and the fluid at these points will be oil below the contact or
liquid above the contact. Pre-2012.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 57 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword to 2. See "Equilibration" in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description".
When using ZMF to set the initial solution explicitly, ECLIPSE 300 now checks that the
specified saturations are consistent with a single hydrocarbon phase. Previously this was
assumed, and could lead to unexpected behavior. ECLIPSE 300 now issues an error
message if both the oil and gas saturations are positive. See "Enumeration" in the
"ECLIPSE Technical Description".
Previously the mnemonic WMF was used in keywords RPTSOL and RPTRST to specify the
water composition for the multiple water components option (COMPW). For consistency
with other options, it has been replaced by AMF. For backwards compatibility, WMF can still
be used, but data will be output as AMF.
ECLIPSE 300 will now produce an error if an initial solution gas-oil ratio (Rs) is specified
in a blackoil simulation in which the oil is dead.
SUMMARY section
The Summary keywords WNPR, WNPT, GNPR, GNPT, FNPR, FNPT, RNIP, RNPR, RNPT,
which have been superseded and deprecated since 2008.1, have been removed.
The calculations for multisegment well segment surface flow rates have been modified for
drift-flux segments. This may affect Summary keywords SOFR, SGFR, SWFR and the
derived quantities SWCT, SGOR, SOGR and SWGR.
For summary keywords that accept a component number and that start with B, F, G or W,
the component number can be defaulted, in which case all components will be stored in the
summary file. The pre-2012.1 handling can be restored by setting item 269 of OPTIONS3
to 1.
The summary keyword SCFRn has been deprecated and replaced with SCWGFR.
The summary keyword SKFR has been added for segment component flow rate.
The summary keywords BCFRI, BCFRJ and BCFRK have been deprecated and replaced
with BKFRI, BKFRJ and BKFRK.
SCHEDULE section
A more robust solver is now used by default for network models. The solver was previously
available as an option in 2011.1. If OPTIONS3 item 267 is set to -1, the pre-2012.1 default
network solver will be used.

Behavioral changes
53
54
An improved calculation of observed reservoir volume rates has been implemented. This
takes better account of observed NGL production and affects WCONHIST RESV control
mode. If OPTIONS3 item 270 is set to 1, the pre-2011.2 method is used.
The treatment of wells under WAG control (WELLWAG keyword) has been modified such
that if a well is shut during a WAG cycle, the WAG control is deselected. Pre-2012.1
Previously the mnemonic WMF was used in keywords RPTSCHED and RPTRST to specify
the water composition for the multiple water components option (COMPW). For consistency
with other options, it has been replaced by AMF. For backwards compatibility, WMF can still
be used, but data will be output as AMF.
The order of table output form the EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords in hysteresis cases
The allocation of Equation of State region number to the calculation of the well properties
for the generalized pseudo-pressure option (GPP) has been modified to select the
appropriate Equation of State region number instead of defaulting to region 1. Pre 2012.1
The calculation of flow scaling for WSEGSICD and WSEGAICD segments has been altered
slightly if item 11 is set to 2.The ICD scaling factor is determined in this case by comparing
the ICD length to the length of the upstream segments to the first device. The length of the
upstream segments will no longer continue into and beyond WSEGTABL segments. See
"Flow scaling" on page 2700 for details of the ICD flow scaling calculation.
For Thermal simulations, the default value for TSCRIT item 11 has been altered from 0.5
to 5. This constraint alters the length of the time step after a well modification and is active
due to well control modifications or a well opening/closing. This new default change also
applies to a similar constraint activated via the TUNING keyword, record 1, item 10.
Wells with a zero flow rate target will now be solved as stopped wells. Pre 2012.1 behavior
may be recovered using OPTIONS3 item 280.
The way flux boundary conditions are used has been modified slightly. Previously the
component flux was switched off if there was no component in the boundary cell. Now it
is only switched off if the flux is also out of the cell. Inflows are now allowed.
In the network model, VFP table extrapolation has been altered to ensure the pressure drop
is continuous around zero flow. Pre 2012.1 behavior may be recovered using OPTIONS3
item 281.
Modifications have been made to the modeling of velocity-dependent relative

permeabilities with VELDEP item 5 for the generalized pseudo-pressure option to handle
negative capillary numbers. Pre 2012.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 285 of the
For Thermal simulations, and use of STEAM-GAS injectors, a flash at stock tank conditions
(STCOND) is now used to calculate the gas or oil molar densities. For back compatibility
with pre-2012.1 versions of STEAM-GAS, set OPTIONS3(276) to 1 to use a fixed gas
molar density. In addition, the setting of this option switch also reverts the improved
WINJTEMP enthalpy calculation to pre-2012.1 behavior.
If OPTIONS3(276) is set to 2, the pre-2012.2 behavior for STEAM-GAS, STEAM-OIL,

HCGAS and HCOIL injection is used when the surface flash detects a single phase with the
wrong phase being injected. For instance, if STEAM-GAS is set as an injector type but the
surface flash detects only a single liquid phase, the simulator injects the requested amount
of gas (not oil) using the Ideal Gas Law, instead of the surface flash, to determine the molar
density. For additional information, refer to "Calculation of molar rates in ECLIPSE 300"
on page 2436.

Behavioral changes
New Keywords
ECLIPSE 100
GRID section
The new GRID section keywords are:
Table 3.1
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
COALNUM
Assign coal region numbers
PLMIXNUM
Assign polymer mixing region numbers
PROPS section
Table 3.2
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
PLYDHFLF
Activates polymer thermal degradation and provides the half-life as a function of

temperature.
PLYVISCT
Multiplier for the effect on polymer solution viscosity of polymer concentration

and temperature.
PLYVSCST
Multiplier for the effect on polymer solution viscosity of polymer and salt
concentrations and temperature.
TEMPNODE
Temperature dependence data for PLYVISCT and PLYVSCST.
SUMMARY section
Table 3.3
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BKROG
Two-phase relative permeability of oil to gas.
BKROW
Two-phase relative permeability of oil to water.
CCIR, CCPR
Connection polymer injection and production rate.
GMNP, GMXP
Minimum and the maximum rates respectively as given by GNETDP for the
specified groups or nodes in the production network.
GOMNR, GGMNR,
GWMNR, GLMNR
Minimum rates as given by GNETDP for OIL, GAS, WAT or LIQ respectively for
the specified groups or nodes in the production network.

New Keywords
55
Table 3.3
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
GOMXR, GGMXR,
GWMXR, GLMXR
Maximum rates as given by GNETDP for OIL, GAS, WAT or LIQ respectively for
the specified groups or nodes in the production network.
GPRINC, GPRDEC
Pressure increments/decrements as given by GNETDP for the specified groups or

SCCN, SCFR,
SSCN, SSFR
Segment polymer and brine concentration and flow rate.
SOVIS, SWVIS,
SGVIS, SEMVIS
Segment viscosity for oil, water, gas and polymer/water mixture.
SCHEDULE section
Table 3.4
SCHEDULE keywords
Keyword
Description
APILIM
Provides monitoring and limiting of grid-block API values for the API tracking
option.
MESSOPTS
Controls severity type for messages reporting time steps that are forced to be
accepted.
WPOLYRED
Allows the user to specify the response of the water phase viscosity to the
presence of polymer.
ECLIPSE 300
PROPS section
Table 3.5
56
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
CWTYPE
Component water type: used to identify the surfactant component for the foam
model.
FOAMFCN
Foam model gas mobility multiplier function: capillary number dependence

parameters.
FOAMFRM
Foam model gas mobility multiplier function: reference value.
FOAMFSC
Foam model gas mobility multiplier function: surfactant concentration dependence

parameters.
FOAMFSO
Foam model gas mobility multiplier function: oil saturation dependence

parameters.
FOAMFST
Gas-water surface tension table: used to calculate capillary number for the foam
model gas mobility function.

New Keywords
Table 3.5
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
FOAMFSW
Foam model gas mobility multiplier function: water saturation dependence

parameters.
SOROPTS
Allows residual oil compressibility model (SOR option) to be specified.
LANGMULC
Scale the adsorption capacity for each grid cell and each component.
LANGMUIR
Table input of adsorption capacity for each component.
SOLUTION section
The new SOLUTION section keywords are:
Table 3.6
SOLUTION keywords
Keyword
Description
ROMF
Cell residual oil composition (SOR option).
SOILR
Cell residual oil saturation (SOR option).
GASADCO
Initial coal gas concentration (COAL option)
GASCCMP
Specify the component for GASSATC and GASCONC (COAL option)
GASCONC
Initial coal gas concentration (a single component)
GASADEC
Initial coal gas equilibrium concentration (COAL option)
GASSATC
Initial coal gas equilibrium concentration (a single component)
SUMMARY section
Table 3.7
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BFOAM
Surfactant density for the Foam Model
BFOAMST
Surface tension for the Foam Model
BFOAMCNM
Capillary number for the Foam Model
BFOAMMOB
Gas mobility multiplier for the Foam Model
BKRGO
Two-phase relative permeability of gas to oil
BKRGW
Two-phase relative permeability of gas to water
BKROG
Two-phase relative permeability of oil to gas
BKROW
Two-phase relative permeability of oil to water
BKRWG
Two-phase relative permeability of water to gas
BKRWO
Two-phase relative permeability of water to oil
BKFRI
Block Hydrocarbon Component n Flow Rate as Wet Gas in I direction
BKFRJ
Block Hydrocarbon Component n Flow Rate as Wet Gas in J direction
BKFRK
Block Hydrocarbon Component n Flow Rate as Wet Gas in K direction

New Keywords
57
Table 3.7
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
CAMF
Connection water composition for multiple water components (COMPW).
FWMPR, GWMPR, WWMPR
Field, Group and Well water component molar production rate
FWMPT, GWMPT, WWMPT
Field, Group and Well water component molar production total
FWMIR, GWMIR, WWMIR
Field, Group and Well water component molar injection rate
FWMIT, GWMIT, WWMIT
Field, Group and Well water component molar injection total
SKFR
Segment Component n Flow Rate (Hydrocarbon and water components)
SCWGFR
Segment Hydrocarbon Component n Flow Rate as Wet Gas
FSHRC, GSHRC
Cumulative steam hydrocarbon ratio
FHSRC, GHSRC
Cumulative hydrocarbon steam ratio
FOIR, GOIR, WOIR
Field, Group and Well Oil Injection Rates
FOIT, GOIT, WOIT
Field, Group and Well Oil Injection Totals
SCHEDULE section
The new SCHEDULE section keywords are:
Table 3.8
58
SCHEDULE keyword
Keyword
Description
MESSOPTS
Controls severity type for messages reporting time steps that are forced to be
accepted.
COMPFLSH
Flash transformation ratios for well connections (black oil mode only).
WINJOIL
Specifies the nature of the oil to be injected for use in compositional and thermal
models.

New Keywords
Altered keywords
ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
Table 3.9
Altered RUNSPEC keywords
Keyword
Description
REGDIMS
A new field allows the number of polymer mixing regions NPLMIX to be

specified.
GRID section
Table 3.10
Keyword
Description
PETGRID
Support of OPF files has been withdrawn.
PROPS section
Table 3.11
Keyword
Description
EPSDBGS
A new item has been added to the keyword to switch on the checking of drainage
and imbibition curves in hysteresis cases
EPSDEBUG
A new item has been added to the keyword to switch on the checking of drainage
and imbibition curves in hysteresis cases
PLMIXPAR
PLMIXPAR now takes NPLMIX records instead of NTMISC and is indexed by

PLMIXNUM instead of MISCNUM. This allows multiple polymer mixing regions to
be specified without activating the MISCIBLE option. PLMIXPAR is now
required for all polymer flooding models.
PLYMAX
PLYMAX now takes NPLMIX records instead of NTMISC and is indexed by

PLMIXNUM instead of MISCNUM. This allows multiple polymer mixing regions to
be specified without activating the MISCIBLE option.
PLYSHEAR
The PLYSHEAR multiplier is no longer restricted to being monotonically

decreasing, as shear thickening is now supported.
TLMIXPAR
TLMIXPAR no longer has any effect on polymer flooding. PLMIXPAR must be

used in its place.

Altered keywords
59
SOLUTION section
Table 3.12
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
The mnemonic SDENO has been added to output grid-block oil surface densities
used to calculate the OILAPI values in the restart file. This mnemonic is available
for use with the API Tracking option only.
RPTSOL
The mnemonic FIP can now be used to report average permeabilities and porosity
weighted by grid cell bulk volume and cell thickness weighted by DX*DY for the
whole field and for fluid-in-place regions defined with keywords FIPNUM and
FIP.
TBLK
TBLKxxxx keywords can now be set or manipulated using the full range of data
manipulation keywords such as OPERATE.
SCHEDULE section
Table 3.13
60
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
The mnemonic SDENO has been added to output grid-block oil surface densities
used to calculate the OILAPI values in the restart file. This mnemonic is available
for use with the API Tracking option only.
WCONINJE
This keyword no longer re-initializes multisegment wells if the control mode is

changed by the keyword. This improves well convergence characteristics in some
cases. Pre-2012.1 behavior may be recovered with OPTIONS item 186.
WCONPROD
This keyword no longer re-initializes multisegment wells if the control mode is

changed by the keyword. This improves well convergence characteristics in some
cases. Pre-2012.1 behavior may be recovered with OPTIONS item 186.
WECON
New item 16 allows specifying a minimum economic limit for well production rate
of fluid at reservoir conditions.
WELSPECL
This keyword has been extended to allow the user to specify a polymer mixing
table number for the wellbore fluid. This influences the water viscosity calculation
in the presence of POLYMER.
WELSPECS
This keyword has been extended to allow the user to specify a polymer mixing
table number for the wellbore fluid. This influences the water viscosity calculation
in the presence of POLYMER.
WRFTPLT
The RFT file now contains segment phase viscosities as well as a range of polymer
and brine data.

Altered keywords
Table 3.13
Keyword
Description
WSEGAICD
The flow scaling calculation when item 11 is set to 2 has been altered. This option
compares the ICD segment length to the upstream segment length up to a set of
devices. This set now includes WSEGTABL segments as well as the previous list of
devices. See "Flow scaling" on page 2700 for details of the flow scaling
calculation.
WSEGINIT
Polymer and brine concentrations may now be initialized using this keyword.
WSEGSICD
devices. this set now includes WSEGTABL segments as well as the previous list of
devices. See "Flow scaling" on page 2700 for details of the flow scaling
calculation.
OPTIONS keyword
Table 3.14
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
161
If set to 2, the 2011.1 calculation of MISCIBLE viscosity and density is recovered.
175
Not used.
176
If set to 1, the pre 2012.1 behavior of the well model is recovered. See "Polymer
Flood Model" in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description".
177
Reserved.
178
If set to 1, the pre 2011.2 behavior for the processing of JFUNCR with hysteresis is
restored. Prior to 2011.2 the per region processing of J-functions was only applied
to the imbibition saturation tables for hysteretic models.
179
If set to 1, the pre 2011.2 behavior for calculating radial velocities is restored.
180
If set to 1, the pre 2012.1 behavior for the look up of diffusion and adsorption data
for coal bed methane is restored.
181
Not used.
182
This switch reverts part or all of the looped multisegment well (MSW) solver to
183
If positive and divisible by 2, the looped MSW solver will not re-solve unconverged linear solutions using a direct solver. This may speed up the
simulation, but may lead to failed well solutions.
If positive and divisible by 3, the predictor will not set every segment to a nonzero flow. This can lead to a singular well Jacobian and therefore problems
with the well solution.
If positive and divisible by 5, the pre-2012.1 behavior of the tracer solver with
looped multisegment wells is recovered. This behavior change can only be
made in the RUNSPEC section.
When set to 1, this switch reverts the network balancing option to pre-2012.1
behavior. An additional check was added to the network balancing option to ensure
that all well THP targets reflected their parent groups node pressure. This check
improves the accuracy of network balancing in certain circumstances such as when
the reservoir coupling option is in use.

Altered keywords
61
Table 3.14
62
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
184
This switch reverts the behavior of hysteresis to pre-2012.1 behavior. It may affect
two separate behaviors:
When set to a positive value divisible by 2, this switch reverts the enumeration
of reservoirs with hysteresis to pre-2012.1 behavior. This alters the initial Rv
value in the reservoir to take account of capillary pressure.
When set to a positive value divisible by 3, this switch reverts the calculation
of critical gas saturation used to determine saturation chops to the pre-2012.1
behavior. Prior to 2012.1 the saturation curves were sometimes taken from the
wrong region for this calculation.
185
Not used.
186
If set to 1, this switch reverts the WCONPROD and WCONINJE keywords to their
pre-2012.1 behavior with respect to initialization for multisegment wells. Prior to
2012.1, any change of control mode by WCONPROD or WCONINJE caused the first
guess of the well solution to be re-initialized. From 2012.1, this is not the case
unless this option is set. This affects multisegment well convergence
characteristics.
187
When set to 1, this switch reverts partitioned tracers to pre-2012.1 behavior.Prior

to 2012.1, injecting connection flows of tracer were incorrectly calculated during
the solving of the tracer equations.
188
Reserved
189
When set to 1, this switch reverts the behavior of GSG non-neighbor connection
and transmissibility allocation to pre-2012.1 behavior. This behavior in parallel
can cause, in some situations, the non-neighbor connections and transmissibilities
to be incorrectly communicated between processors.
190
Reserved
191
Reserved
192
Reserved
193
Reserved
194
If set to 1, the pre-2012.2 behavior for assigning saturation end-points from endpoint scaling arrays for two-phase models will be restored.
195
If set to 1, the pre-2012.2 behavior for a zero determinant detected in the linear
solver is restored (stopping with an error). The new behavior is to chop the time
step and try and recover.
196
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 treatment of network choke branches will be used.
197
If set to 1, an amended WAG gas hysteresis relative permeability model

calculation will be used.

Altered keywords
ECLIPSE 300
RUNSPEC section
Table 3.15
Keyword
Description
CBMOPTS
New item to enable/disable oil-gas relative permeability interpolation (the mixing

of the near-critical fluid).
GRID section
Table 3.16
Keyword
Description
PETGRID
Support of OPF files has been withdrawn.
NMATOPTS
A new argument allows the first matrix sub-grid cell to be constructed from a
fractional value relative to the matrix block volume.
PROPS section
Table 3.17
Keyword
Description
EPSDBGS
A new item has been added to the keyword to switch on checking of drainage and
imbibition curves in hysteresis cases
EPSDEBUG
A new item has been added to the keyword to switch on checking of drainage and
imbibition curves in hysteresis cases
FILLEPS
The operation has been extended to output the values of global grids containing
local grid refinements as values instead of defaults for end-point scaling arrays not
specified in the input data. The values are inferred from the appropriate saturation
functions.
ASPDEPO
The calculation of the oil velocity for the three-component asphaltene model has
been modified. The new formula uses a root mean squared velocity, and includes
contributions from non-neighbor connections as well as neighboring cells. See
"Velocity Calculations" in the "ECLIPSE Technical Description".
ASPDEPO
A new item has been added that defines the plugging coefficient. This item is used
in the three-component asphaltene deposition model, and replaces the previous
plugging coefficient, specified by item 2 of this keyword, which was sensitive to
grid block size.

Altered keywords
63
SOLUTION section
Table 3.18
Keyword
Description
TBLK
TBLKxxxx keywords can now be set or manipulated using the full range of data
manipulation keywords such as OPERATE.
RPTSOL
The mnemonic FIP can now be used to report permeabilities and porosity
weighted by grid-cell bulk volumes (BV) and cell thickness weighted by DX*DY
for the whole field and fluid-in-place regions defined with keywords FIPNUM and
FIP.
RPTSOL
The mnemonic WMF is deprecated. Mnemonic AMF can now be used for multiple
water components (COMPW).
RPTRST
SUMMARY section
The altered SUMMARY mnemonics are:
Table 3.19
64
Altered SUMMARY mnemonics
Mnemonic
Description
WNPR
Previously deprecated and now deleted.
WNPT
GNPR
GNPT
FNPR
FNPT
RNIP
RNPR
RNPT
SOFR
The calculations for multisegment well segment surface flow rates have been
modified for drift-flux segments.
SGFR
SWFR
SWCT
SGOR
SOGR
SWGR

Altered keywords
Table 3.19
Mnemonic
Description
BCFRI
Deprecated.
BCFRJ
Deprecated.
BCFRK
Deprecated.
SCFRn
Deprecated.
FAMF, GAMF,
WAMF, BAMF
Can now be used with multiple water components (COMPW).
CKFR, CKFT
Can now be used with multiple water components (COMPW).
SCHEDULE section
Table 3.20
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
Mnemonics FOAM, FOAMST, FOAMCNM and FOAMMOB can now be used to output
the block surfactant density, surface tension, capillary number and gas mobility
multiplier for the ECLIPSE 300 Foam model.
RPTRST
RPTSCHED
Mnemonics FOAM, FOAMST, FOAMCNM and FOAMMOB can now be used to output
the block surfactant density, surface tension, capillary number and gas mobility
multiplier for the ECLIPSE 300 Foam model.
RPTSCHED
WCONINJE
Item 2 of this keyword has been extended to allow additional injector types: STEAMOIL, HCGAS, and HCOIL which will use a flash at stock tank conditions (STCOND)
to calculate the phase molar densities.
For Thermal simulations, and use of STEAM-OIL injection, a further item (15) has
been added to specify the ratio of oil volume to steam volume (cold water equivalent
(C.W.E.)). This new feature may be useful for steam-liquid solvent processes. The
STEAM-GAS injection can be used for steam-vapor solvent processes.
WECON
New item 16 allows the specification of a minimum economic limit for the well
production rate of fluid at reservoir conditions.
WSEGAICD
devices. See "Flow scaling" on page 2700 for details of the flow scaling calculation.

Altered keywords
65
Table 3.20
Keyword
Description
WSEGSICD
devices. See "Flow scaling" on page 2700 for details of the flow scaling calculation.
TSCRIT
For Thermal simulations, the default value for TSCRIT item 11 has been altered
from 0.5 to 5. This constraint alters the length of time step after a well modification
and is active due to well control modifications or a well opening/closing. This
change has also been made consistent with TUNING record 1 item 10.
TUNING
For Thermal simulations, the default value for TUNING record 1 item 10 has been
altered from 0.5 to 5. This constraint alters the length of time step after a well
modification and is active due to well control modifications or a well
opening/closing. This change has also been made consistent with TSCRIT item 11.
OPTIONS3 keyword
Table 3.21
66
Switch
Description
267
If set to -1, the pre-2012.1 method for solving network models is used.
268
Reserved.
269
If set to 1, the pre-2012 handling of summary keywords starting with B, F, G, W

with a defaulted component number is used. The current method is to store all
components in the summary file. The former method stores only the last one.
270
If set to 1, the pre-2011.2 calculation of observed reservoir volume is used. The

2011.1 method did not account for NGL correctly.
271
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 treatment for wells under WAG control is restored. For
2012.1 onwards, the WAG control is deselected if the well is shut.
272
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 treatment for the defaulting behavior is restored for the
end-point scaling relative permeability keyword KRORG within a local grid when
defaulted from the global grid.
273
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 diffusivity calculation for dual/multi-porosity

connections is restored.
274
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 behavior is restored for the method of array indexing
used primarily for the calculation of the saturation functions associated with the
WAG hysteresis option but also for the relative permeability damage modifiers.
When reverting to pre-2012.1 behavior, this item should be specified in the
RUNSPEC Section and re-specified in any subsequent section in which the
OPTIONS3 keyword is redefined.
275
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 behavior is restored for the allocation of Equation of

State region numbers for the calculation of well properties associated with the
generalized pseudo-pressure option.

Altered keywords
Table 3.21
Switch
Description
276
This options switch refers to the WCONINJE and WINJTEMP keywords. If set to 1,
the pre-2012.1 behavior for STEAM-GAS injection is restored and the improved
enthalpy calculation (set via WINJTEMP) will resort to pre-2012.1 behavior.
If this switch is set to 2, the pre-2012.2 behavior for STEAM-GAS, STEAM-OIL,
HCGAS and HCOIL injection is used when the surface flash detects a single phase
with the wrong phase being injected.
277
If set to 1, the pre 2012.1 treatment is restored for the output of the end-point
scaling arrays to the INIT file via FILLEPS. Prior to 2012.1, the values for global
grid blocks containing local grids were output as default values for end-point
arrays not specified in the input data. For 2012.1 onwards, these values are now
defaulted from the appropriate saturation functions.
278
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 coal diffusion equation is restored for multi-porosity,

using the coal volume for the inner connections.
279
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 behavior is restored for the reading and writing of the
restart records associated with the WAG hysteresis option (WAGHYSTR keyword).
If set to 2, pre-2012.1 type restart records will be ignored if found to be
inconsistent with the current model dimensions.
280
If set to 1 the pre-2012.1 behavior is recovered for wells with zero flow rate
targets.
281
In 2012.1, the VFP table extrapolation for negative flows has been changed in the
network model, to provide continuous pressure drop around zero flow. If set to 1,
the pre-2012.1 VFP table extrapolation in the network model is used.
282
If set to 1 problems associated with reading WAG hysteresis restart records created
by the 2009.1 and 2009.2 versions may be circumvented in cases where the
problem is due to an attempt to read a non-existent UDA/UDQ restart record.
283
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 behavior for Killough hysteresis in water-oil black oil
models is restored. For the 2012.1 version modifications have been made to take
account of the critical saturation for the non-wetting imbibition saturation function
when this is greater than zero and also to the modeling of the non-wetting phase
hysteresis.
284
Reserved.
285
If set to 1, the pre-2012.1 behavior for modeling velocity-dependent relative

permeabilities with VELDEP item 5 for the generalized pseudo-pressure option is
restored. For the 2012.1 version, checks have been added to handle negative
capillary numbers.
286
Reserved
287
Reserved
288
Reserved
289
Reserved
290
If set to 1, the pre-2012.2 behavior is restored when applying default values to the
KRGR, KRWR, KRORG or KROWG end-points associated with the ENKRVT or
ENKRVC keywords for temperature or composition dependence respectively.
This will also restore the pre-2012.2 behavior for the reporting of the KRGR,
KRWR, KRORG or KROWG end-point scaling arrays in the INIT file when
ENDSCALE and FILLEPS have been specified.

Altered keywords
67
68

Altered keywords
2011.1 and 2011.2

Developments
Chapter 4
New facilities
New Facilities in ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
A new mnemonic NOCOMPIN has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This generates
output to the INIT file for all grid blocks, not just active cells. By default the properties in
the INIT file are compressed to contain only the active cells.
If item 163 of OPTIONS is set to 1, duplicated records in the FAULTS keyword are ignored.
If item 170 of OPTIONS is set to 1, this deactivates the processing of the ACTNUM data
specified in an EGRID file identified by the GDFILE keyword. The new default is to
process ACTNUM (previously it was not processed).
If item 173 of OPTIONS is set to 1, this activates a pressure chop, forcing the pressure to
stay above 1 atmosphere.
GRID section
The requirement that all rows of data for the MULTREGP, MULTREGT, MULTREGD and
MULTREGH keywords use the same region set has been removed. In addition, the
OPERNUM region set can now also be used.
A new keyword GDORIENT has been added that can be used to explicitly indicate the
orientation and handedness of the grid.

New facilities
69
EDIT section
The requirement that all rows of data for the MULTREGP, MULTREGT, MULTREGD and
MULTREGH keywords use the same region set has been removed. In addition, the
OPERNUM region set can now also be used.
SOLUTION section
A new keyword DATUMRX has been implemented. This keyword can be used to specify the
datum value for each FIP region in any FIP set specified by the FIP keyword, as well as
the standard set defined with the keyword FIPNUM. Information provided by this keyword
is used only for reporting region and field-averaged datum-corrected potentials.
The RPTRST keyword processed mnemonics BO, BW and BG have been added to provide
the formation volume factors for the oil, water and gas phases respectively.
SUMMARY section
The SUMMARY keywords FPRP and RPRP have been added to provide the pore-volume
weighted-average field pressure and the pore-volume weighted-average region pressure
respectively.
The SUMMARY keywords FPRH and RPRH have been added to provide the hydrocarbon
pore-volume weighted-average field pressure and the hydrocarbon pore-volume weightedaverage region pressure respectively.
The SUMMARY keywords AAQRG, AAQTG, ALQRG and ALQTG have been added to provide
the influx rate and cumulative influx of gas analytic aquifers.
The SUMMARY keyword WDRPR has been added to provide the drilling priority of a well.
SCHEDULE section
The DRILPRI keyword now has two additional fields which allow the drilling priority of
a well to be calculated based on the well potentials after a period of the well being open.
This facility is intended to allow wells with transient initial behavior to be prioritised in a
more effective manner. This might be useful if water coning may affect wells or in a coal
bed methane case where wells initially produce water before gas comes on stream.
The requirement that all rows of data for the MULTREGT keyword use the same region set
has been removed. In addition, the OPERNUM region set can now be used.
History matching wells may now be controlled by BHP. WCONHIST, WCONINJH and
WHISTCTL have been altered to allow this.
The RPTRST keyword mnemonics BO, BW and BG have been added to provide the
formation volume factors for the oil, water and gas phases respectively.
The RPTRST keyword mnemonic FLORES has been added to provide the inter-block flows
of each phase at reservoir conditions. The non-neighbor connection flows and flows
between global and local grids are also reported.
Enhanced Oil Recovery
70
The Solvent Model, Polymer Model and Gi Pseudo-compositional Model are all
compatible with one another.
The Solvent Model, when used without Polymer, is now compatible with cross-flow.

New facilities
A new PROPS section keyword PLMIXPAR has been added to allow users to specify the
Todd-Longstaff mixing data for the Polymer Model. This keyword is exactly equivalent to
TLMIXPAR in polymer-only runs, but it can be specified in addition to TLMIXPAR when
using the Polymer Model in conjunction with the Solvent Model or Miscible Option.
It is now possible to visualize the water-oil surface tension in surfactant runs. This can be
done either via the block summary mnemonic BTSTSUR or the 3D property SURFST
which is output via SURFBLK mnemonic in the RPTRST keyword.
Initial concentrations for surfactant, foam and polymer can now be specified via the
SOLUTION section keywords SURF, SFOAM and SPOLY respectively.
Initial concentrations of surfactant and foam versus depth can now be specified using the
TVDP and TNUM keywords.

RUNSPEC section
A new item 5 has been added to the ENDSCALE keyword. This may be used with Thermal
models to combine the static saturation, relative permeability and capillary pressure endpoints, for example SWL, SWCR, SWU etc. and the temperature-dependent end-point tables
ENPTVT, ENKRVT and ENPCVT.
A new mnemonic, EDITSUPP, has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This mnemonic
suppresses warning messages that could be output due to NNCs not being found while
reading the EDITNNC or EDITNNCR data.
If item 248 of OPTIONS3 is set to 1, duplicated records in the FAULTS keyword are
ignored.
A new mnemonic NOCOMPIN has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This generates
output to the INIT file for all grid blocks, not just active cells. By default the properties in
the INIT file are compressed to contain only the active cells.
If item 263 of OPTIONS3 is set to 1, an alternative calculation of inter-region and interblock phase flow rates, based on a flash at surface pressure and temperature, is activated in
non-thermal CO2STORE runs.
A more robust method of solving network models has been added. The new method can be
selected by setting item 267 of OPTIONS3 to 1.
GRID section
The requirement that all rows of data for the MULTREGP and MULTREGT keywords use the
same region set has been removed. In addition, the OPERNUM region set can now also be
used.
A new keyword GDORIENT has been added that can be used to explicitly indicate the
orientation and handedness of the grid.
EDIT section
The requirement that all rows of data for the MULTREGP and MULTREGT keywords use the
same region set has been removed. In addition, the OPERNUM region set can now be used.

New facilities
71
PROPS section
The RKPVMNMX keyword allows minimum and maximum pore volume multipliers to be
specified for each rock table using the BOBERG option.
The keywords SOF32D, SGF32D, SWF32D have been added to allow the relative
permeabilities to be described by two dimensional tables.
The PEDTUNE keyword has been extended. This keyword now also provides a mechanism
for modifying the default tuning parameters used for the rotational coupling factors in the
Pedersen et al. viscosity correlation. The data now consists of six items. The first two items
are for tuning the mixture molecular weight and the other four items are for the rotational
coupling factors.
The PEDTUNER keyword has been extended. This keyword now also provides a
mechanism for modifying the default tuning parameters used for the rotational coupling
factors in the Pedersen et al. viscosity correlation for multiple equation of state (EoS)
regions. The data now consists of six items for each equation of state (EoS) region. The first
two items are for tuning the mixture molecular weight and the other four items are for the
rotational coupling factors.
The SOR keyword can be used to specify the residual oil that does not vaporize in
compositional simulations. It is a replacement for the SORMW1 keyword.
A new model for asphaltene deposition has been added. In the new model, a solid
component is used to represent deposited asphaltene. The new model is activated by using
the CATYPE keyword to identify the deposition component. The new model uses the
previous asphaltene precipitation and flocculation models, but the number of components
that can precipitate is restricted to 1.
It is now possible to use an equation of state (EoS) to model the hydrocarbon phase
densities in a thermal model by using the keywords CGDTYPE and CODTYPE.
It is now possible to use an equation of state (EoS) and the Lorentz-Bray-Clark viscosity
model for the hydrocarbon phases in a thermal model by using the keywords CGVTYPE and
COVTYPE.
K-value tables K(P,T) for a specified composition can now be generated from an equation
of state (EoS) using KVGEN in a thermal model. Currently this requires that one of
CGDTYPE, CODTYPE, CGVTYPE or COVTYPE keywords has been specified.
The keyword REACSMAX has been added to provide more control of chemical reactions
such as combustion that create solids. The keyword specifies a maximum solid saturation
for a reaction. The reaction rate is reduced to zero as this limit is approached. The
REACSORD keyword can be used to modify how fast the reaction rate is reduced.
SOLUTION section
72
The RPTSOL keyword processed saturation end-points PSWL, PSWCR, PSWU, PSGL,
PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR have been added as replacements for SWL, SWCR,
SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The latter are deprecated. In
addition, the processed relative permeability mnemonics PKRO, PKRG, PKRW, PKRGR,
PKRWR, PKRORG, PKRORW have been added. Together with the existing capillary pressure
end-point mnemonics PPCG and PPCW, this provides a complete set of process-dependent
grid-block end-point solution arrays whose names correspond to those of their respective
input end-point arrays prefixed with P and which are reported using the same mnemonic.

New facilities
The RPTRST keyword processed saturation end-point mnemonics PSWL, PSWCR, PSWU,
PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR have been added as replacements for SWL,
SWCR, SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The latter are deprecated.
In addition, the processed relative permeability mnemonics PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG and
PKRORW have been added as replacements for PKRGE, PKRWE, PKROGE and PKROWE
respectively. Together with the existing relative permeability mnemonics PKRO, PKRG and
PKRW and the existing capillary pressure mnemonics PPCG and PPCW, this provides a
complete set of process -dependent grid-block end-point restart arrays whose names
correspond to those of their respective input end-point arrays prefixed with P and which are
reported using the same mnemonic.
The mnemonics ROMLS, SOILM and SOILR can be used with the RPTRST and RPTSOL
keywords to provide the residual oil composition, mobile oil saturation and residual oil
saturation for the SOR option.
A new keyword DATUMRX has been implemented. This keyword can be used to specify the
datum value for each FIP region in any FIP set specified by the FIP keyword, as well as
the standard set defined with the keyword FIPNUM. Information provided by this keyword
A new initialization method has been added for Thermal simulations. This Mixed
Hydrostatic Equilibration option can be enabled by using items 1 and 2 of the EQUIL
keyword, together with saturation arrays, e.g. SOIL, and the NEI keyword.
SUMMARY section
The SUMMARY keywords CKFR, CKFT, RKFR and RKFT have been added as aliases of
CCFR, CCFT, RCFR and RCFT. The latter are deprecated. This makes it possible to avoid
a conflict of definition between ECLIPSE 100 and ECLIPSE 300 for CCFR and RCFT.
The SUMMARY keyword processed end-point saturation mnemonics BPSWL, BPSWCR,

BPSWU, BPSGL, BPSGCR, BPSGU, BPSOWCR and BPSOGCR have been added as
replacements for BSWL, BSWCR, BSWU, BSGL, BSGCR, BSGU, BSOWC and BSOGC
respectively. The latter are deprecated. In addition, the relative permeability mnemonics
BPKRO, BPKRG, BPKRW, BPKRGR, BPKRWR, BPKRORG and BPKRORW and the capillary
pressure mnemonics BPPCG and BPPCW have been added. This provides a set of processdependent grid-block end-point summary vectors whose names correspond to those of their
respective input end-point arrays prefixed with BP.
The SUMMARY keywords RPRH and RPRP have been added to provide the hydrocarbon
pore-volume weighted-average region pressure and the pore-volume weighted-average
region pressure respectively.
The SUMMARY keywords AAQRG and AAQTG have been added to provide the influx rate
and cumulative influx of gas analytic aquifers.
The SUMMARY keywords BROMLS, BSOILM and BSOILR have been added to provide the
residual oil composition, mobile oil saturation and residual oil saturation for the SOR
option.
The SUMMARY keywords BAREAC, BASPFLT and BASPVEL have been added to provide
the reaction rates, average oil flow rate and average oil velocity used in the new Asphaltene
deposition model. The keyword BAREAC also replaces BASPFL which is no longer
available.
The SUMMARY keywords WNLPRH, WNLPTH, GNLPRH, GNLPTH, FNLPRH and FNLPTH
have been added to provide the historic NGL production of wells and groups.

New facilities
73
The SUMMARY keyword WNLPRT has been added to provide the target NGL production of
a well.
SCHEDULE section
74
The RPTRST keyword processed saturation end-point mnemonics PSWL, PSWCR, PSWU,
PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR have been added as replacements for SWL,
SWCR, SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The latter are deprecated.
In addition, the processed relative permeability end-point mnemonics PKRGR, PKRWR,
PKRORG and PKRORW have been added as replacements for PKRGE, PKRGWE, PKROGE
and PKROWE respectively. Together with the existing relative permeability mnemonics
PKRO, PKRG and PKRW and the existing capillary pressure mnemonics PPCG and PPCW,
this provides a complete set of process-dependent grid-block end-point restart arrays whose
names correspond to those of their respective input end-point arrays prefixed with P and
which are reported using the same mnemonic.
The RPTSCHED keyword processed saturation end-point mnemonics PSWL, PSWCR,

PSWU, PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR have been added as replacements for
SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The latter are
deprecated. In addition, the processed relative permeability end-point mnemonics PKRO,
PKRG, PKRW, PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG and PKRORW have been added together with the
capillary pressure end-point mnemonics PPCG and PPCW. This provides a complete set of
process-dependent grid-block end-point schedule arrays whose names correspond to those
of their respective input end-point arrays prefixed with P and which are reported using the
same mnemonic.
The EPSDEBUG and EPSDBGS keywords may now be used in the SCHEDULE section to
provide diagnostic output at a specified time step when temperature-dependent end-points
are being modeled via a combination of grid-block end-points (ENDSCALE keyword item
5 set to 1 or 2) and temperature-dependent table end-points (ENPTVT, ENKRVT and
ENPCVT).
The new EPSCHECK keyword may be used in the SCHEDULE section to check the
consistency of the scaled end-points at a specified time step when temperature-dependent
end-points are being modeled via a combination of grid-block end-points (ENDSCALE
keyword item 5 set to 1 or 2) and temperature-dependent table end-points (ENPTVT,
ENKRVT and ENPCVT).
The mnemonics ROMLS, SOILM and SOILR can be used with the RPTRST and
RPTSCHED keywords to provide the residual oil composition, mobile oil saturation and
residual oil saturation for the SOR option.
The secondary well production and injection control keywords SCONINJE and
SCONPROD have been extended to permit the application of pressure control to a segment
other than that being used as the secondary well.
The mnemonics AREAC, ASPFLT and ASPVEL can be used with the RPTRST and
RPTSCHED keywords to provide the reaction rates, average oil flow rate and average oil
velocity used in the new Asphaltene deposition model. The mnemonic AREAC also
replaces ASPFL which is no longer available.
Support for NGL control of wells has been added. The following keywords have been
altered to allow for this: WCONPROD, WCONHIST, WELTARG, WELCNTL, WHISTCTL,
WTADD, WTMULT and WCUTBACK.
History matching wells may now be controlled by BHP. WCONHIST, WCONINJH and
WHISTCTL have been altered to allow this.

New facilities
The WSEGHEAT keyword has been extended to permit the simultaneous specification of up
to five segment-to-segment heat transfer coefficients, one segment-to-completions heat
transfer coefficient and one segment to constant-temperature-source heat transfer
coefficient.
The requirement that all rows of data for the MULTREGT keyword use the same region set
has been removed. In addition, the OPERNUM region set can now be used.
The RPTRST keyword processed mnemonic FLORES has been added to provide the interblock flows of each phase, which are reported at reservoir conditions. The non-neighbor
connection flows and flows between global and local grids are also reported.
Item 22 of the TSCRIT keyword can be used to specify the maximum allowed solid
saturation change for a time step when using the CO2STORE option.
The non-linear solver has been modified to tackle convergence problems. The modified
solver can be selected by using item 258 of the OPTIONS3 keyword. The new solver does
more work than the current default non-linear solver, and therefore will be a little slower in
cases that already run well. However it can be much faster in cases that do not run well with
the default solver.
Thermal
A new initialization method has been added for Thermal simulations. This Mixed
Hydrostatic Equilibration option should be triggered using items 1 and 2 of the EQUIL
keyword, together with saturation arrays (SOIL, for instance) and the NEI keyword.
Information from the EQUIL keyword is used to determine the initial pressure map for the
simulation model. The NEI keyword provides a sample hydrocarbon composition for each
equilibration region which is needed to generate non-equilibrium initialization composition
tables internally. Consistent oil and gas compositions for each cell are generated by flashing
to the cell pressure (which is effectively a constant composition expansion). The simulator
tries to match the oil, water and gas saturations in each equilibration region. If the specified
compositions cannot match the phase saturations, then the components that have the
highest gas phase mole fraction have their compositions adjusted.
EoS phase densities can be computed using the keywords CGDTYPE and CODTYPE.
Lorentz-Bray-Clark viscosities can be computed by the keywords CGVTYPE and

COVTYPE.
KVGEN can now be used to generate K-values from an EoS if any of the keywords
CGDTYPE, CODTYPE, CGVTYPE or COVTYPE have been specified.
If item 260 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is set to 1, then the surface gas density will be
determined from the surface flash results, instead of the DENSITY keyword.

New facilities
75
Behavioral changes
Behavioral changes in ECLIPSE 100

RUNSPEC section
WSEGSOLV now allows the user to impose flow chops on the solver for looped
multisegment wells. This improves the convergence behavior for some large looped
multisegment wells.
If the OPTIONS keyword item 169 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the
treatment of the NOHYST keyword. Prior to 2011.1, hysteresis was not deselected by this
keyword if specified after the SATOPTS keyword or if WAG hysteresis was specified via
the WAGHYSTR keyword.
treatment of the SWATINIT keyword when read via the IMPORT keyword. Prior to 2011.1,
this method of reading the SWATINIT keyword resulted in some of the saturation table
data consistency checks being omitted.
GRID section
The method of calculating transmissibility for coarse cells where some but not all of the
contained fine cells are inactive has been refined and made more consistent with ECLIPSE
300. Use item 141of the OPTIONS keyword, with the value set to 1 or 2 as required, to
restore older behavior.
Increasing the size of message passing buffers used by ECLIPSE parallel using item 3 of
PARAOPTS is not necessary anymore. Using a large value for this item may result in
reduced performance.
PROPS section
76
The method of applying end-point scaling to the minimum oil saturation tables (SOMGAS
or SOMWAT) has changed. The new method uses linear interpolation. Use item 156 of the
OPTIONS keyword to restore the pre-2010.2 behavior.
reporting of the scaled table end-points in the debug file when EPSDBGS or EPSDEBUG is
specified. For the 2011.1 version, the scaled values are reported when no scaling is applied.
If the OPTIONS keyword item 164 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored when
reading the SURFVISC keyword. From 2011.1 onwards the water viscosity in SURFVISC
at zero surfactant concentration and reference pressure must be equal to the value entered
in the PVTW keyword.
modeling of the two-phase relative permeability of oil to gas when using the EHYSTR or
EHYSTRR keywords with item 2 set to 4 (Killough hysteresis applied to both wetting and
non-wetting phases). In some cases it has been found that the two-phase relative
permeability of oil to gas can exceed the maximum value specified in the drainage and

Behavioral changes
imbibition oil saturation function tables, or the maximum value specified via the end-point
scaling keywords KRO and IKRO (and their directional and irreversible variants) if
ENDSCALE has been specified. Depending upon the choice of three-phase relative
permeability model, this can result in the three-phase oil relative permeability also
exceeding the maximum value from the tables or end-points. This has been addressed for
the 2011.1 version by constraining the maximum value of the two-phase relative
permeability of oil to gas to the maximum of the values specified in the drainage or
imbibition tables or end-points. The two-phase oil relative permeability of oil to gas is
combined with the two-phase oil relative permeability of oil to water to form the threephase oil relative permeability. The constraint described here will apply to all three-phase
oil relative permeability models available in ECLIPSE 100.
If the OPTIONS keyword item 178 is set to 1, the pre-2011.2 behavior for the processing
of JFUNCR with hysteresis is restored. Prior to 2011.2 the per region processing of Jfunctions was only applied to the imbibition saturation tables for hysteretic models.
SOLUTION section
When running in NOSIM mode, the block-by-block calculations of dynamic region

numbers are no longer performed for performance reasons. Hence values output to the
restart file with the DYNREG mnemonic are not meaningful.
The RPTRST keyword mnemonic SFIP emits only the arrays starting with SFIP in the
restart file and does not emit the arrays starting with FIP. These arrays have a different
definition for ECLIPSE 300.
SUMMARY section
The SUMMARY keywords AAQR, AAQT, ALQR and ALQT cannot be used with gas analytic
aquifers. If used with an empty list, only the liquid aquifers are stored in the Summary file.
The pre-2011.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 157 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
The ALL keyword implies AAQRG and AAQTG. The pre-2011.1 behavior can be restored by
setting item 157 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
When radial geometry is used, the radial velocity output calculations for mnemonics such
as VELWATI+ have been improved. OPTIONS switch 179 can be set to 1 to revert to the
pre-2011.2 behavior for history matching purposes.
SCHEDULE section

The RPTRST keyword mnemonic SFIP emits only the arrays starting with SFIP in the
restart file and does not emit the arrays starting with FIP. These arrays have a different
The usage of OPTIONS switch 116 has been altered. This affects POLYMER and FOAM
models with the shear thinning option active. As for pre-2008.2 versions, the polymer and
foam concentration in the injecting well is upstreamed. For releases between 2008.2 and
pre-2011.1, this upstreaming can be obtained by setting this option switch to a non-zero
value.

Behavioral changes
77
The calculation of flow-dependent D-factors (WDFACCOR) has been fixed for cases with
fewer than 3 phases in the reservoir. This change may be reverted using OPTIONS switch
168.
Tracers
The tracer tracking model (TRACERS) has been enhanced to work more effectively for
cross-flowing wells. This change may be reverted using OPTIONS switch 154.
If a non-zero initial tracer concentration is specified for a cell which contains none of the
host phase, the concentration is automatically reset to zero. Previous behavior can be
restored using OPTIONS switch 165.
The threshold tolerance has been changed for the adsorption calculation when using the
cascade tracer solver. The threshold tolerance affects the adsorption by skipping the
calculation in cells where the amount of tracer and the rock mass is less than the threshold
value. Item 171 of the OPTIONS keyword can be used to control the threshold value. If set
to a negative value, the threshold value is taken as 10N where N is the value entered in item
171. The new default threshold value is 1012 . The pre-2011.1 value can be restored by
setting to item 171 to -6.
GSSCPTST now functions with an improved save/restore mechanism for cases with local
grid refinement. Pre-2011.1 behavior may be restored using item 172 of the OPTIONS
keyword.

RUNSPEC section
78
For the 2010.2 version onwards, a correction has been made to the multisegment well
predictor to improve the handling of the situation when all flow terms are zero. If
OPTIONS3 item 240 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.2 version of the well solution
predictor will be restored.
Two changes were made to the saturation pressure calculation for 2010.2: a modification
to the ab-initio calculation and a change in the pressure range used for the Gibbs Free
Energy minimization in the calculation. If OPTIONS3 item 241 is set to 1, this restores the
pre-2010.2 behavior for both changes in the saturation pressure calculation. If this switch
is set to 2, it only restores the pre-2010.2 ab-initio saturation pressure calculation. If set to
3, it only restores the pre-2010.2 pressure range for the Gibbs Free Energy minimization in
the saturation pressure calculation.
For the 2010.2 version onwards a correction has been made to the look-up of the maximum
saturation and relative permeability table values which are used in the scaling of the
hysteresis terms. If OPTIONS3 item 243 is set to 1, the pre-2010.2 version of the relative
permeability hysteresis calculations, when used in combination with end-point scaling, will
be restored. This item should be specified in the RUNSPEC section.

Behavioral changes
The defaulting mechanism for the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF (Family I) saturation function
keywords has been changed. If OPTIONS3 item 244 is set to 1, the pre-2010.2
interpretation of the defaulting mechanism will be restored. In some circumstances this can
lead to the incorrect construction of the SWFN, SGFN and SOF3 (Family II) saturation
function keywords, which are used internally for the saturation function calculations, when
only one of the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF keywords is defaulted for a given saturation table
number. This item should be specified in the RUNSPEC section.
For 2010.2 onwards, the use of the process-dependent relative permeability and capillary
pressure end-point tables ENKRVT, ENKRVC, ENPCVT and ENPCVC has been improved.
The internal sign of the water-oil capillary pressure has been corrected when looked up
from a process-dependent end-point table and checks have been added to ensure that the
end-point scaling arrays used to report the process-dependent end-points are allocated
appropriately. If OPTIONS3 item 245 is set to 1, the pre-2010.2 usage will be restored. This
is not recommended but has been provided for backwards compatibility. This item should
be specified in the RUNSPEC section.
From 2011.1 onwards, the completion heat transfer coefficient is removed when it is
removed using the WSEGHEAT keyword. If OPTIONS3 item 249 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1
interpretation of the removal of completion heat transfer coefficients will be restored.
From 2011.1 onwards, the handling of non-neighbor connections between two regions
which have an associated MULTREGT multiplier has been improved to ensure the multiplier
is only applied once. If OPTIONS3 item 250 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored,
when, for certain geometries the multiplier could be applied twice. Use of this option is not
recommended but is provided for backward compatibility.
From 2011.1 onwards, the use of MULTPV within an EQUALS keyword generates an error.
If OPTIONS3 item 251 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored. Use of this option
is not recommended but is provided for backward compatibility.
From 2011.1 onwards, a correction has been applied to the calculation of water relative
permeability hysteresis for water as a non-wetting phase for the case when the current water
saturation is less than the maximum historical water saturation. If OPTIONS3 item 252 is
set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored. This change only applies when the hysteresis
control keywords EHYSTR or EHYSTRR have item 2 set to a value of 7.
For the 2010.2 version onwards, an error message will be issued if there are any cells in the
same equilibration region that use different PVT tables. If OPTIONS3 item 253 is set to 1,
the pre 2010.2 handling of inconsistent PVT table selection is restored and only a warning
message is issued.
From 2011.1 onwards, inline NNC transmissibilities are treated differently. If OPTIONS3
item 254 is set to 1, the pre 2011.1 treatment is restored.
From 2011.1 onwards, an improved method for determining whether to make an aquifer
connection for a particular cell is used. The new method is compatible with ECLIPSE 100.
If OPTIONS3 item 257 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 method is used, in which adjacent cells
that contain a local grid are treated as if they were inactive.
The treatment of the NOHYST keyword has been modified to ensure that hysteresis is
switched off in all circumstances. Prior to 2011.1, hysteresis was not deselected by the
NOHYST keyword if it was specified after the SATOPTS keyword or if WAG hysteresis
was specified via the WAGHYSTR keyword. If OPTIONS3 item 261 is set to 1, the pre2011.1 behavior is restored for the treatment of the keyword.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) has been altered to trace streamlines more
reliably in cases with analytic aquifers.

Behavioral changes
79
From 2011.1 onwards, a correction has been made to fault multipliers for cross fault NNCs
when the MULTFLT keyword is used in the EDIT section. If OPTIONS3 item 242 is set to
1, the pre 2011.1 treatment is restored.
GRID section
The transmissibility calculation has changed for the matrix discretization option,
NMATOPTS, with UNIFORM partitioning (it is now a factor of 2 lower).
The method of calculating transmissibility for coarse cells where some but not all of the
contained fine cells are inactive has been refined and made more consistent with ECLIPSE
100. Use item 197 of the OPTIONS3 keyword, with the value set to 1 or 2 as required, to
restore older behavior.
Cells with small thickness, DZ < DZ min , are made inactive. Previously, unless the
MINDZNET keyword was used, the default value of DZ min was zero, and the check was not
performed. The default value for the minimum thickness has now been changed to
20
so that very thin cells will be made inactive. To revert to the pre-2011.1
behavior, use the MINDZNET keyword to set DZmin back to zero. This may be necessary
when using a pre-2011.1 flexible RESTART file.
DZ min = 10
Note, for corner-point grids, if the cell thickness is small, DZ 10 6 , then the thickness is
set to zero. This behavior has not changed, but these cells will now become inactive.
The MULTPV array has never been supported within the EQUALS keyword and now the
simulator will issue an error in this situation. Setting OPTIONS3 item 251 non-zero
restores the pre-2011.1 behavior for backwards compatibility, but is not recommended.
The behavior of the PINCH keyword has been made more compatible with the pre-2010
behavior for certain ranges of corner-point and porosity/NTG data. The test against
threshold pinchout thickness now works properly for pinchouts crossing more than one
inactive layer, and the tests for impermeable cells (volumes less than 10-6 which are thicker
than the threshold thickness) are now applied. The ECLIPSE 300 behavior, that the
maximum empty gap refers to the distance between the two active cells spanning the
pinchout, is also restored.
For the PINCH keyword, if its second data item is set to GAP, then NNCs will be created
across inactive cells even if their height exceeds the pinchout threshold, provided a
minimum pore volume has been set. The use of MINPVV inside EQUALS is now detected
for this purpose, as well as when it is used as a stand-alone keyword. Previously, only the
use of MINPVV as a stand-alone keyword, or the keyword MINPV, activated this behavior.
The new behavior can be replicated in older versions by using MINPVV as a keyword inside
a BOX/ENDBOX scope for the relevant (I,J,K) range.
EDIT section
80
The MULTPV array has never been supported within the EQUALS keyword and now the
simulator will issue an error in this situation. Setting OPTIONS3 item 251 non-zero
restores the pre-2011.1 behavior for backwards compatibility, but is not recommended.

Behavioral changes
PROPS section
The method of calculating Stones formula number 1 has been changed. This mainly affects
the way that end-point scaling is applied to the minimum oil saturation tables (SOMGAS or
SOMWAT). The new method uses linear interpolation. Use item 246 OPTIONS3 to restore
the pre-2011.1 behavior.
The EPSDEBUG keyword will now output minimum oil saturation data to the debug file
when either the SOMGAS or SOMWAT keyword is used with end point scaling.
If OPTIONS3 item 255 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the modeling of
the two-phase relative permeability of oil to gas when using the EHYSTR or EHYSTRR
keywords with item 2 set to 4 (Killough hysteresis applied to both wetting and non-wetting
phases). In some cases it has been found that the two-phase relative permeability of oil to
gas can exceed the maximum value specified in the drainage and imbibition oil saturation
function tables, or the maximum value specified via the end-point scaling keywords KRO
and IKRO (and their directional and irreversible variants) if ENDSCALE has been specified.
Depending upon the choice of three-phase relative permeability model, this can result in
the three-phase oil relative permeability also exceeding the maximum value from the tables
or end-points. This has been addressed for the 2011.1 version by constraining the maximum
value of the two-phase relative permeability of oil to gas to the maximum of the values
specified in the drainage or imbibition tables or end-points. The two-phase oil relative
permeability of oil to gas is combined with the two-phase oil relative permeability of oil to
water to form the three-phase oil relative permeability. The constraint described here will
apply to all three-phase oil relative permeability models available in ECLIPSE 300 with the
exception of the IKU3P and ODD3P models.
If OPTIONS3 item 262 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the treatment of
the PPCWMAX keyword. Prior to 2011.1, the maximum capillary pressure was not modified
if this exceeded the value specified by item 1. This has now been rectified.
A new method is used in the saturation pressure calculation to determine whether two
compositions are the same. The new method is consistent with that used in the flash
stability check. Setting OPTIONS3 item 256 to a non-zero value restores the pre-2011.1
behavior.
When using the DIFFUSE option with FIELD units, a unit conversion error has been
corrected. To get the pre-2011.2 (incorrect) behavior, the diffusion coefficients need to be
scaled with 5.61458.
SOLUTION section
The RPTSOL keyword processed saturation end-point scaling mnemonics SWL, SWCR,
SWL, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR are deprecated and have been superseded by
PSWL, PSWCR, PSWU, PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR respectively.
The RPTRST keyword processed saturation end-point scaling mnemonics SWL, SWCR,
SWL, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR are deprecated and have been superseded by
PSWL, PSWCR, PSWU, PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR respectively. In
addition, the processed relative permeability end-point scaling mnemonics PKRGE,
PKRWE, PKROGE and PKROWE are deprecated and have been superseded by PKRGR,
PKRWR, PKRORG and PKRORW respectively.

numbers are no longer performed for performance reasons. Hence, values output to the

Behavioral changes
81
The output generated by setting the mnemonic PART in the RPTSOL keyword is now
always enabled in parallel.
SUMMARY section
The SUMMARY keywords CCFR, CCFT, RCFR and RCFT are deprecated and replaced by
CKFR, CKFT, RKFR and RKFT.
The SUMMARY keywords BSWL, BSWCR, BSWU, BSGL, BSGCR, BSGU, BSOWC and
BSOGC are deprecated and have been replaced by the keywords BPSWL, BPSWCR, BPSWU,
BPSGL, BPSGCR, BPSGU, BPSOWCR and BPSOGCR respectively.
The SUMMARY keywords AAQR and AAQT cannot be used with gas analytic aquifers. If
used with an empty list, only the liquid aquifers are stored in the Summary file. The pre2011.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 247 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
The ALL keyword implies AAQRG and AAQTG. The pre-2011.1 behavior can be restored by
setting item 247 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
The SUMMARY keyword BASPFL which was used to provide asphaltene flocculation rates
is no longer available. The new summary keyword BAREAC can be used in its place.
The calculation of group potential rates (e.g. GOPP) has been improved. The pre-2011.1
A summary keyword that starts with C and accepts a component number can have a default
component number (such as CZMF, CKFR and CKFT). In this case, all components will be
stored in the summary file. Previously, only the last component was stored.
SCHEDULE section
82
The RPTRST keyword processed saturation end-point mnemonics SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGL,
SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR are deprecated and have been superseded by PSWL,
PSWCR, PSWU, PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR respectively. In addition, the
processed relative permeability end-point scaling mnemonics PKRGE, PKRWE, PKROGE
and PKROWE are deprecated and have been superseded by PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG and
PKRORW respectively.
The RPTSCHED keyword saturation end-point scaling mnemonics SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGL,
SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR are deprecated and have been superseded by PSWL,
PSWCR, PSWU, PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR respectively.

The mnemonic ASPFL which was used to provide asphaltene flocculation rates can no
longer be used with the RPTRST or RPTSCHED keywords. The new mnemonic AREAC can
be used in its place.
The use of the Appleyard chop has been modified. A new item has been added to keyword
CVCRIT to control the Appleyard chop and to restore pre-2011.1 behavior, if required.

Behavioral changes
The Appleyard chop is used to stabilize the non-linear convergence. It modifies the Newton
update in a cell, depending on phase appearance, phase disappearance and critical values
of saturations. However, sometimes the Appleyard chop may actually prevent convergence.
Therefore the Appleyard chop is now switched off in a cell, during an iteration, if it has
been performed too many times. New item 40 of keyword CVCRIT specifies a fraction f
of the total Newton iterations MAXITS , defined by item 2 of keyword CVCRIT that may be
chopped during a time step. If f is set greater than 1, then the Appleyard chop will not be
switched off, giving the pre-2011.1 behavior. Note that OPTIONS3 item 25 can be used to
switch off the Appleyard chop altogether.
THP limits will be ignored for wells on history match control (e.g. WCONHIST, or
WCONINJH). This includes limits set by the user (e.g. WELTARG) or set internally (e.g. by
a network). To revert to pre-2011.1 behavior, where THP limits on history match wells were
honored, set OPTIONS3 item 259 to 1.
If OPTIONS3 item 264 is set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the treatment of
the WELSEGS keyword. Prior to 2011.1, in some circumstances, the re-definition of the
segments in a multisegment well did not result in the re-initialization of the well. This has
now been rectified.
An improved calculation of observed reservoir volume rates has been implemented. This
takes better account of observed NGL production and affects WCONHIST RESV control
mode. If OPTIONS3 item 270 is set to 1, the pre-2011.2 method is used.
Equation of State
OPTIONS3 switch 241 can be set to 1 to restore pre-2010.2 behavior for all post-2010.1
changes in flash calculation.
The ab-initio saturation pressure calculation has been improved. OPTIONS3 switch 241
can be set to 2 to restore pre-2010.2 behavior.
The pressure bracket for Gibbs Free Energy minimization in the saturation pressure
calculation has been modified. OPTIONS3 switch 241 can be set to 3 to restore pre-2010.2
behavior.

Behavioral changes
83
New Keywords
New keywords in ECLIPSE 100
GRID section
Table 4.22
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
GDORIENT
Optional keyword to indicate grid and data orientation
PROPS section
Table 4.23
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
PLMIXPAR
Defines Todd-Longstaff mixing data for the Polymer Model.
SOLUTION section
Table 4.24
84
SOLUTION keywords
Keyword
Description
DATUMRX
Defines the datum value for each FIP region in any FIP set specified by the FIP
keyword as well as the standard set defined with the keyword FIPNUM.
Information provided by this keyword for FIP sets specified by the FIP keyword is
used only for reporting region and field-averaged datum-corrected potentials.
SURF
Initial surfactant concentrations.
SFOAM
Initial foam concentrations.
SPOLY
Initial polymer concentrations.

New Keywords
SUMMARY section
Table 4.25
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FPRH
Hydrocarbon pore-volume weighted-average field pressure
RPRH
Hydrocarbon pore-volume weighted-average region pressure
FPRP
Pore-volume weighted-average field pressure
RPRP
Pore-volume weighted-average region pressure
AAQRG
Aquifer influx rate (for gas aquifer)
AAQTG
Cumulative aquifer influx (for gas aquifer)
ALQRG
Aquifer influx rate (for gas aquifer)
ALQTG
Cumulative aquifer influx (for gas aquifer)
WDRPR
Well drilling priority
BTSTSUR
Block water-oil surface tension in surfactant runs.
New keywords in ECLIPSE 300

GRID section
Table 4.26
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
GDORIENT
Optional keyword to indicate grid and data orientation
PROPS section
Table 4.27
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
RKPVMNMX
Allows minimum and maximum pore volume multipliers to be specified for each
rock table using the BOBERG option.
SOF32D
Provides a two dimensional table to describe the relative permeability of oil as a

function of the water and gas saturations.
SGF32D
Provides a two dimensional table to describe the relative permeability of gas as a

function of the oil and water saturations.
SWF32D
Provides a two dimensional table to describe the relative permeability of water as a

function of the oil and gas saturations.

New Keywords
85
Table 4.27
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
SOR
Specifies the residual oil that does not vaporize in compositional simulations. It is a
replacement for the SORMW1 keyword.
CATYPE
Allows the asphaltene model behavior to be defined for each component. The
keyword is required if the 2011.1 Asphaltene deposition model is used, and can
also be used with the pre-2011.1 asphaltene model, in place of the ASPFLOC
keyword.
CGDTYPE
Gas density from an EoS in THERMAL mode.
CODTYPE
Oil density from an EoS in THERMAL mode.
CGVTYPE
Gas viscosity from the Lorentz-Bray-Clark method in THERMAL mode.
COVTYPE
Oil viscosity from the Lorentz-Bray-Clark method in THERMAL mode.
REACSMAX
Specifies a maximum solid saturation for a reaction. The reaction rate is reduced to
zero as this limit is approached. The REACSORD keyword can be used to modify
how fast the reaction rate is reduced.
SOLUTION section
Table 4.28
SOLUTION keywords
Keyword
Description
DATUMRX
Defines the datum value for each FIP region in any FIP set specified by the FIP
keyword as well as the standard set defined with the keyword FIPNUM.
Information provided by this keyword for FIP sets specified by the FIP keyword
SUMMARY section
Table 4.29
Keyword
86
SUMMARY keywords
Description
BPSWL
Processed scaled connate water saturation. Replacement for BSWL.
BPSWCR
Processed scaled critical water saturation. Replacement for BSWCR.
BPSWU
Processed scaled maximum water saturation. Replacement for BSWU.
BPSGL
Processed scaled connate gas saturation. Replacement for BSGL.
BPSGCR
Processed scaled critical gas saturation. Replacement for BSGCR.
BPSGU
Processed scaled maximum gas saturation end-point. Replacement for BSGU.
BPSOWCR
Processed scaled critical oil-in-water saturation. Replacement for BSOWC.
BPSOGCR
Processed scaled critical oil-in-gas saturation. Replacement for BSOGC.
BPKRW
Processed scaled water relative permeability at maximum water saturation.
BPKRG
Processed scaled gas relative permeability at maximum gas saturation.
BPKRO
Processed scaled oil relative permeability at maximum oil saturation.

New Keywords
Table 4.29
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BPKRWR
Processed scaled water relative permeability at residual oil saturation.
BPKRGR
Processed scaled gas relative permeability at residual oil saturation.
BPKRORG
Processed scaled oil relative permeability at critical gas saturation.
BPKRORW
Processed scaled oil relative permeability at critical water saturation.
BPPCG
Processed scaled maximum gas-oil capillary pressure.
BPPCW
Processed scaled maximum water-oil capillary pressure.
CKFR
Hydrocarbon Component Completion Flow Rate. Replacement for CCFR.
CKFT
Hydrocarbon Component Completion Flow Total. Replacement for CCFT.
RKFR
Inter-region component flow rates. Replacement for RCFR.
RKFT
Inter-region component flow totals. Replacement for RCFT.
RPRH
Hydrocarbon pore-volume weighted-average region pressure.
RPRP
Pore-volume weighted-average region pressure.
AAQRG
Aquifer influx rate (for gas aquifer).
AAQTG
Cumulative aquifer influx (for gas aquifer).
BROMLS
Residual oil composition (SOR option).
BSOILM
Mobile oil saturation (SOR option).
BSOILR
Residual oil saturation (SOR option).
BAREAC
Asphaltene reaction rates.
BASPFLT
Average oil flow rate at the previous time step (for use with the 2011.1 Asphaltene
deposition model only).
BASPVEL
Average oil velocity at the previous time step (for use with the 2011.1 Asphaltene
deposition model only).
WNLPRH
Historical NGL production rate of a well.
WNLPTH
Historical NGL production total of a well.
GNLPRH
Historical NGL production rate of a group.
GNLPTH
Historical NGL production total of a group.
FNLPRH
Historical NGL production rate of the field.
FNLPTH
Historical NGL production total of the field.
WNLPRT
NGL production target of a well.
SCHEDULE section
Table 4.30
SCHEDULE keyword
Keyword
Description
EPSCHECK
This keyword may be used in the SCHEDULE section to check the consistency of
the scaled end-points at a specified time step, when temperature-dependent endpoints are being modeled via a combination of grid-block end-points (ENDSCALE
keyword item 5 set to 1 or 2) and temperature-dependent table end-points
(ENPTVT, ENKRVT and ENPCVT).

New Keywords
87
Altered keywords
Altered keywords in ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
Table 4.31
Keyword
Description
TRACERS
The tracer tracking model has been enhanced to work more effectively for crossflowing wells. This change may be reverted using OPTIONS switch 154.
PETOPTS
A new mnemonic NOCOMPIN has been added to this keyword to generate INIT
file output containing values for inactive as well as active grid blocks. Note that in
ECLIPSE 100 only, this mnemonic forces the simulator into NOSIM mode.
WSEGSOLV
New items for WSEGSOLV allow the user to impose flow chops on the solver for
looped multisegment wells. This improves the convergence behavior for some
large looped multisegment wells.
GRID section
Table 4.32
88
Keyword
Description
MULTREGP
The requirement that all rows of data for this keyword use the same region set has
been removed. In addition, the OPERNUM region set can now be used.
MULTREGT
MULTREGD
MULTREGH

Altered keywords
EDIT section
The altered EDIT keywords are:
Table 4.33
Altered EDIT keywords
Keyword
Description
MULTREGP
MULTREGT
MULTREGD
MULTREGH
REGIONS section
The altered REGIONS keywords are:
Table 4.34
Altered REGIONS keywords
Keyword
Description
TNUM
Can now be used to specify initial surfactant and foam concentrations.
SOLUTION section
Table 4.35
Keyword
Description
TVDP
Can now be used to specify initial surfactant and foam concentrations.
RPTRST
The mnemonics BO, BW and BG have been added to provide the formation volume
factors for the oil, water and gas phases respectively.
The mnemonic FLORES has been added to provide the inter-block flow rates at
reservoir conditions.
The mnemonic SFIP emits only the arrays starting with SFIP in the restart file
and does not emit the arrays starting with FIP. These arrays have a different
Option SURFBLK has been extended so that it also outputs the water-oil surface
tension.

Altered keywords
89
SUMMARY section
The altered SUMMARY keywords are:
Table 4.36
Altered SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
AAQR, AAQT,
ALQR, ALQT
These keywords cannot be used with gas analytic aquifers. If used with an empty
list, only the liquid aquifers are stored in the Summary file. The pre-2011.1
behavior can be restored by setting item 157 of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
ALL
AAQRG and AAQTG have been added to the list of SUMMARY keywords implied.
The pre-2011.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 157 of the OPTIONS
keyword to 1.
SCHEDULE section
Table 4.37
Keyword
Description
DRILPRI
Drilling priority calculations now have a lookahead facility, calculating the

drilling priority of a well after it has been opened and run for a period of time.
DRILPRI has new items to activate this facility.
MULTREGT
WCONHIST
BHP has been added as a control mode.
WCONINJH
BHP has been added as a control mode. A new field has been added to allow the
user to choose between rate control and BHP control.
WHISTCTL
RPTRST
The mnemonics BO, BW and BG have been added to provide the formation volume
factors for the oil, water and gas phases respectively.
The mnemonic SFIP emits only the arrays starting with SFIP in the restart file
and does not emit the arrays starting with FIP. These arrays have a different
Option SURFBLK has been extended so that it also outputs the water-oil surface
tension.
90

Altered keywords
OPTIONS keyword
Table 4.38
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
141
If set to 1, the pre-2009.2 behavior for the modification of non-neighbor

connections in cells which have been coarsened is restored.
If set to 2, the pre-2011.1 behavior for the transmissibility calculations for coarse
cells in which some fine cells are active and others inactive is restored.
154
If set to 1, this switch reverts to the pre-2011.1 behavior of the tracer-tracking

option for cross-flowing wells.
155
If set to 2, the pre-2010.2 behavior regarding NNCs spanning multiple processors

in parallel is restored. This behavior is known to be problematic in certain cases.
156
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.2 method for end-point scaling is used with
the minimum oil saturation tables (SOMGAS or SOMWAT).
157
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 handling of SUMMARY keywords AAQR, AAQT, ALQR

and ALQT is restored. Before 2011.1, the list associated with these keywords could
contain an element referring to a gas analytic aquifer. If the list was empty, all
analytic aquifers including the gas one were listed. From the 2011.1 version on,
using these keywords with a gas analytic aquifer is not allowed. Additionally, the
ALL summary keyword also implies the keywords AAQRG and AAQTG.
158
If set to 1, the phase saturations and oil-gas ratios are limited to explicitly bounded
values. Any oil, water, gas or solvent saturations outside the physical range
between 0 and 1 will be reset to the nearest value in that range. Similarly, oil-gas
ratios less than zero will be reset to zero.
159
Reserved
160
If set to a multiple of 2, the pre-2011.1 looped MSW behavior is restored.

If set to a multiple of 3, the pre-2011.1 behavior of item 6 of WSEGSOLV is
restored.
If set to a multiple of 5, an alternative linearization is applied.
If set to a multiple of 7, the pre-2011.1 ICD implementation is restored.
161
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 miscible viscosity and density calculations are restored.
162
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the reporting of the scaled table
end-points in the debug file when EPSDBGS or EPSDEBUG is specified. For the
2011.1 version the scaled values are reported when no scaling is applied.
163
If set to 1, duplicated records in the FAULTS keyword are ignored. If a fault is

specified twice, any multipliers associated with it are applied twice.
164
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored when reading the SURFVISC

keyword. From 2011.1 onwards the water viscosity in SURFVISC at zero
surfactant concentration and reference pressure must be equal to the value entered
in the PVTW keyword.
165
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior for initial tracer concentrations in cells

containing no host phase is restored. This switch also activates equivalent behavior
for the initial concentrations of surfactant, foam and polymer.

Altered keywords
91
Table 4.38
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
166
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the modeling of the two-phase
relative permeability of oil to gas when using the EHYSTR or EHYSTRR keywords
with item 2 set to 4 (Killough hysteresis applied to both wetting and non-wetting
phases).
In some cases it has been found that the two-phase relative permeability of oil to
gas can exceed the maximum value specified in the drainage and imbibition oil
saturation function tables, or the maximum value specified via the end-point
exceeding the maximum value from the tables or end-points. This has been
addressed for the 2011.1 version by constraining the maximum value of the twophase relative permeability of oil to gas to the maximum of the values specified in
the drainage or imbibition tables or end-points.
92
167
Reserved
168
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior of WDFACCOR is recovered. This changes Dfactor calculations for flow-dependent skin factor if fewer than 3 phases are
present in reservoir.
169
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the deselection of hysteresis via
the NOHYST keyword.
170
If set to 1, this deactivates the processing of the ACTNUM data specified in an

EGRID file identified by the GDFILE keyword. The new default is to process
ACTNUM.
171
If set to a negative value, this changes the threshold tolerance for the adsorption
calculation when using the cascade tracer solver. The threshold tolerance affects
the adsorption by skipping the calculation in cells where the amount of tracer and
the rock mass is less than the threshold value. Item 171 can be used to control the
threshold value. If set to a negative value, the threshold value is taken as 10N
where N is the value entered in item 171. The default value is 10-12. The pre2011.1 value can be restored by setting this item to -6.
172
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior of GSSCPTST is recovered. This changes the

amount of local grid refinement data saved and restored during and following the
test.
173
If set to 1, this activates a pressure chop so that P >= 1 atmosphere.
174
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the treatment of the SWATINIT
keyword when read via the IMPORT keyword. Prior to 2011.1, this method of
reading the SWATINIT keyword resulted in some of the saturation table data
consistency checks being omitted.
175
Reserved.
176
Reserved.
177
Reserved.
178
If set to 1, the pre 2011.2 behavior for the processing of JFUNCR with hysteresis is
restored. Prior to 2011.2 the per region processing of J-functions was only applied
to the imbibition saturation tables for hysteretic models.
179
If set to 1, the pre 2011.2 behavior for calculating radial velocities is restored.

Altered keywords
Altered keywords in ECLIPSE 300

RUNSPEC section
Table 4.39
Keyword
Description
ENDSCALE
Item 5 specifies the method in which temperature-independent grid-block array

based end-points and table-based temperature-dependent end-points are combined.
PETOPTS
A new mnemonic EDITSUPP has been added which suppresses warning

messages that could be output due to NNCs not being found while reading the
EDITNNC or EDITNNCR data.
PETOPTS
A new mnemonic NOCOMPIN has been added to this keyword to generate INIT
file output containing values for inactive as well as active grid blocks.
GRID section
Table 4.40
Keyword
Description
MULTREGP
MULTREGT
EQUALS
Unsupported use of MULTPV in the EQUALS keyword now generates an error.
EDIT section
Table 4.41
Altered EDIT keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
MULTREGP
MULTREGT
EQUALS
Unsupported use of MULTPV in the EQUALS keyword now generates an error.

Altered keywords
93
PROPS section
Table 4.42
94
Keyword
Description
PEDTUNE
This keyword has been extended. This keyword now also provides a mechanism
for modifying the default tuning parameters used for the rotational coupling factors
in the Pedersen et al. viscosity correlation. The data now consists of six items. The
first two items are for tuning the mixture molecular weight and the other four items
are for the rotational coupling factors.
PEDTUNER
This keyword has been extended. This keyword now also provides a mechanism
for modifying the default tuning parameters used for the rotational coupling factors
in the Pedersen et al. viscosity correlation for multiple equation of state (EoS)
regions. The data now consists of six items for each equation of state (EoS) region.
The first two items are for tuning the mixture molecular weight and the other four
items are for the rotational coupling factors.
KVGEN
This keyword can now be used in thermal mode to generate K-values from an EoS.
The thermal EoS mode must be activated by one of the keywords CGDTYPE,
CODTYPE, CGVTYPE or COVTYPE.

Altered keywords
SOLUTION section
Table 4.43
Keyword
Description
RPTSOL
The processed saturation end-point scaling mnemonics PSWL, PSWCR, PSWU,

PSGL, PSGCR, PSGU, PSOWCR and PSOGCR have been added as replacements
for SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGU, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The
latter are deprecated. In addition, the relative permeability processed end-point
scaling mnemonics PKRO, PKRG, PKRW, PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG, PKRORW have
been added. Together with the existing capillary pressure mnemonics PPCG and
PPCW, this provides a complete set of process-dependent grid-block end-point
solution arrays whose names correspond to those of their respective input endpoint arrays prefixed with P which are reported using the same mnemonic.
The mnemonics ROMLS, SOILM and SOILR can be used to provide the residual
oil composition, mobile oil saturation and residual oil saturation for the SOR
option.
RPTRST

for SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The
latter are deprecated. In addition, the processed relative permeability end-point
scaling mnemonics PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG and PKRORW have been added as
replacements for PKRGE, PKRWE, PKROGE and PKROWE respectively. Together
with the existing relative permeability mnemonics PKRW, PKRO and PKRG and the
existing capillary pressure mnemonics PPCG and PPCW, this provides a complete
set of process-dependent grid-block end-point restart arrays whose names
correspond to those of their respective input end-point arrays prefixed with P and
which are reported using the same mnemonic.
option.
EQUIL
Entering EQUIL keyword information together with saturation information was

not allowed in previous software versions. A new initialization method (Mixed
Hydrostatic Equilibration) has been added for Thermal simulations. This option is
activated by specifying items 1 and 2 of the EQUIL keyword, together with
saturation arrays, e.g. SOIL, and the NEI keyword.
SUMMARY section
Table 4.44
Mnemonic
Description
BSWL
Deprecated. BPSWL should be used.
BSWCR
Deprecated. BPSWCR should be used.
BSWU
Deprecated. BPSWU should be used.
BSGL
Deprecated. BPSGL should be used.
BSGCR
Deprecated. BPSGCR should be used.

Altered keywords
95
Table 4.44
Mnemonic
Description
BSGU
Deprecated. BPSGU should be used.
BSOWC
Deprecated. BPSOWCR should be used.
BSOGC
Deprecated. BPSOGCR should be used.
CCFR
Deprecated. CKFR should be used.
CCFT
Deprecated. CKFT should be used.
RCFR
Deprecated. RKFR should be used.
RCFT
Deprecated. RKFT should be used.
AAQR, AAQT
These keywords cannot be used with gas analytic aquifers. If used with an empty
list, only the liquid aquifers are stored in the Summary file. The pre-2011.1
ALL
AAQRG and AAQTG have been added to the list of SUMMARY keywords implied.
The pre-2011.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 247 of the OPTIONS3
keyword to 1.
BASPFL
This keyword was used to provide asphaltene flocculation rates. It is no longer

available. The new summary keyword BAREAC can be used in its place
BASPDOT,
BASPADS,
BASPLUG and
BASPENT
These keywords cannot be used with the new Asphaltene deposition model,
although they can still be used with the pre-2011.1 Asphaltene deposition model.
The rate at which asphaltene is deposited or entrained can be found using the new
summary keyword BAREAC, and the amount of deposited asphaltene can be found
by using SOLID model keywords.
SCHEDULE section
Table 4.45
96
Keyword
Description
CVCRIT
A new item (40) has been added to control the Appleyard chop. The item specifies
the fraction of the total iterations that may be chopped for each cell during each
timestep. The default is set to 0.5, whereas in pre-2011.1 versions, all iterations
could be chopped. To restore pre-2011.1 behavior, so that all iterations are
chopped, set the new item to 1 or greater.
EPSDBGS
This keyword may now be used in the SCHEDULE section to provide diagnostic
output at a specified time step, when temperature-dependent end-points are being
modeled via a combination of grid block end-points (ENDSCALE keyword item 5
set to 1 or 2) and temperature-dependent table end-points (ENPTVT, ENKRVT and
ENPCVT).
EPSDEBUG
This keyword may now be used in the SCHEDULE section to provide diagnostic
output at a specified time step, when temperature-dependent end-points are being
modeled via a combination of grid block end-points (ENDSCALE keyword item 5
set to 1 or 2) and temperature-dependent table end-points (ENPTVT, ENKRVT and
ENPCVT).

Altered keywords
Table 4.45
Keyword
Description
RPTRST

for SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The
scaling mnemonics PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG and PKRORW have been added as
replacements for PKRGE, PKRWE, PKROGE and PKROWE respectively. Together
with the existing relative permeability mnemonics PKRW, PKRO and PKRG and the
existing capillary pressure processed end-point mnemonics PPCG and PPCW, this
provides a complete set of process-dependent grid-block end-point restart arrays
whose names correspond to those of their respective input end-point arrays
prefixed with P and which are reported using the same mnemonic.
option.
The mnemonic ASPFL which was used to provide asphaltene flocculation rates
can no longer be used. The new mnemonic AREAC can be used in its place
The mnemonics ASPDOT, ASPADS, ASPLUG and ASPENT cannot be used with
the new Asphaltene deposition model, although they can still be used with the pre2011.1 Asphaltene deposition model. The rate at which asphaltene is deposited or
entrained can be found using the new mnemonic AREAC, and the amount of
deposited asphaltene can be found by using SOLID model mnemonics.
RPTSCHED

for SWL, SWCR, SWU, SGL, SGCR, SGU, SOWCR and SOGCR respectively. The
mnemonics PKRO, PKRG, PKRW, PKRGR, PKRWR, PKRORG and PKRORW have
been added together with the capillary pressure processed end-point mnemonics
PPCG and PPCW. This provides a complete set of process-dependent grid-block
end-point schedule arrays whose names correspond to those of their respective
input end-point arrays prefixed with P and which are reported using the same
mnemonic.
option.
The mnemonic ASPFL which was used to provide asphaltene flocculation rates
can no longer be used. The new mnemonic AREAC can be used in its place
The mnemonics ASPDOT, ASPADS, ASPLUG and ASPENT cannot be used with
the new Asphaltene deposition model, although they can still be used with the pre2011.1 Asphaltene deposition model. The rate at which asphaltene is deposited or
entrained can be found using the new mnemonic AREAC, and the amount of
deposited asphaltene can be found by using SOLID model mnemonics.
SCONINJE
Maximum pressure control may now be applied to a segment other than that
designated as the secondary well.
SCONPROD
Minimum pressure control may now be applied to a segment other than that
designated as the secondary well.
WCONHIST
NGL control mode has been added. A new field has been added for the historical
NGL production rate. BHP has also been added as a control mode.

Altered keywords
97
Table 4.45
Keyword
Description
WCONINJH
BHP has been added as a control mode. A new field has been added to allow the
user to choose between rate control and BHP control.
WCONPROD
NGL control mode has been added. A new field has been added for the NGL
production rate target or limit.
WCUTBACK
NGL has been added to the available control phases.
WHISTCTL

WELCNTL
WELTARG
WSEGHEAT
This has been extended to permit the simultaneous specification of up to five

segment-to-segment heat transfer coefficients, one segment-to-completions heat
transfer coefficient and one segment to constant-temperature-source heat transfer
coefficient.
WTADD
WTMULT
MULTREGT
TSCRIT
Item 22 can be used to set a maximum solid saturation change for a time step,
when using the CO2STORE option.
OPTIONS3 keyword
Table 4.46
Switch
Description
178
If set to 1, the pre-2008.3 reporting of group potentials is restored. Prior to this

version, stopped well potentials were sometimes included in the reported group
potential.
If set to 2, the pre-2011.1 reporting of group potentials is restored. From 2008.3
until this release, shut well potentials were sometimes incorrectly subtracted from
the reported group potential.
197
If set to 1, the pre-2009.2 behavior for the modification of non-neighbor

connections in cells which have been coarsened is restored.
If set to 2, the pre-2011.1 behavior for the transmissibility calculations for coarse
cells in which some fine cells are active and others inactive is restored.
240
98
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.2 version of the well solution predictor will
be restored. For the 2010.2 version onwards, a correction has been made to the
predictor to improve the handling of the situation when all flow terms are zero.

Altered keywords
Table 4.46
Switch
Description
241
Two changes were made to the saturation pressure calculation for 2010.2: a
modification to the ab-initio calculation and a change in the pressure range used
for the Gibbs Free Energy minimization in the calculation.
If set to 1, this restores the pre-2010.2 behavior for both changes.
If set to 2, this only restores the pre-2010.2 ab-initio saturation pressure
calculation.
If set to 3, this only restores the pre-2010.2 the pressure bracket for Gibbs Free
Energy minimization in the saturation pressure calculation.
242
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior for MULTFLT in the EDIT section is restored.
Prior to 2011.1 the fault multipliers were not properly applied to cross fault NNCs
when MULTFLT was used in the EDIT section.
243
If set to 1, the pre-2010.2 version of the relative permeability hysteresis

calculations, when used in combination with end-point scaling, will be restored.
For the 2010.2 version onwards a correction has been made to the look-up of the
maximum saturation and relative permeability table values which are used in the
scaling of the hysteresis term. This item should be specified in the RUNSPEC
section.
244
If set to 1, the pre-2010.2 interpretation of the defaulting mechanism for the SWOF
and SGOF/SLGOF (Family I) saturation function keywords will be restored. In
some circumstances this can lead to the incorrect construction of the SWFN, SGFN
and SOF3 (Family II) saturation function keywords, which are used internally for
the saturation function calculations, when only one of the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF
keywords is defaulted for a given saturation table number. This item should be
245
If set to 1, the pre-2010.2 usage of the process-dependent relative permeability and

capillary pressure end-point tables ENKRVT, ENKRVC, ENPCVT and ENPCVC will
be restored. This is not recommended but has been provided for backwards
compatibility. For 2010.2 onwards, the internal sign of the water-oil capillary
pressure has been corrected when looked up from a process-dependent end-point
table and checks have been added to ensure that the end-point scaling arrays used
to report the process-dependent end-points are allocated appropriately. This item
should be specified in the RUNSPEC section.
246
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 method for calculating Stones formula number 1 for oil
relative permeability is used. This mainly affects the way end-point scaling is used
with the minimum oil saturation tables (SOMGAS or SOMWAT).
247
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 handling of SUMMARY keywords AAQR and AAQT is

restored. Before 2011.1, the list associated with these keywords could contain an
element referring to a gas analytic aquifer. If the list was empty, all analytic
aquifers including the gas one were listed. From the 2011.1 version on, using these
keywords with a gas analytic aquifer is not allowed. Additionally, the ALL
SUMMARY keyword implies the keywords AAQRG and AAQTG.
248
If set to 1, duplicated records in the FAULTS keyword are ignored. If a fault is

specified twice, any multipliers associated with it are applied twice.
249
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 interpretation of the removal of heat transfer coefficients

to completions for the WSEGHEAT keyword will be restored. From 2011.1
onwards, the behavior has been modified to ensure that the heat transfer coefficient
to the completion is removed when instructed by this keyword.

Altered keywords
99
Table 4.46
Switch
Description
250
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 handling of non-neighbor connections between two

regions which have an associated MULTREGT multiplier is restored. For certain
geometries, these non-neighbor connections could have the multiplier applied to
them twice. Use of this option is not recommended but it is provided for backward
compatibility.
251
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 handling of MULTPV within an EQUALS keyword is

restored. Use of this option is not recommended but is provided for backward
compatibility. From 2011.1 onwards, the use of MULTPV within an EQUALS
keyword generates an error.
252
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 model for the calculation of water relative permeability
hysteresis for water as a non-wetting phase will be restored. This change only
applies when the hysteresis control keywords EHYSTR or EHYSTRR have item 2
set to a value of 7. For the 2011.1 version a correction has been applied to the
calculation for the case when the current water saturation is less than the maximum
historical water saturation.
253
If set 1, the pre 2010.2 handling of inconsistent PVT table selection is restored
such that, if there are any cells in the same equilibration region that use different
PVT tables, this will result in a warning message only. For the 2010.2 version
onwards, the default response is to issue an error message.
254
If set to 1, the pre 2011.1 treatment of inline NNC transmissibilities will be

restored.
255
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the modeling of the two-phase
relative permeability of oil to gas when using the EHYSTR or EHYSTRR keywords
with item 2 set to 4 (Killough hysteresis applied to both wetting and non-wetting
phases).
In some cases it has been found that the two-phase relative permeability of oil to
gas can exceed the maximum value specified in the drainage and imbibition oil
saturation function tables, or the maximum value specified via the end-point
exceeding the maximum value from the tables or end-points. This has been
addressed for the 2011.1 version by constraining the maximum value of the twophase relative permeability of oil to gas to the maximum of the values specified in
the drainage or imbibition tables or end-points.
100
256
If set to 1, the output of the flows FLOCn, FLOE, FLOOIL, FLOWAT, FLOGAS
and FLORES are written to the restart file in the same format as for ECLIPSE 100,
which outputs flows between global and local grids with headings such as
FLOWATL+ and FLOWATA+ (see "Restart Files" in the "ECLIPSE File Formats
Reference Manual").
257
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 method for determining whether to make an aquifer

connection for a particular cell is used. This treats adjacent cells which contain a
local grid as if they were inactive. If this option is not specified or set to 0, they are
treated as if they were active. The new method is compatible with ECLIPSE 100.
258
If set to 1, a modified non-linear solver is used. The new non-linear solver is

designed to tackle some convergence problems, such as flip-flopping. It does more
work than the current default non-linear solver, and therefore will be a little slower
in cases that already run well. However it can be much faster in some cases that do
not run well with the default solver.

Altered keywords
Table 4.46
Switch
Description
259
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior of honoring THP limits for history match wells
will be used.
260
If set to 1, the surface gas density will be determined by a surface flash, rather than
using the data from the DENSITY keyword.
261
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the deselection of hysteresis via
the NOHYST keyword.
262
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the treatment of the PPCWMAX
keyword.
263
If set to 1, an alternative calculation of inter-region and inter-block phase flow

rates, based on a flash at surface pressure and temperature, is activated in nonthermal CO2STORE runs.
264
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for the treatment of the WELSEGS
keyword.
265
If set to 1, the pre-2011.1 behavior is restored for saturation pressure calculations.

In 2011.1, a new method is used to determine whether two compositions are the
same. The new method is consistent with that used in the flash stability check.
266
Reserved.
267
If set to 1, a new more robust method of solving network models will be selected.
270
If set to 1, the pre-2011.2 calculation of observed reservoir volume is used. The

2011.1 method did not account for NGL correctly.

Altered keywords
101
102

Altered keywords
2010.1 and 2010.2

Developments
Chapter 5
New Facilities
RUNSPEC section
Item 11 has been added to the UDQDIMS keyword. This can be used to request that a new
random number generator seed is computed for restart cases, as opposed to using the seed
from the base case simulation. This seed affects the new UDQ functions RRNDN and
RRNDU.
New items 8 and 9 have been added to the REGDIMS keyword. These can be used to specify
the maximum number of work arrays, double precision and integer respectively, for use
with the OPERATE and OPERATER keywords.
Item 11 of the WELLDIMS keyword can now be used to specify the maximum number of
lists that a well may belong to at any one time.
GRID section
The RPTINIT keyword has been added to allow the user to control GRID and EDIT output
to the .INIT or .FINIT file. When the keyword is specified along with a series of
mnemonics, only PORV and the mnemonics specified will be output to the .INIT or .FINIT
file. This has been extended to include cartesian LGRs, radial LGRs and nested LGRs.
The OPERATE keyword has been extended to allow the use of work arrays, and to include
two new operators, ABS and MULTIPLY.
The OPERATER keyword has been extended to allow the use of work arrays, and to include

New Facilities
103
EDIT section
PROPS section
The GRAVCONS keyword has been added to allow the user to override the defaulted gravity
constant value.
REGIONS section
SOLUTION section
The OPERATER keyword has been extended to have a seventh argument, which specifies
a fluid-in-place region set to use instead of OPERNUM.
SUMMARY section
104
The SUMMARY mnemonics NLINSMIN and NLINSMAX have been added to output the
actual minimum and maximum number of linear iterations in the Newton iterations within
each time step. These quantities are also output when the PERFORMA mnemonic is
specified.
The SUMMARY mnemonics FOSTP, FOSPR, FOSSP, FOSRU, FOSRL, GOSTP, GOSPR,
GOSPP, GOSRU and GOSRL have been added to output information on the most recent
sustainable capacity test for OIL. The mnemonics FWSTP, FWSPR, FWSSP, FWSRU,
FWSRL, GWSTP, GWSPR, GWSPP, GWSRU and GWSRL provide this information for
WATER.
All lumped connection mnemonics starting C and ending L now have an exact equivalent
which starts with a W. This allows direct specification of a lumped connection index instead
of grid block indices.
A summary mnemonic CVIRL has been added to give the injection flow rate in a lumped
completion. This is equivalent to CVFRL but the sign is reversed.

New Facilities
Summary mnemonics have been added which report well, group and field rate
targets/limits. These are WOPRT, WWPRT, WGPRT, WLPRT, WJPRT, WVPRT, WOIRT,
WWIRT, WGIRT, WVIRT, GOPRT, GWPRT, GGPRT, GLPRT, GJPRT, GVPRT, GOIRT,
GWIRT, GGIRT, GVIRT, FOPRT, FWPRT, FGPRT, FLPRT, FJPRT, FVPRT, FOIRT,
FWIRT, FGIRT and FVIRT.
Completion SUMMARY mnemonics (beginning with C*) and local completion SUMMARY
mnemonics (beginning with LC*) now allow the well name to be defaulted by using the
wildcard character *.
The SUMMARY mnemonics AAQTD and AAQPD have been added to output dimensionless
time and pressure for Carter-Tracy aquifers.
The SUMMARY mnemonics NBYTOT and MEMORYTS have been added to output memory
usage.
A summary mnemonic CVIR has been added to give the injection flow rate in a completion.
This is equivalent to CVFR but the sign is reversed.
SUMMARY mnemonics RGPTF, RGPTS, RGPRF and RGPRS have been added to output the
regional free and solution gas production totals and rates.
SCHEDULE section
The TIME keyword has been added to ECLIPSE 100 to allow the times of report steps to
be specified. Previously this was only available in ECLIPSE 300.
The UDQ keyword has been extended to include two new functions, RRNDU and RRNDN,
which use a different random number generator seed value for each simulation. These new
functions are similar to the existing RANDU and RANDN functions but those functions use
a fixed seed value that is set in the UDQPARAM keyword.
The second item of the keyword GSSCPTST has been extended to include ORAT and WRAT
as possible control modes.
A new keyword EXCAVATE has been added to allow users to specify grid blocks to be
removed from the simulation during a run. Item 146 of the OPTIONS keyword can be used
to specify how the fluid-in-place calculations are evaluated.
As explained in item 12 of WELSPECS, the hydrostatic heads calculated using segmented

densities in the wellbore are damped to reduce the likelihood of stability problems. This is
done by combining values from the previous time step with those of the current time step
in a weighted average. An error has been identified in the implementation of this damping
which meant that more damping was being applied than intended. This error has been fixed
in the 2010.1 version of the simulator but has not been made the default behavior as it may
result in changes in simulation results. The correct damping can be applied by setting item
145 of the OPTIONS keyword to a non-zero value.
The WLIST and WLISTNAM keywords now allow a well to be in more than one list at a
time, up to a maximum number specified in item 11 of WELLDIMS.
The behavior of the default river infiltration equation (item 17 of GRDREACH defaulted)
has been improved in the unsaturated regime. The pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored via
item 148 of the OPTIONS keyword.

New Facilities
105
Partitioned Tracers
The fourth item of the TRACER keyword was extended to include MULT, which can now
be used to set up a multi-partitioned tracer. The multi-partitioned tracer functionality is an
extension and generalization of partitioned tracers to allow a tracer to be present in any
number of phases.
A sixth item of the TRACER keyword was added to specify the phase concentration to use
in adsorption calculations for a partitioned tracer. Any of the phases that the tracer
partitions into can be specified along with the mnemonic ALL. If this is the case the overall,
pore volume averaged tracer concentration will be used as a basis for adsorption
calculations.
The TRACERKM keyword has been added to specify partitioning functions for tracers that
partition into any number of phases.
The TRDCY keyword was extended to allow the specification of an individual tracer decay
half-life for each phase that the tracer partitions into.
The TRDIF keyword was extended to allow specification of individual tracer diffusion
coefficients for each phase that the tracer partitions into.
The summary mnemonics FTIP#, RTIP#, BTIP#, RTFT#, and BTCN# were added to
output the amount of tracer in place, tracer flows and tracer concentrations in each of the
phases that the tracer partitions into. The mnemonics must be compounded with the threecharacter name of a partitioned tracer. Additionally, the number of the desired phase,
according to the list of phases given in the TRACERKM keyword, must be specified. For
example, BTCN3PT1 gets the block concentration of tracer PT1 in the third phase that it
partitions into.
When used with a multi-partitioned tracer, the mnemonics TRADS, TRROCK and TRDCY
in the keyword RPTPROPS now output adsorption data, tables of partitioning coefficients
and decay and diffusions parameters for each phase that the tracer partitions into.
When used with a multi-partitioned tracer, the mnemonic TRACER in keywords RPTSOL
and RPTSCHED now outputs tracer concentrations for each phase that the tracer partitions
into.
User Defined Arguments
106
Some of the items of the keyword CECON can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item 6
- Maximum water cut (water-liquid ratio); Item 7 - Maximum gas-oil ratio; Item 8 Maximum water-gas ratio; Item 11- Minimum oil production rate; and Item 12 - Minimum
gas production rate.
Some of the items of the keyword GCONPRI can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item
2- Oil production rate upper limit; Item 4 - Water production rate upper limit; Item 6 - Gas
production rate upper limit; Item 8 - Liquid production rate upper limit; Item 10 - Reservoir
fluid volume production rate upper limit; Item 11 - Reservoir volume production balancing
fraction upper limit; and Item 16 - Linearly combined rate target or upper limit.
The second and third items of the keyword GTADD (control quantity) can be set using a
UDQ. A new item (Item 4) is also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at
which the addition will be performed.
The second and third items of the keyword GTMULT (control quantity) can be set using a
which the multiplication will be performed.

New Facilities
The second item of the keyword WTADD (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new
item (Item 4) is also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the
addition will be performed.
The second item of the keyword WTMULT (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new
multiplication will be performed.
Item 8 of the WSEGTABL keyword (the ALQ value used in a table look-up) can be set using
a UDQ.
All items of the keyword LINCOM can be set using a UDQ.
Items 2 and 3 of keyword GCONSUMP can be set using a UDQ.

RUNSPEC section
Item 11 has been added to the UDQDIMS keyword. This can be used to request that a new
random number generator seed is computed for restart cases, as opposed to using the seed
from the base case simulation. This seed affects the new UDQ functions RRNDN and
RRNDU.
A new mnemonic NEWTRAN has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This forces fault
transmissibilities to be calculated even for corner point geometry, which is necessary for
the correct treatment of coarsened cells containing faults.
A new item 4 has been added to the JALS keyword. This can be used to switch on an extra
residual check.
If item 214 of OPTIONS3 is set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2009.2 John
Appleyard Linear Solver (JALS).
New items 8 and 9 have been added to the REGDIMS keyword. These can be used to specify
the maximum number of work arrays, double precision and integer respectively, for use
with the OPERATE and OPERATER keywords.
A new item 13 has been added to the WELLDIMS keyword. This can be used to specify the
maximum number of secondary wells in the simulation. If unspecified, the default value is
10.
The ROCKCOMP keyword has been extended by two additional items:
Item 4 allows the user to define a model that can be used to define the transmissibility
as a function of porosity,
Item 5 defines a constant value needed with one of the models chosen using item 4.
The new option OLDORNNC has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This option reverts
the order of the .INIT file data for non-neighbor connections between global cells to that
seen pre-2010.1.
A new mnemonic, EDITSUPP, has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This mnemonic
suppresses warning messages that could be output due to NNCs not being found while
reading the EDITNNC or EDITNNCR data.
If item 248 of OPTIONS3 is set to 1, duplicated records in the FAULTS keyword are
ignored.

New Facilities
107
GRID section
The RPTINIT keyword has been added to allow the user to control GRID and EDIT output
mnemonics, only PORV and the mnemonics specified will be output to the .INIT or .FINIT
file. This has been extended to include cartesian LGRs, radial LGRs and nested LGRs.
The keyword ROCKFRAC enables the rock volume to be computed as a fraction of the grid
cell bulk volume. This can be useful for coal bed, shale gas and thermal runs.
The PINCH keyword has been extended to allow extra options for calculating the pinchout
transmissibility. Items 4 and 5 are now available in ECLIPSE 300.
The RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL keywords have been expanded to allow the user to output
DPNUM information to the .PRT file.
The PERMMF keyword can now be used with EQUALS.
EDIT section
PROPS section
108
The GRAVCONS keyword has been added to allow the user to override the defaulted gravity
constant value.
The MIXWPERM keyword has been added and activates an alternative water relative
permeability calculation that takes into account the dissolution of gases.
The MIXACTO and MIXACTG keywords have been added to specify the oil and gas activity
functions, respectively, for soluble components.
The TRANGE keyword can now be set in the PROPS section for thermal option. The default
for Items 1 and 2, the minimum and maximum temperature expected, are 1 C and 2000
C, respectively. The allowable lower limit for Item 1 is -100 C and that for Item 2 is 1 C.
The ROCKPMAT keyword has been added to specify the Thermal Palmer-Mansoori rock
model.
The ACTCO2S keyword has been added to specify the activity coefficient model that is
used by CO2STORE for CO2 salting out effects.
The keywords ROCKTRMX, ROCKTRMY and ROCKTRMZ allow the user to input
transmissibility variation parameters for each grid cell in the X-, Y- and Z-direction
respectively. Refer to ROCKCOMP keyword item 4 for more information.

New Facilities
REGIONS section
SOLUTION section
The RPTRST keyword now allows the mnemonics BG, BO and BW. These are phase
formation-volume-factors, not molar densities.
The OPERATER keyword has been extended to have a seventh argument, which specifies
a fluid-in-place region set to use instead of OPERNUM.
SUMMARY section
The mnemonic FAGIP has been added to provide the summary output of field gas in place
(aqueous phase). This mnemonic is compatible with the CO2SOL, H2SSOL and GASSOL
options.
The mnemonic BWIP is now extended to ECLIPSE 300 to provide the summary output of
water in place in a block.
The SUMMARY mnemonics NLINSMIN and NLINSMAX have been added to output the
actual minimum and maximum number of linear iterations in the Newton iterations within
each time step. These quantities are also output when the PERFORMA mnemonic is
specified.
The SUMMARY mnemonics FOSTP, FOSPR, FOSSP, FOSRU, FOSRL, GOSTP, GOSPR,
GOSPP, GOSRU and GOSRL have been added to output information on the most recent
sustainable capacity test for OIL. The mnemonics FWSTP, FWSPR, FWSSP, FWSRU,
FWSRL, GWSTP, GWSPR, GWSPP, GWSRU and GWSRL provide this information for
WATER.
The SUMMARY mnemonics RCOM, RCWM, RCGMI and RCGMM have been added to output
the regional molar amounts of hydrocarbon components in each phase.
All lumped connection mnemonics starting C and ending L now have an exact equivalent
which starts with a W. This allows direct specification of a lumped connection index instead
of grid block indices.
Summary mnemonics CVIRL and CVPRL have been added to give the injection and
production flow rates in a lumped completion. These are numerically equivalent to CVFRL
but the sign of CVIRL is reversed.
The SUMMARY mnemonics ROIR, RGIP, RWIR have been added to output information on
region phase injection rates. These mnemonics include group and well efficiency factors.
OPTIONS3 item 237 may be used to remove efficiency factors from the calculation.
The SUMMARY mnemonics ROIT, RGIT, RWIT have been added to output information on
region phase injection totals.

New Facilities
109
Completion SUMMARY mnemonics (beginning with C) and local completion SUMMARY

mnemonics (beginning with LC) now allow the well name to be defaulted using the
wildcard character *.
Summary mnemonics have been added which report well, group and field rate
targets/limits. These are WOPRT, WWPRT, WGPRT, WLPRT, WJPRT, WVPRT, WOIRT,
WWIRT, WGIRT, WVIRT, GOPRT, GWPRT, GGPRT, GLPRT, GJPRT, GVPRT, GOIRT,
GWIRT, GGIRT, GVIRT, FOPRT, FWPRT, FGPRT, FLPRT, FJPRT, FVPRT, FOIRT,
FWIRT, FGIRT and FVIRT.
The SUMMARY mnemonics AAQTD and AAQPD have been added to output dimensionless
time and pressure for Carter-Tracy aquifers.
The SUMMARY mnemonics NBYTOT and MEMORYTS have been added to output memory
usage.
Summary mnemonics CVIR and CVPR have been added to give the injection and
production flow rates in a completion. These are numerically equivalent to CVFR but the
sign of CVIR is reversed.
Summary mnemonics have been added to report secondary well production, injection and
phase ratio data. These summary vectors are WDOPR, WDWPR, WDGPR, WDLPR, WDVPR,
WDOPT, WDWPT, WDGPT, WDLPT, WDVPT, WDWIR, WDGIR,WDWIT, WDGIT, WDGOR
WDOGR, WDGLR, WDWGR and WDWCT. In addition, the secondary well temperature WDTEM
and pressure WDPR summary vectors have been added.
Summary mnemonics have been added to report group production, injection and phase
ratio data inclusive of secondary well contributions. These summary vectors are GDOPR,
GDWPR, GDGPR, GDLPR, GDVPR, GDOPT, GDWPT, GDGPT, GDLPT, GDVPT, GDWIR,
GDGIR,GDWIT, GDGIT, GDGOR GDOGR, GDGLR, GDWGR and GDWCT.
Summary mnemonics have been added to report field production, injection and phase ratio
data inclusive of secondary well contributions. These summary vectors are FDOPR,
FDWPR, FDGPR, FDLPR, FDVPR, FDOPT, FDWPT, FDGPT, FDLPT, FDVPT, FDWIR,
FDGIR,FDWIT, FDGIT, FDGOR FDOGR, FDGLR, FDWGR and FDWCT.
SCHEDULE section
110
The UDQ keyword has been extended to include two new functions, RRNDU and RRNDN,
which use a different random number generator seed value for each simulation. These new
functions are similar to the existing RANDU and RANDN functions but those functions use
a fixed seed value that is set in the UDQPARAM keyword.
The second item of the keyword GSSCPTST has been extended to include ORAT and WRAT
as possible control modes.
New mnemonics have been added to the RPTRST keyword to report the number of
streamlines traced by LAGTRAC through a cell. These mnemonics begin LGLC.
formation-volume-factors, not molar densities.
The default for TRANGE keyword Item 2 (the maximum temperature expected) is modified
to 2000 C. The allowable lower limit for Item 1 (the minimum temperature expected) is 100 C and that for Item 2 is 1 C.
The keyword RPRKPAME can be used to output a table of pore volume and permeability
multipliers versus pressure for a given grid cell when the ROCKPAME rock compaction
model is used.

New Facilities
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) is now available for use with Cartesian local grid
refinements (CARFIN).
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) is now available for use in parallel (PARALLEL).
An alternative renormalization method for LUMPING tracers solved using the Lagrangian
tracer solver (LAGTRAC) has been made available. This may be activated using
OPTIONS3 item 203.
As explained in item 12 of WELSPECS, the hydrostatic heads calculated using segmented

densities in the wellbore are damped to reduce the likelihood of stability problems. This is
done by combining values from the previous time step with those of the current time step
in a weighted average. An error has been identified in the implementation of this damping
which meant that more damping was being applied than intended. This error has been fixed
in the 2010.1 version of the simulator but has not been made default behavior as it may
result in changes in simulation results. The correct damping can be applied by setting item
213 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
The WSEGWELL keyword has been added to associate a segment of a multisegment well
with a secondary well name.
The SCONPROD keyword has been added to provide a mechanism for specifying
production controls for a secondary well.
The SCONINJE keyword has been added to provide a mechanism for specifying injection
controls for a secondary well.
The STEST keyword has been added to provide a mechanism for testing whether closed
secondary wells should be reopened.
The MULTPV keyword can be used to modify the pore volumes during the run.
When the RPTRST keyword includes the BASIC=2 or RESTART mnemonics, restart
output will be generated for PKRG, PKRO, PKRW, PKRGE, PKRWE, PKROGE and PKROWE
for thermal runs using the keyword ENKRVT. These are processed or temperature-scaled
relative permeabilities.
output will be generated for PPCG and PPCW for thermal runs using the keyword ENPCVT.
These are processed or temperature-scaled capillary pressures.
An alternative saturation pressure calculation for the GASWAT option has been made
available. This may be activated using OPTIONS3 item 225.
An alternative timestep convergence strategy is available in 2010.1 in which two

successive newton iterations are required to converge. This can be activated using
OPTIONS3 item 206.
CO2STORE
The CO2STORE option can now be used at higher temperatures, up to 250 C. The default
model for pure water density use an analytical form of the water density as detailed by The
International Association for the Properties of Water and Steam (IAPWS-IF97). In order to use
the pre-2010.1 water density calculations OPTIONS3 item 232 can be set to unity.

New Facilities
111
Thermal
The thermal heavy-oil equilibration method has been enhanced. If the water-oil contact lies
above the reservoir and if, based on the composition provided at the datum depth, oil is
heavier than water, then the pressure in EQUIL item 2 refers to the oil phase and the
reservoir will be initialized with heavy oil. The OPTIONS3 keyword item 217 can be used
to restore the pre-2010.1 equilibration behavior.
The TRANGE keyword can now be set in the PROPS section for thermal simulation. The
default for Item 2 (the maximum temperature expected) is modified to 2000 C. The
allowable lower limit for Item 1 (the minimum temperature expected) is -100 C and that
for item 2 is 1 C. The OPTIONS3 keyword Item 218 can be used to restore the pre-2010.1
thermal temperature limits.
A new thermal convergence method for rock-filled cells has been implemented. The
OPTIONS3 keyword item 219 can be used to restore the pre-2010.1 convergence method.
residual check (ON).
output will be generated for PKRG, PKRO, PKRW, PKRGE, PKRWE, PKROGE and PKROWE
for thermal runs using the keyword ENKRVT. These are processed or temperature-scaled
relative permeabilities.
output will be generated for PPCG and PPCW for thermal runs using the keyword ENPCVT.
These are processed or temperature-scaled capillary pressures.
User Defined Arguments
112
Some of the items of the keyword CECON can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item 6
- Maximum water cut (water-liquid ratio); Item 7 - Maximum gas-oil ratio; Item 8 Maximum water-gas ratio; Item 11- Minimum oil production rate; and Item 12 - Minimum
gas production rate.
Some of the items of the keyword GCONPRI can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item
2- Oil production rate upper limit; Item 4 - Water production rate upper limit; Item 6 - Gas
production rate upper limit; Item 8 - Liquid production rate upper limit; Item 10 - Reservoir
fluid volume production rate upper limit; Item 11 - Reservoir volume production balancing
fraction upper limit; Item 12 - Wet gas production rate upper limit; Item 14 - Surface gas
volume production balancing fraction upper limit; Item 15 - Surface water volume
production balancing fraction upper limit; and Item 16 - Linearly combined rate target or
upper limit.
The second and third items of the keyword GTADD (control quantity) can be set using a
which the addition will be performed.
The second and third items of the keyword GTMULT (control quantity) can be set using a
which the multiplication will be performed.
Item 8 of the WSEGTABL keyword (the ALQ value used in a table look-up) can be set using
a UDQ.

New Facilities
The second item of the keyword WTADD (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new
The second item of the keyword WTMULT (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new
The second and subsequent items of the keyword WINJEDET can be set using a UDQ.
All items of the keyword LINCOM can be set using a UDQ.
The third item of the keyword WECONCMF (maximum mole fraction) can be set using a
UDQ.
Facilities for Hydraulic Fracture Workflow

ECLIPSE 300 only
To facilitate a hydraulic fracture workflow, particularly for shale gas, certain region arrays are
now allowed to be modified in SCHEDULE section using the keywords ADDREG, EQUALREG,
MULTIREG and OPERATER. This is an ECLIPSE 300 only facility.
The arrays that can be modified are listed below:
PORO
PERMX
PERMY
PERMZ
MULTX
MULTY
MULTZ
SIGMA(V)
MULTSIG(V)
MULSGGD(V)
DIFFMMF
WORK(1/2)
The effect of these keywords will be as follows:

Table 5.47
Effect of Hydraulic Fracture keywords
Keyword
Description
DIFFMMF
Modifies matrix-fracture diffusivity in dual-porosity runs. If output is required for

flexible restart in the model, these multiplier values will be output as DIFFMMFS.
MULSGGD(V)
Modifies matrix-fracture coupling transmissibility for oil-gas gravity drainage in

dual-porosity runs. If output is required for flexible restart in the model, these
multiplier values will be output as MULSGGDS.
MULTSIG(V)
Modifies matrix-fracture coupling transmissibility in dual-porosity runs. If output

is required for flexible restart in the model, these multiplier values will be output
as MULTSIGS.
MULTX/Y/Z
Modifies transmissibility in X/Y/Z-direction. If output is required for flexible

restart in the model, the multiplier values will be output as
MULTXS/MULTYS/MULTZS.
PERMX/Y/Z
Modifies permeability in X/Y/Z-direction. Also approximates the corresponding

transmissibility multiplier MULTX/Y/Z determined from the ratio of the new
permeability value to the old one. If output is required for flexible restart in the
model, the permeability values will be output as MODPERMX/Y/Z.

New Facilities
113
Table 5.47
114
Effect of Hydraulic Fracture keywords
Keyword
Description
PORO
Modifies porosity. Modifies the corresponding pore volume by a multiplier

MULTPV determined from the ratio of the new porosity value to the old one. If
output is required for a flexible restart in the model, the porosity values will be
output as MODPORO, and the pore volume multipliers will be output as MULTPVS.
SIGMA(V)
Modifies matrix-fracture coupling transmissibility in dual-porosity runs. If output

is required for flexible restart in the model, these multiplier values will be output
as SIGMA.
WORK(1/2)
These are work arrays to be stored for subsequent use. If output is required for
flexible restart in the model, these values will be output as WORK(1/2).

New Facilities
Behavioral Changes
Behavioral Changes in ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
The UDADIMS keyword has been redefined. Item 1 specifies the number of keyword
arguments in which UDQs replace numeric values. Item 2 has been retained for back
compatibility. Item 3 specifies the number of instances in which a UDQ is used in a
keyword argument.
The default values of items 3 and 4 in the WSEGSOLV keyword have been modified. There
is also a new item 6 which sets the gradient linearization limit for ICD segments.
GRID section
If OPTIONS switch 141 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting
non-neighbor connections within coarsened cells is restored. For 2009.2 onwards, the NNC
ends may be moved to a different coarsened cell to avoid the situation where, after
coarsening, a fault NNC no longer crosses its fault. This new algorithm may also cause
slight changes in the transmissibility of other coarsening NNCs and coarse cells.
For the JFUNC and JFUNCR keywords, invalid entries for items 1 and 6 will result in an
error condition.
The pre-2010.1 behavior is restored for calculating transmissibility across a pinchout when
argument 4 of the PINCH keyword is set to ALL. The transmissibility was only affected for
pinchouts of more than one cell.
PROPS section
When using the STONE1EX keyword with hysteresis for version 2009.2 onwards, if the
exponent values assigned to a given grid block are different for drainage and imbibition, a
warning is issued. For versions up to and including 2009.1, this resulted in an error
condition.
A correction has been made to the calculation of the interpolated PVTO tables, used for the
API tracking option, to avoid the creation of duplicate Rs nodes. This has been found to
occur for some combinations of Rs nodes and user specified minimum separations between
successive Rs nodes. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be restored by setting item 140 of the
OPTIONS keyword to a non-zero value.
If output of the PVTO tables is selected using the RPTPROPS keyword, the interpolated
versions of the tables will also be printed if API tracking has been specified.
The method of applying end-point scaling to the minimum oil saturation tables (SOMGAS
or SOMWAT) has changed. The new method uses linear interpolation. Use argument 156 of
the OPTIONS keyword to restore the pre-2010.2 behavior.

Behavioral Changes
115
SOLUTION section
The default Carter-Tracy influence table has been extended to cover larger dimensionless
time values. Pre-2009.1, 2009.1 and 2009.2 behaviors can be restored by setting item 123
of the OPTIONS keyword to 1, 2 and 3 respectively.
SUMMARY section
If OPTIONS switch 143 is set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 behavior for
the reporting of partitioned tracer flowrates in river reaches.
SCHEDULE section
The calculation of the flowrate limit for wells subject to a drawdown limit (WELDRAW) has
been improved. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be restored by using item 144 of the OPTIONS
keyword.
time values. Pre-2009.1, 2009.1 and 2009.2 behaviors can be restored by setting item 123
of the OPTIONS keyword to 1, 2 and 3 respectively.
The behavior for keywords WTADD and WTMULT when used with UDQ has been improved.
There will be behavioral changes between 2010.1 and pre-2010.1 versions. The second
item (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item (Item 4) is also added to specify
the number of subsequent report steps at which the addition/multiplication will be
performed.
The GECON keyword argument 8 now interacts more comprehensively with follow-on
wells. Item 150 of the OPTIONS keyword reverts to pre-2010.1 behavior.
The RPTRST mnemonic RFIP now uses an improved formulation. Item 152 of the
OPTIONS keyword reverts to the pre-2010.1 behavior.
For the 2010.1 version onwards, the interpolation between immiscible and miscible relative
permeability curves in the Surfactant Model is only performed for blocks with a non-zero
surfactant concentration. The immiscible curves are used for blocks with a zero surfactant
concentration.The pre-2010.1 behavior is restored via item 147 of the OPTIONS keyword.
The behavior of the default river infiltration equation (item 17 of GRDREACH defaulted)
has been improved in the unsaturated regime. The pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored via
item 148 of the OPTIONS keyword.
Tracers
If item 149 of the OPTIONS keyword is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior is
restored for solving tracers in combination with Multisegment Wells (MSWs). For the
2010.1 version onwards, an error has been fixed in the coupled iterative solution of the
tracers which previously led to wrong tracer rates and concentrations in the MSW
segments. The change affects single phase, two phase and partitioned tracers.

116

Behavioral Changes
RUNSPEC section
The UDADIMS keyword has been redefined. Item 1 specifies the number of keyword
arguments in which UDQs replace numeric values. Item 2 has been retained for back
compatibility. Item 3 specifies the number of instances in which a UDQ is used in a
keyword argument.
If OPTIONS3 switch 196 is set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2009.2 behavior
for VELDEP models using radial geometry.
If OPTIONS3 switch 197 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior for adjusting
slight changes in the transmissibility of other NNCs.
If OPTIONS3 switch 200 is set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 fluid-inplace calculations for any ECLIPSE 300 data set that does not contain COAL or SOLID.
The EOS keyword when specified in the RUNSPEC section must have EoS models
specified for all EoS regions. Previously only one EoS region model had to be specified.
This does not affect the EOS keyword when specified in PROPS Section.
The SUMMARY section mnemonics BOIP, BGIP, BOIPL, BOIPG, BGIPL and BGIPG are
calculated using the separator defined by FIELDSEP. This provides consistency with the
vectors output in the restart file when using SFIP in RPTRST. OPTIONS3 switch 201
determines this behavior.
If OPTIONS3 switch 208 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior is restored
whereby the SPECHS keyword need not be specified for thermal models with components
exhibiting solid phases.
Time zero save files are no longer generated by default if no other save files are requested
throughout the run. Time zero save files are still generated automatically if later save files
are requested with the SAVE or AUTOSAVE keywords. To generate a time zero save file
either use the SAVE keyword in the RUNSPEC section or the MULTSAVE keyword.
If OPTIONS3 switch 223 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 treatment of updating
the well PI for the rock-crushing option (using the ROCKTAB and ROCKTABH keywords)
is used. This will only affect summary output for the completion connection factor, CTFAC.
If OPTIONS3 switch 228 is set to 1 or 3, the pre-2010.1 EoS cubic root selection method
is used for the saturation pressure calculation in flash. If OPTIONS3 switch 228 is set to 2
or 3, the pre-2010.1 EoS cubic root selection method is used for the single-phase molar
density calculation in flash.
If OPTIONS3 switch 232 is set to 1, the pre-2010.1 density model for pure water is
activated for CO2STORE.
The default values of items 3 and 4 in the WSEGSOLV keyword have been modified. There
is also a new item 6 which sets the gradient linearization limit for ICD segments.
OPTIONS3 switch 189 has been modified. Now, by default, a rigorous density inversion
check is performed after scalar flash. If this switch is set to -1, the check will not be
performed. If set to 2, this activates the density inversion check during the vector flash as
well as the post-scalar flash.
If OPTIONS3 item 240 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.2 version of the well
solution predictor will be restored. For the 2010.2 version onwards, a correction has been
made to the predictor to improve the handling of the situation when all flow terms are zero.

Behavioral Changes
117
If OPTIONS3 switch 241 is set to 1, this restores the pre-2010.2 behavior for all post2010.1 changes in the flash calculation. If this switch is set to 2, this only restores the pre2010.2 ab-initio saturation pressure calculation. If set to 3, this only restores the pre-2010.2
pressure bracket for Gibbs Free Energy minimization in the saturation pressure calculation.
If OPTIONS3 item 243 is set to a value of 1, the pre-2010.2 version of the relative
permeability hysteresis calculations, when used in combination with end-point scaling, will
be restored. For the 2010.2 version onwards a correction has been made to the look-up of
the maximum saturation and relative permeability table values which are used in the scaling
of the hysteresis terms. This item should be defined in the RUNSPEC Section.
If OPTIONS3 item 244 is set to a value of 1, the pre-2010.2 interpretation of the defaulting
mechanism for the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF (Family I) saturation function keywords will
be restored. In some circumstances this can lead to the incorrect construction of the SWFN,
SGFN and SOF3 (Family II) saturation function keywords, which are used internally for
the saturation function calculations, when only one of the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF
keywords is defaulted for a given saturation table number. This item should be defined in
the RUNSPEC Section.
If OPTIONS3 item 245 is set to a value of 1, the pre-2010.2 usage of the process-dependent
relative permeability and capillary pressure end-point tables ENKRVT, ENKRVC, ENPCVT
and ENPCVC will be restored. This is not recommended but has been provided for
backwards compatibility. For 2010.2 onwards, the internal sign of the water-oil capillary
pressure has been corrected when looked up from a process-dependent end-point table and
checks have been added to ensure that the end-point scaling arrays used to report the
process-dependent end-points are allocated appropriately. This item should be specified in
the RUNSPEC section.
GRID section
118
error condition.
For Coal Bed Methane Models, using the multi porosity option and the instant sorption
model, each porosity adds to the rock volume. This behavior has changed so that the total
rock volume of the pore systems is reset to the average total rock volume. It is possible to
change the default by explicit assignment of rock fractions using the ROCKFRAC keyword.
The pre-2009.2 behavior can be obtained by setting item 212 in the OPTIONS3 keyword
to 1.
The functionality of the PINCH keyword has been extended to be compatible with
ECLIPSE 100. If OPTIONS3 switch 209 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1
treatment of the PINCH keyword is restored and items 4 and 5 will be ignored.
time values. Pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 170 of the OPTIONS3
keyword to 2.
Prior to 2010.1, a negative cell thickness calculated from the grid geometry was not flagged
as an error. In 2010.1 a negative cell thickness generates an error but these errors can be
downgraded via OPTIONS3 item 233.
Transmissibility across a pinchout when argument 4 of the PINCH keyword is set to ALL
is now consistent with ECLIPSE 100.

Behavioral Changes
PROPS section
A correction has been made to the calculation of the minimum oil saturation for the Stone
1 relative permeability model with end-point scaling and with either the SOMGAS or the
SOMWAT keyword specified. This correction is only applicable if the critical oil-in-gas
(SOGCR) or critical oil-water (SOWCR) end-point saturations are zero. The pre-2009.2
behavior can be restored by setting item 193 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero
value.
When using the STONE1EX keyword with hysteresis, if the exponent values assigned to a
given grid block are different for drainage and imbibition, for version 2009.2 onwards a
condition.
The SPECHS keyword must now be specified for thermal models in which one or more
components exhibit solid phases. Pre 2009.2 behavior can be restored by setting item 208
of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
keyword to 2.
If OPTIONS3 switch 199 is set to 1, the alternative Ezrokhi calculation is activated.
If OPTIONS3 switch 207 is set to 1, the alternative Jacobian construction for

CO2SOL/H2SSOL/GASSOL is activated.
If OPTIONS3 switch 215 is set to 1, the alternative handling of the ROCK keyword and its
functionality is activated.
If OPTIONS3 switch 221 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior of the
BDENSITY keyword is activated.
Prior to 2010.1, the output of the input oil-water capillary pressure tabular data using the
EPSDEBUG or EPSDBGS keyword reported the data in GRAF format with the sign
reversed as compared to the input data. This sign reversal has now been removed but may
be reinstated by setting item 226 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
The RPTPROPS mnemonics SWF3 and SGF3 now output, in addition to the input
saturation function tables, the 3-phase relative permeabilities for water and gas
respectively, for the IKU3P model.
SOLUTION section
keyword to 2.
SUMMARY section
Summary mnemonics ROPR, RWPR and RGPR now include well and group efficiency
factors in their calculation. Pre-2010.1 behavior may be recovered using item 237 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
SCHEDULE section
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) gives an improved solution for cases where no
water is present in the reservoir.

Behavioral Changes
119
120
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) calculates when to update and retrace
streamlines more efficiently. If item 194 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is positive and
divisible by 2, pre-2009.2 behavior is recovered.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) uses an improved calculation of porosity to

derive the time-of-flight. If item 194 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is positive and divisible
by 3 and 5, pre-2009.2 behavior is recovered.
The WELOPEN, WPIMULT and WSCCLEAN keywords have been modified so that they do
not produce error messages if wells completed in local grid refinements are specified within
them. Instead they now output a warning message and the offending well is skipped.
If OPTIONS3 switch 196 is set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2009.2 behavior
for VELDEP models using radial geometry.
If OPTIONS3 switch 200 is set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 fluid-inplace calculations for any ECLIPSE 300 data set that does not contain COAL or SOLID.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) uses an improved technique to solve LUMPING
tracers. This technique uses total hydrocarbon streamlines instead of separate oil and gas
streamlines. The previous method may be recovered using OPTIONS3 switch 202.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) will now remain active after a fast restart if it is
enabled when the SAVE keyword is used.
Actions defined using ACTIONX with a dynamic well list defined using WDYNLIST have
improved functionality. This change may be reverted to pre-2009.2 behavior by setting
OPTIONS3 item 205 to a positive value.
The calculation of well IPR (Inflow Performance Relation) has been improved. The new
method improves the results for injecting connections, leading to better results from Open
ECLIPSE queries ending IPRA, IPRB and IPRC. The pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored
via item 210 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Lift gas applied to a well using WCONPROD is now applied if the well is opened using
QDRILL. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be recovered by setting OPTIONS3 item 211to a nonzero value.
keyword to 2.
Prior to 2009.2, a blackoil approximation was used to calculate the pressure drop in
multisegment well segments with an associated VFP table. A full flash calculation is now
performed. The pre-2009.2 behavior can be restored via item 204 of the OPTIONS3
keyword.
For 2010.1, the PINCH keyword has been extended to include items 4 and 5. These
additional items can be ignored, as was the pre-2010.1 behavior, by setting item 209 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
The application of drilling time and workover time through WDRILTIM and GRUPRIG has
been improved. Pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 216 of the OPTIONS3
keyword to a non-zero value.
The pre-2010.1 behavior for thermal heavy-oil equilibration can be restored by setting item
217 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
The default for the TRANGE keyword Item 2 (the maximum temperature expected) is
modified to 2000 C. The allowable lower limit for Item 1 (the minimum temperature
expected) is -100 C and that for Item 2 is 1 C.

Behavioral Changes
The pre-2010.1 thermal temperature limits can be restored by setting item 218 of the
The pre-2010.1 thermal rock-filled convergence method can be restored by setting item 219
The behavior for keywords WTADD and WTMULT when used with UDQ has been improved.
There will be behavioral changes between 2010.1 and pre-2010.1 versions. The second
item (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item (Item 4) is also added to specify
the number of subsequent report steps at which the addition/multiplication will be
performed.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) uses an improved method for tracing
streamlines; well connections are now handled in a more advanced manner.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) now calculates the number of streamlines to trace
using element 3 of LAGTRAC and the number of active cells. Previously the total number
of cells was used.
If OPTIONS3 switch 223 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 treatment of updating
the well PI for the rock-crushing option (using the ROCKTAB and ROCKTABH keywords)
is used. This will only affect summary output for the completion connection factor, CTFAC.
Prior to 2010.1, the cancellation of fluid import to or export from a segment using the
WSEGEXSS keyword (by setting the import/export type to NONE) resulted in the
cancellation of import to or export from all segments associated with the well defined using
the WSEGEXSS keyword, if the cancellation was applied to the first segment previously
defined for import or export. From 2010.1 onwards, if the cancellation is applied to the first
segment, the import to or export from any other segments defined using this keyword is
unaffected. Pre 2010.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 224 of the OPTIONS3
The composition of the wellbore fluid for cross-flowing wells is better estimated before the
well solve to facilitate improved reservoir volume rate control. Pre-2010.1 behavior may
be recovered using OPTIONS3 item 227.
Gas accounting takes better account of well and group efficiency factors when calculating
re-injection quantities. Pre-2010.1 behavior may be recovered using OPTIONS3 item 229.
The well model now takes better account of group efficiency factors (GEFAC) when setting
group rate targets when an intermediate, unconstrained group is present. The pre-2010.1
behavior may be recovered by using OPTIONS3 switch 230.
The asphaltene deposition model has been improved for 2010.1. The pre-2010.1 behavior
can be restored via OPTIONS3 item 231.
The WELSEGS keyword now uses the correct default value for the top segment volume.
Pre-2010.1 behavior may be recovered using OPTIONS3 switch 234.
The transmissibility and diffusivity for dual and multi porosity connections now use the
simulation grid cell bulk volume and not the sum of the cell pore volume and cell rock
volume. For most cases these will be equal, but for thermal and Coal Bed Methane runs the
assignment of rock volume might result in differences. The pre-2010.1 can be restored by
setting this item to 235 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
The behavior when failing to converge in a thermal simulation has been improved. This
includes not chopping on a minimum timestep until the maximum number of Newton
iterations have been solved. The pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored by setting item to 236
of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.

Behavioral Changes
121
If item 238 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 method
for interpreting group injection inheritance rules will be restored. For 2010.1, the group
injection inheritance linkage is automatically re-evaluated when the injection fluid changes
to ensure that the correct fluid properties are used.
If item 239 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 method
for inferring injection gas injection composition from GINJGAS when using WCONINJH
will be restored. In some cases, it has been found that the injection gas composition is not
correctly inferred when using GINJGAS with WCONINJH and without group control. This
has been rectified in 2010.1.
The behavior when using OPTIONS3 item 43 with a value of 2 has changed. Prior to
2010.1 this switch suppressed the output of an error message whilst now it suppresses the
output of a warning message.
The composition used in the SORMW1 feature has been modified. The pre-2009.2 behavior
can be restored via OPTIONS3 item 195.
ODD3P Relative Permeability and Capillary Pressure

Hysteresis Model
A correction has been made to the calculation of the derivatives associated with the scaling
of the saturation end-points for the ODD3P relative permeability and capillary pressure
hysteresis option. Pre 2009.2 behavior can be restored using the OPTODD3P keyword.
Equation of State
If OPTIONS3 switch 228 is set to 1 or 3, the pre-2010.1 EoS cubic root selection method
is used for the saturation pressure calculation in flash. If OPTIONS3 switch 228 is set to 2
or 3, the pre-2010.1 EoS cubic root selection method is used for the single-phase molar
density calculation in flash.
OPTIONS3 switch 189 has been modified. Now, by default, a rigorous density inversion
check is performed after scalar flash. If this switch is set to -1, the check will not be
performed. If set to 2, this activates the density inversion check during the vector flash as
well as the post-scalar flash.
OPTIONS3 switch 241 can be set to 1 to restore the pre-2010.2 behavior for all post-2010.1
changes in the flash calculation.
The ab-initio saturation pressure calculation has been improved. OPTIONS3 switch 241
can be set to 2 to restore the pre-2010.2 behavior.
The pressure bracket for Gibbs Free Energy minimization in the saturation pressure
calculation has been modified. OPTIONS3 switch 241 can be set to 3 to restore the pre2010.2 behavior.
INIT File NNC Output
122
The default order of .INIT output data for non-neighbor connections between global cells
is now consistent with the order used in restart and .FLUX files. The option OLDORNNC has
been added to the PETOPTS keyword to allow for back-compatibility.

Behavioral Changes
New Keywords
New Keywords in ECLIPSE 100
GRID section
Table 5.48
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
RPTINIT
The keyword has been added to allow the user to control GRID and EDIT output
mnemonics, only PORV and the mnemonics specified will be output to the .INIT
or .FINIT file. This has been extended to include cartesian LGRs, radial LGRs and
nested LGRs.
PROPS section
Table 5.49
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
GRAVCONS
This keyword has been added to allow the user to override the defaulted gravity
constant value.
TRACERKM
This keyword has been added to specify partitioning functions for multi-partitioned
tracers.
SUMMARY section
Table 5.50
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
NLINSMIN
Output the actual minimum number of linear iterations in the Newton iterations
within each time step.
NLINSMAX
Output the actual maximum number of linear iterations in the Newton iterations
FTIP#XXX
Outputs field tracer in place for tracer XXX in phase #.
RTIP#XXX
Outputs region tracer in place for tracer XXX in phase #.
BTIP#XXX
Outputs block tracer in place for tracer XXX in phase #.
RTFT#XXX
Outputs inter-region flow of tracer XXX in phase #.
BTCN#XXX
Outputs block concentration of tracer XXX in phase #.

New Keywords
123
Table 5.50
124
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
CVIRL
Gives the injection flow rate in a lumped completion. Numerically equivalent to

CVFRL but the sign is reversed.
WXXXL
Exact equivalents to the matching CXXXL lumped completion mnemonics,

except that the lumped connection number is specified in place of the indexes.
W/G/FOPRT
Well/group/field oil production rate target/limit.
W/G/FWPRT
Well/group/field water production rate target/limit.
W/G/FGPRT
Well/group/field gas production rate target/limit.
W/G/FLPRT
Well/group/field liquid production rate target/limit.
W/G/FJPRT
Well/group/field linearly combined production rate target/limit.
W/G/FVPRT
Well/group/field reservoir volume production rate target/limit.
W/G/FOIRT
Well/group/field oil injection rate target/limit.
W/G/FWIRT
Well/group/field water injection rate target/limit.
W/G/FGIRT
Well/group/field gas injection rate target/limit.
W/G/FVIRT
Well/group/field reservoir volume injection rate target/limit.
AAQTD
Aquifer dimensionless time (Carter-Tracy aquifers only)
AAQPD
Aquifer dimensionless pressure (Carter-Tracy aquifers only)
MEMORYTS
Outputs the maximum current memory usage across processors as reported by

the operating system.
NBYTOT
Outputs the peak usage of dynamically allocated memory as reported the

simulator internal memory allocator. Note that some memory allocations are
performed by other mechanisms and are not accounted for by this summary
quantity. In parallel, this is the maximum across processors.
CVIR
Gives the injection flow rate in a completion. Numerically equivalent to CVFR

but the sign is reversed.
FOSPR
Target sustainable rate for the most recent sustainable capacity test for oil.
FOSRL
Maximum tested rate sustained for the test period during the most recent
sustainable capacity test for oil.
FOSRU
Minimum tested rate not sustained for the test period during the most recent
FOSSP
Period for which the target sustainable rate could be maintained for the most
recent sustainable capacity test for oil. If the target sustainable rate was
maintained for the entire test period, this is equal to the test period.
FOSTP
Test period for the most recent sustainable capacity test for oil.
GOSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for oil.
GOSRL
GOSRU
GOSSP
recent sustainable capacity test for oil. If the target sustainable rate was
GOSTP
FWSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for water.

New Keywords
Table 5.50
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FWSRL
sustainable capacity test for water.
FWSRU
FWSSP
recent sustainable capacity test for water. If the target sustainable rate was
FWSTP
Test period for the most recent sustainable capacity test for water.
GWSPR
Target sustainable rate for the most recent sustainable capacity test for water.
GWSRL
GWSRU
GWSSP
recent sustainable capacity test for water. If the target sustainable rate was
GWSTP
RGPTF
Requests output of the regional free gas production total.
RGPTS
Requests output of the regional solution gas production total.
RGPRF
Requests output of the regional free gas production rate.
RGPRS
Requests output of the regional solution gas production rate.
SCHEDULE section
Table 5.51
SCHEDULE Keywords
Keyword
Description
TIME
This keyword has been added to ECLIPSE 100 to allow the times of report
steps to be specified. Previously this was only available in ECLIPSE 300.
EXCAVATE
Allows the user to specify grid blocks to be removed from the simulation
during a run.

New Keywords
125

GRID section
Table 5.52
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
RPTINIT
The keyword has been added to allow the user to control GRID and EDIT output
mnemonics, only PORV and the mnemonics specified will be output to the .INIT
or .FINIT file. This has been extended to include cartesian LGRs, radial LGRs and
nested LGRs.
ROCKFRAC
Set rock volume from a fractional value multiplied with the grid cell bulk volume.
PROPS section
The new PROPS section keywords are;
Table 5.53
126
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
GRAVCONS
This keyword has been added to allow the user to override the defaulted gravity
constant value.
MIXWPERM
Activates an alternative (mixed) water relative permeability calculation.
MIXACTO
Used to specify the oil activity functions for soluble components.
MIXACTG
Used to specify the gas activity functions for soluble components.
TRANGE
This keyword is now allowed to be set in PROPS section. The default for Items 1
and 2 (the minimum and maximum temperature expected) are 1 C and 2000 C,
respectively. The allowable lower limit for Item 1 is -100 C and that for Item 2 is 1
C.
ROCKPMAT
Used to specify the Thermal Palmer-Mansoori rock model.
ACTCO2S
Used to specify the CO2 activity coefficient model.
ROCKTRMX
Allows the user to input transmissibility variation parameters for each grid cell in
the X-direction.
ROCKTRMY
the Y-direction.
ROCKTRMZ
the Z-direction.

New Keywords
SUMMARY section
Table 5.54
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FAGIP
Field gas in place (aqueous phase) - compatible with the CO2SOL, H2SSOL and
GASSOL options.
BWIP
Block water in place.
NLINSMIN
Output the actual minimum number of linear iterations in the Newton iterations
NLINSMAX
Output the actual maximum number of linear iterations in the Newton iterations
TCPUTR
Total CPU time used in tracer calculations.
TCPUTRSV
Total CPU time used in tracer calculations by implicit solver.
TCPULGTR
Total CPU time used in LAGTRAC streamline tracing.
TCPULGSV
Total CPU time used in the LAGTRAC tracer solver.
RCOM
Regional molar amount of component dissolved in oil.
RCWM
Regional molar amount of component dissolved in water.
RCGMI
Regional molar amount of component trapped in gas.
RCGMM
Regional molar amount of component mobile in gas.
ROIR
Region oil injection rate.
RGIR
Region gas injection rate.
RWIR
Region water injection rate.
ROIT
Region oil injection total.
RGIT
Region gas injection total.
RWIT
Region water injection total.
FOSPR
Target sustainable rate for the most recent sustainable capacity test for oil.
FOSRL
FOSRU
FOSSP
Period for which the target sustainable rate could be maintained for the most recent
sustainable capacity test for oil. If the target sustainable rate was maintained for
the entire test period, this is equal to the test period.
FOSTP
GOSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for oil.
GOSRL
GOSRU
GOSSP
sustainable capacity test for oil. If the target sustainable rate was maintained for
GOSTP

New Keywords
127
Table 5.54
128
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FWSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for water.
FWSRL
FWSRU
FWSSP
sustainable capacity test for water. If the target sustainable rate was maintained for
FWSTP
GWSPR
Target sustainable rate for the most recent sustainable capacity test for water.
GWSRL
GWSRU
GWSSP
sustainable capacity test for water. If the target sustainable rate was maintained for
GWSTP
CVPRL
Gives the production flow rate in a lumped completion. Identical to CVFRL.
CVIRL
Gives the injection flow rate in a lumped completion. Numerically equivalent to

CVFRL but the sign is reversed.
WXXXL
Exact equivalents to the matching CXXXL lumped completion mnemonics, except

that the lumped connection number is specified in place of the indexes.
W/G/FOPRT
Well/group/field oil production rate target/limit.
W/G/FWPRT
Well/group/field water production rate target/limit.
W/G/FGPRT
Well/group/field gas production rate target/limit.
W/G/FLPRT
Well/group/field liquid production rate target/limit.
W/G/FJPRT
Well/group/field linearly combined production rate target/limit.
W/G/FVPRT
Well/group/field reservoir volume production rate target/limit.
W/G/FOIRT
Well/group/field oil injection rate target/limit.
W/G/FWIRT
Well/group/field water injection rate target/limit.
W/G/FGIRT
Well/group/field gas injection rate target/limit.
W/G/FVIRT
Well/group/field reservoir volume injection rate target/limit.
AAQTD
Aquifer dimensionless time (Carter-Tracy aquifers only)
AAQPD
Aquifer dimensionless pressure (Carter-Tracy aquifers only)
MEMORYTS
Outputs the maximum current memory usage across processors as reported by the
operating system.
NBYTOT
Outputs the peak usage of dynamically allocated memory as reported the simulator
internal memory allocator. Note that some memory allocations are performed by
other mechanisms and are not accounted for by this summary quantity. In parallel,
this is the maximum across processors.
CVPR
Gives the production flow rate in a completion. Identical to CVFR.
CVIR
Gives the injection flow rate in a completion. Numerically equivalent to CVFR but
the sign is reversed.

New Keywords
Table 5.54
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
WDOPR
Secondary well oil production rate.
WDWPR
Secondary well water production rate.
WDGPR
Secondary well gas production rate.
WDLPR
Secondary well liquid production rate.
WDVPR
Secondary well reservoir volume production rate.
WDOPT
Secondary well oil production total.
WDWPT
Secondary well water production total.
WDGPT
Secondary well gas production total.
WDLPT
Secondary well liquid production total.
WDVPT
Secondary well reservoir volume production total.
WDWIR
Secondary well water injection rate.
WDGIR
Secondary well gas injection rate.
WDWIT
Secondary well water injection total.
WDGIT
Secondary well gas injection total.
WDOGR
Secondary well oil-gas ratio.
WDGOR
Secondary well gas-oil ratio.
WDGLR
Secondary well gas-liquid ratio.
WDWGR
Secondary well water-gas ratio.
WDWCT
Secondary well water cut.
WDTEM
Secondary well temperature.
WDPR
Secondary well pressure.
GDOPR
Group oil production rate including secondary well contributions.
GDWPR
Group water production rate including secondary well contributions.
GDGPR
Group gas production rate including secondary well contributions.
GDLPR
Group liquid production rate including secondary well contributions.
GDVPR
Group reservoir volume production rate including secondary well contributions.
GDOPT
Group oil production total including secondary well contributions.
GDWPT
Group water production total including secondary well contributions.
GDGPT
Group gas production total including secondary well contributions.
GDLPT
Group liquid production total including secondary well contributions.
GDVPT
Group reservoir volume production total including secondary well contributions.
GDWIR
Group water injection rate including secondary well contributions
GDGIR
Group gas injection rate including secondary well contributions.
GDWIT
Group water injection total including secondary well contributions.
GDGIT
Group gas injection total including secondary well contributions.
GDOGR
Group oil-gas ratio including secondary well contributions.
GDGOR
Group gas-oil ratio including secondary well contributions.
GDGLR
Group gas-liquid ratio including secondary well contributions.
GDWGR
Group water-gas ratio including secondary well contributions.
GDWCT
Group water cut including secondary well contributions.

New Keywords
129
Table 5.54
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FDOPR
Field oil production rate including secondary well contributions.
FDWPR
Field water production rate including secondary well contributions.
FDGPR
Field gas production rate including secondary well contributions.
FDLPR
Field liquid production rate including secondary well contributions.
FDVPR
Field reservoir volume production rate including secondary well contributions.
FDOPT
Field oil production total including secondary well contributions.
FDWPT
Field water production total including secondary well contributions.
FDGPT
Field gas production total including secondary well contributions.
FDLPT
Field liquid production total including secondary well contributions.
FDVPT
Field reservoir volume production total including secondary well contributions.
FDWIR
Field water injection rate including secondary well contributions
FDGIR
Field gas injection rate including secondary well contributions.
FDWIT
Field injection total including secondary well contributions.
FDGIT
Field gas injection total including secondary well contributions.
FDOGR
Field oil-gas ratio including secondary well contributions.
FDGOR
Field gas-oil ratio including secondary well contributions.
FDGLR
Field gas-liquid ratio including secondary well contributions.
FDWGR
Field water-gas ratio including secondary well contributions.
FDWCT
Field water cut including secondary well contributions.
SCHEDULE section
Table 5.55
130
SCHEDULE keyword
Keyword
Description
RPRKPAME
Output rock compaction ROCKPAME pore volume and permeability multipliers

versus pressure for a given cell.
SCONPROD
Specify secondary well production controls.
SCONINJE
Specify secondary well injection controls.
STEST
Test whether a closed secondary well should be reopened.
WSEGWELL
Associate a segment of a multisegment well with a secondary well name.

New Keywords
Altered Keywords
Altered Keywords in ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
Table 5.56
Keyword
Description
UDQDIMS
Item 11 has been added to this keyword. This can be used to request that a new
random number generator seed is computed for restart cases, as opposed to using
the seed from the base case simulation. This seed affects the new UDQ functions
RRNDN and RRNDU.
UDADIMS
The UDADIMS keyword has been redefined. Item 1 specifies the number of
keyword arguments in which UDQs replace numeric values. Item 2 has been
retained for back compatibility. Item 3 specifies the number of instances in which
a UDQ is used in a keyword argument.
PETOPTS
A new NEWTRAN mnemonic has been added to this keyword for compatibility
with ECLIPSE 300. It has no effect.
REGDIMS
New items 8 and 9 have been added to this keyword. These can be used to specify
the maximum number of work arrays, double precision and integer respectively,
for use with the OPERATE and OPERATER keywords.
WELLDIMS
Item 11 of this keyword can now be used to specify the maximum number of lists
that a well may belong to at any one time.
WSEGSOLV
The default values of items 3 and 4 have been modified. There is also a new item
6 which sets the gradient linearization limit for ICD segments
GRID section
Table 5.57
Keyword
Description
OPERATE
This keyword has been extended to allow the use of work arrays, and to include
OPERATER
JFUNC
Invalid entries for items 1 and 6 will result in an error condition.
JFUNCR
Invalid entries for items 1 and 6 will result in an error condition.

Altered Keywords
131
EDIT section
Table 5.58
Keyword
Description
OPERATE
OPERATER
PROPS section
Table 5.59
Keyword
Description
RPTPROPS
If output of the PVTO tables is selected, the interpolated versions of the tables will
also be printed if API tracking has been specified
OPERATE
OPERATER
TRACER
The fourth item of this keyword now accepts the value MULT which specifies a
multi-partitioned tracer.
TRACER
A sixth item of this keyword was added to specify the phase concentration to use
in adsorption calculations for partitioned tracers.
TRDCY
This keyword was extended to allow specification of individual tracer decay halflife for each phase that a tracer partitions into.
TRDIF
This keyword was extended to allow specification of individual tracer diffusion

coefficients for each phase that a tracer partitions into.
RPTPROPS
If used with multi-partitioned tracers, the mnemonics TRADS, TRROCK and

TRDCY now output adsorption data, tables of partitioning coefficients and decay
and diffusions parameters for each phase that the tracer partitions into.
REGIONS section
Table 5.60
132
Keyword
Description
OPERATE
OPERATER

Altered Keywords
SOLUTION section
Table 5.61
Keyword
Description
OPERATE
OPERATER
RPTSOL
If used with multi-partitioned tracers, the mnemonic TRACER in now outputs

tracer concentrations for each phase that the tracer partitions into.
OPERATER
This keyword has been extended to have a seventh argument, which specifies a
fluid-in-place region set to use instead of OPERNUM.
SUMMARY section
The altered SUMMARY keywords are:
Table 5.62
Keyword
Description
C* and LC*
All completion SUMMARY mnemonics (beginning with C) and local completion

SUMMARY mnemonics (beginning with LC) now allow the well name to be
defaulted using the wildcard character *.
SCHEDULE section
Table 5.63
Keyword
Description
UDQ
This keyword has been extended to include two new functions, RRNDU and
RRNDN, which use a different random number generator seed value for each
simulation. These new functions are similar to the existing RANDU and RANDN
functions but those functions use a fixed seed value that is set in the UDQPARAM
keyword.
CECON
Some of the items of this keyword can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item 6
- Maximum water cut (water-liquid ratio); Item 7 - Maximum gas-oil ratio; Item 8
- Maximum water-gas ratio; Item 11- Minimum oil production rate; and Item 12 Minimum gas production rate.
GCONPRI
Some of the items of this keyword can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item 2Oil production rate upper limit; Item 4 - Water production rate upper limit; Item 6 Gas production rate upper limit; Item 8 - Liquid production rate upper limit; Item
10 - Reservoir fluid volume production rate upper limit; Item 11 - Reservoir
volume production balancing fraction upper limit; and Item 16 - Linearly
combined rate target or upper limit.

Altered Keywords
133
Table 5.63
Keyword
Description
GCONSUMP
Items 2 and 3 can be set using UDQs.
GSSCPTST
Added the ORAT and WRAT control modes in the options list of item 2.
GTADD
The second and third items (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item
(Item 4) is also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which
the addition will be performed.
GTMULT
The second and third items (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item
(Item 4) is also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which
the multiplication will be performed.
WSEGTABL
Item 8 of this keyword (the ALQ value used in a table look-up) can be set using a
UDQ.
WTADD
The second item (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item (Item 4) is
also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the addition
will be performed.
WTMULT
also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the
LINCOM
All items can be set using a UDQ.
RPTSCHED
If used with multi-partitioned tracers, the mnemonic TRACER in now outputs

tracer concentrations for each phase that the tracer partitions into.
WLIST
Wells may now belong to more than one list at a a time, up to a maximum specified
by item 11 of WELLDIMS.
WLISTNAM
Wells may now belong to more than one list at a a time, up to a maximum specified
by item 11 of WELLDIMS.
OPTIONS keyword
Table 5.64
134
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
123
This option affects the behavior of Carter-Tracy aquifer influence function tables.
In 2009.1, the interpolation of influence function tables has been improved. The
handling of extrapolated data was modified in 2009.2. In 2010.1, the default
Carter-Tracy influence table has been extended to cover larger dimensionless time
values. If set to 1, the pre-2009.1 behavior is restored. If set to 2, the 2009.1
behavior is restored. If set to 3, the 2009.2 behavior is restored.
140
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for the interpolation of PVTO
tables for API tracking is restored. For the 2009.2 version onwards the
interpolation procedure has been modified to avoid duplicate Rs nodes which
could occur for some combinations of table data and minimum Rs node
separations.
141
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting non-neighbor

connections within coarsened cells is restored. For 2009.2 onwards, the NNC ends
may be moved to a different coarsened cell to avoid the situation where, after
coarsening, a fault NNC no longer crosses its fault. This new algorithm may also
cause slight changes in the transmissibility of other NNCs.

Altered Keywords
Table 5.64
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
142
Reserved for future use.
143
If set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 behavior for the reporting of
partitioned tracer flowrates in river reaches.
144
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for calculating flow rate limits
for the WELDRAW keyword is used.
145
As explained in item 12 of WELSPECS, the hydrostatic heads calculated using

segmented densities in the wellbore are damped to reduce the likelihood of
stability problems. This is done by combining values from the previous time step
with those of the current time step in a weighted average. An error has been
identified in the implementation of this damping which meant that more damping
was being applied than intended. This error has been fixed in the 2010.1 version of
the simulator but has not been made the default behavior as it may result in
changes in simulation results. The correct damping can be applied by setting this
item to a non-zero value.
146
If set to a non-zero value, fluid in place calculations include contributions from

excavated cells.
147
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior is restored for relative

permeability interpolation based on capillary number in the Surfactant Model. For
the 2010.1 version onwards the interpolation between immiscible and miscible
relative permeability curves is only performed for blocks with a non-zero
surfactant concentration. The immiscible curves are used for blocks with a zero
surfactant concentration.
148
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior of river infiltration equations in

the unsaturated regime is restored.
149
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior is restored for solving tracers in
combination with Multisegment Wells (MSWs). For the 2010.1 version onwards,
an error has been fixed in the coupled iterative solution of the tracers which
previously led to wrong tracer rates and concentrations in the MSW segments. The
change affects single phase, two phase and partitioned tracers.
150
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior is restored for GECON

argument 8. For the 2010.1 version onwards, the simulation will not be stopped if a
group includes a follow-on well due to be opened in the next time step.
151
152
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior for the RPTRST mnemonic
RFIP is restored. The pre-2010.1 behavior calculated reservoir fluid-in-place to be
surface fluid-in-place multiplied by formation volume factor. From 2010.1, this is
calculated as pore volume multiplied by saturation.

Altered Keywords
135

RUNSPEC section
Table 5.65
136
Keyword
Description
UDQDIMS
Item 11 has been added to this keyword. This can be used to request that a new
random number generator seed is computed for restart cases (as opposed to using
the seed from the base case simulation). This seed affects the new UDQ functions
RRNDN and RRNDU.
UDADIMS
The UDADIMS keyword has been redefined. Item 1 specifies the number of
keyword arguments in which UDQs replace numeric values. Item 2 has been
retained for back compatibility. Item 3 specifies the number of instances in which a
UDQ is used in a keyword argument.
EOS
The EOS keyword when specified in the RUNSPEC section must have EoS models
specified for all EoS regions. Previously only one EoS region model had to be
specified. This does not affect the EOS keyword when specified in the PROPS
section.
PETOPTS
A new OLDORNNC mnemonic has been added to this keyword which reverts the
order of the .INIT file data for non-neighbor connections between global cells to
that seen pre-2010.1.
PETOPTS
A new NEWTRAN mnemonic has been added to this keyword. This forces fault
transmissibilities to be calculated even for corner point geometry, which is
necessary for the correct treatment of coarsened cells containing faults.
JALS
A new item 4 has been added to this keyword. This can be used to switch on an
extra residual check.
REGDIMS
New items 8 and 9 have been added to this keyword. These can be used to specify
the maximum number of work arrays, double precision and integer respectively,
for use with the OPERATE and OPERATER keywords.
WSEGSOLV
The default values of items 3 and 4 have been modified. There is also a new item 6
which sets the gradient linearization limit for ICD segments.
WELLDIMS
A new item 13 has been added to this keyword. This can be used to specify the
maximum number of secondary wells in the simulation. If unspecified, the default
value is 10.
ROCKCOMP
A new item TPLM-MAN has been added to this keyword. This can be used to
specify the Thermal Palmer-Mansoori model.
ROCKCOMP
Items 4 and 5 have been added to define a model which can be used to specify the
dependence of transmissibility on fluid porosity.
PETOPTS
A new mnemonic, EDITSUPP, has been added to this keyword which

suppresses warning messages that could be output due to NNCs not being
found while reading the EDITNNC or EDITNNCR data.

Altered Keywords
GRID section
Table 5.66
Keyword
Description
PINCH
Items 4 and 5 are now available in ECLIPSE 300 as well as ECLIPSE 100. They
allow extra control over the calculation of pinchout transmissibility.
OPERATE
OPERATER
RPTGRID
This keyword has been expanded to allow the user to output DPNUM information
to the .PRT file.
RPTGRIDL
This keyword has been expanded to allow the user to output DPNUM information to
the .PRT file.
PERMMF
This keyword can now be used with EQUALS.
EDIT section
Table 5.67
Keyword
Description
OPERATE
OPERATER
PROPS section
Table 5.68
Keyword
Description
OPTODD3P
Item 1 of this keyword is now defaulted to a value of 4 which selects the 2009.2
onwards version of the ODD3P relative permeability and capillary pressure
hysteresis option. Pre 2009.2 behavior can be restored by selecting other
values for this item.

Altered Keywords
137
Table 5.68
Keyword
Description
RPTPROPS
Mnemonics SWF3 and SGF3 now output, in addition to the input saturation
function tables, the 3-phase relative permeabilities for water and gas respectively,
for the IKU3P model.
OPERATE
OPERATER
REGIONS section
Table 5.69
Altered REGIONS keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
OPERATE
OPERATER
SOLUTION section
Table 5.70
138
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
formation-volume-factors not molar densities.
OPERATE
OPERATER
OPERATER
This keyword has been extended to have a seventh argument, which specifies a
fluid-in-place region set to use instead of OPERNUM.

Altered Keywords
SUMMARY section
Table 5.71
Mnemonic
Description
C* and LC*
All completion SUMMARY mnemonics (beginning with C) and local completion

SUMMARY mnemonics (beginning with LC) now allow the well name to be
defaulted (by using the wildcard character *).
RWPR
Group and well efficiency factors are now included in region water production
rates.
ROPR
Group and well efficiency factors are now included in region oil production rates.
RGPR
Group and well efficiency factors are now included in region gas production rates.
SCHEDULE section
Table 5.72
Keyword
Description
ADDREG
This keyword may be used in the SCHEDULE section. However, this is a

specialist facility. Regions (pre-defined by the FIPxxxx keyword in the
REGIONS section) can be used in item 4. This will allow the following arrays to
be modified: DIFFMMF, MULSGGD(V), MULTSIG(V), MULTX/Y/Z,
PERMX/Y/Z, PORO, SIGMA(V) and WORK(1/2).
CECON
Some of the items of this keyword can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item 6
- Maximum water cut (water-liquid ratio); Item 7 - Maximum gas-oil ratio; Item 8
- Maximum water-gas ratio; Item 11- Minimum oil production rate; and Item 12 Minimum gas production rate.
EQUALREG
This keyword may be used in SCHEDULE section. However, this is a specialist

facility. Regions (pre-defined by the FIPxxxx keyword in the REGIONS section)
can be used in item 4. This will allow the following arrays to be modified:
DIFFMMF, MULSGGD(V), MULTSIG(V), MULTX/Y/Z, PERMX/Y/Z, PORO,
SIGMA(V) and WORK(1/2).
GCONPRI
Some of the items of this keyword can be set using a UDQ. These items are: Item
2- Oil production rate upper limit; Item 4 - Water production rate upper limit; Item
6 - Gas production rate upper limit; Item 8 - Liquid production rate upper limit;
Item 10 - Reservoir fluid volume production rate upper limit; Item 11 - Reservoir
volume production balancing fraction upper limit; Item 12 - Wet gas production
rate upper limit; Item 14 - Surface gas volume production balancing fraction upper
limit; Item 15 - Surface water volume production balancing fraction upper limit;
and Item 16 - Linearly combined rate target or upper limit.
GSSCPTST
Added the ORAT and WRAT control modes in the options list of item 2.
GTADD
also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the addition
will be performed.
GTMULT
also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the

Altered Keywords
139
Table 5.72
Keyword
Description
LINCOM
All items may be set using a UDQ.
MULTIREG

facility. Regions (pre-defined by the FIPxxxx keyword in the REGIONS
section) can be used in Item 4. This will allow the following arrays to be modified:
DIFFMMF, MULSGGD(V), MULTSIG(V), MULTX/Y/Z, PERMX/Y/Z,
PORO, SIGMA(V) and WORK(1/2).
OPERATER

facility. Regions (pre-defined by the FIPxxxx keyword in the REGIONS section)
can be used in item 7 instead of OPERNUM. This will allow the following arrays to
be modified: DIFFMMF, MULSGGD(V), MULTSIG(V), MULTX/Y/Z,
PERMX/Y/Z, PORO, SIGMA(V) and WORK(1/2).
RPTRST
The RPTRST keyword now allows the BG, BO and BW mnemonics.These are phase
formation-volume-factors not molar densities.
RPTRST
When BASIC=2 or RESTART is used with thermal runs containing the ENKRVT
keyword restart output will be generated for PKRG, PKRO, PKRW, PKRGE, PKRWE,
PKROGE and PKROWE. These are processed or temperature-scaled relative
permeabilities.
RPTRST
When BASIC=2 or RESTART is used with thermal runs containing the ENPCVT
keyword restart output will be generated for PPCG and PPCW. These are processed
or temperature-scaled capillary pressures.
TRANGE
The default for the Item 2 (the maximum temperature expected) is modified to
2000 C. The allowable lower limit for Item 1 (the minimum temperature
expected) is -100 C and that for Item 2 is 1 C.
UDQ
This keyword has been extended to include two new functions, RRNDU and
RRNDN, which use a different random number generator seed value for each
simulation. These new functions are similar to the existing RANDU and RANDN
functions but those functions use a fixed seed value that was set in the
UDQPARAM keyword.
WECONCMF
Item 3 of this keyword (the maximum mole fraction) can be set using a UDQ.
WELOPEN
This keyword no longer produces an error message if wells completed in a local

grid refinement are specified in it. Instead a warning message is output and the
offending well is skipped.
WPIMULT

WSCCLEAN

WSEGTABL
Item 8 of this keyword (the ALQ value used in a table look-up) can be set using a
UDQ.
WTADD
The second item (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item (Item 4)
is also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the
140

Altered Keywords
Table 5.72
Keyword
Description
WTMULT
The second item (control quantity) can be set using a UDQ. A new item (Item 4)
is also added to specify the number of subsequent report steps at which the
MULTPV
This keyword can be used to modify the pore volumes during the run.
WINJEDET
The second and subsequent items of this keyword can be set using a UDQ.
OPTIONS3 keyword
Table 5.73
Switch
Description
43
The behavior of this switch has changed when a value of 2 is specified. Prior to
2010.1, it suppressed the output of an error message, but now it suppresses the
output of a warning message.
170
If set to 1, the pre-2009.1 behavior for the interpolation of the Carter-Tracy aquifer
influence function tables is restored. If set to 2 the pre-2010.1 behavior for the
default Carter-Tracy aquifer influence function table is restored.
189
OPTIONS3 switch 189 has been modified. Now, by default, a rigorous density
inversion check is performed after scalar flash. If this switch is set to -1, the check
will not be performed. If set to 2, this activates the density inversion check during
the vector flash as well as the post-scalar flash.
193
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior is restored for the calculation of
the minimum oil saturation for the Stone 1 relative permeability model with endpoint scaling and with either the SOMGAS or the SOMWAT keyword specified.
This switch is only relevant if the critical oil-in-gas (SOGCR) or critical oil-water
(SOWCR) end-point saturations are zero.
194
If set to a positive value, pre-2009.2 LAGTRAC calculations are recovered:
If divisible by 2, streamline update and retrace times are calculated as

they were for 2009.1.
If divisible by 3, streamline tracing uses the 2009.1 cell porosity

calculation.
If divisible by 5, streamline tracing ignores rock compressibility.
If divisible by 7, streamline flow rates are calculated using the 2009.1

well/group efficiency method.
195
If set to a positive value, the pre-2009.2 SORMW1 initial compositional is used.

That composition consists of a SORMW1 fraction of (xi*mi) where xi is the liquid
fraction and mi is the molar density.
196
If set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2009.2 behavior for VELDEP
models using radial geometry.

Altered Keywords
141
Table 5.73
Switch
Description
197
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting non-neighbor

connections within coarsened cells is restored. For 2009.2 onwards, the NNC ends
may be moved to a different coarsened cell to avoid the situation where, after
coarsening, a fault NNC no longer crosses its fault. This new algorithm may also
cause slight changes in the transmissibility of other NNCs.
198
For developer use.
199
If set to 1, this enables an alternative Ezrokhi calculation.
200
If set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 fluid-in-place calculation for
any ECLIPSE 300 data set that does not contain COAL or SOLID.
201
This item affects the method used to calculate the SUMMARY mnemonics BOIP,
BGIP, BOIPL, BOIPG, BGIPL and BGIPG. It also affects the vectors output in the
restart file when using SFIP in RPTRST.
If set to 1, the SUMMARY mnemonics and the vectors are calculated

using the separators defined by FIPSEP and the regions defined by
FIPNUM.
If set to 2, this reverts to the pre-2010.1 behavior where the SUMMARY

options are calculated using the separators defined by FIPSEP and the
vectors are calculated using the separator defined by FIELDSEP.
Otherwise, SUMMARY options and vectors are calculated using the separator
defined by FIELDSEP.
202
If set to a positive value, pre-2010.1 LAGTRAC calculations are recovered.
If divisible by 2 the pre-2010.1 method for solving LUMPING tracers

is used.
If divisible by 3 the pre-2010.1 handling of well connections is used.
If divisible by 5 the pre-2010.1 calculation of the number of

streamlines to be traced is used.
203
If set to a positive value, then LUMPING tracers solved using LAGTRAC are
renormalized using an alternative method. LUMPING tracers will be constrained to
lie between the previous time-step solution and the un-renormalized solution for
each cell, and therefore may not sum to the lumped carrier component density.
204
If set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2009.2 calculation method for
segments whose pressure drop is defined using VFP tables.
205
If set to a positive value, this enables the pre-2009.2 behavior of ACTIONX with
WDYNLIST.
206
Require that two successive Newton iterations converge.
207
If set to 1, this activates the alternative Jacobian construction for
CO2SOL/H2SSOL/GASSOL.
142
208
If set to a non-zero value, pre 2009.2 behavior is restored whereby the SPECHS
keyword may be omitted for thermal models with one or more components
209
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior is restored and items 4 and 5 of
the PINCH keyword are disabled.
210
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior of the well inflow performance
relationship calculations is restored. This mainly affects Open ECLIPSE queries
ending IPRA, IPRB or IPRC for wells with injecting connections.

Altered Keywords
Table 5.73
Switch
Description
211
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior of gas lift for wells drilled using
the QDRILL keyword is used. If lift gas is specified for a closed well using
WCONPROD prior to 2009.2 then no lift gas will be used if the well is opened
using QDRILL.
212
If set to a positive value the pre 2009.2 behaviour when calculating default rock
volumes for a Coal Bed Methane, instant adsorption model is activated.
213
As explained in item 12 of WELSPECS, the hydrostatic heads calculated using

segmented densities in the wellbore are damped to reduce the likelihood of
stability problems. This is done by combining values from the previous time step
with those of the current time step in a weighted average. An error has been
identified in the implementation of this damping which meant that more damping
was being applied than intended. This error has been fixed in the 2010.1 version of
the simulator but has not been made the default behavior as it may result in
changes in simulation results. The correct damping can be applied by setting this
item to a non-zero value.
214
If set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2009.2 John Appleyard Linear
Solver (JALS).
215
If set to 1, the alternative handling of ROCK keyword and its functionality.
216
If set to a non-zero value this enables the pre-2010.1 behavior of GRUPRIG and
WDRILTIM.
217
If set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 behavior for thermal heavyoil equilibration.
218
If set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2010.1 thermal temperature limits.
219
If set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2010.1 thermal rock-filled

convergence method.
221
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior for the BDENSITY keyword is
activated.
223
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 treatment of updating the well PI for the
rock-crushing option (using the ROCKTAB and ROCKTABH keywords) is used.
This will only affect summary output for the completion connection factor,
CTFAC.
224
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 behavior is restored for the termination of
import to or export from a segment in a multisegment well using the WSEGEXSS
keyword.
225
If set to 1, this enables an alternative saturation pressure calculation in GASWAT

cases.
226
Prior to 2010.1, the output of the input oil-water capillary pressure tabular data
using the EPSDEBUG or EPSDBGS keyword reported the data in GRAF format
with the sign reversed as compared to the input data. This sign reversal has now
been removed but may be reinstated by setting this item to a non-zero value.
227
Prior to 2010.1 well fluid composition was set to zero internally for wells with no
production. From 2010.1 well fluid composition is set from the well potential
solution in this situation to facilitate the later calculation of reservoir fluid volume
rate targets. The pre-2010.1 behavior may be recovered by setting this item to a
non-zero value.

Altered Keywords
143
Table 5.73
144
Switch
Description
228
If set to 1 or 3, this restores the pre-2010.1 EoS cubic root selection method for the
saturation pressure calculation in flash. If set to 2 or 3, this restores the pre-2010.1
EoS cubic root selection method for the single-phase molar density calculation in
flash.
229
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 calculation of availability limits is used.

This changes the calculation of availability limit if the WEFAC and/or GEFAC
keywords are used in conjunction with WAVAILIM.
230
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 use of the GEFAC keyword for
transparent groups is applied. This changes group rate allocations of higher level
targets if an intermediate, unconstrained group has a non-zero group efficiency
factor.
231
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 asphaltene deposition will be used. The
new behavior improves the handling of the deposition model.
232
If set to 1, the pre-2010.1 pure water density model is activated for CO2STORE.
233
If set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2010.1 behavior for handling zero or
negative DZ.
234
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2010.1 default for WELSEGS top segment
effective wellbore volume is used.
235
The transmissibility and diffusivity for dual and multi porosity connections now
use the simulation grid cell bulk volume and not the sum of the cell pore volume
and cell rock volume. For most cases these will be equal, but for thermal and Coal
Bed Methane runs the assignment of rock volume might result in differences. The
pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored by setting this item to 1.
236
The behavior when failing to converge in a thermal simulation has been improved.
This includes not chopping on a minimum timestep until the maximum number of
Newton iterations have been solved. The pre-2010.1 behavior can be restored by
setting this item to 1.
237
If set to a non-zero value region production and injection rates do not include well
and group efficiency factors (WEFAC and/or GEFAC) in their calculation.
238
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 method for interpreting group injection
inheritance rules will be restored. For 2010.1, the group injection inheritance
linkage is automatically re-evaluated when the injection fluid changes to ensure
that the correct fluid properties are used.
239
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.1 method for inferring injection gas
injection composition from GINJGAS when using WCONINJH will be restored.
In some cases, it has been found that the injection gas composition is not correctly
inferred when using GINJGAS with WCONINJH and without group control. This
has been rectified in 2010.1.
240
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2010.2 version of the well solution

predictor will be restored. For the 2010.2 version onwards, a correction
has been made to the predictor to improve the handling of the situation
when all flow terms are zero.

Altered Keywords
Table 5.73
Switch
Description
241
If set to 1, this restores the pre-2010.2 behavior for all post-2010.1

changes in the flash calculation.
If set to 2, this only restores the pre-2010.2 ab-initio saturation pressure
calculation.
If set to 3, this only restores the pre-2010.2 pressure bracket for Gibbs
Free Energy minimization in the saturation pressure calculation.
242
243
If set to a value of 1, the pre-2010.2 version of the relative permeability

hysteresis calculations, when used in combination with end-point scaling,
will be restored. For the 2010.2 version onwards a correction has been
made to the look-up of the maximum saturation and relative permeability
table values which are used in the scaling of the hysteresis terms.This item
should be specified in the RUNSPEC Section.
244
If set to a value of 1, the pre-2010.2 interpretation of the defaulting

mechanism for the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF (Family I) saturation function
keywords will be restored. In some circumstances this can lead to the
incorrect construction of the SWFN, SGFN and SOF3 (Family II)
saturation function keywords, which are used internally for the saturation
function calculations, when only one of the SWOF and SGOF/SLGOF
keywords is defaulted for a given saturation table number.This item
should be specified in the RUNSPEC Section.
245
If set to a value of 1, the pre-2010.2 usage of the process-dependent

relative permeability and capillary pressure end-point tables ENKRVT,
ENKRVC, ENPCVT and ENPCVC will be restored. This is not
recommended but has been provided for backwards compatibility. For
2010.2 onwards, the internal sign of the water-oil capillary pressure has
been corrected when looked up from a process-dependent end-point table
and checks have been added to ensure that the end-point scaling arrays
used to report the process-dependent end-points are allocated
appropriately. This item should be specified in the RUNSPEC section.
246
247
248
If set to a value of 1, duplicated records in the FAULTS keyword are

ignored. If a fault is specified twice, any multipliers associated with it are
applied twice.

Altered Keywords
145
146

Altered Keywords
2009.1 and 2009.2

Developments
Chapter 6
New Facilities
RUNSPEC section
The alkaline (high pH) option can be activated using the ALKALINE keyword.
The low salinity option can be activated using the LOWSALT keyword.
The PETOPTS keyword has two new mnemonics: (1) NOPINCHC that suppresses
calculation of pinchout NNCs; (2) TRANPORV that informs ECLIPSE 100 that
transmissibilities and pore volumes are contained in the .GSG file. The INITNNC
mnemonic has been extended and now also applies to CORSNUM information. If a grid file
is also being output, INITNNC adds the requested information to the INIT file but does not
suppress its output to the grid file.
The START keyword has a new argument for the time at the start of the run.
The VISAGE keyword has been added to activate the VISAGE external geomechanics
workflow.
The BRINE keyword now activates the new Multi-Component Brine model if used in
conjunction with keyword ECLMC.
The PSTEADY keyword has a new option to speed up the simulators advance to steadystate.
The UDTDIMS keyword has been added to specify dimensions when using user defined
tables in the UDT keyword
The BOBERG rock compaction hysteresis can be activated using the ROCKCOMP keyword.
The MESSAGE keyword has been added to output messages to the screen and print file.

New Facilities
147
GRID section
The keyword IONROCK can be used to input rock ion exchange capacity.
The RPTGRID mnemonic IONROCK now outputs the rock ion exchange capacity to the
print file.
The keyword FILEUNIT can be used to confirm the units of the data set.
The keyword PETGRID has been extended to import local grids for corner point geometry
with curved or truncated pillars. In addition, if this keyword is present in the dataset, no grid file
will be output.
EDIT section
PROPS section
148
Keywords ALSURFST, ALPOLADS, and ALSURFAD can be used to provide look-up tables
for multipliers for the surfactant surface tension, the polymer and surfactant adsorption, as
functions of the alkaline concentration.
Keyword ALKADS and ALKROCK can be used to provide the alkaline adsorption
parameters.
Keyword LSALTFNC can be used to provide the low salinity weighting factors versus the
salt concentration. These factors are used in the interpolation between low and high salinity
saturation functions.
A new model for Polymer Dead Pore Volume has been added. The pre-2008.2 model can
be restored by setting switch 122 in the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
The first argument of the PLYROCK keyword (Dead Pore Volume) can now be set to a value
between 0 and 1, but strictly smaller than 1.
Keywords IONXROCK and IONXSURF can be used to provide equilibrium constants for
ion exchange reactions.
Keywords SURFESAL and PLYESAL can be used to activate and provide parameters for
the effective salinity calculation.
Keyword ADSORP can be used to supply coefficients for generic analytic adsorption
functions, which can be used with the Polymer, Surfactant, Alkaline, Foam, and
Environmental Tracer Options.
Keyword FILEUNIT can be used to confirm the units of the data set.
Keyword LCUNIT has been added to allow specification of the units for the linear
combination of phases.
The ELASTIC option can be activated using the ROCKOPTS keyword to determine the
initial conditions for the HYSTER and BOBERG options.

New Facilities
REGIONS section
Keyword LWSLTNUM has been added to specify the regions numbers for the low-salinity
saturation functions.
Keyword LSLTWNUM has been added to specify the regions numbers for the water-wet
low-salinity saturation functions.
SOLUTION section
The VISDATES keyword has been added to specify report times at which stress step
calculations should be performed in the VISAGE external geomechanics workflow.
The VISOPTS keyword has been added to specify options for the VISAGE external
geomechanics workflow.
The RPTRST mnemonic PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at reference conditions.
The SALT keyword now specifies initial salt concentration for multiple salts when the
Multi-Component Brine model is active.
The SALTVD keyword now specifies tables of salt concentration versus depth for multiple
salts when the Multi-Component Brine model is active.
The RPTSOL mnemonics ANIONS and CATIONS have been added to output initial anion
and divalent cation concentrations to the print file.
The RPTSOL mnemonics ESALSUR and ESALPLY have been added to output initial
surfactant and polymer effective salinities to the print file.
The RPTSOL mnemonic SALTVD now outputs tables of initial anion and divalent cation
equivalent molar concentrations versus depth to the print file when the Multi-Component
Brine model is active.
The RPTRST mnemonic CONV outputs the worst converging cells. Use CONV=integer
to specify the number of cells to output.
SUMMARY section
New mnemonics FTIRF, FTIRS, FTPRF, FTPRS, FTITF, FTITS, FTPTF, FTPTS,
FTICF, FTICS, FTPCF, FTPCS, GTIRF, GTIRS, GTPRF, GTPRS, GTITF, GTITS,
GTPTF, GTPTS, GTICF, GTICS, GTPCF, GTPCS, WTIRF, WTIRS, WTPRF, WTPRS,
WTITF, WTITS, WTPTF, WTPTS, WTICF, WTICS, WTPCF, WTPCS, CTIRF, CTIRS,
CTPRF, CTPRS, CTITF, CTITS, CTPTF, CTPTS, CTICF, CTICS, CTPCF and CTPCS
have been added to give data on partitioned tracer free and solution state results.
New mnemonics FTPRALK, FTPTALK, FTIRALK, FTITALK, GTPRALK, GTPTALK,

GTIRALK, GTITALK, WTPRALK, WTPTALK, WTIRALK, WTITALK, CTFRALK,
CTPTALK, CTITALK, BTCNFALK, BTSTMALK, BTPADALK, BTSADALK and
BTADSALK have been added to output alkaline quantities.
New mnemonics CSPR and CSIR have been added to give data on salt production and
injection flow rates for well connections.

New Facilities
149
New mnemonic SRRHEAD has been added to give data on hydraulic head values for river
reaches.
New mnemonics FTPRANI, FTPTANI, FTIRANI, FTITANI, GTPRANI, GTPTANI,

GTIRANI, GTITANI, WTPRANI, WTPTANI, WTIRANI, WTITANI, CTPTANI,
CTITANI, CTFRANI, BTCNFANI, FTPRCAT, FTPTCAT, FTIRCAT, FTITCAT,
GTPRCAT, GTPTCAT, GTIRCAT, GTITCAT, WTPRCAT, WTPTCAT, WTIRCAT,
WTITCAT, CTPTCAT, CTITCAT, CTFRCAT, BTCNFCAT, BTRADCAT, BTSADCAT have
been added to output anion and divalent cation quantities for the Multi-Component Brine
model.
New mnemonics BESALSUR and BESALPLY have been added to output effective
salinities.
New mnemonics WJPR, GJPR, FJPR, WJPT, GJPT, FJPT, WJPRH, GJPRH, FJPRH,
WJPTH, GJPTH, FJPTH and GJPRL have been added to give data on linearly combined
production rates and totals.
New mnemonics BPORVMOD and BPERMMOD have been added to output the pore volume
and transmissibility multipliers when rock compaction is activated.
SCHEDULE section
150
A new item has been added to the keyword NEXTSTPL so that the maximum length of the
next time-step can now be applied to every subsequent report step.
Keyword WALKALIN has been added for Alkaline injection.
New mnemonic ALKALINE has been added to the RPTSCHED keyword to output alkaline
concentrations and adsorption (if activated).
User Defined Arguments (UDA) have been extended to the following keywords:
WALKALIN, WAPI, WFOAM, WPOLYMER, WSALT, WSOLVENT, WSURFACT, WTRACER,
WELDRAW, WTMULT, WTADD, GCONSALE.
A new method of flow scaling is available on the WSEGSICD keyword. Item 11 allows the
user to specify the method by which the flow scaling is calculated. Item 12 allows the user
to specify the maximum flow rate for which the pressure drop equation holds.
A new keyword WSEGAICD has been added which can be used to model an Autonomous
Inflow Control Device.
The DATES keyword has a new argument for the time of the report.
A new option to remove the capillary pressure term from the river inflow equation has been
added to the keyword GRDREACH.
Items 17,18 and 19 have been added to the keyword GRDREACH to specify the choice of
river infiltration equation and also the infiltration equation parameters.
New options have been added to the keyword WLIFTOPT to permit the inclusion of a
weighted gas rate term in the denominator of the lift gas gradient calculation and to permit
wells to continue to be allocated lift gas after a group gas target has been achieved but
whilst an oil rate limit has not been reached.
The RPTRST mnemonic PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at reference conditions.
The RPTSCHED mnemonic PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at reference
conditions.

New Facilities
The RPTSCHED mnemonics ANIONS and CATIONS have been added to output anion and
divalent cation concentrations to the print file.
The RPTSCHED mnemonics ESALSUR and ESALPLY have been added to output
surfactant and polymer effective salinities to the print file.
The WSALT keyword now specifies the injection concentration of multiple salts when the
Item 12 has been added to the second record of the TUNING keyword specifying a relative
threshold parameter for damping in the ion exchange calculations.
The RPTRST mnemonic CONV outputs the worst converging cells. Use CONV=integer
to specify the number of cells to output.
It is now possible for the user to specify a production rate target or upper limit for any linear
combination of oil, water and gas - referred to as a linearly combined target/limit. A new
keyword LINCOM has been added to allow input of the oil, water and gas coefficients used
in the linear sum. The following keywords now accept a linearly combined control mode:
WCONPROD, GCONPROD, WCONHIST (these 3 keywords have a new item to specify the
linearly combined rate target/limit), WHISTCTL, WELCNTL, WELTARG, WLISTARG,
WTADD, WTMULT, GTADD, GTMULT, GRUPTARG. The following keywords now accept a
linearly combined control phase: WCUTBACK, WCUTBACT, GCUTBACK, GCUTBACT,
WGRUPCON, WBHGLR, GUIDERAT. Keyword GCONPRI has two new items: one to
specify a linearly combined target/limit and another to specify the procedure on exceeding
this limit.
The MULTFLT keyword can be used to modify transmissibilities across named faults.
Item 13 has been added to the second record of the TUNING keyword specifying a
weighting factor for updating active tracer concentrations when the tracers are solved in
each Newton iteration. See also OPTIONS(126).
The UDT keyword can be used to specify user defined tables, for use in user defined
quantities.
The UDQ keyword has some additional syntax to allow the use of user defined tables.
If OPTIONS(133) is set to a non-zero value, well and group guide rates are allowed to
change for the first NUPCOL iterations instead of remaining fixed throughout the timestep.
A new option exists to change the way that the mixture density is calculated for stagnant
connections at the bottom of the well and cross-flowing connections. Instead of estimating
the density from the average well phase fractions, stagnant connections at the bottom of the
well can have their density set equal to that of the lowest open connection and the
segregated density calculation can be forced for cross-flowing connections. This option is
activated with OPTIONS(139). It is only applicable to non-friction wells using the SEG
density calculation method (see item 12 of WELSPECS).

New Facilities
151

RUNSPEC section
152
The PETOPTS keyword has two new mnemonics: (1) NOPINCHC which suppresses
calculation of pinchout NNCs; (2) TRANPORV which informs ECLIPSE 300 that
transmissibilities and pore volumes are contained in the .GSG file. The INITNNC
mnemonic has been extended and now also applies to CORSNUM information. If a grid file
is also being output, INITNNC adds the requested information to the INIT file but does not
suppress its output to the grid file.
The TRPLPORO and NMATRIX keywords can now be used with LGRs.
workflow.
The GASSOL keyword has been added to allow multi-component gas to dissolve in the
aqueous phase.
An alternative memory allocation algorithm can be enabled by setting item 163 of

OPTIONS3 to 1.
An alternative viscosity calculation in CO2SOL can be enabled by setting the item 164 of
OPTIONS3 to greater than 0.
An alternative water density calculation in CO2SOL/H2SSOL using Ezrokhis formula can

be enabled by setting item 165 of OPTIONS3 to greater than 0.
The WSEGSOLV keyword has been added to control parameters related to the multisegment
well iterative linear solver.
An item has been added to the WSEGDIMS keyword to specify the maximum number of
chord segment links per well.
The LAGTRAC keyword has been added to facilitate the Lagrangian Tracer Solver. This is
a new method of calculating tracer concentrations using streamlines.
An alternative handling of the Palmer-Mansoori rock model can be enabled by setting item
179 of OPTIONS3.
The UDTDIMS keyword has been added to specify dimensions when using user defined
tables in the UDT keyword
The default behavior for equilibration option 3 is modified when the reference depth is not
set to GOC. The 2008.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 185 of OPTIONS3 to a
non-zero value. Note that the pre-2008.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 162 of
OPTIONS3 to 1.
The default behavior for temperature variation with depth in the flash calculation is
modified. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 188 of OPTIONS3 to a
non-zero value.
Options for rigorous density inversion check and correction in flash have been
implemented. Currently 2 options are available. Option 1: check is performed post-scalar
flash and can be activated by setting item 188 of OPTIONS3 to 1; while in Option 2 during
vector flash as well as post-scalar flash and can be activated by setting item 188 of
OPTIONS3 to 2.

New Facilities
The JALS solver has a new mode that improves performance in the majority of cases. It is
specifically recommended that mode 2 is used in cases where wells cross parallel domains.
The JALS solver in mode 2 is now the default for thermal simulations.
A new mnemonic NEWTRAN has been added to the PETOPTS keyword. This forces fault
transmissibilities to be calculated even for corner point geometry, which is necessary for
correct treatment of coarsened cells containing faults.
GRID section
The ROCKCONL keyword has been added to allow rocks to be connected to local grid
refinements.
A new item has been added to analytic aquifer keyword AQUCT to specify the temperature
in the aquifer. This is only for use with either the thermal or temperature options.
A new option has been added to specify the thermal conductivities. This involves using new
keywords THCROCK, THCOIL, THCGAS, THCWATER and THCSOLID.
The THCROCK keyword will specify the rock thermal conductivities.
The THCOIL keyword will specify the oil phase thermal conductivities.
The THCWATER keyword will specify the water phase thermal conductivities.
The THCGAS keyword will specify the gas phase thermal conductivities.
The THCSOLID keyword will specify the solid phase thermal conductivities.
A new mnemonic THCAVE has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
average cell thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCROCK has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
cell rock thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCOIL has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the cell
oil phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCWATER has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
cell water phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCGAS has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the cell
gas phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file
A new mnemonic THCSOLID has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
cell solid phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
The Flux boundary option can now be used with the Thermal Option. Two options are
available: (1) Running a thermal reduced run from a thermal base run; (2) Running a
thermal reduced run from a compositional or an ECLIPSE 300 black-oil base run. For
option (2), the keyword THFLXTF needs to be used in the USEFLUX model.
The Vinsome heat loss model has been extended to include a user defined threshold
temperature from which the heat loss calculation starts. Refer to item 7 of keyword,
ROCKPROP.
The MULTREGT keyword is now functional in parallel.

New Facilities
153
The COPYBOX keyword is now functional in parallel.
The keyword PETGRID has been extended to import local grids for corner point geometry
with curved or truncated pillars. In addition, if this keyword is present in the dataset, no grid file
will be output.
The keyword ROCKFRAC enables the rock volume to be computed as a fraction of the grid
cell bulk volume. This can be useful for coal bed, shale gas and thermal runs.
EDIT section
PROPS section
154
A new item has been added to analytic aquifer keyword AQUCT to specify the temperature
in the aquifer. This is only for use with either the thermal or temperature options.
The OPTODD3P keyword is used to provide control over the choice of model and the
method of detecting saturation direction changes for the ODD3P three-phase relative
permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
The SOLUAQA keyword has been added to specify properties of a water multi-component
gas system.
The VISCAQA keyword has been added to specify coefficients of the Ezrokhis method for
aqua viscosity. This keyword is compatible with the CO2STORE, GASWAT, GASSOL and
the thermal KWTABTn options.
The DENAQA keyword has been added to specify coefficients of the Ezrokhis method for
aqua density. This keyword is compatible with the CO2STORE, GASWAT, GASSOL and the
thermal KWTABTn options.
The keyword RSWVD is now compatible with the keyword GASSOL.
The keyword DIFFCWAT is now compatible with the keyword GASSOL as well as
GASWAT and CO2STORE.
The PEDTUNE keyword can be used to specify a single set of tuning parameters which act
as multipliers on the coefficients used in the mixture molecular weight calculation which
forms part of the Pedersen et al. viscosity correlation.
The PEDTUNER keyword can be used to specify separate sets of tuning parameters for each
equation of state region which act as multipliers on the coefficients used in the mixture
molecular weight calculation which forms part of the Pedersen et al. viscosity correlation.
Keyword LCUNIT has been added to allow specification of the units for the linear
combination of phases.
The PCODD3P keyword, which is used with the ODD3P option, has been extended to
permit to additional capillary pressure models to be selected using item 1.
The KWTABTn and KWTEMP keywords can be used with THERMAL and with THERMAL
plus CO2STORE runs to define components that dissolve in an aqua phase.
The keywords SPECHW1 and SPECHW2 can be used to specify aqua enthalpy.
AMFVD is used to enter the initial aqua composition versus depth for THERMAL runs.
Equilibrium deviation reactions can now be limited to forward or reverse directions via the
6th argument of the EQLDREAC keyword.

New Facilities
A correction has been made to the calculation of the minimum oil saturation for the Stone
1 relative permeability model with end-point scaling and with either the SOMGAS or the
SOMWAT keyword specified. This correction is only applicable if the critical oil-in-gas
(SOGCR) or critical oil-water (SOWCR) end-point saturations are zero. The pre-2009.2
value.
REGIONS section
SOLUTION section
A new mnemonic ROCKCON has been added to the RPTSOL keyword to output rock
connection data within global grid and local grid refinements.
The analytic aquifer keywords AQUCHGAS, AQUCHWAT, AQUFETP and AQUFLUX are
now compatible with the THERMAL option.
New items have been added to analytic aquifer keywords AQUCHGAS, AQUCHWAT,
AQUCT, AQUFETP and AQUFLUX to specify the temperature in the aquifer. This is only for
use with either the thermal or temperature options.
A new mnemonic TCBULK has been added to RPTRST to output the cell average thermal
conductivities multiplied by the saturation dependent multiplier.
New mnemonics BTFORG and BTFORO have been added to the RPTRST keyword to
output Forchheimer beta factors.
The RPTSOL and RPTRST mnemonic PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at
reference conditions.
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST and RPTSOL keywords can now
be used to output inter-block oil and gas flow rates for compositional models. Also note that
FLOWAT is now compatible with the GASWAT and CO2STORE options.
The mnemonic TSUB has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output sub-cool
conditions in a THERMAL simulation.
The keyword AMF can be used to specify the initial aqua mole fraction in thermal runs with
the CO2STORE or KWTABTn keyword.
The keyword AMF is now compatible with the keyword GASSOL.
The keyword RSWVD is now compatible with the keyword GASSOL.
The keyword RSW is now compatible with the keyword GASSOL.
The keyword AMF is now compatible with the THERMAL option.
The default behavior of equilibration option 3 is modified when the reference depth is not
non-zero value. The pre-2008.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 162 of OPTIONS3
to 1.

New Facilities
155
SUMMARY section
New mnemonic BTCN has been added to output block tracer concentrations.
New mnemonics CTFR, CTPR, CTPT, CTPC, CTIR, CTIT and CTIC have been added to
output well connection data for tracer tracking option.
New mnemonics CSFR, CSPR, CSPT, CSPC, CSIR, CSIT and CSIC have been added to
output well connection data for the brine tracking option.
New mnemonics AAQER and AAQET have been added to output thermal energy influx rates
and totals for analytic aquifers.
New mnemonics FAQER and FAQET have been added to output field thermal energy influx
rates and totals for analytic aquifers.
New mnemonic AAQTEMP has been added to output the temperature in analytic aquifers.
New mnemonic AAQENTH has been added to output the molar enthalpy in analytic
aquifers.
The new mnemonics BIFTWO, BIFTOG and BIFTWG have been added as aliases for the
existing mnemonics BIFTOW, BIFTGO and BIFTGW respectively for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
New mnemonics BCFR, BFLOO, BFLOW and BFLOG have been added for the output of
inter-block flow rates of components, oil, water and gas, respectively.
New mnemonics BBTFORG and BBTFORO have been added to output Forchheimer beta
factors.
New mnemonics FCGMI, FCGMM, FCWM and FCOM have been added to output the molar
amount of a component, in the specified phase.
New mnemonics FTLM, GTLM, WTLM, FTVM, GTVM, WTVM, FTML, GTML, WTML, FTMV,
GTMV and WTMV have been added to give data on traced mass rate and total for liquid and
vapor.
The new mnemonics WTSUB, WTOFF and WPOFF have been added to report well sub-cool
conditions and saturation temperature and pressure offsets in a THERMAL simulation.
New mnemonics BPORVMOD and BPERMMOD have been added to output the pore volume
and transmissibility multipliers when rock compaction is activated.
Mnemonics with separation stages index: FXMFn, GXMFn, WXMFn, FYMFn, GYMFn,
WYMFn, FGnPR, GGnPR, WGnPR, FOnPR, GOnPR, WOnPR, FGnPT, GGnPT, WGnPT,
FOnPT, GOnPT and WOnPT have been extended so that the number of stages n can be given
values up to 99.
It is now possible to request a field/group/well component in the oil/gas phase molar rate
for stage numbers greater than 9 using the mnemonics FCORn, GCOPn, WCORn, FCGRn,
GCGRn and WCGRn.
Note
156
The previous two facilities are not available for local wells.
New mnemonic CZMF has been added to output the connection component mole fractions.
Recovery efficiency mnemonics (FOE, FOEW, FOEIW, FOEWW, FOEIG, FOEWG, ROE,
ROEW, ROEIW, ROEWW, ROEIG, ROEWG) are now available in ECLIPSE 300.
New mnemonics WJPR, GJPR, FJPR, WJPT, GJPT, FJPT, WJPRH, GJPRH, FJPRH,
WJPTH, GJPTH, FJPTH and GJPRL have been added to give data on linearly combined
production rates and totals.

New Facilities
New mnemonics BAMF, WAMF, GAMF and FAMF have been added for the summary output
of the aqueous mole fractions of aqua components.
New mnemonic FAGIP has been added for the summary output of field gas in place for the
aqueous phase. This mnemonic is compatible with the CO2SOL, H2SSOL and GASSOL
options.
SCHEDULE section
now compatible with the thermal option.
User Defined Arguments (UDA) have been extended to the following keywords:
WELDRAW, WSALT, WTRACER, WTMULT, WTADD, GRUPFUEL, GRUPSALE.
A new mnemonic, TCBULK, has been added to RPTRST to output the cell average thermal
New mnemonics BTFORG and BTFORO have been added to the RPTSCHED keyword to
output Forchheimer beta factors.
New mnemonics BTFORG and BTFORO have been added to RPTRST keyword to output
Forchheimer beta factors.
The RPTRST and RPTSCHED mnemonic PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at
reference conditions.
The keywords WELLSTRW and WINJW are now activated for options CO2STORE,
GASWAT and GASSOL.
New keyword WSEGSICD has been added which can be used to model the Spiral Inflow
Control Device.
New keyword WSEGAICD has been added which can be used to model the Autonomous
Inflow Control Device.
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords can
now be used to output inter-block oil and gas flow rates for compositional models. Also
note that FLOWAT is now compatible with the GASWAT and CO2STORE options.
The mnemonic TSUB has been added to the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords to output
sub-cool conditions in a THERMAL simulation.
The WSEGLINK keyword has been added to allow looped flowpaths to be specified in
multisegment wells.
The MULTFLT keyword can be used to modify transmissibilities across named faults.

New Facilities
157
The LAGTRUPD, LTRACE, NOLTRACE and RPTSLN keywords have been added to
facilitate the Lagrangian Tracer Solver. This is a new method of calculating tracer
concentrations using streamlines.
The analytic aquifer keywords AQUCT, AQUCHWAT, AQUFETP and AQUFLUX are now
compatible with the GASSOL option.
The UDT keyword can be used to specify user defined tables, for use in user defined
quantities.
The UDQ keyword has some additional syntax to allow the use of user defined tables.
It is now possible for the user to specify a production rate target or upper limit for any linear
combination of oil, water and gas - referred to as a linearly combined target/limit. A new
keyword LINCOM has been added to allow input of the oil, water and gas coefficients used
in the linear sum. The following keywords now accept a linearly combined control mode:
WCONPROD, GCONPROD, WCONHIST, GRUPPROD, WELLPROD (these 5 keywords have a
new item to specify the linearly combined rate target/limit), WHISTCTL, WELCNTL,
WELTARG, WLISTARG, WTADD, WTMULT, GTADD, GTMULT and GRUPTARG. The
following keywords now accept a linearly combined control phase: WCUTBACK,
WGRUPCON, GUIDERAT, WELLGR and GRUPGR. Keyword GCCONPRI has two new
items: one to specify a linearly combined target/limit and another to specify the procedure
on exceeding this limit.
OPTIMIZE section
A new SCSA control mode ORIG has been added to OPTPARS item 7. This instructs the
optimizer to use the original well control settings from the base run in order to control wells
with SCSA parameters in optimization runs.
Aquifers
New summary mnemonics AAQER and AAQET have been added to output thermal energy
influx rates and totals for analytic aquifers.
New summary mnemonics FAQER and FAQET have been added to output field thermal
energy influx rates and totals for analytic aquifers.
now compatible with the thermal option.
aquifers.
The analytic aquifer keywords AQUCT, AQUCHWAT, AQUFETP and AQUFLUX are now
compatible with the GASSOL option.
Thermal
158
The ROCKCONL keyword has been added to allow rocks to be connected to local grid
refinements.
A new mnemonic ROCKCON has been added to RPTSOL keyword to output rock
connection data within global grid and local grid refinements.

New Facilities
New summary mnemonics AAQER and AAQET have been added to output thermal energy
influx rates and totals for analytic aquifers.
New summary mnemonics FAQER and FAQET have been added to output field thermal
energy influx rates and totals for analytic aquifers.
now compatible with the THERMAL option.
aquifers.
A new option has been added to specify the thermal conductivities. This involves using new
keywords THCROCK, THCOIL, THCGAS, THCWATER and THCSOLID.
The THCROCK keyword will specify the rock thermal conductivities.
The THCOIL keyword will specify the oil phase thermal conductivities.
The THCWATER keyword will specify the water phase thermal conductivities.
The THCGAS keyword will specify the gas phase thermal conductivities.
The THCSOLID keyword will specify the solid phase thermal conductivities.
A new mnemonic THCAVE has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
average cell thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCROCK has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
cell rock thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCOIL has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the cell
oil phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCWATER has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
cell water phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCGAS has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the cell
gas phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic THCSOLID has been added to RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL to output the
cell solid phase thermal conductivities to the .PRT file.
A new mnemonic TCBULK has been added to RPTRST to output the cell average thermal
The FLUXOPTS keyword should be used in a full field non-Thermal model (either Blackoil
or Compositional) in order to output essential information required to simulate a Thermal
flux boundary model.
The Flux boundary option can now be used with the Thermal Option. Two options are
available: (1) Running a thermal reduced run from a thermal base run; (2) Running a
thermal reduced run from a compositional or an ECLIPSE 300 black-oil base run. For
option (2), the keyword THFLXTF needs to be used in the USEFLUX model.
The mnemonic TSUB has been added to the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords to output
sub-cool conditions in a THERMAL simulation.
The new mnemonics WTSUB, WTOFF and WPOFF have been added to report well sub-cool
conditions and saturation temperature and pressure offsets in a THERMAL simulation.

New Facilities
159
160
The Vinsome heat loss model has been extended to include a user defined threshold
temperature from which the heat loss calculation starts. Refer to item 7 of keyword,
ROCKPROP.
Solubility of hydrocarbons in an aqua phase can be defined using the keyword KWTABTn
and the density and viscosity of the aqua phase can be modeled using the keywords
DENAQA and VISCAQA.
The CO2STORE option is made compatible with THERMAL.
An alternative solution procedure for simulations with rock-filled cells has been added.
Mathematically this is a null change but variations due to numerical rounding may occur.
The algorithm can be activated by setting item 161 of OPTIONS3 to 1.
Equilibrium deviation reactions can now be limited to forward or reverse directions using
the 6th argument of the EQLDREAC keyword.
The JALS solver has a new mode that improves performance in the majority of cases. It is
specifically recommended that mode 2 is used in cases where wells cross parallel domains.
The JALS solver in mode 2 is now the default for thermal simulations.

New Facilities
Behavioral Changes
RUNSPEC section
For the Surfactant Model enabled using the SURFACT keyword, capillary pressure
calculations have been changed. See "The Surfactant Model" in the "ECLIPSE Technical
Description". This change may be reverted by entering a non-zero value for the 119th item
of the OPTIONS keyword.
The default value of item 3 of WSEGSOLV has been changed from 1.0E-6 to 1.0E-8.
If item 134 of the OPTIONS keyword is set to 1, an improved method is used to calculate
the local grid geometry for export to the EGRID file. This can make a difference to the size
and shape of LGR grid blocks at large depths, especially if the model contains a thin top
layer of global grid blocks and especially for LGR grid blocks which are very small relative
to the global grid blocks.
GRID section
For the MULTNUM, FLUXNUM, OPERNUM and PINCHNUM keywords, for dual porosity,
OPTIONS option number 117 allows these to be specified only for the matrix or for the
fracture instead of automatically applying to both matrix and fracture. The option applies
either to all of these keywords (option value 2) or only to MULTNUM (option value 1).
error condition.
If OPTIONS switch 141 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting
PROPS section
A correction has been made to the calculation of relative permeability for Stones Second
Model when end-point scaling has also been specified. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored
by setting the OPTIONS option number 121 to a non-zero value.
Modifications have been made to the calculation of the residual oil saturation for the Stone
I relative permeability model to correct a problem associated with the end-point scaling of
the residual saturations. Pre-2009.1 behavior may be restored by entering a non-zero value
for the 128th option of the OPTIONS keyword.
be restored by setting switch 122 in the OPTIONS keyword to a positive number.
An alternative handling of the Palmer-Mansoori rock model has been introduced. The pre2009.1 model can be restored by setting switch 96 in the OPTIONS keyword to 1.

Behavioral Changes
161
An alternative interpolation method for the SOF32D saturation functions family has been
added. The pre-2009.1 method can be restored setting switch 135 of the OPTIONS
keyword to a positive number.
A correction to the shape of the curvature of the relative permeability curves has been made
when the DPKRMOD keyword is specified for dual porosity models. The correction only
applies if the modification parameters defined by items 1 and 2 of this keyword are
specified as positive value. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting switch 138
of the OPTIONS keyword to a non-zero value.
condition.
A correction has been made to the calculation of the interpolated PVTO tables, used for the
API tracking option, to avoid the creation of duplicate Rs nodes which has been found to
occur for some combinations of Rs nodes and user specified minimum separations between
successive Rs nodes. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be restored by setting item 140 of the
If output of the PVTO tables is selected using the RPTPROPS keyword, the interpolated
versions of the tables will also be printed if API tracking has been specified.
REGIONS section
Except for the MISCNUM keyword, the documentation states that all REGIONS section
keywords should be assigned a minimum value of 1. However, it is possible that preprocessor or manual edits to a keyword definition, can set a value of 0, even for inactive
cells. To be compatible with the treatment of REGIONS section keywords using
EQUALS/ADD/MULTIPLY keywords, if REGIONS data is specified using a REGIONS
keyword directly, then error messages can be output for both active and inactive cells. To
do this, set OPTIONS switch number 131 to a non-zero value.
SOLUTION section
The calculation of inter-block velocities which is controlled by the RPTRST mnemonics

VELOCITY, VELOIL, VELWAT and VELGAS has been changed. Pre-2009.1 behavior can
be restored by using item 137 of the OPTIONS keyword.
SUMMARY section
162
Memory allocation problems associated with the OFM keyword have been corrected.
The calculation of the summary quantities FTPC, GTPC, WTPC, CTPC, FTIC, GTIC,
WTIC and CTIC for concentrations of partitioned tracers has been changed. The pre2009.1 calculation can be restored by setting switch 124 in the OPTIONS keyword to a
non-zero value.
The calculation of inter-block velocity summary quantities BVELO, BVELW and BVELG
has been changed. The pre-2009.1 calculation can be restored by setting switch 137 in the

Behavioral Changes
SCHEDULE section
In a system containing both dissolved gas and vaporized oil, the maximum rates of increase
of Rs and Rv may now be specified using the DRSDT and DRVDT keywords respectively. If
the VAPPARS keyword is specified subsequently, the limits imposed by the DRSDT and
DRVDT keywords will be disabled. Similarly, the constraints imposed by the specification
of the VAPPARS keyword will be disabled by the subsequent specification of either the
DRSDT or DRVDT keywords. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored by entering a non-zero
value for the 118th option of the OPTIONS keyword.
Previously if a new artificial lift quantity for lift switching was set in WLIFT (item 5) with
an increment specified (item 10) a well would only have its lift increased the first time it
died on THP control. Now, as long as the maximum lift has not been reached, the lift will
be increased each time the well dies. The old behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS
item 132 to a non-zero value.
COMPFLSH is no longer banned or ignored with multisegment wells. The mixing tank
assumptions in the flash transformation functionality of COMPFLSH is inconsistent with
the discretized well bore of multisegment wells, hence a warning is still output when these
features are used together.
In the 2008.1 and 2008.2 versions of the code, COMPFLSH records on connections in
multisegment wells were ignored (with a warning), whilst runs were stopped with an
error if a WELSEGS (or WELSEGSL) keyword was specified for a well which already
had connections with flash transformation ratios. Pre-2008.1, no errors or warnings
were produced if these features were used together.
The calculation of inter-block velocities which is controlled by the RPTRST mnemonics

VELOCITY, VELOIL, VELWAT and VELGAS has been changed. Pre-2009.1 behavior can
be restored by using item 137 of the OPTIONS keyword.
A bug was fixed in the calculation of well potentials when the generalized pseudo-pressure
special inflow equation is used (see WELSPECS item 8). Pre-2009.1 behavior can be
restored by using item 101 of the OPTIONS keyword.
The calculation of the flowrate limit for wells subject to a drawdown limit (WELDRAW) has
been improved. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be restored by using item 144 of the OPTIONS
keyword.
Tracers
The convergence criterion for the standard solver used for tracer tracking has been changed.
The Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS item 120 to 1.
Prior to 2009.1 the adsorped tracer amount was not properly reset following a convergence
failure. If OPTIONS(127) is set to a positive value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for tracer
adsorption, using a non-cascade tracer solver, is restored.
Prior to 2009.1 the adsorped tracer amount was assumed not to decay when using a noncascade tracer solver. The behavior has been changed to include the decay of adsorped
tracer. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS(136) to a non-zero
value.
Aquifers
The interpolation of influence function tables for Carter-Tracy analytic aquifers has been
improved. The Pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS item 123 to a nonzero value.

Behavioral Changes
163
Temperature option
Prior to 2009.1 the conversion from specific heat capacity to energy in place was not
correctly calculated for the FIELD unit system. The Pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored
by setting OPTIONS item 130 to a non-zero value.

RUNSPEC section
The JALS solver in mode 2 is now the default for thermal simulations.In addition, a new
item 4 has been added in order to switch on an extra residual check (ON). By default, this
item will be set to OFF
If OPTIONS3 switch 197 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting
If OPTIONS3 switch 208 is set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior is restored
whereby the SPECHS keyword need not be specified for thermal models with components
GRID section
error condition.
For Coal Bed Methane Models, using the multi porosity option and the instant sorption
model, each porosity adds on the rock volume. This behavior has changed so that the total
rock volume of the pore systems is reset to the average total rock volume. It is possible to
change the default by explicit assignment of rock fractions using the ROCKFRAC keyword.
The pre-2009.2 behavior can be obtained by setting item 212 in the OPTIONS3 keyword
to 1.
PROPS section
An alternative handling of the Palmer-Mansoori rock model has been added. The pre2009.1 model can be restored by setting switch 179 in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
condition.
The SPECHS keyword must now be specified for thermal models in which one or more
components exhibit solid phases. Pre 2009.2 behavior can be restored by setting item 208
SOLUTION section
164
The Li factor calculation during equilibration has been improved. Pre-2009.1 behavior can
be restored by setting item 172 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.

Behavioral Changes
The Li factor calculation during solution initialization is now based only on single-phase
cells. Pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 174 of the OPTIONS3 keyword
to a non-zero value.
For black-oil models, the calculations for mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the
RPTRST and RPTSOL keywords are now consistent with those for inter-region flow rates.
For backward compatibility, option 182 of keyword OPTIONS3 ensures that the previous
calculations are used instead.
For multi-component water models, the calculations for mnemonic FLOWAT for the
RPTRST and RPTSOL keywords (and also summary mnemonic RWFR) have been updated
to take into account all water components. For backward compatibility with the previous
calculations, option 183 of keyword OPTIONS3 may be used.
For the RPTRST and RPTSOL keywords, LAMB was previously used to output the
saturation dependent multiplier for thermal conductivity for the Thermal option. This has
now been replaced by TCMULT.
The default behavior for equilibration option 3 is modified when the reference depth is not
non-zero value. Note that the pre-2008.1 behavior can restored by setting item 162 of
OPTIONS3 to 1.
SUMMARY section
Region phase production totals (ROPT, RWPT and RGPT) were previously calculated at the
beginning of each timestep. They are now calculated at the end as all other summary
mnemonics. Setting OPTIONS3 item 176 to a non-zero value will revert to the previous
behavior.
Pre-2009.1 group level sum-then-separate mnemonics (such as GGPRG for example) cause
a termination with a BUG message if the group had no relevant open wells and the
GSEPREPT keyword had not been used. This is not the case from 2009.1 onwards.
Prior to the 2008.3 version shut and stopped well potentials were sometimes included in the
reported group potential. The pre-2008.3 behavior can be restored by setting item 178 of
the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
In previous versions, BLAMB was used to output the block saturation dependent multiplier
for thermal conductivity for the Thermal option. This has now been replaced by BTCMULT.
Prior to the 2009.1 version, in segments where the drift flux model is not used, segment
phase velocities were set equal to the segment mixture velocity. Now, if the phase saturation
within such a segment is zero, the segment phase velocity is also zero. The pre-2009.1
value.
For a Coal Bed Methane Model, the FGIPG mnemonics do not include adsorbed gas.
SCHEDULE section
For simulations using the chemical reactions feature the Appleyard chop is now applied to
components when they appear or disappear. The Appleyard chop forces the solution to pass
through these points in a more controlled fashion in order to stabilize the solution. The pre
2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 158 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to -1.
Reinjection of gas with well composition under group control (such as GCONINJE with
WINJGAS) or group composition under well control now functions correctly. This change
may be reversed using item 159 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.

Behavioral Changes
165
166
A warning is now issued if a group has a REIN target set using GCONINJE element 6 and
make-up gas set using GINJGAS. Make-up gas will be switched off for this group. This
change may be reversed using item 159 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Gas accounting now accounts for the GEFAC keyword. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be
recovered using item 159 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
If advance gas and the WEFAC and/or GEFAC keywords are both selected advance gas is
now calculated correctly. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be recovered using item 159 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
If WAVAILIM and the WEFAC and/or GEFAC keywords are both selected the availability
limit calculation has been improved. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be recovered using item 159
of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
If WELSPECS element 5 is defaulted, the bottom hole reference depth now accounts for the
COMPORD keyword. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be recovered using item 142 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
If there is insufficient gas to meet sales, fuel and reinjection targets then sales and fuel gas
will only be reduced if the WAVAILIM keyword has been specified. Pre-2008.2 behavior
may be recovered using item 95 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The non-linear damping algorithm for thermal simulations has been improved. The pre
2008.2 default behavior can be restored using item 160 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The RPTSCHED mnemonic FIP now gives the correct material balance when satellite
keywords GSATPROD and GSATINJE are used. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored using
item 168 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Previously item 4 of CVCRIT could only be used to specify a maximum number of linear
iterations greater than NSTACK. A value less than NSTACK can now be specified if desired.
If a reinjection target of greater than 1 is set using GCONINJE any sales or fuel gas targets
set using GRUPSALE or GRUPFUEL will now be respected. This change can be reversed
using item 173 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
History matched and injection wells with zero rates and banned crossflow are now
automatically shut. Item 177 of the OPTIONS3 keyword can turn this behavior off.
For black-oil models, the calculations for mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the
RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords are now consistent with those for inter-region flow
rates. For backward compatibility, option 182 of keyword OPTIONS3 ensures that the
previous calculations are used instead.
For multi-component water models, the calculations for mnemonic FLOWAT for the
RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords (and also summary mnemonic RWFR) have been
updated to take into account all water components. For backward compatibility with the
previous calculations, option 183 of keyword OPTIONS3 may be used.
For the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords, LAMB was previously used to output the
saturation dependent multiplier for thermal conductivity for the Thermal option. This has
now been replaced by TCMULT.
Oil injection wells have been banned. The pre-2009.1 behavior of allowing oil injectors can
be restored by setting item 180 of keyword OPTIONS3 to a non-zero value.
From 2009.1 onwards, if a well is under availability control (see WAVAILIM) when an
unlimited injection fluid source (for example stream) is specified (see WINJGAS), then the
control mode is reset to the most recent one specified explicitly for that well. The pre2009.1 behavior (which leaves the well on availability control) can be restored by setting
OPTIONS3 item 186 to a non-zero multiple of 2.

Behavioral Changes
From 2009.1 onwards, if a group is under availability control (see WAVAILIM) when more
than NUPCOL Newton iterations are required, the appropriate phase availability is restored
for the group from the last NUPCOL calculated value. Previously the group phase
availability limit would always have been the last NUPCOL calculated availability for the
water phase. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS3 item 186 to
a non-zero multiple of 3.
From 2009.1 onwards when an action is triggered in a thermal deck the well enthalpies are
set. Previously this was only done at the beginning of each report step. The pre-2009.1
behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS3 item 190 to a non-zero value.
The default maximum number of linear iterations has been reduced to 20 when using the
JALS solver.
The gravity density calculation for MSWs has changed. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be
restored by setting OPTIONS3, item 191 to a non-zero value.
The calculation of tracer concentration has been changed if a well or group efficiency factor
has been set (WEFAC or GEFAC). The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting
OPTIONS3, item 192 to a non-zero value.
If item 9 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is set to a non-zero value a zero THP will be assigned
for zero rate wells. If set to -1 the pre-2009.1 behavior of this option switch will be
obtained.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) gives an improved solution for cases where no
water is present in the reservoir.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) calculates when to update and retrace
streamlines more efficiently. If item 194 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is positive and
divisible by 2, pre-2009.2 behavior is recovered.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) uses an improved calculation of porosity to

derive the time-of-flight. If item 194 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is positive and divisible
by 3 and 5, pre-2009.2 behavior is recovered.
The Lagrangian tracer solver (LAGTRAC) will now remain active after a fast restart if it is
enabled when the SAVE keyword is used.
Actions defined using ACTIONX with a dynamic well list defined using WDYNLIST have
improved functionality. This change may be reverted to pre-2009.2 behavior by setting
OPTIONS3 item 205 to a positive value.
A change in behavior introduced in DYNAMICR in 2009.1 has been reverted to pre-2009.1

behavior for version 2009.2. 2009.1 could give zero for some block mnemonics where the
value should have been non-zero.
The calculation of well IPR (Inflow Performance Relation) has been improved. The new
method improves the results for injecting connections, leading to better results from Open
ECLIPSE queries ending IPRA, IPRB and IPRC.
If item 196 of the OPTIONS3 keyword is set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre2009.2 behavior for the well flow-dependent skin calculation for VELDEP models using
radial geometry.
Lift gas applied to a well using WCONPROD is now applied if the well is opened using
QDRILL. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be recovered by setting OPTIONS3 item 211 to a nonzero value.

Behavioral Changes
167
OPTIMIZE section
The default for OPTPARS item 7 (SCSA parameter control mode) has been changed from
BHP to ORIG.

Hysteresis Model
The 2008.2, 2009.1 and 2009.2 versions of the ODD3P relative permeability and capillary
pressure hysteresis model include a considerable number of extensions and refinements as
compared to the 2008.1 version. These include an alternative method of detecting
saturation switching (2008.2), an additional capillary pressure function (2009.1) and
corrections to the derivatives associated with the scaling of the saturation end-points
(2009.2). Pre-2009.2 behavior may be restored using the OPTODD3P keyword.
Equation of State
An alternative single-phase splitting initialization algorithm for Gibbs free energy

minimization in flash is implanted. This behavior can be activated using a non-zero value
for item 167 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The default behavior for temperature variation with depth in the flash calculation is
modified. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 188 of OPTIONS3 to a
non-zero value.
Options for rigorous density inversion check and correction in flash have been
implemented. Currently 2 options are available. Option 1: check is performed post-scalar
flash and can be activated by setting item 188 of OPTIONS3 to 1; while in Option 2 during
vector flash as well as post-scalar flash and this can be activated by setting item 188 of
OPTIONS3 to 2.
Multisegment Wells
Energy initialization for MSW has been changed. Pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored
Aquifers
168
The interpolation of influence function tables for Carter-Tracy analytic aquifers has been
improved. The Pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS3 item 170 to a
non-zero value.

Behavioral Changes
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
The new RUNSPEC keywords are:
Table 6.74
RUNSPEC keywords
Keyword
Description
ALKALINE
Activates the alkaline (high pH) model.
LOWSALT
Activates the low-salinity option within the Brine option.
VISAGE
Activates the VISAGE geomechanics workflow.
ECLMC
Activates the new Multi-Component Brine model if used in conjunction with

keyword BRINE.
TRPLPORO
Activates triple porosity in ECLIPSE 100 and sets the number of vug
porosities. This keyword is already in ECLIPSE 300.
UDTDIMS
Sets maximum dimensions for the UDT (user defined tables) keyword.
MESSAGE
Outputs a message to the screen and print file.
GRID section
Table 6.75
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
IONROCK
Specifies rock ion exchange capacity.
FILEUNIT
Confirms the units of the data set.
MESSAGE
EDIT section
The new EDIT section keywords are:
Table 6.76
EDIT keywords
Keyword
Description
FILEUNIT
MESSAGE

New Keywords
169
PROPS section
Table 6.77
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
ALSURFST
Tables of multipliers to oil/water surface tension as a function of alkaline

concentration.
ALPOLADS
Tables of multipliers to polymer adsorption as a function of alkaline concentration.
ALSURFAD
Tables of multipliers to surfactant adsorption as a function of alkaline

concentration.
ALKADS
Alkaline adsorption functions.
ALKROCK
Alkaline-rock interaction properties.
LSALTFNC
Low salinity tables weighting fractions as a function of the salt concentration.
IONXROCK
Ion exchange equilibrium data for rock ion exchanges.
IONXSURF
Ion exchange equilibrium data for surfactant micelle ion exchanges.
SURFESAL
Effective salinity data for surfactant.
PLYESAL
Effective salinity data for polymer.
ADSORP
Adsorption data for generic adsorption functions.
FILEUNIT
LCUNIT
Allow specification of the units for the linear combination of phases.
MESSAGE
REGIONS section
The new REGIONS keywords are
Table 6.78
170
REGIONS keywords
Keyword
Description
LWSLTNUM
Regions for low salinity saturation functions.
LSLTWNUM
Regions for water-wet low-salinity saturation functions.
FILEUNIT
MESSAGE

New Keywords
SOLUTION section
The new SOLUTION keywords are:
Table 6.79
SOLUTION keywords
Keyword
Description
VISDATES
Specify VISAGE geomechanics stress step dates.
VISOPTS
Specify VISAGE geomechanics workflow options.
FILEUNIT
MESSAGE
SUMMARY section
Table 6.80
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FTIRF
Field Tracer Injection Rate (Free)
FTIRS
Field Tracer Injection Rate (Solution)
FTPRF
Field Tracer Production Rate (Free)
FTPRS
Field Tracer Production Rate (Solution)
FTITF
Field Tracer Injection Total (Free)
FTITS
Field Tracer Injection Total (Solution)
FTPTF
Field Tracer Production Total (Free)
FTPTS
Field Tracer Production Total (Solution)
FTICF
Field Tracer Injection Concentration (Free)
FTICS
Field Tracer Injection Concentration (Solution)
FTPCF
Field Tracer Production Concentration (Free)
FTPCS
Field Tracer Production Concentration (Solution)
GTIRF
Group Tracer Injection Rate (Free)
GTIRS
Group Tracer Injection Rate (Solution)
GTPRF
Group Tracer Production Rate (Free)
GTPRS
Group Tracer Production Rate (Solution)
GTITF
Group Tracer Injection Total (Free)
GTITS
Group Tracer Injection Total (Solution)
GTPTF
Group Tracer Production Total (Free)
GTPTS
Group Tracer Production Total (Solution)
GTICF
Group Tracer Injection Concentration (Free)
GTICS
Group Tracer Injection Concentration (Solution)
GTPCF
Group Tracer Production Concentration (Free)
GTPCS
Group Tracer Production Concentration (Solution)
WTIRF
Well Tracer Injection Rate (Free)

New Keywords
171
Table 6.80
172
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
WTIRS
Well Tracer Injection Rate (Solution)
WTPRF
Well Tracer Production Rate (Free)
WTPRS
Well Tracer Production Rate (Solution)
WTITF
Well Tracer Injection Total (Free)
WTITS
Well Tracer Injection Total (Solution)
WTPTF
Well Tracer Production Total (Free)
WTPTS
Well Tracer Production Total (Solution)
WTICF
Well Tracer Injection Concentration (Free)
WTICS
Well Tracer Injection Concentration (Solution)
WTPCF
Well Tracer Production Concentration (Free)
WTPCS
Well Tracer Production Concentration (Solution)
CTIRF
Connection Tracer Injection Rate (Free)
CTIRS
Connection Tracer Injection Rate (Solution)
CTPRF
Connection Tracer Production Rate (Free)
CTPRS
Connection Tracer Production Rate (Solution)
CTITF
Connection Tracer Injection Total (Free)
CTITS
Connection Tracer Injection Total (Solution)
CTPTF
Connection Tracer Production Total (Free)
CTPTS
Connection Tracer Production Total (Solution)
CTICF
Connection Tracer Injection Concentration (Free)
CTICS
Connection Tracer Injection Concentration (Solution)
CTPCF
Connection Tracer Production Concentration (Free)
CTPCS
Connection Tracer Production Concentration (Solution)
FTPRALK
Field alkaline production rate
FTIRALK
Field alkaline injection rate
FTPTALK
Field alkaline production total
FTITALK
Field alkaline injection total
GTPRALK
Group alkaline production rate
GTIRALK
Group alkaline injection rate
GTPTALK
Group alkaline production total
GTITALK
Group alkaline injection total
WTPRALK
Well alkaline production rate
WTIRALK
Well alkaline injection rate
WTPTALK
Well alkaline production total
WTITALK
Well alkaline injection total
CTFRALK
Connection alkaline flow rate
CTPTALK
Connection alkaline production total
CTITALK
Connection alkaline injection total
BTCNFALK
Block alkaline concentration
BTADSALK
Block alkaline adsorption

New Keywords
Table 6.80
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BTSTMALK
Block multiplier to water/oil surface tension
BTPADALK
Block multiplier to Polymer adsorption
BTSADALK
Block multiplier to Surfactant adsorption
CSPR
Connection salt production flow rate
CSIR
Connection salt injection flow rate
SRRHEAD
Hydraulic head for river reach
FTPRANI
Field anion production rate
FTIRANI
Field anion injection rate
FTPTANI
Field anion production total
FTITANI
Field anion injection total
GTPRANI
Group anion production rate
GTIRANI
Group anion injection rate
GTPTANI
Group anion production total
GTITANI
Group anion injection total
WTPRANI
Well anion production rate
WTIRANI
Well anion injection rate
WTPTANI
Well anion production total
WTITANI
Well anion injection total
CTPTANI
Connection anion production total
CTITANI
Connection anion injection total
CTFRANI
Connection anion flow rate
BTCNFANI
Block anion concentration
FTPRCAT
Field divalent cation production rate
FTIRCAT
Field divalent cation injection rate
FTPTCAT
Field divalent cation production total
FTITCAT
Field divalent cation injection total
GTPRCAT
Group divalent cation production rate
GTIRCAT
Group divalent cation injection rate
GTPTCAT
Group divalent cation production total
GTITCAT
Group divalent cation injection total
WTPRCAT
Well divalent cation production rate
WTIRCAT
Well divalent cation injection rate
WTPTCAT
Well divalent cation production total
WTITCAT
Well divalent cation injection total
CTPTCAT
Connection divalent cation production total
CTITCAT
Connection divalent cation injection total
CTFRCAT
Connection cation flow rate
BTCNFCAT
Block divalent cation concentration
BTSADCAT
Block divalent cation surfactant associated concentration
BTRADCAT
Block divalent cation rock associated concentration

New Keywords
173
Table 6.80
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BESALSUR
Block effective salinity for phase behavior and surfactant properties
BESALPLY
Block effective salinity for polymer properties
BPORVMOD
Block pore volume multiplier associated with rock compaction
BPERMMOD
Block transmissibility multiplier associated with rock compaction
BEPVIS (alias
BVPOLY)
Block effective polymer viscosity
BEMVIS
Block effective mixture (water/polymer) viscosity
BEWV_POL
Block effective water viscosity (Polymer option)
BEWV_SUR
Block effective water viscosity due to surfactant concentration (Surfactant

option)
BEWV_SAL
Block effective water viscosity due to salt concentration (Brine option)
WJPR
Well linearly combined production rate
GJPR
Group linearly combined production rate
FJPR
Field linearly combined production rate
WJPT
Well linearly combined production total
GJPT
Group linearly combined production total
FJPT
Field linearly combined production total
WJPRH
Well linearly combined production rate history
GJPRH
Group linearly combined production rate history
FJPRH
Field linearly combined production rate history
WJPTH
Well linearly combined production total history
GJPTH
Group linearly combined production total history
FJPTH
Field linearly combined production total history
GJPRL
Group linearly combined rate production limit (for reservoir coupling)
MESSAGE
SCHEDULE section
Table 6.81
174
SCHEDULE Keywords
Keyword
Description
WALKALIN
Specifies the alkaline concentration for a water injector.
WSEGAICD
Specifies segments to represent an Autonomous Inflow Control Device.
LINCOM
Specifies the coefficients for a linear combination of oil, water and gas.
FILEUNIT
MULTFLT
Used to modify transmissibilities across named faults.
UDT
Specifies a user defined table.
MESSAGE

New Keywords

RUNSPEC section
Table 6.82
RUNSPEC keywords
Keyword
Description
VISAGE
Activates the VISAGE geomechanics workflow
GASSOL
Allows multi-component gas to dissolve in the aqueous phase.
FLUXOPTS
Instructs ECLIPSE to output necessary information to the flux file in order to

simulate a reduced thermal run from a non-thermal base case.
WSEGSOLV
Sets parameters for the multisegment well iterative linear solver.
LAGTRAC
Activates the Lagrangian Tracer Solver.
UDTDIMS
Sets maximum dimensions for the UDT (user defined tables) keyword.
GRID section
Table 6.83
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
ROCKCONL
This keyword has been added to allow rocks to be connected to local grid
refinements.
THCROCK
Specifies the rock thermal conductivities for the Thermal option.
THCOIL
Specifies the oil phase thermal conductivities for the Thermal option.
THCWATER
Specifies the water phase thermal conductivities for the Thermal option.
THCGAS
Specifies the gas phase thermal conductivities for the Thermal option.
THCSOLID
Specifies the solid phase thermal conductivities for the Thermal option.
THFLXTF
Specifies the ratio between the heat transmissibility and the flow transmissibility
for the use with both the Thermal option and the Flux boundary condition option.
FILEUNIT
ROCKFRAC
Set rock volume from a fractional value multiplied with the grid cell bulk volume.
EDIT section
The new EDIT section keywords are:
Table 6.84
EDIT keywords
Keyword
Description
FILEUNIT

New Keywords
175
PROPS section
Table 6.85
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
OPTODD3P
Options for control of the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
pressure calculation.
PEDTUNE
Provides a single set of multiplicative tuning parameters to modify the mixture

molecular weight calculation used in the Pedersen et al. viscosity calculation.
PEDTUNER
Provides multiplicative tuning parameters to modify the mixture molecular weight

calculation used in the Pedersen et al. viscosity calculation specified separately for
each equation of state region.
SOLUAQA
Specify properties of a water multi-component gas system.
VISCAQA
Specify coefficients of the Ezrokhis method for aqua viscosity. This keyword is
compatible with the CO2STORE, GASWAT, GASSOL and the thermal KWTABTn
options.
DENAQA
Specify coefficients of the Ezrokhis method for aqua density. This keyword is
compatible with the CO2STORE, GASWAT, GASSOL and the thermal KWTABTn
options.
FILEUNIT
LCUNIT
Allow specification of units for linear combination of phases.
KWTABTn
Tables of aqua Kw-values.
KWTEMP
Temperatures for Kw-value tables.
SPECHW1
Component aqua specific heat, 1st coefficient.
SPECHW2
Component aqua specific heat, 2nd coefficient.
AMFVD
Aqueous mole fractions versus depth for thermal.
REGIONS section
The new REGIONS section keywords are:
Table 6.86
176
REGIONS keywords
Keyword
Description
FILEUNIT

New Keywords
SOLUTION section
Table 6.87
SOLUTION section keywords
Keyword
Description
VISDATES
Specify VISAGE geomechanics stress step dates.
VISOPTS
Specify VISAGE geomechanics workflow options.
FILEUNIT
SUMMARY section
Table 6.88
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BTCN
Block Tracer Concentration
CTFR
Well Connection Tracer Flow Rate (+ or -)
CTPR
Well Connection Tracer Production Rate
CTPT
Well Connection Tracer Production Total
CTPC
Well Connection Tracer Production Concentration
CTIR
Well Connection Tracer Injection Rate
CTIT
Well Connection Tracer Injection Total
CTIC
Well Connection Tracer Injection Concentration
CSFR
Well Connection Salt Flow Rate (+ or -)
CSPR
Well Connection Salt Production Rate
CSPT
Well Connection Salt Production Total
CSPC
Well Connection Salt Production Concentration
CSIR
Well Connection Salt Injection Rate
CSIT
Well Connection Salt Injection Total
CSIC
Well Connection Salt Injection Concentration
AAQER
Analytic aquifer thermal energy influx rate
AAQET
Analytic aquifer thermal energy influx total
FAQER
Field analytic aquifer thermal energy influx rate
FAQET
Field analytic aquifer thermal energy influx total
AAQTEMP
Analytic aquifer temperature
AAQENTH
Analytic aquifer molar enthalpy
BIFTWO
Water-oil interfacial tension (alias for BIFTOW and only available for the ODD3P
relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model)
BIFTOG
Oil-gas interfacial tension (alias for BIFTGO and only available for the ODD3P
BIFTWG
Water-gas interfacial tension (alias for BIFTGW and only available for the ODD3P

New Keywords
177
Table 6.88
178
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BCFR
Inter-block component flow rate
BFLOO
Inter-block oil flow rate
BFLOW
Inter-block water flow rate
BFLOG
Inter-block gas flow rate
BBTFORG
Forchheimer beta factor for gas phase
BBTFORO
Forchheimer beta factor for oil phase
FCGMI
Component molar amount trapped in the gas phase
FCGMM
Component molar amount mobile in the gas phase
FCWM
Component molar amount dissolved in water
FCOM
Component molar amount dissolved in oil
FTLM
Field traced mass liquid total
FTVM
Field traced mass vapor total
FTML
Field traced mass liquid rate
FTMV
Field traced mass vapor rate
GTLM
Group traced mass liquid total
GTVM
Group traced mass vapor total
GTML
Group traced mass liquid rate
GTMV
Group traced mass vapor rate
WTLM
Well traced mass liquid total
WTVM
Well traced mass vapor total
WTML
Well traced mass liquid rate
WTMV
Well traced mass vapor rate
WJPR
Well linearly combined production rate
GJPR
Group linearly combined production rate
FJPR
Field linearly combined production rate
WJPT
Well linearly combined production total
GJPT
Group linearly combined production total
FJPT
Field linearly combined production total
WJPRH
Well linearly combined production rate history
GJPRH
Group linearly combined production rate history
FJPRH
Field linearly combined production rate history
WJPTH
Well linearly combined production total history
GJPTH
Group linearly combined production total history
FJPTH
Field linearly combined production total history
GJPRL
Group linearly combined rate production limit (for reservoir coupling)
CZMF
Connection component mole fractions
WPOFF
Difference between the bottom hole pressure and the highest water saturation
pressure in the grid blocks connected to the well
WTOFF
Difference between the water saturation temperature at the bottom hole pressure
and the hottest grid block connected to the well

New Keywords
Table 6.88
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
WTSUB
Difference between the water saturation temperature at the bottom hole pressure
and the well bore temperature at the bottom hole reference point
FCORn
Field component oil molar rate (n=1 to 99)
GCORn
Group component oil molar rate (n=1 to 99)
WCORn
Well component oil molar rate (n=1 to 99)
FCGRn
Field component gas molar rate (n=1 to 99)
GCGRn
Group component gas molar rate (n=1 to 99)
WCGRn
Well component gas molar rate (n=1 to 99)
FOE
(OIP (initial)-OIP (now))/OIP (initial)
FOEW
Oil production from wells/OIP (initial)
FOEIW
(OIP (initial)-OIP (now))/Initial mobile oil wrt water
FOEWW
Oil production from wells/Initial mobile oil wrt water
FOEIG
(OIP (initial)-OIP (now))/Initial mobile oil wrt gas
FOEWG
Oil production from wells/Initial mobile oil wrt gas
ROE
(OIP (initial)-OIP (now))/OIP (initial)
ROEW
Oil production from wells/OIP (initial)
ROEIW
(OIP (initial)-OIP (now))/Initial mobile oil wrt water
ROEWW
Oil production from wells/Initial mobile oil wrt water
ROEIG
(OIP (initial)-OIP (now))/Initial mobile oil wrt gas
ROEWG
Oil production from wells/Initial mobile oil wrt gas
BAMF
Aqueous mole fractions for aqua components (for blocks)
WAMF
Aqueous mole fractions for aqua components (for wells)
GAMF
Aqueous mole fractions for aqua components (for groups)
FAMF
Aqueous mole fractions for aqua components (for the field)
FAGIP
Field gas in place (aqueous phase) for CO2SOL/H2SSOL/ GASSOL.
SCHEDULE section
Table 6.89
SCHEDULE keyword
Keyword
Description
WSEGSICD
Specifies segments to represent a Spiral Inflow Control Device.
WSEGAICD
Specifies segments to represent an Autonomous Inflow Control Device.
FILEUNIT
WSEGLINK
Defines the chord segment links for specifying looped flowpaths.
MULTFLT
Used to modify transmissibilities across named faults.
LAGTRUPD
Controls when the Lagrangian Tracer Solver updates streamlines.
LTRACE
Forces the Lagrangian Tracer Solver to trace new streamlines.
NOLTRACE
Prevents the Lagrangian Tracer Solver from tracing new streamlines.

New Keywords
179
Table 6.89
180
SCHEDULE keyword
Keyword
Description
RPTSLN
Controls the output of streamlines.
UDT
Specifies a user defined table.
LINCOM
Specifies the coefficients for a linear combination of oil, water and gas.

New Keywords
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
Table 6.90
Keyword
Description
PETOPTS
The INITNNC mnemonic has been extended and now also applies to CORSNUM
information.
If a grid file is also being output, INITNNC adds the requested information to the
INIT file but does not suppress its output to the grid file.
The NOPINCHC mnemonic has been added to suppress the calculation of
pinchout NNCs.
The TRANPORV mnemonic has been added to tell ECLIPSE 100 that the .GSG
file contains transmissibilities and pore volumes.
A new NEWTRAN mnemonic has been added for compatibility with ECLIPSE
300. It has no effect.
START
A fourth argument has been added for the time at the start of the run.
BRINE
Activates the new Multi-Component Brine model if used in conjunction with

keyword ECLMC.
NMATRIX
As triple porosity is now usable in ECLIPSE 100, this keyword will conflict with
the triple porosity option and cannot be used in the same deck.
PSTEADY
A twelfth argument has been added which can be used to speed-up the simulators
advance to steady-state.
WSEGSOLV
The default value of item 3 has been changed from 1.0E-6 to 1.0E-8.
ROCKCOMP
The BOBERG rock compaction hysteresis can be activated using the

ROCKCOMP keyword.
GRID section
Table 6.91
Keyword
Description
PETGRID
This keyword has been extended to import local grids for corner point geometry
with curved or truncated pillars. In addition, if this keyword is present in the
dataset, no grid file will be output.
RPTGRID
New mnemonic IONROCK has been added to output the rock ion exchange
capacity.

Altered Keywords
181
PROPS section
Table 6.92
Keyword

Description
PLYROCK
The first argument can now be set to a value between 0 and 1, but strictly less than
1.
ROCKOPTS
The ELASTIC option can be activated using the ROCKOPTS keyword to

determine the initial conditions for the HYSTER and BOBERG options.
RPTPROPS
If output of the PVTO tables is selected, the interpolated versions of the

tables will also be printed if API tracking has been specified
SOLUTION section
Table 6.93
Keyword
Description
SALT
Specifies initial salt concentration for multiple salts when the Multi-Component
Brine model is active.
SALTVD
Specifies tables of salt concentration versus depth for multiple salts when the
RPTSOL
Mnemonics ANIONS and CATIONS have been added to output initial anion and
divalent cation concentrations.
RPTSOL
Mnemonics ESALSUR and ESALPLY have been added to output initial surfactant
and polymer effective salinities.
RPTSOL
Mnemonic SALTVD now outputs tables of initial anion and divalent cation
equivalent molar concentrations versus depth when the Multi-Component Brine
model is active.
RPTRST
Mnemonic CONV outputs indicators for worst converging cells.
RPTRST
Mnemonic PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at reference conditions.
RPTRST
Mnemonic VISC allows to output extra viscosities when Polymer or Surfactant or

Brine option(s) is/are active:
- SHWATVIS: effective polymer viscosity due to shear thinning (PLYSHEAR)
- EPVIS: effective polymer viscosity (Polymer option)
- EMVIS: effective mixture (water/polymer) viscosity (Polymer option)
- EWV_POL: effective water viscosity (Polymer option)
- EWV_SUR: effective water viscosity due to surfactant concentration (Surfactant
option)
- EWV_SAL: effective water viscosity due to salt concentration (Brine option)
182

Altered Keywords
SCHEDULE section
Table 6.94
Keyword
Description
DATES
A fourth argument has been added to this keyword for the time of the report.
NEXTSTPL
A new item has been added to the keyword NEXTSTPL so that the maximum
length of the next time-step can now be applied to every subsequent report step.
GCONSALE
Items 2, 3 and 4 of GCONSALE have been modified to allow UDAs.
RPTSCHED
New mnemonic ALKALINE to output Alkaline concentrations and adsorption (if

activated).
WELDRAW
Item 2 of WELDRAW has been modified to allow UDAs.
WLIFTOPT
New item 6 to permit the inclusion of a weighted gas rate production term in the
denominator of gas lift optimization gradient calculation.
New item 7 to permit wells to continue to be allocated lift gas after a group gas
target has been achieved but whilst an oil rate limit has not been reached.
WSEGSICD
New items 11 and 12 to specify flow scaling calculation method and maximum
valid flow rate.
GRDREACH
New item 16 has been added to remove the capillary pressure term from the river
inflow equation.
GRDREACH
Items 17, 18 and 19 have been added to specify the choice of river infiltration
equation.
WSALT
The keyword now specifies the injection concentration of multiple salts when the
RPTSCHED
New mnemonics ANIONS and CATIONS have been added to output anion and
divalent cation concentrations.
RPTSCHED
New mnemonics ESALSUR and ESALPLY have been added to output surfactant
and polymer effective salinities.
TUNING
Item 12 has been added to the second record specifying a relative threshold
parameter for damping in the ion exchange calculations.
RPTRST
Mnemonic CONV outputs indicators for the worst converging cells.
WCONPROD
New CRAT control mode and new item to specify associated target/limit.
GCONPROD
WCONHIST
WHISTCTL
New CRAT control mode.
WELCNTL
WELTARG
WLISTARG
WTADD
WTMULT
GTADD
GTMULT
GRUPTARG
WCUTBACK
New linearly combined control phase.
WCUTBACT

Altered Keywords
183
Table 6.94
Keyword
Description
GCUTBACK
GCUTBACT
WGRUPCON
GUIDERAT
WBHGLR
GCONPRI
New item to specify linearly combined target/limit and new item to specify
procedure on exceeding this limit.
WAPI
Item 2 of WAPI has been modified in to allow UDAs.
WFOAM
Item 2 of WFOAM has been modified to allow UDAs.
WPOLYMER
Items 2 and 3 of WPOLYMER has been modified to allow UDAs.
WSALT
Item 2 of WSALT has been modified in to allow UDAs.
WSOLVENT
Item 2 of WSOLVENT has been modified in to allow UDAs.
WSURFACT
Item 2 of WSURFACT has been modified to allow UDAs.
WTRACER
Items 3 and 4 of WTRACER has been modified to allow UDAs.
WTMULT
Item 3 of WTMULT has been modified to allow UDAs.
WTADD
Item 3 of WTADD has been modified to allow UDAs.
TUNING
Item 13 has been added to the second record specifying a weighting factor for
updating active tracer concentrations when the tracers are solved in each Newton
iteration.
RPTSCHED
UDQ
Additional syntax has been added to allow the use of user defined tables (UDT).
OPTIONS keyword
Table 6.95
184
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
Switch 88
The default behavior is for the emulsion viscosity model to be activated in

keyword WSEGSICD and deactivated in keyword WSEGAICD. If this switch is
set equal to 1 the emulsion viscosity model is deactivated in keyword WSEGSICD.
If set equal to 2 the emulsion viscosity model is activated in keyword WSEGAICD.
If set equal to 3 the emulsion viscosity model is both deactivated in keyword
WSEGSICD and activated in keyword WSEGAICD.
Switch 96
From 2009.1 onwards, the derivative of the pore volume with respect to pressure
in the Palmer-Mansoori rock model (see the ROCKPAMA keyword) has been
modified for stability. This can help if you encounter convergence problems
running the Palmer-Mansoori model.
Switch 101
A bug was fixed in the calculation of well potentials when the generalized
pseudo-pressure special inflow equation is used (see WELSPECS item 8).
The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by setting this item to a non-zero
multiple of 7.

Altered Keywords
Table 6.95
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
Switch 117
In dual porosity, this allows MULTNUM regions to be specified for only the matrix
or the fracture if this switch is greater than 0; without this switch, matrix
specifications will automatically be copied to the fracture and vice
versa.Additionally, if the switch is greater than 1, this behavior will also apply to
the PINCHNUM, FLUXNUM and OPERNUM keywords.
Switch 118
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2008.2 calculation behavior for the use of the
DRSDT and DRVDT keywords in the presence of both vaporized oil and
dissolved gas is restored.
Switch 119
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 capillary pressure calculations for the
Surfactant Model are restored.
Switch 120
If set to 1, the pre-2008.2 convergence criterion for the standard solver used for
tracer tracking is restored.
Switch 121
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2008.2 calculation behavior for the calculation of
relative permeabilities using Stones Second Model with end-point scaling is
restored.
Switch 122
If set to 1, the pre-2008.2 Polymer Dead Pore Volume model is restored.
Switch 123
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for the interpolation of the
Carter-Tracy aquifer influence function tables is restored.
Switch 124
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 calculation of the summary quantities

FTPC, GTPC, WTPC, CTPC, FTIC, GTIC, WTIC and CTIC for concentrations of
partitioned tracers will be restored.
Switch 125
If set to a positive value, this changes the tolerance used when checking whether
the current simulation time is a report time. The new tolerance is 10**(OPTIONS(125)). The default tolerance is 10**(-3) which is equivalent to setting
this value to 3.
Switch 126
If set to 1, all active tracers will be solved in each Newton iteration instead of at the
end of a time step. This option can be used to reduce the time lag in tracer
dependent properties. If set to 2, all active tracers will be solved at the end of a
time step. The default behavior is to solve all tracers at the end of a time step,
unless ECLMC is specified in the RUNSPEC section, in which case the default
behavior is to solve Brine, Surfactant and Alkaline tracers in each Newton
iteration, but all other tracers at the end of the time step.
Switch 127
If set to a positive value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for tracer adsorption, using a
non-cascade tracer solver, is restored. Prior to 2009.1, the adsorped tracer amount
was not properly reset following a convergence failure.
Switch 128
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for the calculation of residual
oil saturation for the Stone I relative permeability model with end-point scaling is
restored.
Switch 129
For developer use.
Switch 130
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for specific heat capacity
conversion is restored.

Altered Keywords
185
Table 6.95
186
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
Switch 131
Except for the MISCNUM keyword, the documentation states that all REGIONS
section keywords should be assigned a minimum value of 1. However, it is
possible that pre-processor or manual edits to a keyword definition, can set a value
of 0, even for inactive cells. To be compatible with the treatment of REGIONS
section keywords using EQUALS/ADD/MULTIPLY keywords, if REGIONS data
is specified using a REGIONS keyword directly, then error messages can be output
for both active and inactive cells. To do this, set OPTIONS switch number 131 to
a non-zero value.
Switch 132
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for WLIFT is restored.
Switch 133
If set to a non-zero value, well and group guide rates are allowed to change for the
first NUPCOL iterations instead of remaining fixed throughout the timestep.
Switch 134
If set to 1, a different algorithm is used to calculate the local grid geometry. In

some cases this can give better output to the EGRID file for visualization purposes.
Switch 135
If set to a positive number, the pre-2009.1 interpolation method for the SOF32D
saturation functions family is restored.
Switch 136
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for the decay of an adsorped
tracer is restored.
Switch 137
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for inter-block velocity

calculations is restored.
Switch 138
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for the calculation of the
modification to the curvature of the relative permeability curves using the keyword
DPKRMOD is restored.
Switch 139
If set to a multiple of 2, the switch activates an alternative method for calculating

the mixture density for stagnant connections at the bottom of a well. If set to a
multiple of 3, the switch forces cross-flowing connections to use the segregated
density calculation method.
Switch 140
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for the interpolation of

PVTO tables for API tracking is restored. For the 2009.2 version onwards
the interpolation procedure has been modified to avoid duplicate Rs nodes
which could occur for some combinations of table data and minimum Rs
node spacing.
Switch 141
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting nonneighbor connections within coarsened cells is restored. For 2009.2
onwards, the NNC ends may be moved to a different coarsened cell to
avoid the situation where, after coarsening, a fault NNC no longer crosses
its fault. This new algorithm may also cause slight changes in the
transmissibility of other NNCs.
Switch 144
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for calculating flow rate limits
for the WELDRAW keyword is used.

Altered Keywords

RUNSPEC section
Table 6.96
Keyword
Description
PETOPTS
The INITNNC mnemonic has been extended and now also applies to CORSNUM
information.
If a grid file is also being output, INITNNC adds the requested information to the
INIT file but does not suppress its output to the grid file.
The NOPINCHC mnemonic has been added to suppress the calculation of pinchout
NNCs.
The TRANPORV mnemonic has been added to tell ECLIPSE 300 that the .GSG file
contains transmissibilities and pore volumes.
A new NEWTRAN mnemonic has been added. This forces fault transmissibilities to
be calculated even for corner point geometry, which is necessary for correct
treatment of coarsened cells containing faults.
START
WSEGDIMS
A fourth item has been added to specify the maximum number of chord segment
links per well.
NSTACK
The default value for the first argument has been modified to 20 when using the
JALS solver.
JALS
The JALS solver has a new mode that can be selected via the 1st argument
of the keyword. In addition, a new item 4 has been added in order to
switch on an extra residual check (ON). By default, this item will be set
to OFF.
GRID section
Table 6.97
Keyword
Description
PETGRID
This keyword has been extended to import local grids for corner point geometry
with curved or truncated pillars. In addition, if this keyword is present in the
dataset, no grid file will be output.
AQUCT
A new item has been added to specify the temperature in the aquifer. This is only
for use with either the thermal or temperature options.
RPTGRID
New mnemonics THCROCK, THCOIL, THCWATER, THCGAS and THCSOLID

have been added to output respectively the rock, oil phase, water phase, gas phase
and solid phase thermal conductivity.
RPTGRIDL
New mnemonics THCROCK, THCOIL, THCWATER, THCGAS and THCSOLID

have been added to output respectively the rock, oil phase, water phase, gas phase
and solid phase thermal conductivity.

Altered Keywords
187
Table 6.97
Keyword
Description
INIT
The .INIT file may now contain THCROCK, THCOIL, THCWATER, THCGAS and
THCSOLID data.
ROCKPROP
Item 7 has been added to specify a minimum temperature difference to start the
Vinsome model heat loss calculation.
MULTREGT
The keyword is now functional in parallel.
COPYBOX
The keyword is now functional in parallel.
PROPS section
Table 6.98
Keyword
Description
AQUCT
ODD3P
The three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model

calculation has been improved. Pre-2009.2 behavior may be restored using the
OPTODD3P keyword.
RSWVD
New items can be added to specify the concentration of dissolved gases versus
depth. This keyword is compatible with the GASSOL keyword.
DIFFCWAT
This existing keyword is used to specify the aqua component diffusion

coefficients, and is now compatible with the GASSOL option as well as GASWAT
and CO2STORE.
PCODD3P
Item 1 has been extended to permit a new capillary pressure model which
incorporates saturation weighting based upon three phases via option 12.
EQLDREAC
A 6th argument has been added to enable reactions to be limited to forward or

reverse directions only.
RPTPROPS
Mnemonics SWF3 and SGF3 now output, in addition to the input saturation
function tables, the 3-phase relative permeabilities for water and gas, respectively,
for the IKU3P model.
SOLUTION section
Table 6.99
188
Keyword
Description
RPTSOL
A new mnemonic ROCKCON has been added to output rock connection data within
global grid and local grid refinements
AMF
This keyword is compatible with the GASWAT and CO2STORE keywords.
AQUCHGAS

Altered Keywords
Table 6.99
Keyword
Description
AQUCHWAT
AQUCT
AQUFETP
AQUFLUX
New items have been added to specify the temperature and pressure in the aquifer.
This is only for use with either the thermal or temperature options.
RSWVD
New items can be added to specify the concentration of dissolved gases versus
depth. This keyword is compatible with the GASSOL keyword.
RSW
New items can be added to specify the initial variation of aqueous gases-water
ratio by enumeration. This keyword is compatible with the GASSOL keyword.
RPTRST
If flow output is requested, this now also includes NNC flows.
RPTSOL
In previous versions, LAMB was used to output the saturation dependent multiplier
for thermal conductivity for the Thermal option. This has now been replaced by
TCMULT.
RPTRST
TCMULT.
RPTRST
A new mnemonic TCBULK has been added to output the cell average thermal
RPTSOL
Two new mnemonics BTFORG and BTFORO have been added to output
RPTRST,
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST and RPTSOL keywords
can now be used to output inter-block oil and gas flow rates for compositional
models. Note that, in such (compositional) cases, the values returned for FLOOIL
and FLOGAS are, by default, based on the first FIP set defined. Also note that
FLOWAT is now compatible with the GASWAT and CO2STORE options.
RPTSOL
RPTRST
RPTRST
PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at reference conditions.
RPTSOL
PORV outputs the reservoir pore volumes at reference conditions.
RPTRST
TSUB outputs sub-cool temperatures in a THERMAL simulation.

Altered Keywords
189
SUMMARY section
Table 6.100
Mnemonic
Description
BLAMB
In previous versions, BLAMB was used to output the block saturation dependent
multiplier for thermal conductivity for the Thermal option. This has now been
replaced by BTCMULT.
WXMFn
The number of separation stages n have been extended to cover up to 99 stages.
WYMFn
GXMFn
GYMFn
FXMFn
FYMFn
WOnPR
GOnPR
FOnPR
WOnPT
GOnPT
FOnPT
WGnPR
GGnPR
FGnPR
WGnPT
GGnPT
FGnPT
SCHEDULE section
Table 6.101
190
Keyword
Description
AQUCHGAS
AQUCHWAT
AQUCT
AQUFETP
AQUFLUX
New items have been added to specify the temperature and pressure in the aquifer.
This is only for use with either the thermal or temperature options.

Altered Keywords
Table 6.101
Keyword
Description
CVCRIT
A value less than NSTACK can now be specified if desired
DATES
A fourth argument has been added to this keyword for the time of the report.
GRUPFUEL
Items 2 and 3 of GRUPFUEL have been modified to allow UDAs.
GRUPSALE
Items 2 and 3 of GRUPSALE have been modified to allow UDAs.
RPTRST
WELDRAW
Item 2 of WELDRAW has been modified to allow UDAs.
WLIFTOPT
denominator of the gas lift optimization gradient calculation.
RPTSCHED
TCMULT.
RPTRST
TCMULT.
RPTRST
A new mnemonic TCBULK has been added to output the cell average thermal
RPTSCHED
RPTRST
WELLSTRW
Now activated for options CO2STORE, GASWAT and GASSOL.
WINJW
Now activated for options CO2STORE, GASWAT and GASSOL.
WSALT
Item 2 of WSALT has been modified to allow UDAs.
WTRACER
Items 3 and 4 of WTRACER have been modified to allow UDAs.
WTMULT
Item 3 of WTMULT has been modified to allow UDAs.
WTADD
Item 3 of WTADD has been modified to allow UDAs.
RPTRST,
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST and RPTSCHED
keywords can now be used to output inter-block oil and gas flow rates for
compositional models. Note that, in such (compositional) cases, the values
returned for FLOOIL and FLOGAS are, by default, based on the first FIP set
defined. Also note that FLOWAT is now compatible with the GASWAT and
CO2STORE options.
RPTSCHED
ACTIONW
The mnemonics WXMFnn, WYMFnn and WZMFnn should now be written

WXMF_nn, WYMF_nn and WZMF_nn. Item 181 of keyword OPTIONS3 reverts
this change.
UDQ
Additional syntax has been added to allow the use of user defined tables (UDT).
RPTSCHED
WCONPROD
GCONPROD
WCONHIST
WELLPROD
GRUPPROD

Altered Keywords
191
Table 6.101
Keyword
Description
WHISTCTL
WELCNTL
WELTARG
WLISTARG
WTADD
WTMULT
GTADD
GTMULT
GRUPTARG
WCUTBACK
WGRUPCON
GUIDERAT
WELLGR
GRUPGR
GCONPRI
New item to specify linearly combined target/limit and new item to specify
procedure on exceeding this limit.
RPTRST,
TSUB outputs sub-cool temperatures in a THERMAL simulation.
RPTSCHED
CVCRIT
The default maximum number of linear iterations when using the JALS solver has
been reduced to 20.
TUNING
The default maximum number of linear iterations when using the JALS solver has
been reduced to 20.
OPTIMIZE section
The altered OPTIMIZE keywords are:
Table 6.102
192
Altered OPTIMIZE keywords in ECLIPSE 300
Keyword
Description
OPTPARS
A new item ORIG is available when specifying the SCSA parameter control
mode in item 7. The default for this item has been changed from BHP to ORIG.

Altered Keywords
OPTIONS3 keyword
Table 6.103
Switch
Description
If set to a non-zero value, a zero THP will be assigned to zero rate wells. If set to 1 the pre-2009.1 behavior for this option switch will be obtained.
95
This switch controls the scale back of sales and fuel gas should insufficient gas be
available to meet sales, fuel and reinjection targets. If set to 0 fuel and sales gas are
scaled back equally only if WAVAILIM is set. If set to 3 fuel and sales gas are
scaled back equally irrespective of WAVAILIM. If set to 4 the priority order
specified in WTAKEGAS is used to decide which of the fuel and sales to scale
back first, but no scale back takes place if WAVAILIM has not been specified.
137
This switch has been extended so that, if it is set to a negative value, an extra flash
is not performed for property updates in TRACER runs (for pre-2008.1 back
compatibility).
142
If set to 1, the pre-2008.1 behavior of WELSPECS element 5 is used. If set to 2

then the 2008.1 behavior is used.
158
If set to 1, the Appleyard chop is applied to components when they appear or

disappear. This behavior is the default for simulations using the chemical reactions
feature but can be disabled by setting to -1.
159
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2008.2 behavior for gas accounting is restored
according to the value set.
If the value is divisible by 2 and if a well is set to reinject a group vapor source or
a group is set to reinject a well vapor source (for example GINJGAS item 2 set to
WV), then no gas will be reinjected.
If the value is divisible by 3, then make-up gas is not switched off if a reinjection
target is set for a group.
If the value is divisible by 5, then the pre-2008.2 calculation of advance gas is
used. This changes the calculation of advance gas if the WEFAC and/or GEFAC
keywords are used.
If the value is divisible by 7, then the pre-2008.2 calculation of availability limit is
used. This changes the calculation of the availability limit if the WEFAC and/or
GEFAC keywords are used.
If the value is divisible by 11, then the pre-2008.2 calculation of gas accounting is
used. This changes the calculation of excess gas and reinjected gas if the GEFAC
keyword is used.
160
If set to 1, the pre-2008.2 thermal non-linear damping is restored.
161
If set to 1 an alternative procedure for simulations with rock-filled cells is

activated. Mathematically this is a null change but variations due to numerical
rounding may occur.
162
If set to 1, this restores the pre-2008.1 behavior for equilibration options 2 and 3
when the reference depth is not set to GOC.
163
If set to 1, an alternative memory allocation algorithm is enabled. It reduces the

number of allocations/de-allocations while increasing the maximum amount of
memory used.
164
If set > 0, this switch turns on an alternative viscosity calculation in CO2SOL.

Altered Keywords
193
Table 6.103
Switch
Description
165
If set to 1, this switch turns on Ezrokhis formula for the water density calculation
in CO2SOL/H2SSOL.
166
If set to 1, well constraints may be weakly violated in order to improve the

convergence of the well model.
167
If set to > 0, this switch activates the new single-phase splitting initialization
algorithm for Gibbs free energy minimization in the flash.
168
If set to 1, the pre-2008.2 calculation of fluid in place is used, correctly accounting

for satellite group injection and production fluids.
169
The default behavior is for the emulsion viscosity model to be activated in

keyword WSEGSICD and deactivated in keyword WSEGAICD. If this switch is
set equal to 1 the emulsion viscosity model is deactivated in keyword WSEGSICD.
If set equal to 2 the emulsion viscosity model is activated in keyword WSEGAICD.
If set equal to 3 the emulsion viscosity model is both deactivated in keyword
WSEGSICD and activated in keyword WSEGAICD.
170
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for the interpolation of the
Carter-Tracy aquifer influence function tables is restored.
171
If set to 1, the pre-2009.1 multi segment well energy predictor is restored.
172
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 equilibration FACTLI calculation is

performed.
173
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior for gas accounting is restored.
This affects how sales and fuel gas is calculated if a reinjection target greater than
1 is specified.
174
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 FACTLI calculation during solution

initialization is used. The new calculation updates FACTLI based only on the
single-phase cells.
175
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2006.2 defaulting of the D-factor (item 12 of the
COMPDAT keyword, or item 13 of the COMPDATL and COMPDATM keywords)
is restored. A bug was fixed in this defaulting at 2006.2. Prior to that version, the
completion D-factor was re-computed each time one of these keywords was
present with the D-factor defaulted.
176
This option must be set in the RUNSPEC section. If set to a non-zero value the pre2009.1 method for calculating region phase production totals (ROPT, RWPT and
RGPT) is used. Pre-2009.1 these quantities were reported for the beginning of the
timestep rather than the end.
177
If a multiple of 2, then the closure of history matched wells with zero production
rates and banned crossflow will not automatically occur.
If a multiple of 3, then the closure of injection wells with zero injection rates and
banned crossflow will not automatically occur.
194
178
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2008.3 reporting of group potentials is restored.

Prior to the 2008.3 version, shut and stopped well potentials were sometimes
included in the reported group potential.
179
From 2009.1 onwards, the derivative of the pore volume with respect to pressure
in the Palmer-Mansoori rock model (see the ROCKPAMA keyword) is modified
for stability. This helps with some convergence problems encountered in previous
releases. The default behavior is to ignore the temperature effect if it dominates the
pressure effect. If a value of 1 is used, the pre-2009.1 behavior for PalmerMansoori rock model is restored. If a value of 2 is used then the temperature effect
in the derivative is ignored in all cases.

Altered Keywords
Table 6.103
Switch
Description
180
If set to a nonzero value, the pre-2009.1 behavior of allowing oil injectors is

restored.
181
If set to a non-zero value, the mnemonics WXMF, WYMF and WZMF of component
nn in keyword ACTIONW are handled in the pre-2007.1 way: they should be
written WXMFnn, WYMFnn and WZMFnn. The post-2007.1 way of writing these
mnemonics is WXMF_nn, WYMF_nn and WZMF_nn.
182
If set to 1, this option ensures that the pre-2009.1 calculations for FLOOIL and
FLOGAS are used for black-oil models.
183
If set to 1, this option ensures that the pre-2009.1 calculations for FLOWAT and
RWFR are used for multi-component water models.
184
If set to 1, this option ensures that the pre-2009.1 calculation of the well model for
CO2SOL/H2SSOL case is used.
185
If set to a non-zero value, this option restores the 2008.1 behavior of equilibration
option 3 when the reference depth is not set to GOC. Note that the pre-2008.1
behavior can be restored by setting item 162 of OPTIONS3 to 1.
186
This affects various behavior related to the WAVAILIM keyword.
From 2009.1 onwards, if a well is under availability control when an

unlimited injection fluid source (for example stream) is specified (see
WINJGAS), then the control mode is reset to the most recent one
specified explicitly for that well. The pre-2009.1 behavior (which
leaves the well on availability control) can be restored by setting
OPTIONS3 item 186 to a non-zero value which is a multiple of 2.
From 2009.1 onwards, if a group is under availability control (see

WAVAILIM) when more than NUPCOL Newton iterations are required,
the appropriate phase availability is restored for the group from the last
NUPCOL calculated value. Previously the group phase availability
limit would always have been the last NUPCOL calculated availability
for the water phase. The pre-2009.1 behavior can be restored by
setting OPTIONS3 item 186 to a non-zero multiple of 3.
187
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 reporting of segment phase velocities is

restored. Prior to 2009.1 the phase velocities in segments where the drift flux slip
model was not used were set equal to the segment mixture velocity. Post-2009.1
the phase velocity is set to zero if the phase saturation within the segment is zero.
188
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 calculation of temperature variation with

depth in the flash calculation is restored.
189
If set to 1, this switch activates a rigorous density inversion check post-scalar flash
If set to 2, this switch activates a rigorous density inversion check during the
vector flash as well as post-scalar flash.
190
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1setting of well enthalpies in thermal decks

is activated. From 2009.1 onwards the well enthalpies are set whenever an action
is triggered.
191
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.1 density gravity calculation

method for MSWs is used.

Altered Keywords
195
Table 6.103
196
Switch
Description
192
The calculation of tracer concentration has been changed if a well or group

efficiency factor has been set (WEFAC or GEFAC). The pre-2009.1
behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS3, item 192 to a non-zero
value.
193
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior is restored for the

calculation of the minimum oil saturation for the Stone 1 relative
permeability model with end-point scaling and with either the SOMGAS or
the SOMWAT keyword specified. This switch is only relevant if the critical
oil-in-gas (SOGCR) or critical oil-water (SOWCR) end-point saturations are
zero.
194
If set to a positive value, pre-2009.2 LAGTRAC calculations are recovered:
If divisible by 2, streamline update and retrace times are calculated as

they were for 2009.1.
If divisible by 3, streamline tracing uses the 2009.1 cell porosity

calculation.
If divisible by 5, streamline tracing ignores rock compressibility.
If divisible by 7, streamline flowrates are calculated using the 2009.1

well/group efficiency method.
196
If set to a non-zero value, this restores the pre-2009.2 behavior for the well
flow-dependent skin calculation for VELDEP models using radial
geometry.
197
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior for adjusting nonneighbor connections within coarsened cells is restored. For 2009.2
onwards, the NNC ends may be moved to a different coarsened cell to
avoid the situation where, after coarsening, a fault NNC no longer crosses
its fault. This new algorithm may also cause slight changes in the
transmissibility of other NNCs.
204
If set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2009.2 calculation method

for segments whose pressure drop is defined using VFP tables.
205
If set to a positive value, this enables the pre-2009.2 behavior of

ACTIONX with WDYNLIST.
206
If set to a positive value, two successive Newton iterations are required to

converge in order to achieve final convergence.
207
Alternative Jacobian construction for CO2SOL/H2SSOL/GASSOL
208
If set to a non-zero value, pre 2009.2 behavior is restored whereby the

SPECHS keyword may be omitted for thermal models with one or more
components exhibiting solid phases.
210
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior of the well inflow

performance relationship calculations is restored. This mainly affects
Open ECLIPSE queries ending IPRA, IPRB or IPRC for wells with
injecting connections.

Altered Keywords
Table 6.103
Switch
Description
211
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2009.2 behavior of gas lift for wells drilled using
the QDRILL keyword is used. If lift gas is specified for a closed well using
WCONPROD prior to 2009.2 then no lift gas will be used if the well is opened
using QDRILL.
212
If set to a positive value the old behavior when calculating default rock volumes
for a Coal Bed Methane, instant adsorption model is activated.
214
If set to a non-zero value, this enables the pre-2009.2 John Appleyard

Linear Solver (JALS).

Altered Keywords
197
198

Altered Keywords
2008.1 and 2008.2

Developments
Chapter 7
New Facilities
RUNSPEC section
Dimensions for User Defined Arguments can be specified in UDADIMS.
Dimensions for aquifer and block user defined quantities can be specified in UDQDIMS.
The WPOTCALC keyword has been added to control potential calculations on shut and
stopped wells. The use of keyword is equivalent to setting OPTIONS item 101 to a nonzero multiple of 3 and has been added to make the control of these potential calculations
more visible.
The WSEGSOLV keyword has been added to control parameters related to the multisegment
well iterative linear solver.
The DYNRDIMS keyword has been added to set up dimensions for the Dynamic Region
facility.
The GRAVDRB keyword can be used to apply the vertical discretised gravity drainage
model.
The NNEWTF keyword can be used to activate the non-Newtonian model when the Polymer
flood option is active.
An item has been added to the WSEGDIMS keyword to specify the maximum number of
chord segment links per well
The PETOPTS keyword has a new mnemonic NOPINCHC which suppresses calculation of
pinchout NNCs.

New Facilities
199
workflow.
GRID section
The JFUNCR keyword can be used to specify Leverett J-Functions for the scaling of
capillary pressure on a per saturation table basis, with the option of selecting capillary
pressures from either direct table look-up or via J-Function calculations.These can be
output with the RPTGRID keyword.
The PETGRID keyword can now be used to import global grid geometry, local grid
geometry and properties from a Generic Simulation Grid (.GSG) file. This type of file
format has to be imported via Petrel.
The EQUALREG keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM or OPERNUM) which will be used to modify a specific property.
The ADDREG keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
The MULTIREG keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
The COPYREG keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
The MULTREGT keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
(MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the transmissibilities.
The MULTREGD keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the diffusivities.
The MULTREGH keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the rock thermal conductivities.
The MULTREGP keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the pore volumes.
The BTOBALFA and BTOBALFV keywords now set up block to block connections in
ECLIPSE 100 (global grid only) as well as ECLIPSE 300.
The NMATOPTS keywords now also accepts an argument VERTICAL to use the ECLIPSE
100 Discrete Matrix modeling to calculate dual porosity gravity drainage.
EDIT section
200
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM or OPERNUM)) which will be used to modify a specific property.
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM or OPERNUM)) which will be used to modify a specific property.
The MULTREGD keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
(MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the diffusivities.

New Facilities
The MULTREGH keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
(MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the rock thermal conductivities.
(MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the pore volumes.
PROPS section
The STONE1EX keyword can be used to apply an exponent to the saturation terms in the
STONE1 three-phase relative permeability model. Output of values can be obtained from
the RPTPROPS keyword
The FOAMOPTS keyword can be used to select the phase for foam transport and the type
of model to be used for calculating the mobility reduction due to foam.
The FOAMFCN, FOAMFRM, FOAMFSC, FOAMFSO, FOAMFSW, and FOAMFST keywords

can be used to specify the properties of the functional model of mobility reduction due to
foam.
The FHERCHBL keyword must be used in conjunction with the NNEWTF keyword to
specify the properties of the non-Newtonian fluid as functions of the polymer
concentration.
The SWATINIT keyword is used to match an initial water distribution. Two new scaling
options for capillary pressure have been added to OPTIONS(74). When the SWATINIT
keyword is used to match an initial water distribution for mixed wettability rocks and
positive capillary pressure dominated then the scaling on P cow is more sensible if
OPTIONS(74)=5. When the SWATINIT keyword is used to match an initial water
distribution for mixed wettability rocks and negative capillary pressure dominated then the
scaling on P cow is more sensible if OPTIONS(74)=7.
be restored by setting switch 122 in the OPTIONS keyword to one.
The first argument of the PLYROCK keyword (Dead Pore Volume) can now be set to a value
between 0 and 1, but strictly smaller than 1.
REGIONS section

New Facilities
201
SOLUTION section
202
The EQUALS keyword has been added to allow you to modify grid values within the current
box.
The AQANCONL keyword has been added to allow analytic aquifers to be connected to local
grid refinements.
The CELLINDX mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This outputs the cell
indices corresponding to the other output properties. If any cells are missing due to
inactivity this allows determination of which cells properties are actually present in the
restart file without the need for information in the INIT file.
The DYNREG mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This outputs the cell
indices corresponding to the dynamic regions specified using the DYNAMICR keyword.
The SFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This is a synonym for the
FIP mnemonic and is intended to reduce possible confusion when using FIP in both
ECLIPSE 100 and ECLIPSE 300, to indicate that for ECLIPSE 100 surface/separator
conditions are used.
The RFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output fluid in place
information at reservoir conditions.
The DYNAMICR keyword has been added to define regions based on when a set of
conditions are satisfied. These regions may be static or allowed to change dynamically.
The ENDDYN keyword has been added to indicate the end of a DYNAMICR keyword
sequence.
The RIVERSYS keyword has been extended to include an option of solving the timedependent Saint-Venant equations.
The FOAMCNM mnemonic has been added to the to RPTSOL keyword to output the
logarithm base ten of the capillary number for the FOAM option when the functional form
of the gas mobility reduction model has been selected and the FOAMFCN keyword has been
specified.

New Facilities
SUMMARY section
New mnemonics FGSTP, FGSPR, FGSSP, FGSRU, FGSRL, GGSTP, GGSPR, GGSSP,
GGSRU and GGSRL have been added to give data on sustainable capacity test results.
New mnemonics CRREXCH, CRRPROT, CRRINJT, SRTFR, SRTFC added to give data on
river results.
New mnemonics, SRSFR and SRSFC, to output brine flow and concentration in rivers
reaches.
New mnemonics WPWE0, WPWE1, WPWE2, WPWE3, WPWE4, WPWE5, WPWE6, WPWE7 and
WPWEM added to give information on well events such as drilling, completion opening and
function changes.
A new mnemonic WNEWTON has been added to output the number of well Newton
iterations used in the last global Newton iteration at each timestep. A negative value
indicates that the well model did not converge during the last global Newton iteration.
New mnemonics (F,G)API and RAPI added to give average API of produced oil or oil in
place. These mnemonics are for use with the API tracking option (see "API Tracking" on
page 69).
The mnemonic AAQP can now be used to output aquifer pressure for all aquifer types
(except for constant flux aquifer as given by AQUFLUX).
New keyword SUMTHIN reduces the amount of data written to summary files. The
keyword defines a time period; only one datum will be recorded for each of these time
periods. Data are always recorded at report times.
New mnemonic BTCNMFOA has been added to output the logarithm base ten of the
capillary number for the FOAM option when the functional form of the gas mobility
reduction model has been selected and the FOAMFCN keyword has been specified.
New mnemonics CTPR, CTIR, CTPC and CTIC have been added to give information on
tracer production/injection rates and concentrations for well connections.
SCHEDULE section
The keyword WFOAM may now be used with water injectors if the foam transport phase has
been specified as water using the FOAMOPTS keyword.
Aquifer and Block user defined quantities can be defined in UDQ.
The WSEGLINK keyword has been added to allow looped flowpaths to be specified in
multisegment wells.
The GSSCPTST keyword has been added to allow sustainable capacity tests. This allows
the gas production rate which a group of wells is capable of maintaining for a period of time
to be determined. It can also determine the period of time for which a gas production rate
is sustainable.
A well list name may be specified to trigger actions in the ACTIONX keyword.

New Facilities
203
The SFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This is a synonym for the
ECLIPSE 100 and ECLIPSE 300, to indicate that for ECLIPSE 100 surface/separator
conditions are used.
The RFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output fluid in place
information at reservoir conditions.
Aquifer and block mnemonics may be used to trigger actions in the ACTIONX keyword.
The WELEVNT keyword has been added to allow the SUMMARY section mnemonic WPWEM
to be set from the data file.
The keyword RIVTRACE has been added to allow tracer injection in rivers.
The keyword RIVSALT has been added to allow salt injection in rivers.
The RIVERSYS keyword has been extended to include an option of solving the timedependent Saint-Venant equations.
The RIVDEBUG keyword has been added to control output of river debug output.
The RIVRPROP keyword has been added to update river reach properties in the schedule
section.
sequence.
The new mnemonic FOAMCNM has been added to the to RPTSCHED keyword to output the
logarithm base ten of the capillary number for the FOAM option when the functional form
of the gas mobility reduction model has been selected and the FOAMFCN keyword has been
specified.
In records 2 and upwards of the COMPSEGS and COMPSEGL keyword, a new item (11 for
COMPSEGS and 12 for COMPSEGL) has been added, this allows the segment to which each
grid block completion is allocated to be specified explicitly. If no explicit segment is
specified, then the previous mechanism is used (that is, each grid block connection is
allocated to the segment whose nodal point lies nearest to the center of the connection).
Aquifers
204
An extra item has been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the depth term in the
aquifer inflow equation to be removed from the calculation.
grid refinements.
An extra item has been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the user to impose the
minimum and maximum flow rates before or after the flow rate has been scaled by the grid
block saturation in cases when water is flowing into the aquifer from the grid.

New Facilities
Tracers
The convergence criterion for the non-cascade solver used for tracer tracking has been
changed. The Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS option number 120
to 1.

RUNSPEC section
Dimensions for aquifer and block user defined quantities can be specified in UDQDIMS.
Dimensions for User Defined Arguments can be specified in UDADIMS.
The first argument of ACTPARAM can now be used.
The DYNRDIMS keyword has been added to set up dimensions for the Dynamic Region
facility.
H2SSOL activates the H2S solubility option.
The TRPLPORO keyword sets up a triple porosity calculation.
The CO2STORE option is now compatible with the AIM option when solids are present.
Solid components include NACL,CACL2 and CACO3.
The GRAVDRB keyword can be used to apply the vertical discretised gravity drainage
model.
The PETOPTS keyword has a new mnemonic NOPINCHC which suppresses calculation of
pinchout NNCs.
workflow.
An alternative memory allocation algorithm can be enabled by setting the item 163 of
OPTIONS3 to 1.
An alternative single-phase splitting attempt for Gibbs free energy minimization in flash is
defaulted. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored using item 167 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
GRID section
The JFUNCR keyword can be used to specify Leverett J-Functions for the scaling of
capillary pressure on a per saturation table basis, with the option of selecting capillary
pressures from either direct table look-up or via J-Function calculations. These can be
output with the RPTGRID keyword.
The BTOBALFA and BTOBALFV keywords now also set up block to block connections
in and to LGRs in ECLIPSE 300.
The PETGRID keyword can now be used to import global grid geometry, local grid
geometry and properties from a Generic Simulation Grid (.GSG) file. This type of file
format has to be imported via Petrel.

New Facilities
205
(MULTNUM, or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the transmissibilities.
(MULTNUM, or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the pore volumes.
The NMATOPTS keywords now also accepts an argument VERTICAL to use the ECLIPSE
300 Multi porosity modelling to calculate dual porosity gravity drainage.
The ROCKSPLV keyword allows the user to specify non-default distributions of rock
between matrix and fracture for dual porosity thermal calculations.
EDIT section
(MULTNUM, or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the transmissibilities.
(MULTNUM, or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the pore volumes.
PROPS section
206
Items 4 to 20 are now in use and new items 23 to 26 have been added to keyword
EPSODD3P. These provide control over surface tension based capillary pressure, relative
permeability and saturation end-point scaling in the ODD3P model.
A new feature to model formation damage has been added for compositional simulations.
Damage factors are specified with the KRGDM, KRODM and KRWDM keywords and are used
to calculate damage multipliers for the gas, oil and water relative permeabilities
respectively. The component concentrations at which damage initiates can be specified
with the KRGDI, KRODI and KRWDI keywords and the damage multipliers can be output
by including the arguments KRGDM, KRODM and KRWDM in the RPTRST keyword.
The STONE1EX keyword can be used to apply an exponent to the saturation terms in the
STONE1 three-phase relative permeability model. Output of values can be obtained from
the RPTPROPS keyword
The pressure and temperature values used to calculate chemical reaction rates can now be
limited using the REACLIMS keyword.
The RKTRMDIR keyword can now be used exactly as for ECLIPSE 100.

New Facilities
The Baker three-phase relative permeability model can be used (keywords: BAKER1,
BAKER2)
Residual oil saturation for compositional runs can be set using SORMW1 keyword in
conjunction with ENDSCALE keyword.
Cross phase diffusion when using the molecular diffusion option is available by using the
keywords DIFFCOG, DIFFCGO, DIFFCWG and DIFFCGW.
Relative permeability and capillary pressure curves can now be scaled depending on
composition. A component is nominated using the EPSCOMP keyword and the curve endpoints found by interpolating the ENKRVC, ENPCVC and ENPTVC keywords.
The WAGHYSTR keyword can be used to supply the data items required by the WAG
Hysteresis Model.
The default coefficients for the water and steam viscosities in a thermal simulation may
now be supplied by the user via the THWVC and THSVC keywords.
The interpolation method used in conjunction with the OILVISCT data can now be
selected using the OILVTIM keyword.
An alternative correlation for the water K-value in a thermal simulation has been added and
can be specified using the KVCRWAT keyword.
The K-values in a compositional simulation can now be interpolated on the mole fraction
of a specified component. The K-value tables are entered using the KVTABCn keyword, the
interpolation points via the KVMF keyword and the component specified using the KVCOMP
keyword.
The mutual solubility of CO2 and H2S in water can be achieved by using the keywords
SOLUCO2H and SOLUH2SC.
The ASPP1P is set to define the variable the precipitation is to be set against (pressure or
temperature or concentration of a specified component). This keyword needs to be used in
conjunction with ASPREWG.
The ASPP2P is set to define variables the precipitation is to set against (pressure and
temperature, pressure and concentration, temperature and concentration). This keyword
needs to be used with ASPPW2D.
The ASPPW2D is set to provide a 2D table of the asphaltene precipitation as a function of

the variables set in ASPP2P.
The ASPLCRT is set to control the plugging as a function of volume fraction of asphaltene
deposit and flocs concentration.
The ASPKROW is set to provide the oil-wet relative permeability for water and oil as
functions of the water saturation for the wettability change due to asphaltene deposition.
This keyword must be used in conjunction with ASPWETF.

New Facilities
207
The ASPWETF is set to provide the weighting factor used in the wettability change due to
asphaltene deposition to model the transition from an water wet system to an oil wet
system. This keyword must be used in conjunction with ASPKROW.
The SWATINIT keyword is used to match an initial water distribution. Two new scaling
options for capillary pressure have been added to OPTIONS3(143). When the SWATINIT
keyword is used to match an initial water distribution for mixed wettability rocks and
positive capillary pressure dominated then the scaling on P cow is more sensible if
OPTIONS3(143)=5. When the SWATINIT keyword is used to match an initial water
distribution for mixed wettability rocks and negative capillary pressure dominated then the
scaling on P cow is more sensible if OPTIONS3(143)=7.
The REACOPS keyword has been added to specify options specific to the chemical reaction
model including convergence criteria.
The EHYSTR keyword item 12 allows a threshold saturation of Killoughs hysteresis model
for both wetting and non-wetting phases. This threshold allows better control of the
numerical sensitivity of the system, preventing it from being too unstable.
The OPTODD3P keyword is used to provide control over the choice of model and the
method of detecting saturation direction changes for the ODD3P three-phase relative
REGIONS section
SOLUTION section
A new mnemonic FIP has been added to the RPTSOL keyword to give fluid-in-place
reports.
The RFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This is a synonym for the
ECLIPSE 100 and ECLIPSE 300, to indicate that for ECLIPSE 300 reservoir conditions
are used. Note that this only allows for four significant characters of the component name
to be added to the restart file, instead of the five for FIP. Oil, water and gas fluid in place
information is also output.
208
Three new mnemonics SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and SFIPWAT have been added to the
RPTRST keyword to output FIP data at separator conditions.

New Facilities
The SFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output FIP data at
separator conditions. Using this mnemonic will output SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and
SFIPWAT.
sequence.
grid refinements.
A new mnemonic AQANCONL has been added to the RPTSOL keyword to output aquifer
grid block connection data within local grid refinements.
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST keyword can now be used to
output inter-block flows for asphaltene models.
A new mnemonic SGTRAP has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output the trapped
gas saturation.
New mnemonics SWU, SWL, SWCR, SGU, SGL, SGCR, SOWCR, SOGCR have been added
to the RPTSOL keyword to output the scaled saturation end-points in the case of
temperature or composition dependent scaling.
New RPTSOL mnemonics PCOWR, PCWOR, PCOGR, PCGOR, PCGWR and PCWGR have
been added for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure
hysteresis model option.
SUMMARY section
New mnemonics FAMR, GAMR, FAMT and GAMT added giving make-up gas rates and totals.
New mnemonics FGLR, GGLR, WGLR and CGLR added giving gas-liquid ratios.
New mnemonics FGSTP, FGSPR, FGSSP, FGSRU, FGSRL, GGSTP, GGSPR, GGSSP,
GGSRU and GGSRL have been added to give data on sustainable capacity test results.
New mnemonics ROPR,ROPT,RWPR,RWPT,RGPR,RGPT,RNLPR,RNLPT have been

added to give rates and totals data.
New mnemonics RNLFR,RNLFT have been added to give inter-region NGL flow rates
and totals data.By default, the inter-region flowing fractions are calculated using the
region-averaged values.If OPTIONS3(127) is set to a non-zero value the block-by-block
inter-region flowing fractions calculation for the table GPTABLEN look up is activated.

New Facilities
209
210
New mnemonics FWGPRH, GWGPRH and WWGPRH have been added to give observed wet
gas production for history matching.
For the CO2STORE option, new mnemonics FGCDI, FGCDM, FWCD and RGCDI, RGCDM,
RWCD have been added to give on a field and regional basis the molar amount of CO2 in the
water and gas phase.
For the CO2STORE option, new mnemonics BAQPH and BAQSP have been added to give
on a block basis the pH level and the molar densities of the ions in the aqueous phase
obtained by aqueous speciation.
Asphaltene: New mnemonics have been added to output the asphaltene precipitate total
fraction, dissolved limit, and dissolved fraction: ASPRET, ASPLIM, ASPFRD and their
block value equivalent BASPRET, BASPLIM, and BASPFRD. Adsorption, plugging and
entrainment outputs for the deposition are now also available for block values using
BASPADS, BASPLUG and BASPENT respectively. In addition mnemonics ASPLUG and
ASPENT should be used instead of ASPLU and ASPEN respectively.
The summary mnemonics MLINEARP, MSUMLINP, NCPRLINS, NLINEARP have been added
to report performance indicators from the JALS solver.
The summary mnemonics MAXDE, MAXDT have been added to evaluate solution changes in
thermal simulations.
The summary mnemonics WCGIR, WCGPR, WCOPR have been added to output oil and gas
well production rates on a component basis.
New summary mnemonics AACMR and AACMT have been added to give the component
molar influx rates and totals for analytic multi-component aquifers. The newly added
summary mnemonics ANCMR and ANCMT provide the same functionality for numerical
aquifers.
The summary mnemonics FGPRG, FOPRG, FNLPRG, FXMFG, FYMFG, FCOMRG, FCGMRG,
FCNMRG, GGPRG, GOPRG, GNLPRG, GXMFG, GYMFG, GCOMRG, GCGMRG and GCNMRG
have been added to output oil and gas production rates and compositions as calculated by
summing well outputs and then separating rather than separating and then summing. The
keyword GSEPREPT has also been added to specify the separator conditions for these
calculations.
New mnemonics WPWE0, WPWE1, WPWE2, WPWE3, WPWE4, WPWE5, WPWE6, WPWE7 and
WPWEM added to give information on well events such as drilling, completion opening and
function changes.
A new mnemonic WNEWTON has been added to output the number of well Newton
iterations used in the last global Newton iteration at each timestep. A negative value
indicates that the well model did not converge during the last global Newton iteration.
The mnemonic AAQP can now be used to output aquifer pressure for all analytic aquifer
types (except for constant flux aquifer as given by AQUFLUX).
The OFM keyword is now available in ECLIPSE 300, allowing the user to create output files
for the OFM program.
New keyword SUMTHIN reduces the amount of data written to summary files. The
keyword defines a time period; only one datum will be recorded for each of these time
periods. Data are always recorded at report times.
The mnemonics NTS, NTSPCL, NTSMCL, NTSECL have been added to report the number
of timesteps taken and the number of timesteps in which the pressure, molar densities and
energy variables converged last. The mnemonics NLRESSUM and NLRESMAX report the
sum of the non-linear residual and the maximum element of the non-linear residual. This
collection of mnemonics can be output by including TUNE in the SUMMARY section.

New Facilities
New mnemonics BGTRP and BGTPD, to output trapped gas saturation and dynamic trapped
gas saturation respectively (WAG hysteresis only).
For GASWAT or CO2STORE, setting the 151st item of OPTIONS3 makes it possible to
consider only the gas phase as hydrocarbon. This affects the calculation of the summary
keywords FPR, FPRH and FPPO. By default, the water and gas phases are considered as
hydrocarbon.
New mnemonics BSWU, BSWL, BSWCR, BSGU, BSGL, BSGCR, BSOWC, BSOGC, to output
the scaled saturation table end-points in the case of temperature or composition depending
scaling.
New mnemonics BPCOWR, BPCWOR, BPCOGR, BPCGOR, BPCGWR and BPCWGR have
A mnemonic BSMF has been added to output the component solid mole fractions when
using the CO2STORE and SOLID option.
The new mnemonics BIFTWO, BIFTOG and BIFTWG have been added as aliases for the
existing mnemonics BIFTOW, BIFTGO and BIFTGW respectively for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
SCHEDULE section
The GSSCPTST keyword has been added to allow sustainable capacity tests. This allows
the gas production rate which a group of wells is capable of maintaining for a period of time
to be determined. It can also determine the period of time for which a gas production rate
is sustainable.
Aquifer and Block user defined quantities can be defined in UDQ.
Three new mnemonics SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and SFIPWAT have been added to the
RPTRST keyword to output FIP data at separator conditions.
The RFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword. This is a synonym for the
ECLIPSE 100 and ECLIPSE 300, to indicate that for ECLIPSE 300 reservoir conditions
are used. Note that this only allows for four significant characters of the component name
to be added to the restart file, instead of the five for FIP. Oil, water and gas fluid in place
information is also output.
The SFIP mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output FIP data at
separator conditions. Using this mnemonic will output SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and
SFIPWAT.
Aquifer and block mnemonics may be used to trigger actions in the ACTIONX keyword.
Additional output for multisegment wells is available in the RFT file including segment
temperature, steam quality, energy, enthalpy and saturation pressure.
The DELAYACT keyword has been added.

New Facilities
211
212
The WELEVNT keyword has been added to allow the SUMMARY section mnemonic WPWEM
to be set from the data file.
LIFT can now be used in item 2 of the WTADD and WTMULT keywords. This removes an
incompatibility with ECLIPSE 100 when using these keywords.
sequence.
PICOND has been extended to allow the user to define under what conditions the
generalized pseudo-pressure look up table is recalculated. See"Special inflow equations"
on page 1183 for details on generalized pseudo-pressure
PICOND also has an alternative quadrature option allowing the generalised pseudopressure table to generate more detail in nonlinear areas and less in linear areas.
WCONHIST may now have wet gas rate as a control mode by setting item 3 as WGRA.
WELLWAG may now be controlled by surface rate, BHP or THP. Separate VFP tables may
also be set for each phase injected.
GOPRH, GGPRH, GWPRH, GLPRH, GOPTH, GGPTH, GWPTH, GLPTH, GOIRH, GGIRH,
GWIRH, GOITH, GGITH and GWITH added to the list of mnemonics which work with
WLIST groups.
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST keyword can now be used to
output inter-block flows for asphaltene models.
A new mnemonic SGTRAP has been added to the RPTRST keyword to output the trapped
gas saturation.
New mnemonics SWU, SWL, SWCR, SGU, SGL, SGCR, SOWCR, SOGCR have been added
to the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords to output the scaled saturation end-points in the
case of temperature or composition dependent scaling.
New RPTSCHED mnemonics PCOWR, PCWOR, PCOGR, PCGOR, PCGWR and PCWGR have
A mnemonic SMF has been added to RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords to output the
component solid mole fractions when using the CO2STORE and SOLID option.
In records 2 and upwards of the COMPSEGS and COMPSEGL keyword, a new item (11 for
COMPSEGS and 12 for COMPSEGL) has been added, this allows the segment to which each
grid block completion is allocated to be specified explicitly. If no explicit segment is
specified, then the previous mechanism is used (that is, each grid block connection is
allocated to the segment whose nodal point lies nearest to the center of the connection).

New Facilities
Aquifers
An extra item has been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the depth term in the
aquifer inflow equation to be removed from the calculation.
For the GASWAT and CO2STORE options, AQSTREAM can be used to specified the water
composition of an AQUCHWAT, AQUCT, AQUFETP or AQUFLUX aquifer.
For the multi-component water option (COMPW), AQSTREAW can be used to specified the
water composition of an AQUCHWAT, AQUCT, AQUFETP or AQUFLUX aquifer.
grid refinements.
An extra item has been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the user to impose the
minimum and maximum flow rates before or after the flow rate has been scaled by the grid
block saturation in cases when water is flowing into aquifer from grid.
Item 11 of the AQUANCON and AQUCON keywords are now supported in ECLIPSE 300.
Reservoir Optimization
An extra item has been added to the OPTPARS keyword to allow the specification of the
well control mode which should be used with each SCSA parameter. For all other
parameters, the control mode used is based directly on the parameter type (as specified with
OPTPARS item 1). Since there is no obvious choice of control mode with SCSA parameters
this additional item allows the desired well control mode to be specified on a well by well
basis.
Pre-2007.1, wells with SCSA parameters were kept under whatever control mode was
specified in the optimization base case simulation. At 2007.1, wells with SCSA parameters
were always under BHP control.

New Facilities
213
Behavioral Changes
The list of available licenses is not output by default anymore. This output can be enabled
by setting the LISTLICENSES keyword to TRUE in the configuration file.
GRID section
Behavior of the RADFIN4 keyword has changed to ensure the correct inheritance of
porosity and calculation of local grid pore volumes for the case where THETA=4. This
change may be reverted using by entering 1as the 112th value in the OPTIONS keyword.
PROPS section
A correction has been made to the calculation of relative permeability for Stones Second
Model when end-point scaling has also been specified. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored
by setting the OPTIONS option number 121 to a non-zero value.
SOLUTION section
Behavior of the AQUCHWAT water density calculation, which is used to compute the aquifer
inflow, has changed. This change may be reverted using by entering a non-zero value as the
110th value in the OPTIONS keyword.
SUMMARY section
The RPTONLY and RPTONLYO keywords are now ignored if they are in the SUMMARY
section of restarted runs, and they have to be re-specified at or after the restart time in the
SCHEDULE section. The 109th value in the OPTIONS keyword can be used to restore the
previous behavior in which the SUMMARY section entries are not ignored in restart files.
Memory allocation problems associated with the OFM keyword have been corrected.
SCHEDULE section
214
The VFPPROD mnemonic for the RPTSCHED keyword now produces tables comparing
maximum dimensions from the VFPPDIMS keyword to those observed in the input tables.
This output is produced for VFPPROD=2 or VFPPROD=3.
If a well has no completions in active blocks a warning message is now produced. In

previous versions of ECLIPSE 100 an error message was produced.
Scale deposition (controlled by WSCTAB) now applies to both injecting and producing
connections instead of only producing connections. This change may be reverted by
entering a non-zero value as the 108th value in the OPTIONS keyword.
Behavior of the AQUCHWAT water density calculation, which is used to compute the aquifer
inflow, has changed. This change may be reverted using by entering a non-zero value as the
110th value in the OPTIONS keyword.

Behavioral Changes
The WTEST keyword is no longer reset when a group of production wells is closed by a
single event such as a GECON rate violation or certain gas field operations events. This
change may be reverted by entering a non-zero value as the 111th value in the OPTIONS
keyword.
If API tracking and local grid refinement are used together, the calculation of oil density in
global grid cells is now calculated from local grid values using an oil-in-place weighting
instead of a pore volume weighting. Pre-2008.1 behavior may be recovered by entering a
non-zero value as the 113th value of the OPTIONS keyword.
An improved water and solvent saturation bound-checking is performed by setting the

114th value of OPTIONS keyword to a non-zero value.
In a system containing both dissolved gas and vaporized oil, the maximum rates of increase
of Rs and Rv may now be specified using the DRSDT and DRVDT keywords respectively. If
the VAPPARS keyword is specified subsequently, the limits imposed by the DRSDT and
DRVDT keywords will be disabled. Similarly, the constraints imposed by the specification
of the VAPPARS keyword will be disabled by the subsequent specification of either the
DRSDT or DRVDT keywords. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored by setting the OPTIONS
option number 118 to a non-zero value.
Aquifers
Analytical aquifers now correctly calculate the flow from reservoir to aquifer in the case of
connate water or gas. The pre-2008.1 behavior can be obtained by setting item 115 of the
Polymer/Foam
If OPTIONS switch 116 is set to one it restores the 2008.1 behavior.
If OPTIONS switch 122 is set to one it restores the pre-2008.2 Polymer Dead Pore Volume
model.
The list of available licenses is not output by default anymore. This output can be enabled
by setting the LISTLICENSES keyword to TRUE in the configuration file.
RUNSPEC section
The THERMAL and DUALPORO or DUALPERM keywords together now imply that for
thermal dual porosity calculations the rock volumes will be distributed between the porosities
so that rock volume in the fracture porosity is less than or equal to the fracture pore volume, with the
remainder of the rock volume associated with the matrix. This may be overridden using the
ROCKSPLV keyword. Previously bulk volume less pore volume was used for each porosity
separately.
The ASPHALTE keyword arguments handling has been improved. Permeability and viscosity
changes can be skipped by default or by setting the 2nd and 3rd argument to NO respectively.
PROPS section
The SWATINIT calculation has been improved. The pre 2008.1 behavior can be restored
using OPTIONS3(148).

Behavioral Changes
215
The ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model
calculation has been improved. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be restored using the OPTODD3P
keyword.
SOLUTION section
The RPTRST and RPTSOL mnemonic MLSC now only outputs the moles per reservoir
volume for the hydrocarbon components. Similar data for the water component(s) can be
requested with the MWAT mnemonic.
The RPTRST and RPTSOL mnemonic RPORV now outputs the reservoir pore volumes at
Reservoir conditions.
SUMMARY section
FCMIR, GCMIR, WCMIR, FCMIT, GCMIT and WCMIT are now reported with the correct
sign.
If CHANDIMS and LOAD are both used well related keywords can now be output for all
wells.
FNPR, GNPR, WNPR are now changed onto FNLPR, GNLPR, WNLPR to avoid confusion
with ECLIPSE 100 salt mnemonics.
Asphaltene: the following block mnemonics BASPDO, BASPRW and BASPVM have been
changed to BASPDOT, BASPREW and BASPVOM for easy use and consistency with their
field counterparts. In addition the following field mnemonics ASPEN and ASPLU have
changed to ASPENT and ASPLUG for more consistency, and are not available anymore.
BPORV outputs the cell pore volumes at reference conditions.
SCHEDULE section
216
The tolerances used in the calculation of immobile fluid derivatives have been modified to
prevent large elements occurring in the Jacobian. The pre-2007.2 behavior can be restored
with the 128th argument of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Scale deposition (controlled by WSCTAB) now applies to both injecting and producing
connections instead of only producing connections.This change may be reverted using by
entering a non-zero value as the 129th value in the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Gas reinjection from separator stages (controlled by GINJGAS) now respects higher
priority sales and fuel targets correctly (controlled by GRUPSALE, GRUPFUEL and
WTAKEGAS) when the sales/fuel group has additional injection rate controls. This change
may be reversed by setting item 130 of OPTIONS3 to either 2, 3, 6 or 7 depending on which
other elements of this option are required.
Gas reinjection from separator stages (controlled by GINJGAS) now has a more relaxed
check on sales and fuel targets (controlled by GRUPSALE and GRUPFUEL). This change
may be reversed by setting item 130 of OPTIONS3 to either 4, 5, 6 or 7 depending on which
other elements of this option are required.
Some minor improvements have been made in the calculation of blocking factor for
generalized pseudo-pressure. These may be reversed or activated by setting OPTIONS3
keyword item 132 to an appropriate value.
The flows output by the RPTRST, RPTSCHED and RPTSOL keywords are now calculated
at the end of the timestep rather than the start. The pre-2008.1 behavior can be reversed

Behavioral Changes
If advance gas is used (see WADVANCE and GADVANCE) with WINJORD or WINJMIX then
advance gas is added for the source well or group once only instead of once per separator
stage used. The injection composition calculation and advance gas priority have been
corrected. The pre-2008.1 behavior may be recovered using item 139 of the OPTIONS3
keyword.
Saturation chops, in EOS mode, have been modified. The components are now ordered by
the critical temperature in order to determine the most volatile components. The pre-2008.1
behavior may be recovered using item 138 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
If BLACKOIL is selected the segregated well head calculation now uses the fluid density
for the wells PVT region instead of using PVT region 1 for all wells. The pre-2007.2
The calculation of lumped tracer connection flows has been modified to include a Li
correlation factor in the wellbore flash. The pre-2007.2 behavior can be obtained by setting
item 140 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to a non-zero value.
If item 5 of WELSPECS is defaulted then the bottom hole pressure reference depth is set to
the depth of the center of the first connected block as defined by COMPORD. The pre-2008.2
behavior may be recovered using item 142 of the OPTIONS3 keyword. Note that 2008.2
behavior differs from 2008.1 behavior, with 2008.1 behavior giving unexpected results in
some circumstances.
The RPTRST and RPTSCHED mnemonic MLSC now only outputs the moles per reservoir
volume for the hydrocarbon components. Similar data for the water component(s) can be
requested with the MWAT mnemonic.
If sales gas (GRUPSALE), fuel gas (GRUPFUEL) and reinjection gas (GINJGAS or
WINJGAS) are specified at different levels of the group hierarchy then sales and fuel gas
calculations now correctly take account of gas reinjected at a higher level group. This only
affects calculations not using mixture gas (WINJORD or WINJMIX). The pre-2008.1
The one phase selection method (labeling) now considers the Gibbs free energy of the
possible states (liquid or vapor) and chooses the state with the lowest Gibbs free energy. If
equal, the Li-criteria is applied. The pre-2008.1 method using the Li-criteria only can be
activated by OPTIONS3 item 146 put to 6.
The calculation of pressure equivalent radius and kh (and therefore well connection factor)
for grid blocks at the center of radial grids and LGRs has been changed to assume that the
well is at the center of the grid. This affects some non-Darcy flow calculations, and may be
reversed by setting item 149 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The second argument of the WTEST keyword is now respected if GECON shuts in a group
of production wells. The pre-2008.1 behavior may be recovered by setting item 150 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
If partial gas reinjection is defined using mixture gas (WINJORD or WINJMIX) the volume
reinjected is now correctly calculated using the net available gas after sales, fuel and
advance gas have been applied. This change may be reversed using item 139 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
Gas reinjection using mixture gas (WINJORD or WINJMIX) no longer causes QDRILL to
drill new gas injection wells before they are required. This change may be reversed using
An improved vapor versus liquid density check is performed. The pre-2008.1 behavior will

Behavioral Changes
217
The RPTRST and RPTSCHED mnemonic RPORV now outputs the reservoir pore volumes
at Reservoir conditions.
Reinjection of gas with well composition under group control (for example GCONINJE
with WINJGAS) or group composition under well control now functions correctly. This
change may be reversed using item 159 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
A warning is now issued if a group has a REIN target set using GCONINJE element 6 and
make-up gas set using GINJGAS as this combination has never been compatible. Make-up
gas will be switched off for this group. This change may be reversed using item 159 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
Gas accounting now accounts for the GEFAC keyword correctly. Pre-2008.2 behavior may
be recovered using item 159 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
If advance gas and the WEFAC and/or GEFAC keywords are both selected advance gas is
now calculated correctly. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be recovered using item 159 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
If WAVAILIM and the WEFAC and/or GEFAC keywords are both selected the availability
limit is now calculated correctly. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be recovered using item 159 of
the OPTIONS3 keyword.
If there is insufficient gas to meet sales, fuel and reinjection targets then sales and fuel gas
will only be reduced if the WAVAILIM keyword has been specified. Pre-2008.2 behavior
may be recovered using element 95 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The non-linear damping algorithm for thermal simulations has been improved. The pre
2008.2 default behavior can be restored using item 160 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
defaulted. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored using item 167 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The RPTSCHED mnemonic FIP now gives the correct material balance when satellite
keywords GSATPROD and GSATINJE are used. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored using
Aquifers
218
For the GASWAT and CO2STORE options, the water entering / leaving the reservoir from
an analytic water aquifer can be made up of any components. The pre-2007.2 behavior can
be restored with the 131th argument of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
For the multi-component water option (COMPW), the water entering / leaving the reservoir
from an analytic water aquifer can be made up of any water components. The pre-2008.1
behavior can be restored with the 131th argument of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
For the CO2SOL option, any water component is allowed to leave the reservoir. If the item
131 of OPTIONS3 is set to 1, this reverts to the pre-2008.1 behavior where the water
entering / leaving the reservoir is made up entirely of the WATER component.
The handling of capillary pressure in analytic aquifers has been improved. The pre-2008.1
behavior can be enabled by setting the item 145 of OPTIONS3 to 1.
Analytical aquifers now correctly calculate the flow from reservoir to aquifer in the case of
connate water or gas. The pre-2008.1 behavior can be obtained by setting item 154 of the

Behavioral Changes
CO2STORE and GASWAT
The phase stability of the GASWAT option is improved.The determination of a single phase
as gas or water uses a simplified criteria. If the temperature is less than the pseudo critical
temperature, as computed by the Li criteria, see keyword FACTLI, and the phase contains
mostly H2O, the phase is labeled water, otherwise gas.It is possible to activate the pre2008.1 behavior by putting OPTIONS3 switch 146 to 6. Also the flash will treat H2O as
the heaviest component unless OPTIONS3 switch 125 is put to -1
The component NACL_S in the CO2STORE option is obsolete, only NACL should be used.
Equation of State
The phase determination of a single phase compares the Gibbs free energy of a possible
liquid state and a possible vapor state. The phase with lowest Gibbs free energy is used to
determine the state. If equal, the Li criteria is used, see keyword FACTLI. It is possible to
activate the pre-2008.1 behavior by putting OPTIONS3 switch 146 to 6.
defaulted. Pre-2008.2 behavior can be restored using item 167 of the OPTIONS3 keyword
Chemical Reactions
For simulations containing chemical reactions an additional convergence criterion has been
placed on the sum of the non-linear residual. Pre 2008.1 behavior can be restored by setting
the first item of the REACOPS keyword negative.
For simulations using the chemical reactions feature the Appleyard chop is now applied to
components when they appear or disappear. The Appleyard chop force the solution to pass
through these points in a more controlled fashion in order to stabilize the solution. The pre
2008.2 behavior can be restored by setting item 158 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to -1.
Tilted Block Equilibration
The 2008.1 equilibration calculation uses the aquifer block properties instead of the tilted
block geometrical properties for numerical aquifers associated with grid blocks of zero
thickness. Pre 2008.1 behavior can be restored by setting item 155 of the OPTIONS3
The 2008.1 equilibration calculation corrects the weighted sum calculation for tilted grid
blocks, defined using corner point geometry, by adjusting the averaged inclination factors
to prevent the planes representing the top and bottom faces based on these averaged
inclination factors from intersecting within the grid block. This correction will typically
apply to distorted grid blocks, for example, those for which one or more corners share the
same or similar depth values for both the upper and lower faces. Pre 2008.1 behavior can

Hysteresis Model
The 2008.1 version of the ODD3P relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis
model includes a considerable number of extensions and refinements as compared to the
pre 2008.1 versions. Because of the nature of these changes, no backwards compatibility
has been provided for pre 2008.1 versions.

Behavioral Changes
219
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
Table 7.104
RUNSPEC keywords
Keyword
Description
UDADIMS
Dimensions for User Defined Arguments
WPOTCALC
Control calculation of shut and stopped well potentials
WSEGSOLV
Sets parameters for the multisegment well iterative linear solver
DYNRDIMS
This keyword is used to set up dimensions for the Dynamic Region

facility.
GRAVDRB
Vertical discretised gravity drainage model.
NNEWTF
Activates the non-Newtonian model (when the Polymer option is used)
VISAGE
GRID section
220
Table 7.105
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
BTOBALFA
Create block to block connections (single value multiplier)
BTOBALFV
Create block to block connections (vector of multipliers)
JFUNCR
Specification of Leverett J-Functions for the scaling of capillary pressure on a per

saturation table basis.

New Keywords
PROPS section
Table 7.106
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
FOAMOPTS
Control over foam transport phase and method of modeling gas mobility
reduction due to foam.
FOAMFCN
Specification of functional dependence of gas mobility reduction due to

foam upon capillary number.
FOAMFRM

foam upon reference mobility reduction.
FOAMFSC

foam upon surfactant concentration.
FOAMFSO

foam upon oil saturation
FOAMFST
Specification of gas-water surface tension in the presence of surfactant

generating foam as a function of concentration
FOAMFSW

foam upon water saturation.
STONE1EX
Optional exponent applied to the saturation terms used in the STONE1

three-phase relative permeability model to calculate the oil relative
permeability.
FHERCHBL
Specifies the properties of the non-Newtonian model as functions of the

polymer concentration
SOLUTION section
The new SOLUTION keywords are:
Table 7.107
SOLUTION keywords
Keyword
Description
AQANCONL
This allows analytic aquifers to be connected to local grid refinements
EQUALS
Set an array to a constant value in the current box
DYNAMICR
This keyword defines regions based on when a set of conditions are

satisfied. These regions may be static or allowed to change dynamically.
ENDDYN
This keyword indicates the end of a DYNAMICR keyword sequence.
VISDATES
Specify VISAGE geomechanics stress step dates
VISOPTS
Specify VISAGE geomechanics workflow options

New Keywords
221
SUMMARY section
Table 7.108
222
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BASPADS
Volume fraction of asphaltene deposit by adsorption
BASPENT
Volume fraction of asphaltene entrained
BASPFRD
Volume fraction of asphaltene precipitated dissolved
BASPLIM
Volume fraction of asphaltene content (see ASPREWG keyword)
BASPLUG
Volume fraction of asphaltene deposit by plugging
BASPRET
Volume fraction of asphaltene precipitate including flocs component
BTCNMFOA
Capillary number for FOAM option and FOAMFCN keyword.
FGSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for field.
FGSRL
Maximum sustainable rate found for the most recent sustainable capacity
test for field.
FGSRU
Minimum un-sustainable rate found for the most recent sustainable

capacity test for field.
FGSSP
Period for which target sustainable rate could be maintained for the most
recent sustainable capacity test for field.
FGSTP
Test period for the most recent sustainable capacity test for field.
GGSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for group.
GGSRL
test for group.
GGSRU

capacity test for group.
GGSSP
recent sustainable capacity test for group
GGSTP
Test period for the most recent sustainable capacity test for group.
SRTFR
Tracer flow rate for reach
SRTFC
Tracer concentration for reach
SRSFR
Brine flow rate for reach.
SRSFC
Brine concentration for reach.
CRREXCH
Water rate exchange for connection to river
CRRPROT
Water cumulative production for connection to river
CRRINJT
Water cumulative injection for connection to river
WNEWTON
Number of well Newton iterations used in the last global Newton

iteration at each timestep. A negative value indicates that the well model
did not converge during the last global Newton iteration
WPWE0
Well drilled indicator.
WPWE1
Connection opened indicator.
WPWE2
Connection shut indicator

New Keywords
Table 7.108
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
WPWE3
Connection shut to bottom indicator.
WPWE4
Well stopped indicator.
WPWE5
Injector set to producer indicator.
WPWE6
Producer set to injector indicator.
WPWE7
Well shut indicator.
WPWEM
WELEVNT output mnemonic.
GAPI
Average API for oil produced by a group of wells when API tracking
enabled.
FAPI
Average API for oil produced by all production wells when API tracking
enabled
RAPI
Average API for oil in place by region when API tracking enabled.
SUMTHIN
Reduces the amount of data written to summary files.
CTPR
tracer production rate for well connection.
CTIR
tracer injection rate for well connection.
CTPC
tracer production concentration for well connection.
CTIC
tracer injection concentration for well connection.
SCHEDULE section
Table 7.109
SCHEDULE Keywords
Keyword
Description
GSSCPTST
This allows the gas production rate which a group of wells is capable
of maintaining for a period of time to be determined. It can also
determine the period of time for which a gas production rate is
sustainable.
WSEGLINK
Defines the chord segment links for specifying looped flowpaths
RIVTRACE
Allow tracer injection for rivers
RIVSALT
Allow salt injection for rivers
RIVDEBUG
Controls output of debug information for rivers
RIVRPROP
Allows update of river reach data in SCHEDULE section
WELEVNT
Sets the value of the SUMMARY section mnemonic WPWEM
DYNAMICR

satisfied. These regions may be static or allowed to change
dynamically.
ENDDYN

New Keywords
223

RUNSPEC section
Table 7.110
RUNSPEC keywords
Keyword
Description
DYNRDIMS
This keyword is used to set up dimensions for the Dynamic Region

facility.
H2SSOL
Activates H2S solubility in water.
GRAVDRB
Vertical discretised gravity drainage model.
H2SSOL
Activates the H2S solubility option.
TRPLPORO
Specify a triple porosity calculation.
UDADIMS
Dimensions for User Defined Arguments
VISAGE
GRID section
Table 7.111
GRID keywords
Keyword
Description
JFUNCR
Specification of Leverett J-Functions for the scaling of capillary pressure

on a per saturation table basis.
ROCKSPLV
The matrix and fracture rock volume weights for dual porosity thermal
calculations.
PROPS section
Table 7.112
224
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
ASPP1P
Specify the variable the asphaltene precipitation is set against. Must be

used in conjunction with ASPREWG.
ASPP2P
Specify the variables the asphaltene precipitation is set against. Must be

used in conjunction with ASPPW2D.
ASPPW2D
Specify the 2D table of asphaltene precipitation against the variables

chosen with ASPP2P.
ASPLCRT
Control the asphaltene plugging by setting a critical volume of asphaltene

deposit and a critical volumetric concentration for the flocs.

New Keywords
Table 7.112
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
ASPKROW
Specify the oil-wet relative permeability for the wettability change due to
asphaltene deposition. Must be used in conjunction with ASPWETF.
ASPWETF
Specify the weighting factor in the wettability transition due to asphaltene

deposition as a function of the volume fraction of asphaltene deposit. Must
be used in conjunction with ASPKROW.
BAKER1
Three phase relative permeability to be calculated using Bakers general

formulation
BAKER2
Three phase relative permeability to be calculated using Bakers simplified

formulation
DIFFCOG
Cross phase diffusion oil-gas
DIFFCGO
Cross phase diffusion gas-oil
DIFFCGW
Cross phase diffusion gas-water (CO2STORE or GASWAT option)
DIFFCWG
Cross phase diffusion water-gas (CO2STORE or GASWAT option)
ENKRVC
Relative permeabilities at saturation end points versus composition
ENPCVC
Capillary pressures at saturation end points versus composition
ENPTVC
Saturation end points versus composition
EPSCOMP
Specifies the component with which to perform compositional dependent

end-point scaling
KRGDI
Gas relative permeability damage initiation
KRODI
Oil relative permeability damage initiation
KRWDI
Water relative permeability damage initiation
KRGDM
Gas relative permeability damage multipliers
KRODM
Oil relative permeability damage multipliers
KRWDM
Water relative permeability damage multipliers
KVMF
Interpolation mole fractions for composition dependent K-values
KVCOMP
Interpolation component for composition dependent K-values
KVTABCn
K-value tables for composition dependent K-values
KVCRWAT
Water K-value correlation (THERMAL option)
OPTODD3P
Options for control of the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and

capillary pressure calculation
OILVTIM
Interpolation method for OILVISCT data
REACLIMS
The pressure and temperature values used to calculate chemical reaction

rates can now be limited.
REACOPS
Specify options specific to the chemical reactions model including

convergence criteria
RKTRMDIR
Allows directional transmissibility multipliers to be used.
SOLUCO2H
CO2 solubility versus pressure and H2S concentration.
SOLUH2SC
H2S solubility versus pressure and CO2 concentration.
SORMW1
Residual oil saturation for compositional runs can be set using SORMW1
keyword in conjunction with ENDSCALE keyword.

New Keywords
225
Table 7.112
PROPS keywords
Keyword
Description
STONE1EX
Optional exponent applied to the saturation terms used in the STONE1

three-phase relative permeability model to calculate the oil relative
permeability.
THSVC
Steam viscosity coefficients (THERMAL option)
THWVC
Water viscosity coefficients (THERMAL option)
WAGHYSTR
Now allows WAG Hysteresis model to be used.
SOLUTION section
Table 7.113
SOLUTION section keywords
Keyword
Description
AQANCONL
This allows analytic aquifers to be connected to local grid refinements.
AQSTREAW
Set composition of multi-component water analytic aquifer.
DYNAMICR

ENDDYN
VISDATES
Specify VISAGE geomechanics stress step dates
VISOPTS
Specify VISAGE geomechanics workflow options
SUMMARY section
Table 7.114
226
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
AACMR
Component molar influx rates for analytic multi-component aquifers.
AACMT
Component molar influx totals for analytic multi-component aquifers.
ANCMR
Component molar influx rates for numerical multi-component aquifers.
ANCMT
Component molar influx totals for numerical multi-component aquifers.
BAQPH
Aqueous pH level (CO2STORE option only);
BAQSP
Molar densities of ions in the aqueous phase (CO2STORE option only)
CGLR
Gas-liquid ratio for connections.
FAMR
Rate that make-up gas is added to gas produced by the field for
reinjection.
FAMT
Total make-up gas added to gas produced by the field for reinjection.
FGCDI
CO2 trapped (immobile) in gas phase (CO2STORE option only)

New Keywords
Table 7.114
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
FGCDM
CO2 mobile in gas phase (CO2STORE option only)
FGLR
Gas-liquid ratio for the field.
FGSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for field.
FGSRL
test for field.
FGSRU

capacity test for field.
FGSSP
recent sustainable capacity test for field.
FGSTP
Test period for the most recent sustainable capacity test for field.
FWCD
CO2 dissolved in water phase (CO2STORE option only)
FWGPRH
Observed wet gas production rate for history matching.
GAMR
Rate that make-up gas is added to gas produced by this group for
reinjection.
GAMT
Total make-up gas added to gas produced by this group for reinjection.
GGLR
Gas-liquid ratio for groups.
GGSPR
Target sustainable rate for most recent sustainable capacity test for group.
GGSRL
test for group.
GGSRU

capacity test for group.
GGSSP
recent sustainable capacity test for group.
GGSTP
Test period for the most recent sustainable capacity test for group.
GWGPRH
MAXDE
Maximum change in energy density for each timestep.
MAXDT
Maximum change in temperature for each timestep.
MLINEARP
Number of pressure iterations for each timestep (JALS solver only).
MSUMLINP
Total number of pressure iterations since the start of the run (JALS solver
only).
NCPRLINS
Average number of pressure iterations per linear iteration for each

timestep (JALS solver only).
NLINEARP
Average number of pressure iterations per Newton iteration for each

timestep (JALS solver only).
OFM
Produce output files of summary data for the OFM program.
RGCDI
CO2 trapped (immobile) in gas phase (CO2STORE option only)
RGCDM
CO2 mobile in gas phase (CO2STORE option only)
ROPR
Oil production rate
ROPT
Oil production total

New Keywords
227
Table 7.114
228
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
RWCD
CO2 dissolved in water phase (CO2STORE option only)
RWPR
Water production rate
RWPT
Water production total
RGPR
Gas production rate
RGPT
Gas production total
RNLPR
NGL Production Rate
RNLPT
NGL Production Total
RNLFR
Inter-region NGL Flow Rate
RNLFT
Inter-region NGL Flow Total
WCGIR
Component Gas Injection Rate
WCGPR
Component Gas Production Rate
WCOPR
Component Oil Production Rate
WWGPRH
FGPRG
Gas production rate (production summed then separated)
FOPRG
Oil production rate (production summed then separated)
FNLPRG
NGL production rate (production summed then separated)
FXMFG
Liquid mole fraction (production summed then separated)
FYMFG
Vapor mole fraction (production summed then separated)
FCOMRG
Component molar rates in the oil phase (production summed then

separated)
FCGMRG
Component molar rates in the gas phase (production summed then

separated)
FCNMRG
Component molar rates in the NGL phase (production summed then

separated)
GGPRG
Gas production rate (production summed then separated)
GOPRG
Oil production rate (production summed then separated)
GNLPRG
NGL production rate (production summed then separated)
GXMFG
Liquid mole fraction (production summed then separated)
GYMFG
Vapor mole fraction (production summed then separated)
GCOMRG
Component molar rates in the oil phase (production summed then

separated)
GCGMRG
Component molar rates in the gas phase (production summed then

separated)
GCNMRG
Component molar rates in the NGL phase (production summed then

separated)
WGLR
Gas-liquid ratio for wells.
WNEWTON
Number of well Newton iterations used in the last global Newton iteration
at each timestep. A negative value indicates that the well model did not
converge during the last global Newton iteration.

New Keywords
Table 7.114
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
WPWE0
Well drilled indicator.
WPWE1
Connection opened indicator.
WPWE2
Connection shut indicator.
WPWE3
Connection shut to bottom indicator.
WPWE4
Well stopped indicator.
WPWE5
Injector set to producer indicator.
WPWE6
Producer set to injector indicator.
WPWE7
Well shut indicator.
WPWEM
WELEVNT output mnemonic.
SUMTHIN
Reduces the amount of data written to summary files.
NTS
Number of timesteps taken.
NTSPCL
Number of timesteps in which the pressure solution variable converged

last.
NTSMCL
Number of timesteps in which the molar density solution variables

converged last.
NTSECL
Number of timesteps in which the energy density solution variable

converged last (THERMAL option)
NLRESSUM
Sum of the non-linear residual
NLRESMAX
Maximum element of the non-linear residual
FNLPR
Field NGL production rate
GNLPR
Group NGL production rate
WNLPR
Well NGL production rate
TUNE
Adds the NTS, NTSPCL, NTSMCL, NTSECL,NLRESSUM and

NLRESMAX mnemonics to the SUMMARY section.
BGTRP
Trapped gas saturation (WAG hysteresis only).
BGTPD
Dynamic trapped gas saturation (WAG hysteresis only).
BSWL
Minimum water saturation.
BSWU
Maximum water saturation.
BSWCR
Critical water saturation.
BSGL
Minimum gas saturation.
BSGU
Maximum gas saturation.
BSGCR
Critical gas saturation.
BSOWC
Critical oil-in-water saturation.
BSOGC
Critical oil-in-gas saturation.
BSMF
(CO2STORE with SOLID option only) Solid component mole fractions

New Keywords
229
Table 7.114
SUMMARY keywords
Keyword
Description
BIFTWO
Water-oil interfacial tension (alias for BIFTOW and only available for the ODD3P
BIFTOG
Oil-gas interfacial tension (alias for BIFTGO and only available for the ODD3P
BIFTWG
Water-gas interfacial tension (alias for BIFTGW and only available for the ODD3P
SCHEDULE section
Table 7.115
230
SCHEDULE keyword
Keyword
Description
AQSTREAW
Set composition of multi-component water analytic aquifer.
DATES
A fourth argument has been added to this keyword for the time of the
report.
DELAYACT
Now allows to initiate a set of keywords to be processed a certain time

after another ACTION is triggered.
DYNAMICR

ENDDYN
GSEPREPT
This specifies separator conditions for the group level separation

production rate and composition summary vector calculations.
GSSCPTST
This allows the gas production rate which a group of wells is capable of
maintaining for a period of time to be determined. It can also determine
the period of time for which a gas production rate is sustainable.
WELEVNT
Sets the value of the SUMMARY section mnemonic WPWEM

New Keywords
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
Table 7.116
Keyword
Description
UDQDIMS
Aquifer and Block options have been added to allow aquifer and block
user defined quantities to be specified.
WSEGDIMS
A fourth item has been added to specify the maximum number of chord
segment links per well.
PETOPTS
The INITNNC mnemonic has been extended and now also applies to
CORSNUM information.
If a grid file is also being output, INITNNC adds the requested
information to the INIT file but does not suppress its output to the grid
file.
The NOPINCHC mnemonic has been added to suppress the calculation of
pinchout NNCs.
START
GRID section
Table 7.117
Keyword
Description
PETGRID
This keyword can now be used to import global grid geometry, local grid
geometry and properties from a Generic Simulation Grid (.GSG) file.
This type of file format has to be imported via Petrel.
If this keyword is present in the dataset, no grid file will be output.
RPTGRID
This keyword has been extended to include the reporting of the JFUNCR
keyword.
EQUALREG
This keyword has been extended to allow the user to choose the region
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM or OPERNUM) which will be used to modify a
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.

Altered Keywords
231
Table 7.117
Keyword
Description
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
MULTREGT
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the
transmissibilities.
MULTREGD
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the diffusivities.
MULTREGH
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the rock thermal
conductivities.
MULTREGP
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the pore volumes.
NMATOPTS
New option VERTICAL to support discretised matrix gravity drainage.
EDIT section
Table 7.118
232
Keyword
Description
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
MULTREGT
transmissibilities.

Altered Keywords
Table 7.118
Keyword
Description
MULTREGD
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the diffusivities.
MULTREGH
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the rock thermal
conductivities.
MULTREGP
PROPS section
Table 7.119
Keyword
Description
RPTPROPS
This keyword has been extended to include the reporting of the Stone 1
exponent values specified using the STONE1EX keyword.
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.

Altered Keywords
233
REGIONS section
The altered REGIONS keywords are
Table 7.120
Keyword
Description
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
SOLUTION section
Table 7.121
234
Keyword
Description
AQUCHWAT
New item 13 has been added to allow the depth term in the aquifer inflow
equation to be removed from the calculation.
RPTRST
The new CELLINDX mnemonic outputs the cell indices corresponding to

the other output properties. If any cells are missing due to inactivity this
allows determination of which cells properties are actually present in the
RPTRST
The DYNREG mnemonic has been added. This mnemonic outputs the cell
indices corresponding to the dynamic regions specified using the
DYNAMICR keyword.
RPTRST
The SFIP mnemonic has been added. This is a synonym for the FIP
mnemonic and is intended to reduce possible confusion when using FIP
in both ECLIPSE 100 and ECLIPSE 300, to indicate that for ECLIPSE
100 surface/separator conditions are used
RPTRST
The RFIP mnemonic has been added to output fluid in place at reservoir
conditions.
RPTSOL
The FOAMCNM mnemonic has been added to output the logarithm base ten
of the capillary number for the FOAM option when the functional form of
the gas mobility reduction model has been selected and the FOAMFCN
keyword has been specified.

Altered Keywords
Table 7.121
Keyword
Description
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
RIVERSYS
The RIVERSYS keyword has been extended to include an option of

solving the time-dependent Saint-Venant equations.
AQUCHWAT
An extra item has been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the
user to impose the minimum and maximum flow rates before or after the
flow rate has been scaled by the grid block saturation in cases when water
is flowing into aquifer from grid.
SUMMARY section
The altered SUMMARY keywords are
Table 7.122
Keyword
Description
AAQP
This mnemonic can now be used to output aquifer pressure for all aquifer
types (except for constant flux aquifer as given by AQUFLUX)
SCHEDULE section
Table 7.123
Keyword
Description
ACTIONX
A well list name may be specified to trigger actions in the ACTIONX

keyword.
ACTIONX
Aquifer and Block mnemonics may be used to trigger actions in the

ACTIONX keyword.
AQUCHWAT

Altered Keywords
235
Table 7.123
236
Keyword
Description
COMPSEGL
A new item 12 has been added to records 2 and upwards. This allows the
segment to which each grid block completion is allocated to be specified
explicitly.
COMPSEGS
explicitly.
DATES
report.
RIVERSYS
The RIVERSYS keyword has been extended to include an option of

solving the time-dependent Saint-Venant equations.
RPTRST

RPTRST
DYNAMICR keyword.
RPTRST
The SFIP mnemonic has been added. This is a synonym for the FIP
100 surface/separator conditions are used
RPTRST
The RFIP mnemonic has been added to output fluid in place at reservoir
conditions.
RPTSCHED
The VFPPROD mnemonic now produces tables comparing maximum

dimensions from the VFPPDIMS keyword to those observed in the input
tables. This output is produced for VFPPROD=2 or VFPPROD=3
RPTSCHED
The FOAMCNM mnemonic has been added to output the logarithm base ten
of the capillary number for the FOAM option when the functional form of
the gas mobility reduction model has been selected and the FOAMFCN
keyword has been specified.
UDQ
Aquifer and Block user defined quantities can be defined.
WSCTAB
Scale deposition now applies to both injecting and producing connections

instead of only producing connections.
WFOAM
This keyword may now be used with water injectors if the foam transport
phase has been specified as water using the FOAMOPTS keyword.

Altered Keywords
Table 7.123
Keyword
Description
MULTREGT
transmissibilities.
AQUCHWAT
is flowing into the aquifer from the grid.
WLIFTOPT
OPTIONS keyword
Table 7.124
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
Switch 74
This controls aspects of the mixed wettability rocks when the SWATINIT
keyword is used to match an initial water distribution. When the
SWATINIT keyword is used to match an initial water distribution for
mixed wettability rocks and positive capillary pressure dominated then the
scaling on P cow is more sensible if OPTIONS(74)=5. When the
SWATINIT keyword is used to match an initial water distribution for
mixed wettability rocks and negative capillary pressure dominated then
the scaling on Pcow is more sensible if OPTIONS(74)=7.
Switch 108
This controls aspects of the scale deposition behavior. If set to a non-zero

value this restores pre-2008.1 behavior: injecting connections will not be
subject to scale damage.
Switch 109
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2007.1 behavior of the RPTONLY and

RPTONLYO keywords in the SUMMARY section of restarted runs is restored.
At 2007.1 this behavior was changed so that these keywords were ignored
if they were present in the SUMMARY section in restarted runs, and they
had to be re-specified at or after the restart time in the SCHEDULE section.
Switch 110
If set to a non-zero value this restores pre-2007.3 behavior for the

AQUCHWAT aquifer water density calculation
Switch 111
If set to a non-zero value this restores pre-2008.1 behavior for the WTEST
keyword. This prevents the reset of WTEST if a group of production wells
are closed by a single event
Switch 112
If set to 1 this restores pre-2008.1 behavior for the RADFIN4 keyword.

The new behavior ensures the correct inheritance of porosity and
calculation of local grid pore volumes for the case where THETA=4.

Altered Keywords
237
Table 7.124
Altered OPTIONS
Switch
Description
Switch 113
If set to 1 this restores pre-2008.1 behavior for API tracking in local grid
refinements. The new behavior calculates oil density in global grid cells
from local grid cells using an oil-in-place weighting.
Switch 114
If set to a non-zero value, an improved water and solvent saturation boundchecking will be performed.
Switch 115
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2008.1 behavior of analytic aquifer

inflow equations is used. The 2008.1 behavior correctly calculates the
flow from the reservoir to the aquifer in the case of connate water/gas.
This change affects all analytical aquifers.
Switch 116
Affects models with the POLYMER or FOAM option. If set to one it restores
the 2008.1 behavior.
Switch 117
Switch 118
If set to a non-zero value pre-2008.2 calculation behavior for the use of the
DRSDT and DRVDT keywords in the presence of both vaporized oil and
dissolved gas is restored.
Switch 119
Switch 120
If set to 1 the pre-2008.2 convergence criterion for the non-cascade solver

used for tracer tracking is restored.
Switch 121
If set to a non-zero value pre-2008.2 calculation behavior for the calculation of

relative permeabilities using Stones Second Model with end-point scaling is
restored.
Switch 122
If set to one it restores the pre-2008.2 Polymer Dead Pore Volume model
DEBUG keyword
The altered switches for the DEBUG keyword are:
Table 7.125
238
Altered DEBUG switches
Switch
Description
Switch 76
Outputs debug from the river model

Altered Keywords

RUNSPEC section
Table 7.126
Keyword
Description
ACTPARAM
First argument can be defined
ASPHALTE
Argument handling has been improved. Permeability and viscosity

changes can be skipped by default or by setting the 2nd and 3rd argument
to NO respectively.
UDQDIMS
Aquifer and Block options have been added to allow aquifer and block
user defined quantities to be specified.
PETOPTS
The INITNNC mnemonic has been extended and now also applies to
CORSNUM information.
If a grid file is also being output, INITNNC adds the requested
information to the INIT file but does not suppress its output to the grid
file.
The NOPINCHC mnemonic has been added to suppress the calculation of pinchout
NNCs.
START
GRID section
Table 7.127
Keyword
Description
BTOBALFA
Create block to block connections (single value multiplier); now available

for LGRs
BTOBALFV
Create block to block connections (vector of multipliers); now available

for LGRs
NMATOPTS
New option VERTICAL to support discretised matrix gravity drainage.
PETGRID
This keyword can now be used to import global grid geometry, local grid
geometry and properties from a Generic Simulation Grid (.GSG) file. This
type of file format has to be imported via Petrel. In addition, the root
extension of the file to be imported must be provided - this applies for
importing both.GSG files and.OPF files.
If this keyword is present in the dataset, no grid file will be output.
RPTGRID
This keyword has been extended to include the reporting of the JFUNCR
keyword.

Altered Keywords
239
Table 7.127
Keyword
Description
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
MULTREGT
transmissibilities.
MULTREGP
AQUCON
Item 11 is now supported
EDIT section
Table 7.128
240
Keyword
Description
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
MULTREGT
(MULTNUM, FLUXNUM)) which will be used to multiply the
transmissibilities
MULTREGP

Altered Keywords
PROPS section
Table 7.129
Keyword
Description
EPSODD3P
Items 4 to 20 are now in use and new items 23 to 26 have been added.
These provide control over surface tension based capillary pressure,
relative permeability and saturation end-point scaling.
RPTPROPS
This keyword has been extended to include the reporting of the Stone 1
exponent values specified using the STONE1EX keyword.
EQUALREG
specific property.
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
EHYSTR
Item 12 allows a threshold saturation of Killoughs hysteresis model for

both wetting and non-wetting phases. This threshold allows better control
of the numerical sensitivity of the system, preventing it from being too
unstable.
ODD3P
The three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis

model calculation has been improved. Pre-2008.2 behavior may be
restored using the OPTODD3P keyword.
REGIONS section
Table 7.130
Keyword
Description
EQUALREG
specific property

Altered Keywords
241
Table 7.130
Keyword
Description
ADDREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
COPYREG
specific property.
SOLUTION section
Table 7.131
242
Keyword
Description
ADDREG
specific property.
AQSTREAM
For the GASWAT and CO2STORE options, this keyword can be used to
specified the water composition of an AQUCHWAT, AQUCT, AQUFETP or
AQUFLUX aquifer.
AQUANCON
Item 11 is now supported
AQUCHWAT
AQUCHWAT
COPYREG
specific property.
EQUALREG
specific property.
MULTIREG
specific property.
RPTRST


Altered Keywords
Table 7.131
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
DYNAMICR keyword.
RPTRST
The RFIP mnemonic has been added. This is a synonym for the FIP
300 reservoir conditions are used. Note that this only allows for four
significant characters of the component name to be added to the restart
file, instead of the five for FIP.
RPTRST
The FIP (and also RFIP) mnemonic has been extended to output
FIPGAS, FIPOIL and FIPWAT at reservoir conditions.
RPTRST
Three new mnemonics SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and SFIPWAT have

been added to output FIP data at separator conditions.
RPTRST
The SFIP mnemonic has been added to output FIP data at separator
conditions. Using the mnemonic will output SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and
SFIPWAT.
RPTRST
The mnemonic MWAT has been added to output the moles of water per
reservoir volume.
RPTRST
The mnemonics KRGDM, KRODM and KRWDM have been added to output
the damage multipliers generated using the KRGDM, KRODM and KRWDM
keywords.
RPTRST
The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST keyword can now
be used to output inter-block flows for asphaltene models.
RPTRST
A new mnemonic SGTRAP has been added to output the trapped gas
saturation.
RPTRST
New mnemonics SWL, SWU, SWCR, SGL, SGU, SGCR, SOWCR, SOGCR,
have been added to output the scaled saturation table end-points, only in
the case of temperature or composition dependent scaling (ENPTVT and
ENPTVC keywords).
RPTRST
RPTSOL
ENPTVC keywords).
RPTSOL
A new mnemonic FIP has been added to give fluid-in-place reports.
RPTSOL
reservoir volume
RPTSOL
A new mnemonic AQANCONL has been added to output aquifer grid block
connection data within local grid refinements.
RPTRST
The SMF mnemonic has been added to output the solid component mole
fractions for CO2STORE and SOLID runs.

Altered Keywords
243
SUMMARY section
Table 7.132
Mnemonic
Description
AAQP
This mnemonic can now be used to output aquifer pressure for all aquifer
types (except for constant flux aquifer as given by AQUFLUX)
FCMIR
This is now reported with the correct sign.
FCMIT
GCMIR
GCMIT
WCMIR
WCMIT
SCHEDULE section
Table 7.133
244
Keyword
Description
ACTIONX
Aquifer and Block mnemonics may be used to trigger actions in the

ACTIONX keyword.
AQSTREAM
For the GASWAT and CO2STORE options, this keyword can be used to
specified the water composition of an AQUCHWAT, AQUCT, AQUFETP or
AQUFLUX aquifer.
AQUCHWAT
AQUCHWAT
COMPSEGL
explicitly.
COMPSEGS
explicitly.
DATES
report.
GADVANCE
Advance gas for a given source is now only added once to mixtures with
contributions from multiple separators from the same source.
GINJGAS
This keyword now correctly respects the priority set by WTAKEGAS when
separator stage gas is reinjected.

Altered Keywords
Table 7.133
Keyword
Description
GRUPFUEL
GRUPSALE
MULTREGT
(MULTNUM or FLUXNUM) which will be used to multiply the
transmissibilities.
PICOND
Two new items (items 5 and 6) have been added to the PICOND keyword
to allow you to specify the lower and upper bounds for use in constructing
the generalized pseudo-pressure integrals. These bounds are specified as
dimensionless factors which are applied to the completion cell pressure to
generate the lower and upper pressures for the table. They allow the use of
smaller quadrature intervals by allowing control over the pressure range of
the table.
A further 4 new items (items 7, 8, 9 and 10) have been added to allow you
to specify when a new integral table will be generated.
Finally another 2 items (items 11 and 12) have been added to control the
new adaptive quadrature feature, giving the generalized pseudo pressure
table more detail in nonlinear areas and removing less useful points from
the table.
QDRILL
If QDRILL is used with mixture reinjection (WINJORD or WINJMIX)

new gas injection wells are now only drilled when required. This change
may be reversed using item 139 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
RPTRST
The mnemonics KRGDM, KRODM and KRWDM have been added to output
the damage multipliers generated using the KRGDM, KRODM and KRWDM
keywords.
RPTRST

restart file without the need for information in the INIT file
RPTRST
DYNAMICR keyword.
RPTRST
The RFIP mnemonic has been added. This is a synonym for the FIP
300 reservoir conditions are used. Note that this only allows for four
significant characters of the component name to be added to the restart
file, instead of the five for FIP.
RPTRST
The FIP (and also RFIP) mnemonic has been extended to output
FIPGAS, FIPOIL and FIPWAT at reservoir conditions.
RPTRST
Three new mnemonics SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and SFIPWAT have

been added to output FIP data at separator conditions.

Altered Keywords
245
Table 7.133
Keyword
Description
RPTRST
The SFIP mnemonic has been added to output FIP data at separator
conditions. Using the mnemonic will output SFIPGAS, SFIPOIL and
SFIPWAT.
RPTRST
The mnemonic SGTRAP has been added to output the trapped gas
saturations.
RPTRST
reservoir volume.
RPTRST
ENPTVC keywords).
RPTRST
RPTSCHED
ENPTVC keywords).
RPTSCHED
reservoir volume.
UDQ
Aquifer and Block user defined quantities can be defined.
WADVANCE
WCONHIST
History matching production wells may now have wet gas rate as a control
mode by setting item 3 of this keyword as WGRA.
WELLWAG
WAG wells may now be controlled by surface rate, BHP or THP. Separate
VFP tables may also be set for each phase injected.
WELSPECS
The default behavior of item 5 (reference depth for bottom hole pressure)
has been altered to take the depth of the center of the first completed cell
as defined by COMPORD.
WINJORD
WLIFTOPT
WLIST
List of mnemonics that work with WLIST has been increased

The mnemonics FLOOIL and FLOGAS for the RPTRST keyword can now
be used to output inter-block flows for asphaltene models.
246
WSCTAB
Scale deposition now applies to both injecting and producing connections

instead of only producing connections.
WTADD
LIFT has been added to the list available for item 2 to allow the artificial
lift quantity value to be modified.

Altered Keywords
Table 7.133
Keyword
Description
WTMULT
LIFT has been added to the list available for item 2 to allow the artificial
lift quantity value to be modified.
RPTRST
RPTSCHED
OPTIONS3 keyword
Table 7.134
Switch
Description
Switch 95
This switch controls the scale back of sales and fuel gas should insufficient gas be
available to meet sales, fuel and reinjection targets. If set to 0 fuel and sales gas are
scaled back equally only if WAVAILIM is set. If set to 3 fuel and sales gas are
scaled back equally irrespective of WAVAILIM. If set to 4 the priority

order specified in WTAKEGAS is used to decide which of the fuel and sales
to scale back first, but no scale back takes place if WAVAILIM has not
been specified.
Switch 119
If set to 1, the water properties of water analytic aquifers are calculated

using the PVT tables for the GASWAT, CO2STORE, CO2SOL or COMPW
options. For GASWAT or CO2STORE, this was the pre-2007.1 method. By
default, the water properties are currently calculated using the EOS. For
the multi-component water option COMPW), this was the pre-2008.1
method. By default, the water properties are currently calculated using the
water components data. For the CO2SOL option, this was the pre-2008.1
method. By default, the water properties are currently calculated using the
solubility table.
Switch 124
If set to a positive number, a better hysteresis model for water capillary

pressure is activated
Switch 127
If set to a non-zero value the block-by-block inter-region flowing fractions

calculation for the table GPTABLEN look up is activated. By default, the
inter-region flowing fractions are calculated using the region-averaged
values.
Switch 128
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2007.2 tolerances used to calculate the

derivatives of immobile fluids are restored. This can lead to large elements
in the Jacobian and affect the convergence of the solution.
Switch 129
This controls aspects of the scale deposition behavior. If set to a non-zero

value this restores pre-2008.1 behavior: injecting connections will not be
subject to scale damage.
Switch 130
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2004A behavior for gas accounting is

used when there is re-injection of a mixture fluid (that is, one defined
using the WINJMIX or WINJORD keywords) in which a mixture item
comes from a separator stage.

Altered Keywords
247
Table 7.134
Switch
Description
Switch 131
If set to 1, the pre-2007.2 behavior for water analytic aquifers for the
GASWAT or CO2STORE, options is used where the water leaving /
entering the reservoir is made up entirely of the H2O component. For
the multi-component water option (COMPW), if set to 1, the pre-2008.1
behavior is used where the water leaving / entering the reservoir is made
up entirely of the last water component. For the CO2SOL option, if set to
1, the pre-2008.1 behavior is used where the water leaving / entering the
reservoir is made up entirely of the WATER component.
Switch 132
If non-zero and divisible by 2 then pre-2007.2 behavior of generalized

pseudo-pressure integration calculation is used.
If non-zero and divisible by 3 then the blocking factor denominator
mobility value is calculated in the same way as the integral mobility value.
The default behavior takes this value from the bulk cell properties.
If non-zero and divisible by 5 then pre-2008.1 behavior of generalized
pseudo-pressure calculation is used. This changes the behavior of velocity
dependent relative permeability effects in for pressures below the
connection pressure and above the well drainage radius pressure at the
time the integral is calculated. This only affects the calculation if capillary
number model 1 is used: see VELDEP.
248
Switch 133
If set to 1 the residual in the WARP linear solver is calculated with greater
numerical accuracy.
Switch 134
If set to 1 the flows output by the RPTRST, RPTSCHED and RPTSOL

keywords are calculated at the start of the timestep rather than the end.
This was the pre-2008.1 behavior.
Switch 135
If set to 1 an alternative implementation for predicting the energy density

in the HEATER algorithm is activated.
Switch 136
If set to a nonzero value apply restrictive well-reservoir convergence

check.
Switch 137
If set to a nonzero value do an extra flash at the end of an accepted time

step (updates the fluid properties for reporting).
Switch 138
Saturation chops, in EOS mode, have been modified. The components are
now ordered by the critical temperature in order to determine the most
volatile components. The pre-2008.1 behavior may be recovered using
this item.
Switch 139
If non-zero and divisible by 2 then the pre-2008.1 well reinjection

calculation is used. If non-zero and divisible by 3 then the pre-2008.1
calculation of advance gas with WINJORD or WINJMIX is used. If nonzero and divisible by 5 then the pre-2008.1 calculation of reinjection, fuel
and sales gas on different levels of the group structure is recovered. If nonzero and divisible by 7 then the pre-2008.1 calculation of the reinjection
target for partial reinjection of mixture gas (WINJORD or WINJMIX) is
applied. If non-zero and divisible by 11 then the pre-2008.1 behavior of
QDRILL with WINJORD or WINJMIX is used.
Switch 140
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2007.2 calculation for the lumped tracer
connection phase flow, which does not include a Li correlation factor in
the wellbore flash, will be used

Altered Keywords
Table 7.134
Switch
Description
Switch 141
If non-zero the pre-2007.2 segregated well head calculation is used for

BLACKOIL models
Switch 142
If set to 1 the pre-2008.1 behavior of WELSPECS element 5 is used. If set to 2

then the 2008.1 behavior is used.
Switch 143
This option allows the scaling of the water-oil capillary pressure curves
for oil-wet, water-wet and mixed wet cases such that water distribution
defined by SWATINIT is honored in the equilibrated initial solution.
Switch 144
If set to 1 any errors resulting from checking the Z-factors are down
graded to warnings.
Switch 145
If set to 1 the pre-2008.1 handling of capillary pressure in analytic aquifers

will be used.
Switch 146
Switch to activate one phase selection method.
Switch 148
If set to 1 the pre-2008.1 handling of the SWATINIT calculation will be

used.
Switch 149
If set to 1 the pre-2008.1 calculation of pressure equivalent radius for grid

blocks at the center of radial grids is used.
Switch 150
If set to 1 the pre-2008.1 behavior of WTEST after GECON shuts a group of

production wells is used.
Switch 151
If set to 1, only the gas phase of a GASWAT or CO2STORE run is

considered as hydrocarbon. This affects the calculation of the summary
keywords FPR, FPRH and FPPO. By default, the water and gas phases are
considered as hydrocarbon.
Switch 152
If set to 1 a minimum timestep that fails to converge is re-solved so that

the solution accepted is the closest rather than just the last Newton
iteration. This option will require more Newton iterations but can help a
simulation through a very poor period of convergence.
Switch 153
An improved vapor versus liquid density check is performed. If set to a

non-zero value, the pre-2008.1 behavior will be restored.
Switch 154
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2008.1 behavior of analytic aquifer inflow

equations is used. The 2008.1 behavior correctly calculates the flow from
the reservoir to the aquifer in the case of connate water/gas. This change
affects all analytical aquifers.
Switch 155
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2008.1 behavior for tilted aquifer block
equilibration is restored. The 2008.1 equilibration behavior uses the aquifer
block properties instead of the tilted block geometrical properties for
numerical aquifers associated with grid blocks of zero thickness.
Switch 156
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2008.1 behavior for tilted block

equilibration is restored. The 2008.1 equilibration behavior corrects the
weighted sum calculation for tilted grid blocks, defined using corner point
geometry, by adjusting the averaged inclination factors to prevent the
planes representing the top and bottom faces based on these averaged
inclination factors from intersecting within the grid block. This correction
will typically apply to distorted grid blocks, for example, those for which
one or more corners share the same or similar depth values for both the
upper and lower faces.

Altered Keywords
249
Table 7.134
Switch
Description
Switch 157
If set to 1 an alternative implementation for water density calculation

algorithm is activated.
Switch 158
If set to 1 the Appleyard chop is applied to components when they appear

or disappear. This behavior is the default for simulations using the chemical
reactions feature but can be disabled by setting to -1.
Switch 159
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2008.2 behavior for gas accounting is

restored according to the value set.
If the value is divisible by 2 and if a well is set to reinject a group vapor
source or a group is set to reinject a well vapor source (for example
GINJGAS item 2 set to WV) then no gas will be reinjected.
If the value is divisible by 3 then make-up gas is not switched off if a
reinjection target is set for a group.
If the value is divisible by 5 then the pre-2008.2 calculation of advance gas is used.
This changes the calculation of advance gas if the WEFAC and/or GEFAC
keywords are used.
If the value is divisible by 7 then the pre-2008.2 calculation of availability limit is
used. This changes the calculation of the availability limit if the WEFAC and/or
GEFAC keywords are used.
If the value is divisible by 11 then the pre-2008.2 calculation of gas accounting is
used. This changes the calculation of excess gas and reinjected gas if the GEFAC
keyword is used.
250
Switch 160
If set to 1, the pre-2008.2 thermal non-linear damping is restored.
Switch 161
Not used.
Switch 162
If set to 1, the pre-2008.1 behavior for GOC and datum depth is restored.
Switch 163
If set to 1, an alternative memory allocation algorithm is enabled. It

reduces the number of allocations/de-allocations while increasing the
maximum amount of memory used.
Switch 164
Not used.
Switch 165
Not used.
Switch 166
Not used.
Switch 167
If set to > 0 the pre-2008.2 behavior of the flash can be restored with
regard to single-phase splitting attempt for Gibbs free energy
minimization in flash.
Switch 168
If set to 1 the pre-2008.2 calculation of fluid in place is used, correctly accounting

for satellite group injection and production fluids.

Altered Keywords
OPTIMIZE section
The altered OPTIMIZE keywords are:
Table 7.135
Altered OPTIMIZE keywords
Keyword
Description
OPTPARS
An extra item has been added to the OPTPARS keyword to allow the
specification of the well control mode which should be used with each
SCSA parameter.

Altered Keywords
251
252

Altered Keywords
2007.1 Developments
Chapter 8
New Facilities
RUNSPEC section
The GDIMS keyword has been added to specify the number of parameters required for the
instantaneous gradient options.
The memory management in ECLIPSE 100 has been changed to improve the handling of
large models on 64 bit machines. The BIGMODEL keyword is now redundant and will be
ignored. The first item of the MEMORY keyword is also redundant and will be ignored.
The UDQDIMS and UDQPARAM keywords have been added to specify the dimensions and
parameters associated with the user defined summary quantity facility.
The LGRCOPY keyword has been added to allow modification of values within an LGR
when the values have only been set for global cells. Used in the RUNSPEC section means
that it will apply to all LGRs in the model
PSTEADY has been modified (data item 11) to add lower limit for time-stepping to ensure
calculation does not end too soon.
The RIVRDIMS keyword has been added to define river dimension data.
Aquifers
OPTIONS(99) switch generates warning messages from the AQUANCON keyword when
cells cannot be connected to the aquifer because there is an active cell on the aquifer side
of the current cell.
Two additional items have been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the flow to be
limited between a minimum and maximum value.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
253
GRID section
The COPYREG keyword has been added to allow you to copy values from one array to
another within a specified region.
The OPERNUM keyword has been added to define regions for performing operations using
OPERATER keyword. Keywords ADDREG, EQUALREG, MULTIREG and COPYREG that
previously could reference FLUXNUM and MULTNUM can now also reference OPERNUM
regions.
The OPERATER keyword performs operations on arrays for specific regions
It is now possible to apply a maximum and minimum limit to a property array using the
OPERATE keyword. In addition, a new multiplication operator has also been added.
when the values have only been set for global cells.
EDIT section
The ADDREG, EQUALREG, MULTIREG and COPYREG keywords have been added to allow
the user to modify array values within a specified region.
The OPERATER keyword performs operations on arrays for specific regions (defined by
the OPERNUM keyword in the GRID section).
PROPS section
The RKTRMDIR keyword allows directional transmissibility multipliers to be defined in

the ROCKTAB tables.
The RIVRXSEC and RBEDCONT keywords have been added to define river cross-sectional
profile and bed contact table data.
The DEPTHTAB, MASSFLOW and QHRATING keywords have been added to define both
upstream and downstream river boundary conditions.
REGIONS section
254
The MULTIPLY keyword has been added to allow the user to multiply values from one array
by an integer constant within the current box.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
OPERATER keyword.
The OPERATER keyword performs operations on arrays for specific regions.
SOLUTION section
you to modify array values within a specified region.
The ADD, MULTIPLY and COPY keywords have been added to allow you to modify grid
array values within the current box.
the OPERNUM keyword in the GRID or REGIONS section).
It is now possible to use the OPERATE keyword in the SOLUTION section
The RIVERSYS keyword has been added to define each new river
SUMMARY section
Cumulative field aquifer influx and total field aquifer influx for a gas aquifer (input using
AQUCHGAS keyword) can now be output in the summary section using mnemonics FAQRG
and FAQTG. This information can also be output using the ALL mnemonic.
New summary mnemonics have been added to output well and group potentials including
wells that are shut or stopped. (When using the pre-existing conventional potential
mnemonics such as WOPP, such wells are reported as having zero potential, even if this
potential has actually been calculated for purposes such as priority drilling.) These new
mnemonics have the same name as the conventional potential mnemonics, except that they
are appended with a 2.
The list of these new mnemonics is: FOPP2, GOPP2, WOPP2, FWPP2, GWPP2, WWPP2,
FGPP2, GGPP2, WGPP2, FOPI2, GOPI2, WOPI2, FWPI2, GWPI2, WWPI2, WWIP2,
FGPI2, GGPI2, WGPI2, WGIP2, FGPPS2, GGPPS2, WGPPS2, FGPPF2, GGPPF2 and
WGPPF2.
A new facility has been added to enable you to define summary quantities in terms of
constants, existing summary quantities and a number of mathematical functions. The user
defined quantities are identified by a "U" as the second character of the name, with
connection, field, group, region, segment and well quantities permitted. User defined
quantities are created in the SCHEDULE section using the UDQ keyword.
Grid block interpolation keywords BSCN_X, BCTRA_X for global grid, and LBSCN_X,
LBCTRA_X for local grid are included to report interpolated values at specified XYZ
coordinates for block brine and tracer concentration. The dimensions for the number of
required summary interpolation outputs are defined by the RUNSPEC keyword BPIDIMS.
This adds to existing interpolation keywords for pressures, heads and fresh water heads.
River output keywords SRRQR, SRRQT, SRBQR, SRBQT, SRTQR, SRTQT, SRRFLOW,
SRRAREA, SRRDEPTH, SRREXCH and SRRFRODE are added for run time reporting.
The summary mnemonics WBHWCn, WGFWCn, WOFWCn and WWFWCn have been added to
report gradient data with respect to well control variables.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
255
SCHEDULE section
A new multi-phase injector type has been added. This injects oil and/or water and /or gas
depending on which phases have non-zero surface volume proportions specified. These
surface volume proportions can be specified in the WCONINJE, WCONINJH or WCONINJP
keywords. A multi-phase injector always injects its preferred phase (as specified in the
keyword WELSPECS for the well) so that phase must have a non-zero surface volume
proportion specified.
The GWRTWCV keyword defines parameters with which the instantaneous gradients of
certain well quantities can be calculated.
The GUPFREQ keyword can used to specify the frequency at which the instantaneous
gradients are updated.
The WELCNTL keyword allows the control mode and operating target of a well to be
changed without having to re-specify any other settings for the well.
PLYVISC, PLYVISCS and SURFVISC can now all be used in the SCHEDULE section.
The UDQ keyword has been added to the SCHEDULE section and facilitates the definition
of the user defined summary quantities.
The RIVERSYS keyword has been added to define each new river.
REACHES, COMPRIV and GRDREACH keywords, part of the new river facility to define
data structures for river systems and its connections to grid cells.
The allowed field, group, well, segment and connections triggers in ACTIONX are all those
field, group, well, segment and connections mnemonics listed in the SUMMARY section.
Multipliers for the dual porosity matrix-fracture transmissibilities can now be specified in
the SCHEDULE section. The new keywords MULTSIG, MULTSIGV, MULSGGD,
MULSGGDV specify multipliers corresponding to the original specification of these
transmissibilities in the GRID section through the keywords SIGMA, SIGMAV, SIGMAGD,
SIGMAGDV. Additionally the DIFFMMF multiplier for the matrix-fracture diffusivities can
now be specified multiple times in the SCHEDULE section as well as in the GRID section.
Tracers
A new TRASxxx mnemonic has been added to the keyword RPTRST which controls the
output of the product of tracer concentration with the carrier saturation to the restart file.
TNUM and TRKPF can now be used in conjunction with the ADD, ADDREG, MULTIPLY and
MULTIREG operations.
API Tracking
An improved interpolation to avoid crossing lines in PVTO is available by setting

OPTIONS(100). If > 0, it sets up the gap between two consecutive RS values for the
interpolation when API Tracking is used, and uses an improved interpolation to avoid
crossing lines in PVTO. The gap is a percentage given by RSGAP=0.01*OPTION(100).
Note that this gap should not be too large. A minimum value of 0.01 is set.
History matching
256
The gradient option is now available with the parallel option.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
Rivers
A new water river facility is available through the RIVERSYS and related keywords. This
provides a full coupling of surface river networks with groundwater aquifers. Each river
should be introduced by the RIVERSYS keyword. Its structure defined by the COMPRIV,
REACHES and GRDREACH keywords. Its profile and boundary conditions are defined by
MASSFLOW and DEPTHTAB. RIVRDIMS sets required dimensions of the different tables.
RFT/PLT type output for the river option is sent to the RFT file. For further details, see
"Rivers",
Output and restarts
Output of regions defined for performing operations on arrays can be achieved by entering
mnemonic OPERNUM under the RPTGRID keyword.

RUNSPEC section
The GDIMS keyword has been added to specify the number of parameters required for the
instantaneous gradient options.
The CBMOPTS keyword can be used to disallow water flow in and out of coal cells.
The UDQDIMS and UDQPARAM keywords have been added to specify the dimensions and
parameters associated with the user defined summary quantity facility.
when the values have only been set for global cells. Used in the RUNSPEC section means
that it will apply to all LGRs in the model
The ASPHALTE keyword has been added to activate the Asphaltene modeling
The TABDIMS keyword has been extended with item 17,18,19 and 20 to specify the
number of rows in look-up tables used for asphaltene modeling and the number of
maximum flocculation allowed.
The CO2STORE keyword has been added to activate the CO2 storage option. It supersedes
the CO2SEQ keyword.
GRID
section
OPERATER keyword. Keywords ADDREG, EQUALREG, MULTIREG and COPYREG that
previously could reference FLUXNUM and MULTNUM can now also reference OPERNUM
regions.
The COPYBOX keyword has been added to copy values from one box of cells to another.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
257
The keywords BTOBALFA and BTOBALFV have been added for dual porosity runs to
switch on additional transmissibilities between fracture cells and the matrix cells below
them in the grid Z-direction, and provide multipliers specifying the contact fraction
between these cells.
Using switch 117 of keyword OPTIONS3 the rock volumes are scaled by the net to gross,
NTG, values, restoring the pre-2007.1 behavior.
EDIT section
PROPS section
258
The LBCCOEFR keyword enables the LBC coefficients to be modified on an equation of

state region basis.
The RKTRMDIR keyword has been added as a placeholder only. It allows five-column
directional transmissibility ROCKTAB tables created for ECLIPSE 100 to be read without
error. Columns four and five are ignored
SOLUBILT is a new keyword extending the existing SOLUBILI keyword. It allows you to
specify the aqueous phase properties of a water-CO2 system with temperature
dependencies.
The columns of the SOLUBILI keyword can now be defaulted. The default values for the
formation volume factor are calculated using a more accurate method. This keyword can
be used with SALINITR and RTEMP to specify the salinity and temperature on a regional
basis. There is no limit on the number of records anymore.
A new item 3 has been added to record 1 of the SOLUBILS keyword to define the reference
salt concentration for stock tank water. There is no limit on the number of records anymore.
The ALPHAD keyword has been added to specify tables of transport coefficients in oil and
gas phases when hysteresis is activated. It allows the user to specifically modify the
drainage mobility components as functions of the total mole fraction of a specified
component.
The ALPHAI keyword has been added to specify tables of transport coefficients in oil and
gas phases when hysteresis is activated. It allows the user to specifically modify the
imbibition mobility components as functions of the total mole fraction of a specified
component.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
The ODD3P keyword is used to select the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and
capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
The EPSODD3P keyword is used to specify the end-point scaling, reference surface
tensions and threshold interfacial tensions for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
The PCODD3P keyword is used to specify the capillary pressure and saturation calculation
control parameters for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure
The PCODD3PW keyword is used to specify the relationship between capillary pressure
and water saturation as a tabulated function for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
The PCODD3PG keyword is used to specify the relationship between capillary pressure and
gas saturation as a tabulated function for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and
capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
The PSORG, PSGRO, PSORW, PSWRO, PSGRW and PSWRG keywords are used to specify
the gridblock end-point primary saturations for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
The HSORG, HSGRO, HSORW, HSWRO, HSGRW and HSWRG keywords are used to specify
the gridblock end-point hysteresis saturations for the ODD3P three-phase relative
permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
The LANGMULT keyword is used to scale the adsorption capacities for the Coal Bed
Methane Model.
The DIFFCWAT keyword is used to specify diffusion coefficients when using the
CO2STORE or GASWAT option.
The ASPREWG keyword has been added to specify asphaltene precipitation data based on
percentage weight of specified components, when Asphaltene modeling is activated.
The ASPFLOC keyword has been added to specify asphaltene precipitating and flocs
components, when Asphaltene modeling is activated. This keyword must be used in
conjunction with ASPFLRT.
The ASPFLRT keyword has been added to specify asphaltene flocculation/dissociation

rates, when Asphaltene modeling is activated. This keyword must be used in conjunction
with ASPFLOC.
The ASPDEPO keyword has been added to specify asphaltene deposition data, when
Asphaltene modeling is activated.
The ASPKDAM keyword has been added to specify permeability damage due to asphaltene
deposition, when Asphaltene modeling is activated.
The ASPVISO keyword has been added to specify oil viscosity changes due to asphaltene
precipitation, when Asphaltene modeling is activated.
The RPTPROPS keyword has been extended for the ODD3P tables and saturation end-points
with the following mnemonics; PSORG, PSGRO, PSORW, PSWRO, PSGRW, PSWRG, HSORG,
HSGRO, HSORW, HSWRO, HSGRW, HSWRG, EPSODD3P, PCODD3P, PCODD3PG and
PCODD3PW
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
259
REGIONS section
OPERATER keyword.
The ALPHANUD keyword has been added to specify which set of transport coefficient
tables (input using ALPHAD in the PROPS section) should be used to calculate transport
coefficients for drainage in a compositional model.
The ALPHANUI keyword has been added to specify which set of transport coefficient
tables (input using ALPHAI in the PROPS section) should be used to calculate transport
coefficients for imbibition in a compositional model.
The PSTNUM, ISTNUM and DSTNUM keywords are used to specify the gridblock primary,
increasing and decreasing saturation table numbers for the ODD3P three-phase relative
The SDROG, SDRGO, SDROW, SDRWO, SDRGW and SDRWG keywords are used to specify
the initial gridblock saturation directions for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
The RPTREGS keyword has had the following mnemonics added for the ODD3P option to
output saturation region numbers and direction indicators; PSTNUM, ISTNUM, DSTNUM,
SDROW, SDRWO, SDROG, SDRGO, SDRGW and SDRWG.
SOLUTION section
260
the OPERNUM keyword in the GRID or REGIONS section).
It is now possible to use the OPERATE keyword in the SOLUTION section
New RPTSOL mnemonics have been added for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
The list of new mnemonics consists of: SONRM, SGNRM, SWNRM, SDROW, SDRWO, SDROG,
SDRGO, SDRGW, SDRWG, SOWNT, SWONT, SOGNT, SGONT, SGWNT, SWGNT, SOWNH,
SWONH, SOGNH, SGONH, SGWNH, SWGNH, SOWNE, SWONE, SOGNE, SGONE, SGWNE,
SWGNE, SORWB, SWROB, SORGB, SGROB, SGRWB, SWRGB, SORWP, SWROP, SORGP,
SGROP, SGRWP, SWRGP, IFTGO, IFTOW, IFTGW, KROWN, KRWON, KROGN, KRGON,
KRGWN, KRWGN, KROWH, KRWOH, KROGH, KRGOH, KRGWH, KRWGH, KROWE, KRWOE,
KROGE, KRGOE, KRGWE, KRWGE, KROWT, KRWOT, KROGT, KRGOT, KRGWT and KRWGT.
The DBGODD3P keyword provides debug information for the ODD3P three-phase relative
permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
SUMMARY section
New SUMMARY mnemonics have been added to output well and group potentials including
well that are shut/stopped. (When using the pre-existing conventional potential mnemonics
such as WOPP, such wells are reported as having zero potential, even if this potential has
actually been calculated for purposes such as priority drilling.) These new mnemonics have
the same name as the conventional potential mnemonics, except that they are appended by
a 2.
The list of these new mnemonics is: FOPP2, GOPP2, WOPP2, FWPP2, GWPP2, WWPP2,
FGPP2, GGPP2, WGPP2, FWPI2, GWPI2, WWPI2, WWIP2, FGPI2, GGPI2, WGPI2,
WGIP2, FCVPP2, GCVPP2, WCVPP2
New SUMMARY mnemonics have been added to output the component molar totals
FCGMT, GCGMT, WCGMT, FCOMT, GCOMT and WCOMT.
A new facility has been added to enable the user to define summary quantities in terms of
constants, existing summary quantities and a number of mathematical functions. The user
defined quantities are identified by a "U" as the second character of the name, with
connection, field, group, region, segment and well quantities permitted. User defined
quantities are created in the SCHEDULE section using the UDQ keyword.
New SUMMARY gridblock mnemonics have been added for the ODD3P three-phase relative
The list of new mnemonics consists of: BSONRM, BSGNRM, BSWNRM, BSDROW, BSDRWO,
BSDROG, BSDRGO, BSDRGW, BSDRWG, BSOWNT, BSWONT, BSOGNT, BSGONT, BSGWNT,
BSWGNT, BSOWNH, BSWONH, BSOGNH, BSGONH, BSGWNH, BSWGNH, BSOWNE,
BSWONE, BSOGNE, BSGONE, BSGWNE, BSWGNE, BSORWB, BSWROB, BSORGB,
BSGROB, BSGRWB, BSWRGB, BSORWP, BSWROP, BSORGP, BSGROP, BSGRWP, BSWRGP,
BIFTGO, BIFTOW, BIFTGW,BKROWN, BKRWON, BKROGN, BKRGON, BKRGWN, BKRWGN,
BKROWH, BKRWOH, BKROGH, BKRGOH, BKRGWH, BKRWGH, BKROWE, BKRWOE,
BKROGE, BKRGOE, BKRGWE, BKRWGE, BKROWT, BKRWOT, BKROGT, BKRGOT, BKRGWT
and BKRWGT.
The summary mnemonics WBHWCn, WGFWCn, WOFWCn and WWFWCn have been added to
report gradient data with respect to well control variables.
Cumulative field aquifer influx and total field aquifer influx for a gas aquifer (input using
AQUCHGAS keyword) can now be output in the summary section using mnemonics FAQRG
and FAQTG. This information can also be output using the ALL mnemonic.
SCHEDULE section
The UDQ keyword has been added to the SCHEDULE section and facilitates the definition
of the user defined summary quantities.
Two new items have been added to the PICOND keyword to allow you to specify the lower
and upper bounds for use in constructing the generalized pseudo-pressure integrals. These
bounds are specified as dimensionless factors which are applied to the completion cell
pressure to generate the lower and upper pressures for the table. They allow the use of
smaller quadrature intervals by allowing control over the pressure range of the table.
New RPTSCHED mnemonics have been added for the ODD3P three-phase relative
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
261
The list of new mnemonics consists of: SONRM, SGNRM, SWNRM, SDROW, SDRWO, SDROG,
SDRGO, SDRGW, SDRWG, SOWNT, SWONT, SOGNT, SGONT, SGWNT, SWGNT, SOWNH,
SWONH, SOGNH, SGONH, SGWNH, SWGNH, SOWNE, SWONE, SOGNE, SGONE, SGWNE,
SWGNE, SORWB, SWROB, SORGB, SGROB, SGRWB, SWRGB, SORWP, SWROP, SORGP,
SGROP, SGRWP, SWRGP, IFTGO, IFTOW, IFTGW, KROWN, KRWON, KROGN, KRGON,
KRGWN, KRWGN, KROWH, KRWOH, KROGH, KRGOH, KRGWH, KRWGH, KROWE, KRWOE,
KROGE, KRGOE, KRGWE, KRWGE, KROWT, KRWOT, KROGT, KRGOT, KRGWT and KRWGT.
The allowed field, group, well, segment and connections triggers in ACTIONX are all those
field, group, well, segment and connections mnemonics listed in the SUMMARY section.
Almost all SCHEDULE keywords can now be used in an ACTIONX /ENDACTIO block
Multipliers for the dual porosity matrix-fracture transmissibilities can now be specified in
the SCHEDULE section. The new keywords MULTSIG, MULTSIGV, MULSGGD,
MULSGGDV specify multipliers corresponding to the original specification of these
transmissibilities in the GRID section through the keywords SIGMA, SIGMAV, SIGMAGD,
SIGMAGDV. Additionally the DIFFMMF multiplier for the matrix-fracture diffusivities can
now be specified multiple times in the SCHEDULE section as well as in the GRID section.
The DBGODD3P keyword provides debug information for the ODD3P three-phase relative
permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option
The PERM_MOD mnemonic have been added to RPTSCHED for output of permeability
multipliers when using the rock compaction option.
The XFW and YFW mnemonics have been added to RPTSCHED for output of liquid and vapor
components mass fraction.
Wells
262
A new multi-phase injector type has been added. This injects water and gas in specified
surface volume proportions. These surface volume proportions can be specified in the
WCONINJE, WCONINJH or WCONINJP keywords. A multi-phase injector always injects
its preferred phase (as specified in the keyword WELSPECS for the well) so that phase must
have a non-zero surface volume proportion specified.
New group production rate control modes have been added to allow production balancing
using either the surface gas, or surface water, volumes. These new modes are requested
using the PBGS and PBWS mnemonics in item 2 of GCONPROD respectively. With a
balancing fraction of 1, these new control modes allow you to model scenarios where you
do not want to produce excess gas or water. The keywords GTADD, GTMULT,GRUPTARG
and GCONPRI have also been extended to alter or set these values.
By default, gas injected during PBGS production balancing is reported as re-injected

gas, and subsequently included in the calculation of Export and Excess gas (for
example, in the FEGR and FEXGR summary vectors). OPTIONS3(108) can be used to
exclude gas injected during PBGS production balancing from being reported as reinjected gas.
If OPTIONS3(104) is set to a value greater than 0, then the PBGS surface volume
production balancing group control mode balances the produced surface gas, instead
of the excess surface gas, to the specified fraction (or multiple) of the injected surface
water volume.
The keywords GTADD and GTMULT have been extended to allow alteration of production
balancing (PBRL) limits.
The WLISTARG keyword, previously only available in ECLIPSE 100, is now available in
ECLIPSE 300. This is used to reset operating targets or limits for well lists.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
The GWRTWCV keyword defines parameters with which the instantaneous gradients of
certain well quantities can be calculated.
The GUPFREQ keyword can used to specify the frequency at which the instantaneous
gradients are updated.
The WELCNTL keyword allows the control mode and operating target of a well to be
changed without having to re-specify any other settings for the well.
The WREGROUP keyword, previously only available in ECLIPSE 100, is now available in
ECLIPSE 300. This is used to transfer wells automatically from one group to another,
depending on the value of a chosen quantity such as the wells water cut or oil production
rate.
OPTIONS3 item 121 can be used to specify an upper limit for the blocking factor
calculated by the generalized pseudo-pressure special inflow equation. This can be used to
prevent convergence problems when blocking factors greater than unity are generated. See
"Generalized pseudo-pressure in ECLIPSE 300" for more information.
Aquifers
The property data for the constant head/pressure gas aquifer can now be specified using the
AQUCHGAS keyword in both the SOLUTION and SCHEDULE sections.
For compositional runs, the AQSTREAM keyword should be used to specify the
composition of the injected gas stream for the AQUCHGAS aquifer.
Connections to the Constant Head Gas (AQUCHGAS) aquifer are read in by the AQUANCON
keyword.
Output of analytic data in the SOLUTION section can be achieved by entering mnemonic
AQUCHGAS under the RPTSOL keyword.
Output of analytic data in the SCHEDULE section can be achieved by entering mnemonic
AQUCHGAS under the RPTSCHED keyword.
If this new aquifer (AQUCHGAS) has been re-specified in the SCHEDULE section, then that
keyword, together with its modified data, will be output to the .PRT file by default.
Aquifer quantities for AQUCHGAS can now be output using mnemonics in the SUMMARY
section. This information can also be output via the ALL mnemonic.
Two additional items have been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the flow to be
limited between a minimum and maximum value.
OPTIONS3 (122) switch generates warning messages from the AQUANCON keyword when
cells cannot be connected to the aquifer because there is an active cell on the aquifer side
of the current cell.
Geomechanics
Two new mnemonics PERMSTAB and BIOTCTAB can be used in RPTRST, RPTSOL and
RPTSCHED to output permeability and Biots constant multipliers based on the stress
dependence of those two variables (see keyword PERMSTAB and BIOTCTAB respectively).
Thermal
The IAPWS 97 analytic steam table can be accessed with the keyword THSTT97 in the
PROPS section.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
263
The Antoine K-value correlation can be specified with keyword KVAN in the PROPS
section.
Improvements to thermal AIM have been made including two new criteria that can be
specified with the AIMCON keyword in the SCHEDULE section.
Stability of the thermal multisegment well model has improved. There are some new
adjustable convergence parameters in the keyword CVCRIT but normally these should be
defaulted.
Two new thermal well constraints, steam trap which includes either saturation pressure
or saturation temperature control, are now available with the thermal multisegment well
model. This means that the SATP and SATT modes are available for use in the thermal
MSW model in WCONPROD and also items 15 and 16 of the WELLPROD keyword.
A new linear solver has been introduced for thermal cases. See keyword JALS.
A new CLRFILES mnemonic has been added to the RPTOPT keyword. This removes
SEPARATE results files from any previous optimization for this model if necessary (that
is, if the current optimization is about to overwrite some or all of them).
Coal Bed Methane and Shale Gas
A new option (data item 2) have been added to the CBMOPTS keyword. This can be used
to disallow water flow in and out of coal cells.
The LANGMULT keyword is used to scale the adsorption capacities on a cell by cell basis.
The Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model can be used to model coal swelling and
shrinkage. Two models exists. Using the keyword ROCKPAMA or the keyword ROCKPAME.
The second model is a modified Palmer-Mansoori model taking into account the
composition of the adsorbed gas.
Coal region numbers can be output to the print file by RPTGRID.
CO2 storage
The option CO2STORE for modeling of geological storage of CO2 in saline aquifers is now
compatible with the Adaptive Implicit Method, AIM. Using the option the amount of dissolved
CO2 in the aqueous phase is now reported in the fluid in place report (PRT file). Using the
Hysteresis option also the amount of CO2 trapped by an immobile gas phase is reported. Salt
precipitation and dissolution of the NaCl component is made dependent on the concentration of
CaCL2. It is now also possible to output the aqueous pH and ions (H+,H-,OH-,CO3--,HCO31,CL-,Na+, Ca++, CaCl+).
A target solid saturation change can be set by item 21of TSCRIT when using the
CO2STORE option.
Output and restarts
264
Output of analytic data in the SOLUTION section can be achieved by entering mnemonic
AQUCHGAS under the RPTSOL keyword.
Output of analytic data in the SCHEDULE section can be achieved by entering mnemonic
AQUCHGAS under the RPTSCHED keyword.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
If this new aquifer (AQUCHGAS) has been re-specified in the SCHEDULE section, then that
keyword, together with its modified data, will be output to the .PRT file by default.
Output of regions defined for performing operations on arrays can be achieved by entering
mnemonic OPERNUM under the RPTGRID keyword.
Output of coal regions can be achieved by entering mnemonic COALNUM under the
RPTGRID keyword.
The mnemonics LANGMULT, ROCKPAMA and ROCKPAME have been added to the keyword
RPTPROPS, outputting the Langmuir multipliers and the rock compaction data.
The aqueous speciation and pH-level can be output with RPTRST or RPTSCHED when using
the CO2STORE option with the mnemonics AQSP and AQPH.
When using the Hysteresis option the critical gas saturation and the trapped gas saturation
(immobile) can be output with RPTRST or RPTSCHED using the mnemonics SGCRH and
SGTRH.
The pore volume and permeability multipliers as used by the rock compaction option can
now be output by the ROCKC mnemonic (both) or the PORV_MOD or PERM_MOD
mnemonic added to the keyword RPTRST.
Mass fractions for each component in liquid and vapor is output with RPTRST, RPTSOL or
RPTSCHED using the mnemonics XFW and YFW.
Tracers
A new TRMFxxxx mnemonic has been added to the keyword RPTRST, which outputs the
product of tracer concentration with the molar fraction of the carrier to the restart file. The
tracer name to be output must be appended to the end of the TRMF part of the mnemonic.
2007.1 Developments
New Facilities
265
Behavioral Changes
Various (non-physical) constants within the program have had their precision increased to
reduce cross-platform (and cross-version) differences in behavior. Pre 2007.1 behavior can
be restored using OPTIONS(97).
Note that OPTIONS(97) was used in 2006.2 to provide the functionality now provided by
switch 100.
Various improvements have been made regarding property calculations in the BRINE
model. Pre 2007.1 behavior can be restored using OPTIONS(102).
The tracer concentrations used in the scale and gas calorific value models are now only
lagged by a single timestep. Prior to 2007.1 the concentrations were lagged by two
timesteps. Pre 2007.1 behavior can be restored using OPTIONS(104).
A bug was fixed which may cause a change in results for models that contain the GRAVDR
keyword. Pre-2007.1 behavior can be restored using OPTIONS(106).
RUNSPEC section
The BIGMODEL keyword is now redundant and will be ignored.
The first item of the MEMORY keyword is redundant and will be ignored.
SUMMARY section
FAQRG and FAQTG have been added to the list of summary mnemonics represented by
ALL.
SCHEDULE section
266
The WLISTARG keyword now accepts default values specified for new operating targets
and limits for well lists. These default values have the same behavior as those in the
WELTARG keyword (that is, the simulator will use the corresponding flowing value for the
well at the end of the previous timestep as the target or limit)
A problem in the allocation of work-space for well potential calculations has been fixed.
This only affects models that use an old-style RUNSPEC section, and this may result in a
change in the reported well quantities in such models. The new behavior can be produced
with pre-2007.1 code by converting the model to use a new-style RUNSPEC section (for
example, using ECLIPSE Office). The pre-2007.1 behavior can be restored in the 2007.1
code by setting OPTIONS item 101 to a multiple of 2.
Potentials are now always calculated for wells and groups. Previously there was logic to
limit the calculation of potentials to cases where they were deemed necessary. The pre2007.1 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS item 101 to a multiple of 3.
2007.1 Developments
Behavioral Changes
An issue with the preservation of the actual well control mode when well potentials are
calculated for the prioritization option (see the PRIORITY keyword) or for prioritized
drilling queues (see the WDRILPRI keyword) has been fixed, and this may result in a
change in the reported well quantities in such models. The pre-2007.1behavior can be
restored by setting OPTIONS item 101 to a multiple of 5.
Various aspects of the GCONSALE keyword have been modified.
When item 5 is set to MAXR (to specify the procedure on exceeding a maximum rate
limit) then the re-injection fraction limit is now set to 100 to effectively remove the
reinjection fraction limit on the injectors. Before the 2007.1 version, the re-injection
fraction limit was set to 1 but that caused problems if the sales target was zero and there
was no import or consumption.
A non-positive value can now be specified for the lower limit. Before the 2007.1
version, a non-positive value was taken to mean that no lower limit was to be applied.
The pre-2007.1 behavior can be restored by setting OPTIONS item 103 to a positive value.
Note that the value of the MAXR re-injection fraction limit can be modified by setting
OPTIONS item 103 to a negative value.
Various fixes have been made to the code for applying group efficiency factors (specified
with the GEFAC keyword) in reservoir coupling runs. These may result in changes to the
rates reported for the groups in the master reservoir. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be
recovered by setting OPTIONS item 105 to a non-zero value.
A better handling of negative capillary pressure handling in gas water systems has been
implemented. Pre-2006.2 behavior can be restored using OPTIONS3 item 110.
An improved treatment of high RV values has been implemented which can affect the
nature of the single phase (oil or gas) seen by the simulator. Pre-2007.1 behavior can be
restored using OPTIONS3 item 111.
Various improvements have been made regarding equilibration of the BRINE model. Pre
2007.1 behavior can be restored using OPTIONS3 item 116.
A better handling of dual porosity systems has been implemented. Pre 2006.2 behavior can
be restored using OPTIONS3 item 120.
The rock volumes are no longer scaled by the NTG values. Pre 2007.1 behavior can be
restored using OPTIONS3 item 117.
Dual porosity transmissibilities are no longer scaled by the NTG values. Pre 2007.1
behavior can be restored using OPTIONS3 item 117
A better handling of track tracers concentration has been implemented. A better behavior
can be obtained using OPTIONS3 item 123.
The phase stability check for the GASWAT option can be modified slightly in order to prevent
the H2O rich phase being labeled as gas; this facility can be optioned by using OPTIONS3
item 125.
SUMMARY section
FAQRG and FAQTG have been added to the list of summary mnemonics represented by
ALL.
2007.1 Developments
Behavioral Changes
267
The units of both mass rates and mass totals (for example, the WOMR and GWMT summary
vectors) have been changed from long tons (1 long ton = 2,240 lbs) to short tons (1 short
ton = 2,000 lb) when working in FIELD units. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be restored by
setting OPTIONS3 item 112 to a non-zero value.
SCHEDULE section
268
The same results are now obtained if WNETDP is used inside ACTIONX compared to using
it directly within the SCHEDULE section. The former behavior within ACTIONX was
different to the behavior if it was used just in the main body of the SCHEDULE section.
The calculations and reporting in the drift flux model have been made more robust in the
presence of small flow rates and small hold-ups. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be restored
using OPTIONS3 item 107.
The checking for whether separator stage gas is being used for injection has been made
more flexible. (Injection of separator stage gas requires more complex logic in the gas
accounting calculations). Previously this was turned on (and never off) if separator stage
gas was specified in any of the GINJGAS, GRUPINJE, WINJORD or WINJMIX keywords.
From 2007.1, it is only turned on while separator stage gas is actually being used for
injection. This may cause differences in the gas accounting results.
A new algorithm has been added to calculate the availability of items in mixtures specified
using WINJORD. Previously WINJORD mixtures used the WINJMIX algorithm and this led
to incorrect violabilities. OPTIONS3 item 113 can be used to recover the pre-2007.1
behavior.
If the injected fluid nature GAS is specified in the GINJGAS, GRUPINJE, WELLINJE,
WINJGAS, WINJMIX and WINJORD keywords, it is internally converted to injection fluid
nature GV with its source being the field separator (which has better gas accounting and
re-injection behavior). OPTIONS3 item 113 can be used to recover the pre-2007.1
behavior.
In the complex gas accounting that occurs when there is fuel and/or sales gas with
intermediate separator stage gas used for re-injection, mixture items were previously
excluded from the re-injection calculation. These have been included for 2007.1.
OPTIONS3 item 113 can be used to recover the pre-2007.1 behavior.
Prior to 2007.1 ACTIONR and ACTIONX conditions involving regions were evaluated using
the summary quantity values from the previous timestep. From 2007.1 the values from the
current timestep are used. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be recovered via OPTIONS3 item
118.
Prior to 2007.1 the maximum timestep length after a well modification was not respected
if the well modification was a result of an ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) being triggered. From 2007.1
the maximum timestep will be honoured. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be recovered via
OPTIONS3 item 118.
Prior to 2007.1 the ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) conditions were processed before outputting the
summary data. As a result summary data from the previous timestep may be overwritten
when an ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) is triggered. From 2007.1 the summary data will be exported
before processing the ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) conditions. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be
recovered via OPTIONS3 item 118.
To accommodate the increased range of summary quantities permitted within an

ACTION(G,W,X) condition a new syntax for specify a component number has been
introduced. From 2007.1 component numbers should be appended to the quantity with an
underscore. Hence the pre-2007.1 syntax for the well liquid mole fraction of component 1
is modified from WXMF1 to WXMF_1.
2007.1 Developments
Behavioral Changes
The default BHP limit has changed to 592.15 atma when using the CO2STORE option with
the keywords WCONINJE and WCONINJP.
The modified solution update method for multisegment well previously activated by
OPTIONS3 item 83 is now the default. The pre 2007.1 update method can be restored by
via OPTIONS3 item 83.
Non-Darcy flows
The alternative model for Capillary Number effects in gas condensate reservoirs, which is
selected by setting item 5 of the VELDEP keyword to a non-zero value, has been modified
to be more faithful to the ideas in Whitson, Fevang and Saevareid [Ref. 99]. A description
of both the old and new behavior is given in "Non-Darcy Flow". The pre-2007.1 behavior
can be restored by setting OPTIONS3 item 99 to a non-zero value.
Thermal
The improved stability in the multisegment well model and improvements in the nonlinear
convergence may produce slight differences in results if the simulation is run for a long
time.
If a user specifies the A , B and C coefficients to be zero in keyword KVCR, then the
simulator will automatically set this component to be nonvolatile. Previously, the user had
to explicitly set a component to be DEAD with keyword CVTYPE.
The rock volumes are no longer scaled by the NTG values. Pre 2007.1 behavior can be
restored using OPTIONS3 item 117. Note that for a thermal case both the rock volume and
the pore volume need to be zero for the cell to become inactive.
Aquifers
The equilibration tilt correction is now applied to numerical aquifer blocks when item 9 of
the EQUIL keyword is positive. Previous behavior can be restored via OPTIONS3(105).
For the GASWAT or CO2STORE options the water properties are calculated using the equation
of state. An EoS region number can entered for the keywords AQUCHWAT, AQUCT and
AQUFETP. If the item 119 of OPTIONS3 is set to 1, this reverts to the pre-2007.1 method
which uses a PVT table number.
Equilibration
The equilibration block pressure is now taken as the central pressure as oppose to an
average over the sampling points specified by item 9 of the EQUIL keyword. Previous
behavior can be restored via OPTIONS3(105).
CO2SOL
Pre-2007.1 the default values of the water formation volume factor of the solubility table
used in the CO2SOL option could produce an incorrect water density. This has been
corrected in 2007.1. If OPTIONS3(115) is set =1 then the pre-2007.1 behavior is restored.
The water density is now calculated more accurately.
2007.1 Developments
Behavioral Changes
269
There has been a change in behavior when an SCSA control parameter is specified (in item
1 of OPTPARS) for a segment of a well. In order to remove possible conflicts with other
targets and limits during the optimization runs, such wells are now switched to BHP control
mode (using the actual BHP for the well from the base run) and all other limits are removed.
Prior to 2007.1, pre-existing control targets and limits were not removed, and these often
interfered with the manipulation of the segments by the optimizer.
Adjoint gradient screening
270
The adjoint gradient screening code has been modified so that it will attempt to calculate
the requested adjoint gradients even if the simulation terminates early (for instance,
because all the wells are shut, or because an economic limit has been violated).
If an adjoint gradient screening run terminates early (for instance, because all the wells
are shut, or because an economic limit has been violated) and the AJGWELLS and
AJGPARAM keywords have not been specified by the early exit time, then no adjoint
gradients will be generated as none will have been requested by that stage of the
simulation. In order to avoid this problem, these keywords should be specified right at
the beginning of the SCHEDULE section.
Note
This advice on the positioning of the AJGWELLS keyword is different to the advice
given pre-2007.1. Previously it was recommended that this keyword should be placed
just before the END keyword).
2007.1 Developments
Behavioral Changes
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
GDIMS
Specify the number of instantaneous gradient parameters
LGRCOPY
Copy global values to local cells before operations within an LGR.
RIVRDIMS
Define river dimension data.
UDQDIMS
Dimensions for the user defined quantity facility.
UDQPARAM
Parameters for the user defined quantity facility.
GRID section
COPYREG
Copy one array to another in the specified region
OPERNUM
Defines regions for performing operations using OPERATER keyword.
OPERATER
Performs operations on arrays for specific regions.
LGRCOPY
EDIT section
ADDREG
Add a constant to an array in the specified region
EQUALREG
Set an array to a constant value in the specified region
MULTIREG
Multiply an array by a constant in the specified region
COPYREG
OPERATER
Performs operations on arrays for specific OPERNUM regions.
LGRCOPY
PROPS section
ADDREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
COPYREG
OPERATER
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
271
RKTRMDIR
Expands ROCKTAB tables to have five columns instead of three, for directional
transmissibility multipliers.
RIVRXSEC
River cross-sectional profile table data.
RBEDCONT
River bed contact data
DEPTHTAB
River boundary condition data
MASSFLOW
QHRATING
REGIONS section
ADDREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
COPYREG
MULTIPLY
Multiply an array by a constant in the current box
OPERNUM
OPERATER
SOLUTION section
ADDREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
COPYREG
ADD
Add a constant to an array in the current box
MULTIPLY
Multiply an array by a constant in the current box
COPY
Copy one array to another in the current box
OPERATER
OPERATE
Performs operations on arrays for a specific box.
RIVERSYS
Defines each new river
SUMMARY section
ALL
272
Extension of ALL mnemonic to include FAQRG and FAQTG.
BSCN_X
Report brine concentration at specified coordinate
BCTRA_X
Report tracer concentration at specified coordinate.
CUxxxxxx
User defined connection quantity.
FAQRG
Field aquifer influx rate for gas aquifer.
FAQTG
Cumulative field aquifer influx rate for gas aquifer.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
FGPI2
Field gas potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FGPP2
Field gas potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FGPPF2
Field free gas potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
FGPPS2
Field solution (dissolved) gas potential production rate (including values

calculated on shut/stopped wells)
FOPI2
Field oil potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FOPP2
Field oil potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FUxxxxxx
User defined field quantity.
FWPI2
Field water potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FWPP2
Field water potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
GGPI2
Group gas potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GGPP2
Group gas potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GGPPF2
Group free gas potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
GGPPS2
Group solution (dissolved) gas potential production rate (including values

GOPI2
Group oil potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GOPP2
Group oil potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GUxxxxxx
User defined group quantity.
GWPI2
Group water potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GWPP2
Group water potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
SRRQR
River reach flow.
SRRQT
River reach cumulative flow
SRBQR
River branch flow
SRBQT
River branch cumulative flow
SRTQR
River total flow
SRTQT
River total cumulative flow
SRRFLOW
River reach flux.
SRRAREA
River reach cross sectional area.
SRRDEPTH
River reach depth.
SRREXCH
River reach exchange flux.
SRRFORDE
River reach Froude number.
RUxxx
User defined region quantity.
SUxxxxxx
User defined segment quantity.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
273
WBHWCn
Derivative of well BHP with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WGFWCn
Derivative of well gas flow rate with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WGIP2
Well gas potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WGPI2

wells)
WGPP2
Well gas potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WGPPF2
Well free gas potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
WGPPS2
Well solution (dissolved) gas potential production rate (including values

WOFWCn
Derivative of well oil flow rate with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WOPI2
Well oil potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WOPP2
Well oil potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WUxxxxxx
User defined well quantity.
WWFWCn
Derivative of well water flow rate with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WWIP2
Well water potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WWPI2

wells)
WWPP2
Well water potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
SCHEDULE section
274
DIFFMMF
Specify dual porosity matrix-fracture diffusivity multiplier here as well as in

GRID section.
GUPFREQ
Specify update frequency of the instantaneous gradient option.
GWRTWCV
Specify gradient parameters as collections of wells for the instantaneous gradient

option.
MULSGGD
Specify dual porosity alternative oil-gas matrix-fracture transmissibility

multiplier
MULSGGDV

multipliers
MULTSIG
Specify dual porosity matrix-fracture transmissibility multiplier
MULTSIGV
Specify dual porosity matrix-fracture transmissibility multipliers
PLYVISC
Sets polymer solution viscosity function
PLYVISCS
Sets polymer/salt solution viscosity function
SURFVISC
Surfactant solution viscosity function
UDQ
Specify user defined quantities.
WELCNTL
Resets the control mode and operating target on wells
RIVERSYS
Defines each new river
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
REACHES,
Defines the reaches within a river
COMPRIV
Specifies grid block connections to a river
GRDREACH
Defines location of grid blocks connecting to a river

RUNSPEC section
ASPHALTE
The ASPHALTE keyword has been added to activate the Asphaltene modeling
CO2STORE
Turns on the CO2 storage option
GDIMS
Specify the number of instantaneous gradient parameters
JALS
New linear solver for thermal runs
LGRCOPY
UDQDIMS
Dimensions for the user defined quantity facility.
UDQPARAM
Parameters for the user defined quantity facility.
GRID section
BTOBALFA
Activate new dual porosity transmissibilities from fracture blocks to the matrix
block below, and specify a contact area multiplier.
BTOBALFV
Activate new dual porosity transmissibilities from fracture blocks to the matrix
block below, and specify contact area multipliers.
COPYBOX
Copy values from one box of cells to another.
OPERNUM
OPERATER
LGRCOPY
EDIT section
OPERATER
LGRCOPY
PROPS section
Thermal
LGRCOPY
COPYBOX
KVAN
Specifies the use of the Antoine K-value correlation for use with THERMAL live
oil component k-values.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
275
Thermal
276
LBCCOEFR
Set non-default LBC coefficients for multiple equation of state regions.
THSTT97
Requests the analytic IAPWS 97 steam table for use with THERMAL simulations.
OPERATER
Performs operations on arrays for specific OPERNUM regions. In addition, it is

possible to use arrays from different sections of the dataset, e.g. SWL =
Fn(PORO).
RKTRMDIR
Enables correct interpretation of five-column ROCKTAB tables from ECLIPSE

100. Columns four and five are ignored.
SOLUBILT
Specify properties of water-CO2 system with temperature dependencies.
ALPHAD
Specify tables of transport coefficients for drainage processes.
ALPHAI
Specify tables of transport coefficients for imbibition processes.
ODD3P
Select the ODD3P relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model
EPSODD3P
Specify the end-point scaling, reference surface tensions and threshold

interfacial tensions for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and
capillary pressure hysteresis model.
PCODD3P
Specify the capillary pressure and saturation calculation control parameters for
the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis
model.
PCODD3PW
Specify the relationship between capillary pressure and water saturation as a

tabulated function for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
pressure hysteresis model.
PCODD3PG
Specify the relationship between capillary pressure and gas saturation as a

tabulated function for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
PSORG
Specify the primary end-point (residual) gridblock oil saturations for oil-gas
system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure
hysteresis model.
PSGRO
Specify the primary end-point (residual) gridblock gas saturations for gas-oil
hysteresis model.
PSORW
Specify the primary end-point (residual) gridblock oil saturations for oil-water
hysteresis model.
PSWRO
Specify the primary end-point (residual) gridblock water saturations for wateroil system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
PSGRW
Specify the primary end-point (residual) gridblock gas saturations for gas-water
hysteresis model.
PSWRG
Specify the primary end-point (residual) gridblock water saturations for watergas system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
HSORG
Specify the hysteresis end-point (residual) gridblock oil saturations for oil-gas
hysteresis model.
HSGRO
Specify the hysteresis end-point (residual) gridblock gas saturations for gas-oil
hysteresis model.
HSORW
Specify the hysteresis end-point (residual) gridblock oil saturations for oil-water
hysteresis model.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
HSWRO
Specify the hysteresis end-point (residual) gridblock water saturations for wateroil system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
HSGRW
Specify the hysteresis end-point (residual) gridblock gas saturations for gaswater system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
HSWRG
Specify the hysteresis end-point (residual) gridblock water saturations for watergas system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
Coal Bed Methane
LANGMULT
Langmuir multiplier, scales the adsorption capacities on a cell by cell basis.
Coal Bed Methane
ROCKPAMA
Palmer-Mansoori rock compaction model
Coal Bed Methane
ROCKPAME
Palmer-Mansoori alike rock compaction model, dependent on composition.
DIFFCWAT
Water components diffusion coefficient for the CO2STORE or GASWAT option.
ASPREWG
The ASPREWG keyword has been added to specify asphaltene precipitation data
as molar percentage weight, when Asphaltene modeling is activated
ASPFLOC
The ASPFLOC keyword has been added to specify asphaltene flocculation data,
when Asphaltene modeling is activated
ASPFLRT
Specifies asphaltene flocculation/dissociation rates, when Asphaltene modeling

is activated.
ASPDEPO
The ASPDEPO keyword has been added to specify asphaltene deposition data,
when Asphaltene modeling is activated.
ASPKDAM
The ASPKDAM keyword has been added to specify permeability damage due to
asphaltene deposition, when Asphaltene modeling is activated
ASPVISO
The ASPVISO keyword has been added to specify oil viscosity changes due to
asphaltene precipitation, when Asphaltene modeling is activated
REGIONS section
LGRCOPY
COPYBOX
OPERNUM
OPERATER
ALPHANUD
Specify which set of transport coefficient tables should be used to calculate

transport coefficients for drainage.
ALPHANUI
Specify which set of transport coefficient tables should be used to calculate

transport coefficients for imbibition.
PSTNUM
Specify the gridblock primary saturation table numbers for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
ISTNUM
Specify the gridblock increasing saturation table numbers for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
DSTNUM
Specify the gridblock decreasing saturation table numbers for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
SDROG
Oil phase initial gridblock saturation direction indicator for the gas-oil system
for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure
hysteresis model.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
277
SDRGO
Gas phase initial gridblock saturation direction indicator for the gas-oil system
hysteresis model.
SDROW
Oil phase initial gridblock saturation direction indicator for the oil-water system
hysteresis model.
SDRWO
Water phase initial gridblock saturation direction indicator for the oil-water
hysteresis model.
SDRGW
Gas phase initial gridblock saturation direction indicator for the gas-water
hysteresis model.
SDRWG
Water phase initial gridblock saturation direction indicator for the gas-water
hysteresis model.
SOLUTION section
AQUCHGAS
The property data for the constant head gas aquifer can now be specified using
the AQUCHGAS keyword.
AQSTREAM
For compositional runs, this keyword should be used to specify the composition
of the injected gas stream for the AQUCHGAS keyword.
OPERATER
Performs operations on arrays for specific OPERNUM regions. In addition, it is

possible to use arrays from different sections of the dataset.
OPERATE
Performs operations on arrays for a specific box.
DBGODD3P
Debug information for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and

capillary pressure hysteresis model option
SUMMARY section
278
ALL
Extension of ALL mnemonic to include FAQRG and FAQTG.
CUxxxxxx
User defined connection quantity.
FAQRG
Field aquifer influx rate for gas aquifer.
FAQTG
Cumulative field aquifer influx rate for gas aquifer.
FCVPP2
Field calorific value production potential (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
FGPI2
Field gas potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FGPP2
Field gas potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FOPP2
Field oil potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
FUxxxxxx
User defined field quantity.
FWPI2
Field water potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
FWPP2
Field water potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
FCOMT
Component molar totals in the oil phase
FCGMT
Component molar totals in the gas phase
GCVPP2
Group calorific value production potential (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
GGPI2
Group gas potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GGPP2
Group gas potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GOPP2
Group oil potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GUxxxxxx
User defined group quantity.
GWPI2
Group water potential injection rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
GWPP2
Group water potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
GCOMT
GCGMT
RUxxx
User defined region quantity.
SUxxxxxx
User defined segment quantity.
WBHWCn
Derivative of well BHP with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WCVPP2
Well calorific value production potential (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
WGFWCn
Derivative of well gas flow rate with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WGIP2

wells)
WGPI2

wells)
WGPP2
Well gas potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WOFWCn
Derivative of well oil flow rate with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WOPP2
Well oil potential production rate (including values calculated on shut/stopped

wells)
WUxxxxxx
User defined well quantity.
WWFWCn
Derivative of well water flow rate with respect to GWRTWCV parameter n
WWIP2

wells)
WWPI2

wells)
WWPP2
Well water potential production rate (including values calculated on

shut/stopped wells)
WCOMT
WCGMT
BSDROG
Block oil phase saturation direction indicator for oil-gas system for the ODD3P
three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
279
280
BSDRGO
Block gas phase saturation direction indicator for gas-oil system for the ODD3P
BSDROW
Block oil phase saturation direction indicator for oil-water system for the ODD3P
BSDRWO
Block water phase saturation direction indicator for water-oil system for the
ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis
model.
BSDRGW
Block gas phase saturation direction indicator for gas-water system for the
model.
BSDRWG
Block water phase saturation direction indicator for water-gas system for the
model.
BSONRM
Block normalized oil saturation for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
BSGNRM
Block normalized gas saturation for the ODD3P three-phase relative

BSWNRM
Block normalized water saturation for the ODD3P three-phase relative

BSOGTN
Block normalized oil turning point saturation for oil-gas system for the ODD3P
BSGOTN
Block normalized gas turning point saturation for gas-oil system for the ODD3P
BSOWTN
Block normalized oil turning point saturation for oil-water system for the
model.
BSWOTN
Block normalized water turning point saturation for water-oil system for the
model.
BSGWTN
Block normalized gas turning point saturation for gas-water system for the
model.
BSWGTN
Block normalized water turning point saturation for water-gas system for the
model.
BSOGNH
Block normalized oil hysteresis saturation for oil-gas system for the ODD3P
three-phase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model
BSGONH
Block normalized gas hysteresis saturation for gas-oil system for the ODD3P
BSOWNH
Block normalized oil hysteresis saturation for oil-water system for the ODD3P
BSWONH
Block normalized water hysteresis saturation for water-oil system for the ODD3P
BSGWNH
Block normalized gas hysteresis saturation for gas-water system for the ODD3P
BSWGNH
Block normalized water hysteresis saturation for water-gas system for the
model.
BSOGNE
Block normalized oil equivalent opposite direction saturation for oil-gas system
hysteresis model.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
BSGONE
Block normalized gas equivalent opposite direction saturation for gas-oil system
hysteresis model.
BSOWNE
Block normalized oil equivalent opposite direction saturation for oil-water

hysteresis model.
BSWONE
Block normalized water equivalent opposite direction saturation for water-oil

hysteresis model.
BSGWNE
Block normalized gas equivalent opposite direction saturation for gas-water

hysteresis model.
BSWGNE
Block normalized water equivalent opposite direction saturation for water-gas

hysteresis model.
BSORGB
Residual oil saturation used to calculate normalised saturations in oil-gas system

hysteresis model.
BSGROB
Residual gas saturation used to calculate normalised saturations in gas-oil

hysteresis model.
BSORWB
Residual oil saturation used to calculate normalised saturations in oil-water

hysteresis model.
BSWROB
Residual water saturation used to calculate normalised saturations in water-oil

hysteresis model.
BSGRWB
Residual gas saturation used to calculate normalised saturations in gas-water

hysteresis model.
BSGRWB
Residual water saturation used to calculate normalised saturations in water-gas

hysteresis model.
BSORGP
Process dependent residual oil saturation in oil-gas system for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
BSGROP
Process dependent residual gas saturation in gas-oil system for the ODD3P threephase relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
BSORWP
Process dependent residual oil saturation in oil-water system for the ODD3P
BSWROP
Process dependent residual water saturation in water-oil system for the ODD3P
BSGRWP
Process dependent residual gas saturation in gas-water system for the ODD3P
BSWRGP
Process dependent residual water saturation for water-gas system for the ODD3P
BIFTGO
Block gas-oil interfacial tension for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability
and capillary pressure hysteresis model
BIFTWO
Block water-oil interfacial tension for the ODD3P three-phase relative

permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model
BIFTGW
Block gas-water interfacial tension for the ODD3P three-phase relative

permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
281
282
BKROGN
Block representative oil-gas relative permeability for the ODD3P three-phase

relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model.
BKRGON
Block representative gas-oil relative permeability for the ODD3P three-phase

BKROWN
Block representative oil-water relative permeability for the ODD3P three-phase

BKRWON
Block representative water-oil relative permeability for the ODD3P three-phase

BKRGWN
Block representative gas-water relative permeability for the ODD3P three-phase

BKRWGN
Block representative water-gas relative permeability for the ODD3P three-phase

BKROGH
Block turning point relative permeability to oil for oil-gas system for the ODD3P
BKRGOH
Block turning point relative permeability to gas for gas-oil system for the
model.
BKROWH
Block turning point relative permeability to oil for oil-water system for the
model.
BKRWOH
Block turning point relative permeability to water for water-oil system for the
model.
BKRGWH
Block turning point relative permeability to gas for gas-water system for the
model.
BKRWGH
Block turning point relative permeability to water for water-gas system for the
model.
BKROGE
Block equivalent relative permeability to oil for oil-gas system for the ODD3P
BKRGOE
Block equivalent relative permeability to gas for gas-oil system for the ODD3P
BKROWE
Block equivalent relative permeability to oil for oil-water system for the ODD3P
BKRWOE
Block equivalent relative permeability to water for water-oil system for the
model.
BKRGWE
Block equivalent relative permeability to gas for gas-water system for the
model.
BKRWGE
Block equivalent relative permeability to water for water-gas system for the
model.
BKROGT
Block opposite direction turning point relative permeability to oil for oil-gas
hysteresis model.
BKRGOT
Block opposite direction turning point relative permeability to gas for gas-oil
hysteresis model.
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
BKROWT
Block opposite direction turning point relative permeability to oil for oil-water
hysteresis model.
BKRWOT
Block opposite direction turning point relative permeability to water for wateroil system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
BKRGWT
Block opposite direction turning point relative permeability to gas for gas-water
hysteresis model.
BKRWGT
Block opposite direction turning point relative permeability to water for watergas system for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and capillary
SCHEDULE section
AQUCHGAS
The property data for the constant head gas aquifer can now be re-specified
using the AQUCHGAS keyword in the SCHEDULE section.
AQSTREAM
For compositional runs, this keyword should be used to specify the composition
of the injected gas stream for the AQUCHGAS keyword.
DIFFMMF
Specify dual porosity matrix-fracture diffusivity multiplier here as well as in

GRID section.
GUPFREQ
Specify update frequency of the instantaneous gradient option.
GWRTWCV
Specify gradient parameters as collections of wells for the instantaneous gradient

option.
MULSGGD

multiplier
MULSGGDV

multipliers
MULTSIG
Specify dual porosity matrix-fracture transmissibility multiplier
MULTSIGV
Specify dual porosity matrix-fracture transmissibility multipliers
UDQ
Specify user defined quantities.
WELCNTL
Resets the control mode and operating target on wells
WLISTARG
This keyword, previously only available in ECLIPSE 100, is now available in

ECLIPSE 300. This is used to reset operating targets or limits for well lists.
WREGROUP
This keyword, previously only available in ECLIPSE 100, is now available in

ECLIPSE 300. This is used to transfer wells automatically from one group to
another, depending on the value of a chosen quantity such as the wells water cut
or oil production rate.
DBGODD3P
Debug information for the ODD3P three-phase relative permeability and

capillary pressure hysteresis model option
2007.1 Developments
New Keywords
283
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
PSTEADY
Modified (data item 11) to add lower limit for time-stepping to ensure
calculation doesnt end too soon.
REGDIMS
The seventh item of this keyword can now be used to set the maximum number
of user-defined regions used by the OPERNUM keyword.
PETOPTS
This keyword has been extended to use a new item of data, LGRSIMGD. Setting
this mnemonic implies that the .GSG file imported using the PETGRID keyword
contains local grid refinements. For the 2007.1 release, the import of .GSG files
is not supported in ECLIPSE 100. This is for future use when Petrel is able to
export the .GSG format. Please refer to Petrel documentation and release notes.
GRID section
ADDREG
It is now also possible to use the OPERNUM keyword to perform this operation
on a specified array.
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
OPERATE
It is now possible to apply a maximum and minimum limit to a property array. In

addition, a new multiplication operator has been added.
PETGRID
Imports grid from a .GSG file. For the 2007.1 release, the import of .GSG files is
not supported in ECLIPSE 100. This is for future use when Petrel is able to
RPTGRID
Output of regions defined for performing operations on arrays can be achieved

by entering mnemonic OPERNUM.
EDIT section
OPERATE
284
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords

PROPS section
OPERATE

addition, a new multiplication operator has been added. It is also possible to use
arrays from different sections of the dataset, for example SWL = Fn(PORO).
ROCKTAB
If the RKTRMDIR keyword has been specified, each table consists of 5 columns
of data, the last 3 being the transmissibility multipliers in the x-, y- and zdirections.
REGIONS section
OPERATE

TNUM
These arrays can now be used in conjunction with the ADD, ADDREG,
MULTIPLY and MULTIREG operations.
TRKPF
These arrays can now be used in conjunction with the ADD, ADDREG,
MULTIPLY and MULTIREG operations.
SOLUTION section
AQUCHWAT
Two additional items have been added to the AQUCHWAT keyword to allow the
flow to be limited between a minimum and maximum value.
OPERATE

arrays from different sections of the dataset. This keyword can now be used in
the SOLUTION section.
RPTRST
A new TRAS mnemonic has been added which outputs the product of tracer
concentration with the carrier saturation to the restart file.
SCHEDULE section
ACTIONX
All field, group, well, segment and connection summary section quantities are
now available for use as triggers within an ACTIONX keyword
AQUCHWAT
WCONINJE
A new MULTI option is available for the injector type (item 2). This specifies
that the well is a multi-phase injector and can inject more than one phase
simultaneously.
New items 12, 13 and 14 are used to specify the surface volume proportions of
the oil, water and gas phase respectively.
WCONINJH
simultaneously.
New items 9, 10 and 11 are used to specify the surface volume proportions of the
oil, water and gas phase respectively.
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
285
WCONINJP
simultaneously.
New items 9, 10 and 11 are used to specify the surface volume proportions of the
oil, water and gas phase respectively.
WLISTARG
This keyword now accepts default values specified for new operating targets and
limits for well lists. These default values have the same behavior as those in the
WELARG keyword (that is, the simulator will use the corresponding flowing
value for the well at the end of the previous timestep as the target or limit).
RPTRST
A new TRAS mnemonic has been added which outputs the product of tracer
concentration with the carrier saturation to the restart file.
OPTIONS keyword
Switch 97
If set to a non-zero value, then this option restores the pre-2007.1 behavior of
some sensitive constants within the program. At 2007.1, the precision of these
program constants was increased to reduce cross-platform (and cross-version)
differences in behavior.
Switch 99
Generates warning messages from the AQUANCON keyword when cells cannot
be connected to the aquifer because there is an active cell on the aquifer side of
the current cell.
Switch 100
If > 0, sets up the gap between two consecutive RS values for the interpolation
when API Tracking is used, and uses an improved interpolation to avoid crossing
lines in PVTO. The gap is a percentage given by
RSGAP=0.01*OPTIONS(100). Note that this gap should not be too large. A
minimum value of 0.01 is set.
Switch 101
If > 0, this restores various aspects of pre-2007.1 behavior related to well

potential calculations.
If a multiple of 2, this reverses a fix in the allocation of work-space for well
potential calculations. This fix only affects models which use an old-style
RUNSPEC section, and it may result in a change in the reported well quantities in
such models. The new behavior can also be produced with pre-2007.1 code by
converting the model to use a new-style RUNSPEC section (for example, using
ECLIPSE Office).
If a multiple of 3, this restores the logic for only calculating potentials on wells
for which they are required.
If a multiple of 5, this reverses a fix in the preservation of the actual well control
mode when well potentials are calculated for the prioritization option (see the
PRIORITY keyword) or for prioritized drilling queues (see the WDRILPRI
keyword).
Switch 102
286
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2007.1 implementation of the BRINE model is

restored. This affects the PVT calculations in the reservoir and wells.
Switch 103
This controls aspects of the GCONSALE keyword.

If set to a value greater than zero value, this restores pre-2007.1 behavior.
In cases where a net sales, import and consumption target of zero has been
specified, this sets the MAXR procedure re-injection fraction limit to a value of 1,
instead of the new default value of 100.
It also restores the handling of the lower limit in which a non-positive lower
limit was taken to mean that no lower limit was to be applied.
If set to a value less than zero, this sets the MAXR procedure re-injection fraction
limit to -OPTIONS(103) in cases where a net sales, import and consumption
target of zero has been specified.
Switch 104
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2007.1 implementations of the scale and gas
calorific value models are restored. Prior to 2007.1 the tracer concentrations
used in the scale and gas calorific value calculations were lagged by two
timesteps. From 2007.1 the lag has been reduced to a single timestep.
Switch 105
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2007.1 use of group efficiency factors

(specified with the GEFAC keyword) in reservoir coupling runs is restored. At
2007.1, various fixes were made to this part of the code.
Switch 106
If set to a non-zero value, the pre-2007.1 gravity drainage behavior is restored.

At 2007.1, a bug was fixed which may cause a change in results for models that
contain the GRAVDR keyword.
DEBUG keyword
Switch 76
Outputs debug from the river model

RUNSPEC section
CBMOPTS
A new option (data item 2) can be used to disallow water flow in and out of coal
cells.
VELDEP
Item 5 can now be set to 2, which indicates that the alternative model for
Capillary Number effects in gas condensate reservoirs should be applied to the
calculation of the oil phase relative permeability.
REGDIMS
The seventh item of this keyword can now be used to set the maximum number
of user-defined regions used by the OPERNUM keyword.
PETOPTS
This keyword has been extended to use a new item of data, LGRSIMGD. Setting
this mnemonic implies that the .GSG file imported using the PETGRID keyword
contains local grid refinements. For the 2007.1 release, the import of .GSG files
is not supported in ECLIPSE 300. This is for future use when Petrel is able to
TABDIMS
The TABDIMS keyword has been extended with item 17,18,19 and 20 to
specify the number of rows in look-up tables used for asphaltene modeling and
the maximum number of flocculation allowed.
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
287
GRID section
ADDREG
COPYREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
OPERATE

PETGRID
Imports grid from a .GSG file. For the 2007.1 release, the import of .GSG files is
not supported in ECLIPSE 300. This is for future use when Petrel is able to
RPTGRID
Output of regions defined for performing operations on arrays can be achieved

by entering mnemonic OPERNUM.
RPTGRID
Output of coal regions can be achieved by entering mnemonic COALNUM.
EDIT section
ADDREG
COPYREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
OPERATE

PROPS section
288
ADDREG
COPYREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
OPERATE

2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
SOLUBILI
The columns of this keyword can now be defaulted. The default values for the
formation volume factor are calculated using a more accurate method. This
keyword can be used with SALINITR and RTEMP to specify the salinity and
temperature on a regional basis. There is no limit on the number of records
anymore.
SOLUBILS
A new item 3 has been added to record 1 to define the reference salt
concentration for stock tank water. There is no limit on the number of records
anymore.
RPTPROPS
The mnemonics LANGMULT, ROCKPAMA and ROCKPAME have been added

outputting the Langmuir multipliers and the rock compaction data.
RPTPROPS
The RPTPROPS keyword has been extended for the ODD3P tables and
saturation end-points with the following mnemonics; PSORG, PSGRO, PSORW,
PSWRO, PSGRW, PSWRG, HSORG, HSGRO, HSORW, HSWRO, HSGRW, HSWRG,
EPSODD3P, PCODD3P, PCODD3PG and PCODD3PW
REGIONS section
ADDREG
COPYREG
EQUALREG
MULTIREG
OPERATE

RPTREGS
The RPTREGS keyword has had the following mnemonics added for the ODD3P
option to output saturation region numbers and direction indicators; PSTNUM,
ISTNUM, DSTNUM, SDROW, SDRWO, SDROG, SDRGO, SDRGW and SDRWG.
SOLUTION section
ADDREG
AQUANCON
Connections to the Constant Head Gas aquifer (AQUCHGAS) are read in using
this keyword.
AQUCHWAT
flow to be limited between a minimum and maximum value. For the GASWAT or
CO2STORE options, item 6 refers to an EoS region number.
AQUCT
For the GASWAT or CO2STORE options, item 10 refers to an EoS region

number.
AQUFETP
For the GASWAT or CO2STORE options, item 6 refers to an EoS region number.
COPYREG
EQUALREG
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
289
MULTIREG
OPERATE

arrays from different sections of the dataset. This keyword can now be used in
the SOLUTION section.
RPTRST
A new TRMFxxxx mnemonic which controls the output of the product of tracer
concentration with the molar fraction of the carrier to the restart file has been
added. The tracer name to be output must be appended to the end of the TRMF
part of the mnemonic.
RPTRST
PERMSTAB and BIOTCTAB to output permeability and Biots constant

multipliers based on the stress dependence of those two variables (see keyword
PERMSTAB and BIOTCTAB respectively
RPTRST
When using the Hysteresis option the critical gas saturation and the trapped gas
saturation (immobile) can be output using the mnemonics SGCRH and SGTRH.
RPTRST
The aqueous speciation and pH-level can be output when using the CO2STORE
option with the mnemonics AQSP and AQPH.
RPTSOL
New RPTSOL mnemonics have been added for the ODD3P three-phase relative
The list of new mnemonics consists of: SONRM, SGNRM, SWNRM, SDROW,
SDRWO, SDROG, SDRGO, SDRGW, SDRWG, SOWNT, SWONT, SOGNT, SGONT,
SGWNT, SWGNT, SOWNH, SWONH, SOGNH, SGONH, SGWNH, SWGNH, SOWNE,
SWONE, SOGNE, SGONE, SGWNE, SWGNE, SORWB, SWROB, SORGB, SGROB,
SGRWB, SWRGB, SORWP, SWROP, SORGP, SGROP, SGRWP, SWRGP, IFTGO,
IFTOW, IFTGW, KROWN, KRWON, KROGN, KRGON, KRGWN, KRWGN, KROWH,
KRWOH, KROGH, KRGOH, KRGWH, KRWGH, KROWE, KRWOE, KROGE, KRGOE,
KRGWE, KRWGE, KROWT, KRWOT, KROGT, KRGOT, KRGWT and KRWGT.
RPTSOL

RPTSOL
Output of analytic data in the SOLUTION section can be achieved by entering

mnemonic AQUCHGAS
RPTSOL
Output of pore volume and permeability multipliers can be achieved by entering

mnemonics PORV_MOD and PERM_MOD.
RPTSOL
Output of liquid and vapor mass fractions for each component can be achieved
by entering the mnemonics XFW and YFW.
SCHEDULE section
Thermal
Thermal
290
ACTIONX
All field, group, well, segment and connection summary section quantities are
now available for use as triggers within an ACTIONX keyword
ACTIONX
Almost all SCHEDULE keywords can now be used in an

ACTIONX/ENDACTIO block
AIMCON
Two parameters have been added to control the switch from explicit to implicit.
They are THERMAL specific.
AQUCHWAT
CVCRIT
Three parameters have been added to control the converge of the multisegment
well model.
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
GCONPRI
New items 14 and 15 allow you to specify the surface gas/water volume
production balancing fraction upper limit.
GCONPROD
Two new group production rate control modes, PBGS and PBWS, have been
added to item 2. These modes allow you to limit a groups available surface gas
volume rate, or surface water production volume rate, to the specified fraction
(or multiple) of the groups surface gas/water volume injection rate. New items
18 and 19 allow you to specify the surface gas/water production balancing
fraction target or upper limit.
GINJGAS
When injection fluid nature GAS is specified in item 2, it is now internally

converted to GV from the field separator. In this case, items 3 (source of
injection) and 5 (separator stage) are ignored and assumed to be FIELD and 0
respectively. This gives better reinjection and gas accounting behavior.

GRUPINJE

converted to GV from the field separator if this is a compositional run. In this
case, items 3 (source of injection) and 16 (separator stage) are ignored and
assumed to be FIELD and 0 respectively. This gives better reinjection and gas
accounting behavior.

GRUPTARG
PBGS and PBWS have been added to the list of items that can be reset. These
reset the surface gas volume production balancing fractions for gas and water
respectively.
GTADD
PBGS and PBWS have been added to the list of items that can be modified. These
add to the surface gas volume production balancing fractions for gas and water
respectively. PRBL has also been added for production balancing.
GTMULT
PBGS and PBWS have been added to the list of items that can be modified. These
multiply the surface gas volume production balancing fractions for gas and water
respectively. PRBL has also been added for production balancing.
PICOND
Two new items have been added to the PICOND keyword to allow you to
specify the lower and upper bounds for use in constructing the generalized
pseudo-pressure integrals. These bounds are specified as dimensionless factors
which are applied to the completion cell pressure to generate the lower and upper
pressures for the table. They allow the use of smaller quadrature intervals by
allowing control over the pressure range of the table.
RPTRST
A new TRMFxxxx mnemonic which outputs the product of tracer concentration

with the molar fraction of the carrier to the restart file has been added. The tracer
name to be output must be appended to the end of the TRMF part of the
mnemonic.
RPTRST

RPTRST
RPTRST
RPTRST

the mnemonics PORV_MOD and PERM_MOD or ROCKC (both) when using the
rock compaction mode (ROCKCOMP or ROCKPAME)
RPTRST
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
291
RPTSCHED
New RPTSCHED mnemonics have been added for the ODD3P three-phase
relative permeability and capillary pressure hysteresis model option.
The list of new mnemonics consists of: SONRM, SGNRM, SWNRM, SDROW,
SDRWO, SDROG, SDRGO, SDRGW, SDRWG, SOWNT, SWONT, SOGNT, SGONT,
SGWNT, SWGNT, SOWNH, SWONH, SOGNH, SGONH, SGWNH, SWGNH, SOWNE,
SWONE, SOGNE, SGONE, SGWNE, SWGNE, SORWB, SWROB, SORGB, SGROB,
SGRWB, SWRGB, SORWP, SWROP, SORGP, SGROP, SGRWP, SWRGP, IFTGO,
IFTOW, IFTGW, KROWN, KRWON, KROGN, KRGON, KRGWN, KRWGN, KROWH,
KRWOH, KROGH, KRGOH, KRGWH, KRWGH, KROWE, KRWOE, KROGE, KRGOE,
KRGWE, KRWGE, KROWT, KRWOT, KROGT, KRGOT, KRGWT and KRWGT.
RPTSCHED

PERMSTAB and BIOTCTAB respectively)
RPTSCHED
Output of analytic data in the SCHEDULE section can be achieved by entering

mnemonic AQUCHGAS
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED

mnemonics PORV_MOD and PERM_MOD
RPTSCHED
WCONINJE
simultaneously.
New items 13 and 14 are used to specify the surface volume proportions of the
water and gas phase respectively.
CO2STORE option
WCONINJE
The default BHP limit have changed to 592.l5 atma when using the CO2STORE
option.
WCONINJH
simultaneously.
WCONINJP
simultaneously.
CO2STORE option
WCONINJP
The default BHP limit have changed to 592.l5 atma when using the CO2STORE
option.
WELLINJE

converted to GV from the field separator if this is a compositional run. In this
case, items 3 (source of injection) and 19 (separator stage) are ignored and
assumed to be FIELD and 0 respectively. This gives better reinjection and gas
accounting behavior.
292
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
WINJGAS


WINJMIX


WINJORD


CO2STORE option
TSCRIT
Item 21 can be used to specify a target solid saturation change.
OPTIONS3 keyword
Switch 83
Post 2007.1 the multisegment well model uses the modified solution update
method by default. The modified method can improve convergence for difficult
problems, but may be slower in more straightforward cases.
If=-1 the pre-2007.1 multisegment well update method is restored.
Switch 99
The alternative model for Capillary Number effects in gas condensate reservoirs,
which is selected by setting item 5 of the VELDEP keyword to a non-zero value,
has been modified to be more faithful to the ideas in Whitson, Fevang and
Saevareid [Ref. 99]. A description of both the old and new behavior is given in
"Non-Darcy Flow. The pre-2007.1 behavior can be restored by setting this item
to a non-zero value.
Switch 104
If this item is set to a non-zero value, then the PBGS surface volume production
balancing group control mode balances the produced surface gas, instead of the
excess surface gas, to the specified fraction (or multiple) of the injected surface
water volume.
Switch 105
Restores pre-2007.1 behavior regarding tilted aquifer equilibration and the

calculation of the block equilibration pressures.
Switch 106
If this item is set to a value greater than 5000, then the maximum number of
internal arrays that can be allocated is increased to the value specified.
Previously there was a hard-wired limit of 5000 on the number of such arrays
and the run fails if this is exceeded. This situation can arise, for example, if you
have a large number of equilibration regions.
Switch 107
Restores pre-2007.1 behavior of the drift flux model for small flows and holdups.
If > 0, the 2006.2 behavior is restored; this affects the drift flux calculations in
the presence of small values of flow rate and hold-up.
If > 1, the pre-2006.2 behavior is restored; this only affects the reporting of
segment phase volume flow rates and velocities for small hold-ups.
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
293
Switch 108
By default, injected gas during the surface gas production balancing group
control mode is reported as re-injected gas, and the reported excess and export
gas is based on this injected gas (and not just gas formally re-injected during a
re-injection group control mode). If this item is non-zero, then this production
balancing injected gas is not treated as re-injected gas. This affects the reporting
of re-injected, excess and export gas in the gas accounting tables in the PRT file,
and also in the values of these quantities written to the summary files.
Switch 110
Negative capillary pressure handling in gas water systems. If >0 switch back to
pre-2006.2 behavior
Switch 111
If set to 1, restores pre-2007.1 behavior for high RV (vapor oil ratio). This can
affect the nature of the single phase (oil or gas) seen by the simulator.
Switch 112
This option must be set in the RUNSPEC section. If set to a non-zero value, this
reverts to the pre-2007.1 default behavior of reporting mass rates and totals in
long tons (instead of short tons).
Switch 113
If set to various non-zero values, this restores aspects of the pre-2007.1 behavior
regarding injection of gas and mixtures.
If divisible by 2, use the pre-2007.1 calculation of availability of items in
mixtures specified using WINJORD.
If divisible by 3, use availability fractions when calculating mixture
requirements. (These availability fractions are not used from 2007.1, instead a
new calculation of the availability is performed.)
If divisible by 5, use the pre-2007.1 calculation of mixture potentials when
calculating the availability fractions for mixture requirements. (Bugs were fixed
in this calculation in 2007.1 to prevent crashes.)
If divisible by 7, use the pre-2007.1 treatment of gas specified using the injected
fluid nature GAS in the GINJGAS, GRUPINJE, WELLINJE, WINJGAS,
WINJMIX and WINJORD keywords. From 2007.1 these are internally converted
to injection fluid nature GV with its source being the field separator (which has
better gas accounting and re-injection behavior).
If divisible by 11, use the pre-2007.1 treatment of re-injection for mixture items
from a separator stage. (Before 2007.1, these mixture items were effectively
ignored in the complex gas accounting that is used when there is fuel and/or
sales and separator stage gas is used for re-injection.)
If divisible by 13, complex gas accounting (that is, where there is fuel and/or
sales gas, with intermediate separator stage gas re-injection) uses the pre-2007.1
treatment of re-injection in calculations of excess and export gas.
If divisible by 17, gas from a satellite group is not reported as separator stage 1
gas for the group.
CO2STORE- option
Switch 114
If set to a nonzero value, the max NaCl solubility in water is computed using a
simple model - ignoring the CaCl concentration.
CO2SOL- option
Switch 115
If set to 1, the default values of the water formation volume factor of the
solubility table used in the CO2SOL option are calculated using the pre-2007.1
method. This affects the water density calculation.
Switch 116
If set to a non-zero value the pre-2007.1 implementation of the BRINE model is

restored. This affects the equilibration of the initial solution.
Switch 117
If set to a non-zero value the computed rock volumes will be scaled by the NTG
values. This is the pre-2007.1 behavior.
294
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
Switch 118
If set to a non-zero value various aspects of the pre-2007.1 ACTION(G,R,W,S,X)

implementation are restored. The default behavior from 2007.1 onwards is that
ACTION(R,X) conditions involving regions are evaluated using the summary
quantities from the current timestep, the maximum timestep length after a well
modification is respected, and the summary data is output before processing the
ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) conditions.
If set to 1 the pre-2007.1 behavior of the ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) keywords is
restored. Specifically, the ACTION(R,X) conditions are tested before the region
summary quantities such as ROIP are updated, and before the summary
quantities are output. As a result summary data from the previous timestep can
be overwritten when an ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) is triggered. In addition the
maximum timestep length after a well modification is not imposed, see item 11
of TSCRIT keyword, and item 10, record 1 of the TUNING keyword. If the user
defined quantity feature is active then these quantities will also be calculated
before the region summary quantities are updated.
If set to -1 the pre-2007.1 time stepping sequence can be recovered. Specifically,
the 2007.1 order of evaluating the ACTION(G,R,W,S,X) conditions and the output
of the summary data is followed, but the maximum timestep length after a well
modification is not imposed.
GASWAT option
Switch 119
If set to 1, the water properties of analytical aquifers are calculated using the
PVT tables for the GASWAT or CO2STORE options. This was the pre-2007.1
method. By default, the water properties are calculated using the EOS.
Switch 120
If set to a positive number, the pre-2006.2 handling of dual porosity system is

restored. Otherwise, active matrix cells that are connected to inactive fracture
cells (because of a MINPV criterion) are inactivated.
Switch 121
If set to a positive number, that number is taken as an upper limit for the
blocking factor calculated by the generalized pseudo-pressure special inflow
equation. If a zero (i.e. default), or negative value is specified, then no limit is
applied. This can be used to prevent convergence problems when blocking
factors greater than unity are generated. See "Generalized pseudo-pressure in
ECLIPSE 300" for more information.
Switch 122
Generates warning messages from the AQUANCON keyword when cells cannot
be connected to the aquifer because there is an active cell on the aquifer side of
the current cell.
Switch 123
If a zero (i.e. default), or negative value is specified, then no normalization is

applied. If set to 1, then normalization of the track tracers concentration is
applied for each well and the calculation of injected track tracers concentration is
also performed. This can be used to prevent discrepancy problems between field
tracers characteristics and field characteristics. The injected track tracers
concentration can be monitored in a similar way as ordinary track tracers. The
naming of the injected tracers is done automatically in a similar manner (e.g.
AI1, BI2). If the REGONLY option is used then the tracer AI1 refers to region
A and injected component 1, BI2 to region B and injected component 2, etc. For
example, mnemonic FTTLBI2 can be used in the summary section to monitor
FTTL for the injected tracer BI2.
Switch 125
If set to a positive number enhance phase stability checks.
OPTIMIZE section
RPTOPT
A new CLRFILES mnemonic has been added. This removes SEPARATE results
files from any previous optimization for this model if necessary (that is, if the
current optimization is about to overwrite some or all of them).
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
295
296
2007.1 Developments
Altered Keywords
2006.1 and 2006.2

Developments
Chapter 9
New Facilities
RUNSPEC section
The BPIDIMS keyword has been added to define the number of SUMMARY off-centered
interpolation outputs.
The PETOPTS keyword has been added in order to set options for an ECLIPSE 100 run
fired from Petrel.
Aquifers
AQUCHWAT: New item 10 allows the user to turn off capillary pressure effects.
Output and restarts
If outputting block heads the depth terms can be dropped from the calculation using item 3
of HYDRHEAD.
Individual phase velocities can be output using the mnemonics VELOIL, VELWAT or
VELGAS instead of VELOCITY in the RPTRST keyword.
Pore volumes can now be output using the RPORV mnemonic in the RPTRST keyword.
The initial coal gas saturated content (for the Coal Bed Methane option) can be output to
the PRT file using the GASSATC mnemonic in the RPTSOL keyword.
Norms of the residuals can be output with DEBUG switch 79.
Shear viscosity in the Polymer Flood option (PLYSHEAR) can now be output using the
VISC or ALLPROPS mnemonic in the RPTRST keyword.

New Facilities
297
Polymer concentrations can now be output in the summary section using mnemonics
(F,G,W,C)C(P,I)C
Data from the end of the first pass of the Gas Field Operations Model can be output in
summary section using the mnemonics WGPRFP, WTHPFP, WBHPFP, GPRFP,
GGPRNBFP.
The CPU time spent in the SCHEDULE section, which is the total CPU time minus the time
spent initializing the problem, can be output using TCPUSCH in the SUMMARY section
RPTONLY can now be entered in the SCHEDULE section.
RPTONLYO is a new keyword that turns off the RPTONLY restricted summary output.
SCHEDULE section
Field contract gas rates can now be specified for the second pass of the Gas Field
Operations Model using the new keyword GASFTARG.
A monthly decrement to the field contract gas rates can now be specified for the second
pass of the Gas Field Operations Model using the new keyword GASFDECR.
WWPAVE is a new keyword which extends the functionality of the WPAVE keyword by
enabling the well block pressure average controls to be specified for individual wells.
WTEMPQ is a new keyword that queries the extended well name and well list template
matching algorithm. See "Well name and well list template matching".
Well connection quantities and well LGR connection quantities can now be used with the
ACTIONX keyword.
The initial coal gas saturated content (for the Coal Bed Methane option) can be output to
the PRT file using the GASSATC mnemonic in the RPTSCHED keyword.
SCDETAB defines the Karst Aquifer scale dissolution table used with Karst Aquifer
evolution modeling. This table is assigned to wells by using WSCTAB and its dimension
defined by using SCDPDIMS.
SUMMARY section
Wildcard characters can be included in well names and well lists when reporting well
quantities.
Grid block interpolation keywords BPR_X, BHD_X,BHDF_X for global grid, and
LBPR_X, LBHD_X, LBHDF_X for local grid are included to report interpolated values at
specified XYZ coordinates for block pressures, heads and freshwater heads. The
dimensions for the number of required summary interpolation outputs are defined by new
RUNSPEC keyword BPIDIMS.
Fluid flow rates in the network model can now be recorded using the GOPRNB, GWPRNB,
GGPRNB, GWIRNB and GGIRNB summary mnemonics.
Temperature option
This option is no longer restricted to water injection wells
Performance
298
ZIPPY2 has a new aggressive option

New Facilities
NEXTSTEP has a new argument to allow the value to be applied at all subsequent report
steps.
Wells
CECON has been extended to allow workover procedures that shut, or plug back, the well.
In addition, a follow-on well can now be specified. This will be opened (if possible) when
the connections well is shut due to the violation of a connection economic limit.
WTADD can be used to add (or subtract) from well targets/limits.
GTADD can be used to add (or subtract) from group targets/limits.
Multiple wells can now be referenced using the extended well name and well list template
matching algorithm. See "Well name and well list template matching" on page 1220.
Item 3 of the WLIFT keyword has been extended to allow a production rate limit to be
specified on the GAS phase when performing automatic retubing, and THP or lift switching.
OPTIONS item 92 allows the default behavior of WCONINJE item 9 (the VFP table
number) to be modified.
If OPTIONS item 92 is left at zero (the default value), then the default behavior of
WCONINJE item 9 remains as it was pre-2006.1.
If OPTIONS item 92 is set to greater than zero, then the default value of WCONINJE
item 9 is initially zero, and subsequently there is no change from the previous value.
(This mimics the behavior of WCONINJH item 7.)
Tracers
The SAMG linear solver is now compatible with LGRs.
The implicit TVD solver is now available through keyword TRACITVD.
Group production concentrations of tracers can now be re-injected into wells. See
keywords WTRACER and WSALT.
Polymer/Brine
The WPOLYMER keyword has been extended to allow wells to inject a concentration
obtained from a groups production.
PROPERTIES section
SOF32D keyword functionality has been extended to water and gas. The new associated
keywords are: SWF32D, PCW32D and SGF32D, PCG32D. Use of this option requires the
user to input 2D tables for the relative permeabilities and capillary pressures.
Coal Bed Methane
GASSATC is a new keyword that allows the initial saturated gas concentration in the coal
to be specified. This is used to scale the Langmuir isotherm (specified using the
LANGMUIR keyword) at the initial reservoir pressure.

New Facilities
299
The Palmer-Mansoori rock model has been added in the Coal Bed Methane option. This
provides an alternative method for calculating the multipliers to the pore volume and
transmissibility as the pressure changes during the simulation. This rock model is activated
using the new option PALM-MAN in item 1 of the ROCKCOMP keyword. The new
keyword ROCKPAMA is used to specify the Palmer-Mansoori rock model parameters.
Parallel and Flux Boundary Options
The USEFLUX Flux Boundary options and the Parallel Option are now compatible.

RUNSPEC section
For SOLID and BLACKOIL runs, the COMPSOL keyword should be used to set the number
of components.
The PETOPTS keyword has been added in order to set options for an ECLIPSE 300 run
fired from Petrel.
The NMATRIX keyword activates the multi porosity model. See"Multi porosity".
The CBMOPTS keyword is used to specify the type of adsorption model to be used with the
Coal Bed Methane option and if water flow is allowed in out of coal cells (second data
item).
In release 2006.2, this keyword can be used to disallow water flow in and out of coal cells.
The CO2SEQ keyword activates the CO2 sequestration option (a special license is
required).
GRID section
The PINCHXY keyword can now be used to generate horizontal pinchout connections.
The NMATOPTS keyword is used to activate automatic matrix discretization in connection

with the multi porosity model.
The COALNUMR keyword is used to redefine coal region numbers in connection with the
multi- porosity option.
The CRNDENS keyword can be used to set the rock density for each coal region number.
Properties and equilibration
300
SALINITR is a new keyword extending the existing SALINITY keyword. It allows the
user to specify salinity region by region.
The CALVALR keyword has been added to allow separate component calorific values to be
assigned to different equation of state regions.
The SOLUBILS is a new keyword extending the existing SOLUBILI keyword. It allows you
to specify the aqueous phase properties of a water-CO2 system with salt dependencies.

New Facilities
SUMMARY section
Wildcard characters can be included in well names and well lists when reporting well
quantities.
New SUMMARY keywords FCNWR, GCNWR, WCNWR have been added giving the NGL
component mass rates.
Calorific value production rate and gas qualities can now be reported at connection and
segment levels using the new SUMMARY keywords CCVPR, CGQ, SCVPR and SGQ.
The new keywords ROIPL, BOIPL, ROIPG and BOIPG enable the oil in place in the liquid
and gas phases to be reported at region and block level.
FPR, FOIP, FOIPL, FOIPG, FWIP, FGIP, FGIPL,FGIPG and WPI have been added to the
list of summary mnemonics represented by ALL.
SCHEDULE section
The WVFPDP keyword (already available in ECLIPSE 100) has been added to ECLIPSE
300. The WVFPDP keyword enables a better flow rate match to be achieved for a THP
controlled well by allowing you to adjust the BHP obtained from the VFP tables.
A new keyword, WWPAVE, has been added. This extends the functionality of the WPAVE
keyword by allowing well block pressure average controls to be specified on a well-by-well
basis.
WTEMPQ is a new keyword that queries the extended well name and well list template
matching algorithm. See "Well name and well list template matching.
A groups excess gas rate, GEXGR, can now be included in the triggering conditions for
ACTIONX and ACTIONG keywords.
NEXTSTEP has a new argument to allow the value to be applied at all subsequent report
steps.
Wells
CECON has been extended to allow a workover procedure that shuts the connections well.
In addition, a follow-on well can now be specified. This will be opened (if possible) when
the connections well is shut due to the violation of a connection economic limit.
When the gas fuel, sales and re-injection requirements of a group exceed the total available
gas for that group, the only remedial action pre-2006.1 was to scale back both the fuel and
the gas in the same proportion until the requirements matched the available gas. Two
alternative methods have been added at 2006.1.
The first honours the priority order specified in WTAKEGAS and scales back the lowest
priority out if the fuel and sales gas first.
The second does not apply any scaling of the fuel and sales gas, so the gas usage will
exceed the available gas.
The default is the pre-2006.1 behavior. The alternative methods can be selected using item
95 of OPTIONS3.
GTADD can be used to add (or subtract) from group targets/limits.
WTADD can be used to add (or subtract) from well targets/limits.
Multiple wells can now be referenced using the extended well name and well list template
matching algorithm. See "Well name and well list template matching".

New Facilities
301
An option has been added (see item 96 of the OPTIONS3 keyword) to include the pressure
equivalent radius in the calculation of the velocity dependent skin factor. By default, this
term is not included.
New group production rate control modes have been added to allow production balancing
using either the surface gas, or surface water, volumes. These new modes are requested
using the PBGS and PBWS mnemonics in item 2 of GCONPROD respectively. With a
balancing fraction of 1, these new control modes allow you to model scenarios where you
do not want to produce excess gas or water.
Aquifers
The aquifer properties can now be modified at any time during the simulation by reentering the AQUCT keyword in the Schedule section.
Initial tracer concentrations for new analytic aquifers, AQUFETP, AQUFLUX and
AQUCHWAT can now be set in the Solution section using the AQANTRC keyword.
The property data for Fetkovich aquifers can now be specified in both the Solution and
Schedule sections using the AQUFETP keyword.
A Constant Flux aquifer can be specified using the AQUFLUX keyword in both the Solution
and Schedule sections.
The property data for constant head aquifers can now be specified using the AQUCHWAT
keyword in both the Solution and Schedule sections.
Connections to the Fetkovich (AQUFETP), Constant Flux (AQUFLUX) and Constant Head
(AQUCHWAT) aquifers are read in by the AQUANCON keyword.
It is now possible to specify the aquifer influx coefficient multiplier, item 10 of the
AQUANCON keyword.
Output of analytic data in the Solution section can be achieved by entering mnemonics
AQUFETP, AQUFLUX or AQUCHWAT under the RPTSOL keyword.
Output of analytic data in the Schedule section can be achieved by entering mnemonics
AQUFETP, AQUFLUX or AQUCHWAT under the RPTSCHED keyword.
If any of the analytic aquifers (AQUCT, AQUFETP, AQUFLUX, AQUCHWAT) have been respecified in the Schedule section, then that keyword, together with its modified data, will
be output to the .PRT file by default.
Analytic and Numerical aquifer quantities can now be output via mnemonics in the
Summary section.
Non-Darcy (Forchheimer)
An extra pressure equivalent radius term has been incorporated into the calculation of the
velocity dependent skin factor (see [EQ 45.19]). By default, this term is not included in the
calculation. To use this term, set item 96 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1 or 3.
Geomechanics
302
Cap model: The extended Sandler-Rubin cap model is used to simulate the plastic
deformation with shear failure surface together with a cap shaped yield in compression
(GEOYCAP keyword).
Faulted grids can now be simulated using finite element formulation.

New Facilities
A set of new keywords has been added for a better handling of the boundary conditions:
OVERBDI, TECBDI, GMDISBC, GMPSTBC, GMTRABC, as well as their equivalent for
local grid refinement, for example OVERBDIL.
Keyword STRESSBC has been changed to STRESBC.
The set of boundary conditions can be set in both the SOLUTION and SCHEDULE
sections.
A set of new mnemonics has been added to the RPTSOL keyword: GOSTRES PGOSTRES
TCSTRES PTCSTRES THSTRES PTHSTRES.
GEOMECH keyword has been extended with a new item to allow initial stress calculations
for thermal loading.
The directions of the principal stresses are now output together with the values of the
principal stresses (PRSTRESS mnemonic in RPTRST and RPTSCHED).
New mnemonics DSTRAIN DEFFSTRS DTOTSTRS DPRSTRES for outputting delta

strains and delta stresses have been added to the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords.
When handling constraints, the control parameters are split into free and dependent sets.
Previously, this splitting was done by simply taking the first parameters in the list as
dependent, which meant that the algorithm was dependent on the order in which the
parameters were specified in the OPTPARS keyword.
In this version, an algorithm has been added to choose the dependent parameters to be the
ones for which the constraints have the greatest sensitivity. This makes the algorithm
insensitive to the order in which the parameters are specified.
A new item has been added to the OPTOPTS keyword to allow you to revert back to the
pre-2006A behavior.
When calculating the adjoint gradients, pre-2006.1 versions of the code [EQ 47.15] used to
eliminate the reservoir constraint adjoint vector, , from [EQ 47.14]. This formulation is
not well conditioned when the active constraints are insensitive to the dependent
parameters.
In this version of the code, an alternative formulation has been added; this uses [EQ 47.14]
to eliminate the optimization active constraint adjoint vector, , from [EQ 47.15]. This
alternative formulation is generally more expensive than the original formulation, but is
more robust.
The default behavior is for the original formulation to be used over all time intervals, with
the alternative formulation used for those time intervals over which the active constraints
are considered to be insensitive to the dependent parameters.
A new item has been added to the OPTOPTS keyword to allow you to select that the
original formulation, or the alternative formulation, are always used. In addition, a new
item has been added to the OPTTUNE keyword to allow you to specify when active
constraints are considered insensitive to the dependent parameters.
The objective function, parameters and constraints have been extended to recognize the
liquid fluid phase (in addition to the oil, water and gas fluid phases that were
recognized in previous versions). The lists of available mnemonics have been extended on
the OPTFUNC, OPTPARS, and OPTCONS keywords.
Injection quantities have been added to the available objective function items. The lists of
available mnemonics have been extended in the OPTFUNC keyword.

New Facilities
303
Adjoint gradient screening
A new adjoint gradient screening facility has been added for this release; it is activated
using the AJGRADNT keyword. It calculates sensitivities of a variety of dynamic flowrelated parameters for particular wells (for example, component rate, flowing bottom-hole
pressure). The required dynamic flow-related parameters are specified using the
AJGWELLS keyword. The sensitivities are calculated with respect to a large number of
static grid parameters relevant to the flow equations, such as porosity or permeability of
every active grid block. The static grid parameters are specified using the AJGPARAM
keyword.
The sensitivity calculation is performed efficiently for such a large number of static
grid parameters by the use of the adjoint method. This is described in "Adjoint
Gradient Screening".
The sensitivities are stored as real arrays in an additional section at the end of each
restart file. They can be plotted by loading restart data into FloViz or other
visualization packages.
Multi porosity
The dual porosity option is extended with a multi porosity option in order to study the
transient behavior in the matrix. The number of matrix cells for each simulation cell is
specified with the NMATRIX keyword.
Pore volumes and transmissibilities are automatically assigned by using the keyword
NMATOPTS. See "Multi porosity".
Coal Bed Methane and Shale Gas
It is now possible to use an instant desorption model; the model can be used with single
porosity, dual porosity and the new multi porosity feature. The instant desorption model is
activated by using the CBMOPTS keyword.
It is possible using the CBMOPTS keyword to specify whether water flow in and out of a
coal cell is permitted.
The time-dependent desorption model can be used with dual porosity and the multi porosity
feature.
Adsorption properties for the matrix subcells can be specified by using COALNUMR and
CRNDENS.
For further information see "Multi porosity", "Shale Gas" and "The Coal Bed Methane
model".
OPTIONS3 switch 98 can be used to suppress warnings when the ROCKTAB keyword is
used with non-monotonic pore volume or transmissibility multipliers.
Output and restarts
304
If additional sets of fluid-in-place regions are defined by FIPxxx keywords in the

REGIONS section, then specifying the INIT keyword will output this information to the
.INIT file.
For Dual Porosity runs, output to the .PRT file will now explicitly define the matrix and
fracture cells, for both global and local grids. This applies to solution and property arrays
requested using RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords.

New Facilities
Output of analytic data in the Solution section can be achieved by entering mnemonics
AQUFETP, AQUFLUX or AQUCHWAT under the RPTSOL keyword.
Output of analytic data in the Schedule section can be achieved by entering mnemonics
AQUFETP, AQUFLUX or AQUCHWAT under the RPTSCHED keyword.
If any of the analytic aquifers (AQUCT, AQUFETP, AQUFLUX, AQUCHWAT) have been respecified in the Schedule section, then that keyword, together with its modified data, will
be output to the .PRT file by default.
Analytic and Numerical aquifer quantities can now be output via mnemonics in the
Summary section.
The current Endpoint Scaling output using either EPSDBGS or EPSDEBUG has been
extended to take into account Hysteresis.
RPTONLY can now be entered in the SCHEDULE section.
RPTONLYO is a new keyword that turns off the RPTONLY restricted summary output.
Using NNC or ALLNNC mnemonics under the RPTGRID keyword for corner point
geometry grids containing faults, would output the NNCs including any fault NNCs to the
.PRT file. In previous releases, any fault NNC would be output with type fault. For this
release, fault NNCs have been separated into those in the X-direction (with type XFault), and those in the Y-direction (with type Y-Fault).
Using the multi porosity option, NMATRIX, only the primary unknowns like molar
densities and pressures are output to the restart file for the matrix subcells.

New Facilities
305
Behavioral Changes

Linear Solver
An improved numerical formulation has been added in the accumulation of the solution and
residual in the linear solver. This formulation is more stable for cells with small pore
volumes. A new switch (item 91) has been added to the OPTIONS keyword to restore the
The RS (dissolved gas ratio) extrapolation in the water zone has been improved. The new
extrapolation avoids having physically impossible values for RS in the water zone. A new
switch (item 94) has been added to the OPTIONS keyword to restore the pre-2006.1
behavior.
The Parallel solver creates additional matrix terms. If the model contains cells which are
completely isolated from the rest of the reservoir then the additional terms can cause the
solution in these isolated cells to change. A new switch (item 95) has been added to the
OPTIONS keyword which prevents the solution changing in these isolated cells.

RUNSPEC section
The COMPSOL keyword is only required in SOLID and BLACKOIL runs. For the pre2006.1 release, the COMPS keyword was used to set the number of components for this type
of run. However, this caused a few problems, especially with the pre-processor software,
as an ECLIPSE 300 deck requires either the BLACKOIL keyword or the COMPS keyword,
but not both.
Wells
The timestep following a change in the control mode for a multisegment well is no longer
limited to 5 days. Pre-2006.1 behavior can be restored via item 97 of the OPTIONS3
keyword
SUMMARY section
FPR, FOIP, FOIPL, FOIPG, FWIP, FGIP, FGIPL,FGIPG and WPI have been added to the
list of summary mnemonics represented by ALL.
SCHEDULE section
306
The NEXTSTEP keyword can now be used to control the length of the initial time step of
the simulation. Previously, the first step could only be limited with the TUNING keyword.

Behavioral Changes
There has been a change to the unit-dependent constants in the equation for the calculation
of the velocity dependent skin factor ([EQ 45.18]). Both the pre-2006.1 values and new
values are specified in Table 45.2. To revert to the pre-2006.1 values, set item 96 of the
OPTIONS3 keyword to 2 or 3.
Geomechanics
Keyword STRESSBC has been changed to STRESBC.
Calculations of the directions of the principal stresses have been enhanced.
New mnemonics DSTRAIN DEFFSTRS DTOTSTRS DPRSTRES for outputting delta

strains and delta stresses have been added to the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords.
Improved calculation of the directions of the principal stresses (this may give different
results when compared to 2006.1).
Thermal
OPTIONS3(4) is now automatically turned on for thermal runs. It can be turned off, in
thermal runs, by setting it to -1.
OPTIONS3(92), an alternative time-stepping strategy, is now automatically turned on for

thermal runs. It can be turned off, in thermal runs, by setting it to 1.
In CVCRIT, the default values of items 2, 7 and 9 have been refined for thermal runs.
In TSCRIT, the default value of item 4 has been refined for thermal runs.
Aquifers
The equilibration tilt correction is now applied to numerical aquifer blocks when item 9 of
the EQUIL keyword is positive. Previous behavior can be restored by changing the setting
of OPTIONS3(105).
Equilibration
The equilibration block pressure is now taken as the central pressure as opposed to an
average over the sampling points specified by Item 9 of the EQUIL keyword. Previous
behavior can be restored by changing the setting of OPTIONS3(105).

Behavioral Changes
307
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
BPIDIMS
This keyword specifies dimensions required for summary interpolated block

output keywords BPR_X, BHD_X and BHDF_X.
PETOPTS
This keyword specifies 4 options for a simulation run fired from Petrel. In this
release, it is possible to have:INITNNC: the non-neighbor connection index data to be placed in the .INIT file,
rather than the .GRID file (by default, Petrel defined datasets containing the
PETGRID keyword will not request grid file output);
NOFLTNNC: suppress simulator defined fault transmissibility calculations;
TINYINIT: only output pore volumes, transmissibilities and non-neighbor
connection information to the .INIT file.
EDITSUPP: suppress warning messages that could be output due to NNC not
being found while reading the EDITNNC or EDITNNCR data.
PROPS section
ROCKPAMA
Specifies the Palmer-Mansoori rock model parameters in the Coal Bed Methane
option.
TRACITVD
Implements implicit TVD for tracer tracking.
SWF32D
Specifies a 2D table for the water relative permeability as a function of oil

saturation and gas saturation
PCW32D
Specifies a 2D table for the water/oil capillary pressure as a function of oil

saturation and gas saturation
SGF32D
Specifies a 2D table for the gas relative permeability as a function of oil

saturation and water saturation
PCG32D
Specifies a 2D table for the gas/oil capillary pressure as a function of oil

saturation and water saturation
SOLUTION section
GASSATC
RPTSOL
308
Allows the initial saturated gas concentration in the coal to be specified when
using the Coal Bed Methane option. The information in this keyword is used to
scale the Langmuir isotherm (specified using the LANGMUIR keyword) at the
initial reservoir pressure.
Initial coal gas saturated content can now be output to the PRT file using
GASSATC (for the Coal Bed Methane option)

New Keywords
SUMMARY section
(F,G,W,C)C(P,I)C
Polymer injection and production concentrations
BPR_X
Report interpolated pressure at specified coordinate.
BHD_X
Report interpolated hydraulic head at specified coordinate.
BHDF_X
Report interpolated fresh water hydraulic head at specified coordinate.
GOPRNB
Oil flow rate along the groups or nodes outlet branch in the production network
GWPRNB
Water flow rate along the groups or nodes outlet branch in the production
network
GGPRNB
Gas flow rate along the groups or nodes outlet branch in the production
network
GWIRNB
Water flow rate along the groups or nodes inlet branch in the water injection
network
GGIRNB
Gas flow rate along the groups or nodes inlet branch in the gas injection
network
WGPRFP
Well Gas Production Rate from end of First Pass
WTHPFP
Well Tubing Head Pressure from end of First Pass
WBHPFP
Well Bottom Hole Pressure from end of First Pass
GPRFP
Group or node PRessure in network from end of First Pass
GGPRNBFP
Gas flow rate along Groups or nodes outlet branch in network, from end of
First Pass
TCPUSCH
The CPU time spent in the SCHEDULE section (the total CPU minus the time
spent initializing the problem).
RPTONLYO
Requests summary data is written every time-step. This is the default situation
and the keyword need only be used to turn off a previously entered RPTONLY
instruction.
SCHEDULE section
GASFTARG
Specify gas rates for second pass of Gas Field Operations Model
GASFDECR
Specify a decrement for second pass of Gas Field Operations Model
GTADD
Adds a factor to group targets/limits.
RPTONLY
Requests that the summary data is only produced at report times. The default if
RPTONLY is not present, is to write the summary information at every time.
RPTONLYO
instruction.
RPTRST
Oil velocities can be output using VELOIL
RPTRST
Water velocities can be output using VELWAT
RPTRST
Gas velocities can be output using VELGAS
RPTRST
Pore volumes can now be output using RPORV
RPTRST
The shear viscosity (Polymer flood option) can now be output with the VISC
mnemonic.
RPTSCHED
Initial coal gas saturated content can now be output to the PRT file using
GASSATC (for the Coal Bed Methane option).

New Keywords
309
SCDETAB
Table for specifying karst aquifer dissolution parameters. This table is assigned
to wells by using WSCTAB and its dimension defined by using SCDPDIMS.
WWPAVE
Individual well block average pressure controls
WTADD
Adds a factor to well targets/limits.
WTEMPQ
Queries the well name and well list template matching algorithm

RUNSPEC section
AJGRADNT
Activates the adjoint gradient screening option
CBMOPTS
Specify the type of adsorption model to be used with the Coal Bed Methane
option
CO2SEQ
Activates the CO2 sequestration option.
COMPSOL
For SOLID, BLACKOIL runs, this keyword sets the number of components.
NMATRIX
Activates multi-porosity/matrix discretization.
PETOPTS
This keyword specifies 3 options for a simulation run fired from Petrel. In this
release, it is possible to have:INITNNC: the non-neighbor connection index data to be placed in the .INIT file,
rather than the .GRID file (by default, Petrel-defined datasets containing
PETGRID keyword will not request grid file output);
NOFLTNNC: suppress simulator defined fault transmissibility calculations;
TINYINIT: only output pore volumes, transmissibilities and non-neighbor
connection information to the .INIT file.
GRID section
COALNUMR
Redefine coal region numbers in connection with the multi-porosity option.
CRNDENS
Specifies rock density for each coal region number.
NMATOPTS
Controls the discretised matrix Dual Porosity option.
PINCHXY
This keyword can now be used to generate horizontal pinchout connections.
PROPS section
310
CALVALR
Component calorific values for multiple equation of state regions
GEOYCAP
Defines parameters for a shear failure surface, a yield cap in compression and
hardening laws in each geomechanics region.
SALINITR
Extends the existing SALINITY keyword to allows the user to specify salinity
region by region
SOLUBILS
Specify properties of water-CO2 system with salt dependencies

New Keywords
SUMMARY section
(F,A)AQR
Aquifer influx rate (for analytic aquifers)
(F,A)AQT
Cumulative aquifer influx (for analytic aquifers)
AAQP
Aquifer pressure (Fetkovich aquifers only)
(F,A)NQR
Aquifer influx rate (for numerical aquifers)
(F,A)NQT
Cumulative aquifer influx (for numerical aquifers)
ANQP
Aquifer pressure (average pressure weighted by water volume). For numerical

aquifers.
ALL
Extension of ALL mnemonic to include FAQR, AAQR, FAQT and AAQT.
(F,G,W)CNWR
Component NGL mass rates for the field, groups and wells
RPTONLYO
instruction.
(S,C)CVPR
Calorific value production rate
(S,C)GQ
Gas quality
(R,B)OIPG
Oil-in-place in gas phase
(R,B)OIPL
Oil-in-place in liquid phase
SOLUTION section
AQUFETP
The property data for Fetkovich aquifers can now be specified using the
AQUFETP keyword.
AQUFLUX
A Constant Flux aquifer can be specified using the AQUFLUX keyword.
AQUCHWAT
The property data for constant head aquifers can now be specified using the
AQUCHWAT keyword.
GMDISBC
Specify displacement (Dirichlet) boundary condition.
GMDISBCL
Specify displacement (Dirichlet) boundary condition in an LGR.
GMTRABC
Specify traction (Neumann) boundary condition.
GMTRABCL
Specify traction (Neumann) boundary condition in an LGR.
GMPSTBC
Specify principal Stress boundary conditions.
GMPSTBCL
Specify principal Stress boundary conditions in an LGR.
OVERBDI
Specify overburden stresses for initial gravity induced stress field.
OVERBDIL
Specify overburden stresses for initial gravity induced stress field in an LGR.
RPTSOL
Output of analytic data in the Solution section can be achieved by entering

mnemonics AQUFETP, AQUFLUX or AQUCHWAT under the RPTSOL keyword.
STRESBC
Specify a load or a velocity (rigid) boundary condition on all external and

internal surfaces of the simulation grid. (Replaces previous STRESSBC
keyword.)
STRESBCL
Specify displacement and traction boundary conditions in a local grid

refinement. (Replaces previous STRESSBCL keyword.)
TECBDI
Specify tectonic boundary condition for initial tectonic-induced stresses.
TECBDIL
Specify tectonic boundary condition for initial tectonic induced stresses in an

LGR.

New Keywords
311
SCHEDULE section
312
ACTIONG
Define a triggering condition based on a groups excess gas rate using the
GEXGR mnemonic.
ACTIONX
Define a triggering condition based on a groups excess gas rate using the
GEXGR mnemonic.
AJGWELLS
Specify objective functions for adjoint gradient screening calculations.
AJGPARAM
Specify static parameters for adjoint gradient screening calculations.
AQUCT
The aquifer properties can now be modified at any time during the simulation by
re-entering this keyword in the Schedule section.
AQUFETP
The property data for Fetkovich aquifers can be re-specified using the AQUFETP
keyword in the Schedule section.
AQUFLUX
A Constant Flux aquifer can be modified using the AQUFLUX keyword in the
Schedule section.
AQUCHWAT
The property data for constant head aquifers can now be re-specified using the
AQUCHWAT keyword in the Schedule section.
GMDISBC
Specify displacement (Dirichlet) boundary condition.
GMDISBCL
Specify displacement (Dirichlet) boundary condition in an LGR.
GMTRABC
Specify traction (Neumann) boundary condition.
GMTRABCL
Specify traction (Neumann) boundary condition in an LGR.
GMPSTBC
Specify principal Stress boundary conditions.
GMPSTBCL
Specify principal Stress boundary conditions in an LGR.
GTADD
Adds a factor to group targets/limits.
OVERBDI
Specify overburden stresses for initial gravity-induced stress field.
OVERBDIL
Specify overburden stresses for initial gravity- induced stress field in an LGR
RPTONLY
Requests that the summary data is only produced at report times. The default, if
RPTONLY is not present, is to write the summary information at every time.
RPTONLYO
instruction.
RPTRST
Directions of principal stresses output with mnemonic PRSTRESS
RPTSCHED
Output of analytic data in the Schedule section can be achieved by entering

mnemonics AQUFETP, AQUFLUX or AQUCHWAT under the RPTSCHED
keyword.
RPTSCHED
Directions of principal stresses output with mnemonic PRSTRESS
STRESBC
Specify a load or a velocity (rigid) boundary condition on all external and

internal surfaces of the simulation grid. (Replaces previous STRESSBC
keyword.)
STRESBCL
Specify displacement and traction boundary conditions in a local grid

refinement. (Replaces previous STRESSBCL keyword.)
TECBDI
Specify tectonic boundary condition for initial tectonic-induced stresses.
TECBDIL
Specify tectonic boundary condition for initial tectonic-induced stresses in an

LGR.
WVFPDP
Adjust a wells BHP obtained from the VFP tables.
WWPAVE
Individual well block average pressure controls

New Keywords
WTADD
Adds a factor to well targets/limits.
WTEMPQ
Queries the well name and well list template matching algorithm.

New Keywords
313
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
ROCKCOMP
A new option, PALM-MAN, has been added to item 1 of this keyword. This
activates the Palmer-Mansoori rock model in the Coal Bed Methane runs.
SCDPDIMS
A new item 7 is added to define the number of Karst Aquifer scale dissolution
tables defined in SCDETAB.
PROPS section
HYDRHEAD
The depth terms used in the calculation of the block heads can now be removed
from the calculation by using item 3 of this keyword.
SOLUTION section
AQUCHWAT
New item 10 allows the user to turn off capillary pressure effects.
SCHEDULE section
CECON
Two new workover procedure options, WELL and PLUG, have been added to
item 9 of this keyword.
WELL specifies that the well is shut when a connection economic limit is
violated. A new item (item 13) has also been added to this keyword to allow a
follow-on well to be specified.
PLUG specifies that the well is plugged back when a connection economic limit
is violated.
314
NEXTSTEP
An extra item has been added allowing the given time-step to be applied at every
subsequent report step.
WCONINJE
The default behavior of WCONINJE item 9 (VFP table number) can now be
modified using OPTIONS item 92. If it is set to zero, which is its default value,
then the default behavior of WCONINJE item 9 remains as it was pre-2006a. If
OPTIONS item 92 is set to greater than zero, then the default is initially zero,
and subsequently no change from the previous value.
WLIFT
A new limiting production phase option, GAS, has been added to item 3 of this
keyword.
WPOLYMER
Two new items allow a well to inject a polymer and/or brine concentration
obtained from a named group.

Altered Keywords
WSALT
New item allows for the injected concentration to be obtained from a named
group.
WSCTAB
A new item 5 is added to associate this well with a Karst Aquifer scale
dissolution table define by SCDETAB.
WTEMP
The restriction on only being able to use this keyword for water injection wells
has been removed.
WTRACER
New item allows for the injected concentration to be obtained from a named
group.
ZIPPY2
An aggressive option increases time-step sizes faster than using the SIM option
by itself
OPTIONS keyword
Switch 91
Switch 92
Restores the pre-2006.1 behavior of the accumulation of the solution and

residual in the linear solver. (A new numerical formulation has been added with
2006.1 which is more stable for cells with small pore volumes.)
If set greater than zero, the default behavior of the VFP table specification in the
WCONINJE keyword is changed so that a zero or default value indicates that

the previously specified VFP table for this well should continue to be used. (The
standard default here is that if a zero or default value is specified, then no THP
calculations are performed.)
Switch 93
If set greater than zero, the pre-2006.1 algorithm for matching well names and
well lists is restored.
Switch 94
If set greater than zero, the pre-2006.1 RS extrapolation in the water zone is
restored.
Switch 95
If set greater than zero, the additional matrix fill-in terms in the parallel solver
are modified.
DEBUG keyword
79
Outputs norms of the non-linear residuals.

RUNSPEC section
For the 2005A release, the COMPS keyword was used to set the number of components for
a SOLID, BLACKOIL run. For 2006.1 and future releases, the COMPSOL keyword should
be used instead.

Altered Keywords
315
PROPS section
EPSDBGS
Output to the DEBUG file has now been extended for runs containing both
Endpoint Scaling and Hysteresis options.
EPSDEBUG
Output to the DEBUG file has now been extended for runs containing both
Endpoint Scaling and Hysteresis options.
SOLUTION section
AQANTRC
Initial tracer concentrations for new analytic aquifers, AQUFETP, AQUFLUX and
AQUCHWAT, can now be set in the Solution section.
AQUANCON
Connections to the Fetkovich (AQUFETP), Constant Flux (AQUFLUX) and

Constant Head (AQUCHWAT) aquifers are read in using this keyword.
In addition, it is now possible to specify the aquifer influx coefficient multiplier,
item 10 of the AQUANCON keyword.
AQUCT
The aquifer properties can now be modified at any time during the simulation by
re-entering the AQUCT keyword in the Schedule section.
SCHEDULE section
CECON
A new workover procedure option WELL has been added to item 9 of this
keyword. It allows a well to be shut when a connection economic limit is
violated. A new item (item 13) has also been added to this keyword to allow a
follow-on well to be specified when a well is shut.
NEXTSTEP
An extra item has been added allowing the given time-step to be applied at every
subsequent report step.
OPTIONS3 keyword
316
Switch 94
If set greater than zero, the pre-2006.1 algorithm for matching well names and
well lists is restored.
Switch 95
Changes the way that the fuel and sales gas are scaled back when the total gas
usage exceeds the amount available.
Switch 96
This switch controls options related to the calculation of the velocity-dependent

skin factor ([EQ 45.18] or [EQ 45.19]).
Switch 97
This switch restores the pre-2006.1 5-day limit on the timestep following a
change of control mode for a multisegment well.
Switch 98
If set greater than zero, warnings are suppressed for non-monotonic pore volume
or transmissibility multiplier values entered with the ROCKTAB keyword.
Switch 99
If set to non-zero, return to the pre-2006.1 use of velocity dependent relative

permeability calculations in the generalized pseudo-pressure calculations.
Switch 101
If OPTIONS3 item 101 is set to 1, then the test for zero thickness blocks in the
X- and Y-direction is removed. Doing this can improve the pore volume
calculation for nasty grids, for example, XY in map feet; IJ orientation with I up
the page, J across.

Altered Keywords
Switch 109
Thermal: If >0 set pore volume multipliers to unity in wells for pressure
dependent multipliers
Switch 110
Negative capillary pressure handling in gas water systems. If >0 switch back to
OPTIMIZE section
OPTCONS
The following constrained quantity mnemonics have been added: FLPR, GLPR,
WLPR.
OPTFUNC
The following objective function quantity mnemonics have been added: FLPT,
GLPT, WLPT, FWIT, GWIT, WWIT, FGIT, GGIT, WGIT.
OPTOPTS
An item 2 has been added to allow the pre-2006.1 method for the selection of the
dependent parameters (that is, the first ones in the OPTPARS list of parameters)
to be restored.
OPTOPTS
An item 3 has been added for the formulation to be used in the calculation of the
adjoint gradients to be specified.
OPTPARS
The following control parameter mnemonics have been added: FLPR, GLPR,
WLPR.
OPTTUNE
An item 11 has been added to allow you to specify the tolerance below which the
active constraints are considered to be insensitive to the dependent parameters.
This is used to determine if the alternative formulation, or the original
formulation, should be used in the calculation of the adjoint gradients. This item
is only used if item 3 of the OPTOPTS keyword is 1 (the default).

Altered Keywords
317
318

Altered Keywords
2005A and 2205A_1

Developments
Chapter 10
New Facilities
Aquifers
AQUCHWAT
Allows a constant head aquifer to be defined
AQUCWFAC
Changes the properties of all AQUCHWAT type aquifers
RAINFALL
Specifies a monthly flux rate for a constant flux aquifer
AQUFLUX
Salinity can now be input directly for a constant flux aquifer
AQUALIST
Aquifer lists
Output and restarts
Well names can be defaulted in segment summary section quantities.
Hydraulic heads can be output with HYDH and HYDHFW mnemonics in the RPTRST
keyword.
HYDRHEAD allows the input of reference data needed for the calculation of hydraulic
heads.
New SUMMARY section keywords PSS(PR,SO,SW,SG,SC) give a measure of the closeness

of the solution to a pseudo steady-state. See PSTEADY.
All messages, warnings, errors etc. output to the print file are now also output to a separate
file, extension MSG, in XML format. The feature is intended primarily for simulation postprocessors, but can be controlled with the MSGFILE keyword.
New SUMMARY keywords WHD and WHDF giving the hydraulic head based on the wells
bottom hole reference depth or its hydraulic reference depth if set with keyword
WHEDREFD. Only available with a Water Services license.
2005A and 2205A_1 Developments

New Facilities
319
New SUMMARY keywords BHD and BHDF have been added, giving the hydraulic head at a
grid-block. Only available with a Water Services license.
Rates and totals can be output for named aquifer lists using ALQR and ALQT in the
SUMMARY section.
Performance
ZIPPY2 can now set the next time-step and the maximum time-step.It can also tighten
convergence tolerances
PSTEADY is a new feature to allow the code to run until a pseudo steady state is reached
Wells
WRFTPLT RFT/PLT and SEG data can now be output every time-step.
A number of features have been added to the pattern flood injection option (keyword
WCONINJP)
The voidage contribution from a pattern producer to the overall injection target may
now be limited to the voidage only from those production well connections that fall
within a defined fluid-in-place region.
A multiplier may now be applied to the calculated voidage rate target for the pattern
flood injector
If pattern flood injectors are opened or closed during the simulation, then the
calculated targets for the remaining injectors may be automatically reset to ensure that
the voidage from the pattern producers is still replaced.
For wells in the scale deposition model (see keyword WSCTAB), the amount of scale
deposited around the well connections may be reduced using the keyword WSCCLEAN (or
WSCCLENL for wells connected in local grids).
In the WELTARG keyword the value of a target/limit for a well control/constraint may now
be set to the corresponding flowing quantity for this well at the end of the timestep
immediately prior to this keyword. Thus, for example, the flowing BHP of a well at the end
of the history matching phase could be transferred to a BHP limit on the well during the
prediction phase.
WHEDREFD allows the wells hydraulic head reference depth to be set
Multisegment wells
A third drift flux model is available, based on the most recent results of Shi et al (2004)
[Ref. 29]. This model also takes into account the effect of gas disrupting the slip between
oil and water. The model is activated by entering SHI-04 in the three items of keyword
WSEGDFMD, before the segments are defined with keyword WELSEGS.
The keyword WSEGSICD models the pressure drop across an inflow control device that is
placed around a section of the tubing and diverts the fluid unfailing from the adjacent part
of the formation through a sandscreen and then into a spiral constriction before it enters the
tubing.
Tracers
320
Diffusion and dispersion are now available on LGRs with the standard tracer solver.

New Facilities
Diffusion and dispersion are now available on LGRs with the TVD solver, keyword
TRACTVD.
Mechanical dispersion can now be input for tracers with the HDISP keyword.
Aliases for the two options in item 5 of the TRACERS keyword have been added.
The multigrid linear solver, keyword SAMG, is now available as an alternative for single
phase tracers when using the standard solver. Requires a Water Services license.
NNCs
New items have been added to the NNC keyword to allow the user to input data needed for
the calculation of velocities across user defined NNCs. This is only needed for the
calculation of velocities or Forchheimer effects (non-Darcy).
Gradients
Gradient parameters have been added for well connection transmissibility factor and well
connection skin factor. These are specified using the new keywords HMWELCON and
HMMLTWCN.
Grid
Active cell numbers can be output using IOCN in the RPTGRID and RPTGRIDL
keywords. This is intended, primarily, for developer debugging.
Grid geometry available in Open Petrel Format (OPF) files can be imported using keyword
PETGRID.
Properties
Rock compressibility (keyword ROCK) can now be associated with rock regions specified
using ROCKNUM. See keywords ROCKOPTS and TABDIMS for details.
Non-Darcy (Forchheimer effect)
Non-Darcy, i.e. Forchheimer effects for gas flow can now be simulated using VDFLOW or
VDFLOWR keywords in the PROPS section.

RUNSPEC
The MEMSAVE keyword can now be used to turn on the UpFront Memory option. If this
keyword, together with ACTNUM keyword in the GRID section, are used in the same
dataset, it is possible for the simulator to focus on these active cells only in order to save
memory. This is especially important for large models that have difficulty processing the
geometric calculations, for instance.
Item 1 of the GRIDOPTS keyword has been altered in order to allow both transmissibility
and diffusivity multipliers to be specified in the negative direction.

New Facilities
321
The EQLOPTS keyword has been extended to allow both the THPRES and IRREVERS
options to be used (refer to the THPRESFT keyword in the GRID section, or the THPRES
keyword in the SOLUTION section).
The COAL keyword enables the Coal Bed Methane option.
Grid
The MULTX- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative X-direction.
The MULTY- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Y-direction.
The MULTZ- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Z-direction.
The MULTR- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative radialdirection.
The MULTTHT- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative thetadirection.
DIFFUSE option
The DIFFMX- keyword specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative X-direction.
DIFFUSE option
The DIFFMY- keyword specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative Y-direction.
DIFFUSE option
The DIFFMZ- keyword specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative Z-direction.
DIFFUSE option
The DIFFMR- keyword specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative radial-direction.
DIFFUSE option
The DIFFMTH- keyword specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative theta-direction.
The MINNNCT keyword specifies a cut-off transmissibility below which a non-neighbor

connection is deleted.
It is now possible to specify a negative face when specifying faults using item 8 of the
FAULTS keyword.
The THPRESFT keyword can now be used to set the threshold pressures for a fault,
previously defined using the FAULTS keyword. The threshold pressure switch THPRES
must be set in keyword EQLOPTS in the RUNSPEC section.
The COALNUM keywords is used to specify coal regions or regions without coal when the
Coal Bed Methane option is active.
Grid geometry available in Open Petrel Format (OPF) files can be imported using keyword
PETGRID.
Regions
The FIP keyword has been implemented in ECLIPSE 300. It is now possible to specify an
array of region numbers for extra sets of fluid-in-place regions with keyword FIP, in
addition to the standard set defined with keyword FIPNUM.
322
An alternative model has been implemented for Capillary Number effects in the gas
velocity dependent relative permeability model. This model is designed for near well bore
gas flows in gas condensate reservoirs. It is simpler than the existing Capillary Number
effect model in that it only depends on two parameters, both of which have default values.
The model is activated using the VELDEP keyword and its default parameters may be
overridden using the VDKRGC keyword.
The LANGMEXT keyword is used to enter gas storage capacities for the Coal Bed Methane
option.

New Facilities
Rock compressibility (keyword ROCK) can now be associated with rock regions specified
using ROCKNUM or saturation regions specified using SATNUM. See keywords ROCKOPTS
and TABDIMS for details.
Solution
The THPRES keyword can now be used to set the threshold pressures for flow between
adjacent equilibration regions. The threshold pressure switch THPRES must be set in
keyword EQLOPTS in the RUNSPEC section.
Scales the initial adsorbed gas in a Coal Bed Methane run in order to model undersaturated
coal using the keyword SORBFRAC.
The keyword SORBPRES specifies the sorption pressure used when calculating the initial
adsorbed gas in a Coal Bed Methane run.
Schedule
The MULTX- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative X-direction.
The MULTY- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Y-direction.
The MULTZ- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Z-direction.
The MULTR- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative radialdirection.
The MULTTHT- keyword specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative thetadirection.
Summary
New SUMMARY keywords, FCNMR, GCNMR, WCNMR, have been added giving the NGL
component molar rates.
Wells
A number of features have been added to the pattern flood injection option (keyword
WCONINJP)
The voidage contribution from a pattern producer to the overall injection target may
now be limited to the voidage only from those production well connections that fall
within a defined fluid-in-place region.
A multiplier may now be applied to the calculated voidage rate target for the pattern
flood injector.
If pattern flood injectors are opened or closed during the simulation, then the
calculated targets for the remaining injectors may be automatically reset to ensure that
the voidage from the pattern producers is still replaced.

New Facilities
323
A scale deposition model has been implemented that accounts for the cumulative effects of
scale deposited around the well connections and the resulting degradation of its
productivity index. The model relies on two tables (assigned to the well using the keyword
WSCTAB):
Scale deposition table (keyword SCDPTAB): This defines the rate of scale deposition
per unit water flow rate as a function of the fraction of sea water present in the water
flowing into a connection. The sea water fraction is represented by a passive water
tracer configured by the user (see keyword SCDPTRAC).
Scale damage table (keyword SCDATAB): This defines how the current amount of
scale deposited per unit length of perforated interval alters the PI of the well
connections.
The amount of scale deposited around well connections may be reduced using the keyword
WSCCLEAN (or WSCCLENL for wells connected in local grids). The connection summary
mnemonics CDSM, CDSML and CDSF may be used to report the amount of scale deposited,
the amount deposited per unit perforated length and the damage due to deposited scale
respectively.
In the WELTARG keyword the value of a target/limit for a well control/constraint may now
be set to the corresponding flowing quantity for this well at the end of the timestep
immediately prior to this keyword. Thus, for example, the flowing BHP of a well at the end
of the history matching phase could be transferred to a BHP limit on the well during the
prediction phase.
VFP table numbers, artificial lift quantities and guide rates may now also be set by this
keyword.
A number of features have been added to the well economic limit keyword WECON, to make
it more compatible with ECLIPSE 100:
a maximum gas-liquid ratio
a minimum liquid production rate
a switch to control whether minimum limits apply to well rates or potentials
a secondary water cut limit which either applies to the last open completion in the well
or to a revived well that has just been closed because the primary water cut resulted in
a number of workovers that shut all the well connections.
Wet gas production and injection rates and totals may now be used as triggering quantities
in the ACTIONG, ACTIONW and ACTIONX keywords.
Multisegment wells
A third drift flux model is available, based on the most recent results of Shi et al (2004)
[Ref. 29]. This model also takes into account the effect of gas disrupting the slip between
oil and water. The model is activated by entering SHI-04 in the three items of keyword
WSEGDFMD, before the segments are defined with keyword WELSEGS.
Gas Lift Optimization
324
This ECLIPSE 100 feature is now available as a Special Extension to ECLIPSE 300. It
determines how much lift gas to allocate to each well in order to meet well, group or field
production targets. If production targets cannot be met, it determines how to make the best
use of the existing lift gas resources by allocating lift gas preferentially to the wells that can
make the best use of it. This feature is not compatible with the network option in ECLIPSE
300.

New Facilities
Geomechanics
The finite difference stress calculation method is no longer available.
The moving or fixed grid option is no longer available.
A new initialization method is now available where you can specify the stress tensor at the
interior of the grid, for example at well locations. Boundary stresses are predicted that
honor these interior stresses. The boundary stresses are then used for subsequent time
stepping. See keyword GEOMECH.
You can now choose the sign of compressive stresses. Choices are compressive stresses are
negative or positive. See keyword GEOMECH.
The keyword STRESSBC is being phased out in favor of new keywords that allow traction
boundary conditions TRACTBC, displacement boundary conditions DISPBC and principal
stress boundary conditions PSTRBC.
Two additional mnemonics have been added to the RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords to
allow the output and plotting of geomechanics quantities:
The TOTSTRES mnemonic outputs the total stress tensor.
The STRAIN mnemonic outputs the strain tensor.
Conductive Fractures
ECLIPSE 300 now incorporates a feature for incorporating the main effects of conductive
fractures into a single medium model.
A new reservoir optimization feature is now available as a special feature in ECLIPSE 300.
Thermal
For surface density calculations, new aliases, DREFTS, PREFTS and TREFTS can be used
instead of keywords DREFS, PREFS and TREFS. These aliases simplify the input of data
from PVTi.
New keywords ZFACT1 and ZFACT1S allow gas phase Z-factors to be expressed as a
function of temperature - allowing modelling of the Joule-Thomson effect.
Coal Bed Methane
Compositional Coal Bed Methane option is now available in ECLIPSE 300.
Water components
It is now possible to run ECLIPSE 300 with more than one water component.
Output and restarts
Produced component molar rates in the oil and gas phases for the field, groups and wells
may now be output to the summary file using the mnemonics (F,G,W)C(O,G)MR. These rates
may also be examined at the nth stage of a separator via the mnemonics
(F,G,W)C(O,G)MRn.

New Facilities
325
326
The mean molecular weight of a wellstream may now be output to the summary file using
the mnemonic WMMW.
The EXCEL keyword can now be used to request run summary output in Excel format.
All forms of messages (warnings, errors etc.) are now output by default to a separate file,
extension MSG, in XML format. The feature is intended primarily for simulation postprocessors, but can be controlled with the MSGFILE keyword.
Output of threshold pressures (see keywords EQLOPTS and THPRES) to the print file can
now be done using the THPRES mnemonic under the RPTSOL keyword.
When the INIT keyword is used, together in a run containing analytic aquifers (AQUCT),
then this aquifer information is also output to the INIT file under the AQUIFERA heading.
When the INIT keyword is used, together in a run containing numerical aquifers
(AQUNUM), then this aquifer information is also output to the INIT file under the
AQUIFERN heading.
FTPC and GTPC and now available to output the group detailed molar fractions for the
LUMPING option.

New Facilities
Behavioral Changes

Wells
A connections voidage rate is now calculated at the reference pressure for the fluid-inplace region of the connected grid block. Prior to this release, this voidage was calculated
at the reference pressure for the well (see item 13 of WELSPECS) - item 85 of the keyword
OPTIONS restores this behavior.
In the pattern flood injection option (keyword WCONINJP), if

production rate fractions (see item 2 of record 2 onwards) are defaulted, then these are
updated at the beginning of each time step on the basis of the number of injectors assigned
to replace the voidage of each producer. A producers fractions change if one of its
associated injectors is shut (or opened), with the current set of open injectors effectively
automatically compensating to ensure the producers voidage is still replaced. Prior to the
2005A release the production rate fractions were not automatically adjusted in this way.
History matched wells (WCONHIST) with production rates of zero and that are banned from
crossflowing are now automatically closed. This behavior can be removed using the
OPTIONS(90) keyword.
Injection wells with injection rates of zero and that are banned from crossflowing are now
automatically closed. This behavior can be removed using the OPTIONS(90) keyword.
Output and restarts
The output to the summary specification file required by post-processing applications for
run time monitoring option is now defaulted to On. (see keywords MONITOR and
NOMONITO).
Tracers
The behavior of multisegment wells with tracers has changed. The code has been simplified
with subsequent, significant, efficiency gains. Results should not be qualitatively different,
but pre-2005A behavior can be restored with OPTIONS(87) if required.
Solvents
Derivative limiting is now applied to certain derivative calculations in the Solvent

Model.This behavior can be removed using the OPTIONS(90) keyword.

Behavioral Changes
327

Convergence Controls
Controls on the linear solver convergence criterion, and the maximum number of linear
iterations, have been changed to obey the values entered in the TUNING and CVCRIT
keywords more accurately. Specifically the fourth entry of the second record and the third
entry of the third record of the TUNING keyword, along with the third and fourth entries of
the CVCRIT keyword are honoured. For data sets which define these linear solver
parameters some changes in convergence history and run times are to be expected. Item 91
of the keyword OPTIONS3 may be used to restore the pre-2005A behavior, but this is not
recommended.
Wells
A number of improvements have been made to the calculation of the wellbore density in
injection wells when using the default segregated model. The wellbore density is used to
calculate the hydrostatic pressure heads between a wells reference depth and the depths of
its connections. These improvement only come into effect when the injector is crossflowing. Item 88 of the keyword OPTIONS3 may be used to restore this calculation to its
pre-2005A state.
In the calculation of well THP values, any ALQ that falls outside its range of values in the
VFP table now results in the table being extrapolated linearly. Prior to this release, constant
value extrapolation was used. (Constant value extrapolation is still used for water fraction
and gas fraction values that fall outside their range of values in the table.) This change alters
reported THP values and the flows in THP controlled wells if the VFP table is extrapolated
in ALQ. Item 5 of the keyword WVFPEXP controls the type of extrapolation used for water
fraction, gas fraction and ALQ values, and allows the pre-2005A behavior to be restored.
A connections voidage rate is now calculated at the reference pressure for the fluid-inplace region of the connected grid block. Prior to this release, this voidage was calculated
at the reference pressure for the well (see item 13 of WELSPECS) - item 88 of the keyword
OPTIONS3 restores this behavior. Note that this change does not alter the wells voidage
rate.
For wells on voidage control, the derivatives of the well residual are calculated in a
different manner. The new method is more accurate for runs using lab units, for example,
slim tube simulations; and can avoid convergence problems. The pre-2005A derivatives
can be restored using item 88 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
In the pattern flood injection option (keyword WCONINJP), if production rate fractions (see
item 2 of record 2 onwards) are defaulted, then these are updated at the beginning of each
time step on the basis of the number of injectors assigned to replace the voidage of each
producer. A producers fractions change if one of its associated injectors is shut (or
opened), with the current set of open injectors effectively automatically compensating to
ensure the producers voidage is still replaced. Prior to the 2005A release the production
rate fractions were not automatically adjusted in this way.
Output and restarts
328
The output to the summary specification file required by post-processing applications for
run time monitoring option is now defaulted to on (see keywords MONITOR and
NOMONITO).

Behavioral Changes
The implementation of the Forchheimer correction (inertia effects) has now been improved.
These non-Darcy effects may have been underestimated in previous implementations.
Geomechanics
The finite element stress calculation option is the default stress calculation method.
By default, the stress calculation will now equilibrate before timestepping begins. This
equilibration step ensures that initial pore volumes and pore pressures are retained when
boundary conditions are initially applied.
The keyword previously used for traction and displacement boundary conditions,
STRESSBC, is being phased out in favour of new keywords that separately set these
conditions. The new keywords are DISPBC for setting displacement boundary conditions,
TRACTBC for setting traction boundary conditions and PSTRBC for setting principal stress
boundary conditions.
You can now set the sign of compressive and tensile stresses to conform to one of the two
conventions. Compressive stresses can be chosen to be either negative or positive. See
keyword GEOMECH.

Behavioral Changes
329
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
PSTEADY
Runs the simulator to a pseudo steady-state
MSGFILE
Sets output options for MSG files
SAMG
Uses a different linear solver for single phase tracers using the standard tracer
solution method.
GRID section
PETGRID
Imports grid geometry from OPF files
PROPS section
HYDRHEAD
Reference data for hydraulic head calculation
HDISP
Mechanical dispersion tables for tracers
Solution section
AQUCHWAT
Allows a constant head aquifer to be defined
AQUALIST
Allows definition of aquifer lists
RAINFALL
HMWELCON
Specifies the well connections for which gradients are required
HMMLTWCN
Specifies multipliers to well connection transmissibility factor and well

connection skin
Summary section
330
PSSPR
Log of the pressure change per unit time, see PSTEADY
PSSSO
Log of the oil saturation change per unit time, see PSTEADY
PSSSW
Log of the water saturation change per unit time, see PSTEADY
PSSSG
Log of the gas saturation change per unit time, see PSTEADY
PSSSC
Log of the brine concentration change per unit time, see PSTEADY
BHD
Hydraulic head in grid block. Requires Water Services license.

New Keywords
BHDF
Hydraulic head in grid block calculated at freshwater conditions. Requires Water

Services license.
WHD
Hydraulic head in well based on the reference depth given in HYDRHEAD and
the wells reference depth. Requires Water Services license.
WHDF
Hydraulic head in well based on the reference depth given in HYDRHEAD and
the wells reference depth calculated at freshwater conditions. Requires Water
Services license.
AQLR
Aquifer influx rate for named aquifer list.
AQLT
Cumulative aquifer influx for named aquifer list.
SCHEDULE section
AQUCHWAT
Allows a constant head aquifer to be re-defined
AQUALIST
Allows the properties of all AQUCHWAT aquifers to be changed
RAINFALL
RPTRST
Hydraulic head can be output with the HYDH mnemonic and the freshwater
hydraulic head can be output with the HYDHFW mnemonic.(Note: reference
data must be input with the HYDRHEAD keyword.)
WSCCLEAN
Reduces the amount of scale deposited around well connections
WSCCLENL
Reduces the amount of scale deposited around local grid well connections
WSEGSICD
Defines segments to represent a spiral inflow control device.
WHEDREFD
Defines a wells reference depth for the calculation of hydraulic heads.

RUNSPEC section
COAL
Enables the Coal Bed Methane option.
Water component option
COMPW
Enables the Water Component option and specifies the number of water
components
MEMSAVE
This keyword requests the use of the UpFront Memory option.
MSGFILE
Sets output options for MSG files.
RESOPT
Specify that this is a Reservoir Optimization simulation.
SCFDIMS
Set dimensions for conductive fractures.
GRID section
MULTX-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative X-direction.
MULTY-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Y-direction.
MULTZ-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Z-direction.
MULTR-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative radial-direction

New Keywords
331
MULTTHT-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative theta-direction
DIFFUSE option
DIFFMX-
Specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative X-direction
DIFFUSE option
DIFFMY-
Specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative Y-direction
DIFFUSE option
DIFFMZ-
Specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative Z-direction
DIFFUSE option
DIFFMR-
Specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative radial-direction
DIFFUSE option
DIFFMTH-
Specifies diffusivity multipliers in the negative theta-direction
MINNNCT
Specifies a cut-off transmissibility below which a non-neighbor connection is

deleted.
CONDFRAC
Defines a conductive fracture
THPRESFT
Sets up a threshold pressure for a fault. The threshold pressure switch THPRES
must be set in keyword EQLOPTS in the RUNSPEC section
COALNUM
Specifies coal regions for the Coal Bed Methane option
PETGRID
Imports grid geometry from OPF files
REGIONS section
FIP
Specifies an array of region numbers for extra sets of Fluid-In-Place regions.
PROPS section
Water Component option
CREFW
Compressibility of water components at the reference pressure
DIFFCBM
Diffusion coefficients for the Coal Bed Methane option.
Thermal option
DREFTS
Alias for surface reference density DREFS to simplify the input of data from
PVTi.
DREFW
Density of water components at the reference pressure
LANGMEXT
Specifies the coal gas storage capacities by Extended Langmuir isotherm.
MWW
Molecular weight of water components
Thermal option
PREFTS
Alias for surface reference pressure PREFS to simplify the input of data from
PVTi.
Water component option
PREFW
Reference pressure for water component density and viscosity calculations
Thermal option
TREFTS
Alias for surface reference temperature TREFS to simplify the input of data from
PVTi.
VDKRGC
Sets data for a capillary number model of velocity dependent relative

permeability for gas flow in a gas condensate reservoir.
VREFW
Viscosity and viscosibility for water components at the reference pressure
WNAMES
Water component names
Thermal option
ZFACT1
Coefficient for temperature dependent Z-factor
Thermal option
ZFACT1S
Coefficient for temperature dependent Z-factor. (Surface conditions.)
RESORB
Re-adsorption factor for Coal Bed Methane.
332

New Keywords
SUMMARY section
(F,G,W)C(O,G)M Produced component molar rates in the oil and gas phases for the field, groups
R
and wells.
(F,G,W)C(O,G)M Produced component molar rates in the oil and gas phases for the field, groups
Rn
and wells at the nth stage of a separator.
WMMW
The mean molecular weight of a wellstream.
EXCEL
This keyword requests run summary output in Excel format.
CDSM
Current mass of scale deposited
CDSML
Current mass of scale deposited per unit perforation length
CDSF
PI multiplicative factor due to scale damage
(F,G,W)NMR
Component NGL molar rates for the field, groups and wells
SOLUTION section
THPRES
This keyword sets the threshold pressures for flow between adjacent
equilibration regions. The threshold pressure switch THPRES must be set in
keyword EQLOPTS in the RUNSPEC section.
WI
Specifies overall initial water composition
WMF
Specifies initial water composition explicitly
WMFVD
Specifies initial water composition with respect to depth
SORBFRAC
Specifies a scaling factor for the initial adsorbed coal gas.
SORBPRES
Specifies pressure values for the initial adsorbed coal gas.
SCHEDULE section
Geomechanics option
DISPBC
Sets displacement (Dirichlet) boundary conditions for the geomechanics coupled

3D stress calculation
Geomechanics option
DISPBCL
Sets displacement (Dirichlet) boundary conditions for the geomechanics coupled

3D stress calculation in a Local Grid Refinement
GLIFTOPT
Sets group lift gas supply limits for the Gas Lift Optimization facility
LIFTOPT
Activates the Gas Lift Optimization facility
WLIFTOPT
Controls which wells should have their lift gas injection rates calculated by the
optimization facility, and sets their maximum and minimum lift gas injection
rates and weighting factors
MULTX-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative X-direction.
MULTY-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Y-direction.
MULTZ-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative Z-direction.
MULTR-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative radial-direction
MULTTHT-
Specifies transmissibility multipliers in the negative theta-direction
PSTRBC
Allows principal stress vectors to be used as boundary conditions for the

geomechanics coupled 3D stress calculation
SCDPTAB
Defines scale deposition tables
Geomechanics option

New Keywords
333
SCDATAB
Defines scale damage tables
SCDPTRAC
Set a tracer to be associated with the sea water fraction for scale deposition
Geomechanics option
TRACTBC
Sets traction (Neumann) boundary conditions for the geomechanics coupled 3D

stress calculation
Geomechanics option
TRACTBCL
Sets traction (Neumann) boundary conditions for the geomechanics coupled 3D

stress calculation in a Local Grid Refinement
WSCCLEAN
Reduces the amount of scale deposited around well connections
WSCCLENL
Reduces the amount of scale deposited around local grid well connections
WELLCF
Gives details of well behavior with conductive fractures
WELLSTRW
Sets composition of the injection water stream
WINJW
Specifies the nature of the injection water
OPTIMIZE section
334
OPTCONS
Specify the constraints for the reservoir optimization problem.
OPTDIMS
Specify the dimensions of the reservoir optimization problem.
OPTFUNC
Specify the objective function for reservoir optimization.
OPTLOAD
Load in a reservoir optimization case from a given iteration.
OPTOPTS
Specify options controlling the reservoir optimization.
OPTPARS
Specify parameters for the reservoir optimization problem.
OPTTUNE
Specify convergence criteria for reservoir optimization.
RPTOPT
Control on output from the reservoir optimization facility.

New Keywords
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
AQUDIMS
Items 7&8 determine the number and size of the aquifer lists.
TABDIMS
New item 13 is used to specify the number of tables and regions when ROCK is
used together with ROCKNUM.
TRACERS
In item 5 STANDARD is now allowed as an alias for NODIFF and

SPECIAL is allowed as an alias for DIFF.
HMDIMS
New item 9 is used to specify the maximum number of well connection

parameters for which gradients are required.
GRID section
NNC
New item allows the input of 1/(area*porosity) for use in calculating the
velocity. Only needed if the velocities need to be calculated.)
RPTGRID
New item IOCN allows the output of active cell numbers. (Primarily for
developer debugging.)
RPTGRIDL
New item IOCN allows the output of active cell numbers. (Primarily for
developer debugging.)
PROPS section
ROCKOPTS
String ROCKNUM is now allowed for item 3 in the presence of ROCK

keyword.
SOLUTION section
AQUFLUX
New item allows the direct input of salinity
SCHEDULE section
AQUFLUX
New item allows the direct input of salinity
ZIPPY2
Three new mnemonics for setting the maximum time-step (MAXSTEP), the
next time-step (NEXTSTEP) and tightening convergence tolerances
(TIGHTEN)
WRFTPLT
A new TIMESTEP option allows the output of data at every time-step

Altered Keywords
335
WCONINJP
New item 8 of record 1 specifies a multiplier for the calculated voidage rate
target for the pattern flood injector.
New item 3 of records 2 onwards specifies a fluid-in-place region that restricts
the voidage contribution from a producer to the injection target.
WELTARG
Item 3 of this keyword may now be defaulted. This instructs ECLIPSE to set the
value of a target/limit for a well control/constraint to the corresponding flowing
quantity for this well at the timestep prior to this keyword.
WSEGDFMD
New option SHI-04 in items 1 and 2.

New item 3 activates the disruption of oil-water slip by free gas.
OPTIONS keyword
Switch 85
Restores the pre-2005A calculation of connection voidage rates at the reference

pressure for the well. The default behavior in 2005A is that a connections
voidage rate is calculated at the reference pressure for the fluid-in-place region
of the connected grid block.
Switch 87
Restores the pre-2005A calculation of tracers with multisegment wells.
Switch 88
Oil and water are not considered as an emulsion in the mixture viscosity used in
the pressure drop calculation for a spiral inflow control device (see keyword
WSEGSICD).
Switch 89
Relax the monotonic restriction of the ROCKTAB keyword, allowing nonmonotonic pore volume multipliers for Coal Bed Methane runs.
Switch 90
Removes tests for closing history matched wells and injection wells with zero
rates that are also banned from crossflowing. Also removes derivative limiting in
the solvent option.
DEBUG keyword
Switch 77
Debug from steady state calculation.

RUNSPEC section
Geomechanics option
336
GEOMECH
The fully or IMPES coupled option is no longer available. The finite difference
stress calculation method is no longer available. New options are available for
initialization and for choosing the sign of compressive stresses.
GRIDOPTS
Item 1 of this keyword has been altered in order to allow both transmissibility
and diffusivity multipliers to be specified in the negative direction.
EQLOPTS
This keyword has been extended to allow both the THPRES and IRREVERS
options to be used (refer to the THPRESFT keyword in the GRID section, or the
THPRES keyword in the SOLUTION section).
SCDPDIMS
Items 1 to 4 now dimension scale deposition and damage tables. Item 5 and 6
dimension the proppant flowback scale damage table (ECLIPSE 300 only).

Altered Keywords
REGDIMS
Item 6 specifies the maximum number of coal regions as set by COALNUM.
TABDIMS
Item 13 is now also used to specify the number of tables and regions when ROCK
is used together with ROCKNUM.
VELDEP
New item 5 controls the activation of the alternative capillary number model of
velocity dependent relative permeability for gas flow in a gas condensate
reservoir.
GRID section
FAULTS
It is now possible to specify a negative face when specifying faults using item 8
of this keyword.
INIT
If the run contains any number of analytic aquifers (specified using the AQUCT
keyword), then this information is output to the INIT file under the AQUIFERA
heading.
If the run contains any number of numerical aquifers (specified using the
AQUNUM keyword), then this information is output to the INIT file under the
AQUIFERN heading.
PROPS section
ROCKOPTS
Strings SATNUM and ROCKNUM are now allowed for item 3 in the
presence of ROCK keyword.
RPTPROPS
New items LANGMEXT and DIFFCBM allows the output of Langmuir isotherms
data and the Coal Bed Methane diffusion coefficients.
SOLUTION section
RPTSOL
Output of threshold pressures (see keywords EQLOPTS and THPRES) to the

print file can now be done using the THPRES mnemonic.
SCHEDULE section
ACTIONG
Wet gas production and injection rates and totals may now be used as triggering
quantities.
ACTIONW
quantities.
ACTIONX
quantities.
Geomechanics option
RPTRST
New mnemonics COHESION, GENPLSTN, GENPSTRS, PLASDISP, STRAIN

and TOTSTRES added for the Geomechanics option.
Geomechanics option
RPTSCHED
New mnemonics STRAIN and TOTSTRES added for the Geomechanics option.

Altered Keywords
337
WCONINJP
New item 8 of record 1 specifies a multiplier for the calculated voidage rate
target for the pattern flood injector.
New item 3 of records 2 onwards specifies a fluid-in-place region that restricts
the voidage contribution from a producer to the injection target.
WVFPEXP
New item 5 that controls the type of extrapolation used for water fraction, gas
fraction and ALQ values that fall outside the range of VFP table values.
WELTARG
Item 3 of this keyword may now be defaulted. This instructs ECLIPSE to set the
value of a target/limit for a well control/constraint to the corresponding flowing
quantity for this well at the timestep prior to this keyword. VFP table numbers,
artificial lift quantities and guide rates may now also be set by this keyword.
WECON
Items 10 to 14 are now enabled for ECLIPSE 300.
WSCTAB
Now assigns well scale deposition and damage tables. A new item 4 has been
added in ECLIPSE 300, to define the scale damage table for proppant flowback.
WSEGDFMD
New option SHI-04 in items 1 and 2.

New item 3 activates the disruption of oil-water slip by free gas.
OPTIONS3 keyword
338
Switch 88
Overrides some corrections made to the well calculation for the 2005A release,
restoring compatibility with earlier releases to allow you to assess the
importance of the changes.
Switch 93
For adsorption it is possible to alter the flow so it is not scaled by the gas
saturation (gas in contact with the coal).

Altered Keywords
2004 Developments
Chapter 11
New Facilities
RUNSPEC
NRSOUT
Sets the maximum number of quantities that can be output to a restart file at
each report step.
ACTPARAM
Allows some control over how much an ACTION condition may be violated.
The keyword also allows the default fractional equality tolerance to be
changed. This tolerance is used in deciding whether quantities are equal in an
ACTIONX condition.
GRID
It is now possible to modify the power coefficients and to select the permeability direction
in the J-function expression. See the JFUNC keyword.
It is now possible to delete non-neighbor connections that have transmissibility below a

threshold. See the MINNNCT keyword.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
339
EPSDBGS
Allows scaled relative permeability curves to be written for multiple sets of

grid blocks when the End Point Scaling option is active
Aquifers
AQUCHGAS
Allows a constant head gas aquifer to be defined
AQUCT
Carter-Tracy aquifers can now be modified in the SCHEDULE section
AQUFETP
Fetkovich aquifers can now be modified in the SCHEDULE section.
Well model
DELAYACT
Allows actions to be triggered a given time after other actions have been
triggered.
VFP tables that contain Tubing Head Temperature values may now be read in and used to
report temperature values for production wells via the summary mnemonic WTHT or an
Open ECLIPSE query. The keyword WHTEMP assigns temperature VFP tables to wells.
The ACTION family of keywords has been extended to include an ACTIONX keyword. The
keyword marks the start of a set of SCHEDULE section keywords that are to be stored for
later processing when a set of conditions specified in this keyword are met. This keyword
is a generalization of the existing ACTION (G,R,W,S) type keywords and offers the
following new features:
Multiple triggering conditions may be specified that are combined using Boolean AND
and OR operators.
Conditions on quantities associated with wells, groups and regions may be combined
in a single ACTIONX keyword.
Conditions may be set on the day, month or year of the simulation.
A condition may compare one variable quantity against another. (For example, a
condition might be that a wells GOR is greater than the current value of its controlling
groups GOR.)
A switch has been added to the GUIDERAT keyword for calculating guide rates, that allows
production potential rates of free gas (at well-block conditions) to be used in the gas-oil
potential ratio of the guide rate formula. By default, total gas production potential rates are
used for this ratio.
Output and restarts
340
The state of a well may now be reported to the summary file using the mnemonic WSTAT.
It is now possible to output the velocities to the restart files for all runs (not just a POLYMER
or FOAM run) using the mnemonic VELOCITY under the RPTRST keyword.
Using the mnemonic VELFLO, output of 1 ( area porosity ) will be output to the print file
using the RPTGRID keyword. This can only be done if velocity or flow output is also
requested via use of summary mnemonics or restart output.
file, extension MSG, in XML format. The feature is intended primarily as an aid for
simulation post-processors, but can be controlled by the user with the MSGFILE keyword.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
New SUMMARY section block mnemonics have been added in order to output inter-block
flows and velocities.
New SUMMARY section mnemonics have been added in order to output solution (dissolved)
gas and free gas production potentials for groups and wells.
New SUMMARY section mnemonics have been added to output:
the ratio of produced water to injected water
the related recovery efficiency.
Performance
A TSTEP keyword now has a maximum of 1000 entries.
Tracers
The ACTION, ACTIONG and ACTIONW keywords can now be triggered with tracer
production rates/concentrations.
New keywords CECONT, WECONT and GECONT allow economic controls on

connections/wells/groups based on tracer rates and concentrations.
WCUTBACT and GCUTBACT have been added to allow cutback and cutback reversal of rate
targets, based on tracer rates and concentrations.
Diffusion can now be applied to all tracers. See the TRDIF keyword.
Diffusion can now be used in the same run as the TRACTVD keyword. (In previous releases
the solution technique would have reverted to the fully implicit method.)
Adsorption and decay can now be used in the same run as the TRACTVD keyword.
There are new summary section quantities (F,G,W,C)S(P,I)C for brine production
and injection concentrations.
A form of dispersion has now been added to the tracer calculation. This can be turned on,
and dimensioned, with the DISPDIMS keyword. The required data is input with the
TRDIS and DISPERSE keywords. For use with the Brine option there is also the
DSPDEINT keyword which causes the dispersion tables to be interpolated on water density
as opposed to tracer concentration. An alternate functional form for dispersion can be
enabled using the DIAGDISP keyword. When the dispersion is only being used in order to
apply constant but non-homogeneous diffusion, substantial CPU savings can be made by
warning the code and using the TRNHD keyword.
The TRACTVD option can now be used in runs with LGRs. The only exceptions are runs
with diffusion or dispersion.
The user can increase the number of mini time-steps taken with the TRACTVD option by
setting flag 84 in the OPTIONS keyword.
Multisegment wells can now be used when the diffusion control flag is on (item 5 of the
TRACERS keyword). Note that a standard well model is still used within the tracer
equations and hence the multisegment well tracer summary section keywords should not be
used.The wells in the actual reservoir simulation itself will be solved as multisegment
wells.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
341
Multisegment Wells
The user can choose between two sets of default parameter values for the Drift Flux slip
model - the original set and an optimized set proposed by Shi et al. [Ref. 28]. Use keyword
WSEGDFMD to select the new parameter set. There is also an option to account for the effect
of pipe inclination via an input table of scaling factor vs. deviation angle (see keyword
WSEGDFIN), instead of using the formula of Hasan and Kabir [Ref. 32]; the built-in default
table reflects the results of Shi et al.
Reservoir Coupling
MPI may now be used as the message passing system for Reservoir Coupling, allowing the
user to simulate slave reservoirs on multiple processors, in parallel. Accordingly, the
SLAVES keyword has been modified to allow the user to specify the number of processors
on which a slave reservoir is to be run.

RUNSPEC
The MEMORY keyword is now ignored by ECLIPSE 300; dynamic memory is used instead.
This means that it is not necessary to estimate the memory usage in advance of the run. This
makes it easier to run in parallel with best possible memory usage on each processor.
The ACTPARAM keyword allows the default fractional equality tolerance to be changed.
This tolerance is used in deciding whether quantities are equal in an ACTIONX condition.
The MSGFILE keyword turns on or off the output of messages to the MSG file.
GRID
It is now possible to modify the power coefficients and to select the permeability direction
in the J-function expression. See the JFUNC keyword.
342
The diffusion of components driven by a temperature gradient can now be simulated in

compositional simulations with keywords DIFFTGAS and DIFFTOIL.
A modified form of the Lorentz-Bray-Clark viscosity formula can now be used. Extra
parameters for the new formula can be entered with the VCOMPACT keyword.
EPSDBGS Allows one to write out the scaled relative permeability curves for multiple sets
of grid blocks when the End Point Scaling option is active
SOMGAS Allows one to specify the minimum oil saturation used in the STONE I 3-phase
Relative Permeability Model, as a function of the gas saturation.
SOMWAT Allows one to specify the minimum oil saturation used in the STONE I 3-phase
Relative Permeability Model, as a function of the water saturation.
The non-darcy flow option (See VDFLOW keyword) now applies to non-neighbor
connection flows. If the non-neighbor connection is entered explicitly using the NNC
keyword, an area and linking permeability needs to be supplied.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
Geomechanics option
Scale damage tables can be set up with the keyword SCDATABG when using the
Geomechanics option, keyword GEOMECH.
Geomechanics option
Extensive changes were made to GEOYLDF for parameters used in the Geomechanics finite
element plasticity calculation.
REGIONS
Transport coefficient table regions (specified using keyword ALPHA) may now be assigned
to individual grid cells using the new ALPHANUM keyword. This replaces the previous
behavior of following the PVTNUM definition.
Initialization
The TEMPI keyword can now be used with explicit initialization in non-thermal runs to set
a different temperature in each cell.
SCHEDULE
Well model
The ACTION family of keywords has been extended to include an ACTIONX keyword. The
keyword marks the start of a set of SCHEDULE section keywords that are to be stored for
later processing when a set of conditions specified in this keyword are met. This keyword
is a generalization of the existing ACTION(G, R, W, S) type keywords and offers the
following new features:
Multiple triggering conditions may be specified that are combined using Boolean
AND and OR operators.
Conditions may be set on well connection quantities
Conditions may be set on the day, month or year of the simulation.
Conditions on quantities associated with wells, groups and regions may be

combined in a single ACTIONX keyword.
A condition may compare one variable quantity against another. (For example, a
condition might be that a wells GOR is greater than the current value of its
controlling groups GOR.)
Conditions may also be set on the combined properties of a static (see WLIST
keyword) or dynamic (see WLISTDYN keyword) list of wells. Grouping wells
together using lists for the purposes of defining controlling conditions in this
keyword provides greater flexibility than conventional well groups.
The WLISTDYN keyword may be used set up a dynamic well list. A well list may be entered
wherever a well name root can be entered in the SCHEDULE section well keywords. Well
lists may also be used in the ACTIONX keyword to define a temporary grouping of wells
for control purposes. A dynamic list differs from a static, user-defined well list (see WLIST
keyword) in that the membership of the list is automatically reset at the end of each
timestep. The membership is determined by a condition on a well-type quantity. For
example, the list might be made up of all the wells in a particular group that have a water
cut greater than 0.7.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
343
Thermal option
344
Combined rates, totals and ratios for all the wells in a well list may be written to the
summary file using an appropriate group summary mnemonic followed by the well list
name (see the table Well list quantities (ECLIPSE 300) in the SUMMARY section of the
ECLIPSE Reference Manual Data File Overview chapter).
The keyword WCOMPRES may be used to reduce the memory requirements of a simulation
that contains a large number of wells, some of which have many connections, but most have
relatively few connections. Internal well arrays will be dimensioned to the actual number
of connections in the simulation rather than the maximum possible number defined via the
WELLDIMS keyword. The number of connections in the simulation may be specified with
this keyword or estimated from a pre-sweep of the SCHEDULE section data.
VFP tables that contain Tubing Head Temperature values may now be read in and used to
report temperature values for production wells via the summary mnemonic WTHT or an
Open ECLIPSE query. The keyword WHTEMP assigns temperature VFP tables to wells.
The generalized pseudo-pressure (GPP) option for well inflow calculations may now be
enabled for individual wells by entering GPP in item 8 of the WELSPECS keyword. The
keyword PSEUPRES will continue to exist and may be used to enable this option for all
wells.
Forchheimer effects (part of the velocity dependent relative permeability (VDRP) model)
may now be included in the generalized pseudo-pressure (GPP) calculation that accounts
for condensate blocking in well inflow. The GPP option is enabled via item 8 of the
WELSPECS keyword and VDRP effects may be included in this calculation by entering
YES in item 4 of the PICOND keyword. The VDRP model is specified via the VELDEP,
VDKRO and VDKRG keywords.
The production balancing method of group control has been implemented, whereby a
groups reservoir fluid volume production rate target is set to a specified fraction of its
reservoir fluid volume injection rate (see keywords GCONPROD and GCONPRI).
Production balancing requires ECLIPSE to solve all the injectors before the producers at
each time step, instead of the other way round. This places restrictions on some other
control modes that are allowed to operate simultaneously, as described in GCONPROD and
GCONPRI.
The keyword GEFAC may now be used to account for the downtime of all the wells in a
group that are synchronized such that the group either flows with its full rate or nor at all.
The keyword WORKTHP may now be used to instruct ECLIPSE to perform a workover if a
well is unable to produce at its THP limit, to reduce its water cut. The workover is
performed at the end of the time step in which the well dies, and the well is revived at the
beginning of the next time step to see if it can produce at the reduced water cut
Economic limits may now be set on the maximum mole fraction of a component in the
wellstream of a production well using the keyword WECONCMF.
A PVT region number can now be set for each well using item 11 of keyword WELSPECS
or item12 of keyword WELSPECL.
A new well model for injectors is activated by item 16 of the keyword WELSPECS and item
17 of the keyword WELSPECL. The model can be used to overcome convergence problems
that arise when connecting grid blocks have high mobilities. Typically this might be the
case for thermal runs, injecting steam at high pressure.
Keyword WSEGEXSS can now be used to inject steam in a multisegment well at a specified
quality if either water import at a specified external pressure or water import at a specified
rate is chosen.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
Geomechanics option
A well sanding prediction is available as a Schlumberger service. WELLSMA compares

predicted drawdowns at each completion of a well against critical drawdowns that are
calculated by the Sand Management Advisor (SMA) onset of sanding or failure criterion.
If the completion drawdown exceeds the critical drawdown, either the completion can be
assumed to be shut in or actions with the keyword ACTIONX can be specified to control
well rates to prevent the onset of sanding. In the latter case, for example, well rates at a
producer can be lowered if the actual completion drawdown exceeds a percentage, for
example 50%, of the SMA predicted critical drawdown for sanding at any completion. A
license to run this calculation is only available internally to Schlumberger staff.
Geomechanics option
Keyword WSCTAB can be used to link a scale damage table set with keyword SCDATABG
with a well.
Output and restarts
The state of a well may now be reported to the summary file using the mnemonic WSTAT.
When the INIT keyword is used, and there are non-neighbor connections in the model, the
NNC transmissibility information will also be output to the INIT file (under mnemonic
TRANNNC).
Diffuse option
NNC diffusivity information will also be output to the INIT file (under mnemonic
DIFFNNC).
Thermal option
NNC thermal transmissibility information will also be output to the INIT file (under
mnemonic HEATNNC).
The EXCEL keyword can now be used to request run summary output in Excel format.
file, extension MSG, in XML format. The feature is intended primarily as an aid for
simulation post-processors, but can be controlled using the MSGFILE keyword.
Performance
ZIPPY2 time-step selection has been added to E300.
ZIPP2OFF has been added to E300 to turn off ZIPPY2.
There is now a maximum of a 1000 entries in a TSTEP keyword.
Geomechanics option
A finite element stress calculation can be specified. This option allows second-order rock
displacement accuracy with corner-point geometry when the gridding is skewed and
decidedly non-orthogonal. It is available partly coupled in time, has more extensive
boundary condition options than the finite difference stress calculation available with the
STRESSBC keyword, and will allow inactive cells. LGR and faults are not implemented
for this release. In addition, a plastic calculation featuring Mohr-Coulomb, DruckerPraeger with hardening/softening, but no cap model, can be specified with the GEOYLDF
keyword. The third item of the GEOMECH keyword activates this. This option is compatible
with the well sanding, keyword WELLSMA, options. The multi-grid solver, keyword SAMG,
must be specified.
A second porosity-stress relation is available which allows the rock matrix to be

compressible. See the fourth item of the GEOMECH keyword for more information.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
345
A well sanding prediction is available as a Schlumberger service. WELLSMA will compare

predicted drawdowns at each completion of a well against critical drawdowns that are
calculated by the Sand Management Advisor (SMA) onset of sanding or failure criterion.
If the completion drawdown exceeds the critical drawdown, either the completion can be
assumed to be shut in or actions with the keyword ACTIONX can be specified to control
well rates to prevent the onset of sanding. In the latter case, for example, well rates at a
producer can be lowered if the actual completion drawdown exceeds a percentage, for
example 50%, of the SMA predicted critical drawdown for sanding at any completion. A
license to run this calculation is only available internally to Schlumberger staff.
The fixed grid option is no longer available.
Multisegment Wells
Thermal option
You choose between two sets of default parameter values for the Drift Flux slip model - the
original set and an optimized set proposed by Shi et al. [Ref. 28]. Use keyword WSEGDFMD
to select the new parameter set. There is also an option to account for the effect of pipe
inclination via an input table of scaling factor vs. deviation angle, instead of using the
formula of Hasan and Kabir; the built-in default table reflects the results of Shi et al.
rate is chosen.
Reactions
Chemical reactions can now be used with blackoil (for example, with solid components) as
well as compositional models.
Reaction rates that depend on deviation from equilibrium can now be used with blackoil,
EoS and K-value, as well as Thermal models.
Reaction rates can now be multiplied by terms dependent on tracer concentrations. An extra
item is required in keyword REACTION to define the number of tracer dependent terms,
which are then specified with keyword REACTRAC. The tracer multipliers can be output
using the mnemonic TREACM in keywords RPTRST or RPTSCHED.
Solid option
The solid option can now be used in blackoil, EoS and compositional K-value runs.
346
Keyword CVTYPE can now be used to specify solid components in blackoil, EoS and Kvalue runs, as well as thermal simulations. Keyword CVTYPES can now be used to specify
solid components at surface conditions in thermal, blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
The keywords that describe the solid density, SCREF, SDREF, SPREF, STREF and
STHERMX1 can now be used in blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
Initial values for solid components can now be defined with keywords, SSOLID and SMF.
A solid transport model has been added: solids suspended in the oil phase will be
transported with the oil, while solids adsorbed to the rocks will remain immobile.
Keywords SOLIDADS and ROCKDEN can be used to determine the ratio of disobeyed to
suspended solids. The suspended solid fraction in a grid block can be output to the summary
file with mnemonic BSSFRAC, or to the restart and print files by using mnemonic SSFRAC
with the RPTRST, RPTSCHED and RPTSOL keywords. Produced solids can be output to
the summary file by volume (F,G,W)SV(R,T) or by mass (F,G,W)SM(R,T).
2004 Developments
New Facilities
Plugging of the pores by solids can now be modeled by using a mobility multiplier. There
are two ways of specifying the multiplier, either as a function of the adsorbed solid
concentration (SOLIDMMC) or as a function of the adsorbed solid saturation (SOLIDMMS).
The mobility multiplier can be output to the summary file with mnemonic BSMMULT, or to
the restart and print files by using mnemonic SMMULT with the RPTRST, RPTSCHED and
RPTSOL keywords.
Keyword REACSORD can be used with chemical reactions to modify the way the reaction
rate depends on the solid saturation.
Temperature option
The ECLIPSE 100 blackoil Temperature option can now also be used in ECLIPSE 300.
Keyword TEMP is used to initiate the option; keyword THCONR can be used to specify the
thermal conductivity of the reservoir; keywords SPECHEAT and SPECROCK can be used
to specify specific heats of the fluids and the rock; the temperature dependencies of the oil
and water viscosities can be set with keywords OILVISCT and WATVISCT; and the initial
temperatures can be set with either RTEMPA or RTEMPVD.
Thermal option
Multisegment wells
Thermal simulations can now be run with IMPES and AIM. New items have been added to
the AIMCON keyword to allow the AIM state selection to depend on temperature change.
The ratio of the actual temperature change to target RATT can be output using the RPTRST
keyword.
In foamy oil simulations an oil (or solid) phase component is used to represent trapped gas.
The trapped gas saturation can now be stored as a property SFOIL (or SFSOL for foamy
solid) which can be output with the RPTRST, RPTSCHED and RPTSOL keywords or with
the summary mnemonic BSFOIL or BSFSOL.
Keyword ZFACTORS can now be used to define component Z-factors at the surface.
Keyword WCONINJE can now be used to inject steam-gas. The temperature data is set by
using the keyword WINJTEMP.
rate is chosen.
A new well model for injectors is activated by item 16 of the keyword WELSPECS and item
17 of the keyword WELSPECL. The model can be used to overcome convergence problems
that arise when connecting grid blocks have high mobilities. Typically this might be the
case for thermal runs, injecting steam at high pressure.
A modified method can be used to update thermal multisegment well solutions by using
switch 83 of the OPTIONS3 keyword. This modified method can improve convergence for
difficult problems, but may be slower in more straightforward cases.
Three new aliases DREFT, PREFT and TREFT (for DREF, PREF and TREF) have been
created to allow ECLIPSE to read in thermal properties output by PVTi.
Temperature-dependent heater rates can now be specified with the HEATER and HEATERL
keywords.
Thermal simulations can now be run with black oil properties. Keywords BLACKOIL and
THERMAL should both appear in the RUNSPEC section. Fluid properties should be
specified using Temperature option keywords.
2004 Developments
New Facilities
347
Behavioral Changes for 2004A

Behavioral Changes for ECLIPSE 100

Output and restarts
If OFM output is requested and the MAPAXES keyword is present, the X,Y locations of the
wells are output relative to the map origin.
Messages output to the print file during the course of a run (warnings, errors...) are now also
output to a separate file, extension MSG, in XML format. The feature can be controlled
using the MSGFILE keyword.
Tracers
When the TRACTVD and TRDIF keywords were used in pre-2004A releases the TRACTVD
keyword would have effectively been ignored for any tracer with diffusion; the solution
method reverting to the fully implicit method. This is no longer the case; the flux limiting
scheme will be used for the convective terms, whilst the diffusive terms are calculated with
a standard central difference formula.
The brine tracer option now no longer automatically uses the cascade solver. It will now
use the solver method actually chosen by the user with item 5 of the TRACERS keyword.
Pre-2004A releases automatically turned on dispersion control (Item 5 in the TRACERS

keyword) if LGRs were present in the run. This no longer happens; if dispersion control is
required it must be explicitly set.
Behavioral Changes ECLIPSE 300

Output and restarts
Messages output to the print file during the course of a run (warnings, errors...) are now also
output to a separate file, extension MSG, in XML format. The feature can be controlled
using the MSGFILE keyword.
Properties
348
The NNC keyword has been modified to be more compatible with ECLIPSE 100 usage.
The non-darcy flow (see VDFLOW) now applies to non-neighbor connections.
Where both JFUNC and PCW or PCG are used to specify the maximum scaled capillary
pressures, JFUNC now takes precedence. Switch 87 in OPTIONS3 makes the simulation
revert to pre-2004A behavior.
The records of the ROCK keyword now correspond to the region numbers set in PVTNUM,
as stated in the ROCK keyword definition. Previously these were incorrectly based on the
rock compaction regions defined by ROCKNUM.
2004 Developments
Well model
In runs with more than one PVT region, a PVT region number is set for each well,
according to the PVT region number of the completion cells. Item 78 of keyword
OPTIONS3 allows the user to override this PVT region number, and set a new PVT region
number for all wells. Prior to 2004A the properties of fluids in the wells were calculated
using a PVT region number of 1. Therefore setting this option flag to 1 will give the pre2004A behavior. Alternatively, the PVT region number can now be set individually for
each well using item 11 of keyword WELSPECS or item12 of keyword WELSPECL.
If a group is set to be not free to respond to a higher level rate target (see item 8 in
GCONPROD or GCONINJE), this restriction will now remain in force even when the group
itself no longer controls the production or injection and becomes passive. Prior to 2004A,
when the group became passive, wells and groups at a lower level became subject to rate
control from groups at a higher level. To revert to the pre-2004A state, set item 79 of the
keyword OPTIONS3 to 1.
The method used to determine the top-up phase injection targets for a group has been
simplified and made more robust. To revert to the pre-2004A state, set item 79 of the
Well efficiency factors are now taken into account when calculating a groups potential
rates. To revert to the pre-2004A state, set item 79 of the keyword OPTIONS3 to 3.
Both Capillary Number and Forchheimer (non-Darcy flow) velocity-dependent relative

permeability effects are now incorporated in the Generalized Pseudo-Pressure calculation
when item 4 of PICOND is set to YES. Prior to the 2004A release, only Capillary Number
effects were included in this calculation. To revert to the pre-2004A state, set item 82 of the
If a well has switched from rate control to pressure control and died in the same timestep,
the timestep will now be chopped. This will result in less fluid being removed from the
connected grid blocks of a production well and thus the well may move on to pressure
control rather than being immediately shut in.The number of times that a timestep may be
consecutively chopped in this way is controlled by item 84 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
For the keyword COMPMOBI the default value for the total voidage mobility, item 6, has
changed from 10 cP-1 to 1 cP-1.
Multi-phase flash
Keyword MULTIPHA must now be used if the multi-phase flash is used for asphaltene
prediction.
Potential calculations
The average phase potentials for a region or field are now weighted by the relevant phase
saturation, as documented in the chapter Potential Calculations of the ECLIPSE
Technical Description, rather than by the hydrocarbon volume. To revert to the pre-2004A
state, set switch 86 of the keyword OPTIONS3 to 1.
2004 Developments
349
Thermal option
The Appleyard chop is used to improve non-linear convergence by chopping non-linear

steps that produce a significant change in saturations or temperatures. In 2004A the
saturation-based Appleyard chop was enhanced for thermal simulations. This enhancement
can be switched off by using item 18 of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Geomechanics option
The sign of user specified boundary stresses must be determined from whether the stress is
compressive (-ve) or tensile (+ve). This differs from the previous releases where direction
of the boundary was used. Consequently, on '-' boundaries, the sign of stresses which are
meant to apply a force in the coordinate direction will need to be negative (compressive).
Stresses on '+' boundaries remain the same.
A fixed grid option is no longer available.
350
The implementation of the Forchheimer correction (inertia effects) has now been improved.
These non-Darcy effects may have been underestimated in previous implementations.
2004 Developments
New Keywords
New Keywords for ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
NRSOUT
Sets the maximum number of quantities that can be output to a restart file
at each report step.
DISPDIMS
Turns on and dimensions tracer dispersion option.
ACTPARAM
Sets parameters for ACTION type keywords.
MSGFILE
Turns on/off output of messages to the MSG file.
GRID section
MINNNCT
Specifies a cutoff transmissibility below which non-neighbor

connections are deleted.
PROPS section
TRDIS
Inputs dispersion table numbers for tracers
DISPERSE
Dispersion tables for tracers
DSPDEINT
Dispersion tables for brine interpolated on water density instead of tracer

concentration
DIAGDISP
Enables alternate functional form for dispersion.
TRNHD
Informs the code that for this tracer dispersion is actually constant
coefficient and diagonal
EPSDBGS
Writes out the scaled relative permeability curves for multiple sets of grid
blocks.
Solution section
AQUCHGAS
Constant head gas aquifers
2004 Developments
New Keywords
351
SUMMARY section
(F,G,W,C)S(P,I)C
Brine (production, injection) concentrations
WTHT
Tubing Head Temperature for production wells (see WHTEMP keyword)
WSTAT
Indicates well state (Including PSHUT/PSTOP)
(F,G,W)GPP(S,F)
Solution and free gas production potential rates
(B)FLO(O,W,G)(I,J,K)
Output of oil/water/gas inter-block flows in positive I/J/K direction
(B)VEL(O,W,G)(I,J,K)
Output of oil/water/gas velocities in positive I/J/K direction
(F,G,W)WPIR
Output ratio of produced water to injected water as a percentage
SCHEDULE section
352
ACTION,
ACTIONG,
ACTIONW
(F,G,W)(C,S,T)P(R,C) have been added to these keywords to enable

actions to be triggered on polymer/salt/tracer production rates and
concentrations.
ACTIONX
A more flexible, multi-conditioned version of the ACTION(G,R,W,S) type

keywords.
CECONT
Economic control of connections based on maximum tracer rates and

concentrations.
WECONT
Economic control of wells based on maximum tracer rates and

concentrations.
GECONT
Economic control of groups based on maximum tracer rates and

concentrations.
WCUTBACT
Allows well cutbacks based on tracer rates and concentrations.
GCUTBACT
Allows group cutbacks based on tracer rates and concentrations.
DELAYACT
Allows actions to be triggered a given time after other actions have been
triggered
WHTEMP
Specifies a VFP table for Tubing Head Temperature calculations or

defines a constant tubing head temperature value for production wells.
WSEGDFMD
Defines the default values for the set of parameters for the Drift Flux slip
model for Multisegment Wells.
WSEGDFIN
Inputs a table of inclination scaling factors vs. deviation angle for

Multisegment Well segments.
AQUCHGAS
Constant head gas aquifers
2004 Developments
New Keywords

RUNSPEC section
Geomechanics option
MULTIPHA
This keyword is used to indicate that the multi-phase flash will be used
for asphaltene prediction.
TEMP
This keyword is used to initiate the blackoil Temperature option.
WCOMPRES
This keyword reduces the memory requirements of a simulation that

contains a large number of wells, some of which have many connections,
but most have relatively few connections.
ACTPARAM
This keyword sets parameters for ACTION type keywords.
SCDPDIMS
This keyword can be used to specify the dimensions of scale damage

tables, keyword SCDATABG, that can be set up together with the
Geomechanics, keyword GEOMECH, and proppant flowback, keyword
PROPFLOW, options.
MSGFILE
Turns on/off output of messages to the MSG file.
GRID section
Geomechanics option
PROPFLOW
A proppant flowback model is available that will calculate both the

closure and drag forces on a proppant pack. The keyword PROPFLOW
will activate this and allow the user to both predict the onset of proppant
flowback as well as set up a scale damage table (keywords SCDATABG
and WSCTAB) for a specified well if desired.
PROPS section
DIFFTGAS
This keyword can be used to model the gas phase diffusion driven by a
temperature gradient.
DIFFTOIL
This keyword can be used to model the oil phase diffusion driven by a
temperature gradient.
Thermal option
DREFT
This keyword is an alias for DREF which allows ECLIPSE to read in

thermal properties output by PVTi.
Thermal option
PREFT
This keyword is an alias for PREF which allows ECLIPSE to read in

Solid option
REACSORD
This keyword can be used with chemical reactions to modify the way the
reaction rate depends on the solid saturation.
REACTRAC
This keyword can be used to define tracer dependent reaction rates.
SOLIDADS
This keyword can be used to specify the ratio of adsorbed solids to

suspended solids.
Solid option
2004 Developments
New Keywords
353
Solid option
SOLIDMMC
This keyword can be used to specify a mobility multiplier as a function

of adsorbed solid concentration.
Solid option
SOLIDMMS
This keyword can be used to specify a mobility multiplier as a function

of adsorbed solid saturation.
Temperature option
SPECHEAT
This keyword can be used to specify specific heats of the fluids.
Temperature option
SPECROCK
This keyword can be used to specify specific heats of the rock.
Thermal option
TREFT
This keyword is an alias for TREF which allows ECLIPSE to read in

VCOMPACT
This keyword specifies the compact or close-packed volumes which are

used in a modified form of the Lorentz-Bray-Clark viscosity formula.
ZFACTORS
This keyword can be used to define component Z-factors at the surface.
EPSDBGS
This keyword writes out the scaled relative permeability curves for
multiple sets of grid blocks.
SOMGAS
This keyword allows the user to specify the minimum oil saturation used
in the STONE I 3-phase Relative Permeability Model, as a function of the
gas saturation.
SOMWAT
This keyword allows the user to specify the minimum oil saturation used
in the STONE I 3-phase Relative Permeability Model, as a function of the
water saturation.
SCDATABG
This keyword can be used together with the Geomechanics option,

keyword GEOMECH, and the proppant flowback option, keyword
PROPFLOW, to account for well scale damage caused by proppant
flowback. Dimensions of this table must be set with the SCDPDIMS
keyword.
Thermal option
Geomechanics option
Regions section
ALPHANUM
This keyword sets the region numbers for the transport coefficient tables.
SOLUTION section
Temperature option
RTEMPA
This keyword sets a constant initial temperature.
Temperature option
RTEMPVD
This keyword sets the initial temperatures as a function of depth.
Solid option
SSOLID
This keyword can be used to define initial solid saturations.
Solid option
SMF
This keyword can be used to define initial mole fractions of solid

components
SUMMARY section
Thermal option
BSFOIL
saturation of foamy oil
Thermal option
BSFSOL
saturation of foamy solids
Solid option
BSMMULT
solid mobility multiplier
354
2004 Developments
New Keywords
Solid option
BSSFRAC
suspended solids fraction
Solid option
(F,G,W)SM(R,T)
Field, Group, Well Solid Mass production Rate, Total
Solid option
(F,G,W)SV(R,T)
Field, Group, Well Solid Volume production Rate, Total
WTHT
Tubing Head Temperature for production wells (see WHTEMP keyword)
WSTAT
Indicates well state (including PSTOP/PSHUT).
GMWL
Count of well grouped together in a well list.
EXCEL
This keyword requests run summary output in Excel format.
SCHEDULE section
Thermal option
Geomechanics option
ACTIONX
A more flexible, multi-conditioned version of the ACTION(G, R, W, S)

type keywords.
GEFAC
Group efficiency factors.
WECONCMF
Sets economic limits on a component mole fraction in the wellstream of

a production well.
WHTEMP
Specifies a VFP table for Tubing Head Temperature calculations or

defines a constant tubing head temperature value for production wells.
WINJTEMP
Specify temperature data for injection wells.
WLISTDYN
Dynamic well lists
WORKTHP
Perform a workover if a well is unable to produce at its THP limit, to

reduce its water cut
WSEGDFIN
Inputs a table of inclination scaling factors vs. deviation angle for

Multisegment Well segments.
WSEGDFMD
Defines the default values for the set of parameters for the Drift Flux slip
model for Multisegment Wells.
ZIPPY2
Time-step selection has been added to ECLIPSE 300.
ZIPP2OFF
Has been added to ECLIPSE 300 to turn off ZIPPY2.
WELLSMA
A well sanding option is available internally to Schlumberger staff that

allows prediction of sanding at an open-hole perforation or completion.
The Geomechanics option, keyword GEOMECH, must be specified.
Keyword WELLSMA will compare predicted drawdowns at each
completion of a well against critical drawdowns that are calculated by the
Sand Management Advisor (SMA) onset of sanding or failure criterion.
If the completion drawdown exceeds the critical drawdown, either the
completion can be assumed to be shut in or actions with the keyword
ACTIONX can be specified to control well rates to prevent the onset of
sanding.
A license to run this calculation is only available internally to
Schlumberger staff.
Geomechanics option
WSCTAB
Together with the Geomechanics option, keyword GEOMECH, and the

proppant flowback option, keyword PROPFLOW, this keyword assigns a
well to a particular scale damage table which is entered with the keyword
SCDATABG.
2004 Developments
New Keywords
355
Altered Keywords
Altered Keywords for ECLIPSE 100
RUNSPEC section
ACTDIMS
New item (4) to set the maximum number of conditions in an ACTIONX

keyword.
GRID section
JFUNC
New data items to modify the J-function expression
RPTGRID
This keyword has been extended to output 1/(area*porosity), with the

VELFLO mnemonic. This can only be done if velocity or flow output is
also requested via use of summary mnemonics or restart output.
PROPS section
TRDIF
Can now be used with all tracers
SUMMARY section
OFM
Now references the X,Y location to the map origin if the MAPAXES
keyword is present.
SOLUTION section
RPTRST
356
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
The VELOCITY mnemonic can now be used for any run, not just a
POLYMER or FOAM run. The relevant oil/water/gas velocities will be
output to the restart file for each direction (I/J/K)
SCHEDULE section
Multisegment wells
Reservoir Coupling
VFPPROD
This keyword has been extended to include Tubing Head Temperature

(THT) value in the VFP table. If the VFP table carries the tubing head
temperature value, Item 9 of record 1 should read TEMP.
OPTIONS
New item 84 for increasing the number of mini time-steps taken by the
TRACTVD option
RPTRST
The VELOCITY mnemonic can now be used for any run, not just a
POLYMER or FOAM run. The relevant oil/water/gas velocities will be
output to the restart file for each direction (I/J/K)
WSEGDFPA
New item 11 defining the exponent in the formula for oil-water drift
velocity in the Drift Flux model for Multisegment Wells.
TSTEP
Up to 1000 entries are now allowed.
SLAVES
This keyword has been extended to allow the user to specify the number
of processors to use for each slave reservoir (if they are to be run in
parallel).
GUIDERAT
New item 11 to switch to using free gas potentials in the gas-oil potential
ratios.
ACTION
Can now be triggered on tracer rates and concentrations.
ACTIONG
ACTIONW
AQUCT
Carter-Tracy aquifers can now be modified in the SCHEDULE section.
AQUFETP
Fetkovich aquifers can now be modified in the SCHEDULE section.

RUNSPEC section
ACTDIMS
New item (4) to set the maximum number of conditions in an ACTIONX

keyword.
REACTION
An extra item can be used to define the number of tracer-dependent

terms, which are then specified with keyword REACTRAC. This keyword
can now be used in blackoil simulations, and items 2 and 3 controlling
equilibrium deviation reactions can now be used in blackoil, EoS and Kvalue models.
WELLDIMS
New item (11) to set the maximum number of well lists that a well may
belong to.
WELLDIMS
New item (12) to set the maximum number of dynamic well lists in a
simulation.
MEMORY
The keyword is now ignored by ECLIPSE 300; dynamic memory is used

instead. This makes it easier to run in parallel with best possible memory
usage on each processor.
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
357
AIM
This keyword can now be used with the Thermal option.
IMPES
SAMG
This keyword has two new items to define a tolerance and a strategy for
reusing coarse grid and smoothing operators.
GEOMECH
A finite element stress calculation can be activated instead of the finite

difference calculation. In addition, a new porosity-stress relation is
available that accounts for rock/matrix compressibility.
BLACKOIL
GRID section
Temperature option
INIT
If there are non-neighbor connections in the model when using this

keyword, the NNC transmissibilities, NNC diffusivities and NNC
thermal transmissibilities will also be output to the INIT file (under the
mnemonics TRANNNC, DIFFNNC and HEATNNC respectively).
JFUNC
New data items to modify the J-function expression.
NNC
It is now possible to enter data for the area and linking permeability
associated with the NNC for use in the non-darcy flow model. (Data items
16 and 17).
NNC
It is now possible to enter NNC diffusivity and thermal conduction

transmissibility in data items 14 and 15. This is more compatible with
ECLIPSE 100 behavior.
THCONR
This keyword can now be used with the Temperature option (as well as
the Thermal option) to specify the thermal conductivity of the reservoir.
PROPS section
CVTYPE
This keyword can now be used to specify solid components in blackoil, EOS
and K-value runs.
CVTYPES
This keyword can now be used to specify solid components at surface

conditions in Thermal, blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
Reactions
EQLDKVCR
This keyword can now be used with blackoil, EoS and K-values
Reactions
EQLDREAC
This keyword can now be used with blackoil, EoS and K-values
Geomechanics finite
element option
GEOYLDF
This keyword has substantially changed to allow more parameters for the
finite element plasticity option.
Temperature option
OILVISCT
This keyword can now be used with the Temperature option (as well as the
Thermal option) to specify the temperature dependencies of the oil
viscosity.
Reactions
REACACT
This keyword can now be used with blackoil
Reactions
REACCORD
Reactions
REACPHA
Reactions
REACPORD
Reactions
REACRATE
358
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
ROCK
The records of the ROCK keyword now correspond to the region numbers
set in PVTNUM, as stated in the ROCK keyword definition. Previously these
were incorrectly based on the rock compaction regions defined by
ROCKNUM.
Reactions
ROCKDEN
This keyword can now be used determine the ratio of disobeyed solids to
suspended solids.
Solid option
SCREF
This keyword can now be used to determine the solid compressibility in

blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
Solid option
SDREF
This keyword can now be used to determine the solid density in blackoil,
EoS and K-value runs.
Solid option
SPREF
This keyword can now be used to determine the reference pressure for the
solid density calculation in blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
Reactions
STOPROD
Reactions
STOREAC
Solid option
STREF
This keyword can now be used to determine the reference temperature for
the solid density calculation in blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
Solid option
STHERMX1
This keyword can now be used to determine the solid thermal expansion
coefficient in blackoil, EoS and K-value runs.
VDFLOW
This keyword now applies to non-neighbor flows as well as standard flows.
WATVISCT
This keyword can now be used with the Temperature option (as well as the
Thermal option) to specify the temperature dependencies of the water
viscosity.
Temperature option
SOLUTION section
RPTSOL has the following new arguments:
Thermal option
SFOIL
foamy oil saturation
Thermal option
SFSOL
foamy solid saturation
Solid option
SMMULT
Solid option
SSFRAC
TEMPI
can now be used with explicit initialization in non-thermal runs
SUMMARY section
(F,R)PP(O,G)
Now weighted by phase saturation rather than hydrocarbon volume. To

revert to the pre-2004A state, set item 86 of the keyword OPTIONS3 to 1.
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
359
SCHEDULE section
Thermal option
AIMCON
Two new items have been added to allow the AIM state to depend on
temperature change.
Thermal option
AIMCON
A new way of handling wells has been added, controlled by Item 1.
Thermal option
AIMCON
New default values have been set for Thermal runs.
CHANDIMS
Two new items appended to reflect the changes to WELLDIMS.
PICOND
Forchheimer effects may now be included in the generalized pseudopressure calculation by entering YES in Item 4.
WCONINJE
New item (11) to specify the volume of gas per volume of cold water. It
should only be applied in the case of a steam-gas injector.
VFPPROD
This keyword has been extended to include Tubing Head Temperature

value in the VFP table. If the VFP table carries the tubing head
temperature value, Item 9 of record 1 should read TEMP.
WSEGDFPA
New item 11 defining the exponent in the formula for oil-water drift
velocity in the Drift Flux model for Multisegment Wells.
TSTEP
Up to 1000 entries are now allowed.
WELSPECL
A PVT region number can be set for a well using item 12 of this keyword.
WELSPECL
New item 17 to specify well model: Standard or high mobility injection

wells.
WELSPECS
The generalized pseudo-pressure (GPP) option for well inflow

calculations may now be enabled for individual wells by entering GPP in
item 8.
WELSPECS
A PVT region number can be set for a well using item 11 of this keyword.
WELSPECS
New item 16 to specify well model: Standard or high mobility injection

wells.
Multisegment wells and

Thermal
WSEGEXSS
Keyword WSEGEXSS can now be used to inject steam in a multisegment

well at a specified quality if either water import at a specified external
pressure or water import at a specified rate is chosen.
Geomechanics option
STRESSBC
The keyword has been expanded to allow components of shear or normal

stress and components of rock velocity to be set as boundary conditions
for use with the finite element option. For more information see the 3rd
argument of keyword GEOMECH.
Thermal option
HEATER
New item (7) allows a temperature-dependent heater rate to be specified.
Thermal option
HEATERL
New item (8) allows a temperature-dependent heater rate to be specified.
Thermal option
Multisegment wells
OPTIONS3 keyword
Thermal option
360
Switch 18
If set to -1 the pre-2004A saturation-based Appleyard chop will be used

with the Thermal option
Switch 78
If set > 0 defines the PVT region number for well property calculations.
A value of 1 will give the pre-2004A behavior.
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
Switch 79
Overrides some corrections made to the well calculation for the 2004A
release, restoring compatibility with earlier releases to allow you to
assess the importance of the changes.
Switch 82
Changes the way in which Forchheimer effects are incorporated in the

Generalized Pseudo-Pressure calculation for a well.
Thermal multisegment wells Switch 83
If set=1, a modified method is used to update thermal multisegment well

solutions. This modified method can improve convergence for difficult
problems, but may be slower in more straightforward cases.
Switch 84
Sets the number of times a single timestep can be consecutively chopped

because a well has switched from rate control to pressure control and died
in the same timestep.
Switch 86
Reverts to pre-2004A calculation of average phase potentials.
Switch 87
Reverts to pre-2004A calculation of scaled capillary pressures if both

JFUNC and PCW or PCG keywords are present in the dataset.
Switch 89
If set to 1, enables the Finite Difference stress calculation to run with

corner-point geometry.
RPTRST keyword
Thermal option
RATT
ratio of actual temperature change to target temperature change
Thermal option
SFOIL
Thermal option
SFSOL
Solid option
SMMULT
Solid option
SSFRAC
TREACM
tracer dependent reaction rate multipliers
RPTSCHED keyword
Thermal option
SFOIL
Thermal option
SFSOL
Solid option
SMMULT
Solid option
SSFRAC
TREACM
tracer dependent reaction rate multipliers
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
361
362
2004 Developments
Altered Keywords
2003A Developments
Chapter 12
New Facilities
New Facilities for ECLIPSE 100
GRID
The MULTIREG, ADDREG and EQUALREG keywords have been extended to operate on
MULTNUM regions.
The mnemonic ROCKVOL has been added to keyword RPTGRID to allow output of bulk
net and gross rock volumes to the print file.
EDIT
The functionality of the keywords MULTREGT, MULTREGD and MULTREGH has been
extended so that they can also be used in the EDIT section.
NNC connections may be re-specified using the EDITNNCR keyword. This extends the
capabilities of the EDITNNC keyword which only allows the user to specify multipliers
onto existing transmissibilities.
Well model
A pattern flood option has been implemented that allows the voidage injection rate of a well
to be specified in terms of the production voidage rates of a surrounding pattern of
producers. This option is controlled by the WCONINJP keyword.
Connection D-factors for a flow dependent skin factor for gas may now be calculated from
an expression defined by the keyword WDFACCOR. This expression is based on a
correlation for the coefficient of inertial resistance that depends on the permeability and
porosity of connected grid blocks.
2003A Developments
New Facilities
363
Output
The CPU option of the RPTSCHED keyword can be put equal to 4 to obtain actual CPU and
elapsed times in seconds.
It is now possible to output the SUMMARY data in a form that can easily be loaded into the
OFM program.
Performance
The ZIPPY2 keyword SIM option now also applies to the iterations used in a non-linear
tracer calculation.
Two additional tuning parameters have been added to the ZIPPY2 keyword enabling the
minimum time-step and the minimum choppable time-step to be reset within the keyword.
There are two new keywords, TIGHTEN and TIGHTENP, to make tightening of the
convergence parameters in ECLIPSE BlackOil easier.
Tracers
New arguments have been added to the TRACERS keyword to help with some difficult
cases.
Petro-elastic Model
A petro-elastic model has been added to allow the calculation of synthetic petro-elastic
properties such as acoustic impedance to pressure and shear waves and also Poissons ratio.
The model is defined using the new PEDIMS, PENUM, PECOEFS, PEKTABx and PEGTABx
keywords, and output is requested using new mnemonics on the RPTRST and GRADRESV
keywords.
For more information on the petro-elastic model, see the Petro-Elastic Model chapter in the
ECLIPSE Technical Description.

Global and multiple section
The MINVALUE and MAXVALUE keywords are now available in ECLIPSE 300.
RUNSPEC
364
The SAMG keyword can be used in ECLIPSE 300 to invoke an algebraic multigrid solver
for the underlying linear systems.
A sub domain simulation of the reservoir can be accomplished by use of the SECTOR
keyword.
The SOLVDIMS keyword is used to set dimensions for nested factorization solver for Pebi
grids. This can only be used for global grids.
2003A Developments
New Facilities
GRID
Local grid refinement
The PINCHOUT keyword can now be used in ECLIPSE 300; though the use of the PINCH
keyword is still recommended.
The NNCGEN keyword allows NNCs to be generated between any two cells in the
simulation.
The MULTIREG, ADDREG, EQUALREG and COPYREG keywords have been extended to
operate on MULTNUM regions.
A CONDFLTS keyword has been added to allow the definition of conductive faults. Output
from which is generated by new SUMMARY section keywords
The mnemonic ROCKVOL has been added to keyword RPTGRID to allow output of bulk
net and gross rock volumes to the print file.
When the local grid refinement option is used, the solver directions can be set
independently for each local grid by including the SOLVDIRS keyword between the
CARFIN/RADFIN/RADFIN4/REFINE and ENDFIN pair. By default, the solver directions
will be determined by ECLIPSE for each local grid unless set explicitly.
The SOLVDIMS keyword is used to set dimensions for nested factorization solver for Pebi
grids. This can only be used for local grids.
The SOLVNUM keyword should be used to set a map from user to solver order for Pebi
grids. This can be used for both global grids and local grids.
Negative values can now be entered in the permeability tensor, keyword PERMXY etc.
The IMPFILE keyword can be used to import data from the INIT file, such as porosities
and permeabilities.
EDIT
The functionality of the MULTREGT keyword has been extended so that it can also be used
in the EDIT section.
NNC connections may be re-specified using the EDITNNCR keyword. This extends the
capabilities of the EDITNNC keyword which only allows the user to specify multipliers
onto existing transmissibilities.
The End-Point scaling option can now be used with Hysteresis. Use the ENDSCALE
keyword, and input the End points on a cell by cell basis with the drainage/imbibition
saturation and relative permeability End-points keywords (see the Saturation Table
Scaling chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description).
It is now possible to input the non-Darcy flow coefficient on a (saturation) region by region
basis. See the VDFLOWR keyword.
Well model
Wells and Groups may now be controlled by their Calorific production rate using new
control modes and targets/limits in the WCONPROD and GCONPROD keywords. Molar
calorific values must be specified with the CALVAL keyword before this new control mode
may be used.
2003A Developments
New Facilities
365
New triggering conditions, based on vapor, liquid and total hydrocarbon component mole
fractions, have been added to the ACTIONW keyword.
A pattern flood option has been implemented that allows the voidage injection rate of a well
to be specified in terms of the production voidage rates of a surrounding pattern of
producers. This option is controlled by the WCONINJP keyword.
The WINJMULT keyword may now be used to provide multipliers to the injectivity index
of injection wells that vary with the wells BHP or the pressure in the wellbore adjacent to
the individual connections.
The WVFPEXP keyword may now be used to overcome certain problems with wells under
THP control. It can instruct a well to use explicit water and gas fractions for VFP table lookup, or when using stabilized VFP tables, to be shut-in at the end of the timestep when it is
operating in a part of the table that corresponds to the unstable region. The keyword can
also control the reporting of actions taken to stop a well from hunting between control
modes when operating in the unstable region of a VFP table.
The time taken to workover a well may now be set using the WORKLIM keyword. If item 3
of the WDRILTIM keyword is set to YES, the well will be temporarily closed during a
workover.
The rate at which workovers are performed and new wells are drilled may now be limited
according to the availability of workover and drilling rigs. These rigs are assigned to groups
using the keyword GRUPRIG, with each group having up to 5 workover rigs and up to 5
drilling rigs.
A new item has been added to the COMPKRI (and COMPKRIL) keyword that allows the
user to restrict the injection mobility calculation to use only the relative permeability of the
injected phase; the permeabilities of the remaining phases being set to zero in this
calculation.
Connection D-factors for a flow dependent skin factor for gas may now be calculated from
an expression defined by the keyword WDFACCOR. This expression is based on a
correlation for the coefficient of inertial resistance that depends on the permeability and
porosity of connected grid blocks.
Wells may now be drilled from the drilling queue when a groups production rate potential
falls below a value specified by the GDRILPOT keyword.
Output and restarts
366
The output request BASIC=6 may now be used as an argument of RPTRST in ECLIPSE
300.
New SUMMARY section keywords have been added for increased ECLIPSE 100/300
compatibility.
It is now possible to output the CO2 aqueous concentration to the print and restart files by
using the RSW mnemonic in the RPTSOL, RPTSCHED and RPTRST keywords.
The set of WPI(1,4,5,9) summary mnemonics are now available. These calculate the
productivity/injectivity index of a well based on the flow of its preferred phase, the well
BHP and the block pressure average quantities WBP(1,4,5,9).
The wet gas production and injection rates and totals for component flows at field, group
and well levels may now be reported using the summary mnemonics (F,G,W)CWG(P,I)(R,T).
Output of NNC data to the print file using mnemonic ALLNNC with keyword RPTGRID
has been extended to work in parallel runs.
2003A Developments
New Facilities
NNC flow data will automatically be output when flow data is output with the RPTSCHED
keyword. For example, the mnemonic FLOWAT will now give both the neighbor water
flows and the NNC water flows. (This is equivalent to the ECLIPSE 100 request
FLOWAT=3).
By default, all solution data requested under the RPTSOL keyword will now be output for
any local grid refinements present. This local grid output can be switched off by setting
item 75 of OPTIONS3 to 1.
It is now possible to output information to the restart file providing details of cells which
are causing convergence problems. At every non-linear iteration, and for the volume
balance residual equation as well as the pressure update, the worst cells will have their
counter increased by one. This can be done using the mnemonic CONV=integer with
keyword RPTRST. By default, this integer value is set to 10, so that the worst 10 cells in
the run will be focused on. Modifying this integer value will alter the number of worst
cells.
Performance
The CFLLIMIT keyword has now been extended to work with the black oil model.
Geomechanics option
The Geomechanics option now has the ability to handle thermal expansion. The keyword
GLTHEX allows you to set a linear coefficient, which modifies the elastic stresses. This
keyword is only valid if the THERMAL keyword is specified in the RUNSPEC section.
An alternative solver may be used. If partly coupled, then specifying the keyword SAMG in
the RUNSPEC section allows an algebraic multigrid solver to be used for solving the partly
coupled stress equations.
Gradient option
Gradients of well quantities with respect to multipliers on permeabilities and

transmissibilities may now be requested. These are also compatible with the Parallel
option. The keywords associated with this are the history matching multiplier keywords
HMMULTxx (for example, use HMMULTX to specify history matching transmissibility
multipliers in the x-direction), and the history matching region keywords HMxxxxxx (for
example use HMTRANX to specify a region where gradients with respect to the x-direction
transmissibility are to be calculated.). See The Gradient Option chapter in the ECLIPSE
Technical Description for details of the usage of this option.
Solid option
Keyword SOLID can be used to indicate a solid phase in the run. This can either be used
with an equation of state or with the Thermal option.
The SOLID keyword together with the HYDRO keyword can be used with an equation of
state to predict asphaltene precipitation. Summary vectors BBSOL, BDENS (or BSDEN) and
BSSOLID (or BSSAT) can be used to output block molar densities, densities and solid
saturations. Mnemonics BSOL, DENS and SSOLID can be used with keywords RPTRST,
RPTSCHED and RPTSOL to output solid molar densities, densities and saturations.
2003A Developments
New Facilities
367
Thermal option
The SOLID keyword can also be used with the Thermal option - for use with chemical
reactions. Components can be defined as a solid by using keyword CVTYPE. Solid phase
densities can be specified using keywords SCREF, SDREF, SPREF, STREF and
STHERMX1. Solid phase component specific heats can be modeled with the SPECHS and
SPECHT keywords. Summary vector BHSOL can be used to output block enthalpies.
Mnemonic HSOL can be used with keywords RPTRST, RPTSCHED and RPTSOL to output
solid enthalpies.
Thermal option
The water formation volume factor defined by the PVTW keyword can now be used in
thermal simulations. The data is used when the water density temperature dependence is
defined by the new keyword WATDENT.
The water viscosity, as a function of temperature, can now be defined by the WATVISCT
keyword.
The water viscosibility defined by the PVTW keyword can now be used in thermal
simulations. The data is used when the VISCREF keyword is used.
The oil phase component specific heat can now be modeled with temperature dependent
term given by the SPECHB keyword.
The gas phase component specific heat can now be modeled with temperature dependent
term given by the SPECHH keyword.
The oil viscosity can now be defined as a non-linear function of the composition using the
keyword OILVINDX.
New summary keywords FHTR, FHTT, WHTR and WHTT can be used for field or well heater
rates and totals.
A maximum cell temperature can be set for well heaters, HEATER, HEATERL.
Tracer option
368
An alternative method for calculating the production from above and below the GOC in the
TRACK option has been implemented. The method is based on directly splitting a wells
volumetric flow rate according to the tracer concentrations above and below the contact.
See Alternative production reporting in the Tracer Tracking chapter in the ECLIPSE
Technical Description for more details.
2003A Developments
New Facilities
Behavioral Changes

Well model
In the WFRICSEG keyword, the length of each calculated segment is set to the grid cell
thickness, DZ, in the case when a range of connected grid cells is specified in the z
direction. Prior to this release the segment lengths were set to DZ*NTG in this case.
The keyword WRFTPLT will now override the action of any previously read WRFT
keywords.
Properties
The default behavior of the 8th data item in the EHYSTR keyword has been changed to
OIL, treating the oil in the oil-to-gas relative permeability as the wetting phase.
Output and restarts
The EPSDEBUG output has been extended to output the SOM (residual oil) values in cases
where the STONE1 three phase rel-perm model is used in conjunction with either SOMGAS
or SOMWAT.

Properties
If neither the BLACKOIL or the COMPS keyword are present ECLIPSE 300 now assumes
the run to be a BLACKOIL run. A warning is issued.
Default values for keyword DREF have been made consistent for all unit conventions. The
default values for keywords TREF and PREF have been set to the values in STCOND. These
changes only affect thermal runs, or those using the Zudkevitch Joffe equation of state.
For MISCIBLE runs, the average surface tension is calculated using the Macleod-Sugden
correlation. For single phase runs, the value calculated is zero. In order to re-specify the
surface tension data explicitly, use the MISCSTR keyword in the PROPS section.
The treatment of combined hysteresis and miscible flooding for calculating relative
permeabilities has been improved. The critical saturation for the immiscible part is now
based on a scanning curve if relevant, rather than the drainage curve. Also the critical point
of the miscible curve is not assumed to be zero if the MISCNUM keyword is present.
The default behavior of the 8th data item in the EHYSTR keyword has been changed to
OIL, treating the oil in the oil-to-gas relative permeability as the wetting phase.
2003A Developments
Behavioral Changes
369
Well model
An export rate for oil (and, if appropriate, NGL) will now be calculated and reported if gas
from an intermediate separator stage is both used as a feed for a subsequent separator stage
and also acts as a source of re-injection gas. The re-injection from such an intermediate
separator stage will reduce the feed to the subsequent stage and the separator oil rate will
thus be reduced. This reduced oil rate is reported as the export rate and should be
distinguished from the produced oil rate, reported elsewhere in the print file, which is the
formation oil rate prior to any re-injection work.
These export rates and totals are reported in the print file (see section Export tables in the
Well Model chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description for more details) and may also
be written to the summary file using the summary section mnemonics (F,G)E(O,G,N)(R,T).
Item 3 in WDRILTIM, if set YES, will now result in wells being effectively shut during the
time taken to drill the well. The well is effectively shut by setting its efficiency factor to
1.0e-9 until the timestep during which the workover over will be finished. Prior to this
release the well was fully shut rather than effectively shut during these timesteps.
Input/Output
TOTCOMP data, output using either RPTSCHED or RPTRST has been modified (by a factor
of -1).
CO2SOL option
The equilibration of CO2SOL cases has been modified to use the water properties defined
in the SOLUBILI table (which may be defaulted) rather than the PVTW data.
Thermal option
370
The KVCR keyword has been simplified. Up to five coefficients can be specified for each
component (instead of nine).
The water viscosibility defined by the PVTW keyword was ignored in thermal
simulations. However, it will now be used if the VISCREF keyword is also used.
Tables of K-values, densities, enthalpies and viscosities at different temperatures are now
output to the print file.
For reservoir heat loss, the number of connections between the reservoir and the
overburden / underburden is now calculated by the simulator, and does not need to be
specified by the ROCKDIMS keyword. The connection data is now output to the flexible
restart files in a modified order. These changes have been introduced to improve the
compatibility between serial and parallel runs.
The temperature based Appleyard chop is now switched on by default. It can be switched
off by setting item 27 of OPTIONS3 to 1.
2003A Developments
Behavioral Changes
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
PEDIMS
Used to set dimensions for a petro-elastic model.
EDIT section
EDITNNCR
Specifies NNC connections to replace those already calculated.
PROPS section
PECOEFS
Specifies petro-elastic fluid and rock properties, and other petro-elastic

model options.
PEKTABx
Specifies petro-elastic frame bulk modulus functions.
PEGTABx
Specifies petro-elastic frame shear modulus functions.
Regions section
PENUM
Specifies the petro-elastic region number for each grid cell in the simulation
model.
SUMMARY section
CDFAC
Connection D-factors for gas flow dependent skin factor.
OFM
Requests output of SUMMARY data in OFM format.
SCHEDULE section
TIGHTEN
Enables convergence parameters to be tightened
TIGHTENP
Enables convergence parameters to be tightened
WCONINJP
Sets the rate of an injection well in terms of the voidage of the production
wells that surround it.
WDFACCOR
Calculates D-factors for the flow dependent skin factor for gas.
2003A Developments
New Keywords
371

GLOBAL and multiple section keywords
MAXVALUE
Applies a maximum value to specified arrays within the current box.
MINVALUE
Applies a minimum value to specified arrays within the current box.
RUNSPEC section
SAMG
Specifies that linear systems should be solved using algebraic multigrid.
SECTBC
Specify boundary conditions for a sector model.
SECTOR
Specify a sector of the full field model.
SOLID
Indicates a solid phase in the run
SOLVDIMS
For a global unstructured grid, this keyword instructs ECLIPSE that the
solver operates on a given cartesian box.
GRID section
Gradient option
HMMULTxx
History matching multipliers on transmissibility (HMMULTX, HMMULTY,

HMMULTXY, HMMULTZ) and on permeability (HMMLTPX, HMMLTPY,
HMMLTPXY, HMMLTPZ) added.
PINCHOUT
Added to ECLIPSE 300 for compatibility with ECLIPSE 100. The PINCH
keyword is still to be preferred.
NNCGEN
Generalized input of NNC.
MINVALUE/MAXVALUE
New array operators (ECLIPSE 100 compatibility).
CONDFLTS
Conductive faults.
IMPFILE
Import data from INIT file.
SOLVDIRS
This keyword overrides the default directions for the linear solver, for each
local grid refinement.
SOLVDIMS
This keyword should be specified between the CARFIN or EXTFIN and

ENDFIN keywords which define the local grid. It then instructs ECLIPSE
that the solver operates on a given cartesian box.
SOLVNUM
This keyword is used to set a map from user to solver order for Pebi grids.
The SOLVDIMS keyword should also be specified to inform ECLIPSE of the
solver dimensions used when mapping to a cartesian structured grid for the
linear solver.
372
2003A Developments
New Keywords
EDIT section
Gradient option
HMMULTxx
History matching multipliers on transmissibility (HMMULTX, HMMULTY,

HMMULTXY, HMMULTZ) and on permeability (HMMLTPX, HMMLTPY,
HMMLTPXY, HMMLTPZ) added.
MINVALUE/MAXVALUE
MULTREGT
Used to set a transmissibility multiplier between regions.
EDITNNCR
Specifies NNC connections to replace those already calculated.
PROPS section
HYDRO
Defines hydrocarbon type, for use with the SOLID option.
MINVALUE/MAXVALUE
Thermal option
OILVINDX
Allows the oil viscosity to be defined as a non-linear function of the

composition.
Thermal option
SCREF
Component solid phase compressibility.
Thermal option
SDREF
Component solid phase reference density.
Thermal option
SPREF
Component solid phase reference pressure.
Thermal option
STREF
Component solid phase reference temperature.
Thermal option
STHERMX1
Component solid phase thermal expansion coefficient.
Thermal option
SPECHB
Component oil specific heat, 2nd coefficient.
Thermal option
SPECHH
Component gas specific heat, 2nd coefficient.
Thermal option
SPECHS
Component solid specific heat, 1st coefficient.
Thermal option
SPECHT
Component solid specific heat, 2nd coefficient.
Thermal option
WATDENT
This keyword can be used in thermal simulations to define the water density
temperature dependence.
Thermal option
WATVISCT
This ECLIPSE 100 keyword can now be used in ECLIPSE 300.
VDFLOWR
Used to input the non-Darcy flow coefficient on a (saturation) region-byregion basis.
REGIONS section
Gradient option
HMMULTxx
History matching region identifiers, HMTRANX, HMTRANY, HMTRANXY and

HMTRANZ added for transmissibility gradient calculations. HMPERMX,
HMPERMY, HMPERMXY and HMPERMZ added for permeability gradient
calculations.
2003A Developments
New Keywords
373
SUMMARY section
(F,G)E(O,G,N)(R,T)
Field and group export oil, gas and NGL rates and totals.
(F,G,W)CVP(R,T)
Field, group and well calorific production rates and totals.
(F,G,W)CVPP
Field, group and well calorific production potential rates.
(F,G,W)(O,G)P(R,T)(1,2)
Alternative field, group and well, oil and gas production rate and totals from
fluids above and below the GOC in the TRACK option. See Alternative
production reporting in the Tracer Tracking chapter in the ECLIPSE
Technical Description for more details.
(F,G,W)CWG(P,I)(R,T)
Component wet gas production and injection rates and totals.
Thermal option
(F,W)HT(R,T)
Field and well heater rates and totals.
WPI(1,4,5,9)
Productivity indices based on block pressure averages.
CDFAC
Connection D-factors for gas flow dependent skin factor.
CF(O,W,G)SAT
Oil, water and gas saturations in a conductive fault
CFPRES
Pressure in a conductive fault
CFOWC
Oil-water contact depth in a conductive fault
CFGOC
Gas-oil contact depth in a conductive fault
BBSOL
Solid molar densities
BDENS (or BSDEN)

Solid densities
Thermal option
BHSOL
Solid enthalpies.
BSSOLID (or BSSAT)

Solid saturations
SCHEDULE section
374
GDRILPOT
Causes wells to be drilled from the drilling queue when a groups production
rate potential falls below a specified value.
GRUPRIG
Assigns workover and drilling rigs to groups.
WCONINJP
Sets the rate of an injection well in terms of the voidage of the production
wells that surround it.
WDFACCOR
Calculates D-factors for the flow dependent skin factor for gas.
WINJMULT
Specifies pressure-dependent injectivity multipliers.
2003A Developments
New Keywords
WORKLIM
Time taken for each automatic workover.
WVFPEXP
Provides options to overcome some problems with THP controlled wells.
2003A Developments
New Keywords
375
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
TRACERS
Five arguments have been added to control convergence of the simulation

when problems have been detected in the tracer solution.
GRID section
MULTIREG
This keyword has been extended to operate on MULTNUM regions.
ADDREG
EQUALREG
RPTGRID
This keyword has been extended to output rock volumes, with the
ROCKVOL mnemonic.
PROPS section
EHYSTR
The default behavior of item 8 has been changed to OIL.
SOLUTION section
RPTRST
New mnemonics (ACIP, ACIS and POIS) have been added to request output
from the petro-elastic model
GRADRESV
SCHEDULE section
376
ZIPPY2
Two new options MINSTEP and MINCHOP have been added to set the
minimum time-step and the minimum choppable time-step.
RPTSCHED
The CPU mnemonic can be set to 4 to obtain cpu and elapsed times in
seconds.
RPTRST
2003A Developments
Altered Keywords

RUNSPEC section
Thermal option
ROCKDIMS
Item 2 is no longer used and can be defaulted.
GRID section
MULTIREG
COPYREG
ADDREG
RPTGRID
This keyword has been extended to output rock volumes with the ROCKVOL
mnemonic.
EQUALREG
GDFILE
Can now read an EGRID file. By default the keyword looks for the EGRID
file before the GRID file.
PERMXY
Negative values can now be entered in the permeability tensor, using this and
related keywords.
FAULTS
Can now be specified to be compatible with the Geomechanics option. This

allows a balance of normal forces and shear limiting behavior.
EDIT section
MULTREGT
Now also used to set a transmissibility multiplier between regions.
Molecular Diffusion option
MULTREGD
Temperature option
MULTREGH
PROPS section
CVTYPE
This keyword can now be used to define solid phase components, for use with
chemical reactions.
DREF
Default values have been made consistent for all unit conventions.
EHYSTR
The default behavior of item 8 has been changed to OIL.
Thermal option
KVCR
This keyword has been simplified. Up to five coefficients can be specified for
each component.
Thermal option
PREF
The default values have been set to the standard pressure in STCOND.
(Previously these default values were only used if the keyword was not used).
Thermal option
2003A Developments
Altered Keywords
377
SOLUBILI
The water properties from SOLUBILI (or the default table) are used in the
initial equilibrium for CO2SOL runs.
TREF
The default values have been set to the standard temperature in STCOND.
(Previously these default values were only used if the keyword was not used).
SOLUTION section
Thermal option
Thermal option
Thermal option
TEMPI
This keyword, which is used to specify the initial temperature values for each
cell, can now be used with the EQUALS keyword.
RPTSOL
The RSW mnemonic is now available to output aqueous CO2 concentration.
RPTSOL
By default, all solution data requested under this keyword will now be output
for any local grid refinements present.
RPTSOL
Mnemonics BSOL, DENS and SSOLID can be used to output solid molar
densities, densities and saturations.
RPTSOL
Mnemonic HSOL can be used to output solid enthalpies.
RPTRST
RPTRST
Mnemonics BSOL, SSOLID, DENS can be used to output solid molar

densities, solid saturations, density.
RPTRST
RPTRST
TOTCOMP data has been modified (by a factor of -1).
RPTRST
The mnemonic BASIC=6 may be used to request restart file generation at

every timestep.
SCHEDULE section
378
ACTIONW
New mole fraction based triggers have been implemented.
COMPKRI
New item to effectively zero the relative permeabilities of the non-injection

phases in the injection mobility calculation. Negative relative permeability
values will now leave a previously defined value unaltered.
COMPKRIL
New item to effectively zero the relative permeabilities of the non-injection

phases in the injection mobility calculation. Negative relative permeability
values will now leave a previously defined value unaltered.
CVCRIT
New arguments added to control behavior of algebraic multigrid linear solver

in combination with the SAMG keyword.
GCONPROD
New calorific rate control mode and target/limit.
GRUPTARG
A group calorific rate target may now be set.
GTMULT
A group calorific rate target may now be multiplied.
WCONPROD
New calorific rate control mode and target/limit.
WELTARG
A well calorific rate target may now be set.
WGRUPCON
A well calorific guide rate may now be set.
WTMULT
A well calorific rate target may now be multiplied.
2003A Developments
Altered Keywords
Thermal option
HEATER
A maximum cell temperature can be set for well heaters.
Thermal option
HEATERL
A maximum cell temperature, for cells in LGRs, can be set for well heaters.
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED
RPTSCHED
RPTRST
RPTRST
RPTRST
RPTRST
RPTRST
The mnemonic BASIC=6 may be used to request restart file generation at

every timestep.
RPTRST
The mnemonic CONV can be used to output details of cells which are
causing convergence problems.
Thermal option
Thermal option
OPTIONS3 keyword
Thermal option
Switch 27
The temperature-based Appleyard chop is now switched on by default. It is

switched off by setting this item > 0.
Switch 74
If set > 0, a more rigorous saturation pressure is performed for output of

PSAT values. This calculation can be significantly slower than the default
calculation, but gives more accurate answers for fluids near the critical point.
Switch 75
If set > 0, the local grid initial solution output, requested under the RPTSOL
keyword, will be switched off. This output will apply to all local grids defined
in a run.
Switch 76
If set >0, reverts to the 2002A treatment of combined hysteresis and miscible
flooding.
2003A Developments
Altered Keywords
379
380
2003A Developments
Altered Keywords
2002A Developments
Chapter 13
New Facilities
Global
To improve the portability of data files between the simulators, a family of keywords has
been added that instruct ECLIPSE to skip over particular sequences of keywords. The
instructions may be conditional on which simulator is being used. These keywords are
SKIP, SKIP100, SKIP300 and ENDSKIP.
The TZONE option to set critical saturation is now available in runs where the Mobile Fluid
Correction option in not active (see keywords ENDSCALE and EQLOPTS in the RUNSPEC
section).
A new option has been added to the water induced compaction model to allow partial
reversibility of the compaction. Compaction can be reversed up to the pore volume
equivalent to the minimum pressure and initial water saturation. See the ROCKCOMP
keyword in the RUNSPEC section.
It is now possible to define oil as wetting to gas in the three-phase case, in a water wet
system. See the eighth option of the EHYSTR keyword in the PROPS section.
Well model
Pressure-dependent injectivity multipliers may be specified separately for individual well

connections. There is also an option to make these irreversible, so that the injectivity
increase is not reversed if the well pressure subsequently declines. See keyword
WINJMULT.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
381
A simple command is now available to reopen priority-closed wells, which are

temporarily closed under Prioritization control. Setting item 2 of keyword WELOPEN (or
item 3 of keyword WELOPENL) to POPN opens the well only if it is priority-closed, and
leaves it closed if it has been closed for any other reason. It could be useful to do this when
changing the group control method from Prioritization to Guide Rate control.
You may choose how the connections are ordered in each well (see keyword COMPORD):
by depth, by order of input, or by position along the well track as determined by ECLIPSE.
Previously this choice had to be made for all wells together, by setting OPTIONS switch
53. Also, the closure of additional connections in +CON workovers is now governed by
their position along the well track, although it is possible to revert to the former treatment
(purely by depth) by setting OPTIONS switch 53.
During the history matching process, injection wells may now be treated in the same
manner as production wells by defining them as history matching injectors with keyword
WCONINJH. The measured injection rate, BHP and/or THP are supplied, and the measured
pressures can be output to the Summary file to compare with the calculated pressures.
In the ACTIONW keyword a trigger on the well bottom hole gas liquid ratio (WBGLR) has
been added.
The NOSIM keyword may now be specified within the SCHEDULE section to turn off time
step simulation after a point in time within the simulation.
The SIMULATE keyword may be specified within the SCHEDULE section to counteract a
NOSIM keyword in this section and turn on time step simulation. Note that the SIMULATE
keyword cannot counteract a RUNSPEC section NOSIM or a NOSIM in item 3 of the LOAD
keyword during a restart.
Output
382
The reservoir fluid volume (RESV) rates at the well connections, and their cumulative
totals, are now included in the Well Reports that are written to the Print file under control
of the WELLS mnemonic in keyword RPTSCHED. Note that the sum of the connection
RESV rates does not exactly equal the wells RESV rate if the connections have differing
GORs or produce fluid from different PVT regions. RESV rates are now also included in
the Layer Totals.
The reservoir fluid volume rates at the well connections, and their cumulative production
and injection totals, may be written to the Summary file with the mnemonics CVFR, CVPT
and CVIT. The corresponding quantities for lumped completions may be written with
mnemonics CVFRL, CVPTL, CVITL.
The saturation values in the output files may now be restricted to lie between 0.0 and 1.0
by setting switch 83 of the OPTIONS keyword.
It is now possible to output the sinks associated with drainage regions to the Restart file;
see RPTRST keyword.
It is now possible to output the transmissibility multipliers applied by the rock compaction
option to the Summary file, with mnemonics FRTM, RRTM and BRTM in the SUMMARY
section.
Unified and multiple summary files may be requested with the UNIFOUTS and
MULTOUTS keywords. These keywords can be used in conjunction with the UNIFOUT /
MULTOUT keywords to give better control over the output.
compatibility.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
Performance
An experimental feature has been added, keyword ZIPPY2, which can dramatically reduce
run times in some cases, by attempting to choose the time step more intelligently.
Flux boundary conditions
It is now possible to advance a USEFLUX run beyond the end time of the original
DUMPFLUX case, with the flux or solution extrapolated from the last timestep of the
DUMPFLUX case. See the USEFLUX keyword.
Gradient option
It is now possible to obtain permeability gradients for a radial run.
For SimOpt compatibility, NOHMO is an alias for NOHMD keyword.
Multisegment wells
A pullthrough pump device model is available for controlling the water offtake flow in a
down-hole water separator. It can control the pressure differential to achieve optimum
separation, so that the flow along the water outlet branch matches the water inflow into the
separator, while keeping the amount of oil carry-over to acceptable levels. The working
power of the pump can be output to the Summary file using the SUMMARY section
mnemonic SPPOW. See keyword WSEGPULL.
More parameters of the Drift Flux slip model are available for you to set. Separate profile
parameters and drift velocity multipliers can be entered for gas-liquid slip and oil-water
slip. Keyword WSEGDFPA alters the default values of the parameters for all well segments,
while some of these parameters can still be modified for individual segments with
WSEGFMOD. The profile parameter and drift velocity for gas-liquid slip (SGLPP, SGLVD)
and oil-water slip (SOWPP, SOWVD) can be written to the Summary file.
The mixture density in a segment can be output to the Summary file using the SUMMARY
section mnemonic SDENM.

Global
To improve the portability of data files between the simulators, a family of keywords has
been added that instruct ECLIPSE to skip over particular sequences of keywords. The
instructions may be conditional on which simulator is being used. These keywords are
SKIP, SKIP100, SKIP300 and ENDSKIP.
Chemical reactions can now be modeled in compositional (EoS and K-value) and thermal
simulations; see the Chemical Reactions chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
The following keywords have been added to describe the reactions: REACTION,
STOPROD, STOREAC, REACRATE, REACACT, REACPORD, REACCORD and REACPHA.
In Thermal runs the REACENTH keyword can also be used.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
383
The viscosibility (sixth column of the PVCO keyword) is now recognized by ECLIPSE 300.
It is possible to ignore the viscosibility (the pre-2002A behavior) by setting switch 24 in
OPTIONS3 to -1.
The TZONE option to set critical saturation is now available in runs where the Mobile Fluid
Correction option in not active (see keywords ENDSCALE and EQLOPTS in the RUNSPEC
section).
An alternative interpolation scheme has been implemented for black oil PVT tables. This
new interpolation is closer to the method used in ECLIPSE 100. See switch 56 in the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
A new option, NOHCSCAL has been added to the FORMOPTS keyword. This is because
HCSCAL has now become the default setting.
It is now possible to define oil as wetting to gas in the three-phase case, in a water wet
system. See the eighth option of the EHYSTR keyword in the PROPS section.
The Integrated capillary pressure option can be activated in dual porosity runs, using the
INTPC keyword.
Well model
You may choose how the connections are ordered in each well (see keyword COMPORD):
by depth, by order of input, or by position along the well track as determined by ECLIPSE.
Also, the closure of additional connections in +CON workovers is now governed by their
position along the well track, although it is possible to revert to the former treatment (purely
by depth) with this keyword.
The SIMULATE keyword may be specified within the SCHEDULE section to counteract a
NOSIM keyword in this section and turn on time step simulation.
The SKIPREST keyword may be used to instructs ECLIPSE to skip keywords in the
SCHEDULE section of a restart run until the restart time has been reached. At this point, the
timestepping simulation will begin. This saves you from having to delete the keywords
yourself.
A simple command is now available to reopen priority-closed wells, which are

temporarily closed under Prioritization control (see Prioritization - an alternative to guide
rate control in the ECLIPSE Technical Description). Setting item 2 of keyword WELOPEN
(or item 3 of keyword WELOPENL) to POPN opens the well only if it is priority-closed, and
leaves it closed if it has been closed for any other reason. It could be useful to do this when
changing the group control method from Prioritization to Guide Rate control.
During the history matching process, injection wells may now be treated in the same
manner as production wells by defining them as history matching injectors with keyword
WCONINJH. The measured injection rate, BHP and/or THP are supplied, and the measured
pressures can be output to the Summary file to compare with the calculated pressures.
Output and restarts
384
When the multi-point flux option MPFA is used, cell reverse transmissibilities and korthogonality errors can be output using the RPTGRID keyword with mnemonics
MPFTREV and MPFORTH.
It is now possible to output the processed end-point values from the SWATINIT and
TZONE options to both the Print and Restart files. See the RPTSOL, OUTSOL and RPTRST
keywords.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
The Rs and Rv mnemonics in the RPTRST/ OUTSOL keyword are now accepted in
compositional runs.
Fluid in place for each component can be output with the RPTRST/ OUTSOL keyword
using the mnemonic FIP.
BASIC and FREQ mnemonics have been added to the RPTRST/ OUTSOL keyword.
The reaction rates for chemical reactions can be output for each grid cell using the
mnemonic REAC in the RPTSCHED and RPTRST/ OUTSOL keywords or as Summary
vectors using the BREAC, FREAC or FREACT mnemonics.
The FILLEPS keyword has been added for output of end point data to the INIT file (for
compatibility with ECLIPSE 100).
The WRFTPLT keyword is now available in ECLIPSE 300, allowing output of well data to
the RFT file. This file contains data for one or more wells describing fluid conditions in the
wellbore or the connecting grid blocks at selected times in the run. RFT, PLT and, for
multisegment wells, segmentation data may be written to this file at the current simulation
time, at report times and in the case of RFT data when a well is first opened.
A table has been added near the end of the Print file that shows the number of wells in the
model, the maximum number of connections in any one well, etc. for this run. Also shown
are the corresponding WELLDIMS values. By running a model in NOSIM mode, this table
should help you to realistically dimension the well model without having to work out these
dimensions manually.
The reservoir fluid volume (RESV) rates at the well connections are now included within
the All Connections table in the Print file. Note that the sum of the connection RESV rates
will not exactly equal the wells RESV rate if the connections have differing GORs or
produce fluid from different PVT regions.
The reservoir fluid volume rates at the well connections, and their cumulative production
and injection totals, may be written to the Summary file with the mnemonics CVFR, CVPT
and CVIT. The corresponding quantities for lumped completions may be written with
mnemonics CVFRL, CVPTL, CVITL.
For connection type SUMMARY section mnemonics (starting with a C, or LC for a well
completed in a LGR), the three grid block coordinates that define a connection may now be
defaulted for a well, which causes the appropriate quantity to be output for all connections
in the well.
Unified and multiple summary files may be requested with the UNIFOUTS and
MULTOUTS keywords. These keywords can be used in conjunction with the UNIFOUT /
MULTOUT keywords to give better control over the output.
compatibility.
Performance
More options have been added to the time truncation error timestep control. See switch 58
in the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The SKIPSTAB keyword can be used in compositional EoS to speed up flash calculations.
When using IMPES or AIM it is now possible to select time step choice from stability
requirements with the CFLLIMIT keyword.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
385
An alternative Black Oil formulation has been implemented with the aim of improving the
performance in fully implicit cases. The new formulation is similar to that used in
ECLIPSE 100 for the reservoir equations with the well model using the standard ECLIPSE
300 approach. The option is initiated by using the BOILMOD switch in the FORMOPTS
keyword. At present the option can only be used in fully implicit cases and is not available
for gas condensate cases (PVTG keyword).
It is now possible to advance a USEFLUX run beyond the end time of the original
DUMPFLUX case, with the flux or solution extrapolated from the last timestep of the
DUMPFLUX case. See the USEFLUX keyword.
Gas Field Operations Model

This ECLIPSE 100 feature is now available as a Special Extension to ECLIPSE 300. It contains
a set of facilities designed to model gas field production constraints and operations. See the Gas
Field Operations Model chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description for further details.
Geomechanics option
Rock stress equations can be solved fully or partly coupled with the other fluid flow equations
(see the Geomechanics chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description). This option is chosen
with the keyword GEOMECH in the RUNSPEC section. Arguments of this keyword specify
whether the simulation is fully or partly coupled, and whether the grid is fixed or moving.
Rock mechanical properties are entered in the GRID section. Keywords YOUNGMOD,
POISSONR, ROCKDEN and BIOTC set the Youngs modulus, Poisson ratio, rock density and
Biot constant for each grid block. Permeability and/or Biot constant may be set to be a tabular
function of maximum and minimum principal stress. These are entered with the keywords
PERMSTAB and BIOTCTAB in the PROPS section. Separate geomechanical regions may be set
with the keyword YLDNUM in the REGIONS section. This allows, for example, different stress
dependent permeability or Biot constant tables in different regions of the grid. Stress boundary
conditions for all external and internal boundaries may be set with the keyword STRESSBC in
the SCHEDULE section.
Gradient option
This feature is now available as a Special Extension to ECLIPSE 300 (see The Gradient
Option chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description). It contains a set of keywords designed
to compute gradients of the solution (for example, pressure in a well) with respect to a single
property parameters defined by the user.
The SimOpt program uses the gradients computed by the simulator to achieve an efficient
regression during a history match, varying property parameters using modifiers.
For this release, the property parameter modifier is the pore volume multiplier input through the
keyword HMMULTPV applied to region HMPORVM.
Gradients of observable well quantities (for example, WWCT, WOPR) are written to a file
(extension .HMD) at each timestep and these can be used by SimOpt to match against observed
data using a gradient based optimization approach.
The principal keywords in this option are:
386
HMDIMS specifies the dimensions for the Gradient Option; for instance, the maximum
number of gradients required, and the maximum number of gradient regions.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
FMTHMD indicates that the .HMD file is to be formatted.
UNCODHMD indicates that the .HMD file produced by the Gradient option is to be
unencoded. By default, the sensitivities contained in the .HMD file are encoded and can only
be interpreted by SimOpt. If unencoded sensitivities are required for use in an external
program, an unencoded gradients license feature is also required.
HMMULTPV sets cumulative pore volume multipliers for Gradient runs. This keyword is
analogous to MULTPV except that HMMULTPV acts as a multiplier on any value of MULTPV,
which had been previously specified in either the GRID or EDIT section. It is cumulative.
HMPORVM specifies region data for the Gradient Option. This keyword should be followed
by an integer for every grid block in the current input box to indicate the gradient subregion associated with the keyword to which the cell belongs. A zero indicates that the cell
does not belong to any subregion, while a positive number defines the sub-region to which
the cell belongs. For this gradient region keyword, ECLIPSE 300 will then compute
gradients of the solution with respect to the gradient parameters within each user- defined
sub-region possessing active cells.
GRADWELL can be used to specify which well quantities are written to the .HMD
file. For this release, possible output is WOPR (surface oil rate), WWPR (surface water rate),
WGPR (surface gas rate), WWCT (well water cut), WGOR (well gas-oil ratio), and WBHP (well
bottom hole pressure).
DGRID will now work with an LGR.
For compatibility, the RPTGRIDL keyword has been added to the GRID section. This
keyword is used to output GRID section data for local refined grids.
Keywords COMPAGHL, COMPKRIL and COMPMBIL can now be used to set gravity head,
relative permeability and mobility in local refinement completion cells. These keywords
are similar to COMPAGH, COMPKRI and COMPMOBI, which act on global cells.
It is now possible to restart with an LGR added around a well. The keyword WELMOVEL is
added for compatibility with ECLIPSE 100.
Multisegment wells
More parameters of the Drift Flux slip model are available for you to set. Separate profile
parameters and drift velocity multipliers can be entered for gas-liquid slip and oil-water
slip. Keyword WSEGDFPA alters the default values of the parameters for all well segments,
while some of these parameters can still be modified for individual segments with
WSEGFMOD. The profile parameter and drift velocity for gas-liquid slip (SGLPP, SGLVD)
and oil-water slip (SOWPP, SOWVD) can be written to the Summary file.
An extra item has been added to the CVCRIT keyword to control convergence of drift-flux
segments in multisegment wells.
The mixture density in a segment can be output to the Summary file using the SUMMARY
section mnemonic SDENM.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
387
Parallel option
The PSPLITX and PSPLITY keywords allow the user to specify all optimized partitions
in the X and Y directions respectively. The data for this keyword is output from the PART
mnemonic in the RPTSOL keyword. With these new keywords, after an initial run, a good
load-balancing can be achieved with minimal editing of the data.
Thermal option
The keyword CVTYPE can be used to specify non-volatile or non-condensable components

in live oil runs. The keyword CVTYPES can be used to specify non-volatile or noncondensable components at surface conditions in live oil runs.
The keyword CCTYPE can be used to over ride the default formula used to calculate the
component liquid phase compressibility. The keyword CCTYPES can be used to define the
compressibility type at surface conditions.
The keyword KVCRS can be used to specify K-values for surface calculations.
For chemical reactions the REACENTH keyword can be used to define the reaction molar
enthalpy. Keyword EQLDREAC can be used to define reaction rates that depend on the
deviation from an equilibrium value specified by EQLDKVCR.
The YMF keyword can now be used to enter water vapor fractions for explicit initialization.
The EQUIL keyword can bow be used to equilibrate with a gas cap in thermal simulations
(item 10 equals 2 or 3).
For thermal simulations using the new reaction keywords, the keyword REACCRIT may
be used to improve stability.
Tracer option
388
A new keyword, DETAILMF, has been added to the delumping option which enables the
detailed initial conditions to be specified as mole fractions with respect to depth.
A new keyword, FASTTRAC, has been added to the RUNSPEC section which instructs the
tracer calculation to take some shortcuts. For simulations involving many tracers this can
lead to substantial speed gains.
2002A Developments
New Facilities
Behavioral Changes

Properties
The SWATINIT data is now honored in a gas zone. In previous versions the capillary
pressure scaling was based only on the water-oil pressure difference. In a gas zone the
capillary scaling is now based on the water-gas pressure difference.
The calculations in the choices 5 and 7 (oil wet system) in the second option of the EHYSTR
keyword have been slightly modified. In particular, if you select choice 7, it requires a
connate oil saturation value to be entered, that is normally in that case a non-zero value (see
the Saturation Functions chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description).
Well model
The closure of additional connections below the offending one in +CON workovers in
standard wells is now governed by the position of the connections along the wellbore (see
keyword COMPORD). It is possible to revert to the pre-2002A treatment (which simply
compares their true depth values) by setting OPTIONS keyword switch 53 > 0. Note also
that the previous usage of this OPTIONS switch has been replaced by the COMPORD
keyword.
Output and restarts
The default maximum number of messages controlled by switch 23 of the OPTIONS

keyword has been set to 15.
Unrecognized keywords in the SUMMARY section are now reported as warnings rather than
errors.
The mnemonics used to output formation volume factors to the Restart file have been
changed from 1/FVFOIL to 1OVERBO etc. For back compatibility the old names will be
output if the ALLPROPS switch is set to 2 in the RPTRST keyword.
The FIP array name is output in the fluid in place reports.
The multisegment well data written to the RFT file (activated by item 4 of keyword
WRFTPLT) now includes the segment x- and y-coordinates. Their values may be entered in
keyword WELSEGS to provide information for 3-D plots of well trajectories.
Reservoir Coupling
As from the 2001A_1 release, Reservoir Coupling runs cannot be performed with an
EclipseLite license. The master run (and any slaves run on different machines) will
check out a full ECLIPSE license regardless of the number of wells. This change
overcomes the problem of slaves checking out additional ECLIPSE licenses even though
they are running on the same machine as the master.
2002A Developments
Behavioral Changes
389

AIM implicit cell selection
The default selection criteria for implicit cells within an AIM run have changed. The pre2002A method can be restored by setting the 69th switch in the OPTIONS3 keyword. The
2002A settings are equivalent to having the AIM1 mnemonic set in the TOPT keyword in
the 2001A release. The changes made are:
11th argument of keyword TSCRIT has changed; this limits the time step size after
well modifications. For AIM runs this is now set to 40, thus allowing 1-month time
steps, which is often desirable and achievable in history-matching datasets.
The default setting of the AIMCON keyword has changed, thus altering the default
procedure for selection of implicit cells during an AIM run. The new setting often
chooses less implicit cells for the early time in a history matching case (waterinjection), and more implicit cells during a gas-injection prediction phase.
These settings are believed to produce better answers more efficiently.
Performance
The default linear solver method has been changed to use the WARP linear solver. The
2001A linear solver can be invoked by setting switch 66 in OPTIONS3. This change should
not affect the results, but should improve the performance.
Convergence criteria for the linear solver have been changed to be more like those in
ECLIPSE 100 and to try and prevent the over-solving that occurs as the solution is
approached. As a result there is often a reduction in the number of linear iterations, and
hence the CPU time. The solution should not in general be noticeably different. But in some
cases, where there have been non-linear convergence problems and/or the non-linear
tolerances have been relaxed, the differences can be more pronounced. Pre-2002A
convergence can be reinstated by setting switch 61 in OPTIONS3.
The GAIN option has been turned off by default. This means that ECLIPSE 300 will always
solve the non-linear equations to the convergence tolerance. It can be turned on again using
the OPTIONS3 keyword switch 68.
390
The viscosibility in the PVCO keyword is now used by default. It can be ignored by setting
switch 24 in OPTIONS3 to -1.
The SWATINIT data is now honored in a gas zone. In previous versions the capillary
pressure scaling was based only on the water-oil pressure difference. In a gas zone the
capillary scaling is now based on the water-gas pressure difference.
A change has been made to the pressure used to calculate the phase densities in the
equilibrator. The densities are thus set consistently with the subsequent simulation and are
consistent with ECLIPSE 100. The change results in small differences in initial conditions.
The old behavior can be restored by using switch 57 in OPTIONS3.
The distribution of depth versus pressure nodes has been improved in the equilibrator. The
old behavior can be restored by using switch 57 in OPTIONS3.
The HCSCAL option in the FORMOPTS keyword has been made the default. It can be turned
off with the NOHCSCAL option.
2002A Developments
Behavioral Changes
The calculations in the choices 5 and 7 (oil wet system) in the second option of the EHYSTR
keyword have been slightly modified. In particular, if you select choice 7, it requires a
connate oil saturation value to be entered, that is normally in that case a non-zero value (see
the Saturation Functions chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description).
Well model
The default method of calculating the density of the fluid in the wellbore has been changed
from the AVG method to the SEG method as described in item 12 of the WELSPECS
keyword. The SEG or segmented density method is more accurate than the other choice
if different mixtures of fluids enter the well through each connection. This change has been
found to improve convergence in some simulations and this default is now consistent with
that of ECLIPSE 100. The previous default method (AVG) can be restored by using the
65th item in OPTIONS3.
The closure of additional connections below the offending one in +CON workovers in
standard wells is now governed by the position of the connections along the wellbore (see
keyword COMPORD). Similarly the segmented density method for calculating the wellbore
hydrostatic head density (see item 12 of the WELSPECS keyword) now makes use of
connection ordering along the wellbore rather than by depth. In both cases, setting the
connection ordering to DEPTH in the COMPORD keyword will revert these calculations to
their pre-2002A state.
For wells connected to the inner-most grid block of a radial grid, the connection
transmissibility factor is now calculated using the wellbore radius, (see the section entitled
The connection transmissibility factor in the Well Inflow Performance chapter of the
ECLIPSE Technical Description. Previously, the inner-most grid block radius was used in
this calculation. (To revert to the former state, use switch 54 in OPTIONS3.) If the innermost grid block radius and the wellbore radius differ, a warning message will now be
generated.
In the connection factor calculation for horizontal wells (see the HWELLS keyword) in a
single layer model, unspecified Z direction permeabilities are now defaulted to the
geometric average of the X and Y direction permeabilities. This is consistent with the
default values used in ECLIPSE 100. Previously the Z direction permeability was set to
1.0e-10 in this situation.
The operation of switch 46 in OPTIONS3, concerning the treatment of well revivals, has
been changed to make it more consistent with the corresponding switch (15) in the
ECLIPSE 100 OPTIONS keyword.
Prior to this release, well potential rates may sometimes have been calculated at the wells
BHP limit even though the rates at the well's THP limit are lower and thus should have been
assigned as the wells actual potential. This has been corrected in the 2002A release. To
assess any associated changes in results, please set item 54 of the OPTIONS3 keyword to 2.
Input/Output
The behavior of the first data item on the TUNING keyword has been modified such an
input value is taken as the maximum size of the next timestep.
The AQUDIMS keyword has been modified to be more compatible with ECLIPSE 100.
Summary file vectors for wells and groups that are not yet declared (pre-2002A they were
output with the name :+:+:+:+) are now not output at all to the RSM file.
The summary section keyword PERFORMA now also outputs the CPU per time-step and
the CPU per (simulated) day.
2002A Developments
Behavioral Changes
391
The units used when outputting molar density data (MLSC in RPTSCHED or RPTRST) have
been corrected to moles per reservoir volume, instead of moles per standard volume.
The field units when outputting energy data (ENERGY in RPTSCHED or RPTRST;
BENERGY and SENE in the SUMMARY section) have been corrected to BTU/barrel, instead
of BTU/ft3.
NOMONITO has now become the default setting. Previous behavior can be produced by
using the MONITOR keyword.
In a full field DUMPFLUX run, checks are now in place to trap wells that are connected
across flux regions and report this as an error. If you are certain that in the USEFLUX
reduced run the flux regions crossed by wells are either all active or all inactive, then use
switch 59 in OPTIONS3 to change this error message to a warning message.
Multisegment wells and Thermal option
In multisegment wells, the water import options WIMPR and WIMPP in keyword
WSEGEXSS, can now be used with the Thermal option.
Default values for the multisegment well convergence criteria (CVCRIT items 24-26) have
be redefined.
Network option
392
The 2001A version prevented extrapolation of the VFP table for the branch pressure losses.
If the THP (outlet pressure), WFR or GFR value was outside the range of the table, the
branch pressure drop was calculated at the nearest tabulated point. In the 2002A version the
VFP table is linearly extrapolated in these circumstances, in common with the ECLPSE 100
Network option. To regain back-compatibility with the 2001A treatment, set OPTIONS3
keyword switch 63 = 1; this will prevent extrapolation of the VFP tables.
2002A Developments
Behavioral Changes
New Keywords
GLOBAL keywords
ENDSKIP
Causes keyword skipping (SKIP, SKIP100) to be terminated.
SKIP
Skips the following keywords until ENDSKIP is read.
SKIP100
SKIP300
Has no effect in ECLIPSE 100.
RUNSPEC section
MULTOUTS Requests multiple Summary output files.
UNIFOUTS Requests unified Summary output files.
GRID section
OPERATE
Performs arithmetic operations on arrays.
EDIT section
OPERATE
PROPS section
OPERATE
REGIONS section
OPERATE
SOLUTION section
OUTSOL
Equivalent to RPTRST.
2002A Developments
New Keywords
393
SUMMARY section
BDEN(O,W,G)
Block densities.
BGPC
Gas-oil capillary pressure.
BKR(O,W,G)
Alternatives to B(O,W,G)KR.
BS(OIL,GAS,WAT)
Block saturations.
BV(OIL,WAT,GAS)
Block viscosities.
BWPC
Water-oil capillary pressure.
COPR, C(W,G)(I,P)R, C(O,W,G)PRL, C(W,G)IRL

Various connection flow rate quantities, for compatibility with ECLIPSE 300.
CTFAC
Well connection transmissibility factor.
CVFR(L), CVPT(L), CVIT(L)

Reservoir fluid volume flow rates and cumulative production & injection totals,
for individual well connections and lumped completions.
(F,G)SG(R,T)
Equivalent to (F,G)GS(R,T).
FRTM, RRTM, BRTM
Transmissibility modifier associated with rock compaction.
SDENM
Segment mixture density.
S(GL,OW)(PP,VD)
Segment profile parameter and drift velocity for gas-liquid slip and oil-water slip
in the Drift Flux slip model for multisegment wells.
SPPOW
Working power of a down-hole separator pullthrough pump.
W(W,G)IP
Equivalent to W(W,G)PI.
ZIPEFF
Predicted efficiency of time-step. (Mainly for developer use.)
ZIPEFFC
Predicted efficiency divided by actual efficiency. (Mainly for developer use.)
SCHEDULE section
COMPORD
Defines how the ordering of connections along the wellbore is determined.
OUTSOL
Equivalent to RPTRST.
SIMULATE Counteracts a NOSIM keyword and turns on the time step simulation.
WCONINJH Observed rates and pressures for history matching injection wells.
Multisegment wells
WSEGDFPA Drift flux model parameters for multisegment wells.
Multisegment wells
WSEGPULL Defines a segment to represent a pullthrough pump for a down-hole water

separator.
394
2002A Developments
New Keywords
ZIPP2OFF Turns off intelligent time-stepping.

ZIPPY2
Turns on intelligent time-stepping.

GLOBAL keywords
ENDSKIP
Causes keyword skipping (SKIP, SKIP300) to be terminated.
SKIP
SKIP100
Has no effect in ECLIPSE 300.
SKIP300
RUNSPEC section
FASTTRAC Enables faster tracer solution.
Gradient option
FMTHMD
Declares that the .HMD file is to be formatted.
Geomechanics option
GEODIMS
Sets number of geomechanics regions, dimensions of PERMSTAB and

BIOTCTAB tables.
Geomechanics option
GEOMECH
Requests the geomechanics option.
Gradient option
HMDIMS
Specifies dimensions for the Gradient option.
MULTOUTS Requests multiple Summary output files.

Parallel option
PSPLITX
Specifies multiple domain decomposition in the X-direction.
Parallel option
PSPLITY
Specifies multiple domain decomposition in the Y-direction.
REACTION Specifies the number of chemical reactions.

SKIPSTAB Speeds up flash calculations by skipping some 1-phase stability calculations.
Gradient option
UNCODHMD Requests that the .HMD file will contain unencoded derivatives.
UNIFOUTS Requests unified Summary output files.
GRID section
Set Biots constant for each grid block.
Geomechanics option
BIOTC
Gradient option
HMMULTPV Specifies pore volume modifiers (cumulative).

OPERATE
Geomechanics option
POISSONR Set Poissons ratio for each grid block.
Geomechanics option
ROCKDEN
RPTGRIDL Used to output GRID section data for local refined grids.
Geomechanics option
YOUNGMOD Set Youngs modulus for each grid block.
Set rock density for each grid block.
2002A Developments
New Keywords
395
EDIT section
Gradient option
HMMULTPV Specifies pore volume modifiers (cumulative).

OPERATE
PROPS section
Geomechanics option
BIOTCTAB Sets a Biot constant multiplier as a tabular function of maximum and minimum
principal stress in each geomechanics region.
Thermal option
CCTYPE
Over-rides default formula for the component liquid phase compressibility.
Thermal option
CCTYPES
Over-rides default formula for the component liquid phase compressibility for
surface calculations.
Thermal option
CVTYPE
Defines non-volatile and non-condensable components in live oil runs.
Thermal option
CVTYPES
Defines non-volatile and non-condensable components at surface conditions in

live oil runs.
DETAILMF Defines the detailed initial conditions in terms of mole fraction versus depth for
lumped simulations.
Thermal option
EQLDKVCR Defines equilibrium values for equilibrium deviation reactions.
Thermal option
EQLDREAC Defines equilibrium deviation reaction rates.
Geomechanics option
Thermal option
Geomechanics option
FILLEPS
Requests output of endpoint data to the INIT file.
GEOYLDF
Sets properties of the yield function in each geomechanics region.
INTPC
Invokes the Integrated Pc curve option for dual porosity
KVCRS
Defines K-values for surface calculations.
OPERATE
PERMSTAB Sets a permeability multiplier as a tabular function of maximum and minimum

principal stress in each geomechanics region.
REACACT
Defines the activation energy used in the chemical reaction rates.
REACCORD Defines the order of component terms in the chemical reaction rates.
Thermal option
REACENTH Defines the reaction molar enthalpy.

REACPHA
Defines the phases of the component terms in the chemical reaction rates.
REACPORD Defines the order of the porosity term in the chemical reaction rates.
REACRATE Defines the reaction rate constant for chemical reactions.
STOPROD
Defines the stoichiometric coefficients of products in chemical reactions.
STOREAC
Defines the stoichiometric coefficients of reactants in chemical reactions.
REGIONS section
Gradient option
396
HMPORVM
2002A Developments
New Keywords
Specifies pore volume parameter region data.
Geomechanics option
OPERATE
YLDNUM
Sets a geomechanics region number for each grid block.
SOLUTION section
RPTRST
Equivalent to OUTSOL.
SUMMARY section
B(O,W,G)DEN
Block densities
B(O,W,G)KR
Alternatives to BKR(O,W,G).
B(O,W,G)VIS
Block viscosities.
CLFR(L), CLPT(L)
Connection liquid flow rate and production total (for E100 compatibility).
C(O,W,G)FR(L)
Connection flow rates (For ECLIPSE 100 compatibility).
CPR
Connection pressure.
CTFAC
Connection transmissibility factor.
CVFR(L), CVPT(L), CVIT(L)

Reservoir fluid volume flow rates and cumulative production & injection totals,
for individual well connections and lumped completions.
FHPV
Field hydrocarbon pore volume.
(F,G)MCTG Field and group gas injection control mode integer.

(F,G)MCTP
Field and group production control mode integer.
(F,G)MCTW Field and group water injection control mode integer.

(F,G,W,C)OGR, COGRL
Oil-gas ratios.
(F,R)RPV
Pore volumes.
FREAC, BREAC
Chemical reaction rate.
FREAT
Chemical reaction total.
G(O,W,G,V)(P,I)RL and GLPRL

Group production/injection rate limits.
MAXCFL
Outputs the maximum CFL value for an explicit cell when the stable timestepping option is used (keyword CFLLIMIT).
SDENM
Segment mixture density.
2002A Developments
New Keywords
397
S(GL,OW)(PP,VD)
Segment profile parameter and drift velocity for gas-liquid slip and oil-water slip
in the Drift Flux slip model for multisegment wells.
TCPUDAY
CPU time per day (or hour, in lab units).
TCPUTS
CPU time per time-step.
WMCTL
Well control mode integer.
WMVFP
Well VFP table number.
SCHEDULE section
CFLLIMIT Turns on stable time-stepping for IMPES and AIM runs.
COMPAGHL Sets the gravity head in local refinement completion cells.
COMPKRIL Sets the injection relative permeability in local refinement completion cells.
COMPMBIL Sets the injection mobility in local refinement completion cells.

COMPORD
Defines how the ordering of connections along the wellbore is determined.
Gasfield operations
GASBEGIN Denotes start of keywords to go into the Annual Scheduling File.
Gasfield operations
GASEND
Gasfield operations
GASFDELC Specifies the definition of the delivery capacity.
Gasfield operations
GASMONTH Denotes the times within each year that operations on the Annual Scheduling
File should be performed, and requests printed reports.
Gasfield operations
GASPERIO Advances the simulation through one or more complete contract periods.
Gasfield operations
GASYEAR
Advances the simulation through one or more complete contract years.
Gasfield operations
GDCQ
Sets the initial DCQs for individual contract groups.
Gradient option
GRADWELL Specifies well quantities to be output to the .HMD file.
Gasfield operations
GSWINGF
Thermal option
REACCRIT Interpolation criteria for chemical reactions.

RPTRST
Denotes end of keywords to go into the Annual Scheduling File.
Turns on the Gas Field Operations Model in the Multiple Contract Groups mode.
It identifies the groups having gas supply contracts, and sets their swing and
profile factors.
Equivalent to OUTSOL.
SIMULATE Counteracts a NOSIM keyword and turns on the time step simulation.
SKIPREST Makes ECLIPSE skip the subsequent keywords in a restart run until the restart
time is reached.
Geomechanics option
STRESSBC Sets stress and velocity boundary conditions on external and internal boundaries.
Gasfield operations
SWINGFAC Specifies the Swing Factors and Profile Factors for each month, which are
applied to the FIELD.
WCONINJH Observed rates and pressures for history matching injection wells.
WELMOVEL Moves the well head to an LGR.

WRFTPLT
Multisegment wells
398
Requests output of RFT, PLT and segment data to the RFT file.
WSEGDFPA Drift flux model parameters for multisegment wells.
2002A Developments
New Keywords
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
ACTDIMS
The default value of item 2 has been increased to 50 to be the same as in

ECLIPSE 300.
NOSIM
This keyword may now be entered in the SCHEDULE section to turn off time step
simulation at a specific point in time.
PATHS
The maximum number of aliases has been increased to 100. The maximum
length of a pathname has been increased to 132 characters.
ROCKCOMP A new option REVLIMIT has been added.

TRACERS
It is now possible to set a minimum number of Newtons for the tracer

calculation.
GRID section
USEFLUX
A second argument can be used to request extrapolation beyond the end of the
original run.
PROPS section
EHYSTR
An eighth option has been added to select the wetting phase between oil and gas
in the three-phase case.
TZONE
The keyword can now be used in runs without the mobile oil correction active.
SCHEDULE section
ACTIONW
New trigger on the well bottom hole gas liquid ratio (WBGLR).
WELOPEN
New option POPN in item 2 opens the well only if it is priority-closed.
WELOPENL New option POPN in item 3 opens the well only if it is priority-closed.
WINJMULT New item 4 to specify mode of operation.
New items 5 - 7 to apply multiplier to individual connections.
RPTRST
ALLPROPS can be set to 2 to return the old output mnemonics for formation
volume factors (1/FVFOIL etc.).
The DRAIN mnemonic can now be set to 2 to output drainage region sinks.
2002A Developments
Altered Keywords
399
OPTIONS keyword
Switch 53
The original usage of this switch has been replaced by the COMPORD keyword.
The switch may now be used to revert to the pre-2002A method of determining
which additional connections to close in +CON workovers.
Switch 83
This new switch can be used to ensure the saturation values that are output are
between 0.0 and 1.0

GLOBAL keywords
OUTSOL
RS and RV added in compositional runs.

FIP added.
RUNSPEC section
AQUDIMS
Now reads in 6 data items to be compatible with ECLIPSE 100.
MEMORY
The defaults have been increased.
NETWORK
Item 3 is added to allow input of maximum number branches connected to a

node.
FORMOPTS A new option BOILMOD has been added.

The HCSCAL option is now the default, hence a NOHCSCAL option is available
to turn off the option.
GRID section
400
DGRID
Will now will work with an LGR.
RPTGRID
When the multi-point flux option MPFA is used, cell reverse transmissibilities
and k-orthogonality errors can be output using the mnemonics MPFTREV and
MPFORTH.
USEFLUX
A second argument can be used to request extrapolation beyond the end of the
original run.
2002A Developments
Altered Keywords
PROPS section
The keywords PCRITW and TCRITW, which specified the critical pressure and temperature of
water for the Thermal option have been removed since they are not used.
EHYSTR
An eighth option has been added to select the wetting phase between oil and gas
in the three-phase case.
PVCO
The oil viscosibility (entered in the 6th column) is now recognized.
TZONE
The keyword can now be used in runs without the mobile oil correction active.
SOLUTION section
EQUIL
Item 10 can now be set equal to 2 or 3 in THERMAL simulations, for equilibrating

with a gas cap.
OUTSOL
The PPCW, SWCR, SGCR, SOWCR, SOGCR mnemonics are available to output
processed end-point arrays.
The CFL mnemonic can be used to output the CFL value in each cell when stable
time-stepping has been used (see keyword CFLLIMIT).
RPTSOL
The PPCW, SWCR, SGCR, SOWCR, SOGCR mnemonics are available to output
processed end-point arrays.
SCHEDULE section
CVCRIT
New item to control convergence of drift-flux segments in multisegment wells.
RPTRST
New mnemonic REAC added to output chemical reaction rates.

The mnemonics BASIC and FREQ are now available in ECLIPSE 300.
Geomechanics rock effective stresses, principal stresses and rock displacements
can be output with EFFSTRES, PRSTRESS and ROCKDISP.
RPTSCHED New mnemonic REAC added to output chemical reaction rates.

TUNING
The first data item is now interpreted as the maximum size of the next timestep.
WELOPEN
New option POPN in item 2 opens the well only if it is priority-closed.
WELOPENL New option POPN in item 3 opens the well only if it is priority-closed.
WELSPECS The default density calculation (item12) has been changed to SEG.
WELSPECL The default density calculation (item13) has been changed to SEG.
WSEGEXSS Options WIMPR and WIMPP in item 3 can now be used with the Thermal option.
OPTIONS3 keyword
Switch 24
If set to -1 will ignore the viscosibility (sixth column) in the PVCO keyword.
Switch 46
Modified to make it more consistent with the corresponding switch (15) in the
ECLIPSE 100 OPTIONS keyword. These switches control how many times a
well will be revived if it is unable to flow given the current reservoir state.
2002A Developments
Altered Keywords
401
402
Switch 48
Geomechanics: if set to 3, turns off the rock conservation equation. In this case,
porosity does not change from either initial values or the values at the time this
switch is invoked. Setting this to 4 turns off the rock/fluid gravity contribution
to the geomechanics force balance. A value of 10 turns off both of the above.
Switch 54
Overrides some corrections made to the well calculation for the 2002A release,
restoring compatibility with earlier releases to allow you to assess the
importance of the changes.
Switch 56
Can be used to modify the interpolation procedure in black oil cases.
Switch 57
If set=1 restores the pre-2002A equilibration behavior.
Switch 59
If set >0, in runs using flux boundary conditions certain error conditions are
reduced to warnings to allow the run to proceed.
Switch 61
If set >0 it restores pre-2002A convergence criteria on the linear solver.
Switch 62
If set >0 in the RUNSPEC section, all wells are internally converted to single
segment multisegment wells and the multisegment well model will be used in
preference to the standard well model.
Switch 63
If set=1, prevents extrapolation of VFP tables in the Network option.
Switch 65
Can be used to alter the method of calculating the density of the fluid in the
wellbore. This density is used to determine the pressure head between a wells
bottom hole pressure and the pressure at a connection.
Switch 66
If set >0 it restores the 2001A linear solver.
Switch 67
Can be used to alter the convergence tolerance in the standard well model.
Switch 68
If set>0 turns on the 2001A gain Newton convergence method.
Switch 69
If set>0 reverts to the 2001A implicit cell selection criteria.
2002A Developments
Altered Keywords
2001A Developments
Chapter 14
New Facilities
Grid data
New keyword added to the GRID and EDIT sections, MULTREGP. This keyword can be
used to set a pore volume multiplier for a specific region. The regions must previously have
been defined using keyword FLUXNUM or MULTNUM in the GRID section.
When checking the total compressibility of the hydrocarbon system, the minimum pressure
and the number of pressure nodes used can be modified using the PMAX keyword.
It now possible to enter the hysteresis curvature parameters by region. See the EHYSTRR
keyword.
Secondary drainage curves in hysteresis data sets with dissolved gas can now be
recalculated so that if the gas saturation goes below the trapped gas due to the resolution of
the gas, the gas will become mobile immediately at the start of secondary drainage. See the
HYMOBGDR keyword.
It is now possible to enter the datum depth for depth corrected pressures by FIP region. See
the DATUMR keyword.
It is now possible to use a flux limiting scheme to solve the energy equation and hence
reduce the numerical dispersion in the temperature option. The scheme is analogous to the
flux limitation scheme (TRACTVD) for single phase tracers. See the TEMPTVD keyword.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
403
Well model
The drawdown limit set in keyword WELDRAW may now be applied to restrict the
maximum drawdown in the wells connections, as an alternative to the PI-weighted
average drawdown of the connections.
In the ACTIONW and ACTIONG keywords, triggers on the liquid and reservoir volume rates
and totals, and the gas to liquid ratio, have been added.
If the data is run in NOSIM mode, ECLIPSE will now perform some basic syntax checking
on keywords within the ACTION / ENDACTIO bracket. However, full data checking of
these keywords cannot take place until they are actioned during the simulation.
In the GTMULT keyword, the groups injection rate target or limits may now be multiplied
by a specified factor.
There is an option in keywords WCUTBACK and WBHGLR to reverse completely any rate
cutbacks previously applied to the well, when the well is worked over after violating an
economic limit. For example, the closure of the wells lowest completion may make it less
prone to water coning and consequently it could produce at a higher rate without increasing
its water cut. Progressive cutback reversals would increase its rate, but there is now an
option to increase its rate instantaneously by removing the rate limit previously applied by
the cutback process.
Output
Well and group guide rates for production and injection can be output to the Summary file.
See the (G,W)(O,W,G,V)PGR and (G,W)(W,G)IGR keywords
The Summary section keyword FMWSET may be used to request the complete set of well
count mnemonics for all production and injection wells, together with the drilling queue
and workover event mnemonics. Similarly, the keyword GMWSET requests this complete
set for all wells subordinate to a given group.
In a polymer run, with VISC requested in RPTRST, the effective water viscosity will now
also be output with the heading EWAT_VIS.
The MULTREGP keyword, which is used to set a pore volume for a specific region, can now
be output to the Print file under the RPTGRID keyword.
It is now possible to reduce the restart file size in cases with many wells. See the RPTRST
keyword.
Environmental tracers
New item 6 in the TRACERS keyword in the RUNSPEC section allows the user to specify
the maximum number of non-linear iterations the tracer algorithm may perform.
Keyword USENOFLO allows a USEFLUX data set to be run without the flux file.
Gradient option
404
It is now possible to request gradients of porosity and phase densities at reservoir conditions
using the GRADRESV keyword. These may be used to calculate gradients with respect to
an external petro-elastic model.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
Gradients of field and group quantities can now be output to the HMD file. See the
GRADGRUP, RPTHMG and RPTHMD keywords.
In a gradient run, with PORO requested in the RPTRST keyword, the effective porosity
will now also be output under the heading, PORO_EFF. Note this will only be the case
when PORO is also requested using the GRADRESV keyword.
ECLIPSE 100 now allows the use of nested Local Grid Refinements. Nested local grids can
only be solved in place. The parent local grid must be a Cartesian grid refinement (see
keyword CARFIN) and neither the parent nor the child can be part of an amalgamated local
grid. This option may not be used with the Parallel option or the Gradient option.
WELMOVEL allows a well which was specified in the global grid to be moved into a local
grid.
Multisegment wells
A new device model is available, representing a sub-critical valve with a specified throat
cross-section area. See keyword WSEGVALV.
Water or gas may be imported into a segment from an external source. Applications include
the modeling of lift gas injection and the injection of water used to power down-hole
hydraulic pumps. See keyword WSEGEXSS.
The initial pressure and fluid contents of each segment may be set manually. See keyword
WSEGINIT.
A new ACTION keyword has been introduced, ACTIONS, that allows a set of SCHEDULE
section keywords to be processed when a segment of a multisegment well satisfies a
specified trigger condition.

Grid data
The keyword GADJUST takes specified permeabilities as representing a permeability

tensor specified as a diagonal matrix whose eigenvectors correspond to the grid I, J and K
directions.
The basis for representing a permeability tensor can now be specified by the TBASIS
keyword.
The application of 9-point transmissibilities can now be additionally controlled by a pore

volume limit using keyword MINPORV9 or by orthogonality errors using keywords
ORTHERRO, ORTHERRX, ORTHERRY and ORTHERRZ.
The MULTPV keyword can now be used to specify the pore volume multipliers. This
keyword can be used in both the GRID and EDIT sections.
The keyword MINPVV can be used to set a minimum pore volume which a cell must exceed
or it will be made inactive. One threshold pore volume value is input for each cell in the
current box.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
405
The new keyword MULTREGP in the GRID and EDIT sections can be used to set a pore
volume multiplier for a specific region. The regions must previously have been defined
using keyword FLUXNUM or MULTNUM in the GRID section.
The DPNUM keyword is now available in ECLIPSE 300.
The PMAX keyword is now available for black oil runs.
The rock hysteresis data ROCKTABH can now be used to model cyclic deflation and
dilation. The new option is controlled by the ROCKCOMP and ROCKOPTS keyword.
It is now possible to specify the initial CO2 concentration in CO2SOL cases with
enumerated starts, using either the AMF or the RSW keyword.
It is now possible to use the ZMF keyword in equilibrated cases (EQUIL keyword); in this
case the ZMF values overwrite the hydrocarbon compositions. This can be useful to model
areal variations in composition while maintaining a good approximation to the hydrocarbon
/ water equilibrium.
It is now possible to use XMF, YMF and ZMF keywords within a BOX.
In order to maintain backwards compatibility with pre-2000A versions the OLDEQUIL

keyword will cause the grid to be equilibrated using non-tilted block equilibration with the
number of layers specified in item 9 of the EQUIL keyword.
The TZONE keyword is now available with ECLIPSE 300.
The SWATINIT keyword is now available with ECLIPSE 300.
The PPCWMAX keyword is now available with ECLIPSE 300.
It is now possible to enter the datum depth for depth corrected pressures by FIP region. See
the DATUMR keyword.
Using the FIPSEP keyword, different fluid-in-place regions may now be assigned
different separators. These separators are used in the calculation of the in-place oil and gas
volumes as reported in the print file.
The PEDERSEN viscosity calculation can now be used to determine the viscosities in a
compositional run, instead of the default Lorentz-Bray-Clark method.
Well model
406
The pressure equivalent radius for a connection may now be specified in the COMPDAT
keyword. This value will be used in place of that calculated from the grid block dimensions
according to Peacemans formula. The pressure equivalent radius appears in the connection
transmissibility factor formula for non-radial grids.
The drainage radius for productivity/injectivity index calculations may now be specified in
the WELSPECS keyword. If this radius is not supplied, the pressure equivalent radius of the
grid blocks containing the well connections will be used.
The productivity/injectivity index (P.I.) value of one or more wells may now be set to a
specified value using the keyword WELPI.
A crossflow ability flag may now be specified in item 10 of the WELSPECS keyword. If
this is set at NO, the connections will act as one-way valves, preventing flow if there is a
reverse drawdown.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
An alternative segmented method for calculating the density of the fluid in the wellbore
may now be selected by setting item 12 of the WELSPECS keyword to SEG. This density
is used to calculate the hydrostatic head between the wells bottom hole reference depth and
each of its connections. In this method the flowing mixture density is calculated between
each adjacent pair of connections, and depends on the relative quantities of the phases
flowing in these particular sections of the wellbore. This calculation is more accurate than
the default average density calculation if different mixtures of fluids enter the well through
each connection. However, it is treated explicitly in the numerical scheme (calculated once
at the beginning of each time-step) and in some circumstances it may be less stable than the
default averaging scheme which is implicit.
Velocity Dependent Relative Permeability (VDRP) is now incorporated into the PseudoPressure integral if VDRP is requested together with the Generalized Pseudo-Pressure
option (see keywords VELDEP and PSEUPRES). Only capillary number dependence is
implemented. This facility is activated by setting the 4th item of PICOND to YES.
The drawdown limit set in keyword WELDRAW may now be applied to restrict the
maximum drawdown in the wells connections, as an alternative to the PI-weighted
average drawdown of the connections.
The production guide rate for a nominated phase may now be calculated from a general
formula using the keyword GUIDERAT. This calculated guide rate will be used for wells
under group control that do not have fixed guide rates set with the keyword WGRUPCON. It
will also be used for groups whose guide rate definition is set to 'FORM' in keyword
GCONPROD, when a flow target of a superior group is apportioned amongst subordinate
groups.
As an alternative to the sequential drilling queue for wells (see keyword QDRILL), a
priority drilling queue may now be defined using the keyword WDRILPRI. If a group
(including the field) cannot meet its production target, the production well with the highest
priority in the drilling queue that is subordinate to that group, and not subordinate to any
other group under the same mode of production control, will be opened automatically.
Similarly, if a group cannot meet its injection target, the injection well with the highest
priority in the queue that is subordinate to that group, and not subordinate to any other
group under injection control for the same phase, will be opened automatically. Priority
values may either be set manually or calculated using the drilling priority equation (see
keyword DRILPRI).
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, the family of ACTION keywords has been extended
to include ACTIONW, ACTIONG and ACTIONR. These keywords allow a set of
SCHEDULE section keywords to be stored for future processing when a nominated well,
group or fluid-in-place region satisfies a specified trigger condition. The user can choose
whether the action is to be performed only once, or repeatedly with each timestep while the
triggering condition is satisfied.
If the data is run in NOSIM mode, ECLIPSE will now perform some basic syntax checking
on keywords within the ACTION / ENDACTIO bracket. However, full data checking of
these keywords cannot take place until they are actioned during the simulation.
Well production rate and injection rate targets and limits may now be multiplied by a
specified factor using the WTMULT keyword. Similarly, group production rate or injection
rate targets and limits may be multiplied by a specified factor using the GTMULT keyword.
The last four arguments of the CECON keyword have been enabled for use by
ECLIPSE 300. Limits may now be placed on the minimum oil and gas flow rates in
connections. Also, flags may now be set to control whether the economic limits apply to
stopped wells and if a connection breaks a limit, whether or not all connections below it are
additionally shut.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
407
Using the keyword COMPLUMP, connections in a well may now be lumped together into a
completion for simultaneous closure in automatic workovers after violating limits set in
WECON, CECON, GECON, GCONPROD or GCONPRI. Completions may also be used in
WELOPEN and WPIMULT keywords to refer to a range of connections and in the SUMMARY
section to output a selected quantity totaled over all the connections that belong to the same
lumped completion. The COMPLMPL keyword may be used to lump well connections
together into completions when the connections are located in local grid refinements.
There is an option in the keyword WCUTBACK to reverse completely any rate cutbacks
previously applied to the well, when the well is worked over after violating an economic
limit. For example, the closure of the wells lowest completion may make it less prone to
water coning and consequently it could produce at a higher rate without increasing its water
cut. Progressive cutback reversals would increase its rate, but there is now an option to
increase its rate instantaneously by removing the rate limit applied by the cutback process.
The GPTABLE3 keyword may now be used to define a gas plant table with oil, NGL and
gas recovery fractions specified by the user. This keyword should be used instead of
GPTABLE or GPTABLEN if it is required that the sum of these factors is not unity, thus
allowing a component to be reduced in or excluded from a separator calculation.
Output and restarts
408
The MULTPV array specifying pore volume multipliers can now be output to the Print file
(under the RPTGRID keyword), and also output to the INIT file.
The MINPVV array, which is used to set the minimum pore volume that cells must have to
be active, can be output both to the Print file (under the RPTGRID keyword) and to the
INIT file.
The MULTREGP keyword, which is used to set a pore volume multiplier for a specific
region, can now be output to the Print file under the RPTGRID keyword.
The total compressibility of the fluid (hydrocarbon plus water) can be output to the Print
and Restart files by using the TOTCOMP mnemonic in the RPTSCHED and OUTSOL
keywords.
Coloring and sub-grid data, used by the WARP linear solver, can be output to the Restart
files by using the COLR and SUBG mnemonics in the OUTSOL keyword.
A group hierarchy tree is now drawn in the Print file in the Production and injection data
for groups section of the report step following a GRUPTREE keyword.
Field, group and well hydrocarbon component molar production and injection rates and
totals may now be written to the Summary file. See the(F,G,W)CM(P,I)(R,T)
keywords.
Group and field potentials may be written to the Summary file. See the
(F,G)(O,W,G)PP and (F,G)(W,G)PI keywords.
Well and group guide rates for production and injection can be output to the Summary file.
See the (G,W)(O,W,G,V)PGR and (G,W)(W,G)IGR keywords.
A variety of well counts can now be output to the Summary file. They output the number
of wells that are flowing, abandoned or unused. Counts can also be made of the number
under group control, controlled by their own surface rate limit, controlled by their own
reservoir volume rate limit, controlled by pressure and, for producers, controlled by their
own oil rate limit. Separate counts are available for production wells and injection wells
and the counts may either cover all wells in the field or only those that are subordinate to a
given group. See the (F,G)MWP(T,R,A,U,G,S,V,P,O) and
(F,G)MWI(T,N,A,U,G,S,V,P) keywords.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
Drilling queue and workover events for all wells subordinate to a given group may also now
be written to the Summary file. See the (F,G)MWD(R,T) and (F,G)MWW(O,T)
keywords.
The keyword FMWSET may be used to request the complete set of well count SUMMARY
section mnemonics for all production and injection wells together with the drilling queue
and workover event mnemonics. Similarly the keyword GMWSET requests this complete set
for all wells that can be hierarchically traced to a given group.
The SUMMARY section keyword WMCON reports the number of open connections for a given
well.
Tracers
The TRACK option has been enhanced to allow tracking of components from user defined
regions. See keywords TRACKREG and TRACK.
To a greater or lesser extent most compositional runs have components that actually
represent a lumping of several other components. It is now possible to partially model these
detailed components using tracers. The option is switched on using the LUMPDIMS
keyword in the RUNSPEC section. The detailed components are defined in the PROPS
section using the keyword LUMPING together with DETAILVD to describe the detailed
initial condition, and the physical properties of the detailed components are defined with
the keywords ACFDET, MWDETAIL, TCRITDET, PCRITDET, ZCRITDET, VCRITDET,
OMEGAADE and OMEGABDE. (The surface condition equivalent component property
keywords are TCRITSDE, PCRITSDE, ZCRITSDE, VCRITSDE, OMEGAASD and
OMEGABSD.) The injection characteristics of the detailed fluid are described using the
WINJEDET keyword.
Traced mass rate, mass totals, and mole fractions of hydrocarbons can be output to the
Summary file with the keywords (F,G,W)TM(R,T,F). Traced volume rates and volume
totals are available for the liquid and vapor phases with the keywords
(F,G,W)T(V,T)(L,V).
Performance
The speed of running USEFLUX cases has been improved by preventing the need to read
through the entire flux file up to the current time location at each timestep.
A number of options to modify the formulation in the compositional model have been
added. These are particularly important when modeling gas injection in general and first
contact miscible cases in particular. See the FORMOPTS keyword.
Unstructured (PEBI) grids can now be run as local grid refinements. The EXTFIN keyword
can be used to specify an unstructured local grid refinement. The EXTHOST keyword can
be used to specify the global host cells for an unstructured local grid refinement, or
similarly, the EXTREPGL keyword can be used to specify the replaced global cells for an
unstructured local grid refinement. Finally, the TRANGL keyword can be used to specify
the global-local connections and associated transmissibilities for an unstructured local grid
refinement. Within any EXTFIN/ENDFIN bracket, either EXTHOST or EXTREPGL should
be used, but not both. The 4 new keywords mentioned here are generally supplied by
another program and will not be modified by the user.
The keyword WELOPENL can be used to shut or reopen wells or well connections in local
grids, without having to specify the rest of the well control data or connection data.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
409
Multisegment wells
A new device model is available, representing a sub-critical valve with a specified throat
cross-section area. See keyword WSEGVALV.
A labyrinth device may now be modeled using the same keywords and having the same
functionality as ECLIPSE 100. See keyword WSEGLABY.
Water or gas may be imported into a segment from an external source. Fluid may also be
removed from a segment to an external sink. Applications include the modeling of lift gas
injection and the injection of water used to power down-hole hydraulic pumps, and
modeling recirculating wells in Thermal simulations. See keyword WSEGEXSS.
Multisegment wells may now be used in conjunction with the Generalized Pseudo-Pressure
option (PSEUPRES) and the CO2SOL option.
A new ACTION keyword has been introduced, ACTIONS, that allows a set of SCHEDULE
section keywords to be processed when a segment of a multisegment well satisfies a
specified trigger condition.
Multisegment wells can be used with the Thermal option. Heat storage and conduction in
the tubing and casing can be specified using the WELSEGS keyword, and modified with
the WSEGPROP keyword.
In Thermal Option applications, a heat transfer coefficient may be defined at a segment

node. With a suitably defined thermal resistance and thermal contact length, heat transfer
can take place from the segment to a reservoir grid block, to another segment or to a
specified fixed external temperature. The thermal resistance is defined by keyword
WSEGHEAT. This keyword is also be used to define the thermal contact length for heat
transfer between segments and between a segment and an external temperature. For heat
transfer between a well and the reservoir, the thermal contact length (the length of well in
each completion cell) is defined by the COMPSEGS keyword.
In Thermal Option applications, the segment temperature, energy, enthalpy flow rate and
steam quality can be output to the Summary file. See the keywords STEM, SENE, SHFR
and SSQU.
Network option
This facility is now available in ECLIPSE 300. Either the Standard or the Extended
network model may be used, although for new data sets you are recommended to use the
Extended model. See The Network Option chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical
Description for further details. The differences between the ECLIPSE 300 and
ECLIPSE 100 implementations are summarized in the section The network model in
ECLIPSE 300 in the same chapter.
Parallel option
The WARP linear solver can be used with the parallel option. See The ECLIPSE 300
WARP linear solver section in the Solution of the Linear Equations chapter of the
ECLIPSE Technical Description for further details.
Thermal option
410
A heat of vaporization can be defined at the standard temperature using the keyword
HEATVAPS.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
The steam trap can now be controlled by specifying a temperature offset instead of a
pressure offset, using item 17 of the WCONPROD keyword.
The summary vector BPSAT can now be used with the Thermal option.
Field and group steam production can now be output to the Summary file with keywords
(F,G)STP(R,T). The cumulative oil-steam ratio and the cumulative steam-oil ratio can
be output using keywords (F,G)OSRC and (F,G)SORC.
Multisegment wells can be used with the Thermal option.
Temperature, energy, enthalpy flow rate and steam quality in a segment in a multisegment
well can be output to the Summary file. See the keywords STEM, SENE, SHFR and SSQU.
2001A Developments
New Facilities
411
Behavioral Changes

Properties
If the SURFTENS option is active (SATOPTS keyword) with the integrated Pc option
(INTPC keyword), the surface tension modification is now applied to the integrated Pc
curve. To return to the pre-2001A behavior the SURFTENS option should be turned off.
In previous versions of ECLIPSE, the SOM parameter in the STONE1 three-phase relative
permeability model was not set to the minimum of the scaled SOWCR and SOGCR values,
but to the minimum of the table values. The scaled values are now honored. The pre-2001A
behavior can be achieved by setting switch 79 in the OPTIONS keyword to -1.
In previous versions of ECLIPSE the SOMGAS and SOMWAT data was not scaled in endpoint scaling runs, which could potentially lead to non-physical oil relative permeabilities.
The SOMGAS and SOMWAT data is now scaled to honor the SOWCR and SOGCR values.
Well model
Switch 73 of the OPTIONS keyword is no longer in use. Use item 4 of keyword WVFPEXP
to prevent wells switching to THP control while they are constrained to operate on the
unstable side of their VFP curve.
Output and restarts
The default of the GRIDFILE keyword has changed such that the default grid file output
uses the extensible grid file. Data sets which only specify the first argument of the
GRIDFILE keyword will now produce two grid files.
Though not specifically banned, historical group and field Summary file quantities
(FOPRH, FOIRH, FOITH, FOPTH etc.) were not compatible with the use of the GEFAC
keyword in releases prior to 2001A. This is now corrected, but the output will be
inconsistent in restarts from previous releases.
OPTIONS keyword
The OPTIONS keyword can now only be used in the RUNSPEC and SCHEDULE sections.
Polymer Flood Model
412
Pre-2000A polymer concentrations were capped at twice the maximum injected

concentration. Thc cap has now been removed. Pre-2000A behavior can be restored by
setting OPTIONS keyword switch 81. This caps the polymer concentration to
(OPTIONS(81) + 1) times the maximum injected concentration; a value of 1 therefore
reproducing pre-2000A behavior.
2001A Developments
Behavioral Changes

RUNSPEC section
The EQLOPTS keyword now accepts the arguments MOBILE. This has the same effect in
ECLIPSE 300 as in ECLIPSE 100.
Positive values in the 9th element of the EQUIL keyword will now cause a tilted block
equilibration to be performed.
The sign of the capillary pressure at the water-oil contact has changed. A positive value
now implies that Poil > Pwater at the contact.
When using the CO2SOL model the water properties have to be entered using the PVTW
keyword. If the WATERTAB keyword is used and PVTW has not been specified, an Error
rather than a Warning is issued.
Well model
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, if a connection transmissibility factor has been
supplied in item 8 of the COMPDAT keyword, it will be used to calculate either the
connection's effective Kh or the geometric denominator term according to how the Kh
value is set in item 10 of this keyword. Setting switch 43 in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1
will revert to the 2000A treatment, whereby an unset Kh value will be calculated from the
grid block data regardless of whether the connection transmissibility factor is set; and the
geometric denominator term will not be made consistent with the given connection
transmissibility factor and Kh values.
The procedure for handling THP controlled wells, in particular the initial guess and the
detection of dead wells, has been improved. See the description switches 45 and 46 in the
OPTIONS3 keyword for information on the various options and how to achieve backwards
compatibility with the 2000A release of ECLIPSE 300.
When using the old group control keywords (GRUPPROD or GRUPINJE), it is possible to
set groups under the control of a higher level group (control mode GR) without explicitly
setting a guide rate (with GRUPGR). They will now have their control mode automatically
reset to passive and will be reported as such. Setting switch 43 in the OPTIONS3 keyword
to 3 will revert to the 2000A treatment, whereby such a group is still reported as under GR
control. This switch also reverts to setting the default guide rates for groups equal to their
potentials. The default value for group guide rates in 2001A is zero (which means
undefined), and groups will only have guide rates if they are set explicitly. This is now
consistent with ECLIPSE 100.
Linear solver
The WARP and ECLSOL linear solvers cannot be interchanged during the run.
The WARP linear solver may only be initiated by the WARP keyword.
2001A Developments
Behavioral Changes
413
Input/Output
The AQUANCON keyword has been made more compatible with ECLIPSE 100. Referring
to the aquifer influx coefficient (9th item of keyword), if a reservoir cell is defined more
than once, its previous value for the aquifer influx coefficient is now added to the present
value. The exception is the case where the user enters a value of zero, which then sets the
influx coefficient for all the cells in the box to zero. Previously, ECLIPSE 300 output all
connections.
Units previously output as nnn/H are now output as nnn/Hour.
The XMF,YMF and ZMF keywords will now normalize any cells where the component sum
is within 10% of unity. An error will be generated if the discrepancy is greater than 10%.
Output to the Run Summary file will be in wider columns, consistent with ECLIPSE 100
output. The keyword NARROW can be used to output data in the pre-2000A format.
The default of the GRIDFILE keyword has changed such that the default grid file output
uses the extensible grid file. Data sets which only specify the first argument of the
GRIDFILE keyword will now produce two grid files
OPTIONS3 keyword
The OPTIONS3 keyword can now only be used in the RUNSPEC and SCHEDULE sections.
An error message will now be generated when a well completed in an LGR is specified in
keywords that require connection I,J,K values and are not designed for LGR wells (e.g.
CECON, WELOPEN). The data will be accepted, however, if the connection I,J,K values are
all defaulted so that the data applies to all connections in the well. Setting switch 43 in the
OPTIONS3 keyword to 2 will revert to the 2000A treatment, whereby the connection I,J,K
values are assumed to be in the simulation grid with the LGR positioned below the global
grid. These I,J,K values are not the same as those used to specify the connections in the
LGR using COMPDATL.
Thermal option
414
The horizontal thermal transmissibility calculation is based on the full cell cross-sectional
area and does not include a net-to-gross factor (see "Thermal conductivity"). The pre2001A calculation, which does include a net-to-gross factor, can be retained by setting
switch 52 in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 1.
The calculation of the thermal hydrostatic head in the well model has been changed to bring
it into line with the new explicit hydrostatic head option for compositional simulations. To
retain the pre-2001A2001A calculation, item 44 of keyword OPTIONS3 needs to be set to
99.
2001A Developments
Behavioral Changes
New Keywords
GRID section
MULTREGP Sets a pore volume multiplier for a specific region.
USENOFLO Allow a use flux data set to be run without the flux file.
PROPS section
EHYSTRR
Allows input of the hysteresis curvature parameters by SATNUM region.
HYMOBGDR Changes the way secondary drainage curves are calculated in hysteresis runs
with dissolved gas.
TEMPTVD
Invokes the flux limiting scheme for the temperature option.
SOLUTION section
DATUMR
Allows input of the datum depth by FIP region.
SUMMARY section
(G,W)(O,W,G,V)PGR
Group and well production guide rates for oil, water, gas and reservoir voidage.
(G,W)(O,W,G)IGR
Group and well injection guide rates for oil, water, and gas.
S(W,G)IM(R,T)
Segment water and gas import rates and cumulative totals from an external
source into a multisegment well (see keyword WSEGEXSS).
FMWSET
Requests the complete set of well count mnemonics for all production and
injection wells together with the drilling queue and workover event mnemonics.
GMWSET
injection wells that can be hierarchically traced to a given group together with
the drilling queue and workover event mnemonics.
2001A Developments
New Keywords
415
SCHEDULE section
ACTIONS
Initiates a set of keywords to be processed when a segment of a multisegment

well satisfies a specified condition.
GRADGRUP Defines group derivatives required by SimOpt.

RPTHMG
Nominates groups for which derivatives are requested by SimOpt.
WELMOVEL Allows a well to be moved from the global grid to a local grid.
WSEGEXSS Imports water or gas into a multisegment well from an external source.
WSEGINIT Sets the initial pressure and fluid contents of well segments.
WSEGVALV Defines segments in a multisegment well to represent a sub-critical valve.

RUNSPEC section
FORMOPTS Options to modify the formulation.
LUMPDIMS Dimensions for lumped/detailed simulation.
NETWORK
Activates the Extended Network Model.
WARP
Enable WARP linear solver
GRID section
DPNUM
Allows single porosity regions to be specified in dual porosity runs.
EXTFIN
Specifies an unstructured local grid refinement.
EXTHOST
Used to specify the global host cells for an unstructured local grid refinement.
EXTREPGL Specifies the replaced global cells for an unstructured local grid refinement.
GADJUST
Specify a permeability tensor which is diagonal along the grid I, J and K

directions.
MINPORV9 Specifies a threshold pore volume which a cell must exceed to employ 9-point
transmissibilities.
MINPVV
Sets the threshold pore volume which a cell must exceed or it will be made
inactive.
MULTPV
Specifies the cell pore volume multipliers.
MULTREGP Sets a pore volume multiplier for a specific region.

ORTHERRO Specifies a threshold orthogonality error to employ 9-point transmissibilities.
ORTHERRX Specifies a threshold orthogonality error for interfaces in the X-direction to
employ 9-point transmissibilities.
ORTHERRY Specifies a threshold orthogonality error for interfaces in the Y-direction to
416
2001A Developments
New Keywords
ORTHERRZ Specifies a threshold orthogonality error for interfaces in the Z-direction to

TBASIS
Specifies the basis for representing the permeability tensor.
TRANGL
Specifies the global-local connections and associated transmissibilities for an

unstructured local grid refinement.
WCOL
Controls the coloring of grids, needed for the WARP linear solver.
PROPS section
ACFDET
Acentric factor for detailed components
DETAILVD Sets initial conditions of detailed components.

HEATVAPS Defines a heat of vaporization at the standard temperature, for use with the
thermal option.
LUMPING
Describes make-up of lumped components.
MWDETAIL Molecular weights for detailed composition.

OMEGAADE As OMEGAA but for detailed composition.
OMEGAASD As OMEGAAS but for detailed composition.
OMEGABDE As OMEGAB but for detailed composition.
OMEGABSD As OMEGABS but for detailed composition.
PCRITDET Critical pressures of detailed components.
PCRITSDE Critical pressures of detailed components at surface conditions.
PEDERSEN Allows use of Pedersen viscosity calculation.
PMAX
Sets range of pressures to check total compressibility of the hydrocarbon system.
PPCWMAX
Limits the capillary pressure used in the SWATINIT keyword.
SWATINIT Defines the initial water saturation.

TCRITDET Critical temperatures of detailed components.
TCRITSDE Critical temperatures of detailed components at surface conditions.
TZONE
Scales end points in the transition zones.
VCRITDET Critical volumes of detailed components.

VCRITSDE Critical volumes of detailed components at surface conditions.
ZCRITDET Z-factors of detailed components.
ZCRITSDE Z-factors of detailed components at surface conditions.
REGIONS section
TRACKREG Allows the user to define the regions for the enhanced TRACK option.
2001A Developments
New Keywords
417
SOLUTION section
DATUMR
Allows input of the datum depth by FIP region.
FIPSEP
Allows different separators (used in the calculation of the in-place oil and gas
volumes) to be assigned to different fluid-in-place regions.
GPTABLE3 Defines a gas plant table with oil, NGL and gas recoveries.
OLDEQUIL Causes the grid to be equilibrated using non-tilted block equilibration with the
number of layers specified in item 9 of the EQUIL keyword.
RSW
Allows input of the initial CO2 concentrations in CO2SOL cases with

enumerated initial conditions.
SUMMARY section
COP(R,T)L and C(W,G)(P,I)(R,T)L
Completion production and injection rates and totals for oil, water and gas. The
completion is defined by specifying a connection within it.
CWCTL,CGORL,CWGRL
Completion watercut, gas-oil and water-gas ratios. The completion is defined by
specifying a connection within it.
(F,G,W)CM(P,I)(R,T)
Field, group and well hydrocarbon component molar production and injection
rates and totals.
(F,G,W)TM(R,T,F)
Traced hydrocarbon mass rate, mass totals and molar fractions.
(F,G,W)T(V,T)(L,V)
Traced hydrocarbon volume rates and volume totals for liquid and vapor phases.
S(O,W,G)(IM,RM)(R,T)
Oil, water and gas import and removal rates and totals to or from a segment in a
multisegment well (see keyword WSEGEXSS).
SH(IM,RM)(R,T)
Enthalpy import and removal rates and totals to or from a segment in a
multisegment well (see keyword WSEGEXSS) for the Thermal option.
STEM, SENE, SHFR, SSQU
Temperature, energy, enthalpy flow rate and steam quality in a segment in a
multisegment well, for the Thermal option.
(F,G)(O,W,G)PP and (F,G)(W,G)PI
Group and field production and injection potentials.
(F,G)MWP(T,R,A,U,G,S,V,P,O)
418
2001A Developments
New Keywords
Counts of all production wells in the field (F) or those subordinate to a given
group (G). The total number of production wells may be counted (T) or the count
may be of flowing wells (R), abandoned wells (A), unused wells (U), wells under
group control (G), wells under their own surface rate control (S), wells under
reservoir voidage control (V), wells under pressure control (P) or wells under
their own oil rate control (O).
(F,G)MWI(T,N,A,U,G,S,V,P)
Counts of all injection wells in the field (F) or those subordinate to a given group
(G). The total number of injection wells may be counted (T) or the count may be
of flowing wells (N), abandoned wells (A), unused wells (U), wells under group
control (G), wells under their own surface control (S), wells under reservoir
voidage control (V) or under pressure control (P).
(F,G)MWD(R,T)
Count of the number of drilling queue events that have occurred in the field or a
given group in a timestep, and the total number to date.
(F,G)MWW(O,T)
Count of the number of workover events that have occurred in wells subordinate
to a given group in a timestep, and the total number to date.
FMWSET
injection wells, together with the drilling queue and workover event mnemonics.
GMWSET
injection wells subordinate to a given group, together with the drilling queue and
workover event mnemonics.
WMCON
Reports the number of open connections for a given well.
(G,W)(O,W,G,V)PGR
Group and well production guide rates for oil, water, gas and reservoir voidage.
(G,W)(W,G)IGR
Group and well injection guide rates for water and gas.
(F,G)STP(R,T)
Field and group steam production rate and totals (Thermal option).
(F,G)OSRC
The cumulative oil-steam ratio (Thermal option).
(F,G)SORC
The cumulative steam-oil ratio (Thermal option).
GPR, GPRG, GPRW
Group or node pressures in the production and gas and water injection networks.
GPRB, GPRBG, GPRBW
Pressure drop along the group or nodes outlet/inlet branch in the production and
gas and water injection networks.
GALQ
ALQ in the group or nodes outlet branch in the production network.
G(O,W,G,L)PRNB
Oil, water, gas and liquid flows along the group or nodes outlet branch in the
production network.
2001A Developments
New Keywords
419
G(W,G)IRNB
Water and gas flows along the group or nodes inlet branch in the water/gas
injection network.
SCHEDULE section
ACTIONG
Initiates a set of keywords to be processed when a group satisfies a specified

condition.
ACTIONR
Initiates a set of keywords to be processed when a fluid-in-place region satisfies

a specified condition.
ACTIONS
Initiates a set of keywords to be processed when a segment of a multisegment

well satisfies a specified condition.
ACTIONW
Initiates a set of keywords to be processed when a well satisfies a specified

condition.
BRANPROP Defines the branches in the extended network.

COMPLMPL Lump well connections together into completions for simultaneous closure in
automatic workovers when the connections are located in local grid refinements.
COMPLUMP Lump well connections together into completions for simultaneous closure in
automatic workovers.
DRILPRI
Sets the coefficients that define the default priority formula for the prioritized
drilling queue.
GNETINJE Defines the structure of the standard injection network.

GPTABLE3 Defines a gas plant table with oil, NGL and gas recoveries.
GRUPNET
Defines the structure of the standard production network.
GTMULT
Multiplies a group production or injection rate target or limit by a specified

factor.
GUIDERAT Specify a general formula for calculating production guide rates used for group
control.
NETBALAN Sets parameters for the network balancing calculation.
NGASREM
Removes gas from a node in the extended network.
NODEPROP Defines node properties in the extended network.

NWATREM
Removes water from a node in the extended network.
WDRILPRI Puts wells into the prioritized drilling queue and defines their drilling priority
values.
WELOPENL Shuts or reopens wells or well connections in local grids, without having to
specify the rest of the well control data or connection data.
WELPI
Sets the productivity/injectivity index (P.I.) value of one or more wells to a

specified value.
WINJEDET Describes detailed composition of a lumped fluid for an injection well.

WNETDP
Applies an additional pressure drop between the tubing head of a well and the
corresponding network node of its group.
WSEGEXSS Imports/removes fluid in a multisegment well from/to an external source/sink.

WSEGHEAT Assigns a heat transfer coefficient to a segment in a thermal multisegment well.
420
2001A Developments
New Keywords
WSEGLABY A labyrinth device may be modeled with the same functionality as E100.
WSEGVALV A homogeneous sub-critical valve may be modeled with the same functionality
as E100.
WTMULT
Multiplies a well control target or limit by a specified factor.
2001A Developments
New Keywords
421
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
RPTHMD
New item 6 allows the output of group and field derivatives for the Gradient
Option.
TRACERS
New item 6 allows the user to control the maximum number of non-linear
iterations used by the tracer solver.
GRID section
CARFIN
A parent local grid can now be specified.
GRIDFILE The default has changed such that the default grid file output uses the extensible
grid file.
PARAOPTS Some additional options have been added.
PROPS section
PMAX
New items 3 and 4 apply to extend the range of pressures used to check total
compressibility of the hydrocarbon system.
SOMGAS and SOMWAT are now scaled in end-point scaling cases.
SOLUTION section
GRADRESV Allows output of gradients of porosity and phase densities.
SCHEDULE section
ACTIONG
Liquid and reservoir volume rates and totals, and the gas to liquid ratio are new
triggering quantities.
ACTIONW
Liquid and reservoir volume rates and totals, and the gas to liquid ratio are new
triggering quantities.
GRADRESV Allows output of gradients of porosity and phase densities.

GTMULT
Group injection surface and reservoir volume rate targets and limits may now be
multiplied by a user-specified factor.
RPTRST
It is now possible to reduce the restart file size in cases with large numbers of
wells where a few wells have many connections. See the COMPRESS mnemonic.
In a gradient run, with PORO requested in the RPTRST keyword, the effective
porosity will now also be output under the heading, PORO_EFF. Note this will
only be the case when PORO is also requested using the GRADRESV keyword.
WBHGLR
New item 8 to remove any cutbacks when the well is worked over.
WCUTBACK New item 14 to remove any cutbacks when the well is worked over.
422
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
WELDRAW
New item 5 to specify whether the drawdown limit applies to the maximum
drawdown in the wells connections or to their PI-weighted average.
WELSEGS
Two items have been appended to each record, allowing the user to specify the
X and Y coordinates of the segment nodes. These are stored on the restart or
graphics files to enable graphics applications to produce plots of the well
trajectory. The data is not used for any other purpose and may be left defaulted
if trajectory plots are not required.
WVFPEXP
New item 4, to prevent individual wells switching from rate control to THP
control while they are constrained by a low rate limit to operate on the unstable
side of their VFP curve. This item replaces switch 73 in the OPTIONS keyword.
Global keywords
OPTIONS
The keyword may now only be entered in the RUNSPEC and SCHEDULE
sections.
Switch 73 is no longer in use.Use item 4 of keyword WVFPEXP instead.
Switch 79 can be used to restore the pre-2001A behavior of the STONE1 model
in end-point scaling cases.
Switch 80 has been superseded by the HYMOBGDR keyword.
New switch 81 restores pre-2000A behavior with the Polymer Flood model.
New switch 82 removes the restriction on updating grid block sizes in a local
grid refinement.

RUNSPEC section
EQLOPTS
Can now be used with the MOBILE option.
PARALLEL The ECLIPSE 100 option SERIAL is now available (this turns on the WARP
linear solver).
REGDIMS
New item 5 to define the maximum number of regions for the enhanced TRACK
option
ROCKCOMP Item 1 can now take a new option BOBERG which allows hysteretic dilation as
well as compaction.
TRACK
New REGONLY option for item 1, when only user defined regions are required
in the TRACK option.
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
423
GRID section
GRIDFILE The default has changed such that the default grid file output uses the extensible
grid file.
MPFA
Can now be applied to individual local grids between the CARFIN and ENDFIN
pairs.
PROPS section
ROCKOPTS New item 4 specifies the initial rock compressibility for the ROCKCOMP
hysteresis option HYSTER and the new cyclic compaction and dilation option
BOBERG.
ROCKTABH Data from this keyword can now be used to model cyclic compaction and
dilation with the BOBERG option in ROCKCOMP.
REGIONS section
RPTREGS
There is a new keyword, TRACKREG, to allow output of the region for the
enhanced TRACK option.
SOLUTION section
AMF
The AMF keyword can now be used to set the initial solution in a CO2SOL case
as well as the GASWAT case.
OUTSOL
Allows output of total compressibility using the TOTCOMP mnemonic. In

addition, sub-grid and coloring data, used by the WARP linear solver, can be
output using the SUBG and COLR mnemonics respectively.
XMF, YMF, ZMF

These keywords can now be used within a BOX and the data will be normalised
if the component sums to within 10% of unity.
424
ZMF
The ZMF keyword can now be used with the EQUIL keyword to overwrite the
equilibrium hydrocarbon composition.
EQUIL
The behavior of items 4 and 9 has changed.
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
SCHEDULE section
CECON
The last four arguments of the keyword have been enabled for use by
ECLIPSE 300. Limits may now be placed on the minimum oil and gas flow rates
in connections. Also, flags may now be set to control whether the economic
limits apply to stopped wells and if a connection breaks a limit, whether or not
all connections below it are additionally shut.
COMPDAT
The pressure equivalent radius for a connection may now be specified in item 14
of this keyword.
COMPSEGS One item has been added to specify the length of well in thermal contact with the
completion cell. This item is only used in the Thermal option.
DGRDT
Two items have been appended, allowing the user to specify both the smallest
permitted lower bound and the largest permitted upper bound on the fractional
change in guide rate between the current time step and the previous time step.
GPMAINT3 New item 14 to allow an alternative interpretation of the reinjection fraction in

this keyword. In this alternative the fraction limits the amount of produced gas
that will be used for reinjection, with any additional injection gas required for
pressure maintenance being supplied from the make-up gas stream. Any unused
produced gas is available for fuel or sales usage.
GRUPGR
The new type POTN in item 4 allows the group injection and production guide
rates to be set to the appropriate sum of the groups childrens potentials.
GRUPINJE The new control mode NONE in item 4 instructs no immediate control of a
groups injection rate.
GRUPPROD The new control mode NONE in item 2 instructs no immediate control of a
groups production rate.
LSCRITS
Now controls convergence criteria of sub-grids as well as of LGRs.
LSCRITL
Retired in 2001A
NODEPROP New items 6 and 7 to specify the corresponding group name and the network
type.
OUTSOL
Allows output of total compressibility using the TOTCOMP mnemonic. In

addition, sub-grid and coloring data, used by the WARP linear solver, can be
output using the SUBG and COLR mnemonics respectively.
PICOND
New item 4 activates the Velocity Dependent Relative Permeability option

within the Generalized Pseudo-Pressure option.
RPTSCHED Allows output of total compressibility using the TOTCOMP mnemonic

WCUTBACK New item 14 to remove any cutbacks when the well is worked over.
WEFAC
Item 3 is now recognized by ECLIPSE 300, to specify whether the full flow or
the time-averaged flow of the well should be passed into the Extended Network.
WELDRAW
New item 5 to specify whether the drawdown limit applies to the maximum
drawdown in the wells connections or to their PI-weighted average.
WELOPEN
Items 6 and 7 have been enabled to define a range of completions within which
all connections may be opened or shut.
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
425
WELSEGS
Two items have been appended to each record, allowing the user to specify the
X and Y coordinates of the segment nodes. These are stored on the restart or
graphics files to enable graphics applications to produce plots of the well
trajectory. The data is not used for any other purpose and may be left defaulted
if trajectory plots are not required.
Three items have been appended to describe heat conduction in the tubing or
casing for Thermal Option runs. The items specify the cross-sectional are of the
tubing/casing, the heat capacity and the conductivity.
WELSPECS The drainage radius for productivity/injectivity index calculations may now be
specified in item 7 of this keyword.
A crossflow ability flag may now be specified in item 10 of this keyword. If this
is set at NO, the connections will act as one-way valves, preventing flow if there
is a reverse drawdown.
An alternative, segmented method for calculating the density of the fluid in the
wellbore may now be selected by setting item 12 of this keyword to SEG. This
density is used to calculate the hydrostatic head between the wells bottom hole
reference depth and each of its connections.
WPIMULT
Items 6 and 7 have been enabled to define a range of completions within which
the transmissibility factors of all connections are multiplied by the specified
factor.
WPIMULTL Items 7 and 8 have been enabled to define a range of completions within which
the transmissibility factors of all connections are multiplied by the specified
factor.
WSEGPROP Three items have been added that modify heat conduction in the tubing or casing
for thermal runs. The items specify the cross-sectional area of the tubing/casing,
the heat capacity and the conductivity.
Global keywords
OPTIONS3 The keyword may now only be entered in the RUNSPEC and SCHEDULE
sections.
426
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
New switch 43 reverts to a number of pre-2001A well model treatments.
New switch 44 allows the user to change the amount of damping in the
calculation of explicit hydrostatic heads (both segmented and averaged).
New switch 45 allows the user to select whether or not a predictor is to be

used when solving THP controlled wells and which type of scanning
algorithm will be used should the well prove difficult to solve (usually close
to the point when it is unable to flow).
New switch 46 sets the number of iterations within a timestep in which a

well can be revived after being closed because it cannot operate at the
reservoir conditions of the previous iteration.
New switch 47 controls the number of network balancing iterations in which

a well that has just died may be revived.
New switch 49 activates prototype group control logic which may help in
problematic runs when wells and/or groups have significant flows that are
unavailable for higher group control.
New switch 51 controls the frequency of recalculating the well potentials

during the network coupling iterations, which depend on the THP limits
obtained from the network.
New switch 52 reverts to the pre-2001A method of calculating horizontal

thermal transmissibilities.
New switch 53 reverts to the pre-2001A method of handling 3-phase

relative permeabilities in the Generalized Pseudo Pressure option.
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
427
428
2001A Developments
Altered Keywords
2000A Developments
Chapter 15
New Facilities
Grid data
An alternative transmissibility option based on upscaling half-block permeabilities is now

available when the HALFTRAN keyword is used. This facility relies on half block upscaling
to be used in FloGrid. See Transmissibility Calculations on page 55-1 of the ECLIPSE
Technical Description for more information.
The Vertical Equilibrium option now accounts for radial geometries.
Generalized input of numerical aquifer non-neighbor connections can now be entered with
the AQUNNC keyword.
When using the initial fluid mobility correction with the Hysteresis option active (with the
flags MOBILE in keyword EQLOPTS and HYSTER in keyword SATOPTS), it is now
possible to modify the imbibition as well as the drainage critical end points during
initialization, to preserve the correct volumes of mobile fluid in place for both imbibition
and drainage processes. Previously, only the drainage critical end points were modified to
achieve the mobile fluid correction. See keyword EHYSTR.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
429
When modeling oil-wet systems with the End Point Scaling option activated, it is
advantageous to be able to scale the water-oil capillary pressure at the maximum water
saturation (using keyword PCW) rather than at the entry (connate) water saturation. An
OPTIONS keyword switch (74) has been introduced to cater for this situation. Of rather less
interest, but for completeness, it is possible to scale the gas- oil capillary pressure (keyword
PCG) at connate rather than maximum gas saturation using this option switch. If OPTIONS
(74) is non-zero and divisible by 2 then the water-oil capillary pressure is scaled at the
maximum water saturation; and if OPTIONS (74) is non-zero and divisible by 3 then the
gas-oil capillary pressure is scaled at the connate gas saturation.
The keyword NOWARNEP suppresses all warning messages about (potentially) inconsistent
end points.
It is now possible to modify the way in which the initial relative permeability table critical
saturations are determined by using the TOLCRIT keyword. Normally, the critical water
saturation S wcr is set to the value of Sw in the last table entry (in SWOF or SWFN) for krw ,
for which krw 1.0 106 . The user can override this by entering TOLCRIT such that the
critical saturation is the value of S w in the last table entry where krw TOLCRIT , and
similarly for S gcr , S owcr and Sogcr . This will only be used in pathological cases involving
end point scaling (keyword ENDSCALE), and may be useful for comparison with certain
other simulators.
The maximum pressure used to check the total compressibility of an oil-gas system can
now be increased by setting the second item in the PMAX keyword. This would be useful,
for example, to verify whether PVTO table extrapolations on the saturated bubble point line
above the maximum entered ( Rs , Pbub ) are likely to cause difficulty during a simulation.
The warnings for total compressibility have been improved to account for unphysical
extrapolated values while checking the compressibilities in the pressure range spanned by
the initial PVTO, PVDG, PVTG and PVDO tables. The explanation in the technical
description has been improved; see Total Compressibility Checks on page 53-1 of the
It is now possible to use the SGCWMIS keyword in MISCIBLE cases as well as in

SOLVENT runs.
When the Temperature option is active, the initial reservoir temperature can be specified
using RTEMPA as an alias for RTEMP.
Generalized input of analytic aquifer connections can now be provided by the AQANNC
keyword.
It is possible to switch off the Hysteresis option by adding the NOHYST keyword to the
RUNSPEC section. Any IMBNUM values entered in the REGIONS section and imbibition
endpoints in the PROPS section will then be ignored.
The reporting of PVT table extrapolations has been improved. Setting the flag in
EXTRAPMS greater than 3 will result in diagnostic output to the print file of the
( P o , Rs ) values for the worst case extrapolations on the saturated and undersaturated
portions of the PVTO tables. Similarly for ( P g , R v ) lookups in the PVTG table. This will
report the cells where the most extrapolation occurs and report the type of extrapolation in
the PVTO or PVTG tables, depending on whether the hydrocarbon is saturated or
undersaturated.
430
2000A Developments
New Facilities
Well model
Wherever a well name root can be entered in the SCHEDULE section well keywords, a well
list name may be entered instead as an alternative method of specifying several wells at
once. These well list names must begin with an asterisk (*). A well list comprises a set of
well names; there is no limit to the number or length of the well lists, and they may be
changed at any time in the simulation, but each well cannot belong to more than one list at
a time. The new keyword WLIST provides a set of facilities for constructing and managing
well lists.
A new option MAXR is available for sales gas control (see keyword GCONSALE) in the set
of actions that may be taken when the sales gas rate exceeds the upper limit because the
available injection capacity is insufficient to re-inject all the surplus gas. This option
switches the group to gas production rate control, but also removes the re-injection fraction
limit and continues to recalculate the production rate target to maintain the sales target
according to the previous iterations injection rate. The option thus maximizes the
production rate by re-injecting as much gas as possible; a subsequent increase in the
injection capacity will allow the production rate to increase correspondingly.
The control of group targets/limits by prioritization has been extended to allow for different
criteria to be used to decide which wells to close depending on which group rate limit is
being exceeded. See keywords GCONPRI, WELPRI and PRIORITY.
The well block average pressures calculated for output to the Summary file (see keyword
WPAVE) may now be corrected to a reference depth which is different from the wells BHP
reference depth. A reference depth may be entered for each well with keyword WPAVEDEP,
the default being the wells BHP reference depth.
The NUPCOL keyword can now be entered in the SCHEDULE section as well as the
RUNSPEC section.
It is now possible to use oil injectors in API tracking cases. See the WAPI keyword.
Output
Entering the mnemonic NOTHING in any of the RPTGRID, RPTPROPS, RPTREGS,

RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords switches the output off for that keyword.
The mnemonic AQUTAB in RPTPROPS outputs the Carter-Tracy influence function tables
to the Print file.
The mnemonic FIPOWG in RPTREGS outputs the FIPOWG region data to the Print file.
Numerical aquifer performance data can now be obtained from SUMMARY section
mnemonics ANQR and ANQT which represent inflow rate and cumulative inflow, and
ANQP for the water volume weighted average aquifer pressure. The corresponding field
quantities are FNQR and FNQT.
When using the Killough capillary pressure Hysteresis Model, summary quantities can now
be reported for the departure saturations of water and gas (BWSHY, BGSHY) and for the
maximum wetting saturation for water capillary pressure hysteresis (BWSMA) and the
trapped gas saturation for gas capillary pressure hysteresis (BGSTRP).
The mnemonics PCOW and PCOG in keyword RPTRST will output the capillary pressures
to the Restart file.
The SAVE keyword can now be used in the SCHEDULE section, with no arguments, to
request a restart record to be written to the Save file.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
431
Performance
Scratch files for processing non-neighbor connections within the GRID and EDIT sections
have been removed on UNIX systems. This will show performance improvement in preprocessing datasets with large numbers of NNCs and local grids. The OPTIONS keyword
switch 78 restores the scratch files where not enough virtual memory is available to process
the NNCs dynamically.
Miscellaneous
A facility has been added to import arrays from general binary files such as Initial and
Restart files from a previous simulation run. The GETDATA keyword enables grid array
data from an initial or restart file to be imported as an array with a new name into the current
run. For example, it can be useful to import SWCR from a previous Initial file into the
current run, or to import SWAT from a previous restart file as SWATINIT into a new case.
In principle this is similar to the GETSOL keyword in ECLIPSE 300 but more flexible.
The INCLUDE keyword now accepts file names up to 132 characters in length.
Single phase tracers are solved, by default, using the cascade algorithm. It is now possible
to force ECLIPSE 100 to use the linear solver algorithm for single phase tracers by
specifying the NOCASC keyword in the RUNSPEC section.
The Vertical Equilibrium Model can now be used in radial geometries (as well as with
radial local grid refinements).
Environmental tracers
If the Surfactant Model or Environmental Tracer option is activated, there is now the
facility to define partitioned tracers. These are tracers that exist in two phases, not
necessarily two hydrocarbon phases. The partitioning between the two phases is governed
by user input tables. See the keywords PARTTRAC, TRACER, TRACERKP and TRKPF for
more details.
Flux boundary option
The active tracer concentrations (API, BRINE, FOAM and SURFACT tracers) are now
exported to the flux file in a DUMPFLUX run when the pressure flux boundary condition is
employed. These will be used in the reduced USEFLUX run to account for the influx or
efflux of tracer from outside the pressure boundary. Passive tracers are not included on the
flux file, but may be added in the reduced flux run.
It is possible to specify contract periods which are less than a year, for example to review
the DCQ on a quarterly basis. The keyword GASPERIO may be used instead of GASYEAR
to advance the simulation over a number of contract periods. A contract period can be any
number of months that is a factor of twelve, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6 or 12.
GI pseudo-compositional model
432
Dew point and bubble point pressures can now be output when running the Gi Model. The
multipliers on saturated R s , R v , B o and Bg can also now be reported. See the RPTSOL,
RPTRST and RPTSCHED keywords.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
Extrapolation warnings for PVT tables (PVTO, PVTG) are now reported when using the GImodel (see keyword EXTRAPMS). Extrapolation messages are also issued when
extrapolation occurs for (P, GI) in any of the GINODE, RSGI, RVGI, BOGI, BGGI or
GIALL keywords.
Gradient option
It is now possible to obtain gradients of the solution with respect to rock compressibility
parameters using the HMROCK keyword, and gradients with respect to rock compaction
modifiers using the HMROCKT keyword. Cumulative modifiers on rock compaction and
compressibility parameters during the regression using SimOpt can be supplied using the
HMMROCK, HMMROCKT and HMRREF keywords. See also the HMDIMS keyword.
Gradients can now be obtained with respect to multipliers on the transmissibilities between
MULTNUM regions. See the HMMULRGT keyword. Modifiers for inter-region
transmissibility can also be specified using the HMMMREGT keyword. See also the HMDIMS
keyword.
Gradients with respect to numerical aquifer porosity, permeability and transmissibility

multipliers for aquifer-grid connections can now be obtained using the HMAQUNUM
keyword. Modifiers for numerical aquifers can also be specified using the HMMLAQUN
keyword.
It is now possible to request gradients of RFT observations for nominated wells, using the
GRADRFT keyword. See also the RPTHMW keyword. This is used by SimOpt to match
against observed RFT data.
The cumulative number of linear iterations for each gradient parameter can now be output
to the Summary file using the HSUMLINS keyword in the SUMMARY section.
The Gradient option is now compatible with the Wellbore Friction option.
The Gradient option is now compatible with the Multisegment Well option.
It is now possible to request gradients of cumulative production totals (see the GRADWELL
and RPTHMD keywords).
Multisegment wells
Specific segments can be defined to represent a flow limiting valve, which imposes a
pressure drop that increases sharply when the flow rate exceeds a specified limit. These
may be used to limit the production of associated water or gas in a section of tubing, or to
control the distribution of production/injection between branches of a multilateral well, or
to prevent branch-to-branch crossflow. See keyword WSEGFLIM.
Unstructured (Pebi) grids can now be run as local grid refinements. See keywords
EXTFIN, EXTHOST, EXTREPGL, PEBI, TRANGL, SOLVDIMS and SOLVNUM. These are
generally expected to be supplied by another program and will not be modified by the user.
Radial local grids can now be used in runs where the global grid is run with the Vertical
Equilibrium model.
The wellhead location can now be defaulted in COMPDATL. If the I and J locations are
defaulted, they are set to the wellhead I and J indices provided that the current local grid is
the same as that used in WELSPECL, otherwise the I and J indices must still be specified
for wells completed in different local grids from that specified in WELSPECL.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
433
Parallel option
DUMPFLUX is now available with the Parallel option.
Horizontal pinchouts are now permitted with the Parallel option.
In place local grid refinements are now available with the Parallel option.
Non-neighbor connections which cross domain boundaries are now allowed with the Tracer
Tracking and Parallel options.
Auto-refinement is now compatible with the Parallel option.
Import files can now be used with the Parallel option.
The Parallel option now produces coarsened grids which are identical to those produced in
a serial run.
LGRs can be used in conjunction with tracers.
Polymer flood model
Mnemonic RK in RPTRST reports the water relative permeability reduction factor to the
restart files. The mnemonic VELOCITY reports the water flow velocity for shear thinning.
Surfactant Model
434
A new feature in the Surfactant Model allows you to model the change in wettability of the
rock as a function of the concentration of adsorbed surfactant. The immiscible relative
permeabilities (and capillary pressure) are then taken to be a weighted average of the user
supplied oil-wet and water-wet saturation functions. The feature is enabled by using the
SURFACTW keyword in the RUNSPEC section. The table numbers to use for the water-wet
saturation look up and the fraction of oil-wet to water-wet to use are input with the
SURFWNUM keyword in the REGIONS section, and the actual tables giving the fraction to
use as a function of concentration of adsorbed surfactant are entered with the SURFADDW
keyword in the PROPS section.
Diffusion can now be applied to a surfactant if the Environmental Tracer option is active
(Item 4 of the TRACERS keyword in the RUNSPEC section). This is done by using the
TRDIFSUR keyword (that is the TRDIF keyword for the tracer called SUR which is the
surfactant).
The SURFBLK mnemonic has been added to the RPTRST keyword for output of surfactant
concentrations and related quantities.
The requirement that the values of the saturated concentration of surfactant adsorbed by the
rock formation input in the SURFADS keyword should be monotonic can be overridden by
setting the 76th item in the OPTIONS keyword to be non-zero.
If the Surfactant Model or Environmental Tracer option is activated, there is now the
facility to define partitioned tracers. These are tracers that exist in two phases, not
necessarily two hydrocarbon phases. The partitioning between the two phases is governed
by user input tables. See the keywords, PARTTRAC, TRACER, TRACERKP and TRKPF for
more details.
2000A Developments
New Facilities

Grid data
The GRIDOPTS keyword can now be used to request additional options for processing the
grid data. Only the second argument specifying the maximum number of MULTNUM regions
in the GRID section should be used in this current release. All other arguments in this
keyword are for ECLIPSE 100 only.
The REGDIMS keyword can now be used to specify the maximum number of regions
associated with miscellaneous keywords in the REGIONS section. It may be useful with the
new GRID section keyword MULTNUM. Currently, only the first and fourth argument of the
REGDIMS keyword can be used in ECLIPSE 300. Any other argument read in will be
ignored.
It is now possible to define the regions for applying inter-region transmissibility

multipliers, instead of applying them to flux regions. This can be done using the MULTNUM
keyword.
The MULTREGT keyword can now be used to multiply the transmissibility between flux
regions or regions set up using the MULTNUM keyword. The MULTREGT keyword can be
used in both the GRID and SCHEDULE sections.
The NONNC keyword is now available for compatibility with ECLIPSE 100.
The facility to model a full tensor permeability has been added. Normally, the tensor
permeability data would be supplied by an external program. ECLIPSE 300 uses a 19 or 27
point discretization scheme in 3D to account for the tensor nature of the permeability field.
The permeability tensor components are supplied by keywords PERMX, PERMY and
PERMZ for the diagonal components (or their aliases PERMXX, PERMYY and PERMZZ),
and PERMXY, PERMYZ, and PERMZX for the off diagonal components. Only symmetric
tensors are dealt with in the simulator at present. The calculation of transmissibility
coefficients for tensor permeabilities is invoked using the MPFA keyword. It is still possible
to use a conventional two point discretisation in conjunction with tensor permeabilities if
required; ECLIPSE 300 will choose the components of the tensor along the coordinate axes
to diagonalise. The MPFANUM keyword may be used to indicate regions in which the
multipoint discretisation is to be applied. The multipoint transmissibilities can alternatively
be imported into ECLIPSE 300 from the unstructured grid module in FloGrid by using the
MPFNNC keyword. See Tensor Permeability on page 50-1 of the ECLIPSE Technical
Description for further information.
The MPFNNC keyword from ECLIPSE 100 is now available.
The ADDZCORN and EQLZCORN keywords are now available in ECLIPSE 300 to modify
the ZCORN data.
It is now possible to specify initial bubble point versus depth (PBVD) and initial
dew point versus depth (PDVD) in black oil runs for ECLIPSE 100 compatibility.
The initial composition keywords RSVD, RVVD and RSWVD may now all be specified in the
SOLUTION section for ECLIPSE 100 compatibility.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
435
It is now possible to modify the way in which the initial relative permeability critical table
saturations are determined by using the TOLCRIT keyword. Normally, the critical water
saturation Swcr is set to the value of S w in the last table entry (for SWOF or SWFN) for krw ,
for which krw 1.0 106 . The user can override this by entering TOLCRIT such that the
critical saturation is the value of in the last table entry where krw TOLCRIT , and similarly
for S gcr , S owcr and Sogcr . This will only be used in pathological cases involving end point
scaling (keyword ENDSCALE). and may be useful for comparison with certain other
simulators.
It is now possible to use the initial grid block pressures as reference pressures for the ROCK
keyword such that the initial ROCK is the initial reservoir pore volume. When using the
ROCK keyword, setting item 2 of the ROCK keyword to STORE copies the initial
equilibrated pressure to the overburden pressure (this functionality was already available
with the rock compaction model; see keyword ROCKCOMP). This references the input pore
volumes and porosities to reservoir conditions for compatibility with certain other
simulators.
Well model
436
Group production and injection controls may now be specified using the ECLIPSE 100
compatible keywords GCONPROD and GCONINJE, as an alternative to using GRUPPROD
and GRUPINJE. When specifying gas injection controls with GCONINJE in a
compositional run, the nature of the injected gas must also be specified with keyword
GINJGAS. Well guide rates may also be set using the ECLIPSE 100 compatible keyword
WGRUPCON, which also allows scaling of calculated guide rates.
Individual group production rate targets and limits may be modified using the ECLIPSE
100 compatible keyword GRUPTARG.
Group name roots can now be read for all group keywords except GRUPTREE.
Wherever a well name root can be entered in the SCHEDULE section well keywords, a well
list name may be entered instead as an alternative method of specifying several wells at
once. These well list names must begin with an asterisk (*). A well list comprises a set of
well names; there is no limit to the number or length of the well lists, and they may be
changed at any time in the simulation, but each well cannot belong to more than one list at
a time. The new keyword WLIST provides a set of facilities for constructing and managing
well lists.
A drilling queue for wells may now be defined using the keyword QDRILL. If a group
(including the field) cannot meet its production target, the first production well in the
drilling queue that is subordinate to that group, and not subordinate to any other group
under the same mode of production control, will be opened automatically. Similarly, if a
group cannot meet its injection target, the first injection well in the queue that is subordinate
to that group, and not subordinate to any other group under injection control for the same
phase, will be opened automatically.
The time taken to drill a well from a drilling queue may be specified with the WDRILTIM
keyword. With this keyword, the user may select whether a well drilled within a timestep
flows from the beginning of the timestep, or flows only when fully drilled. The keyword
also includes an option to prevent repeated premature opening of wells from the drilling
queue.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
The rates and compositions of both oil and gas for up to nine stages of a separator may now
be accessed using the appropriate summary mnemonics. (See the ECLIPSE 300 SUMMARY
sub-section in "New keywords for 2000A".) Previously, the mnemonics reported gas data
for the first three stages only. The gas from any stage of a separator may now also be used
as a source of re-injection fluid. (See GINJGAS, WINJGAS, GRUPINJE, WELLINJE,
WINJMIX and WINJORD.)
You can select whether a well is to be shut or stopped when it violates an economic limit
(WECON, GECON) or a maximum flow rate (GCONPROD, GCONPRI) or is unable to flow.
See item 9 of keyword WELSPECS.
The actions CON and +CON have been added to item 7 of GECON, allowing workovers to
be performed if a group violates an economic ratio limit.
When a well is defined with WELSPECS (or WELSPECL), its preferred phase must be
entered in item 6 (or 7). This is used to determine the worst offending connection or well
when a group production rate limit is exceeded in GCONPROD or GCONPRI.
The well block average pressures calculated for output to the SUMMARY file (see keyword
WPAVE) may now be corrected to a reference depth which is different from the wells BHP
reference depth. A reference depth may be entered for each well with keyword WPAVEDEP,
the default being the wells BHP reference depth.
In the well block average pressure calculation, the pressure of the inner block and its outer
ring of neighboring block may now be averaged according to their pore volumes. This
method of averaging pressure over grid blocks, used in the connection factor weighted
average pressure calculation, may be activated by setting the first weighting factor in the
WPAVE keyword to a negative value.
The NUPCOL keyword can now be entered in the RUNSPEC section as well as the
SCHEDULE section.
Imbibition saturation table numbers may now be set for well completions using the
COMPIMB keyword.
By using the keyword VFPCHK, the checking and correcting of crossing curves in a VFP
production table may be limited to crossings below a given BHP value. This allows a table
to retain BHP values that are set artificially high to indicate conditions where the flow is
supersonic or exceeds specified erosion velocity limits. These are legitimate, and serve to
prevent the well from operating at these conditions.
Output and restarts
When using the Rock Compaction option with an overburden pressure (keyword
OVERBURD), the effective fluid pressure can be output using the mnemonic PRES_EFF in
the OUTSOL keyword. The effective pore volume multiplier can be output with the
mnemonic PORV_MOD.
It is now possible to specify a NOSIM data checking run in the LOAD keyword and to
specify the formatted/unformatted input flag in the LOAD keyword.
Rock compaction data tables and overburden pressure tables can now be output to the Print
file using the mnemonics ROCKTAB, ROCKTABH (for the Hysteretic Option), and
OVERBURD in the RPTPROPS keyword.
The MULTNUM array can now be output to the Print file (under the RPTGRID keyword)
and also output to the INIT file. In addition, information concerning the MULTREGT
keyword can now be output to the Print file.
For Dual Porosity runs, output in the Print file will refer to specific parts of the grid, namely,
the matrix part and the fracture part.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
437
In black oil runs, the mnemonics RS, RSSAT, RV and RVSAT will output the R s , saturated
R s , R v and saturated R v values when used as arguments to keywords RPTSOL, RPTSCHED
and OUTSOL.
If the SOF3 mnemonic is used the RPTPROPS keyword, the ECLIPSE 100 style 3- phase
tabular output to the Print file appears in addition to the input tables.
If the PVTW mnemonic is used in the RPTPROPS keyword, this results in tabular output
of the water PVT data to the Print file.
If the transmissibilities are overwritten (using the OVERT- keywords, for example
OVERTX), or multiplied (using the MULT/MULTT keywords, for example MULTX), in the
SCHEDULE section, this information can be output to the Print file using the mnemonic
MULT in the RPTSCHED keyword. If a combination of both is used, then the final result
will be output.
A new file format, the extensible grid file (EGRID), can be used to transfer data to and from
the pre- and post-processing programs. See the GRIDFILE keyword.
Inter-block flows of hydrocarbon components can now be reported to the Print file using
mnemonics FLOCn in the RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords (where n is an integer
representing component n). The mnemonic FLOWAT requests output of inter-block water
flow rates in the RPTSOL, RPTSCHED and OUTSOL keywords.
The INSPEC and RSSPEC files now contain a list of descriptors for each output array and
a list of descriptors for the unit system of all output quantities in the INIT and Restart files.
Historical flowing rates and cumulatives at the field and group level may now be written to
the Summary file (see keyword WCONHIST).
Additional SUMMARY section keywords (NEWTFL, NNUMFL, NNUMST, NBAKFL) are

available to output performance data for the flash calculation.
Performance
A new linear solver has been implemented which accounts for local grid refinements in a
more efficient way. The LSCRIT keyword sets convergence criteria for the linear solver.
Keywords LSCRITL and LSCRITS provide control over sub-iterations for local grids. For
more information, see the chapter on Solution of the Linear Equations on page 45-1 of
the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
A new way for controlling the choice of implicit cells within the AIM solution procedure
is available (keyword AIMCON).
A number of pre-set tunings are available in keyword TOPT.
A new OPTIONS3 keyword switch (42) has been added which may help convergence in
dual porosity cases.
Miscellaneous
When the required memory is not available to process the dynamic parts of the simulation for
setting up the Jacobian matrices and the linear solver, ECLIPSE 300 now counts up the total
memory required in many cases and reports this total before aborting. There must already be
sufficient memory allocated already to advance the simulation up to the end of the SOLUTION
section, but the memory required to advance the timesteps is by far the largest memory request,
especially in implicit cases. Once the total memory requested is known, the MEMORY keyword
can be set if resources are available.
438
2000A Developments
New Facilities
A Brine Tracking option is available, to model the mixing of waters with different salt
concentrations. See keyword BRINE.
It is now possible to add tracers (but not the TRACK option) to a restart run where the base
run did not use any tracers. However, it is still not possible to add extra tracers at the restart
when the base case already used tracers
Both the MINPORV and MINROCKV keywords can now be used for individual local grid
refinements. These keywords and their data should be placed between the CARFIN or
RADFIN and ENDFIN keywords for the respective local grid.
The Dual Porosity option is now compatible with the use of local grid refinements.
LGRs can be added to, or removed from, the grid during flexible restarts (keyword
RESTART).
Multisegment wells
The Drift-flux Slip Model is now available. This can be selected for the entire well in item
7 of record 1 in keyword WELSEGS, and parameters may be adjusted for individual
segments with keyword WSEGFMOD. With the Drift Flux Model, the phases may flow at
different velocities, and at low flow rates countercurrent flow may occur, where the heavy
and light phases flow in opposite directions.
A variable pressure drop multiplier can now be specified in keyword WSEGMULT. The
multiplier allows you to specify a scaling factor by which the frictional pressure drop
calculated across a segment will be multiplied. The scaling factor may be either a constant
or vary as a function of the water-oil ratio and gas-oil ratio of the mixture flowing through
the segments outlet junction. A variable scaling factor may be applied, for example, to
progressively choke off a branch as its produced gas-oil ratio increases, or to model the
operation of an adjustable flow control device whose purpose is to cut off production from
completions with high water cuts. The value of the scaling factor can be output to the
Summary file using the mnemonic SPRDM in the SUMMARY section.
Specific segments can be defined to represent a flow limiting valve, which imposes a
pressure drop that increases sharply when the flow rate exceeds a specified limit. These
may be used to limit the production of associated water or gas in a section of tubing, or to
control the distribution of production/injection between branches of a multilateral well, or
to prevent branch-to-branch crossflow. See keyword WSEGFLIM.
Multisegment wells may now have a D-factor for flow-dependent skin (keyword WDFAC).
Some of the iteration parameters for the multisegment well calculation can be controlled
with the keyword CVCRIT. These are the maximum number of iterations to converge the
well and convergence tolerances for molar densities, molar flow rate and energy flow rate.
The pressure tolerance is the same as for the reservoir grid and can also be set with
CVCRIT.
Segment component flow rates (SCFRn) and segment saturation pressures (SPSAT) can be
written to the Summary file.
The facility in the ECLIPSE 100 Wellbore Friction option to output information which
GRAF uses to produce specialized plots is also available with Multisegment Wells (see
Graphical presentation of friction effects in horizontal wells on page 58-10 of the
ECLIPSE Technical Description). GRAF recognizes the presence of multisegment wells,
and will produce the same series of prompts as it does for friction wells.
2000A Developments
New Facilities
439
Parallel option
Multisegment wells are now available.
The flux options are now available:
DUMPFLUX: to create a flux file
USEFLUX: to use the flux file.
The COARSEN keyword is now available.
Thermal option
440
A new keyword OILVISCC allows the temperature dependence of the oil viscosity to be
specified using standard correlations. Four correlations can be used, ASTM, Andrade
formula, Vogel formula and a logarithmic relationship. Correlation coefficients can be
entered directly, or values of temperature and viscosity can be entered, in which case the
simulator will calculate the coefficients.
A screening of oil, water and gas saturations can be undertaken if a problem occurs due to
a negative saturation. This may happen, for example, with saturations from an ECLIPSE
100 simulation. If this is desired, set the 40th switch of keyword OPTIONS3 to a value > 0.
The steam production rate from a well can now be controlled (see keyword WCONPROD).
In dead oil thermal runs, steam production can now be prevented by limiting the well BHP
at a fixed amount above the saturated water pressure. This option can also be used in live
oil thermal runs, but some steam may be produced at pressures above the water saturation
pressure. (See keyword WCONPROD.)
2000A Developments
New Facilities
Behavioral Changes

Grid data
The default behavior of MULTREGT (also MULTREGD and MULTREGH) has been altered
when there are numerical aquifers. Transmissibilities for connections relating to numerical
aquifers are now accounted for between MULTNUM regions. Setting the flag NOAQUNNC
in item 2 of the MULTREGT keyword will not apply the transmissibility multipliers to
numerical aquifer connections for back compatibility with pre-2000A versions.
When using numerical aquifers (AQUNUM) and the Vertical Equilibrium (VE) options, the
method of calculating the flows across the NNCs connecting the aquifer to the grid
(specified by AQUCON) has been altered. The default is now to use an effective VEFRAC =
1.0 for the relative permeability calculation and VEFRACP = 1.0 for the capillary pressure
calculation for the aquifer to grid water flows. Previously, an effective VEFRAC and
VEFRACP both equal to 0.0 (pure rock curves for relative permeability and capillary
pressures) were used in the 99A version. The VEFRAC and VEFRACP values can be
controlled by the 12th and 13th items in the AQUCON keyword.
The non-orthogonal pressure correction nine-point scheme controlled by the NOPC9

keyword has been deprecated.
Output and restarts
Various defaults in the MESSAGES keyword have been increased for compatibility with
ECLIPSE 300.
The LOAD keyword has been modified to be more compatible with the ECLIPSE 300
behavior. The second data item can now be used to specify the report step to restart from,
provided that the corresponding restart record is available in the SAVE file. The old format
(without the report step data item) will still be recognized by ECLIPSE and interpreted as
before, effectively defaulting the report step.
The INSPEC and RSSPEC files are now output by default. Previously these files were only
output if the INSPEC or RSSPEC keywords were specified. New keywords NOINSPEC
and NORSSPEC can be used to disable INSPEC or RSSPEC output.
Runtime monitoring is now on by default. This used to be switched on optionally by the

MONITOR keyword. The NOMONITO keyword disables runtime monitoring.
Disking option
The disking options have been deprecated.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes
441
Hysteresis
The Capillary Pressure Hysteresis Model has been changed such that the capillary pressure
will follow a scanning curve when the initial wetting phase saturation is below the critical
value. This should have little effect when the drainage and imbibition curves meet at the
connate saturation, but if the two curves have different capillary pressures at the connate
saturation then a sensible scanning curve will be used. This is compatible with the default
behavior in ECLIPSE 300. The pre-2000A behavior, in which the bounding imbibition
curve is used instead of a scanning curve, may be restored by setting the 79th switch of the
OPTIONS keyword.
Gradient option
ECLIPSE no longer bans the use of active tracers (API, Brine and the Temperature Option
or the Foam Model) in Gradient runs. In most cases the effect should be small and can often
be neglected, so that it is still possible to perform a sensitivity run to screen redundant
parameters or enlist a regression run. However, the gradients will not be fully accurate as
the contributions of the tracer properties to the sensitivities are ignored. See The Gradient
Option on page 24-1 in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
Local grid refinement and coarsening
The format of the COMPDATL keyword in ECLIPSE 100 is changed in the 2000A release,
with the addition of the local grid name in item 2. This makes it compatible with the
ECLIPSE 300 form of the keyword. It is now the same as the COMPDATM keyword in
ECLIPSE 100, which is treated as an alias for COMPDATL. For back compatibility,
ECLIPSE 100 will still recognize and read the old form of COMPDATL if this is entered.
The new form of the keyword is distinguished by item 6 being an integer (it must not be
defaulted), or alternatively item 2 being a character string which is not a pure integer, or
item 7 being a character string beginning with a letter. If any of these conditions is true
ECLIPSE 100 recognizes the keyword as the new form, otherwise it reads it as an old form
of the keyword.
The TOPS value derived for a coarsened cell is now the volume weighted average of the
TOPS values for its constituent cells. Previously it was the value supplied for the
representative cell. This is now consistent with the treatment of DEPTH values.
Multisegment wells
442
When using the Drift Flux Model, the adjustment of the drift velocity to allow for pipe
inclination has been changed. The adjustment is now calculated from the formula of Hasan
and Kabir (see The drift velocity in the ECLIPSE Technical Description), which gives
a larger drift velocity in pipes deviated from the vertical. Also, the original model for oilwater slip has been replaced with the model proposed by Hasan and Kabir (see Threephase flow and oil-water slip in the ECLIPSE Technical Description). It is possible to
revert to the pre-2000A treatment by setting switch 77 in the OPTIONS keyword.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes

RUNSPEC section
The behavior of DPCDT has changed:
The second argument of DPCDT no longer exists.
The limiting of the capillary pressure is only performed on explicit cells (The limiting
can be applied to all cells if switch 38 of OPTIONS3 is set >0)
The DPCDT limiting is performed on the pressures associated with a phase. (Pre2000A, the limiting was performed after table look-up; this behavior can be restored if
OPTIONS3 switch 37 is set >0) This change only effects 3-phase cells.
The NORSM keyword is deprecated.
Grid data
The SIGMA and SIGMAGD keywords have been replaced by SIGMAV and SIGMAGDV for
ECLIPSE 100 compatibility. SIGMA and SIGMAGD now expect scalar data items and an
error will result if array data is supplied.
The DZMTRX keyword now expects scalar data items for ECLIPSE 100 compatibility. The
DZMTRXV keyword (or its alias DZMATRIX) is still available to enter DZMTRX values on
a cell by cell basis.
Non-Darcy flow
The velocity dependent relative permeability Forchheimer models (see keywords VDKRO
and VDKRG) have been fixed to be consistent with the Non-Darcy flow technical
description and units (see Non-Darcy Flow on page 35-1 of the ECLIPSE Technical
Description). The fixes will generate different results from previous version of ECLIPSE
300. One way to validate the fixes is to compare the velocity dependent relative
permeability Forchheimer models (keywords VDKRO and VDKRG) to the standard
Forchheimer model with a factor (keyword VDFLOW). To accomplish this, set all
parameters in keywords VDKRO and VDKRG to zero except the fifth argument (ao and ag)
which should be set to the same value as the factor for VDFLOW. In ECLIPSE 300, the
velocity dependent Forchheimer models (keywords VDKRO and VDKRG) are the preferred
models since effects such as relative permeability are treated implicitly, whereas explicit
treatment is used in Forchheimer model with the factor.
The 9th item in the EQUIL keyword has been altered for ECLIPSE 100 compatibility.
Horizontal block averaging over 2*N layers for the more accurate initial fluid-in-place
calculation is now selected by setting the 9th item to -N. Setting the 9th item to +N still
implies horizontal block averaging over N layers for backward compatibility with pre2000A versions. Tilted block integration is not at present available in ECLIPSE 300.
The initial composition versus depth keywords RSVD, RVVD and RSWVD have been moved
from the PROPS to the SOLUTION section for ECLIPSE 100 compatibility. These
keywords can all still be entered equivalently in the PROPS section for back-compatibility.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes
443
The calculation of the hydrocarbon-water relative permeabilities has changed. The pre2000A method interpolated between the gas-water and oil-water curves, without scaling
the end-points prior to interpolation. This interpolation was only performed if the Licorrelation indicated the current state was near the critical point. The 2000A method scales
the end-points of the curves prior to interpolation. The pre-2000A behavior can be restored
by setting OPTIONS3 keyword switch 41 > 0. The limits of the Li correlation, which
specify when this interpolation occurs, can be entered using the LILIM keyword.
Well model
444
The default treatment for using advanced gas during re-injection is a sequential model. In
this model the advanced gas is used prior to the available produced gas for re-injection. If
the re-injection requirements of a group or well can be met by the advanced gas stream
alone, then no produced gas will be re-injected and all of it will remain available for fuel
and/or sales usage. If the advanced and available produced gas streams are not sufficient
for the re-injection requirements of a well, make-up gas, if specified, will be used in the
normal manner. The advanced gas rate is added to a groups produced gas rate to form the
available gas rate for reinjection subject to a groups fuel and sales gas commitments. The
default mixing tank treatment of the 99A release may be used as an alternative by setting
the 30th integer in the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The injection calculation is now iterated a number of times in order to provide a more
accurate solution in situations when the composition of the injected gas depends on the
injection rate, such as when advance gas or make-up gas is present, or when the injection
gas is made up of a mixture defined by WINJORD. The calculation is also iterated a number
of times to provide more accurate availability limits for the case when two or more injection
groups take their gas from the same source group and availability control has been
requested (see keyword WAVAILIM). When advance gas or make-up gas or a WINJORD
mixture is not present, and availability limits have not been requested, the injection
calculation is only executed once each Newton iteration. The keyword GCONTOL may be
used to alter the default convergence tolerance and limit on the number of iterations. Setting
the 36th integer in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 9 will cause the simulator to revert to the
99A treatment of the injection calculation (one iteration, regardless of the nature of the
problem).
When the source of injection gas is a single separator stage (see GINJGAS item 5), the
treatment has been altered for cases where there are fuel or sales targets that take
precedence over injection (see WTAKEGAS). Previously, the fuel and sales gas composition
was that of the complete separator, whereas in reality the composition must change to
reflect the fact that an amount of injection gas with the composition of a single stage has
been removed. The new treatment allows for this change in composition, by performing the
injection calculation first at a rate that is limited by higher priority fuel and sales
requirements. It is possible to revert to the pre-2000A treatment by setting the 36th integer
in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 10.
The data format of keyword GPMAINT has been changed to be compatible with the
ECLIPSE 100 keyword. Items 8 to 14 have been removed; use GINJGAS instead to specify
the nature of the injected gas. Item 2 entries that specify the nature of the injected gas have
also been removed. The old data format can still be read if the keyword name is changed to
GPMAINT3.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, positive valued completion D-factors entered in
COMPDAT or COMPDATL are now treated as if they apply to the well and will be scaled to
a D-factor appropriate to the completion (see WDFAC for a description of this scaling). A
D-factor may be entered directly and not scaled by setting it to a negative value.
Alternatively, setting the 36th switch in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 2 will revert to the 99A
treatment of completion D-factors.
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, in the calculation that scales well D-factors to
completion D-factors, the sum of transmissibility factors is now made over all currently
open completions. Prior to this release, this sum was made over all completions regardless
of whether they were open or closed. Setting the 36th integer in the OPTIONS3 keyword
to 2 will revert to the 99A method of D-factor scaling.
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, the D-Factor mobility multiplier in a crossflowing
gas injector now applies to water phase as well as hydrocarbon phases. Setting the 36th
integer in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 8 will revert to the 99A treatment, whereby this
multiplier is only applied to the hydrocarbon phases.
The wells preferred phase must be entered in item 6 of WELSPECS or item 7 of

WELSPECL when this keyword is used to define a well.
The end run flag in WECON and GECON now stops the run if the well (or all the producers
in the group) have been shut/stopped for any reason, not just on violation of the minimum
economic rate limit. Setting the 36th integer in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 3 will revert to
the 99A treatment.
The WREV option in WECON item 7 has been removed (it is interpreted as WELL). The
WELL option now allows wells to be revived if requested in WTEST (with an E in item 3),
to be consistent with ECLIPSE 100. Previously, wells closed due to ratio violations could
only be revived if the WREV option was selected.
The procedure for opening connections that were automatically closed in workovers, when
a well is revived with the WTEST facility, has been changed to be compatible with
ECLIPSE 100. Previously, closed connections were not re-opened when the well was
revived. Setting the 36th integer in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 4 will revert to the 99A
treatment.
Well cumulative production histories are now incremented according to their actual
production rates when they are no longer history matching wells. By using this cumulative
in the calculation of group level cumulatives, a discontinuity is avoided in the group level
cumulative when a production well switches from a history matching well to a standard
well.
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, a follow-on well (that is fully specified but shut) is
now opened should its associated well be automatically closed for any reason apart from
priority control. Previously, this action was limited to closure due to well economic limits.
(See item 9 of the WECON keyword for more details.)
If a wells bottom hole pressure reference depth is defaulted in WELLSPEC, WELSPECS or

WELSPECL, its value is now set equal to the centre depth of the grid block containing the
top-most connection in this well, as is the case in ECLIPSE 100. Setting the 36th integer in
the OPTIONS3 keyword to 5 will revert to the 99A treatment, whereby a defaulted bottom
hole pressure reference depth is set equal to the centre depth of the grid block containing
the first connection defined by the user for this well.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes
445
For compatibility with ECLIPSE 100, when a well is automatically closed, item 9 in the
WELSPECS keyword now determines whether the well is shut or stopped. The default
action, which applies if the well is specified with the WELLSPEC keyword, is to shut the
well. In the case when the well is closed because it is unable to flow, setting the 36th integer
in the OPTIONS3 keyword to 6 will cause the simulator revert to the 99A treatment,
whereby the well will be stopped, regardless of what is specified in the WELSPECS
keyword.
In production well VFP tables, BHP values at 1.0e10 (the default value used to indicate
supersonic or erosional flow in a VFPi pressure traverse calculation) that result in crossing
curves are now not automatically corrected so that the curves no longer cross. Such BHP
values have been made artificially high on purpose to distinguish regimes of supersonic or
erosional flow, and the correction would remove this distinction and allow the well to
operate under these conditions.
The well block average pressures (see the WBP series of summary mnemonics) have been
modified for the case of horizontal wells. The stencil of grid blocks around well
completions is now perpendicular to the penetration direction of horizontal wells, as is the
case in ECLIPSE 100. (See keyword WPAVE.)
Output
Various defaults in the MESSAGES keyword have been increased for compatibility with
ECLIPSE 100.
Any errors encountered now force the simulator into NOSIM mode. In addition, if the
number of errors is either greater than 10 (the new MESSAGES default) or a user-specified
error limit set in MESSAGES, the simulator stops. This now provides the same error
condition (level 5) handling as ECLIPSE 100.
Runtime monitoring is now on by default. This used to be switched on optionally by the

MONITOR keyword. The NOMONITO keyword disables runtime monitoring.
The INSPEC and RSSPEC files are now output be default. Previously these files were only
output if the INSPEC or RSSPEC keywords were specified. New keywords NOINSPEC
and NORSSPEC can be used to disable INSPEC or RSSPEC output.
Performance
The allocation of ROWSUM and COLSUM constraints has changed in the Nested
Factorization solver (see Solution of the Linear Equations on page 45-1 of the ECLIPSE
Technical Description). The default in fully implicit cases is now COLSUM instead of
ROWSUM. This can be over-ridden using the 20th switch in the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Local Grid Refinement
446
The minimum pore volume for all local grid refinements has been changed from 1.0e-21 to
1.0e-6. A specific value can now be set via the MINPORV or MINPV keyword, which is
entered between the CARFIN or RADFIN and ENDFIN keywords, otherwise the new
default value will be used.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes
Multisegment wells
When a workover with an action '+CON' is performed on a multisegment well, that is close
the worst-offending connection and all below it, is now interpreted as meaning close the
connection and all connections upstream of it. Thus instead of selecting the connections to
close according to their depth, they are selected according to their length down the tubing
- all connections further from the wellhead are closed. In multi-lateral wells, the branch
topology is taken into account so that only branches subordinate to the worst-offending
connection are closed off.
Thermal option
The ECLIPSE 300 Thermal option keyword TEMP has been changed to TEMPI to avoid
compatibility issues, as TEMP is used by the ECLIPSE 100 Temperature option.
The maximum temperature economic limit has been moved from item 11 of WECON to item
15, because items 11 to 14 already contain items used by ECLIPSE 100.
2000A Developments
Behavioral Changes
447
New Keywords
RUNSPEC section
BIGMODEL Makes ECLIPSE allocate memory in 4-byte words rather than bytes. This allows
large models requiring between 2 GBytes and 8 Gbytes of memory to be run with
the standard ECLIPSE executable. (This is, of course, subject to any limits on
memory allocation imposed by the users machine or its operating system.)
FULLIMP
Forces the run to be fully implicit (for ECLIPSE 300 compatibility).
IMPES
Forces the run to be always IMPES (for ECLIPSE 300 compatibility).
NOCASC
Forces the linear solver tracer algorithm to be used for single phase tracers.
NOHYST
Disables hysteresis.
NOINSPEC Disables the Initial Index file (INSPEC) output.

NOMONITO Disables output for runtime monitoring.
NORSSPEC Disables the Restart Index file (RSSPEC) output.
Environmental and
Surfactant Options
PARTTRAC Activates the Partitioned Tracer Model.

SOLVDIMS Specifies the solver dimensions for an unstructured grid generated by FloGrid.
Surfactant Option
SURFACTW The immiscible relative permeabilities and capillary pressure will be calculated
as an average of oil-wet and water-wet saturation functions dependent upon the
mass of adsorbed surfactant.
GRID section
AQUNNC
Specifies non-neighbor connections explicitly for numerical aquifers.
LGR Option
EXTFIN
Specifies an unstructured local grid refinement.
LGR Option
EXTHOST
Specifies the global host cells for an unstructured local grid refinement.
LGR Option
EXTREPGL Specifies the replaced global cells for an unstructured local grid refinement.
HALFTRAN Activates the half-block transmissibility upscaling option.
Gradient Option
HMAQUNUM Activates the calculation of gradients for numerical aquifer parameters.
Gradient Option
HMMLAQUN Specifies cumulative multipliers on numerical aquifer parameters.
Gradient Option
HMMMREGT Specifies cumulative inter-region transmissibility multipliers.
Gradient Option
HMMULRGT Activates the calculation of gradients with respect to inter-region

transmissibility multipliers.
PEBI
LGR Option
448
Specifies that an unstructured grid is being used.
SOLVDIMS Specifies the solver dimensions for an unstructured local grid refinement
generated by FloGrid.
2000A Developments
New Keywords
LGR Option
SOLVNUM
Specifies the map from user numbers to solver numbers for an unstructured grid
generated by FloGrid.
TRANGL
Specifies the global-local connections and associated transmissibilities for an

unstructured local grid refinement.
PROPS section
Specifies cumulative multipliers on rock compressibility.
Gradient Option
HMMROCK
Gradient Option
HMMROCKT Specifies cumulative modifiers of rock compaction parameters.
Gradient Option
HMROCK
Activates the calculation of gradients with respect to rock compressibility

multipliers.
Gradient Option
HMROCKT
Activates the calculation of gradients with respect to rock compaction

parameters.
Gradient Option
HMRREF
Specify reference pressures for HMROCKT.
NOWARNEP Suppresses all warning messages associated with checking consistency of end
points when the end point scaling option is activated.
SGCWMIS
Surfactant Option
SURFADDW Tables of mass of adsorbed surfactant vs. fraction of oil-wet and water-wet
curves to use in calculating immiscible relative permeabilities.
TOLCRIT
Environmental and
Surfactant Options
Input tables of critical gas saturation as a function of water saturation in

MISCIBLE cases.
Controls the method of determining the table critical saturations in pathological

end point scaling cases.
TRACERKP Tables giving the K(P) partitioning functions for partitioned tracers.
REGIONS section
Surfactant Option
SURFWNUM Gives the table numbers for the water-wet saturation functions and the mass of
adsorbed surfactant vs. fraction of oil-wet to water-wet curves, to use for each
grid block.
Environmental and
Surfactant Options
TRKPF
Region numbers for selecting which K(P) table to use for each partitioned tracer.
SOLUTION section
AQANNC
Specifies analytic aquifer connections explicitly.
RTEMPA
Specifies initial reservoir temperature as an alias for RTEMP.
2000A Developments
New Keywords
449
SUMMARY section
Gradient Option
ANQR
Numerical aquifer influx rate.
ANQT
Numerical aquifer influx total.
ANQP
Numerical aquifer average water pressure.
FNQR
Field influx rate for all numerical aquifers.
FNQT
Field influx total for all numerical aquifers.
BGSHY
Departure saturation from drainage to imbibition for gas capillary pressure

hysteresis.
BGSTRP
Trapped gas critical saturation for gas capillary pressure hysteresis.
BWSHY
Departure saturation from drainage to imbibition for water capillary pressure

hysteresis.
BWSMA
Maximum wetting saturation for water capillary pressure hysteresis. This also
represents the maximum wetting phase saturation used to determine scanning
curves in relative permeability hysteresis, whether the Carlson or Killough
Model is used.
HSUMLINS Outputs the total number of linear iterations for each gradient parameter.
SCHEDULE section
DIMPES
This replaces the IMPES keyword in the SCHEDULE section of ECLIPSE 100,
which took a different form from the current ECLIPSE 300 compatible IMPES
keyword in the RUNSPEC section. However, ECLIPSE 100 will still accept
the old IMPES keyword in the SCHEDULE section for backward compatibility.
DIMPLICT This replaces the IMPLICIT keyword in the SCHEDULE section of ECLIPSE
100. However, ECLIPSE 100 will still accept the IMPLICIT keyword in the
SCHEDULE section for backward compatibility.
Gas Field Operations Model GASPERIO Advances the simulation over a number of contract periods which may be less
than a year.
Requests gradient output of RFT quantities for nominated wells.
Gradient Option
GRADRFT
Gradient Option
HMWPIMLT Requests gradients with respect to well productivity index.

NEXT
ECLIPSE 100 now also accepts NEXT as an alternative to NEXTSTEP.
WAPI
Specify the API of injected oil in API tracking cases.
WLIST
Constructs and manages well lists.
WPAVEDEP Specifies reference depths for the calculation of well block average pressures.
Multisegment Wells
450
WSEGFLIM Defines segments to represent a flow limiting valve.
2000A Developments
New Keywords
Global keywords
GETDATA
Imports named array data from previous Initial or Restart files.

GRID, EDIT, PROPS, REGIONS and SOLUTION sections.

RUNSPEC section
BRINE
Enables brine tracking.
GRIDOPTS Requests additional options for processing the grid data.

NODPCDT
Disables the DPCDT option.
NOINSPEC Disables the Initial Index file (INSPEC) output.

NONNC
Disables the generation or use of non-neighbor connections.
NORSSPEC Disables the Restart Index file (RSSPEC) output.

REGDIMS
Describes the maximum number of regions associated with miscellaneous

keywords in the REGIONS section.
GRID section
ADDZCORN Adds a constant to the corner point depth array.
EQLZCORN Resets part of the corner point depth array.
MPFA
Activates the multipoint flux approximation and sets options for handling tensor
permeability.
MPFANUM
Specifies regions in which to apply the multipoint flux approximation for

handling tensor permeability data.
MPFNNC
Specifies multipoint NNCs and transmissibility coefficients.
MULTNUM
Defines the regions for applying inter-region transmissibility multipliers.
MULTREGT This keyword can be used to set a transmissibility multiplier between regions
that have already been defined using the FLUXNUM or MULTNUM keyword. The
MULTREGT keyword can also be used in the SCHEDULE section.
PERMXX
Specifies the xx component of the permeability tensor.
PERMXY
Specifies the xy component of the permeability tensor.
PERMYY
Specifies the yy component of the permeability tensor.
PERMYZ
Specifies the yz component of the permeability tensor.
PERMZX
Specifies the zx component of the permeability tensor.
PERMZZ
Specifies the zz component of the permeability tensor.
2000A Developments
New Keywords
451
SIGMAGDV Vectorized form of the scalar keyword SIGMAGD.

SIGMAV
Vectorized form of the scalar keyword SIGMA.
PROPS section
BDENSITY Enables the surface density of water to vary with the salt concentration.
LILIM
Specifies the range for Li-interpolation.
MISCSTRR Allows the reference miscible surface tension to be set by saturation region
number.
Thermal Option
OILVISCC Oil viscosity-temperature correlation for the Thermal option.

PVTWSALT FVF, compressibility and viscosity of water as functions of salt concentration.
TOLCRIT
Controls the method of determining the table critical saturations in pathological

end point scaling cases.
SOLUTION section
Thermal Option
PBVD
Initial bubble point versus depth in black oil runs with dissolved gas.
PDVD
Initial dew point versus depth in black oil runs with vaporized oil.
SALT
Initial salt concentrations in each grid block, for the Brine option.
SALTVD
Initial salt concentration versus depth, for the Brine option.
TEMPI
Initial temperatures, often used when specifying non-equilibrium initialization

with NEI.
SUMMARY section
(F,G)(O,W,G,L)P(R,T)H,
(F,G)(W,G)I(R,T)H,
(F,G)(WCT,GOR,OGR,WGR)H
Field and group historical production and injection rates, totals and ratios.
(F,G,W)(O,G)nP(R,T)
Field, group and well oil and gas production rates and totals from the nth
separator stage (n = 1 to 9).
(G,W)(X,Y)MFn
Group and well liquid and vapor mole fractions for the nth separator stage (n = 1
to 9).
452
NBAKFL
Number of calls made to scalar fallback routines in the flash calculation per
timestep.
NEWTFL
Cumulative average Newton iterations per cell in the two phase flash
calculations.
NNUMFL
Total number of two phase flash calculations performed.
2000A Developments
New Keywords
NNUMST
Total number of stability test calculations performed.

RGIPA
Region gas in place above TRACK depth.
RGIPB
Region gas in place below TRACK depth.
ROIPA
Region oil in place above TRACK depth.
ROIPB
Region oil in place below TRACK depth.
ROFR(+/-)
The positive and negative contributions to the inter region oil flow rate.
Similarly a + or - can be added to all the inter-region summary keywords.
Multisegment Wells
SCFRn
Multisegment well segment component n flow rate.
Multisegment Wells
SPRDM
Multisegment well segment frictional pressure loss multiplier.
Multisegment Wells
SPSAT
Multisegment well segment Psat.
SCHEDULE section
AIMCON
Controls implicit cells within an AIM run.
COMPIMB
Sets imbibition saturation table numbers for well completions.
GINJGAS
Specifies the nature of the injected gas when group injection controls are entered
with GCONINJE.
GCONINJE Sets injection controls for groups and the field.

GCONPROD Sets production controls for groups and the field, using guide rate group control.
GCONTOL
Items 3 and 4 may be used to control the iterations of the injection calculation.
GRUPTARG Resets an individual production rate target or limit for a group.

LSCRIT
Linear solution convergence criteria.
LGR Option
LSCRITL
Linear solution convergence criteria for all local grids.
LGR Option
LSCRITS
Linear solution convergence criteria for each individual local grids.
MULTREGT This keyword can be used to set a transmissibility multiplier between regions
that have already been defined using the FLUXNUM or MULTNUM keyword.
QDRILL
Defines a drilling queue for wells that may be opened in sequence when they are
needed to maintain a group rate target under guide rate group control
(GCONPROD).
TOPT
Pre-set tuning options.
VFPCHK
Sets a threshold BHP for VFP table checks, or turns them off.
WGRUPCON Sets well guide rates for group control.

WLIST
Constructs and manages well lists.
WPAVEDEP Specifies reference depths for the calculation of well block average pressures.
WSALT
Defines the salt concentration in water injectors, for the Brine option.
Multisegment Wells
WSEGFLIM Defines segments to represent a flow limiting valve.
Multisegment Wells
WSEGFMOD Specifies the multiphase the flow model in individual segments.
2000A Developments
New Keywords
453
Altered Keywords
RUNSPEC section
Gradient Option
HMDIMS
Item 4 specifies the maximum number of inter-region multiplier parameters.

New item 8 to specify the maximum number of rock compaction or rock
compressibility parameters.
Gradient Option
RPTHMD
Item 6 allows gradients of cumulative quantities.
GRID section
AQUCON
Items 12 and 13 set the effective VEFRAC and VEFRACP when using the VE
option.
MULTREGT Item 5 controls application to numerical aquifer connections.

MULTREGD Item 5 controls application to numerical aquifer connections.
MULTREGH Item 5 controls application to numerical aquifer connections.
PROPS section
EHYSTR
New item 7 to apply the initial fluid mobility correction to the imbibition end
points as well as to the drainage end points.
PMAX
New item 2 to increase the range of pressures for checking total compressibility
of the oil-gas system.
RPTPROPS New mnemonic AQUTAB (switch 25) outputs the Carter-Tracy influence tables.
Environmental and
Surfactant Options
TRACER
New items 4 and 5 for defining partitioned tracers.
SOLUTION section
RPTRST
Mnemonics PCOW and PCOG (switch 27) output the capillary pressures.
Mnemonic RK (switch 29) outputs the water relative permeability reduction
factor due to polymer retention, for the Polymer Flood model.
The mnemonic GIMULT will output the RSGI, RVGI, BOGI and BGGI
multipliers for the current (P,GI) values in each cell, when running the Gi Model.
454
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
SCHEDULE section
LGR Option
COMPDATL New item 2 inserted (the local grid name), to make the keyword compatible with
the ECLIPSE 300 form. Items 3 and 4 (connection I and J locations) now default
to those of the wellhead in WELSPECL, if the connection is located in the same
local grid as specified in WELSPECL.
LGR Option
COMPDATM This is now an alias for COMPDATL, which has the same data format.
GCONPRI
An additional option, PR2, in items 3, 5, 7 and 9 controls the group/field

production rate by prioritization using the second priority formula specified in
keyword PRIORITY.
GCONSALE New option MAXR in item 5.

Gradient Option
GRADWELL Well cumulative production gradients are now available.

IMPES
Has been replaced (in the SCHEDULE section only) by DIMPES (Dynamic
IMPES) to avoid confusion with ECLIPSE 300.
IMPLICIT Has been replaced (in the SCHEDULE section only) by DIMPLICT (Dynamic
Implicit) to avoid confusion with ECLIPSE 300.
NUPCOL
This keyword can now be entered in the SCHEDULE section as well as in

RUNSPEC.
PRIORITY Has been extended; items 10-17 allow the definition of a second priority
formula.
Gradient Option
RPTHMW
New item 3 can be used to nominate wells for output of RFT gradients in
conjunction with the GRADRFT keyword.
RPTRST
Mnemonics PCOW and PCOG (switch 27) output the capillary pressures.
Mnemonic RK (switch 29) outputs the water relative permeability reduction
factor due to polymer retention, for the Polymer Flood model. The mnemonic
GIMULT will output the RSGI, RVGI, BOGI and BGGI multipliers for the
current (P,GI) values in each cell, when running the Gi Model.
RPTSCHED Setting the GI mnemonic > 1 will now output the RSGI, RVGI, BOGI and BGGI
multipliers, when running the Gi Model.
WELPRI
New items 4 and 5 provide a means of defining a fixed value to the wells second
priority and providing a multiplier for the wells second priority value.
WLISTNAM Now allows well list names beginning with an asterisk. Well list names must
begin with an asterisk if they are to be recognized wherever well name roots may
be entered in the SCHEDULE section well keywords. For these well lists, it is
best to construct them with the new keyword WLIST.
Multisegment Wells
WSEGFMOD New items 9 and 10 supply parameters for the oil-water slip calculation.
Global keywords
EXTRAPMS Setting the value 4 outputs additional diagnostics for PVT table extrapolations.
INCLUDE
Now accepts files names with up to 132 characters.
MESSAGES Various defaults have been increased.
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
455
OPTIONS
New switches 74 - 79:

Switch 74 controls vertical scaling of capillary pressures when using end point
scaling in oil-wet or gas-wet systems.
Switch 76 turns off the monotonicity check in the SURFADS keyword.
Switch 77 restores the original drift flux calculation in multisegment wells.
Switch 78 restores the use of scratch files for processing NNC data.
Switch 79 restores the pre-2000A behavior of capillary pressure hysteresis.
RPTGRID, RPTPROPS, RPTREGS, RPTSOL, RPTSCHED

Mnemonic NOTHING switches off previously activated reporting for these
keywords.

RUNSPEC section
DPCDT
The second argument has been removed.
NUPCOL
This keyword can now be entered in the RUNSPEC section, as well as in the
SCHEDULE section.
GRID section
DZMTRX
This keyword now takes a single value for the entire grid rather than a number
for each cell. (Use DZMTRXV to enter cell-by-cell data.)
EDITNNC
The default value for the 7th item of this keyword, the transmissibility multiplier,
has been altered for ECLIPSE 100 compatibility.
GDFILE
For ECLIPSE 100 compatibility, this keyword now has 2 data arguments. The
first item specifies the name of the grid file to be imported, and the second item
specifies whether this file is formatted or unformatted.
GRIDFILE New item 2 requests output of the new Extensible Grid file (EGRID).
This keyword can be used to specify the minimum pore volume for both global
and local cells. For local grid refinements, the keyword can now be specified
between the CARFIN or RADFIN and ENDFIN keywords.
LGR Option
MINPORV
LGR Option
MINROCKV This keyword can be used to specify the minimum rock volume for global and
local cells. For local grid refinements, this keyword can now be specified
between the CARFIN or RADFIN and ENDFIN keywords.
456
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
RPTGRID
Mnemonic AQUCON outputs numerical aquifer connection data.

Mnemonic AQUNUM outputs numerical aquifer property data.
Mnemonics PERMXY, PERMYZ and PERMZX output the off diagonal physical
components of the permeability tensor.
Mnemonic MPFTRAN outputs the 9 point transmissibilities.
Mnemonic MPFANUM outputs the nine point indicator array MPFANUM.
Instead of DIFFTX, DIFFTY, DIFFTZ, the mnemonics DIFFX, DIFFY,
DIFFZ are now used to output the diffusivities.
Mnemonic MULTNUM outputs the inter-region transmissibility multiplier array
MULTNUM.
SIGMA
This keyword now takes a single value for the entire grid rather than specifying
an array of values. (Use SIGMAV to enter cell-by-cell data.)
SIGMAGD
This keyword now takes a single value for the entire grid rather than specifying
an array of values. (Use SIGMAGDV to enter cell-by-cell data.)
EDIT section
DIFFT*
For ECLIPSE 100 compatibility, the keywords DIFFTX, DIFFTY, DIFFTZ,

DIFFTR and DIFFTTHT have been aliased to DIFFX, DIFFY, DIFFX, DIFFR
and DIFFTHT.
PROPS section
MISCSTR
The default reference surface tension has changed from 50 Dynes/cm to zero.
ROCKOPTS Setting item 2 to STORE now has an effect with ROCK (as well as ROCKTAB and
ROCKTABH). The initial equilibrated pressures will be used as reference
pressures in the ROCK compressibility.
RPTPROPS Mnemonic PVTW outputs water PVT data.
SOLUTION section
GETGLOBAL For ECLIPSE 100 compatibility, the GETGLOBAL keyword has been
aliased to GETGLOB.
OUTSOL
Mnemonics RS, RSSAT, RV and RVSAT output the black oil properties Rs,
Rssat, Rv and Rvsat.
RPTSOL
Mnemonics RS, RSSAT, RV and RVSAT output the black oil properties Rs,
Rssat, Rv and Rvsat. Aquifer grid block connection data can be output using the
mnemonic AQUANCON, instead of AQUCON. Inter-block flow rates of
component n can be requested with the FLOCn mnemonic. Inter-block flow rates
of water can be output using the FLOWAT mnemonic. In black oil cases only,
inter-block flow rates of oil and gas can be output by the FLOOIL and FLOGAS
mnemonics.
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
457
Thermal Option
RSVD
This has been moved from the PROPS section.
RSWVD
RVVD
TEMP
This Thermal option keyword has been changed to TEMPI, as a keyword TEMP
is already used for the ECLIPSE 100 Temperature option.
SCHEDULE section
COMPDAT
Positive D-factors (item 12) are now treated as if they apply to the well and will
be scaled to a D-factor appropriate to the completion. Negative D-factors are
applied directly to the completion. This is now compatible with ECLIPSE 100.
LGR Option
COMPDATL Items 5 and 6 (connection K location range) can no longer be defaulted. Positive
D-factors (item 13) are now treated as if they apply to the well and will be scaled
to a D-factor appropriate to the completion. Negative D-factors are applied
directly to the completion. This is now compatible with ECLIPSE 100.
Multisegment Wells
CVCRIT
New items 23 - 26 specify items for multisegment wells: the maximum number
of iterations and convergence tolerances for molar density, molar flow rate and
energy flow rate.
GCONINJE Wet gas control mode added to item 3.

New item 13 sets wet gas injection rate target/limit.
GCONPROD Wet gas control mode added to item 2.
Wet gas guide rate added to item 10.
New item 16 sets wet gas production rate target/limit.
GCONTOL
New item 3 sets the tolerance fraction to which the most rapidly changing well
gas injection rate estimate or well availability fraction must be met for
convergence in the injection calculation iterative loop.
New item 4 sets the maximum number of iterations over the injection calculation.
GECON
New actions CON and +CON allowed in item 7.
GPMAINT
The data format has been changed to be compatible with the ECLIPSE 100
keyword. Items 8 to 14 have been removed; use GINJGAS instead to specify the
nature of the injected gas. Item 2 entries that specify the nature of the injected gas
have also been removed. The old data format can still be read if the keyword
name is changed to GPMAINT3.
GRUPTARG Wet gas rate target/limit added to item 2.
458
MULTT*
For ECLIPSE 100 compatibility, the keywords MULTTX, MULTTY, MULTTZ,

MULTTR and MULTTTHT have been aliased to MULTX, MULTY, MULTX, MULTR
and MULTTHT.
OUTSOL
Mnemonic PRES_EFF outputs the effective fluid pressure when using rock
overburden pressures. Mnemonic PORV_MOD outputs the pore volume
multiplier when using rock compaction. Mnemonics RS, RSSAT, RV and RVSAT
output the black oil properties Rs, Rssat, Rv and Rvsat.
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
RPTSCHED Mnemonics RS, RSSAT, RV and RVSAT output the black oil properties Rs, Rssat,
Rv and Rvsat. Mnemonic MULT outputs the transmissibilities that have been
modified using the OVERT* or MULT* keywords. Inter-block flow rates of
component n can be requested with the FLOCn mnemonic. Inter-block flow rates
of water can be output using the FLOWAT mnemonic. In black oil cases only,
inter-block flow rates of oil and gas can be output by the FLOOIL and FLOGAS
mnemonics.
TSCRIT
New items 19 and 20 allow the termination of a run after a given number of
consecutive forced or reduced timesteps.
WCONPROD Control modes for wet gas, total molar rate, steam rate and saturation pressure
added to item 3. New items 13 - 16 set targets/limits for these quantities.
WDRILTIM This keyword may now be used to control drilling times for wells opened from
the drilling queue (see keyword QDRILL).
WECON
In item 7 the WREV option has been removed (it is interpreted as WELL). The
WELL option now allows wells to be revived if requested in WTEST. The
maximum temperature limit for the Thermal option has been moved from item
11 to item 15.
Thermal Option
WELLPROD Control modes for steam rate and saturation pressure added to item 2. New items
14 and 15 set the targets/limits for these quantities.
LGR Option
WELSPECL The wells preferred phase must be entered in item 7. Item 10 specifies whether
the well is to be shut or stopped when it violates an economic limit.
WELSPECS The wells preferred phase must be entered in item 6. Item 9 specifies whether
the well is to be shut or stopped when it violates an economic limit.
Thermal Option
WELTARG
Can set target or limiting steam rate and saturation pressure, for the Thermal
option.
WGRUPCON Wet gas guide rate added to item 4.
Multisegment Wells
WINJGAS
New option GRUP in item 2 to specify that the nature of the injected gas is
defined in a superior group. Item 2 now defaults to this.
WPAVE
The first weighting factor may now be set to a negative value to request pore
volume weighted averaging of inner block and outer ring of neighboring block
pressures in the connection factor weighted average pressure calculation.
WSEGMULT Items 5-9 allow you to specify a variable friction pressure drop multiplier as a
function of WOR and GOR.
Global keywords
INCLUDE
Now accepts files names up to 132 characters.0
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
459
MESSAGES Various defaults have been increased.

OPTIONS3 Setting the 30th integer to a non-zero value activates the mixing tank advanced
gas model. The sequential model is now the default.
New switch 36 reverts to a number of pre-2000A well model treatments.
New switch 37 reverts to a pre-2000A treatment of DPCDT.
New switch 38 applies DPCDT limiting on implicit as well as explicit cells.
New switch 40 enables screening of saturations from GETSOL for the Thermal
option.
New switch 41 reverts to pre-2000A treatment of end points for the Li
correlation.
New switch 42 may aid convergence in dual porosity cases.
460
2000A Developments
Altered Keywords
Older Developments
Chapter 16
ECLIPSE Developments in 99A

New Facilities ECLIPSE 100 99A
Grid data
It is now possible to import binary data as double precision (as well as single precision)
when using the GDFILE or IMPORT keywords.
It is now possible to calculate the dual porosity sigma factor from the matrix block
dimensions (LX,LY,LZ) and the three matrix permeabilities (PERMX,PERMY,PERMZ).
See the LTOSIGMA keyword.
It is now possible to apply the NINEPOIN nine point scheme in a nominated region of the
reservoir. See the NINENUM keyword.
Properties & equilibration
The keyword FILLEPS specifies that the grid cell values of all the saturation endpoints
(SWL, SWCR, SOWCR etc.) will be written out to the Initial file in all cases. By default, the
grid cell endpoints are only written out when the run contains endpoint scaling, for those
cells in which the user has entered endpoint data, or for which ECLIPSE calculates the
critical endpoints for the initial mobile fluid correction. Other values are undefined,
meaning that the unscaled tabular data is to be used.
The keyword input for modelling gas-water systems has been simplified. The relative
permeability and capillary pressure data can be entered with a single keyword SGWFN.
Item 3 in the ROCKOPTS keyword can now be used to choose to address ROCK tables via
SATNUM data rather than PVTNUM data. This replaces OPTIONS keyword switch 43.
The COPYBOX keyword is now available in the PROPS and REGIONS sections.
The BOX and ENDBOX keywords can now be used in the SOLUTION section.
Older Developments
461
An alternative gravity drainage model is now available for dual porosity systems. The
model is based on a formulation proposed by P. Quandalle and J.C. Sabathier in Typical
Features of a Multipurpose Reservoir Simulator SPE Reservoir Engineering, November
1989. The model can improve the match with finely discretized models in mixed wettability
cases (where the Pc curve is both positive and negative depending on the saturation). See
the GRAVDRM keyword in the RUNSPEC section and the Dual Porosity chapter of the
ECLIPSE 100 Technical Description.
Well model
462
The keyword GEFAC allows efficiency factors to be applied to groups. This is appropriate
when all the wells subordinate to a group have their downtimes synchronized, so that the
group either flows with its full rate or not at all. The groups flow rate is then calculated as
the sum of the wells full rates, but this is then multiplied by the groups efficiency factor
when adding its rate to its parent groups flow.
A scale deposition model has been implemented that accounts for the cumulative effects of
scale deposited about producing well connections, which result in a degradation of the
productivity index. The model relies on two tables (assigned to a well using the keyword
WSCTAB):
Scale deposition table. This defines the rate of scale deposition per unit water flow rate
as a function of the fraction of sea water present in the water flowing into a connection
(see keyword SCDPTAB). The sea water fraction is represented by a passive water
tracer configured by the user (see keyword SCDPTRAC).
Scale damage table. This defines how the current amount of deposited scale alters the
PI of the well connections (see keyword SCDATAB).
The user can now dictate which Group Production Rules actions should take precedence
over Gas Lift Optimization, and which should only be performed subsequent to a gas lift
optimization calculation, when the ECLIPSE 200 Gas Lift Optimization facility is being
used in conjunction with the Group Production Rules (see keyword PRORDER). Previously,
whenever a group production target could not be met, gas lift optimization was only
performed after all the requested production rule actions had been attempted.
Extensions to the keyword WPAVE now allow the user to avoid two potential discontinuities
in the average grid block pressures as reported to the Summary file under the control of the
WBP series of mnemonics. The first discontinuity occurs when a well is shut and the depth
correction to the grid block pressures (which uses an average wellbore density) is set to
zero. This problem is avoided by using a reservoir density for the depth correction, or
switching the correction off altogether. The second discontinuity in the reported pressures
occurs when previously closed connections are opened and thus included in the default
averaging over all open connections. This can be avoided by electing to perform the
pressure averaging over all currently defined connections, whether open or closed.
OPTIONS keyword switch 73 may be used to alter the treatment of production wells that
are forced by a rate constraint to operate in the unstable part of their VFP curve. In this
region the THP decreases as the flow rate decreases, and at a low enough flow rate the THP
may fall below its minimum limit. The well would normally then switch to THP control,
and it could either start hunting between control modes or die prematurely. However, if the
OPTIONS switch is set > 0 the well will be prevented from changing to THP control as long
as it would produce at a higher rate under THP control. Under these circumstances the well
will continue to operate at its rate constraint, while its calculated THP is allowed to fall
below the minimum limit.
Older Developments
Output
It is now possible to write Restart file data more frequently than at each report time. If the
user enters 'BASIC=6' in the RPTRST keyword (or 'RESTART=6' in the RPTSCHED
keyword) then Restart file data will be written at every time-step. Whilst this option can be
very useful in some circumstances, it should be used with great care as a great deal of output
can be produced! The option will not work with the ECLIPSE 200 Gasfield Operations
Model or the Parallel option.
SUMMARY section keywords GEFF and WEFFG output respectively the group efficiency
factor and the product of the wells efficiency factor and that of all its superior groups.
SUMMARY section keywords CDSM, CDSML and CDSF output respectively the current mass
of scale deposited about a connection, the mass of scale per unit perforated length, and the
PI multiplicative factor due to scale damage.
SUMMARY section keywords (F,G)GIM(R,T) output field/group gas import rates and their
cumulative totals.
SUMMARY section keyword CPI outputs a well connections productivity/injectivity index

for the wells preferred phase.
SUMMARY data can now be written to the RSM file in a format suitable for loading into
Excel. See the SUMMARY section keyword EXCEL.
The RFT file (see keyword WRFTPLT) contains additional items describing the local
flowing conditions in the wellbore and more connection properties. The PLT data includes
a vector CONVTUB which records the local volumetric flow rate of the mixture in the tubing
at each connection, based on the flows of the upstream connections. It also includes vectors
CONFAC and CONKH which respectively record the connection transmissibility factors and
the Kh values. The Segment data includes vectors SEGOVEL, SEGWVEL, SEGGVEL
recording the flow velocities of the free oil, water and free gas phases in each segment, and
vectors SEGOHF, SEGWHF, SEGGHF recording their holdup fractions.
Performance
An extra item has been added to the TUNING keyword to control the maximum length of
the time step following a well modification.
Miscellaneous
The character workspace in ECLIPSE is now dynamically allocated. This will allow
ECLIPSE to accept models with a very large number of Summary items. See the MEMORY
FLEXlm licenses for particular ECLIPSE 200 features can be reserved at the beginning of
the run, using the LICENSES keyword in the RUNSPEC section. This avoids the situation
when a run stops part way through after activating an ECLIPSE 200 feature and finding that
there is no available license for it.

This section summarizes the new developments to the ECLIPSE 200 options between the 98A
release and the 99A release. See the respective chapters of this manual for more detailed
explanations.
Older Developments
463
There is an option to use pressure and saturation boundary conditions, instead of defined
flux boundary conditions, from the full field run.
The Foam Model

The Foam Model was a new option in 99A.
Gas Calorific Value Control

Gas Calorific Value Control was a new option in 99A.
Gas import rates and cumulative totals can now be reported to the Summary file.
Gas lift optimization
When group production rules are used in combination with gas lift optimization, the user
can now dictate which production rule actions should take precedence over gas lift
optimization, and which should only be performed subsequent to a gas lift optimization
calculation.
It is now possible to specify tuning data for individual local grids.
The restriction that the global grid and all local grids should have the same dimensionality
when using the tracer option has been removed (e.g. 3D local grids can be used in a 2D
global model).
Multisegment wells
The frictional pressure drop multiplier can be defined to vary with the water-oil ratio and
gas-oil ratio of the mixture flowing through the segment.
Specific segments can be defined to represent a labyrinth flow control device, using a
built-in correlation to model the pressure loss.
A down-hole separator facility can separate water or free gas from the mixture flowing
through a specified segment, and send it along a lateral branch to reinject into the
formation.
The Miscible Flood Model may now be used with Multisegment Wells.
A more robust iteration sequence for solving multisegment wells can be invoked.
Information on segment tracer flows, oil API and pressure loss multiplier can be written to
the Summary File.
Information on the phase flow velocities and holdup fractions is now written to the RFT
file.
The network option
464
The extended network model now has a facility for defining efficiency factors at the nodes.
Older Developments
Parallel options
The Parallel Options now work with the Network Option and Multisegment Wells.
The Parallel LGR option has been removed.
The Parallel executable local.exe has been removed and the parallel (domain
decomposition) option now runs multiple copies of the ECLIPSE executable.
Reservoir coupling
The LICENSES keyword can be entered in the masters RUNSPEC section to instruct the
master immediately to check out FLEXlm licenses for specified ECLIPSE 200 options.
Licenses taken out by the master can be shared with all the slaves running on the same host.
The Surfactant Model
It is now possible to use the Surfactant Model with the end point scaling option. If the end
point scaling option is active it is also possible to scale the critical oil to water saturation
when fully miscible conditions are achieved (post surfactant flood).

Grid data
The FAULTS keyword can now be used to define a set of faults, which can subsequently
have their transmissibilities (and diffusivities) modified with the MULTFLT keyword.
It is now possible to import a grid file from GRID. The IMPORT keyword specifies the
name of the binary file to be imported from the GRID program at the current position in the
data file.
It is now possible to override the order of the axes for the nested factorization solver by
using the SOLVDIRS keyword from ECLIPSE 100.
New keywords NINEXZ and NINEYZ will invoke a vertical 9-point scheme, either in the
XZ or the YZ plane. This feature is designed for studies of horizontal wells.
Properties and Solution data
Several Rock Compaction options have been added for compatibility with ECLIPSE 100.
In particular, irreversible rock compaction can be used with the existing ROCKTAB
keyword by specifying the 1st argument of ROCKCOMP (in RUNSPEC) as IRREVERS.
Hysteretic rock compaction can be invoked via the new keyword ROCKTABH which must
be requested by the setting the 1st argument of ROCKCOMP as HYSTER. The OVERBURD
keyword can be used to index the ROCKTAB or ROCKTABH keywords against the
difference between the cell and overburden pressures. If the overburden pressure is greater
than the cell pressure, rather than indexing against a negative effective pressure, by setting
the 1st argument of the ROCKOPTS keyword to STRESS the effective pressure is redefined
as the overburden pressure (entered using keyword OVERBURD) minus the cell pressure.
It is now possible to allow the capillary pressure modification with surface tension to be
active above the reference surface tension value. The user can request to be warned when
the surface tension exceeds a predefined value. See the MISCSTR keyword.
Older Developments
465
The three-point end-point scaling option has been made compatible with the treatment in
ECLIPSE 100. Normalized relative permeability curves can now also be treated
consistently with ECLIPSE 100. See the SCALECRS keyword. For further information,
refer to the Saturation Functions chapter of the ECLIPSE 300 Technical Description.
The ability to specify directional end-point scaling and/or directional relative permeability
tables has been added. These are triggered by the modified ENDSCALE keyword and the
SATOPTS keyword, both specified in the RUNSPEC section.
It is now possible to obtain debug information about the scaled relative permeability curves
for selected grid cells. See the EPSDEBUG keyword.
The WSF and GSF keywords have been available as aliases to the SOF2 and SGFN
keywords for use in GASWAT runs. The keywords are now documented and can be output
via the RPTPROPS keyword.
An alternative gravity drainage model is now available for dual porosity systems. The
model is based on a formulation proposed by P. Quandalle and J.C. Sabathier in Typical
Features of a Multipurpose Reservoir Simulator SPE Reservoir Engineering, November
1989. The model can improve the match with finely discretized models in mixed wettability
cases (where the Pc curve is both positive and negative depending on the saturation). See
the GRAVDRM keyword in the RUNSPEC section and the Dual Porosity chapter of the
ECLIPSE 300 Technical Description
The aquifer keywords AQUCON and AQUCT may now be entered in the SOLUTION section,
for compatibility with ECLIPSE 100.
Well model
Keyword WPIMULT has been extended to allow connection factors of individual

connections to be multiplied by user-defined factors.
A well may now be moved between groups by re-entering the WELLSPEC (or WELSPECL)
keyword to specify the name of its new group.
Cut-back limits may be set on the gas and water fractions of a production well and on the
pressures of connected grid blocks for a production or injection well. If any of these limits
are violated, the well will be set to operate at a reduced target rate. Cut-back reversal limits
may also be set, which if violated, will cause the well to operate at an increased target rate.
See keyword WCUTBACK.
Extensions to the keyword WPAVE now allow the user to avoid two potential discontinuities
in the average grid block pressures as reported to the summary file under the control of the
WBP series of mnemonics. The first discontinuity occurs when a well is shut and the depth
correction to the grid block pressures (which uses an average wellbore density) is set to
zero. This problem is avoided by using a reservoir density for the depth correction, or
switching the correction off altogether. The second discontinuity in the reported pressures
occurs when previously closed connections are opened and thus included in the default
averaging over all open connections. This can be avoided by electing to perform the
pressure averaging over all currently defined connections, whether open or closed.
Output
466
The AIM status of each cell (IMPES or implicit) can now be output to the print or restart
files by using the mnemonic AIM in RPTSOL/RPTSCHED/OUTSOL.
Older Developments
Performance
IMPES cases now run faster by reducing some unnecessary re-calculation associated with
the AIM option.
The performance of the linear solver has been improved for cases involving pinchouts and
other instances of in-line non-neighbor connections.
The CPR (Constrained Pressure Residual) acceleration technique is now available in the
linear solver. This will typically improve the performance of fully implicit runs, usually
arising from black oil or thermal reservoir models. This method is activated by using the
CPR keyword in the SCHEDULE section.
An improved form of the Nested Factorization preconditioner to solve the linear equations
is now used, which will typically improve solver performance in all cases. The
preconditioner now uses a ROWSUM constraint rather than a COLSUM constraint. Refer
to the Solutions of Linear Equations chapter of the ECLIPSE 300 Technical
Description for more information. Pre-99A functionality can be restored by setting the
20th switch in the OPTIONS3 keyword > 0.
It is now possible to modify the convergence tolerances for the flash calculations. This is
not recommended for general use. See the FCCRIT keyword.
Special extensions
By default, all radial refinements have their circles completed automatically. The keyword
NOCIRCLE can be used to prevent this.
An option is now available to coarsen the global grid in regions where accuracy is not so
important. The keyword COARSEN specifies a box of cells in which to apply grid
coarsening.
A local grid version of the WPIMULT keyword has been introduced, so that PI multipliers
can be set for individual well connections within an LGR.
The performance of the linear solver on nested LGR cases has been improved.
Restart files now have enhanced compatibility for nested LGRs where inactive cells are
present in the parent grid.
Flux boundaries
It is now possible to use the EQUALS, ADD, and MULTIPLY keywords to set the
FLUXNUM array.
The FLUXNUM array can now be output to the print file and is also output to the INIT file.
Multisegment wells
Multisegment wells are now available in black oil or compositional mode, as a new extension
in the 99A release. This facility is designed for horizontal and multi-lateral wells, although it
can be used to provide a more detailed analysis of fluid flow in standard or deviated wells. A
wellbore and any lateral branches may be divided into a number of 1-dimensional segments.
The multi-phase flow in a segment is solved fully implicitly with the reservoir grid equations.
Pressure drop can be calculated from a choice of either a homogeneous flow model, where all
phases flow with the same velocity, or from pre-calculated VFP tables. This second option
allows the ability to model flow control devices such as chokes and valves. Pressure losses
include frictional, accelerational and hydrostatic components. Crossflow is modeled more
Older Developments
467
realistically, as the fluid mixture can vary throughout the well. Also wellbore storage effects are
modeled more accurately. Multisegment wells are defined by first introducing the well
specifications in the usual way with keyword WELLSPEC, WELSPECS or WELSPECL, then
defining the completions by means of keyword COMPDAT or COMPDATL. The segment
structure is then defined with the keyword WELSEGS and finally the completions are located
within the segments with keyword COMPSEGS (or COMPSEGL if the multisegment well is
defined within an LGR). VFP tables to be used for segment pressure drop look-up are specified
with keyword WSEGTABL. The user may modify the properties of individual well segments
during the simulation by using the keyword WSEGPROP. Other options include the ability to
apply scaling factors to multiply the frictional pressure drops calculated for each segment
(keyword WSEGMULT). This option is described in the Multisegment Wells chapter of the
ECLIPSE 300 Technical Description.
Parallel Options
A number of facilities available with serial runs have been extended and/or enhanced for
parallel executions; these are outlined below.
General nested LGRs are now available with the PARALLEL option. The partition of the
LGRs is inherited from the global grid (i.e. that given via PDIVX, PDIVY, NPROCX,
NPROCY). LGRs which cross partition boundaries are split, and will cause an additional
communication overhead, as well as some degradation of algorithmic linear solver
performance. The LGR keywords which are now fully available are CARFIN, ENDFIN,
REFINE, NXFIN, NYFIN, NZFIN, HXFIN, HYFIN, HZFIN.
The TRACER keyword (as well as TRACK) is now available with the PARALLEL option.
Numerical aquifers which cross domain boundaries (i.e. the AQUNUM and AQUCON
keywords) are now available with the PARALLEL option. If the numerical aquifer is
modeled with multiple cells, these cells may span several partitions, and the connections
between the aquifer cells and the reservoir may span several partitions. Any aquifer
connections which cross partition boundaries will result in extra communication, and thus
reduce the parallel performance.
Carter Tracy aquifers (AQUCT keyword) have a much smaller communication overhead,
and thus less degradation of parallel performance will result.
Dual porosity and dual permeability options (DUALPORO and DUALPERM keywords) are
now available with the PARALLEL option.
The treatment of wells with completions that span multiple partitions has been enhanced,
to reduce communication costs. However, the communication overhead of having
completions which cross partitions will degrade parallel performance.
The NNC keyword, which enables any two cells within the reservoir to be connected, is now
available with the PARALLEL option. If these connect across partitions, performance
degradation will result.
The GETSOL keyword is now available with PARALLEL.
The THERMAL keyword is now available with PARALLEL.

General
468
ECLIPSE 500 is Year 2000 compliant.
Older Developments
RUNSPEC
New keywords NINEXZ and NINEYZ will invoke a vertical 9-point scheme, either in the
XZ or the YZ plane. This feature is designed for studies of horizontal wells and is also
available in ECLIPSE 300.
GRID & Edit
The COARSEN keyword can now be used to specify a box of cells for grid cell coarsening.
Water densities are now calculated using analytic expressions by default. Previously, these
expressions were obtained by specifying THANALB. A new keyword THTABB will cause
the densities to be calculated from tables, as before.
If THTABB is specified, then OPTIONS3(22) will cause the program to use an alternative
set of tables from Haywood instead of the tables from Perry and Green. Warnings are now
given if any of the tables are extrapolated.
Temperature-dependent K-value tables can be input. Use the keyword KVTEMP to specify
up to 9 temperatures at which K-value tables are provided, then use keywords KVTABT1,
KVTABT2,... to set the K-value tables at these temperatures.
ECLIPSE 500 will warn if calculated gas densities > oil densities > water densities. This
can happen if, for instance, the specified Z-factors are inconsistent or if ZMFVD has heavy
but volatile components below the oil-water contact.
Several Rock Compaction options have been added for compatibility with ECLIPSE 100.
For more details see the ECLIPSE 300 manual.
Well model
OPTIONS3(28) sets the gravity density in the well-bore to the initial gravity density in the
reservoir. This reduces non-linearities, speeds-up the run, and may be a better model.
Behavioral Changes ECLIPSE 100 99A

Grid data
The behavior of OPTIONS keyword switch 48 has been extended. When this switch is set
greater than 1 in a dual porosity, single permeability run, any active matrix cell is
inactivated if the corresponding fracture cell is inactive for whatever reason. Previously this
action was only taken if the fracture cell was inactive due to a minimum pore volume limit.
The calculation of the matrix-fracture transmissibility for gravity drainage has been
changed to use the Z-direction permeability. This prevents the need to modify the sigma
factor to account for permeability effects. It is possible to restore the pre-99A behavior
either by setting the Z permeability equal to the X permeability in the matrix or by using
the 70th switch in the OPTIONS keyword.
Older Developments
469
When an INCLUDEd or IMPORTed grid geometry file has a different unit system, specified
by the GRIDUNIT keyword, from the unit convention specified in the RUNSPEC section,
ECLIPSE will convert the geometry data to the prevailing unit convention for the dataset.
This applies to all data within an INCLUDE, IMPORT or GDFILE having a different unit
convention from the prevailing unit convention.
Well model
A subtle change has been made to the well initialization. In pre-99A versions of the code,
every time some control keywords were called (WCONPROD for example), the well flows
were re-initialized to zero. Now, unless the well has changed type, the well flows are not
re-initialized. This has an effect on the guide rate calculation which can lead to small
differences of behavior under group control; immediately after one of these keywords the
well guide rate phase ratios can now be calculated from the latest flow rate ratios instead of
resorting to the potential ratios. The 99A code should be regarded as giving the more
correct behavior but the pre-99A behavior can be restored by using OPTIONS keyword
switch 71.
Output
When using the DATE keyword in the SUMMARY section, the year is now output as a 4-digit
number.
Note that under the 'YEAR' heading it always has been a 4-digit number and it is only under
the 'DATE' heading itself that a change has been made. However, if the NARROW keyword
is used the year remains a 2-digit number.
If OPTIONS keyword switch 31 is set greater than 1, the field and region average
potentials (as well as the pressure) will be weighted by pore volume rather than phase pore
volumes.
The RFT file contains additional vectors describing local fluid conditions in the wellbore
and more connection properties (see keyword WRFTPLT). Also the WELLETC vector
contains two additional items recording the units for local volumetric flow rate (item 10)
and flow velocity (item 11), and the WELLPLT vector contains an additional item (item 6)
recording the reservoir fluid volume rate of the well.
The right hand column of the production and injection reports in the Print file now contains
the connection productivity/injectivity indices as well as the wells PI.

Properties
470
The FACTLI keyword will now be honoured when the value 1.0 is input. In previous
versions of ECLIPSE 300 the value 1.0 was taken as a default and hence a FACTLI value
was calculated from the gas-oil contact composition in the case of equilibration option 1
(11th data item in EQUIL, single phase systems).
The PVCO keyword now requires 6 columns instead of 5, for compatibility with the
ECLIPSE 100 keyword. The requirement can be over-ruled by setting the 24th switch of
the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Older Developments
If an Li factor of less than 0.9 and greater than 1.1 is calculated to match the GOC when
using compositional equilibration option 1, an error message will be issued. This error
message can be downgraded to warning by using the 33rd switch in the OPTIONS3
keyword.
The stability test algorithm used in the flash calculation to decide whether a cell is single
or two phase has been modified. Single phase cells that convert to a two phase state now
utilize a vectorized flash algorithm, backed up by a scalar method if the calculation fails to
converge. Prior to 99A the scalar algorithm was used for all cells changing to a two phase
state. This change may lead to small differences in the solution (within convergence
tolerance). The pre-99A algorithm can be requested by setting the 29th switch in the
OPTIONS3 keyword.
Well model
For injection wells with THP limits imposed, the potential is now correctly calculated as
the maximum flow rate subject to both THP and BHP constraints. Previously the THP
constraint was not consistently honoured in well potential calculations. If such injection
wells are under group control, their behavior may change as well potential rates are used to
set default guide rates and thus determine how a group injection target is apportioned
between the wells. Pre-99A functionality can be restored, if required, by setting the 32nd
switch of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The calculation of the reported group and field liquid composition has changed. Previously
this was calculated by summing the well component volume rates, while now the
summation is performed over well component molar rates. Pre-99A functionality can be
restored by setting the 32nd switch of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
The 2nd argument of keyword SEPCOND, which was previously ignored, now sets a default
separator for wells subordinate to the named group.
Output
The SATNUM array is now output to the INIT file when the SATNUM keyword has not been
entered (SATNUM = 1 everywhere). This is useful when plotting scaled relative
permeability curves in GRAF.
The summary quantities BDENO,BDENG and BDENW are now output as densities rather
than pressure/height.
The Gas Accounting tables in the print file have been modified. The Reinj. Volume now
refers to re-cycled produced gas that is re-injected. Similarly, the Injection Fractions table
now shows the fractions of advanced, re-cycled and make-up gas used to form the reinjected gas; these fractions sum to unity. The Gas Accounting tables are explained in the
Wells & Groups chapter of the ECLIPSE 300 Technical Description.
By default well and group names are now internally converted to, and reported as, upper
case names. The case of letters must not be used alone in a name to distinguish between
wells or between groups. This internal case conversion may be switched off using 31st
switch in the OPTIONS3 keyword.
Older Developments
471
A message is now written if a production well VFP table contains at least one point where
different THP values result in the same BHP value for a given flow rate, water fraction and
gas fraction. This may cause problems for the well model if a well flows in this region of
the VFP table while not under THP control, because a unique THP value cannot be found
for a given BHP value. Also, the warning message written if a production well VFP table
contains BHP values that decease with increasing THP values is now only written once per
table.
Miscellaneous
The RUNSPEC section keyword OPTIONS has been renamed OPTIONS3 to distinguish it
from the ECLIPSE 100 keyword, whose arguments are totally different. It can now be
entered in any section. Entry of an OPTIONS keyword will now result in an error message.
The keyword DEBUG has been renamed DEBUG3 to distinguish it from the ECLIPSE 100
keyword, whose arguments are totally different. Entry of a DEBUG keyword will now result
in an error message.
The REGIONS section keywords (FIPNUM, SATNUM etc.) must contain enough data to fill
the current input box; missing data will result in an error. In previous versions of ECLIPSE
300 any missing data for these keywords was defaulted.
Special extensions
In previous versions of ECLIPSE 300, the circle was not completed for radial refinements.
Now, by default, all radial refinements specified will have their circle completed, unless
this option is switched off. To do this, the NOCIRCLE keyword should be specified within
the RADFIN/ENDFIN bracket of the radial refinement(s) that you do not wish to be
completed.
Parallel Options
The CPU time, elapsed time and memory usage data that are written to the Print file at every
report step represent the maximum usage across all processes, not that of the first process
as in 98a.

GRID
472
The check for a rock-filled state has changed to pore volume < MINPV instead of pore
volume < 10**(-20), where MINPV is the value set in the MINPV keyword
Pore volume multipliers are calculated using rock region numbers if they have been set
using the ROCKNUM keyword, instead of always using PVT region numbers (from
PVTNUM).
Older Developments
Solution
A bug was found and fixed that caused an erroneous gas phase pressure to be calculated
and used during initialization with the EQUIL keyword. This may result in a different
initialization with this release of ECLIPSE 500. An options switch has been put in to
maintain back-compatibility with earlier versions. If significant differences in initialization
occur, set OPTIONS3(35)>0.
Output
As in ECLIPSE 300, the summary quantities BDENO,BDENG and BDENW are now output
as densities rather than pressure/height.
New keywords ECLIPSE 100 99A

FILLEPS
Specifies that the grid cell values of all the saturation endpoints will be written
out to the Initial file in all cases. By default, the grid cell endpoints are only
written out when the run contains endpoint scaling, for those cells in which the
user has entered endpoint data.
GEFAC
Sets group efficiency factors.
NINENUM
Applies the nine point schemes (NINEPOIN and NOPC9) only in a nominated
region of the reservoir.
SCDATAB
Inputs tables of well PI multiplier vs. the amount of scale deposited per unit
length of perforated interval (scale damage tables).
SCDPTAB
Inputs tables of the rate of scale deposition per unit water flow rate vs. the
fraction of sea water present in the water flowing into the well (scale deposition
tables).
SCDPTRAC Sets the passive water tracer that will represent the fraction of sea water present
in the water flowing into a well.
SGWFN
Inputs gas-water saturation functions.
WSCTAB
Assigns scale deposition and scale damage tables to wells.
New RUNSPEC section keywords

GRAVDRM
Invokes the alternative gravity drainage model for dual porosity runs.
LICENSES Reserves ECLIPSE 200 option licenses at the beginning of the run.
SCDPDIMS Sets the dimensions of the scale deposition and scale damage tables.
New SUMMARY section keywords

CDSF
PI multiplicative factor due to scale damage for a connection.
CDSM
Current mass of scale deposited about a connection.
Older Developments
473
CDSML
Current mass of scale per unit perforated length deposited about a connection.
CPI
Productivity/injectivity index of a well connection, for the wells preferred

phase.
EXCEL
Writes the RSM file in a format suitable to load into Excel.
GEFF
Group efficiency factor.
(F,G)GIMR Field/group gas import rate.

(F,G)GIMT Field/group gas import cumulative total.
WEFFG
Product of efficiency factors for a well and all its superior groups.
New Keywords ECLIPSE 300 99A

E100NOSI Switch to NOSIM mode if any ECLIPSE 100 keywords are encountered that are
not recognized or are substantially different from their ECLIPSE 300
counterparts.
GRAVDRM
Invokes the alternative gravity drainage model for dual porosity runs.
NINEXZ
Select NINEPOINT option only in the XZ-plane.
NINEYZ
Select NINEPOINT option only in the YZ-plane.
ROCKCOMP Indicates that Rock Compaction is to be used.

SATOPTS
Specifies options for directional and hysteretic relative permeabilities.
WSEGDIMS Indicates that multisegment wells are to be used and provides dimensioning data.
New GRID section keywords

COARSEN
Specifies a box of cells for grid coarsening.
FAULTS
Defines a set of faults, which can have their transmissibilities (and diffusivities)
modified using the MULTFLT keyword.
IMPORT
Imports grid file data from the GRID program.
MULTFLT
Modifies the transmissibilities (and diffusivities) across a fault, previously

defined using the FAULTS keyword.
NOCIRCLE All radial refinements have their circles completed automatically. To switch this
option off for any refinement, use the NOCIRCLE keyword within the
RADFIN/ENDFIN bracket of that refinement.
SOLVDIRS Overrides the principal directions for the linear solver.
474
Older Developments
New PROPS section keywords

EPSDEBUG Allows the user to output the scaled relative permeability and capillary pressure
data to the debug file, either as a table or as a GRAF user file.
OVERBURD Specifies that Rock Compaction table are indexed against an effective pressure
equal to the cell pressure minus the overburden pressure.
ROCKOPTS Sets options associated with Rock Compaction.
ROCKTABH Data tables for the Hysteretic Rock Compaction option.
SCALECRS Allows the three-point end-point scaling method and normalized relative
permeability curves to be treated consistently with ECLIPSE 100.
New REGIONS section keywords

KRNUM
Specifies table numbers for directional relative permeabilities.
New SOLUTION section keywords

FCCRIT
Modifies flash convergence criteria.

AIMFRAC
Outputs the fraction of implicit cells in an AIM run.
ELAPSED
Outputs the elapsed time in seconds.
MLINEARS Outputs the number of linear iterations per timestep.

MSUMLINS Outputs the total number of linear iterations since the start of the run.
MSUMNEWT Outputs the total number of Newton iterations since the start of the run.
NEWTON
Outputs the number of Newton iterations used for each timestep.
NLINEARS Outputs the average number of linear iterations per Newton iteration for each
timestep.
PERFORMA Outputs performance data for the run; this includes all of the mnemonics TCPU,
ELAPSED, NEWTON, NLINEARS, MLINEARS, MSUMLINS and MSUMNEWT.
SOFR, SWFR, SGFR
Multisegment well segment oil, water and gas flow rate.
SOFV, SWFV, SGFV
Multisegment well segment oil, water and gas flow velocity.
SOHF, SWHF, SGHF
Multisegment well segment oil, water and gas holdup fraction.
SPR
Multisegment well segment pressure.
Older Developments
475
SPRD
Multisegment well segment pressure drop.
SPRDF,
SPRDH,
SPRDA
Multisegment well segment friction, hydrostatic and acceleration pressure drop

components.
SWCT, SGOR, SOGR, SWGR

Multisegment well segment water cut, gas-oil ratio, oil-gas ratio and water-gas
ratio.
TCPU
Outputs the current CPU usage in seconds.
TIMESTEP Outputs the timestep length.
New SCHEDULE section keywords

COMPSEGL Defines the location of multisegment well completions in a local grid.
COMPSEGS Defines the location of completions in a multisegment well.
CPR
Invokes the Constrained Pressure Residual (CPR) linear solver.
FCCRIT
Modifies the flash convergence criteria.
NEXTSTEP Is an alias for NEXT, setting the maximum size of the next timestep.
WCUTBACK Sets well cut-back limits to constrain water and gas coning in a production well
by reducing the flow rate.
WELSEGS
Designates a well to be a multisegment well, and defines its segment structure.
WPIMULTL Local grid version of WPIMULT, to apply PI multipliers to individual well

connections.
WSEGMULT Multiplies segment frictional pressure drops in a multisegment well.
WSEGPROP Modifies segment properties in a multisegment well.
WSEGTABL Calculates multisegment well segment pressure drops from VFP tables.
New global keywords

OPTIONS3 The keyword replaces the OPTIONS keyword, which previously only belonged
to the RUNSPEC section.

New RUNSPEC section keyword
ROCKCOMP Specifies Rock Compaction is to be used.

COARSEN Specifies a box of cells for grid cell coarsening.
476
Older Developments

The following keywords are described in more detail in the ECLIPSE 300 manual.
OVERBURD Allows Rock Compaction table to be indexed against effective pressure = cell
pressure - overburden pressure.
ROCKOPTS Sets options associated with Rock Compaction.
SCALECRS Allows the three-point end-point scaling method and normalized relative
permeability curves to be treated consistently with ECLIPSE 100.
THTABB Use tabular lookup of water densities instead of the default analytic function.
New global keywords

OPTIONS3 The keyword replaces the OPTIONS keyword, which previously only belonged to
the RUNSPEC section.
Altered keywords ECLIPSE 100 99A

BOX
Can now be used in the SOLUTION section.
COPYBOX
Can now be used in the PROPS and REGIONS sections.
ENDBOX
Can now be used in the SOLUTION section.
GDFILE
Can now accept double precision input.
IMPORT
Can now accept double precision input.
LTOSIGMA New item 5 provides an option to calculate the matrix-fracture transmissibility

from all three matrix permeabilities (PERMX,PERMY,PERMZ).
OPTIONS
Switch 31 set > 1 specifies that field and region average potentials are to be
weighted by pore volume rather than phase pore volume.
Switch 43 is now redundant. ROCK tables will be addressed by SATNUM rather
than PVTNUM values if item 3 of the ROCKOPTS keyword is set to the string
'SATNUM'.
Switch 48 set > 1 inactivates matrix cells when their corresponding fracture cells
in a dual porosity, single permeability run are inactive for whatever reason.
Switch 70 set > 0 restores the pre-99A operation of the SIGMAGD keyword,
basing the gravity drainage transmissibility on the X-direction permeability.
Switch 71 set > 0 restores the pre-99A initialization of wells immediately after
reading certain control keywords (such as WCONPROD). This can have a small
effect on the guide rates calculated for the phases, for group control.
Switch 73 set > 0 allows wells to continue operating under rate control when
their rate constraints force them to operate in the unstable part of their VFP
curve.
PRORDER
The LIFT mnemonic is now allowed in runs using the ECLIPSE 200 Gas Lift
Optimization facility.
ROCKOPTS New item 3 specifies whether rock tables are to be addressed via SATNUM or
PVTNUM. This item replaces the OPTIONS keyword switch 43.
Older Developments
477
RPTGRID
New SIGMAK mnemonic outputs the processed matrix-fracture transmissibility

term in dual porosity runs.
RPTRST
Setting 'BASIC=6' results in data being written to the Restart file at every
timestep.
New SGTRAP mnemonic to output trapped gas saturation in WAG hysteresis.
New RSSAT and RVSAT mnemonics to output saturated Rs and Rv values.
RPTSCHED Setting 'RESTART=6' results in data being written to the Restart file at every
timestep.
SIGMAGD, The transmissibility is now calculated using the PERMZ rather than the PERMX
SIGMAGDV values.
TUNING
New item 10 on record 1 specifies the maximum length of the time step
following any well modifications.
WPAVE
New items 3 and 4 allow control over how reported grid block pressure averages
are depth corrected and whether the pressures are averaged over all connections
or only those currently open.
Altered RUNSPEC section keywords

MEMORY
New item 2 allocates character memory in 1000 character*8 chunks.
PATHS
The maximum number of path aliases is increased to 20.
Altered Keywords ECLIPSE 300 99A

ENDSCALE The keyword can now take up to 4 arguments for compatibility with the
ECLIPSE 100 keyword.
EQLDIMS
A 5th argument has been added, setting dimensions for tracer initialization, for
compatibility with ECLIPSE 100.
HYKR
The keyword is now documented.
HYPC
MISCIBLE The keyword can now take up to 3 arguments for compatibility with the
ECLIPSE 100 keyword.
NOHYKR
OPTIONS
The keyword has been renamed OPTIONS3 to distinguish it from the ECLIPSE
100 keyword.
It can now be entered in any section, and is no longer specifically a RUNSPEC
section keyword.
New switches 16 to 35 have been added (see the OPTIONS3 keyword
documentation).
WELLDIMS Item 10 is now documented.
478
Older Developments
Altered GRID section keywords

AQUCON, AQUCT
Are now also valid in the SOLUTION section, for compatibility with ECLIPSE
100.
EQUALS, ADD, MULTIPLY
Can now be used with the FLUXNUM mnemonic.
INRAD
As well as defining the inner radius for radial geometry, the keyword can also be
used to define the inner radius of a radial local grid refinement by placing it
within the appropriate RADFIN/ENDFIN bracket.
RADFIN
The keyword now has an additional argument in position 9 to allow

compatibility with the ECLIPSE 100 keyword. The default value (i.e. 1*) should
be used in this version of ECLIPSE 300.
RPTGRID
The FLUXNUM array can now be output using the FLUXNUM mnemonic.
Fault data can now be output using the FAULTS mnemonic.
The NNC mnemonic is now able to output both non-neighbor connections and inline neighbor connections (which have been removed), if appropriate.
Altered PROPS section keywords

FACTLI
Now honours a value of 1.0 in all cases, instead of interpreting this value as a
default.
GSF
MISCSTR
New data items 2 and 3 to input the maximum expected surface tension and the
maximum surface tension used to scale the capillary pressures.
PVCO
The keyword now requires 6 columns instead of 5, for compatibility with the
ECLIPSE 100 keyword. The requirement can be over-ruled by setting the 24th
switch of the OPTIONS3 keyword.
RPTPROPS New mnemonics have been added to output end point scaling arrays.
WSF
Altered REGIONS section keywords

RPTREGS
New mnemonics to output directional relative permeability table numbers.
Altered SOLUTION section keywords

RPTSOL
New arrays are now available and aquifer grid block connections can now be
output using the AQUCON mnemonic.
Older Developments
479
Altered SUMMARY section keywords

BDENO, BDENW, BDENG
These quantities are now output as densities (mass per unit volume, e.g. lb/ft3)
rather than pressure/height.
Altered SCHEDULE section keywords

CVCRIT
New items 16 to 19 control convergence criteria for the CPR linear solver.
GRUPINJE The MIX option is now documented in item 2.

NSTACK
New item 2 to control stack size for the CPR linear solver.
OUTSOL
New arrays are available for output to the RESTART file.
RPTSCHED New arrays are available for output.

SEPCOND
The second argument may be used to define a group for which this separator acts
as a default. All wells that can trace their parentage directly to this group will be
assigned this default separator unless a separator has been explicitly defined
using the WSEPCOND or WELLSPEC keyword. Previously this argument was
ignored.
WPAVE
New items 3 and 4 allow control over how reported grid block pressures are
depth corrected and whether the pressures are averaged over all connections or
only those currently open.
WPIMULT
New items 3 to 5 allow PI multipliers to be defined for individual connections.
Altered global keywords

DEBUG
The keyword has been renamed DEBUG3 to distinguish it from the ECLIPSE
100 keyword.

OPTIONS The keyword has been renamed OPTIONS3 to distinguish it from the ECLIPSE 100
keyword.
It can now be entered in any section, and is no longer specifically a RUNSPEC section keyword.
New switches 16 to 34 have been added (see the OPTIONS3 keyword documentation).
480
Older Developments
Altered PROPS section keywords

BDENO, BDENG, BDENW
Now output as densities (mass per unit volume, e.g. lb/ft3) rather than
pressure/height.
Changes to existing facilities ECLIPSE 500 99A

RUNSPEC
The default option is now LIVE instead of DEAD.
Properties
The 4th and 5th parameters of KVCR which calculates K-values using Crookstons formula
can now be negative. A warning is printed instead of an error message.
Older Developments
481

This section summarizes the changes to ECLIPSE between the 97A release and the 98A release.

Grid data
A facility now exists to discretise the matrix blocks in a dual porosity run. This makes it
possible to model the transient response of the matrix in, for example, a well test. Each
matrix cell still only communicates with its corresponding fracture cell; but the matrix,
rather than being represented by a single cell, can be sub-divided into a user-defined
number of cells. The geometry of this discretization can be assumed to be linear (slab),
radial or spherical. See the NMATRIX keyword in the RUNSPEC section and the
NMATOPTS keyword in the GRID section. See also the Dual Porosity chapter of the
When multiplying transmissibilities between regions using MULTREGT, it is now possible

to specify alternative regions using MULTNUM rather than using regions defined by
FLUXNUM, in cases where FLUXNUM may be specific to the ECLIPSE 200 Flux Boundary
Option.
The To or From region numbers in MULTREGT can now be defaulted.
Analogously to MULTREGT, the thermal conductivity and diffusivity can be modified

between FLUXNUM or MULTNUM regions. See the MULTREGH and MULTREGD keywords.
Pinchout data can now be specified on a regional basis. See the PINCHREG and
PINCHNUM keywords.
It is now possible to alias path names for included files. See the PATHS keyword in the
RUNSPEC section.
482
It is now possible to specify the maximum capillary pressure values and the
SWLPC/SGLPC values as functions of depth for each end point scaling region. See the
ENPCVD, IMPCVD, ENSPCVD and IMSPCVD keywords.
Extra data checks for consistency between the drainage and imbibition endpoints can be
requested when the hysteresis model is active, by entering the HYSTCHCK keyword in the
PROPS section.
It is now possible to specify the initial reservoir temperature as a function of depth when
using the Temperature Option. Note that the resulting model is not strictly in thermal
equilibrium as there are no source/sink terms at the top and bottom of the reservoir. See the
RTEMPVD keyword.
It is now possible to modify the treatment of drainage scanning curves for capillary pressure
hysteresis. The 6th switch in the EHYSTR keyword will control whether a reversal from
scanning imbibition to secondary drainage will re-traverse the scanning imbibition curve
or whether scanning secondary drainage curves are constructed.
Older Developments
Well model
The Action facility has been greatly extended. Actions can now be triggered by well
quantities (keyword ACTIONW), group quantities (keyword ACTIONG) and region
quantities (keyword ACTIONR) as well as field quantities (keyword ACTION). Each action
can be repeated a specified number of times when its triggering condition is satisfied again,
and its triggering condition can be incremented each time that it is executed. Actions can
be nested, so that an action can result in a new action being defined.
The Generalized Pseudo-Pressure method of Whitson & Fevang has been added as a new
option in Item 8 of the WELSPECS keyword, which can be used in gas condensate runs.
The total hydrocarbon mobility is integrated between the grid block pressure and the well
connection pressure, taking account of changes in relative permeability caused by
condensate dropout.
Keyword WBHGLR allows economic limits and cutbacks to be performed based on the GasLiquid Ratio at well bottom hole conditions. This is useful for reducing the local free gas
flow when it may interfere with the operation of a down hole pump.
Plugbacks can now be performed from the top or bottom of the worst offending completion,
instead of the top or bottom of the wells perforations. See keyword WPLUG.
An extra C option has been added to the WTEST keyword to allow connections closed on
automatic workovers to be tested for re-opening before the whole well is closed.
A group can now perform re-injection or voidage replacement based on the production rate
of another named group. See keyword GCONINJE.
Well and group guide rates that are calculated from a formula (keyword GUIDERAT) may
be averaged with their values at the previous time step to damp oscillations that result from
rate-dependent water cut or GOR.
The coefficients C and E in the GUIDERAT keyword may now be negative, to provide an
additional way to make the guide rates increase with increasing values of R1 and/or R2.
ECLIPSE will stop the denominator from becoming negative. If the power D or F is
negative, the value of R1 or R2 will be prevented from falling below 1.0E-6.
Two new keywords, WTMULT and GTMULT, similar in nature to WELTARG and
GRUPTARG, allow the user to multiply a well or group production rate target or limit by an
input factor.
Keyword WPIMULT has been extended to allow connection factors of individual

connections to be multiplied by user-defined factors.
Connections to be opened or closed with keyword WELOPEN may be specified as a range

of completion numbers, as an alternative to their i,j,k locations.
The pressure equivalent radius used in Peacemans formula can now be input by the user
as Item 14 in the COMPDAT keyword.
When using stabilized VFP tables from VFPi it is possible for wells to flow when they
should really be shut in, because the unstable region at low flow rates has been replaced
with a horizontal line. By setting Item 3 of the WVFPEXP keyword, ECLIPSE can be
instructed to shut the well in at the end of the time step if it is operating in the unstable
region of the VFP curve, where the BHP is constant. (Note also that the well will not be reopened by keyword WTEST if it is only flowing because it is on a stabilized part of the VFP
curve.)
Older Developments
483
The artificial lift quantity (ALQ) can now be equated to the surface density of the oil or gas
produced by a well. VFPi can produce a table spanning a range of surface densities, and
ECLIPSE will interpolate this at the current surface density. This facility is particularly
useful in API tracking runs. See keywords WALQCALC and VFPPROD.
Output
484
The RFT file output facility has been extended. As well as RFT data, it is possible to output
PLT data (including inflows and tubing flow at each connection), and also segment data for
ECLIPSE 200 Multisegment Wells. The data can be written at user-defined times or at each
report time, or just when the well is first opened. See the WRFTPLT keyword and the File
Handling in ECLIPSE chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
There is now an option to write out an Initial Index File. This lists the arrays written to the
INIT file. See the INSPEC keyword in the RUNSPEC section and the File Handling in
ECLIPSE chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
Entering VFPPROD=2, or greater, in the RPTSCHED keyword results in a table being

output to the Print file comparing the maximum dimensions defined in the RUNSPEC
section keyword VFPPDIMS with those actually found in the supplied VFP tables. This
information can help to save significant amounts of memory.
The maximum capillary pressure values for each cell can be output to the Print file by
entering the mnemonics PPCW and PPCG in the RPTSOL keyword.
SUMMARY section keywords BPBUB and BPDEW output the grid block bubble point and
dew point pressures. BRSSAT and BRVSAT output the grid block saturated gas-oil (in
liquid phase) ratio and oil-gas (in gas phase) ratio. BSTATE outputs an indicator of the
hydrocarbon state.
SUMMARY section keywords (F,G)MWD(R,T) output counts of the number of automatic

drilling events that have occurred in a given group.
SUMMARY section keywords (F,G)MWW(O,T) output counts of the number of automatic

workover events that have occurred in a given group.
SUMMARY section keywords (F,G)GC(R,T) output the gas consumption rate and
cumulative total at or below a given group.
SUMMARY section keyword WALQ outputs the wells ALQ value.
SUMMARY section keyword CDBF outputs the blocking factor obtained from the pseudopressure option in gas condensate runs (keyword WELSPECS item 8).
SUMMARY section keywords C(O,W,G)FRU have been extended to give upstream flow
rate sums for all types of well, instead of just friction wells. Note that these sums depend
on ECLIPSE knowing the structure of the well and are hence primarily aimed at friction
and multisegment wells where the structure is defined by the user. For standard wells,
where the user has not defined an order for the connections, ECLIPSE will produce its own
structure for the well and will base the upstream sums on this. For wells in local grids,
particularly friction wells and multisegment wells, the global grid counterpart of the well
has no structure so the local versions of the keywords, LC(O,W,G)FRU, should be used
instead.
New SUMMARY section keywords have been introduced to output flow rates,
production/injection totals and production ratios in lumped completions (see keyword
COMPLUMP). These take the form of the corresponding connection quantity, with an L
appended to the end. The resulting output shows the corresponding quantity for the lumped
completion that contains the specified connection.
Older Developments
Performance
An improved treatment of the way in which the well terms are treated in the preconditioner
for the solution of the linear equations has been implemented. In some cases this leads to a
moderate reduction in the number of linear iterations at the expense of some extra work in
the preconditioner. Pre-98A functionality can be restored by setting switch 68 of the
OPTIONS keyword greater than zero.

Flux Boundary Conditions
An OPTIONS keyword switch has been added to suppress certain data checks for local
grids adjacent to flux boundaries and also for wells connecting into multiple flux regions
in the base full field run. This is acceptable as long as the wells do not actually straddle the
reduced flux region in the reduced run, and the local grids are not actually adjacent to the
reduced flux region in the reduced run. See the 65th switch in the OPTIONS keyword.
New SUMMARY section keywords (F,G)GC(R,T) report the gas consumption rate, and
its cumulative total, at and below the field or the specified group.
An upper limit can be imposed on the total gas rate of a group (i.e. produced gas + lift gas).
See the GLIFTOPT keyword.
Local Grid Refinement & Coarsening
The LGR-in-place solution is now compatible with the improved dual permeability solver,
which will in general lead to reduced run times for dual permeability models.
An alternative treatment of transmissibility multipliers is available when using

autorefinement. Keywords SMULTX, SMULTY and SMULTZ are applied on the autorefined
grid only at boundaries of the base grid.
The default tracer tracking scheme is now available in local grid runs.
It is now possible to simulate 2-phase tracers in local grid runs (i.e. gas tracers in live oil
systems or oil tracers in wet gas systems).
The Temperature Option is now available in local grid runs.
It is now possible to avoid the creation of .LGR summary files using keyword NOSUMLGR.
This can be useful to save file space. When running LGR-in-place, there is little point
dumping summary files for the local timesteps since the global and local timesteps are all
synchronized.
There is now a local grid version of the WPIMULT keyword, as the keyword can now set PI
multipliers for individual well connections.
It is now possible to use MULTX, MULTY, MULTZ and MULTPV within the SCHEDULE
section in local grid runs. This may be useful for studies of fracturing etc.
Older Developments
485
The enumeration keywords PBUB and PDEW may now be specified between the
REFINE/ENDFIN pair in the SOLUTION section.
There is an option to read only the global data from a restart file containing local grids. See
the GETGLOB keyword.
It is now possible to change the data specified in keyword AMALGAM when doing a restart.
Any local grids added a restart may be amalgamated with existing local grids in the base
run.
Multisegment Wells
Multisegment wells was a new option in 98A.
The Network Option
In both the standard and extended network options it is now possible to equivalence the
ALQ to the surface density of either the oil or the gas flowing in the branch, to look up a
VFP table that has been prepared to cover a range of surface densities. This facility can be
useful, for example, when the network combines oil of different surface densities produced
from different parts of the reservoir. See the GRUPNET or BRANPROP keyword as
appropriate.
The extended network now has a facility for removing water at network nodes. This will
affect the pressure losses in the downstream branches, but will not affect reported group
flows or the operation of group targets or limits. See the NWATREM keyword.
Parallel Options
The improved dual permeability solver is now used for parallel dual permeability runs,
which will improve performance in many cases.
The directory in which the slaves run (and write their output files) can now be specified
with the PHOST keyword.
The user can now specify the name of the local (or slave) executable with the MODULE
keyword in the RUNSPEC section. This is useful for installations on specialist parallel
machines where an additional executable linked with the machine vendors optimized
version of PVM may have been provided.
The Solvent Model
The grid block solvent relative permeability can be output to the Print file using the
mnemonic KRN in the RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords. The inter-block flow rates of
solvent can be output using the mnemonic FLOSOL in RPTSOL and RPTSCHED.
The SUMMARY section keyword BNKR outputs the grid block solvent relative permeability.

Grid data
486
It is now possible to use the Leverett J-function. See the JFUNC keyword and the chapter
on end point scaling in the technical description.
Older Developments
The keyword MAPUNITS can now be specified to define the units used for the MAPAXES
data, which defines the simulation grid position with respect to maps.
The REFINE keyword can now be used in the SOLUTION section.
An option to make gas/oil relative permeabilities velocity dependent has been added. See
the VELDEP, VDKRO and VDKRG keywords and the chapter on Non-Darcy flow in the
technical description.
Well model
Well Inflow can be modeled by a modified form of the Fevang and Whitson PseudoPressure technique. See the PSEUPRES and PICOND keywords and the chapter on Pseudo
Pressure in the technical description.
Well revivals are now possible when the well has been shut due to either a WCT, GOR or
WGR economic reason. Specifying WREV in the seventh argument of WECON accomplishes
this.
The GPMAINT keyword can be used to maintain the average pressure in user defined
pressure maintenance regions using previously defined groups. These regions can be
defined with the PMANUM keyword with FIELD as default. An elementary integral control
theory algorithm is used to control either production or injection.
Output
It is now possible to output index files, RSSPEC and INSPEC files, describing the arrays
written to the INIT and RESTART files. See the RUNSPEC keywords INSPEC and
RSSPEC and the chapter on file formats in the technical description.
Performance
It is now possible to suppress the potential reversal chops. See the OPTIONS keyword.

Properties
When using the miscible flood model, the effect of hysteresis together with end-point
scaling or the initial mobile fluid correction is now accounted for.
The Leverett J-function is now applied to imbibition capillary pressures when hysteresis is
applied.
Older Developments
487
Well model
When the API Tracking option is active, in wells using the segmented head option
(WELSPECS item 12 is SEG) ECLIPSE now calculates the oil density at each connection
using the flow-weighted average of the oil surface densities entering each upstream
connection. This provides a more accurate value for the local density and the wellbore
hydrostatic head than the previous treatment which used the whole wells average oil
surface density throughout. The pre-98A treatment can be restored by setting switch 35 in
the OPTIONS keyword.
The QDRILL option in keyword WDRILTIM no longer has the blanket effect of preventing
all further drilling while any well is currently being drilled. This option now only prevents
the drilling of wells while a well of the same type (producer, water injector etc.) is currently
being drilled subordinate to the group requesting the drilling. Thus the drilling of an
injector, or a producer in a different part of the group hierarchy, no longer stops a producer
being drilled (assuming there are no drilling rig restrictions). Pre-98A functionality can be
restored by setting switch 66 in the OPTIONS keyword.
Item 1 of the second record of keyword PRORDER now prevents the further drilling of more
producers while a producer is currently being drilled. The drilling of an injector subordinate
to the group no longer stops a producer being drilled. This change is equivalent to the one
described above for the QDRILL option in WDRILTIM, and pre-98A functionality can be
restored by setting switch 66 in the OPTIONS keyword.
Output
The region numbers associated with additional sets of fluid-in-place regions entered using
the FIP keyword are now written to the INIT file.
A value of 3 for the VFPPROD mnemonic in the RPTSCHED keyword results in no VFP
tables being output.
The default maximum number of Summary file quantities has been increased to 10000.
This can be reduced to save memory (as well as increased) by using the SMRYDIMS

(These may cause changes to the results of a simulation, or alter the form or content of the
output.)
When using the coarsening option in dual porosity runs, the DZMTRXV, LX, LY and LZ
arrays will now be upscaled to the coarse cell dimensions when using the gravity drainage
(GRAVDR) or viscous displacement (VISCD) options.
Parallel Options
488
Due to restructuring of the parallel code, output from the parallel version of ECLIPSE is
now buffered. As a result, screen output now appears in short bursts rather than at a steady
rate.
Older Developments
Reservoir Coupling
When new slaves have been started from a restart file, their reported flow rate in the master
during the first time step used to be spuriously large in previous releases. (This was because
the slaves flow rates reported in the master are obtained from the change in their
cumulative flows over the time step; for a new slave that was a restart the cumulative
would, seemingly, change from zero to the value at its restart time in the very first time
step.) This behavior has now been eliminated, with the correct change in cumulatives now
being used to calculate the reported rates for the new slaves in their first time step.

Properties
The definition of the reference surface tension, if defaulted, is now taken to be the field
average initial surface tension rather than the cell-by-cell initial value. See the MISCSTR
keyword and the 15th data item in the OPTIONS keyword.
The DPCDT option in AIM cases has been modified. In implicit cells rather than limit the
capillary pressure change, which can cause convergence problems, the rate of change of
capillary pressure with respect to saturation is limited. See the DPCDT keyword in
RUNSPEC.
Equilibration
The equilibration has been modified in cases where water-oil and gas-oil transition zones
closely overlap. If in these cases the calculated oil saturations are negative then the water
and gas saturations are re-calculated from the gas-water capillary pressure, which is taken
as the sum of the water-oil and gas-oil capillary pressures. The old method is available for
back compatibility by setting the 12th OPTIONS switch to 1.
Output
The memory usage is now reported along with the CPU and elapsed time during the run.
The dataset echo now reports the INCLUDE file depth rather than the line numbers.
If capillary pressures are output to the restart file for graphics the mnemonics have been
changed from PCW,PCG,PCO to PCWD,PCGD,PCOD to prevent a conflict with the endpoint scaling keyword, PCW,PCG on the INIT file.
When any end-point versus depth keywords are encountered in the SOLUTION section,
then the processed endpoints are written to the INIT file. When any endpoints are
explicitly entered, the reported values in the INIT file reflect values copied to refined cells.
Older Developments
489

ACTIONG
Defines actions to be triggered by group quantities.
ACTIONR
Defines actions to be triggered by region quantities.
ACTIONW
Defines actions to be triggered by well quantities.
ENPCVD
Inputs the maximum capillary pressures as functions of depth.
ENSPCVD
Inputs the scaled connate saturation for Pc curves only as a function of depth.
GTMULT
Multiplies a group production rate target or limit by a given factor.
HYSTCHCK
Activates additional consistency checks between drainage and imbibition

endpoints when using the hysteresis model.
IMPCVD
The imbibition counterpart of keyword ENPCVD.
IMSPCVD
The imbibition counterpart of keyword ENSPCVD.
MAPUNITS
Defines the units used for the MAPAXES data.
MULTNUM
Specifies alternative regions to apply inter-region transmissibility multipliers.
MULTREGD
Specifies inter-region diffusivity multipliers.
MULTREGH
Specifies inter-region thermal conductivity multipliers.
NMATOPTS
Controls the discretized matrix dual porosity option.
PICOND
Controls the calculation of the generalized pseudo-pressure option for well inflow
in gas condensate runs.
PINCHNUM
Identifies pinchout regions for use by PINCHREG.
PINCHREG
Specifies pinchout data within regions.
RTEMPVD
Specifies tables of initial reservoir temperature versus depth.
WALQCALC
Defines the well ALQ to be the oil or gas surface density.
WBHGLR
Specifies cutback and economic limits for the well GLR at bottom hole
conditions.
WRFTPLT
Governs output of RFT, PLT and SEG data to the RFT file.
WTMULT
Multiplies a well target or limit by a given factor.

INSPEC
Requests the output of an Initial Index File
PATHS
Specifies aliases for path names.
NMATRIX
Invokes the discretized matrix dual porosity option.
490
BPBUB, BPDEW
Grid block bubble point and dew point pressures
BRSSAT
Saturated gas-oil ratio (in liquid phase)
BRVSAT
Saturated oil-gas ratio (in gas phase)
BSTATE
Oil-gas state indicator
Older Developments
CDBF
Connection generalized pseudo-pressure blocking factor
C(O,W,G)FRU
Sums of flow rates in upstream connections
C(O,W,G,L)(FR
,PT,IT)L
Flow rates and production/injection totals in the connections lumped completion
C(WCT,GOR,GLR
,OGR,WGR)L
Flow ratios in the connections lumped completion
(F,G)MWD(R,T)
The number of drilling events this time-step or in total
(F,G)MWW(O,T)
The number of workover events this time-step or in total
(F,G,W,C)GLR
Gas-Liquid ratio
(F,G,W)GLRH
Gas-Liquid ratio history (WCONHIST)
(F,G)GC(R,T)
Gas consumption rate or cumulative total
MSUMNEWT
Total number of Newton iterations
WALQ
Well ALQ value
WBGLR
Well Gas-Liquid ratio at bottom hole conditions

GETGLOB
Instructs ECLIPSE to read only the global data from a restart file containing
local grids.
SMULTX
Alternative X-direction transmissibility multiplier in autorefinements.
SMULTY
Alternative Y-direction transmissibility multiplier in autorefinements.
SMULTZ
Alternative Z-direction transmissibility multiplier in autorefinements.
WPIMULTL Local grid version of WPIMULT to apply PI multipliers to individual well

connections.
SUMMARY section
NOSUMLGR Avoid the creation of .LGR summary files for the local timesteps.
The Network Option

NWATREM
Removes water from a node in the Extended Network.
SUMMARY section
GALQ
Outputs the groups (or nodes) outflow pipes ALQ value. No units are given,
as there are several possible definitions for this quantity.
Parallel Options
RUNSPEC section
MODULE
Allows the user to specify the name of the local executable.
Older Developments
491
The Solvent Model

SUMMARY section
BNKR
Grid block solvent relative permeability.

PHOST
Allows the user to specify which domain will be executed on which processor,
within the parallel computing options.
VELDEP
Specifies which model for gas and oil capillary number, gas and oil Forchheimer
model are to be used.

JFUNC
Allows the user to activate the Leverett J-function option, which scales the
water-oil and/or gas-oil capillary pressure functions according to the grid
porosity and permeability.
MAPUNITS Defines the units of measurement used for the MAPAXES data.

VDKRG
Specifies the control parameters for the gas capillary number and Forchheimer
models. These models are an extension of the existing relative permeability
model and therefore data must be provided for each saturation region.
VDKRO
Specifies the control parameters for the oil capillary number and Forchheimer
models. This keyword mirrors the corresponding keyword for gas, VDKRO.
New SCHEDULE section keywords

PICOND
Changes default settings for the Pseudo-Pressure option, namely the spacing of
table points below and above the saturation pressure as well as the explicit
damping factor.
PSEUPRES Activates the Pseudo-Pressure option for Well Inflow.

GPMAINT
492
Data for pressure maintenance groups.
Older Developments

COMPDAT
New item 14 allows the user to specify the pressure equivalent radius used in the
calculation of Peacemans formula.
EHYSTR
New item 6 to control the shapes of drainage scanning curves following a reversal
from imbibition to drainage.
GCONINJE
New items 11 and 12 allowing re-injection and voidage replacement targets to be

derived from the production of other groups.
GUIDERAT
New item 10 supplies a factor to damp out oscillations caused by rate-dependent

water cut or GOR. Items 5 and 7 may now be given negative values.
OPTIONS
Control 35
Restores pre-98A method of calculating explicit wellbore heads in API tracking

runs.
Control 62
Ensures back-compatibility with pre-98A post-processors.
Control 63
Damps explicit head correction in multisegment wells.
Control 64
Activates developer options for tracer model.
Control 65
Allows DUMPFLUX runs to proceed in spite of certain errors concerning flux

regions.
Control 66
Restores pre-98A functionality of QDRILL option in WDRILTIM and Item 1 of

record 2 of PRORDER.
Control 67
Activates developer options for Gradient facilities.
Control 68
Restores pre-98A treatment of well terms in the linear solver.
RPTGRID
New PINCH(REG) and PINCHNUM mnemonics to output pinchout data.

New MULTNUM mnemonic to output transmissibility multiplier regions.
RPTSCHED
Setting VFPPROD=2 or greater outputs a table comparing the maximum VFP

table dimensions with those set in RUNSPEC.
RPTSOL
New PPCW and PPCG mnemonics to output the maximum capillary pressure
values for end-point scaling.
VFPPROD
New definitions of ALQ added for the surface density of oil or gas and the bean
size.
WELOPEN
New items 6 and 7 allow the opening/closing of connections belonging to a range of

completion numbers.
WELSPECS
New GPP option in Item 8 invokes the Generalized Pseudo-pressure method.
WPIMULT
New items 3 to 7 allow PI multipliers to be defined for individual connections or a

range of completion numbers.
WPLUG
New item 4 for prescribing whether plugbacks should be made from the top/bottom
of the well or the worst offending completion.
WTEST
A new C option has been added to allow connections closed in automatic

workovers to be tested for re-opening before the whole well is closed.
WVFPEXP
New item 3 instructs wells with stabilized VFP tables to be shut in when they are
operating in a part of the table that corresponds to the unstable region.
Older Developments
493

DISKING
The matrix disking option (item 1) is no longer available.
GRIDOPTS
Item 2 allows use of the MULTNUM keyword.

Item 3 allows use of the PINCHNUM keyword.
The default maximum number of summary quantities has been increased to 10000.
SMRYDIMS
Altered SUMMARY section keywords

BPR,BRV,BRS, The matrix ring number can be appended to the keyword if the discretized matrix
BOSAT,BWSAT, model is active in the dual porosity option.
BGSAT

OPTIONS
The 65th switch suppresses certain error conditions for wells and local grids in
a full field run.

GLIFTOPT A new Item 3 allows the user to set an upper limit on the total gas rate of a group
(i.e. produced gas + lift gas).

WELOPENL New items 7 and 8 allow the opening/closing of connections belonging to a
range of completion numbers.
WELSPECL New 'GPP' option in Item 9 invokes the Generalized Pseudo-pressure method.
COMPDATL New item 14 allows the user to specify the pressure equivalent radius used in the
COMPDATM New item 15 allows the user to specify the pressure equivalent radius used in the
RUNSPEC section
AUTOREF
494
New item 4 to control the behavior of transmissibility multiplier keywords

SMULTX and MULTX in autorefined grids.
Older Developments
The Network Option

BRANPROP New item 5 to specify whether the ALQ in the branch should be equivalenced to
the surface density of the oil or gas.
GRUPNET
New Item 7 to specify whether the ALQ in the branch should be equivalenced to
the surface density of the oil or gas.
Parallel Options
PHOST
New item 3 to specify the directory in which the slave processes should run.
PARAOPTS Some options controlled by this keyword have been deprecated and some
additional options included.
The Solvent Model

RPTSCHED New KRN and FLOSOL mnemonics output the grid block solvent relative
permeabilities and inter-block flow rates.
RPTSOL
New KRN and FLOSOL mnemonics output the grid block solvent relative
permeabilities and inter-block flow rates.

CVCRIT
New 10th data item to set minimum linear convergence criterion.

New 11th data item to set maximum acceptable non-linear criterion.
New 12th data item to set maximum acceptable sum of non-linear residuals.
New 13th data item to set maximum molar density change in a non-linear
iteration.
New 15th data item to set maximum pressure change in a non-linear iteration.
OPTIONS
New 11th data item to suppress potential reversal chop.

New 12th data item to request the pre-98a equilibration method.
New 13th data item to request the pre-98a sum of specific volume derivatives.
New 14th data item to request the pre-98a use of average specific volume
normalization
New 15th data item to request the pre-98a default surface tension definition.
DPCDT
In the case of implicit AIM cells the dPc dT limit has been replaced by a limit on
the dPc dSaturation which can be controlled be the second data item.
Older Developments
495
Removed GRID section keywords
496
HTFIN
The option which dictates the size ratios of each cell in a local grid refinement
in the azimuthal direction is no longer available.
NRFIN
If a radial local grid refinement covers more than one global cell in the radial
direction, NRFIN was used to dictate how many local cells each of the global
cells was divided into. This keyword is no longer available. Refer to argument 6
in the RADFIN keyword.
NTFIN
The NTFIN keyword was used to dictate how many local cells each of the global
cells was divided into, given that the radial local grid refinement covers more
than one global cell in the azimuthal direction. This keyword can no longer be
used. Refer to argument 7 in the RADFIN keyword.
Older Developments


Grid Data
A facility has been added to multiply transmissibilities between flux regions. See the
MULTREGT keyword.
It is now possible to read in a complete set of x, y and z coordinates for every grid cell in
order to allow complete flexibility in the corner point representation. See the GDFILE
keyword.
An alternative 9-point scheme is now available. This introduces additional non-neighbor

connections between cells which are diagonal neighbors in each areal plane. See the
NINEPOIN keyword in the RUNSPEC section.
The IMPORT keyword may now be specified in the EDIT, PROPS and REGIONS
sections.
A new facility has been added to model rock compaction where the compaction is a
function of water saturation as well as pressure. This water induced compaction model
allows the reservoir pore volume to vary as the product of independent functions of
pressure and water saturation, or as a full two-dimensional function of pressure and water
saturation. The facility is initiated using the ROCKCOMP keyword in the RUNSPEC section,
and the data is entered using the following keywords in the PROPS section: ROCKTABW,
ROCKWNOD, ROCK2D, ROCK2DTR.
It is now possible to turn off the rock compaction model by specifying NONE in the
ROCKCOMP keyword in the RUNSPEC section.
An option has been added to copy the pressure at equilibration to the overburden array,
hence referencing the rock compaction tables to the initial pressure rather than the reference
pressure. See the ROCKOPTS keyword.
An new hysteresis option has been added to improve the modelling of WAG (water
alternating gas) floods. In a WAG flood all three phases are present together in the flood
front and this three phase nature can have a significant effect on the reservoir performance.
Traditional hysteresis models, including the existing options in ECLIPSE, look on
hysteresis as a 2-phase phenomenon. The WAG hysteresis model provides a simple method
of describing the fluid behavior in 3-phase situations. See the WAGHYSTR keyword and
Hysteresis in WAG Floods on page 12-1.
It is now possible to apply the hysteresis model to the capillary pressure curves alone. See
the EHYSTR keyword.
The Killough non-wetting phase hysteresis model has been modified to remove a feature
which tended to cause convergence difficulties. See the EHYSTR keyword.
Older Developments
497
It is now possible to input dry gas properties by entering the compressibility (Z) factor for
the gas as a function of pressure, instead of the formation volume factor. See the PVZG
keyword.
A new option has been added for runs containing vaporized oil which use the API tracking
facility. By default the surface density tracer is conserved in the oil component present in
both the liquid and gas phases. The new option requests that the surface density tracer is
assumed to be present only in the liquid phase. See the OPTIONS keyword switch 58.
The restriction that the RSCONST keyword cannot be used with API tracking in a dead oil
system has been removed. But it is still not possible to use RSCONSTT with API tracking.
A new model has been added in dual porosity (and dual permeability) runs to account for
the displacement of fluid from the matrix block due to viscous effects. Typically the
pressure gradient in the fracture system will be applied to the matrix blocks, causing flow
both into and out of the matrix block. See the LX, LY and LZ keywords and the Dual
Porosity chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
It is now possible to modify the fracture relative permeability for the fracture to matrix flow
automatically to reflect the maximum matrix relative permeability at the residual saturation
of the displaced phase. See the DPKRMOD keyword and Dual Porosity chapter of the
The RSVD and RVVD keywords now allow tables after the first to be defaulted to the
previous table.
The EQUALS keyword may now be used in combination with the TNUM keyword.
Well model
498
The ACTION and ENDACTIO keywords allow the user to specify a set of SCHEDULE
section keywords to take effect when a given condition is satisfied. The set of triggering
conditions is currently confined to FIELD quantities such as production or injection rate or
cumulative total, GOR, water cut or average pressure.
Individual wells may have their guide rates or priority values multiplied by a user defined
scaling factor, to increase or decrease their relative contributions to a group or field flow
target. See keywords WGRUPCON and WELPRI.
Wells can now be opened from the drilling queue whenever a groups production or
injection potential falls below a specified value. If this value is set sufficiently above the
groups rate target, the drilling process can be completed in time for when a new well is
needed to maintain the groups target production or injection rate. See keyword
GDRILPOT.
There is a new option for placing wells in the drilling queue, which is an alternative to the
QDRILL keyword. In a drilling queue set up with QDRILL wells are opened in the order
they were placed in the queue. The alternative is to set up a prioritized drilling queue with
keyword WDRILPRI. Wells in this queue are opened in decreasing order of their drilling
priority, which can be set manually for individual wells or calculated as a function of their
potential rates according to a formula specified with the DRILPRI keyword. It is also
possible to lump wells into drilling units, so that when one well is drilled all the other
wells in the same unit will also be drilled. Only one type of drilling queue may exist at any
given time, so the keywords QDRILL and WDRILPRI cannot be used together.
It is now possible to maintain reservoir pressure (with the GPMAINT keyword) by varying
the surface injection rate, which allows more than one phase to be injected into different
parts of the reservoir.
Older Developments
Wells can be switched to their secondary ALQs or THPs in user defined increments or
decrements, instead of a single transition. See items 10 and 11 of keyword WLIFT.
Wells may have their tubing pressure loss (BHP - THP) scaled by multiplying the value
interpolated from the VFP table by a user defined factor. See keyword WVFPDP.
Dynamic scaling of the productivity index of a well according to the (explicit) value of its
maximum water-cut can be achieved by use of the PIMULTAB and WPITAB keywords.
This feature may be useful in approximating performance decline due to backflow of water.
The flash transformation ratios in keyword COMPFLSH can optionally be calculated from
the properties of bubble point oil obtained from two oil PVT tables: the differential table
used within the reservoir, and a nominated flash table.
A minimum economic liquid production rate for a well can now be specified in the WECON
keyword.
There are two new ways of using the secondary water-cut in item 11 of the WECON
keyword. These are enabled by entering LAST or RED in item 12. The LAST option
applies the secondary water-cut limit just to the last open connection in the well, allowing
the well to be operated at a higher water-cut than its primary limit when it has only one
connection left. The RED option causes the well to be worked over when its primary
water-cut limit is exceeded, as usual, but continues closing connections until the water-cut
falls below the secondary limit. This reduces the number of distinct workovers the well may
undergo, and clearly in this case the secondary limit must be smaller than the primary limit.
When an economic limit at a connection is violated (see keyword CECON) it is now

possible to specify whether only the offending connection is closed or all connections
below it are closed also (see item 9). There is also an option to continue checking the
connection economic limits even when the well is stopped (item 10). Items 11 and 12 allow
minimum economic oil and gas production rates to be applied to connections.
Output
A family of fluid-in-place regions can be set up automatically to represent the gas, oil and
water zones at equilibration. See the FIPOWG keyword.
Saturated dissolved gas oil ratios and vaporized oil gas ratios can be written to the Print file
using mnemonics RSSAT and RVSAT in the RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords
(controls 55 and 56).
Inter-block flows of each phase may be written to the Print file using mnemonics
FLOOIL, FLOWAT and FLOGAS in the RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords (controls
72-74).
It is now possible to output the reservoir pore volume and the reservoir volume occupied
by each phase for a block, region or the field. A table of the regional values can be output
to the Print file using the mnemonic FIPRESV in the RPTSCHED and RPTSOL keywords
(control 76). The information can also be written to the Summary file using the
(B,R,F)(R,O,W,G,H)PV family of SUMMARY section keywords.
The well productivity index based on the well block average pressures (see keyword
WPAVE) can be written to the Summary file using the SUMMARY Section keywords
WPI(1,4,5,9). Also, an alternative averaging technique is available for calculating the
well block average pressures, weighting the average pressures in the inner blocks and the
outer ring according to their pore volume. See item 1 of keyword WPAVE.
When the timestep is constrained by the minimum or maximum limits, a mnemonic

indicating the next constraint in the absence of the minimum or maximum limits is now also
output to the Print file.
Older Developments
499
When warning messages have been suppressed for part of the simulation by the NOWARN
keyword, they can be switched back on by using the WARN keyword.
Output is now written to the INIT file to allow a post processor program to mark which
cells are connected to aquifers. See the AQUCON and AQUANCON keywords.
There is now an option to write out a Restart Index File at the end of the run. The file lists
the arrays written to the Restart file(s) at each restart time. See the RSSPEC keyword in the
RUNSPEC section and the File Handling chapter of the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
Performance
The two-point upstreaming table look-up code has been optimized, significantly reducing
the run time for miscible cases with the two-point upstreaming option active.
An improved solver is available for dual permeability runs which treats the matrix-fracture
coupling as a fourth nesting in the nested factorization preconditioner. For backcompatibility, the pre-97A solver may be enabled using switch 60 in the OPTIONS
keyword.
A new tuning keyword, TUNINGDP, has been added to supply a modified set of
convergence parameters for some high throughput cases, typically dual porosity runs. The
keyword should be used with care as by default it has the effect of relaxing the non-linear
convergence criteria.

Coal Bed Methane Model
It is now possible to specify a separate diffusion coefficient for the solvent component. See
the DIFFCOAL keyword.
The GRUPTREE keyword can now be used in the Annual Scheduling File, to change the
group hierarchy during the contract year (see keyword GASBEGIN).
500
A fully implicit solution method (LGR in-place) has been implemented for local grids. This
is an alternative to the default procedure for local grids in which the local grids are
advanced separately using local timestepping. In-place local grids are solved
simultaneously with the global grid, and use the same time steps as the global grid. The
fully implicit coupling overcomes the stability problems that may arise with traditional
local grids due to high flows across the boundary, and it also enables group control targets
to be met with greater accuracy. The keyword LGRLOCK can be used to convert a
traditional local grid to a fully implicit in-place local grid. The keyword LGRFREE may
be used to revert an in-place local grid back to local timestepping.
A keyword HRFIN has been introduced to make it easier to set up the geometry of radial
local grids.
The principal directions for the linear solver may be specified independently for each local
grid, if required, by using the SOLVDIRS keyword (see the ECLIPSE 100 Reference
Manual).
Older Developments
The action of LGROFF may now be controlled by the 56th switch of the OPTIONS
keyword. By default, the local grids are not switched off until the global timestep is
completed, but just before advancing the local timestep. Thus, pseudo-local calculations
are still performed for the global timestep and the wells will be solved using the local grid
solutions. If the 56th switch is set > 0, the local grids will be switched off before advancing
the global timestep. LGROFF will always be processed before solving the global timestep
for any local grids run in-place (see keyword LGRLOCK).
Performance
The cascade algorithm used for (single phase) tracers in runs containing local grid
refinement has been speeded up considerably.
The Network Option
In the Extended Network Model, it is now possible to control a groups production rate by
automatically adjusting the pressure loss across a choke in a designated network branch.
The choke increases the pressure in its inlet node to a value that reduces the production of
the subordinate wells to meet the groups rate target. This provides a third method of group
control (in addition to guide rate control and prioritization), which previously was only
available to well-groups via the manifold group facility. The choke method is available
only when using the Extended Network Model. See Items 3 & 5 of the NODEPROP
keyword.
Actions initiated by the PRORDER and GDRILPOT keywords (see the ECLIPSE 100
manual) can now be postponed until the network is balanced, by using the keyword
WAITBAL. This will prevent, for example, a well being opened from the drilling queue
prematurely because an intermediate network balancing iteration has high nodal pressures
and consequentially low well productivities.
The choice as to whether to calculate the Extended Networks branch flows and pressure
losses from the time-average well flow rates (well production rates multiplied by their
efficiency factors) or the peak well flow rates (no account taken of the wells efficiency
factors) can now be made independently for each well with Item 3 of the WEFAC keyword.
This option is available only when using the Extended Network Model.
It is now permitted, in both the Standard and the Extended network models, to have fixed
pressure nodes/groups subordinate to other fixed pressure nodes/groups. Previously this
was possible only with the Standard network model.
The pressure drop along a branch of the network can be written to the Summary File using
the SUMMARY section keywords GPRB, GPRBW, GPRBG respectively for the production
network, water injection network and gas injection network.
Parallel Options
The parallel domain decomposition code now runs with local grid refinement, except not
presently with the in-place local grid refinement option.
The parallel local grid refinement option now allows multiple local grids to be stacked up
on the same process.
Each domain of a parallel domain decomposition can be allocated to a specific processor.
The PARAOPTS options have been extended to provide additional options for optimizing
message passing.
Older Developments
501

Parallel processing
The 97A version of ECLIPSE 300 may be run in parallel on suitable computers. These must
support a message passing system. Examples are the IBM SP2 & Silicon Graphics machines.
Keywords involved are PARALLEL, NPROCX, NPROCY, PDIVX and PDIVY.
CO2 solution in the aqueous phase

CO2 may be allowed to dissolve in the aqueous phase. Solubility data may be entered using the
SOLUBILITY keyword or a default set generated internally.
Keywords involved are CO2SOL, RSWVD and SOLUBILITY
MEMORY keyword
Allows the user to set the memory requirement dynamically. The code must be installed with
this option set up (the DYNAMIC select code in the main routine). A single load module may
then be used, and the MEMORY keyword entered to request the number of Mbyte of main storage
required and the amount of character storage required. (Character storage is in 1000 character*8
units). The default is 100 MByte and 10,000 character*8 words.

Well, group and field reservoir volume flow and totals at reference conditions:
Production rates & totals

WOVPR, WGVPR, WWVPR, WOVPT, WGVPT, WWVPT GOVPR, GGVPR, GWVPR, GOVPT, GGVPT,
GWVPT FOVPR, FGVPR, FWVPR, FOVPT, FGVPT, FWVPT
Injection rates and totals

WOVIR, WOVIT, WWVIR, WWVIT, WGVIR, WGVIT GOVIR, GOVIT, GWVIR, GWVIT, GGVIR,
GGVIT FOVIR, FOVIT, FWVIR, FWVIT, FGVIR, FGVIT
Total reservoir hydrocarbon molar density

BMLST will output the block total hydrocarbon molar density. This is the sum over components
of the BMLSC values.
Stage gas compositions for wells. WYMF1, WYMF2 and WYMF3 allow the stage gas compositions
to be obtained.
Wet gas with well history matching option

An extra, 11th, argument has been added to the WCONHIST keyword to enter wet gas production
rates. The WHISTCTL keyword has the option of requesting that the well follows the wet gas
production.
502
Older Developments
Changes to hysteresis keywords

A new set of keywords have been introduced to control hysteresis options. The HYST keyword
is required to enable the hysteresis option, then HYKR or NOHYKR to control relative
permeability hysteresis and HYPC or NOHYPC to control capillary pressure hysteresis.
AIMFRAC keyword
The treatment of implicit cells in the AIM option has been changed. The program will now set
the criterion for making a cell implicit so that a target fraction of the cells are selected. The
default value of this target fraction is 1. This faction may be modified using the AIMFRAC
keyword, although 1 is usually a reasonable value. The percentage of cells which are implicit is
reported in the log and print file output at the end of the one line step summary.
ACTION & ACTDIMS keywords

The ACTION keyword allows a set of well or group schedule section keywords to be stored with
a condition. If this condition is satisfied the keywords will be processed. At present the
conditions may only be applied to field oil, water and gas production rates, field WCT and GOR
and average field pressure.
The number of ACTION clauses allowed and the number of lines in each may be set using the
ACTDIMS keyword in the SCHEDULE section.
TRACK keyword
This keyword enables the production and fluid in place from above and below either the original
gas-oil contact or a specified depth to be tracked. This is done internally by setting up a set of
tracers to follow the components. These can be attached to all the components, for the highest
accuracy, or to a subset, in which case the missing component tracer concentrations are obtained
by interpolation.
Production from above and below the GOC or specified depth is accounted separately in the
fluid-in-place reports, the field production report, the group reports and the well reports. A range
of new summary mnemonics are available to follow this production split:
FOPRA, FOPRB, FGPRA, FGPRB
Field oil and gas rates (above and below)
FOPTA, FOPTB, FGPTA, FGPTB
Field oil and gas totals (above and below)
GOPRA, GOPRB, GGPRA, GGPRB
Group oil and gas rates (above and below)
GOPTA, GOPTB, GGPTA, GGPTB
Group oil and gas totals (above and below)
WOPRA, WOPRB, WGPRA, WGPRB
Well oil and gas rates (above and below)
WOPTA, WOPTB, WGPTA, WGPTB
Well oil and gas totals (above and below)
PSSTA keyword
This keyword uses the saturation pressure calculation to assign single phase hydrocarbon states
as oil or gas, rather than the Li correlation. It gives a more precise state identification although
this involves the extra cost of the Psat evaluation.
Older Developments
503
GDFILE
This keyword allows the definition of a grid to be read from an ECLIPSE grid file. This may be
formatted or unformatted, and provides all the geometry information for the simulation. This
also provides a method by which third party gridding packages can input geometry information.
Saturation clipping
If OPTIONS argument 3 is set to 1 any one phase cells which are flashed after equilibration to
two phases are clipped back to one phase. This is to treat a problem which may occur above a
gas-oil contact in compositional modelling, in which the fluid is saturated at the contact, so that
lower pressures at higher level cause over-saturation and small oil saturations to appear. The
true solution is that the gas is saturated at the reservoir pressure, with no oil saturation. The
saturation clipping option will set up this state.
Ninepoint option
The NINEPOINT keyword will add diagonal non-neighbor connections to reduce grid
orientation in cases of adverse mobility injection.
Separate MISCKR & MISCPC keywords

These allow the MISCIBLE option to be applied separately to relative permeability and
capillary pressure calculations. If MISCIBLE is used alone, this is the same as MISCKR and
MISCPC.
RESVNUM keyword
When entering COORD data for cases with multiple reservoirs, it is sometimes more convenient
to enter data for each reservoir separately. This may be done by entering RESVNUM to define a
reservoir index and then entering data for that reservoir only.
DGRDT keyword
This keyword may be used to limit the rate at which defaulted guide rates may vary for wells
under group control.
WELDEBUG keyword
This keyword enables debug output to be requested for a specific well.

Properties
504
The Killough wetting phase hysteresis model has been modified to prevent convergence
problems in cells with a small maximum attained non-wetting phase saturation. The
original model can be run by setting the 4th item in the EHYSTR keyword to zero.
Older Developments
Data checks have been added to verify the drainage and imbibition end points when the
hysteresis model is active.
The method of requesting relative permeability hysteresis without capillary pressure

hysteresis and the method of calculating the capillary pressure have been modified. Prior
to this release, relative permeability hysteresis without capillary pressure hysteresis was
requested by setting the 6th switch in the OPTIONS keyword. The switch has been replaced
by the 4th item in the EHYSTR keyword. The capillary pressure in this case is taken as the
drainage (SATNUM) value, where previously a scaled imbibition curve was used. This
modification prevents discontinuities in the capillary pressure function.
The 24th switch of the OPTIONS keyword has been replaced by the STESS option in the
ROCKOPTS keyword.
Well model
The calculation of field and group cumulative production histories (FOPTH or GWPTH for
example) has been amended. Previously these cumulatives were the sum over each well of
either its actual cumulative or its historical cumulative, depending on whether the well was
currently a history matching well or not. This resulted in discontinuous changes in the
historical cumulative when a well was changed from a history matching well to a standard
producer or injector. The group cumulative production histories are now calculated in a way
that avoids these discontinuous changes. Essentially the group cumulative production
history is now equal to the cumulative historical production of all its wells, where the wells
cumulative production histories are incremented according to their actual production rates
when they are no longer history matching wells.
The first record (basic data) of the production and injection well VFP tables (keywords
VFPPROD and VFPINJ) have been extended by an additional item which identifies the
quantity tabulated in the main body of the table. (The VFPi program can output several
different types of table, but ECLIPSE only accepts tables of BHP values.) The new item
defaults to BHP, so that existing tables do not need to be modified.
A warning is now printed if the THP limit of a production well lies below the range of THPs
in its VFP table, unless it is defaulted to zero (keyword WCONPROD item 10). Defaulting
this item will now prevent the well from changing to THP control, even if the THP goes
negative. The THP will still be calculated if the well has a VFP table number entered in
WCONPROD item 11.
When the top (or bottom) perforation depth in COMPVE or COMPVEL lies outside the grid
block, ECLIPSE adjusts it to back to the top (or bottom) corner depth of the block. Now,
however, if this occurs for a single connection entered in a record, ECLIPSE will also adjust
the depth of the bottom (or top) of the perforations by a similar amount, provided that the
perforated length remains entirely within the grid block. Thus the length of the perforations
should be preserved if the depth has to be adjusted due to a mis-match with the grid.
When the +CON option is used in item 7 of the WECON keyword or item 9 of the CECON
keyword with the ECLIPSE 200 Wellbore Friction Option, all connections below is
interpreted as meaning all connections upstream.
In item 2 of the GPMAINT keyword all characters are now significant, as new mnemonics
have been added which only differ in their 4th character.
The 54th item of the OPTIONS keyword has been replaced with item 3 in the WEFAC
keyword, governing the interpretation of well efficiency factors in a network.
Older Developments
505
Aquifers
A warning is now printed if the Carter-Tracy influence function for analytic aquifers is
invalid, leading to backflow which could cause unphysical behavior and convergence
problems.
The Analytic Aquifer arrays output to the Restart file have been modified to reduce the disk
space used, if the NCAMAX parameter has been set to a value greater than required. The
minimum required NACMAX for the run is output as a comment at the end of the SOLUTION
section.
Output
Well report tables have been expanded to allow for 3-digit connection block (i,j,k)
coordinates. This also affects the output produced by keyword RUNSUM in the SUMMARY
section, which now by default has fewer columns per page. The keyword NARROW can be
used in the SUMMARY section to restore the pre-97A format.
Blank columns in the RUNSUM output of the SUMMARY data, which were caused when
group names, well names or connections were defaulted in the SUMMARY section
keywords, are now removed from these tables.
Performance
Overriding the principal solver directions is now done using the SOLVDIRS keyword
instead of using the 3rd switch in the OPTIONS keyword.

output.)
506
When a depth variation of the saturation table end points is requested using either ENPTVD
or ENKRVD or their hysteretic equivalents, the depth variation is honoured for local depths.
Previously, the end points were inherited from host cells in the global grid which honoured
the depth variation only in the global grid.
In dual porosity runs, the flows between matrix and fracture cells for refined cells in the
global grid are now represented by the sum of matrix-fracture flows for the corresponding
refined cells in order to improve convergence.
When the parameters MXWSIT and MXWPIT controlling the number of iterations for
solving local grid wells are specified in TUNINGL, these are honoured for any wells in local
grids when solving the global timestep as well as when solving the local timestep.
Previously, the values specified in TUNING were used.
When the top (or bottom) perforation depth in COMPVEL lies outside the grid block,
ECLIPSE adjusts it to back to the top (or bottom) corner depth of the block. Now, however,
if this occurs for a single connection entered in a record, ECLIPSE will also adjust the depth
of the bottom (or top) of the perforations by a similar amount, provided that the perforated
length remains entirely within the local grid block. Thus the length of the perforations
should be preserved if the depth has to be adjusted due to a mis-match with the grid. This
change mirrors that made to the COMPVE keyword (see the ECLIPSE Reference Manual).
Older Developments
The Network Option

These may cause changes to the results of a simulation, or alter the form or content of its output.
The 33rd switch of the OPTIONS keyword, governing the number of network iterations in
which a well might be revived, has increased its default value. See the OPTIONS keyword
for more details.
The 54th OPTIONS switch, governing whether the wells full flow rates or their timeaveraged values should be used to calculate the pressure losses in the Extended Network,
has been replaced by Item 3 in keyword WEFAC. The former OPTIONS switch should not
be used.
The Wellbore Friction Option

output.)
When a workover with an action +CON is performed on a friction well, i.e. close worstoffending connection and all below it (see Item 7 of the WECON keyword, for example),
this is now interpreted as meaning close the connection and all upstream of it. This will
affect workovers in horizontal and multilateral wells, where previously the connections to
close were selected according to their depth, while now they are selected according to their
length down the tubing and multilateral well topology is also taken into account.
If the WFRICTN or WFRICTNL keyword is repeated for a particular well (e.g. to add a new
branch or new connections), ECLIPSE first re-initializes the well structure. Thus the
WFRICTN data for the entire well must be supplied each time the keyword is used, not just
the additional connections. This change prevents problems from occurring in restart runs if
the original WFRICTN keywords are still present in the SCHEDULE Section and the
SKIPREST keyword is not used.
Changes to Existing ECLIPSE 300 Facilities 97A

EQUALS etc.
EQUALS, MULTIPY, ADD and COPY may be used with SIGMA, SIGMAGD and DZMATRIX in
dual porosity runs.
Output to INIT file

Dual porosity arrays such as SIGMA, SIGMAGD and DZMATRIX are output to the INIT file. If
end point scaling is used endpoint data is also output.
End-point scaling
Vertical end-point scaling has been made compatible with ECLIPSE 100. The old ECLIPSE 300
version can be invoked by setting the 6th parameter of the OPTIONS keyword to 1.
RPTPRINT changes
If RPTPRINT argument 3 is set greater than 1 then reservoir oil and reservoir gas will be flashed
separately to surface conditions by region.
Older Developments
507
If RPTPRINT argument 14 is set greater than 0 then VFP table are output to the print file in neat
format.
Alternative GRID section keyword names

Keywords such as PERMI are now accepted as alternatives to PERMX or PERMR. This is to
enable Fill output files to be read.
Extra information in restart files

When a RESTART record is written so that a flexible restart can be performed (using the
RESTART keyword in the SOLUTION section), this file now contains extra information such
as the initial surface tensions or the maximum saturations, as required by options such as
MISCIBLE. This allows the restart run to more accurately reproduce the continued base run.
This change is back-compatible - older restart files which do not contain these items may still
be used with 97a.
Output of flows to GRAF

OUTSOL arguments now exist which enable flows to be written to the restart files. These may
be used to produce arrow diagrams showing fluid movement. The mnemonics are FLOC1 for
component 1, FLOC2 for component 2 etc.
On most UNIX workstations the buffers for the save and restart files are flushed after each write
operation. This avoids problems with incomplete files, (particularly in the unified case), which
have previously occurred when a run ended early.
COORDSYS keyword
A new argument allows transmissibilities to be generated between cells with different reservoir
numbers.
Output of NNC data to grid file

Surface tensions for cells containing one hydrocarbon phase
The reference oil-gas surface tension value is assigned to single phase hydrocarbon cells, rather
than a zero value.
AQUDIMS keyword
The dimensions input with this keyword are now treated in the same way for numerical and
analytical aquifers. The second dimension is the number of lines of AQUCON connection data in
all cases.
508
Older Developments

ACTION
Initiates a set of actions (defined by SCHEDULE section keywords) to be

executed when a specified condition is satisfied.
DRILPRI
Defines the default priority formula for the prioritized drilling queue set up with
keyword WDRILPRI.
ENDACTIO Indicates the end of the set of actions initiated with the ACTION keyword.
FIPOWG
Request a family of FIP regions to represent the gas, oil and water zones at
equilibration.
GDFILE
Imports a Grid file.
GDRILPOT Causes wells to be drilled from the drilling queue when a groups production rate
potential falls below a specified value.
LTOSIGMA Provides an easy way to calculate SIGMA from LX, LY, LZ.
LX, LY, LZ Inputs the representative matrix block size for the viscous displacement option.
MULTREGT Multiplies transmissibilities between flux regions.
PIMULTAB Inputs tables of well PI multiplier vs. maximum water cut.
PVZG
Inputs dry gas properties using the Z-factor.
ROCK2D
Inputs the two-dimensional water induced compaction tables.
ROCK2DTR The two-dimensional transmissibility modifier tables for water induced

compaction.
ROCKOPTS Controls options associated with the rock compaction facilities.
ROCKTABW Supplies rock compaction data as a function of water saturation.
ROCKWNOD Inputs the water saturation nodes for the two-dimensional water induced
compaction tables.
TUNINGDP Supplies a modified set of convergence parameters for some high throughput
cases.
WAGHYSTR Initiates the WAG Hysteresis model.
WARN
Reactivates warning messages after suppression by NOWARN.
WDRILPRI Places wells in the prioritized drilling queue.

WPITAB
Assigns PI multiplier tables (input with PIMULTAB) to wells.

ACTDIMS
Sets dimensions for the ACTION keyword facility.
NINEPOIN Turns on the nine-point disc re tis at ion option.

PIMTDIMS Sets dimensions of the PI multiplier tables (PIMULTAB keyword).
RSSPEC
Requests the output of a Restart Index file.
VISCD
Enables the viscous displacement option in dual porosity systems.
Older Developments
509

B(R,O,W,G,H)PV
Block reservoir pore volumes
R(R,O,W,G,H)PV
Region reservoir pore volumes
F(R,O,W,G,H)PV
Field reservoir pore volume

R = Total pore volume
O = Pore volume containing oil
W = Pore volume containing water
G = Pore volume containing gas
H = Pore volume containing hydro-carbon
BWPC
Block water/oil capillary pressure
BGPC
Block gas/oil capillary pressure
BGTRP
Trapped gas saturation (WAG hysteresis model)
BGTPD
Dynamic trapped gas saturation (WAG hysteresis model)
CLFR
Connection liquid flow rate
CLPT
Connection liquid production total
MLINEARS
Outputs the number linear iterations for each timestep
MSUMLINS
Outputs the total number of linear iterations since start of run
NARROW
Increases the number of columns per page in the RUNSUM output by

restoring the pre-97A format with narrower columns
TELAPLIN
Outputs the elapsed time per linear iteration in seconds
WPI1
Well PI based on the WBP well block average pressure
WPI4
Well PI based on the WBP4 well block average pressure
WPI5
WPI9

LGRLOCK
Converts an LGR from local timestepping to an in-place LGR.
LGRFREE
Returns an in-place LGR to local timestepping.
HRFIN
Splitting ratios for radii in radial LGR.
The Network Option

WAITBAL
510
Prevents PRORDER and GDRILPOT actions being performed until the network
is balanced.
Older Developments
SUMMARY section
GPRB
Pressure drop along the groups (or nodes) outlet branch of the production
network.
GPRBG
Pressure drop along the groups inlet branch of the gas injection network.
GPRBW
Pressure drop along the groups inlet branch of the water injection network.
Parallel Options
IHOST
Allows individual LGRs to be allocated to a specific local process.
PHOST
Allows a local process to be placed on a specific host machine or processor.

CECON
New item 9 to define what action to take upon violating the connection economic
limit. New item 10 to allow the continued checking of connection economic
limits in stopped wells.
New items 11 and 12 allow minimum economic oil and gas rates to be applied
to connections.
COMPFLSH New item 8 nominates a flash PVT table number for calculating the
transformation ratios.
DPKRMOD
New item 3 scales the fracture relative permeability curves for fracture to matrix
flow.
EHYSTR
Item 4 has been added to modify the Killough wetting phase hysteresis model.
A new item 5 allows the hysteresis model to be applied to the relative
permeability or the capillary pressure alone.
GPMAINT
Item 2 has an extended range of options to allow for oil, water and gas surface
injection rates to be used to maintain the average pressure of a region.
GSATINJE New item 5 sets the mean calorific value of the gas injected by a satellite group
for, use by the ECLIPSE 200 Gas Energy Production Control option.
GSATPROD New item 7 sets the mean calorific value of the gas produced by a satellite group,
for use by the ECLIPSE 200 Gas Energy Production Control option.
IMPORT
This keyword may now be used in the EDIT, PROPS and REGIONS sections.
New item 2 allows formatted instead of binary files to be input.
OPTIONS
Control 3
This is no longer used; it has been replaced by the SOLVDIRS

keyword.
Control 6
This is no longer used; it has been replaced by item 4 in the

EHYSTR keyword.
Control 24

ROCKOPTS keyword.
Control 54

WEFAC keyword.
Older Developments
511
RPTGRID
Control 56
Turns local grids on or off before the global grid is solved.
Control 57
Controls iterations of the Extended Network with automatic

chokes.
Control 58
Controls API tracking option in vaporized oil runs.
Control 59
Reserved for Extended Network solver.
Control 60
Restores pre-97A dual permeability solver.
Control 47 outputs inter-region transmissibility multipliers.

Controls 48, 49 and 50 output matrix block sizes.
RPTSCHED Controls 55 and 56 output saturated Rs and Rv if set = 2.

Controls 72, 73 and 74 output inter-block flows.
Control 75 outputs WAG Hysteresis trapped gas.
Control 76 outputs region reservoir volumes.
RPTSOL
Controls 55 and 56 output saturated Rs and Rv if set = 2.

Controls 72, 73 and 74 output inter-block flows.
Control 76 outputs region reservoir volumes.
RSVD, RVVD
These keywords now allow tables to be defaulted to a copy of the previous table.
VFPINJ
New item 6 in record 1 identifies the quantity tabulated in the main body of the
table (defaults to BHP).
VFPPROD
New item 9 in record 1 identifies the quantity tabulated in the main body of the
table (defaults to BHP).
WECON
Item 12 includes two new mnemonics allowing for different interpretations of

the role of the secondary water-cut.
New item 14 sets a minimum economic liquid production rate.
WEFAC
New item 3 governs application of the efficiency factor in the ECLIPSE 200
Extended Network Option, replacing OPTIONS keyword switch 54.
WELPRI
New item 3 applies a scaling factor to well priority values.
WGRUPCON New item 5 applies a scaling factor to well guide rates.

WLIFT
New items 10 and 11 allow secondary ALQ and THP values to reached in
increments or decrements rather than at once.
WPAVE
A negative value for item 1 gives a pore volume weighted pressure average
between the inner and outer grid blocks.
WVFPDP
New item 3 applies a scaling factor to the tubing pressure loss.
Altered RUNSPEC section keyword

ROCKCOMP Additional option in item 1 to turn off rock compaction.
New item 3 activates the water induced rock compaction option.
512
Older Developments

DIFFCOAL
New item 3 allows input of a different diffusion coefficient for the solvent
component.

GASBEGIN The GRUPTREE keyword is allowed in the Annual Scheduling File.

OPTIONS
New switch 56 modifies the action of the LGROFF keyword.
The Network Option

NODEPROP Item 3 designates nodes as choke inlets, if they do not correspond to well-groups.
New item 5 to specify the group to which the choke should respond.
OPTIONS
The 33rd switch has increased its default value.

The 54th switch has now been replaced by Item 3 of the WEFAC keyword.
New 57th switch invokes an alternative procedure for handling automatic chokes
when a low flow target has been set.
WEFAC
New Item 3 replaces the 54th switch of the OPTIONS keyword.
Parallel Options
PARAOPTS The keyword data has been divided into two records. There are extra items to
allow more user defined tuning of the parallel option.
Altered RUNSPEC section keyword
PARALLEL The 'SHARED' option in item 2 has been changed to 'SERIAL', as the shared
memory parallel option is no longer supported.
Additional 3rd data item to specify the maximum number of processes when
multiple LGRs can be stacked up on the same process.
Older Developments
513


Dynamic Memory
It is now possible to configure ECLIPSE to allocate memory dynamically, allowing a single

executable to run any size of problem, provided the memory is available when the program
is run. For large runs it may be convenient to allocate the memory in one go at the start
of the run. This can be achieved by using the MEMORY keyword in the RUNSPEC section.
Grid Data
A facility has been added to allow unformatted input for much of the data in the GRID
section, to save file store and execution time. Typically the data will be generated by the
GRID program. (See the IMPORT keyword.)
An option has been added to the PINCH keyword to account for the inactive pinched-out
cells when calculating the non-neighbor connection transmissibility. This replaces the
OPTIONS keyword switch 17.
It is now possible to refer to fault name roots (ending with an asterisk) in the MULTFLT and
THPRESFT keywords.
It is now possible to specify additional transmissibility multipliers (MULTX-, MULTY-,

MULTZ-) which apply to the X-, Y-, and Z- faces of each grid block. This supplies
additional control over the regular and non-neighbor transmissibilities calculated by
ECLIPSE. Analogously, it is now possible to specify faults using the FAULTS keyword
with faces X-, Y- or Z-. Corresponding diffusivity multipliers applying to the X-, Yand Z- faces of grid blocks may also be supplied (DIFFMX-, DIFFMY-, DIFFMZ-). The
RUNSPEC section keyword GRIDOPTS must be used to enable these facilities.
A option has been added to apply the 9-point scheme only in the areal dimensions. (See the
OPTIONS keyword switch 50.)
Properties & VE
514
Dead oil PVT data may be input in a simplified form which assumes constant
compressibility and viscosibility. (See the PVCDO keyword.)
It is now possible to scale the imbibition capillary pressure curves as well as the drainage
curves. (See the IPCW and IPCG keywords.)
It is now possible to limit the calculated maximum PCW generated when using the
SWATINIT keyword. Typically this can occur if the input water saturation distribution has
water saturations above connate in blocks well above the transition zone. The input water
distribution can be honoured in these cases by modifying the connate saturation for these
blocks. (See the PPCWMAX keyword.)
Older Developments
Two new facilities have been added to the dual porosity model. Using the INTPC keyword
invokes the integrated Pc option, where ECLIPSE will use an integrated version of the input
capillary pressure curve. The facility improves the final recovery prediction from a
matrix cell. The DPKRMOD keyword gives the user a tuning parameter on the oil relative
permeability functions. This parameter has no physical meaning, but can be useful when
matching a dual porosity simulation to a single porosity model of a single matrix block.
A new facility has been added to the Vertical Equilibrium option to model the residual flow
of oil after a contact has swept a cell. (See the Vertical Equilibrium chapter of the
ECLIPSE Technical Description and the RESIDNUM keyword.)
Performance of the Vertical Equilibrium option has been improved by adding an option to
modify the corner point depths in the vicinity of pinchouts. This avoids convergence
problems when there are inactive pinched-out cells with non-zero thickness. (See switch 52
of the OPTIONS keyword.)
Wells & Aquifers
When a group cannot meet its production target set in keyword GCONPROD, a sequence of
remedial actions can be specified with the keyword PRORDER. The action sequence,
known as the Production Rules, can include opening new connections, switching wells
to lower THP, changing well VFP tables, applying a fixed amount of artificial lift, as well
as opening new wells from the drilling queue (which was previously the only available
action).
Wells can be automatically transferred from one group to another, depending on the value
of a chosen quantity such as the well's water cut. (See the WREGROUP keyword.)
A group may now have up to five drilling rigs and five workover rigs allocated to it with
keyword GRUPRIG. Previously, each group was only allowed the use of one rig of each
type.
The options to model partial penetration (keyword COMPVE) and plugbacks (keyword
WPLUG) are now available in non-VE runs. Previously they were only available when using
the VE option. In non-VE runs, the partial penetration data entered in keyword COMPVE is
automatically converted into COMPRP scaled end-points. The end-points are recalculated
each time the perforation depths change in a plugback. There are restrictions on using
COMPVE and WPLUG in non-VE 'fast' restart runs.
An economic upper limit on gas-liquid ratio can be applied to a well. Also it is possible to
specify different actions for the primary and secondary water cut limits. (See item 12 and
13 of the WECON keyword.)
Minimum economic limits can now be imposed on injection wells using the keyword
WECONINJ. This allows injection wells to be shut or stopped if they are not injecting at a
high enough rate.
ALQ switching can now be triggered by a high gas-liquid ratio. (See item 9 of the WLIFT
keyword.)
A user-defined adjustment can be added to a wells BHP that has been obtained by
interpolating the VFP tables. This may be used, for example, to help match the wells flow
rate at a given THP. (See the WVFPDP keyword.)
It is now possible to specify the injected tracer concentration in a well stream to be a linear
function of the cumulative fluid injected by the well. This can be useful when modelling
H 2 S generating processes. (See Environmental Tracers in the ECLIPSE 200 Reference
Manual and the WTRACER keyword.)
Older Developments
515
A new aquifer type has been added which supplies a constant water flux. This can be useful
in ground water studies to model recharge. (See the AQUFLUX keyword.)
It is now possible to connect aquifers to cell faces adjoining an active cell, allowing
connections into the middle of the reservoir. This option is not recommended for general
use. (See the AQUCON and AQUANCON keywords.)
A new chapter Aquifer Modeling Facilities in the ECLIPSE Technical Description now
describes the Aquifer Modeling Facilities within ECLIPSE.
Output
Connection quantity keywords in the SUMMARY section may have their connection I,J,K
coordinates defaulted (i.e. the well name is followed immediately by a slash). This will
cause the data for all the connections in the well to be output.
Well connection potential rates can be written to the Summary file, using the SUMMARY
section keywords COPP, CWPP, CGPP, COPI, CWPI, CGPI. They represent the oil, water
and gas flows in the individual connections of production and injection wells when the
wells are flowing at their potentials.
A variety of well counts can be output to the Summary file. They output the number of
wells in any given group that are producing, abandoned or unused. Counts can also be made
of the number on artificial lift, under group control, controlled by their own surface rate
limit, controlled by their own reservoir volume rate limit, controlled by pressure and
controlled by their own oil rate limit. Separate counts are available for production wells and
injection wells.
The number of open connections in a well can be output to the Summary file, using the
SUMMARY section keyword WMCON.
Well efficiency factors can be output to the Summary file, using the SUMMARY section
keyword WEFF.
Two new data items reporting the simulator performance can be output to the Summary file:
the average number of linear iterations per Newton iteration for a timestep, and a number
representing the reason for selecting the timestep length. (See the SUMMARY section
keywords NLINEARS and STEPTYPE.)
Output of the GRUPTREE keyword data (which is printed if the RPTSCHED keyword
contains the WELSPECS mnemonic or has switch 14 set) has been extended to include a
schematic diagram of the grouping hierarchy. The diagram will not be displayed if the
hierarchy has more than 62 levels.
It is now possible to request that a Save file is written from a run that is itself a fast restart
case. (See the LOAD keyword.)

Environmental Tracers
516
It is now possible to specify the injected tracer concentration in a well stream to be a linear
function of the cumulative fluid injected by the well. This can by useful when modelling
H2S generating processes.
Older Developments
The Gas Field Operations Model may now be used in combination with Local Grid
Refinement.
An accelerated iteration scheme for calculating the DCQ in the first pass of the contract
year is now available. It allows the DCQ to increase again if a previous iteration had
decreased its value too much. In the original scheme the DCQ could only decrease at each
iteration, so in order to achieve an accurate result the amount by which the DCQ could
reduce per iteration had to be strictly limited, requiring several iterations to converge if
there was a substantial reduction in DCQ from the previous contract year. The accelerated
scheme should converge to the required accuracy in fewer iterations of the first pass. It is
activated with item 2 of the GASFIELD keyword in the RUNSPEC section. See also item 8
of keyword GASYEAR. The number of iterations used to converge the DCQ can be written
to the Summary File using the SUMMARY section keyword NGOPAS.
A new keyword, GDCQECON in the SCHEDULE section, allows the user to define a
minimum economic DCQ value for a contract group. All the producers in this group are
shut when the DCQ falls below its minimum economic value. If the group is the FIELD,
the run will be terminated.
Automatic compressors can be turned off by using keyword COMPOFF. They will be turned
on again when needed. ECLIPSE automatically turns off the compressors when there is a
reduction in the Swing or Profile factor. But COMPOFF provides a way of turning them off
manually when the rate target is set with GCONPROD or GCONPRI instead of using
GASYEAR. Note that, when using the new Extended Network Model, compressors must be
defined with keyword NETCOMPA instead of GASFCOMP.

Note
The Parallel LGR Option has been incorporated in the Parallel Options ECLIPSE 200
feature.
Local Grid Refinement may now be used in combination with the following facilities:
The Gas Field Operations Model
Drilling and workover rigs

(keyword GRUPRIG)
Workover frequency constraints

(keyword WORKLIM)
Group artificial lift capacity constraints

(keyword GLIFTLIM)
Well partial penetration model

(keywords COMPVE, COMPVEL)
Saturation scaling for well connections

(keywords COMPRP, COMPRPL).
A radial local grid refinement may now be specified in a box of four columns using the
keyword RADFIN4.
Older Developments
517
An autorefinement facility has been introduced to refine the whole grid as a reverse process
to coarsening. This is intended to scale datasets easily for massively parallel computations.
See the section on Autorefinement.
The REFINE keyword can be used in the SCHEDULE section to modify REGIONS data
during the simulation.
For amalgamated local grids, the non-neighbor connections arising between the local grids
in an amalgamation, their corresponding transmissibilities, and the corresponding flows for
each phase are now written to the GRID, INIT and RESTART files respectively.
Saturation table end-points within local grids are now written out to the INIT file for postprocessing when the end-point scaling option is active.
The global-local transmissibilities between local grids and the global grid may now be
written to the INIT file.
The maximum material balance correction in the global grid, arising from the difference
between the local and global solutions, can now be output to the print file by setting the
mnemonic 'SUMMARY' greater than 3 in keyword RPTSCHED.
The local grid connection quantity keywords in the SUMMARY section, starting with 'LC',
may have their connection I, J, K coordinates defaulted to give output for all the local grid
connections in the well.
A local grid name may now be specified in the VEDEBUG keyword.
When advancing a local grid to the end of the global timestep, the initial solution for the
Newton iteration to solve the local grid may be obtained by a temporal interpolation of the
local grid pseudo solution, which is used while solving the global grid. This is enabled by
the OPTIONS keyword switch 51. It has an effect only if the local grid takes several ministeps to cover a global timestep. Then in general it will improve the convergence of the
linear equations when solving the local grids by providing a better initial guess for the
Newton iteration. (This facility was available in later versions of the 95a release.)
The Network Option
518
The Extended Network Model is available for production networks. It currently has two
major enhancements over the standard model. Firstly, the surface network may be
structured independently of the group control hierarchy (although still conforming to a
gathering tree). Secondly, the automatic compressor/pump facilities are more versatile. The
Extended Network Model is enabled by including the NETWORK keyword in the RUNSPEC
section, and the network is constructed using BRANPROP and NODEPROP instead of
GRUPNET. Automatic compressors/pumps are defined with keyword NETCOMPA. See also
keywords COMPOFF and NCONSUMP. Currently the Extended Network Model cannot be
used with Gas Lift Optimization.
Individual wells can be isolated from the effects of the network by setting item 2 of
keyword WNETDP to a value greater than or equal to 1.0E10. This causes the wells THP
limit to remain unchanged by the network balancing calculation, independent of its groups
nodal pressure in the network.
Fixed pressure groups (or fixed pressure nodes, in the Extended Network Model), can have
their pressure values automatically adjusted with the aim of keeping their production rates
within specified upper and lower limits. (See keyword GNETDP.)
When using the Extended Network Model, the 54th switch of the OPTIONS keyword can
be used to control whether or not well efficiency factors are taken into account in the
network branch flows. Setting this to 1 causes the network pressure losses to be calculated
at the maximum flow rate rather than the average flow rate.
Older Developments
The Solvent Model
The Solvent Model may now be used in combination with the end-point scaling option.
Friction effects can now be calculated in multi-lateral wells.
The tubing diameter may vary along the length of the well bore.
The production flow rates from all connections upstream to a given point in the well bore
can be output to the Summary file. These can be useful, for example, to show the flow rates
from individual branches in multi-lateral wells.
Cases where the well solution has difficulty in converging may be helped by using
OPTIONS keyword switch 55.

LBCCOEF
This keyword allows non-default coefficients to be entered for the Lorentz-Bray-Clark
correlation.
IMPSAT mode
This keyword selects the IMPSAT solution option. This treats pressure and phase saturations
implicitly, but phase compositions explicitly. This method is ideal for runs involving large
capillary pressures, which would cause instability in IMPES or AIM methods.
GASWAT
The GASWAT option provides a method of modelling gas phase/aqueous phase equilibria using
an equation of state. The Peng Robinson equation of state is modified following the suggestions
of Soreide and Whitson to obtain accurate gas solubilities in the aqueous phase. This currently
only supports two phase gas-water systems: this will be extended to a full three phase equation
of state model in 97a.
Associated keywords:
AQCOEF
A-coefficient terms for water phase
BICAQ1
Non-default aqueous phase binary coefficients: constant term
BICAQ2
Non-default aqueous phase binary coefficients: T term
BICAQ3
Non-default aqueous phase binary coefficients: T 2 term
CALVAL
Component calorific values
GQUALITY Set group gas quality target
Associated summary keywords:
WEPR
Well energy production rate
WEPT
Well energy production total
WEIR
Well energy injection rate
Older Developments
519
WEIT
Well energy injection total
WGQ
Well gas quality
GEPR
Group energy production rate
GEPT
Group energy production total
GEIR
Group energy injection rate
GEIT
Group energy injection total
GGQ
Group gas quality
FEPR
Field energy production rate
FEPT
Field energy production total
FEIR
Field energy injection rate
FEIT
Field energy injection total
FGQ
Field gas quality
New Hysteresis options

Capillary pressure hysteresis has been added. If only relative permeability hysteresis is required
the NHOYPC keyword can be used.
A new method of treating hysteresis has been added. This uses a weighting fraction between the
drainage and imbibition curves. This is due to J. Jargon and is selected using the HYSTJ
keyword. HYSTK becomes an alias for the HYST keyword to select the alternative Killough
method.
Local Grid Refinement options

Local grids may now adjoin or be nested. The AMALGAM keyword to amalgamate LGRs is
accepted. The CARFIN and RADFIN keywords which define a local grid both have an optional
12th argument to select the parent grid: this is FIELD by default for high level grids.
Summary file keywords for LGR completion data (LOCPR etc.) and LGR cell data (LBSGAS
etc.) have been added.
ROCKNUM
This is like PVTNUM, but allows rock function table numbers to be defined independently of
pressure table numbers. If ROCKNUM is not set, it defaults to the PVTNUM values.
Production system options

The handling of gas in the production system has been developed. The main changes are:
Fuel, sales and re-injection ordering

The order in which fuel, sales gas and re-injection are taken from the produced gas is
variable.
The new keyword is WTAKEGAS - possible arguments are FRS, FSR, RFS, RSF, SFR, SRF.
The default is FSR (fuel, then sales, the remainder being available for re-injection).
520
Excess gas accounting
Older Developments
Gas not used for fuel, re-injection or specified sales will be separately accounted as excess
gas. Export gas is then sales gas plus excess gas. Export gas rates and totals are reported in
the print file and as new summary file items.
Satellite groups
A gas source or sink may be introduced into the production system by adding a satellite
group. The satellite groups act like fixed rate gas wells.
The new keywords are GSATPROD, GSATINJE and GSATCOMP.
Injection gas mixtures

Injection gas specification. A new type of injection fluid has been added: this is a mixture.
A mixture may be defined by using the keywords WINJMIX or WINJORD.
Summary file keywords for gas handling:
GSGR
Group sales gas rates
GSGT
Group sales gas totals
GFGR
Group fuel gas rates
GFGT
Group fuel gas totals
GRGR
Group reinjection gas rates
GRGT
Group reinjection gas totals
GEGR
Group export gas rates
GEGT
Group export gas totals
GEXGR
Group excess gas rates
GEXGT
Group excess gas totals
FSGR
Field sales gas rates
FSGT
Field sales gas totals
FFGR
Field fuel gas rates
FFGT
Field fuel gas totals
FRGR
Field reinjection gas rates
FRGT
Field reinjection gas totals
FEGR
Field export gas rates
FEGT
Field export gas total
FEXGR
Field excess gas rates
FEXGT
Field excess gas total
Availability control of wells and groups

If a well or group is re-injecting the gas production of a well or group we have previously
only considered the composition being injected. The amount of gas available has affected
this only if make-up gas has been specified.
If the new WAVAILIM switch is used, the well or group will switch to availability control
if limited by the produced gas rates. This is rather like re-injection control. It will switch
back to the next most restrictive control if this ceases to be a constraint.
GETGLOBAL
Keyword to extract global solution only when reading solution data.
Older Developments
521
RSM
Turn on output to RSM file during run.
RPPO, RPPG and RPPW summary items

Region pressures corrected to datum. Note oil and gas are hydrocarbon weighted, water is pore
volume weighted.
New SUMMARY keywords

FOIPR, FGIPR, FWIPR for Field Oil, Gas and Water In Place at Reservoir conditions.
E100 compatible well options

WELDRAW to control well drawdown
WPIMULT to modify well PI values.

The ordering of connections in horizontal wells has changed. Previously connections were
ordered according to depth irrespective of the wells orientation. Now, if any connection is
declared to be horizontal in item 13 of the COMPDAT keyword, ECLIPSE will attempt to
order the connections in heel-to-toe fashion. It takes the heel to be the connection whose
I,J coordinates are nearest the wellhead I,J set in WELSPECS items 3 and 4. If more than
one connection can be a candidate for the heel, ECLIPSE selects the one with the minimum
depth. The rest of the ordering is determined from the location and orientation of the
connections. If ECLIPSE cannot find a unique sensible ordering (e.g. with a multibranched well), it will issue a warning message and resort to ordering the connections by
depth. If the new ordering is not satisfactory, the user can override it by using the 53rd
switch in the OPTIONS keyword, which forces ECLIPSE either to use depth ordering or to
leave them in the order in which they were input by the user. ECLIPSE uses the connection
ordering for the wellbore head calculation, and also to determine the order in which
connection flows are printed in the well reports.
Note
Wells that use the ECLIPSE 200 Wellbore Friction option have always had a heel-totoe connection ordering, according to the length down the tubing that is entered in
keyword WFRICTN. Thus there is no change for these wells.
A group may now have up to five drilling rigs and five workover rigs allocated to it with
keyword GRUPRIG. Thus if a second rig is allocated to a group, it will now be added to the
group's available rigs instead of displacing its original rig.
The flash transformation option (see keyword COMPFLSH) has been modified for
production well connections whose grid blocks contain oil above the bubble point pressure.
Above the bubble point, the ratio Bo(flash) Bo(diff) is held constant instead of the ratio
( B o(flash) 1 ) ( B o(diff) 1 ) . The new treatment preserves the value of the undersaturated oil
compressibility. The previous treatment may be restored by setting the 42nd OPTIONS
keyword switch to a negative number.
522
Older Developments
The limit on the amount of lift gas that can be supplied to a group, set in keyword
GLIFTLIM, is now applied to the sum over wells of the amount of lift gas used by the
well multiplied by its efficiency factor. Back compatibility with 95A (which did not take
efficiency factors into account) can be obtained by setting the 49th switch of the OPTIONS
keyword.
The first record (basic data) of the production and injection well VFP tables has been
extended. The production well table has 3 additional items, identifying the fixed pressure,
the artificial lift quantity and the unit convention. (The VFPi program can output tables of
either BHP at fixed values of THP or THP at fixed values of BHP, but ECLIPSE only
accepts the former type.) The injection well table has 2 additional items identifying the
fixed pressure and the unit convention. Tables with the pre-96A format can still be
accepted, and ECLIPSE will apply suitable defaults for the new items. (See keywords
VFPPROD and VFPINJ.)
When production well VFP tables are read in, they are now checked to ensure that lines of
BHP vs. flow rate at adjacent THP values do not cross. If a crossing is detected (i.e. if the
BHP increases with decreasing THP) a warning message will be printed. It may cause well
convergence problems or hunting between control modes. However, crossings may also
occur if some BHP values are set artificially high to indicate conditions where the flow is
supersonic or exceeds specified erosion velocity limits. These are legitimate, and serve to
prevent the well from operating at these conditions. The VFP table check can be
thresholded (to report only crossover BHPs below a given value), or even turned off
entirely, with the keyword VFPCHK.
When a group is abandoned because its oil rate or gas rate falls below its economic limit
(keyword GECON) then no testing for re-opening (see keyword WTEST) will be done on
any of the wells in this group. This is to avoid the situation of a well that was previously
shut or stopped for physical reasons being repeatedly tested for opening in a group that has
since been abandoned.
The SWATINIT option has been modified, such that if the input SWATINIT value is less
than or equal to the connate water saturation then the Pc table is not scaled. This prevents
large PCW values from being generated, but still honours the input water saturation
distribution. Note that high PCW values can still occur if the input saturation is greater than
the connate saturation; however this can be controlled by using the new PPCWMAX
keyword.
The Dynamic disking option is no longer available. The IDYNAM switch in the DISKING
keyword in RUNSPEC can still be used to control the disking of the grid data. (See the
DISKING keyword in the RUNSPEC section.)
The EPSDEBUG output has been modified to account for the connate water in the gas-oil
relative permeability output.

The performance has been improved in USEFLUX runs where only a small proportion of a
large number of flux regions are active. When the flux file is read in, only the active regions
are stored on the temporary scratch file, hence reducing disk space requirements (for the
scratch files) and the time subsequently spent doing I/O.
Older Developments
523

output.)
524
Error checks have been added to prevent aquifers connecting with refined cells, which is
not allowed and may cause convergence problems.
When the OLDTRAN keyword is used with a corner point grid, the transmissibilities
between the global and local grids are now calculated consistently with the block-centred
representation of the grid, instead of using the NEWTRAN method. Also, when NEWTRAN
is used with a block-centred grid, the global-local transmissibilities are now calculated
using a corner-point representation of global and local grids. This ensures the global and
local flows are more consistent and so improves accuracy, with improved convergence in
many cases.
The restriction that transmissibilities between amalgamated local grids were only
calculated using a corner point representation of the grid with NEWTRAN has been removed.
When the OLDTRAN method is employed, the transmissibilities between local grids are
now calculated consistently with the block-centred representation of the grid.
The treatment of non-neighbor connections within or connecting to local grids has been
improved. These may have caused convergence difficulties for the global grid in earlier
versions of the code when the LGR was placed in a highly faulted region of the global grid
having global non-neighbor connections.
When the Vertical Equilibrium option is active, ECLIPSE now checks for gaps between
adjacent active global and local cells on the top and bottom faces of local grids. If these do
not match (due to pinched-out inactive cells on the interface), ECLIPSE will reset corner
point depths so that the depths do match. In previous versions, the VE algorithm broke
down and caused convergence problems in such cases. See OPTIONS keyword switch 52.
(This facility was available in later versions of the 95A release.)
In runs where the Vertical Equilibrium option is active, an improved treatment of nonneighbor connections has been implemented, whether these occur either within local grids
or between the global and local grids. The restriction that local grids should not be placed
next to faults when using the VE model has been removed.
When the pore volumes of any global cells which have been refined are altered in the EDIT
section, the ratio of the edited pore volume to the calculated pore volume is applied as a
multiplier on MULTPV for the corresponding refined cells. Previously, no account was
taken and the global edited pore volume was reset to the sum of the local unedited pore
volumes.
The EDITNNC keyword may not be used to edit any non-neighbor connections to or from
refined cells in the global grid. ECLIPSE will ignore any lines of data in EDITNNC relating
to such connections. This is to avoid convergence difficulties, because the local grid nonneighbor connections are not altered by using EDITNNC. It is recommended that the
multiplier keywords MULTX etc. (and MULTX- etc.) in the GRID section (not in the EDIT
section) are used instead, rather than modifying individual connections with EDITNNC.
When the global timestep is chopped or designated to be re-solved, the convergence of the
solution in the global grid host cells has been improved in many cases when there is live oil
or dissolved gas present.
Older Developments
The ordering of connections has been changed in horizontal wells that are not friction wells
(i.e. do not use WFRICTN or WFRICTNL in the Wellbore Friction Option). Previously they
were ordered according to depth irrespective of the wells orientation. Now, if any
connection is declared to be horizontal in item 13 of COMPDATL or item 14 of COMPDATM,
ECLIPSE will attempt to order the connections in heel-to-toe fashion. See COMPDATL
item 13 or COMPDATM item 14 for further details.
When a local grid is switched off using the LGROFF keyword, its grid solution data written
to the Restart file is obtained by interpolation from the global cells containing the LGR.
This is simply a cosmetic change and will not alter the results in any way (for either the
base or restart runs), but simply provides a more reasonable solution for graphical postprocessors such as GRAF when plotting the solution data for local grids once they have
been switched off. Previously, local grid solution data written to the restart files was not
updated while the LGR was switched off.
The Network Option

The messages that the network has converged in n iterations are no longer printed, unless
requested by using the mnemonic VFPPROD or NEWTON in keyword RPTSCHED (control
10 or 15).

COMPFL
The separate flashing through the separator system of the flow from each of the completions of
a well, previously done only when the COMPFL keyword was specified, is now carried out for
all runs. The COMPFL keyword will still be read, but has no effect.
PINCH
The PINCH keyword has been modified to include further E100 compatible options.
For back compatibility, the 95a pinchout treatment can still be obtained using the fourth
argument of the OPTIONS keyword.
Capillary pressure treatment

In IMPES and AIM modes capillary pressure can cause instability. Rather than freezing the
capillary pressure we now limit the rate at which it can change from step to step. This stabilizes
the run without seriously affecting the modelling of imbibition driven recovery. By default
IMPES and AIM modes have a maximum rate of change of capillary pressure ( dPc ) dT = 0.01
Psi/Day. This limit can be reset using the DPCDT keyword. The option of freezing the capillary
pressures is retained through the FREEZEPC keyword - this will have the same effect as setting
DPCDT to 0.
The FULLIMP and IMPSAT modes have no restriction on the changes in capillary pressure
allowed, although DPCDT and FREEZEPC may be used if required.
Older Developments
525
Treatment of hydrostatic head

The hydrostatic head terms in the well model, which correct the pressure from the bhp reference
depth to the wellbore pressure in a given completion are now treated implicitly. This improves
the stability of the well model in many cases.
Suppressing pressure setting in gas-oil contact

equilibrium
If there is a fluid contact (oil-gas in most cases, or water-gas in GASWAT) an extra 11th argument
on the EQUIL keyword may be used to suppress the setting of the pressure as the contact to the
fluid saturation pressure. This will result in a non-equilibrium initial state, but may be better
than a large pressure shift when the compositions are poorly known.
Treatment of sales gases

Sales gas rates should be specified using the WELLSALE and GRUPSALE keywords. A warning
will be issued if WELLINJE or GRUPINJE are used.
WELLDIMS and CHANDIMS

The previously unused 7th argument is now used for the maximum number of mixtures. A new,
9th, argument has been added for the maximum number of mixture items.

AQUFLUX
Specifies a constant flux aquifer.
DIFFMX-, DIFFMRDiffusivity multipliers for X- and R- grid block faces.

DIFFMY-, DIFFMTHDiffusivity multipliers for Y- and Theta- grid block faces.
DIFFMZ-
Diffusivity multipliers for Z- grid block faces.
DPKRMOD
Modifies the oil relative permeability in dual porosity runs.
IMPORT
Imports binary grid files.
INTPC
Invokes the dual porosity integrated Pc option.
IPCW, IPCG
Allows vertical scaling of imbibition capillary pressure curves.
MULTX-, MULTRTransmissibility multipliers for X- and R- grid block faces.
MULTY-, MULTTHTTransmissibility multipliers for Y- and Theta- grid block faces.
526
MULTZ-
Transmissibility multipliers for Z- grid block faces.
PPCWMAX
Limits the calculated PCW values when the SWATINIT option is used.
PRORDER
Sets the production rule order for maintaining group flow targets.
Older Developments
PVCDO
Inputs tables of dead oil PVT functions with constant compressibility.
RESIDNUM Specifies the relative permeability table numbers for the VE residual flow
option.
VFPCHK
Sets a threshold BHP for VFP table checks, or turns them off.
WECONINJ Sets a minimum economic rate for injection wells.

WREGROUP Allows wells to be automatically switched between groups as certain conditions
are violated.
WVFPDP
Adds a user-defined adjustment to a wells bottom hole pressure obtained by

interpolating the VFP tables.

MEMORY
Allocates the required memory at the start of a run.
GRIDOPTS Allows various additional GRID section facilities.

COPP, CWPP, CGPP
Connection oil, water and gas production potentials.
COPI, CWPI, CGPI
Connection oil, water and gas injection potentials.
(F,G)MW(P,I)(U,A)
Number of producers or injectors that are currently unused or abandoned in the
field or a group.
(F,G)MW(P,I)T
Total number of producers or injectors in the field or a group.
(F,G)MW(P,I)G
Number of producers or injectors on group control.
(F,G)MW(P,I)S
Number of producers or injectors controlled by their own surface rate limits.
(F,G)MW(P,I)V
Number of producers or injectors controlled by their own reservoir volume rate
limits.
(F,G)MW(P,I)P
Number of producers/injectors controlled by pressure (BHP or THP).
(F,G)MWPL
Number of producers on artificial lift (with ALQ > 0.0).
(F,G)MWPO
Number of producers controlled by their own oil rate limit.
(F,R)PRGZ
Older Developments
527
Field or region average of grid block P/Z (for gas phase), weighted according to
the gas content of each block at surface conditions.
GMWPR
Number of production wells currently flowing in a group.
GMWIN
Number of injection wells currently flowing in a group.
NLINEARS Average number of linear iterations per Newton iteration in a timestep.

STEPTYPE A number representing the reason for selecting the timestep length.
WEFF
Well efficiency factors.
WMCON
The number of connections capable of flowing in a given well.

COMPOFF
This keyword temporarily turns off all automatic compressors.
GDCQECON Sets a minimum economic DCQ for a contract group.

NETCOMPA This keyword must be used to define automatic compressors when the Extended
Network Model is employed.
SUMMARY section
NGOPAS
Outputs the number of iterations used to converge the DCQ in the first pass of
the contract year.

RADFIN4
Specifies a radial refinement in a box of four columns.
AUTOCOAR Specifies coarsening within an autorefinement.

COMPVEL
Connection partial penetration data for wells in local grid refinements and local
grid amalgamations.
COMPRPL
Connection saturation re-scaling data for wells in local grid refinements and
local grid amalgamations.
RUNSPEC Section
AUTOREF
Activates the autorefinement facility.
The Network Option

BRANPROP Defines the Extended Network structure and assigns properties to the branches.
This keyword must be used instead of GRUPNET when the Extended Network
Model is employed.
COMPOFF
528
Switches off automatic compressors in the Extended Network Model and the
Gasfield Operations Model.
Older Developments
GNETDP
Specifies which fixed pressures are to be changed dynamically and under what
circumstances.
NCONSUMP Specifies gas consumption rate at nodes in the Extended Network.

NETCOMPA Defines automatic compressors or pumps in the Extended Network Model. This
keyword must be used instead of GNETPUMP when the Extended Network
Model is employed.
NODEPROP Assigns properties to nodes in the Extended Network. This keyword must be
used after BRANPROP when the Extended Network Model is employed.
RUNSPEC section
NETWORK
Turns on the Extended Network Model facilities, and specifies the maximum
number of nodes and branches in the network.

SUMMARY section
(L)C(O,W,G)FRU
Outputs the oil, water and gas production flow rates from all connections
upstream to (and including) the specified connection. The L prefix is required
for local grids.

AQUANCON, AQUCON
New item 11 to allow aquifer connections to cell faces adjoining active
cells.
COMPVE
The keyword can be entered in non-VE runs.
FAULTS
A fault may be specified with a face X-, Y- or Z-.
GCONPRI, GCONPROD, GCONSALE, GECON

The PLUG option is now available in non-VE runs.
GCONSUMP New item 4, for use with the ECLIPSE 200 Extended Network Option
only (see The Network Option in the ECLIPSE 200 manual), to define
which network node should be assigned the groups gas consumption
or import.
GLIFTLIM The maximum lift capacity in item 2 now refers to the sum of the wells
lift gas rates multiplied by their efficiency factors (unless the 49th flag
of the OPTIONS keyword is set).
GRUPRIG
Any group may now have up to five workover and drilling rigs. New
item 4 to state whether the rig(s) should be added to the group or
removed from it.
LOAD
A save file can be requested from a fast restart run.
MULTFLT
A fault name root may be specified in item 1.
Older Developments
529
OPTIONS
Control 17
This is no longer used; it has been replaced by the new

options in the PINCH keyword.
Control 42
A negative value restores the previous flash

transformation treatment of undersaturated oil.
Control 47
Prevents well connection pressures falling below

atmospheric.
Control 48
For a dual porosity, single permeability run, inactivate

any matrix cells whose corresponding fracture cells are
killed by the MINPV or MINPVV threshold pore
volumes.
Control 49
Neglects the well efficiency factors when comparing

group lift gas rates with the GLIFTLIM maximum lift
capacity.
Control 50
Applies the 9-point scheme only in the areal

dimensions.
Control 52
Controls alternative treatment of corner point depths

for Vertical Equilibrium cases.
Control 53
Controls the ordering of connections in horizontal

wells.
PINCH
New items 4 and 5 governing calculation of non-neighbor connection

transmissibilities across a pinchout.
RPTREGS
Control 26 outputs residual flow region numbers (RESIDNUM)
THPRESFT A fault name root may be specified in item 1.

VEDEBUG
Local grid name may be specified as item 8.
VFPINJ
New items 4 and 5 in record 1, identifying the fixed pressure and the
unit convention.
VFPPROD
New items 6, 7 and 8 in record 1, identifying the fixed pressure, the

artificial lift quantity and the unit convention.
WECON
New item 12 setting the workover procedure when exceeding the

secondary water cut.
New item 13 setting an economic limits to the gas-liquid ratio.
The PLUG option is now available in non-VE runs.
WLIFT
New item 9 to enable ALQ switching on high gas-liquid ratio.
WPLUG
The keyword can now be used in non-VE runs.
WTRACER
New item 4 to set cumulative tracer factor.

DISKING
530
The dynamic disking option is no longer available. The IDYNAM switch just
controls the disking of the grid data.
Older Developments

WTRACER
New item 4 to set cumulative tracer factor.

GASYEAR
New item 8 to define the convergence tolerance for the DCQ iterations when
using the accelerated scheme.
GASFCOMP This keyword must not be used to define automatic compressors when using the
new Extended Network Model. Keyword NETCOMPA should be used instead.
RUNSPEC section
GASFIELD New item 2 to select the accelerated iteration scheme for the DCQ calculation.

OPTIONS
New switch 51 to improve linear convergence behavior.

New switch 52 to improve convergence for VE cases.
RPTSCHED Material balance errors for each phase may be written out using mnemonic
SUMMARY.
REFINE
Now allowed within the SCHEDULE section.
The Network Option

OPTIONS
new 54th control governs whether or not well efficiency factors are taken into
account in the network branch flows.
WNETDP
Setting item 2 to a value greater than or equal to 1.0E10 will cause the wells
THP limit to be independent of its groups nodal pressure in the network.

WFRICTN, WFRICTNL
For record 2 and subsequent records Item 8 (Item 9 for the WFRICTNL keyword)
can be used to define a diameter for the tubing at the connection, or range of
connections, that is different to the default value defined in record 1.
The order in which the connections are input is now significant. See the entries
for the WFRICTN or WFRICTNL keywords for precise details.
Older Developments
531
RUNSPEC section
FRICTION New item 2 to specify the maximum number of branches joining together at any
one point, for multi-lateral wells.
532
Older Developments


RUNSPEC & general data
The RUNSPEC section now recognizes a set of keywords as an alternative to the fixed
record structure. Additionally, if the well and group dimensions are not specified when
using the new form of RUNSPEC, they will be determined automatically by a pre-scan of
the data file, except in a restart run when they will be taken from the restart file.
Maximum and minimum limits my be placed on arrays in the GRID, EDIT and PROPS
section. Values lying outside these limits will be replaced by the appropriate limiting value.
(See keywords MINVALUE, MAXVALUE.)
Grid data
It is now possible to modify individual (ZCORN) depths within a grid block using the
ADDZCORN keyword. In addition, a new keyword EQLZCORN is available to set the corner
point depths.
An option has been added to the COORDSYS keyword to permit the formation of fault
NNCs laterally between different reservoirs in order to account for bending (piecewise
linear) coordinate lines near faults.
For a radial grid, an incomplete set of DRV values may be specified, and the remaining radii
will be filled in by a geometric series. (See keywords DRV and OUTRAD.)
The LINKPERM keyword may be used to indicate that grid block permeabilities should
apply to cell faces rather than cell centres, so that transmissibilities are calculated directly
from these linking permeabilities instead of being a function of the permeabilities of the
two adjacent grid blocks. Alternatively, the keyword PERMAVE provides additional options
for the permeability averaging used in the transmissibility calculation. (See also the chapter
Transmissibility Calculations in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
The PINCH keyword may now also be used to supply the maximum thickness of the empty
gap between adjacent layers, beyond which the transmissibility is set to zero. Also, the
strict enforcement of the pinchout thickness can be controlled when cells are inactive due
to MINPV or MINPVV. Switch 17 in the OPTIONS keyword can be used to control the
treatment of MULTZ at pinchouts.
It is now possible for cells to be pinched-out horizontally. The appropriate NNCs are
formed when the keyword PINCHXY is employed.
The facility to allow dual porosity only in part of the reservoir has been added. For a dual
porosity, single permeability model, regions where the conventional single porosity model
applies can be selected via the keyword DPNUM.
The diffusivities calculated by ECLIPSE for non-neighbor connections may now be edited
using the EDITNNC keyword.
Keywords MULTX/Y/Z, MULTPV and DIFFMX/Y/Z may now be applied in the EDIT
section.
Older Developments
533
The MULTFLT keyword is now accepted in the EDIT section.
The threshold pressure facility has been extended to allow the engineer to specify a
threshold pressure associated with a named fault. (See the THPRESFT keyword.)
It is now possible to modify the pore volume and transmissibilities during the simulation
by using the MULTX/Y/Z/PV keywords in the SCHEDULE Section. (Note that modifying the
pore volume will still conserve material and hence cause the pressure to change.) The BOX
keyword can be used to modify a limited region of the model.
Properties
Oil relative permeabilities may now be entered as a function of both water saturation and
gas saturation, in the form of a 2 dimensional table, using the keyword SOF32D.
The Killough wetting phase model is now available for oil wet systems. (See the EHYSTR
keyword and the Hysteresis chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
It is now possible to use the end point scaling option with the hysteresis model. The
imbibition end points are input using a set of keywords analogous to usual end point arrays
(SWL SWCR etc.) but prefixed with a I. For example, the imbibition critical water is input
using ISWCR. Imbibition end points can be input as a function of depth by using the
IMPTVD and IMKRVD keywords.
It is now possible to specify a separate Todd-Longstaff mixing parameter for the effective
density calculation, rather than using the mixing parameter specified for the effective
viscosity calculation. (See keyword TLMIXPAR.)
A temperature option has been added to allow the modelling of cold water injection. An
energy equation is solved at the end of each timestep to generate a temperature distribution.
The oil and water viscosities can vary as a function of temperature. (See the Temperature
option chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
It is possible to associate a unit to a passive tracer. This is used for reporting purposes
only. See the TRACER keyword.
The SWATINIT facility to scale water capillary pressure curves from an input initial water
saturation can now be used in gas water systems.
Well model
534
Groups can be designated to maintain the average pressure in selected fluid-in-place

regions at a specified target value. Pressure maintenance is achieved by automatically
adjusting the reservoir fluid volume rate target of either the groups producers or its
injectors of a particular phase. (See keyword GPMAINT.)
Individual groups may optionally have production guide rates calculated from the guide
rate formula specified with keyword GUIDERAT. (See item 10 of keyword GCONPROD.)
Drilling rigs can be allocated to groups, to control the drilling of new wells from the drilling
queue (keyword QDRILL) or under automatic opening (e.g. AUTO in item 2 of
WCONPROD). See keyword GRUPRIG for more details. Previously there was effectively
only one drilling rig, which covered the whole field. Now each group may have its own
drilling rig, so wells may be drilled simultaneously in different groups.
The option to perform a re-tubing or lift switching operation on a well with a low flow rate
or a high water cut has been extended to allow the well to switch to a lower THP limit. This
can be regarded as switching the well into a lower pressure separator to increase its
productivity. The secondary THP limit is set in Item 8 of keyword WLIFT.
Older Developments
A secondary water cut limit may be applied to a well, to give it a second life after it can
no longer produce within the original water cut limit. The connections closed in previous
workovers are reopened, and these will be closed again when the well exceeds the
secondary water cut limit. This limit is set in Item 11 of keyword WECON.
Output
The RPTxxxx keywords may now optionally be supplied with a list of mnemonics, instead
of a list of integers, to determine the output to the print file.
It is now possible to output the relative permeability end points that are calculated from
ENKRVD keyword data. (See keyword RPTSOL.)
A new option is available for black oil runs which associates region and field oil production
with the physical production mechanism, e.g. rock compaction and water influx. The
breakdown of the oil production can be written to the Print file or output to the Summary
file. (See the Recovery Mechanisms chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
It is now possible to output a representative potential where the pressure is corrected to the
datum depth, using the water density below the initial WOC, the oil density between the
original contacts and the gas density above the initial GOC. (See the Potential
Calculations chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
It is now possible to output to the Summary file various block pressure averages around the
wells (see Summary section keywords WBP, WBP4, WBP5 and WBP9). These averages are
useful for comparing with the measured buildup pressure of the well. A choice of weighting
schemes can be applied in the calculation (see keyword WPAVE).
It is now possible to output to the summary file the group and field historical rates and
totals. These are the sum, over groups and the field, of well flows (oil, water, gas and liquid)
with the flows of all history matching wells replaced with their specified historical rates.
Similarly for the cumulative totals and water cut, gas-oil ratio, oil-gas ratio and water-gas
ratio. In brief, all the keywords of the form W***H now have F***H and G***H
versions.
The oil, water and gas production and injection rates and cumulative totals within specified
fluid-in-place regions can now be written to the Summary file. These are the flows through
all production and injection well connections situated within the particular fluid-in-place
region. The corresponding summary section keywords take the form R(O,W,G)(P,I)(R,T).
The user can obtain, for example, the production and injection rates within individual
layers, if the FIP regions (or a FIP region family) are arranged into layers.
The following new quantities can now be output to the Summary file:
The timestep length

Keyword TIMESTEP
The elapsed time per timestep

Keyword TELAPTS
The elapsed time per day of simulation

Keyword TELAPDAY
Grid block water and gas phase pressures

Keywords BWPR, BGPR
Oil recovery mechanism
Older Developments
535
Keywords (F,R)OR(M,F)(R,W,G,S,F,E,X,Y)
Initial contact corrected potential

Keywords FPPC, RPPC, BPPC
Pressure averages around wells

Keywords WBP, WBP4, WBP5, WBP9
The VFP table number currently used by a well

Keyword WMVFP
Field and group historical production

Keywords F***H, G***H
Region production and injection rates

Keywords R(O,W,G)(P,I)(R,T).
Rock compaction data can now be output to the restart files. (See the mnemonic ROCKC in
the RPTRST keyword.)
A facility has been added to allow output of the scaled relative permeability curves to the
debug file. The output is controlled with a user defined box, and may be output in GRAF
user file form which can be read directly into the GRAF program. (See the EPSDEBUG
keyword.)
It is now possible to change the formfeed character in the print file, e.g. for a laserjet printer.
(See the FORMFEED keyword.)
A new facility has been implemented to output solution data of grid blocks containing well
connections to a new (RFT) file. It is possible to write out the pressures and saturations of
grid blocks containing well connections prior to each well opening, or at user defined times.
This new file can be read into the GRAF program and the resulting plots compared with
measured RFT data. (See the WRFT keyword and the File Handling in ECLIPSE chapter
in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
Calculation control & restarts
A material balance correction technique can be used to reduce the accumulated material
balance error. (See the MATCORR keyword.)
A simple file based system has been implemented to allow ECLIPSE to read SCHEDULE
data constructed interactively while the simulation is running. This provides a means for
the engineer to control the course of the simulation after examining the results it has already
output. (See the READDATA keyword.)
It is now possible to write all the restart data (including the time dependent data) to the
SAVE file, so that restarts can be generated from the SAVE file alone. The RESTART file
could then be used purely for graphics output. (See the RPTRST and RESTART keywords.)

536
A new relative adsorption model has been added that simulates the de-adsorption process
based on the gas and solvent partial pressures. See the COALPP keyword.
Older Developments
The methane production rates and cumulative totals can be output to the Summary file. See
the Summary section.
A tracer diffusion model has been added. This facility can be used to model molecular
diffusion of a contaminant within, for example, a ground water flow. See the TRDIF
keyword.
If the adsorption model is employed, there are now two options for describing the initial
concentration. The tracer can either be assumed to partition between the fluid and the rock,
or extra adsorbed tracer can be added to the rock to be in equilibrium with the fluid
concentration. See the TRROCK keyword.
It is now possible to use the standard tracer solver method, as an alternative to the
Cascade numerical diffusion control algorithm. See item 5 in the RUNSPEC section
keyword TRACERS.
Unit names can be ascribed to tracers, for reporting purposes. See the TRACER keyword.
The rock mass can now be output to the Print file, using the mnemonic ROCKMASS (15th
control) in the RPTSOL keyword.
Local Grid Refinement may now be used in combination with the following facilities:
API tracking
Brine tracking
Tracer tracking (except 2 phase tracers)
Surfactant Model
Foam Model.
The local grid refinement option cannot be used with 2 phase tracers; these are tracers
defined as either a gas tracer where gas can dissolve in oil or an oil tracer where oil can
vaporize into the gas.
It is now possible to model amalgamations of Cartesian LGRs which are allowed to touch.
Wells may now be completed in several local grids, as long as they belong to the same
amalgamation. The facility allows the user to refine the grid more efficiently around
deviated wells, and also to employ nested refinements. See the keyword AMALGAM.
Wells in amalgamated local grids must have their connections defined with keyword
COMPDATM instead of COMPDATL. Also for these wells it is necessary to use the new
keywords COMPLMPL, WELOPENL and WFRICTNL in place of COMPLUMP, WELOPEN
and WFRICTN. (COMPLMPL lumps connections into completions; WELOPENL shuts or reopens well connections; and WFRICTNL permits the modelling of friction wells completed
across several local grids if the ECLIPSE 200 Wellbore Friction Option is active.)
Extra LGRs may now be added at a RESTART. The new LGRs should be specified after
the existing LGRs in the GRID section. Adding an LGR is equivalent to specifying an LGR
at the start of the base run then turning it on at a later date using the LGRON keyword.
This facility allows the user to add new LGRs into the grid where new wells are about to
be opened. It is not possible to add a new LGR around a well that has already been declared
with the keyword WELSPECS.
Older Developments
537
The keywords REFINE and ENDFIN may now be used within the EDIT section to edit
local grid data arrays. The pair can also be used in the GRID section to supply additional
data for LGRs that have already been defined.
It is possible to supply an incomplete set of values for local grid arrays in the GRID section.
Any values for local grid cells that have not been set by the end of the GRID section will
be interpolated from the global host cells.
Wildcards may be used to refer to several local grids in a single record in keywords LGRON
and LGROFF.
REGIONS data for local grids is now output to the INIT file.
The Solvent Model
It is now possible to specify a separate Todd-Longstaff mixing parameter for the effective
density calculation, rather than using the mixing parameter specified for the effective
viscosity calculation. This has necessitated a change to the format of the TLMIXPAR
keyword.
Changes to the Behavior of Existing ECLIPSE 100

Facilities 95A
output.)
538
The format of the TLMIXPAR keyword has been modified to allow the user to input a
separate mixing parameter for the effective density calculation. The second item, which
was previously a character string (DEN or NODEN), is now a real number denoting the
Todd-Longstaff density mixing parameter. Pre-95A data sets having the DEN/NODEN
flag set must have their TLMIXPAR keyword data modified, or they will report an error.
DEN corresponds to defaulting the density mixing parameter, and NODEN corresponds
to setting the second mixing parameter to 0.0. No change need be made if the
DEN/NODEN flag was defaulted.
The treatment of the oil density term at the oil water contact has been modified. The old
method can still be requested by setting the 44th control of the OPTIONS keyword.
OPTIONS keyword switch 19, governing interblock flow calculations for Vertical
Equilibrium, now defaults to 1 in block centred geometry cases. This allows the full cell
face area for flow in the block centred case. The results of VE runs with block centred
geometry will therefore be different from pre-95A simulations, if the OPTIONS switch was
defaulted.
If both the connection transmissibility factor and the Kh value are supplied in items 8 and
10 of keyword COMPDAT, the denominator term involving the pressure equivalent radius
will be calculated to be consistent with these values instead of being calculated from the
grid block geometry. This term will affect calculations involving the well P.I. or a D-factor.
Pre-95A functionality can be restored by setting OPTIONS keyword switch 45 > 0. (See
item 8 of the COMPDAT keyword for more details.)
The 12th switch of the OPTIONS keyword can no longer be used to control transition zone
end point scaling. The TZONE keyword should be used instead.
The 13th switch of the OPTIONS keyword can no longer be used to request the alternative
relative permeability scaling option. The SCALECRS keyword should be used instead.
Older Developments
Non-neighbor connections are now allowed as the default unless explicitly switched off
(see keyword NONNC in RUNSPEC).
An error message will be generated if both the rock and water compressibilities are zero.
If the vertical end point scaling facility is used, an extra data check is performed. A warning
is issued for any cell where the relative permeability at the critical saturation of the
displacing phase exceeds the maximum relative permeability, for example if KRWR exceeds
KRW.
A warning message will be issued if a large negative skin factor extends the effective
wellbore radius outside the grid block, or beyond half the pressure equivalent radius. In
these circumstances, it may be preferable to change the grid block data near the well to
model the physical cause of the negative skin (e.g. enhance the permeability out to a certain
distance from the well).
A warning message will be issued if a well is completed in a grid block having zero x- and
y-permeabilities or a zero z-permeability.
For consistency with other programs, array mnemonics on the Restart file which contain a
hyphen (-) have been modified to contain an underscore (_ ). For example OIL-POTN now
becomes OIL_POTN. ECLIPSE still recognizes the original keywords, however, so that
pre-95A Restart files may still be read.

Facilities 95A
output.)
For the first local time step following a completed global time step, the initial estimate of
the solution has been changed from the previous local solution to the last pseudo solution
used to solve the global system. In many cases this will be a better estimate of the final
converged solution and hence will reduce the number of Newton iterations required to
converge the local time step. The modification will cause small differences in the results,
but these should be within the convergence tolerance.
The formation of pinchout connections arising from combining both the PINCH and
MINPV or MINPVV keywords has been corrected for refinements and coarsenings.
Pinchout NNCs are now formed according to the same criteria as for the global grid when
they either lie within an LGR, or are adjacent to or straddle the boundary of an LGR. Also,
the transmissibility between coarse cells has been modified to account for pinchouts
internal to the coarsening. This may affect flow rates when pinchouts are required with
refinements or coarsenings. Previously, pinchouts were not handled correctly for LGRs or
for grid coarsening. (See the keywords PINCH, MINPV and MINPVV in the ECLIPSE 100
Manual.)
For an LGR straddling a fault, the horizontal NNC transmissibilities between local and
global cells on either side of the fault are now calculated.
When the face of an LGR lies on the boundary between two reservoirs (i.e. coordinate line
systems - see keyword NUMRES in the RUNSPEC section), the appropriate local-to-global
connections are now formed if communication between the reservoirs is specified in the
COORDSYS keyword.
Older Developments
539
The REGIONS data for local grid refinements is now output to the Print file for all local
grid cells, rather than only those cells for which the appropriate REGIONS array has been
set using REFINE/ENDFIN.
Output of real grid arrays in the global grid now uses the letters R and C instead of the
decimal point to distinguish the global cells that correspond to local grid refinements and
local grid coarsenings.
If both the connection transmissibility factor and the Kh value are supplied in items 8 and
10 of keyword COMPDATL, the denominator term involving the pressure equivalent radius
will be calculated to be consistent with these values instead of being calculated from the
grid block geometry. This term will affect calculations involving the well P.I. or a D-factor.
Pre-95A functionality can be restored by setting OPTIONS keyword switch 45 > 0. (See
item 8 of the COMPDATL keyword for more details. The same modification applies to
keyword COMPDAT.)
If the global timestep is constrained by the material correction following the local
timesteps, the name of the constraining LGR is now printed after the LGRC mnemonic on
the timestep summary output.

DPNUM
Delineates dual porosity regions.
EPSDEBUG Outputs scaled relative permeability curves to the Debug file.

EQLZCORN Allows the engineer to reset corner point depths.
FORMFEED Sets the formfeed character in the Print file.
GPMAINT
Designates groups to maintain fluid-in-place region pressure.
IKRG, IKRGR, IKRW, IKRWR,

IKRO, IKRORG, IKRORW
Imbibition end point relative permeabilities.
IMPTVD, IMKRVD
Imbibition end points versus depth.
ISWL, ISWLPC, ISWCR, ISWU,
ISGL, ISGLPC, ISGCR, ISGU,
ISOWCR, ISOGCR
Imbibition end point scaling data.
LINKPERM Treats grid block permeabilities as linking permeabilities applying to cell
faces.
MATCORR
Initiates the material balance correction option.
MAXVALUE, MINVALUE
Applies limits to arrays in the GRID, EDIT and PROPS sections.
OILVISCT Inputs tables of oil viscosity as a function of temperature.
540
PERMAVE
Allows options for permeability averaging in the transmissibility calculation.
PINCHXY
Generates horizontal pinchout NNCs.
Older Developments
READDATA Reads files of SCHEDULE data that may be constructed externally during the
course of the run.
RTEMP
Sets the initial reservoir temperature.
SCALECRS Requests the alternative end-point scaling method, replacing the action of switch
13 of the OPTIONS keyword.
SOF32D
Inputs 2D tables of oil relative permeabilities.
SPECHEAT Inputs tables of fluid specific heat data.

SPECROCK Inputs tables of rock specific heat data.
THCONR
Sets the rock thermal conductivity in each grid block.
THPRESFT Sets up a threshold pressure for a fault.

VISCREF
Sets reference conditions for the viscosity vs. temperature tables
WATVISCT Inputs tables of water viscosity as a function of temperature.

WPAVE
Sets weighting factors for the calculation of well block average pressures.
WRFT
Requests that RFT output data is generated.
WTEMP
Sets the temperature of water injected by wells.

TIMESTEP Timestep length
TELAPTS
Elapsed time per timestep
TELAPDAY Elapsed time per day of simulation

BWPR, BGPR
Grid block water and gas phase pressures
(F,R)OR(M,F)(R,W,G,S,F,E,X,Y)
Oil recovery mechanism
FPPC, RPPC, BPPC
Initial contact corrected potential
WBP, WBP4, WBP5, WBP9
Pressure averages around wells
WMVFP
VFP table number currently used by a well
(F,G)(O,W,G,L)(P,I)(R,T)H,
(F,G)(WCT,GOR,OGR,WGR)H
Field and group historical production and injection rates, totals and ratios
R(O,W,G)(P,I)(R,T)
Region production and injection rates and totals.
Older Developments
541

COALPP
Partial pressure relative adsorption model.
New SUMMARY section keywords:

FMPR GMPR WMPR
Methane Production Rate
FMPT GMPT WMPT
Methane Production Total
FMIR GMIR WMIR
Methane Injection Rate
FMIT GMIT WMIT
Methane Injection Total.
TRDIF
Specifies the tracer diffusion coefficient.

AMALGAM
Specifies local grid amalgamations.
COMPDATM Specifies connections for wells in amalgamated local grids.

COMPLMPL Lumps connections in local grids for automatic workovers.
WELOPENL Shuts or re-opens wells or well connections within local grids.
WFRICTNL Designates a well in a local grid (or completed in several amalgamated local
grids) as a friction well.

ADDZCORN Can now be used to modify individual corner depths within a grid block.
BOX
Can now be used in the SCHEDULE section in conjunction with the

MULTX/Y/Z/PV keywords.
COMPDAT
If the connection transmissibility factor is supplied, either Kh or the denominator

term will be calculated from it.
COORDSYS New items 5 and 6 to specify lateral communication between different

reservoirs.
542
Older Developments
DIFFMX, DIFFMY, DIFFMZ

Can now be used in the EDIT section.
DRV
An incomplete set is now allowed if OUTRAD has been specified.
EDITNNC
New item 14 to edit non-neighbor connection diffusivities.
EHYSTR
The Killough wetting phase model can now be applied in oil-wet cases.
GCONPROD New options POTN and FORM for item 10.

GRUPRIG
New item 3 to allocate drilling rigs to groups.
MULTFLT
Can now be used in the EDIT section.
MULTX, MULTY, MULTZ, MULTPV, MULTR, MULTHT

Can now be used in the EDIT and SCHEDULE Sections.
OPTIONS
Control 12
is not now used
Control 14
is not now used
Control 17
determines treatment of MULTZ across pinchouts
Control 19
defaults to 1 in block centred cases
Control 44
determines the treatment of oil density at the oil-water contact.
Control 45
restores pre-95A functionality when connection factor is

supplied in COMPDAT item 8
Control 46
determines the application of MINPV to local grids in the

ECLIPSE 200 LGR option.
PINCH
New items 2 and 3 control additional options for pinchouts and gaps between
layers.
RESTART
Two new data items to allow fast restarts from time dependent data stored on the
SAVE file.
RPTGRID, RPTREGS, RPTPROPS, RPTSOL, RPTSCHED, RPTRST

Now accepts lists of mnemonics as an alternative to integers.
RPTRST
Control 14
outputs modified pore volumes and transmissibilities
Control 15
stops output of total derivatives when using the history

matching option
Control 16
requests a graphics only restart file
Control 17
requests restart data to be written to the SAVE file
Control 18
governs frequency of writing restart data to the SAVE file
Control 19
requests output of data required by some programs that can

interface with ECLIPSE
Control 20
outputs rock compaction data.
RPTSCHED Control 60
RPTSOL
outputs modified pore volumes and transmissibilities
Controls 63-64
output data from the ECLIPSE 200 foam option
Controls 65-66
output data from the temperature option
Control 67
outputs the initial contact corrected potential
Controls 68-70
Control 71
oil recovery mechanism data.
Control 15
outputs the rock mass for various ECLIPSE 200 options
Older Developments
543
RUNSPEC
Controls 60-62
output processed Kr data from the ENKRVD keyword
Controls 63-64
Controls 65-66
output data from the temperature option
Control 67
outputs the initial contact corrected potential
Controls 68-70
Control 71
oil recovery mechanism data.
Dimensions and switches are now entered using keywords.

The old fixed record structure will still be recognized, for back compatibility
with pre-95A data sets.
TLMIXPAR Format changed to allow the input of a separate mixing parameter for the
effective density calculation, which is now item 2 in place of the DEN/NODEN
flag.
Pre-95A data sets will need to be modified if the DEN/NODEN flag has been
used. DEN corresponds to defaulting the density mixing parameter and
NODEN corresponds to setting the second mixing parameter to 0.0.
TRACER
Optional item 3 to specify units for reporting purposes.
WECON
New Item 11 to set the secondary water cut limit.
WLIFT
New Item 8 to set the secondary THP limit.

RUNSPEC
With the new keyword format, use keywords COAL, DUALPORO, SOLVENT.
RUNSPEC
With the new keyword format, use keyword TRACERS.
TRACER
New item 3 to specify units for reporting purposes.
TRROCK
New item 3 to specify the initialization model for adsorption.
RPTSOL
ROCKMASS mnemonic (15th control) to output the rock mass.

REFINE/ENDFIN
The keyword pair may now be used in the GRID and EDIT sections.
COMPDATL If the connection transmissibility factor is supplied, either Kh or the denominator
term will be calculated from it.
LGRON/LGROFF
544
Older Developments
Wildcards may now be used.

OPTIONS
New switch 46 to reproduce the behavior of versions prior to 9413 when MINPV
or MINPVV is specified in the global grid but not in local grids.
The Solvent Model

TLMIXPAR Format changed to allow the input of a separate mixing parameter for the
effective density calculation, which is now item 2 in place of the DEN'/NODEN'
flag. Pre-95A datasets will need to be modified if the DEN'/NODEN' flag has
been used. DEN' corresponds to defaulting the density mixing parameter and
NODEN' corresponds to setting the second mixing parameter to 0.0.
Older Developments
545


Grid data
It is now possible to make simple modifications to cell corner point depths, using the
ADDZCORN keyword.
When the grid is divided into separate reservoirs with the COORDSYS keyword, each with
its own set of coordinate lines, by default there is no transmissibility between adjacent
reservoirs. There is now an option in the COORDSYS keyword to allow Z-direction
transmissibilities to be calculated between adjacent reservoirs. This enables grids to be set
up with bending coordinate lines.
Properties & initial conditions
546
The Compressed Vertical Equilibrium option has been re-written in an improved form.
The compressed vertical equilibrium option allows a model to be run assuming the
reservoir fluids are in vertical equilibrium across the entire reservoir section. This is in
contrast to the 3D vertical equilibrium option, in which fluids are assumed to be in vertical
equilibrium within each individual cell. The 94A option uses extended internal tables to
describe the variation in properties, including saturation table end-points, up each column
of original cells. Efficiency is gained by reducing the problem to 2D in the regions of the
field where vertical equilibrium is assumed to hold across the complete thickness. (See the
Compressed vertical equilibrium option chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description,
and the keywords COLLAPSE, CRITPERM and VEDEBUG.)
There is a facility to input the minimum oil saturation used in the STONE1 3-phase relative
permeability model, either as a function of water saturation or as a function of gas
saturation. (See the SOMWAT and SOMGAS keywords.)
The STONE I and II 3-phase relative permeability models may now be used in
conjunction with the hysteresis option.
It is now possible to use the ADD and MULTIPLY keywords in the PROPS section, to
modify keyword data arrays over grid cells.
It is now possible to scale the connate saturation of the capillary pressure curve without
scaling the oil relative permeability curves. (See the SWLPC and SGLPC keywords.)
The capillary pressure curves can now be scaled to honour a maximum capillary pressure
entered on a grid block by grid block basis. This facility can be employed in two special
options:
The scaling can be used in conjunction with the surface tension option to implement a
J-function description of the capillary pressures.
The scaling can be used to honour an input water distribution. (See the PCW, PCG,
JFUNC and SWATINIT keywords and the Saturation Table Scaling chapter in the
ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
Older Developments
It is now possible to input the rock compressibility data such that the table numbers
correspond to the saturation region numbers (SATNUM) rather than the PVT region
numbers (PVTNUM). (See the ROCK keyword and switch 43 of the OPTIONS keyword.)
The API Tracking facility has been extended to allow different groups of oil PVT tables to
be used in different PVT property (PVTNUM) regions. Previously, oil PVT properties could
not vary with PVT region number when using the API Tracking facility. (See the
APIGROUP keyword.)
In API tracking runs, the restriction that all oil PVT tables must be input using the same set
of Rs nodes has been removed. Tables can now be entered with different sets of Rs nodes,
except that the upper and lower Rs nodes must be the same in all tables. ECLIPSE
internally maps the input data on to a common set of Rs nodes (which includes all the input
nodes). The upper and lower Rs nodes must be the same in each table to prevent
extrapolation of the input data during this process. (See the API Tracking chapter in the
ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
When using the Todd and Longstaff miscible option, it is now possible to model the
transition between miscibility and immiscibility as a function of pressure. (See the PMISC
keyword.)
When using the miscible option, it is now possible to modify the default straight line
relative permeability curves for miscible gas displacing oil. (See the MSFN keyword.)
When using the miscible option, the Todd-Longstaff mixing calculation may now be
applied to the viscosity only, leaving the densities to take the pure component values. (See
the TLMIXPAR keyword).
A new facility has been added to the Molecular Diffusion option to allow the diffusion of
gas and oil components between the gas phase and the oil phase. (See the DIFFC keyword
and the Molecular Diffusion chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
The brine option now allows the brine surface density to vary with salt concentration. (See
the BDENSITY keyword).
The initial vaporized oil distribution in an equilibration can now be specified as a table of
dew point pressure vs. depth, using the PDVD keyword as an alternative to RVVD.
In runs with enumerated initial conditions, it is now possible to input the initial bubble point
and dew point pressures instead of the initial Rs and Rv distributions. (See the PBUB and
PDEW keywords.)
An option has been provided to limit the application of the DRSDT limit to cells containing
free gas. This can prevent non-physical behavior in undersaturated oils with a varying Rs
value. (See the DRSDT keyword.)
Aquifers
It is now possible to modify the analytic aquifer influx coefficient by using a multiplier.
(See the AQUANCON keyword.)
There is a choice of two options for calculating the transmissibilities between a numerical
aquifer and the reservoir grid blocks. (See the AQUCON keyword).
Well model
Known production and injection flows from other reservoirs or regions outside the
simulation grid can be incorporated into the simulation model via satellite groups. These
are groups that contain no wells or subordinate groups, and whose production and injection
rates are set periodically by the user. (See keywords GSATPROD and GSATINJE.)
Older Developments
547
When running non-compressed Vertical Equilibrium cases, there is an option to set the
connection centre depth (at which the drawdown is calculated) to the mid-point of the top
and bottom depths of the perforations set in keyword COMPVE.
By default, the connection depth is equal to the grid block centre depth. The block pressure
is corrected from the cell centre depth to the well connection centre depth using the
hydrostatic gradient of the phases between the two depths. This method gives a better
representation of the wellbore pressure - depth profile for partially penetrating wells
completed in thick grid blocks, and reduces the tendency for spurious crossflow to occur.
It is also consistent with the calculation of well inflow in the Compressed Vertical
Equilibrium option. The option is activated with switch 41 in the OPTIONS keyword.
When well rate targets have to be reset for each well on a regular basis (e.g. when
simulating production history), a new well list facility allows the data to be entered in a
more compact form than is possible using the WELTARG keyword (which requires one line
of data per well). One or more lists of wells can be set up with the WLISTNAM keyword,
and target rates can be reset with keyword WLISTARG for all the wells on each list in a
single data record.
A flash transformation facility has been added, to transform well flows to flash liberation
conditions, when the oil PVT tables are derived from differential liberation data. (See the
COMPFLSH keyword.)
A cubic spline procedure can be requested for interpolating the ALQ (Artificial Lift
Quantity) values in the VFP tables. This is primarily intended to be useful for the ECLIPSE
200 Gas Lift Optimization facility, by making the gradient of the wells performance with
reference to the lift gas injection rate vary more smoothly over the table. (See keyword
VFPTABL.)
Output
548
It is now possible to output the oil, water and gas relative permeability values in the grid
blocks to the print, restart and summary files. (See keywords RPTSOL, RPTSCHED and
RPTRST, and the Summary section mnemonics of the form BOKR, BWKRX etc.)
The bubble point and dew point pressure distributions can be output to the print file. (See
the RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords.)
The pressure of a Fetkovich aquifer can be output to the Summary file using the Summary
Section mnemonic AAQP.
For History matching Wells (declared with keyword WCONHIST), the well cumulative
production history totals of oil, water, gas and liquid can now be written to the Summary
File, using the Summary Section mnemonics WOPTH, WWPTH, WGPTH, WLPTH. The
engineer may then compare their values directly with the wells actual cumulative
production totals. Also, the measured values of the bottom hole pressure and tubing head
pressure can optionally be entered in the WCONHIST keyword. These can be written to the
Summary File using the Summary Section mnemonics WBHPH and WTHPH, for comparison
with the calculated values.
To aid the history matching of injection wells (whose calculated flows may differ from the
observed flows if they exceed a BHP or THP limit), their observed flow rates and
cumulative totals can be written to the Summary File using the Summary Section
Mnemonics WOIRH, WWIRH, WGIRH, WOITH, WWITH, WGITH. (See keyword WCONHIST
for advice on history matching injectors.)
The current number of flowing production wells and injection wells in the field can be
written to the Summary File with the mnemonics FMWPR and FMWIN.
Older Developments
Drainage regions can be written to the Restart file, for graphical display purposes. (See the
RPTRST keyword.)

In two phase runs using either the RSCONST(T) or RVCONST(T) facility, the FLUX file
now includes the flux of the extra phase (gas or oil respectively). This enables the
USEFLUX run to be set up as a three phase model. If this was attempted in previous
versions of the program, the flux of the extra phase was taken to be zero.
If satellite groups (see the ECLIPSE 100 reference manual) are included in the grouping
hierarchy, their flows may be updated at any month within the contract year by including
the keywords GSATPROD and GSATINJE in the Annual Scheduling File.
Cubic spline interpolation of ALQ values in the VFP tables.

There is an option to use a cubic spline procedure to interpolate the ALQ values (i.e. lift gas
injection rate) in the VFP tables. The spline procedure has the advantage of making the
gradient of well performance with respect to lift gas injection rate vary continuously over
the range of the table. The (default) linear interpolation can produce sudden changes of
gradient at the tabulated ALQ values, which may bias the optimized allocation of lift gas
to these values. The spline interpolation procedure is enabled with the keyword VFPTABL.
Optimization frequency with a network.

Gas lift can be optimized in a network in each of the first NUPCOL Newton iterations of the
time step, instead of just the first, if the network is also balanced with this frequency (by
setting a negative balancing interval in keyword NETBALAN). See Item 4 in keyword
LIFTOPT.
It is now possible to set the initial conditions by enumeration.

The initial solution values (of PRESSURE, SWAT etc.) will default to the values in the host
cell. The solution within each local grid can be specified using the REFINE keyword in the
SOLUTION section. (See the REFINE keyword.)
The maximum number of wells in a Cartesian refinement is now unlimited. This had
previously been set to 40.
The memory requirements for local grid refinement have been reduced.
The Network Option
Network balancing at each Newton iteration
Older Developments
549
By setting a negative network balancing interval in Item 1 of keyword NETBALAN,

ECLIPSE can be made to balance the network in each of the first NUPCOL Newton
iterations of every time step. This should result in a much smaller balancing error at the end
of the time step, although the time step may require more Newton iterations to converge.
Fixing well flow rate instead of THP from the balanced network
There is an option to have a flow rate limit instead of the THP limit held constant until the
next balancing calculation, for wells constrained by the network. In general, this should
only be considered if problems arise due to holding the well THP constant. See keyword
WNETCTRL.
The Solvent Model
It is now possible to modify the default straight line relative permeability curves for
miscible solvent displacing oil. (See the MSFN keyword.)
The Todd-Longstaff mixing calculation may now be applied to the viscosity only, leaving
the densities to take the pure component values. (See the TLMIXPAR keyword.)
Defaults for the connection lengths in the WFRICTN keyword:

Distances from the bottom hole reference point to the start and end of each connections
perforations can now be defaulted, if the well fully penetrates perpendicularly through the
centre of each grid block. If the well penetrates a contiguous row or column of grid blocks,
these may be specified as a range in a single data record. ECLIPSE will calculate the
tubing lengths to each connection by summing the grid block thicknesses in the direction
of penetration.

Facilities 94A
output.)
550
The behavior of the RSCONSTT and RVCONSTT keywords has been modified when a table
is defaulted. The data for the defaulted table is now copied from the last table rather than
table 1.
The calculation of the default threshold pressures (see keyword THPRES) has been
modified to ignore potential differences in cells where a phase is not present. This prevents
the calculation of unrealistically large threshold pressures due to the oil potential difference
in a water leg.
Well efficiency factors exceeding 1.0 may now be specified in keyword WEFAC; ECLIPSE
no longer regards this as an error.
Well D-factors may be entered with keyword WDFAC, instead of Item 12 of keyword
COMPDAT. If COMPDAT Item 12 is defaulted, the connection D-factors will retain their
previous values, instead of being set to zero. These changes are made to clarify the
difference between a well D-factor and a connection D-factor. Connections may be shut
using COMPDAT without having to respecify the wells D-factor.
Older Developments
A warning message is now printed at the end of the time step if a group control rate target
is exceeded. This would result if the flow from wells declared unavailable for group control
is more than that required to achieve the groups target rate.
The influx from analytic aquifers is now reported separately in the fluid-in-place reports,
rather than being subtracted from the outflow through wells total.
An initial restart file will be generated from a restart run if it is requested by either the
RPTSOL or RPTRST keywords. This is useful in ECLIPSE 200 flux runs when the base
case does not dump flux data.
The region average DZ value will be output if the region reports are requested using the
RPTSOL keyword.
When output arrays are written to the print file, the maximum and minimum values and
their locations are printed at the top of the page. If an array consists of only one value, the
full array is not output.

Facilities 94A
An initial restart file will be generated from a restart run if it is requested by either the
RPTSOL or RPTRST keywords. This is useful in the case where a base run does not dump
flux data.

output.)
The default transformation between surface rate and reservoir fluid volume rate for wells
in local grids has been modified. Previously the transformation was performed at the
average hydrocarbon pressure in the local grid. The transformation is now performed at the
average hydrocarbon pressure in the global grid, which is consistent with the way the
transformation is performed in non-LGR runs. Thus the reported reservoir volume rates
will be slightly different; and so will the behavior of runs using reservoir volume rate
control or voidage replacement. If you wish to have the transformation performed at
conditions more local to each well, you could set up a fluid-in-place region around each
well and use Item 14 in keyword WELSPECL to request that the reservoir conditions for the
transformation be taken from these regions instead of the whole field.
Well D-factors may be entered with keyword WDFAC, instead of Item 12 of keyword
COMPDATL. If COMPDATL Item 12 is defaulted, the connection D-factors will retain their
previous values, instead of being set to zero. These changes follow those made to the
COMPDAT keyword (see the ECLIPSE 100 reference manual), and are made to clarify the
difference between a well D-factor and a connection D-factor. Connections may be shut
using COMPDATL without having to re-specify the wells D-factor.
The calculation of NNC transmissibilities between coarsened cells has been improved
when a grid coarsening straddles a fault.
Older Developments
551
The Solvent Model

output.)
The treatment of capillary pressure has been modified in runs employing the PMISC
keyword. In the 93a release, the gas Pc was taken as the Pc value at the prevailing lean gas
saturation, for all pressures. In the 94a release, the gas Pc is modified to reflect the PMISC
miscibility function. In a miscible flood, the Pc is taken (as before) as the Pc at the
prevailing lean gas saturation. However, in the fully immiscible case, the Pc is taken as the
Pc at the total gas saturation (solvent + lean gas).

ADDZCORN Adds a constant to the cell corner point depths (ZCORN array).
APIGROUP Allows the grouping of PVT tables for the API tracking option.
BDENSITY Brine surface density as a function of salt concentration.
COLLAPSE Allows user control over which cells are to be collapsed when using the
compressed VE option.
COMPFLSH Flash transformation ratios for well connections.
CRITPERM Inputs a critical permeability to control which cells are collapsed when using the
compressed VE option.
GSATINJE Injection rate data for satellite groups.
GSATPROD Production rate data for satellite groups.
JFUNC
Activates the Leverett J-function option.
MSFN
Miscible saturation function tables.
PBUB
Initial bubble point pressure in each cell.
PCG, PCW
Scales the maximum gas and water capillary pressures.
PDEW
Initial dew point pressure in each cell.
PDVD
Dew point pressure vs. depth tables for equilibration.
PMISC
Pressure dependent miscibility tables.
SGLPC
Scales the connate gas and water saturation for the capillary SWLPC pressure
curves without scaling the oil relative permeability.
SOMGAS, SOMWAT
Tables of minimum oil saturation used in the STONE I 3-phase relative
permeability model.
SWATINIT Initial water saturations for capillary pressure scaling.
VEDEBUG
Controls debug output for the vertical equilibrium options.
VFPTABL
Requests cubic spline interpolation for ALQ in the VFP tables.
WDFAC
Sets well D-factors.
WLISTARG Resets operating targets/limits for lists of wells.

WLISTNAM Sets up lists of wells, for use in keyword WLISTARG.
552
Older Developments
New summary section mnemonics

WBHPH, WTHPH
Well BHP and THP history (for History Matching Wells)
WOPTH, WWPTH, WGPTH, WLPTH
Well cumulative production history totals (for History Matching Wells)
WOIRH, WWIRH, WGIRH
Well injection rate history (target values in WCONINJE or WELTARG)
WOITH, WWITH, WGITH
Well cumulative injection history totals (cumulative target rates)
FMWPR, FMWIN
Current number of flowing production and injection wells in the field
AAQP
Fetkovich aquifer pressure
BOKR, BWKR, BGKR, BOKRX, BOKRX-, etc.

Block relative permeabilities and their directional counterparts.

VFPTABL
Enables spline interpolation of ALQ values in the VFP tables.
The Network Option

WNETCTRL Selects well THP or rate limits to be set by the network.
The Solvent Model

MSFN
Miscible relative permeability tables.

ADD
Can now be used in the PROPS section.
AQUANCON New item 10 to input an influx coefficient multiplier.

AQUCON
New item 10 to choose the transmissibility calculation option.
Older Developments
553
COMPDAT
Defaulting item 12 now causes the connections D-factor to retain its previous
value, instead of setting it to zero.
COORDSYS New item 4 to request calculation of the Z-transmissibilities between adjacent

reservoirs.
DIFFC
New items 7 & 8 to input cross phase diffusion coefficients.
DRSDT
New item 2 to apply the DRSDT limit only to cells containing free gas.
MULTIPLY Can now be used in the PROPS section.

OPTIONS
Control 41:
Switches on the modified well inflow calculation in vertical

equilibrium cases.
Control 42:
Average over N timesteps the block Bo & Rs used in the

COMPFLSH transformation.
Control 43:
Associates the ROCK data with the saturation region numbers.
ROCK
Will be associated with the saturation region number if OPTIONS switch 43 is

set.
RPTRST
Control 1:
Now outputs an initial restart file from a restart run.
Control 10:
Outputs drainage regions.
Control 11:
Output oil relative permeabilities.
Control 12:
Output water relative permeabilities.
Control 13:
Output gas relative permeabilities.
RPTSCHED Control 55:
Outputs the bubble point pressure.
RPTSOL
Control 56:
Outputs the dew point pressure.
Control 57:
Outputs oil relative permeabilities.
Control 58:
Outputs water relative permeabilities.
Control 59:
Outputs gas relative permeabilities.
Control 7:
Now outputs a restart file from a restart run.
Control 8:
Region reports now include the average DZ values.
Control 30:
Outputs scaled max water Pcs generated from SWATINIT.
Control 55:
Outputs the initial bubble point pressure.
Control 56:
Outputs the initial dew point pressure.
Control 57:
Outputs oil relative permeabilities.
Control 58:
Outputs water relative permeabilities.
Control 59:
Outputs gas relative permeabilities.
RSCONSTT, RVCONSTT
Defaulted table will default to the last input table.
RUNSPEC
QVEO2D flag in Record 10

Activates the improved Compressed Vertical Equilibrium
option.
QQCOAL flag in Record 10
New flag to activate the ECLIPSE 200 Coal Bed Methane
model.
STONE1, STONE2
Can now be used in runs with the hysteresis option activated.
554
Older Developments
TLMIXPAR New item 2 to prevent the mixing calculation being applied to the density.
WCONHIST New items 9 and 10 to enter measured values of THP and BHP.
WEFAC
Efficiency factors exceeding 1.0 are now allowed.

RPTSOL
Now outputs an initial restart file from a restart run.
RPTRST

GASBEGIN The new keywords GSATPROD and GSATINJE are allowed in the Annual
Scheduling File.

LIFTOPT
YES in Item 4 is now allowed when there is a network present, provided a

negative balancing interval has been set in keyword NETBALAN to request
network balancing in each of the first NUPCOL Newton iterations.

COMPDATL Defaulting item 12 now causes the connections D-factor to retain its previous
value, rather than setting it to zero.
REFINE
The refine keyword is now available in the SOLUTION section.
The Network Option

NETBALAN A negative balancing interval in Item 1 causes the network to be balanced in each
of the first NUPCOL Newton iterations of every time step.
The Solvent Model

TLMIXPAR New item 2 to prevent the mixing calculation being applied to the density.
Older Developments
555

WFRICTN
Defaults are available for Items 4 and 5 of the 2nd and subsequent records.
New items 6 and 7 in the 2nd and subsequent records, to specify penetration
direction and a range of grid blocks.
556
Older Developments


Grid data
It is now possible to copy grid data from one part of the field to another by using the
COPYBOX keyword.
A new keyword MULTPV has been added to the GRID section to modify the pore volumes
calculated by ECLIPSE. This keyword is analogous to the MULTX, MULTY and MULTZ
keywords used to modify the calculated transmissibilities. Use of the keyword is
recommended in preference to using the PORV keyword in the EDIT section. The MULTPV
modifications will be carried through to any local grid refinements automatically.
A new facility has been added to allow easy modification of the transmissibility across a
predefined fault. (See the FAULTS and MULTFLT keywords.)
It is now possible to modify the maximum distance two active cells can be separated by and
still generate a pinch-out connection. This threshold distance is input using the new
keyword PINCH.
The map origin from the GRID program can be input and subsequently output to the GRID
file. (See keyword MAPAXES.)
When using the End Point Scaling option, it is now possible to scale the relative
permeability tables at the critical saturation of the displacing phase. (See the KRW/KRWR,
KRO/KRORW/KRORG, KRG/KRGR and ENKRVD sets of keywords.)
In VE runs it is now possible to specify the relative fractions of rock curve and VE data
used for the relative permeabilities and the capillary pressures independently. Previously,
the same fraction had to apply for both the relative permeability and the capillary pressure.
(See the new keywords VEFRACP and VEFRACPV and the original keywords VEFRAC and
VEFRACV.)
The initial dissolved gas distribution in an equilibration can now be specified as a table of
bubble point pressure vs. depth, using the PBVD keyword as an alternative to RSVD.
Well model
A group control target or upper limit can be applied to the reservoir fluid volume production
rate. (This option has previously been available only with group control by prioritization;
it is now available also with guide rate control.) In addition, a target or limiting Production
Balancing Fraction can be specified. This limits the groups reservoir fluid volume
production rate to the specified fraction (or multiple) of the groups reservoir fluid volume
injection rate. (See keywords GCONPROD and GCONPRI.) Wells and groups can be given
reservoir fluid volume guide rates.
Older Developments
557
Group production rate targets or limits can be re-set individually with the new keyword
GRUPTARG, without the bother of specifying all the other quantities required by the group
control keywords GCONPROD or GCONPRI. GRUPTARG has the same relationship to these
keywords as WELTARG has to WCONPROD.
Wells can be re-assigned to a different group during the simulation, by repeating their
WELSPECS keyword data with the new group name. Also, in a multi-level grouping
hierarchy, groups can be re-assigned to different fathers, and new groups can be inserted
into the hierarchy, by using the GRUPTREE keyword to declare any changes to the fatherson relationship.
There is an option to cut back the target production rate of a group by a specified fraction
each time it exceeds a water cut, GOR, GLR or WGR limit (see keyword GCUTBACK). This
is the equivalent of the WCUTBACK keyword facility for wells applied to group production
rates.
When well guide rates are calculated from a general formula (see keyword GUIDERAT),
there is an option to prevent guide rates from increasing. This option decreases the tendency
for guide rates to oscillate due to rate-dependent coning phenomena.
Wellbore storage effects in well tests can be modeled by giving the wellbore a finite
volume. (See keyword WBOREVOL.)
Wells can be closed automatically if their THP exceeds a specified maximum design limit
(see keyword WTHPMAX). A high THP could occur if the GOR increases, for example due
to gas coning. Wells closed for this reason may be periodically tested for reopening, if
requested with keyword WTEST, to see if their THP has fallen enough to operate safely
again.
If a well is unable to produce at its THP limit, there is an option to perform a workover to
reduce its water cut (see keyword WORKTHP).
Automatic retubing or artificial lift switching can now be triggered by high water cut as
well as low flow rate (see keyword WLIFT).
When the well cycling facility is being used (e.g. for a WAG simulation), there is an option
to control the time steps to coincide with the wells on/off cycling times (see keyword
WCYCLE).
There is an option to stop the run if a History Matching Well changes to BHP control (see
keyword WHISTCTL). The BHP limit for History Matching Wells can now be set with
keyword WELTARG.
Output
558
Multiple sets of fluid-in-place regions can be specified, to enable reporting of results from
different groupings of grid blocks. Results from the multiple fluid-in-place regions can be
output to the print file and the Summary file. (See the FIP keyword, and NMFIPR in
RUNSPEC record 16.)
It is possible to output the COORD and ZCORN data in keyword form. When used with the
BOUNDARY keyword, this enables smaller grids representing part of the field to be easily
output. (See keyword RPTGRID.)
It is now possible to output fluid viscosities and phase reservoir densities to the print file,
the Restart file (for graphical display) and the Summary files. See the RPTSOL and
RPTSCHED keywords to output array data to the print file, RPTRST for output to the
Restart file, and the new Summary section keywords for the Summary file output (F*VIS,
R*VIS, B*VIS and F*DEN, R*DEN, B*DEN).
Older Developments
The net production from a fluid-in-place region can be written to the Summary file, using
the Summary section mnemonics ROP, RWP and RGP. This is the total production rate
through wells, minus any injection, and minus any influx from analytic aquifers. It is the
quantity reported as outflow through wells in the fluid-in-place regions report.
The control mode of each group under guide rate control for production, water injection and
gas injection can be written to the Summary file, using the Summary Section mnemonics
F/GMCTP, F/GMCTW, F/GMCTG (see the Summary section). If RUNSUM is specified,
the control mode numbers are printed as character strings, unless Lotus output format has
been requested.
The production rates and cumulative totals (from Field, Groups, Wells and Connections) of
free gas, solution gas, free oil and vaporized oil at grid block conditions can be written to
the Summary file. The Summary section mnemonics are (F/G/W)(O/G)(PR/PT)(F/S) and
C(O/G)(FR/PT)(F/S).
The CPU time, elapsed time, and the maximum changes in pressure and saturation can be
written to the Summary file. (See the Summary section mnemonics TCPU, TCPUTS,
TCPUDAY, ELAPSED, MAXDPR, MAXDSO, MAXDSW, and MAXDSG.)
It is now possible to modify the maximum number of quantities written to the Summary file
(see NSUMMX in record 26 of the RUNSPEC section). Previously, this limit was fixed with
the installation.
Timestep control & restarts
The timestep size can be controlled to limit the expected maximum pressure change, and to
chop a timestep if a maximum tolerable pressure change has been exceeded. This facility
is useful when ECLIPSE is used to model well tests. (See the TUNING keyword.)
The preparation of Schedule section data for a restart run can be made easier by entering
the keyword SKIPREST at the beginning of the Schedule section. It instructs ECLIPSE
to skip the subsequent keywords in the Schedule section of a restart run until the restart
time has been reached. This saves you from having to delete the keywords yourself from a
copy of the base runs Schedule section.

The multiple contract groups option allows selected groups to have their own separate gas
supply contracts, instead of just a single contract on the FIELDs production. Each contract
group has its own set of swing and profile factors, and ECLIPSE can adjust their DCQs
independently to meet their swing requirements. See keywords GSWINGF & GDCQ for
more details.
The new ECLIPSE 100 keyword GRUPTARG can be included in the Annual
File (see keyword GASBEGIN).
The group nodal pressures in the network, when operating at delivery capacity, can be
written to the Summary File with the mnemonic GPRDC.
Scheduling
Minimum lift gas injection rates for wells.
Older Developments
559
A minimum lift gas injection rate can be specified for each well (see keyword WLIFTOPT).
Provided that there is sufficient lift gas available, each wells lift gas allocation will not be
allowed to fall below its specified minimum value, unless the well is unable to flow at that
lift gas injection rate. Alternatively, a negative value can be specified for the minimum lift
gas injection rate. ECLIPSE will then allocate at least enough lift gas to these wells to keep
them flowing, provided that there is enough lift gas available. If there is not enough lift gas
for all the wells minimum requirements, ECLIPSE allocates lift gas to each well in
decreasing order of their weighting factors.
If the wells belong to a group (including the FIELD) that can achieve its production rate
target without requiring any gas lift, by default no lift gas will be allocated to the wells even
if they have a minimum lift gas rate set. However, any wells that are given a weighting
factor greater than 1.0 will be allocated their minimum lift gas rate, even if the group/field
production rate target could be met without any gas lift.
Summary file output of incremental gradients.

The incremental gradients of selected wells (i.e. the increase in oil production rate achieved
by allocating an additional increment of gas lift to the well, divided by the increment size)
can be written to the Summary File by using the mnemonic WOGLR - Well Oil Gas Lift
Ratio.
GI Pseudo-Compositional Model
It is now possible to run a Gi Model restart from a non-Gi base case.
Grid block Gi values can be written to the Summary file, using the Summary section
mnemonic BGI.
The ECLIPSE 200 Polymer and Solvent Models may now be used in runs containing local
grid refinements.
The non-neighbor connections that ECLIPSE generates to couple the LGRs to their
adjacent global grid cells can be written to the Debug file. The data is written in the form
of an NNC keyword. This can be useful when converting an ECLIPSE 200 LGR into a
traditional in-place refinement. (See the RPTGRIDL keyword.)
It is now possible to control the mobile end-point correction facility for individually
selected LGRs. (See the QMOBIL keyword.)
The Network Option
560
Developments to the Injection Network facility.
A gas injection network facility is now available. Gas injection networks are
constructed with the keyword GNETINJE.
An injection VFP table number of 9999 can be entered in item 4 of keyword

GNETINJE to indicate that there is no pressure drop along the injection network
branch between the group and its father.
The group nodal pressures of a gas or water injection network can be written to the
Summary File using the SUMMARY Section mnemonics GPRG and GPRW.
Changing the network during the simulation.
Older Developments
The GRUPTREE keyword can be used at any time in the simulation to re- allocate groups
to different fathers, and to include new groups in the hierarchy. It is therefore possible, for
example, to add a new network node part-way along an existing branch. Firstly, use
GRUPTREE to enter any changes to the father-son relationships of the grouping hierarchy.
Secondly, use GRUPNET (or GNETINJE) to declare the new node as part of the network,
and to change the properties of the original branch (e.g. its VFP table number).
The Polymer Flood Model
The ECLIPSE 200 Local Grid Refinement option can now be used in conjunction with the
Polymer Flood Model.
It is now possible to use the Polymer Flood Model in conjunction with the ECLIPSE 200
Surfactant Model. The two models are largely independent; however both components are
assumed to affect the water viscosity. The water viscosity is modified by two independent
multipliers, and hence the polymer and surfactant are assumed not to interact.
The Solvent Model
The ECLIPSE 200 Local Grid Refinement option can now be used in conjunction with the
Solvent Model.
The Surfactant Model
It is now possible to use the Surfactant Model in conjunction with the ECLIPSE 200
Polymer Flood Model. The two models are largely independent, however both components
are assumed to affect the water viscosity. The water viscosity is modified by two
independent multipliers, and hence the polymer and surfactant are assumed not to interact.

Facilities 93A
output.)
The form of the ENKRVD keyword has been modified. The keyword now expects 8
columns instead of 4. The keyword data in data sets made for previous versions of
ECLIPSE must be modified by adding 4 default values (4*) to the end of each line.
Addition of the DATE keyword in the Summary section now implies that the date (rather
than the time) will be written in the left hand column of the Run Summary output generated
by the RUNSUM keyword.
If inter-block flows are requested to be output to the Restart file, these will also include the
flows in any non-neighbor connections (see RPTRST keyword item 2). Also, if an extended
GRID file is requested, this will now include any non-neighbor connection data (see the
GRIDFILE keyword).
Older Developments
561
The well control mode numbers written to the Summary File (see Summary Section
mnemonic WMCTL) are made negative if the well is under group control. For example, a
well flowing at a user-defined liquid rate target will have a control mode number 4, but a
well producing its share of a groups liquid rate target will have a control mode number -4.
Also, two new well control mode numbers have been added: 11 = GOR Penalty control, 12
= drawdown control (previously these were output respectively as oil rate and liquid or gas
rate control). If RUNSUM is specified to request a printed Run Summary output, the control
mode numbers are replaced by character strings, unless Lotus output format has been
requested.
The generation of pinchout connections has been modified in runs which employ the
MINPV or MINPVV keywords. Pinchout connections will only be generated if all the
inactive cells between two active cells (in the Z direction) have either a combined thickness
below the threshold set in the PINCH keyword or have a pore volume that falls below the
MINPV criteria.
The compressed vertical equilibrium model is not available in the 93A version. An
improved version of the facility is planned for the 94A release.

Facilities 93A
output.)
If inter-block flows are requested to be output to the Restart file (with item 2 of the RPTRST
keyword), these will also include the flows between the LGR cells and their adjacent global
grid cells. Also, if an extended Grid file is requested, this will now include the non-neighbor
connections coupling the LGRs to the global grid cells.
If an LGR is placed next to a pinched-out cell, ECLIPSE will now generate the nonneighbor connections to couple the LGR to the global grid cell on the other side of the
pinch-out. Previously LGR-to-global cell connections were not handled correctly across a
pinchout.

COPYBOX
Copies grid data from one box to another.
FAULTS
Defines fault trajectories, for subsequent editing of properties.
FIP
Inputs multiple sets of fluid-in-place regions.
GCUTBACK Sets upper limits for group rate cut-back option.

GRUPTARG Re-sets individual group production rate targets or limits.
KRGR, KRORW, KRORG, KRWR
Scales the relative permeabilities at the critical saturation of the displacing
phase.
MAPAXES
562
Allows input of the pre-processor map origin.
Older Developments
MULTFLT
Modifies the transmissibility across faults defined using the FAULTS keyword.
MULTPV
Inputs pore volume multipliers.
PBVD
Inputs tables of initial bubble point pressure vs. depth.
PINCH
Sets the pinch-out threshold distance.
SKIPREST Makes ECLIPSE skip the subsequent keywords in the Schedule section of a
restart run until the restart time is reached.
VEFRACP
Controls the fraction of rock capillary pressure curve to VE pseudo capillary

pressure.
VEFRACPV Allows input of VEFRACP values on a cell-by-cell basis.

WBOREVOL Sets wellbore volume for modelling wellbore storage in well tests.
WORKTHP
Performs a workover if well is unable to produce at its THP limit.
WTHPMAX
Sets maximum THP design limit data for wells.
FMCTP, FMCTW, FMCTG

Fields control mode for production, water injection and gas injection
GMCTP, GMCTW, GMCTG

Group control modes for production, water injection and gas injection
FOPRF, GOPRF, WOPRF, COFRF

Free oil production rates
FOPRS, GOPRS, WOPRS, COFRS

Vapourised oil production rates
FOPTF, GOPTF, WOPTF, COPTF

Free oil production totals
FOPTS, GOPTS, WOPTS, COPTS

Vapourised oil production totals
FGPRF, GGPRF, WGPRF, CGFRF

Free gas production rates
FGPRS, GGPRS, WGPRS, CGFRS

Solution gas production rates
FGPTF, GGPTF, WGPTF, CGPTF

Free gas production totals
FGPTS, GGPTS, WGPTS, CGPTS

Solution gas production totals
FOVIS, ROVIS, BOVIS

Field, region and grid block oil viscosity
FWVIS, RWVIS, BWVIS

Field, region and grid block water viscosity
FGVIS, RGVIS, BGVIS
Older Developments
563
Field, region and grid block gas viscosity
FODEN, RODEN, BODEN

Field, region and grid block oil phase reservoir density
FWDEN, RWDEN, BWDEN

Field, region and grid block water phase reservoir density
FGDEN, RGDEN, BGDEN

Field, region and grid block gas phase reservoir density
MAXDPR, MAXDSO, MAXDSW, MAXDSG

Maximum change in pressure and saturation
ROP, RWP, RGP

Net oil, water and gas production from a region, minus injection, and minus any water
influx from analytic aquifers
ELAPSED
Elapsed time
TCPU
CPU time
TCPUDAY
CPU time per day
TCPUTS
CPU time per timestep.

GDCQ
Sets initial DCQ values for multiple contract groups
GSWINGF
Defines multiple contract groups and sets their swing and profile factors
New summary section mnemonics:

GGDCQ
Group Gas DCQ (for multiple contract groups)
GPRDC
Group Pressure at Delivery Capacity

New Summary Section mnemonic:
WOGLR
564
Well Oil Gas Lift Ratio (i.e. the incremental gradient).
Older Developments
GI Pseudo-Compositional Model
New summary section mnemonic:
BGI
Block Gi value.

QMOBIL
Allows control of the mobile end-point correction within an LGR.
The Network Option

New SUMMARY section mnemonics:
GPRG
Group nodal PRessure in the Gas injection network
GPRW
Group nodal PRessure in the Water injection network

DATE
Now causes dates to be written in the first column in the Run Summaries, instead
of time.
ENKRVD
Now requires 8 columns of data rather than 4. The extra data enables scaling of
the kr at the critical saturation of the displacing phase.
GCONPRI
New item 11, sets an upper limit production balancing fraction.
GCONPROD Additional control modes RESV and PRBL allowed in item 2.

Additional guide rates for RES and INJV allowed in item 10.
New item 14 sets target/limit reservoir fluid volume rate.
New item 15 sets target/limit production balancing fraction.
GRIDFILE Outputs non-neighbor connection data to the extended GRID file.
GRUPTREE The keyword can now be used more than once in the simulation, to declare
changes in the grouping hierarchy.
GUIDERAT Additional option RES for nominated phase in item 2.
New item 9 to prevent calculated guide rates from increasing.
OPTIONS
Control 17 is now redundant (see the PINCH keyword).

Control 18 is now redundant (see keywords VEFRAC, VEFRACV, VEFRACP,
VEFRACPV).
New control 40 to ignore THP limits when calculating well potentials.
RPTGRID
Control 19 and 20: New facility to output COORD and ZCORN keywords,
Control 41: outputs pore volume multipliers,
Control 42: outputs fault data.
Older Developments
565
RPTRST
Outputs non-neighbor connection flows also if control 2 is set.

Outputs fluid viscosities if control 8 is set.
Outputs phase reservoir densities if control 9 is set.
RPTSCHED & RPTSOL

If control 8 is set >2, fluid-in-place reports are and printed for all sets of fluidin-place regions defined with FIP.
Controls 48 to 50 allow output of fluid viscosities.
Controls 51 to 53 allow output of phase reservoir densities.
RUNSPEC
Record 4: MFSEGS, the maximum number of records of fault data. Record 10:
QVEO2D, not used for this release.
Record 16: NMFIPR, the maximum number of sets of fluid-in-place regions.
Record 26: NSUMMX, the maximum number of Summary file quantities.
SUMMARY section
R* Keywords in the summary section can now be compounded with the name of
the set of fluid-in-place regions.
TUNING
Two new controls TRGDPR and XXXDPR added in record 3.
WCONHIST No longer sets the BHP limit to atmospheric pressure every time, so this limit
can now be set with WELTARG.
WCYCLE
New item 6, to control time step to coincide with cycling times.
WELSPECS The group name in item 2 will no longer be ignored after the first time a well is
declared; the well can be re-assigned to a different group if required.
WGRUPCON A RES guide rate phase is allowed for producers, as well as injectors.
WHISTCTL New item 2, to stop the run if a History Matching Well changes to BHP control.
WLIFT
New item 7, setting water cut value to trigger lift switching.
WTEST
Item 3 can now be up to 4 characters, containing a D if you want the well to be

tested for reopening after being closed for exceeding its maximum THP design
limit.

GASBEGIN The new keyword GRUPTARG is allowed in the Annual Scheduling File

WLIFTOPT New item 5 sets the wells minimum lift gas injection rate.
566
Older Developments

CARFIN
Up to 40 wells per local grid can be requested in item 11.
GRIDFILE Outputs global-to-local connection data to the extended Grid file.

RADFIN
Up to 40 wells per local grid can be requested in item 9.
RPTRST
Outputs global-to-local grid block flows if item 2 is set >1.
RPTGRIDL 24th control enables output of global-to-local grid connection data to be written
to the DEBUG file.
The Network Option

GNETINJE A gas injection network can be selected in item 2.
A VFP table number of 9999 in item 4 indicates a zero pressure drop along the
groups network branch to its father.
Older Developments
567


Grid block and fluid properties
A facility has been added to allow modifications to be made to the grid data on a regionby-region basis. The regions are specified using the FLUXNUM keyword, and modifications
to the GRID data can then be made using the EQUALREG, ADDREG and MULTIREG
keywords. In addition the FLUXNUM array can be copied into the REGIONS arrays such as
FIPNUM and SATNUM, if you want the grid block FIPNUM numbers for example to equal
their FLUXNUM numbers. The grid data can be modified in this way independently of
whether or not you are using the ECLIPSE 200 Flux Option, but you will need this
ECLIPSE 200 option if you want to run reduced models of individual flux regions. (See the
FLUXNUM, EQUALREG, ADDREG, MULTIREG and COPY keywords.)
It is now possible to use the COORD and ZCORN keywords in conjunction with the BOX
keyword. This is a useful facility when two or more models are combined into a single large
model. Old models in which the COORD or ZCORN keywords are specified after a BOX
keyword that has not been terminated with ENDBOX will now give an error message. This
can be corrected by adding an ENDBOX keyword, or by moving the corner point data before
the first BOX keyword. It is also possible to specify COORD data separately for each
reservoir (if NUMRES>1). (See the COORD, ZCORN and RESVNUM keywords.)
An alternative shape factor (SIGMAGD) can now be specified in three phase dual porosity
runs. The transmissibility derived from the new shape factor is used in matrix cells in which
the dominant flow process is oil-gas gravity drainage. Hence the two shape factors allow
modelling of the different time constants (resulting from different flow paths) of cells under
imbibition and gravity drainage. (See SIGMAGD and SIGMAGDV keywords and the
Dual Porosity chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
An option has been added to calculate the oil gravity terms using the region average oil
reservoir density rather than the local density. (See control 38 in the OPTIONS keyword.)
It is now possible to default saturation tables entered using SWFN, SGFN SOF2 and SOF3
keywords, provided the table is not the first. The subsequent tables default to the previous
table.
It is now possible to use the Killough wetting phase hysteresis model in both 3 phase and
3 component miscible runs. The wetting phase hysteresis model is applied to the water
phase. (See the Hysteresis chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
Tracers
568
A new option has been added to the tracer tracking facility to reduce the numerical
dispersion. The option employs a higher order space discretization and a limiting function
to prevent unphysical oscillations. (See the Tracer Tracking chapter in the ECLIPSE
Technical Description, and the TRACTVD keyword.)
It is now possible to restart a case with more passive tracers present than were present in
the base run. This also allows tracer cases to be run from non-tracer base runs.
Older Developments
Well model
The engineer can supply coefficients for a general formula to calculate production well
guide rates for group control. This can enable, for example, wells with high water cut or
GOR to produce a progressively smaller share of the groups rate target. (See keyword
GUIDERAT.)
Pressure-dependent injectivity multipliers, that vary with the BHP, can be applied to
injection wells to take approximate account of hydraulic fracturing by injected water. (See
keyword WINJMULT.)
The GOR Penalty Option provides a means of controlling the oil production rate target of
individual wells on a monthly basis, as a function of their previous months average GOR.
It is specifically intended to model a production regulation imposed by regulatory bodies
in certain countries. (See keyword WGORPEN.)
The minimum economic limit checks in keyword WECON can optionally be applied to the
wells production potentials instead of their actual flow rates. They will not then be
triggered when the well is cut back under group control. The option is activated with Item
10 in keyword WECON.
Output
It is now possible to modify the orientation and layout of the printed grid arrays in the print
file. (See the BOUNDARY keyword.)
The initial fluids in place reports (activated with item 8 of keyword RPTSOL) now also
show the average porosities and permeabilities of the grid blocks within the regions.
Analytic aquifer - grid block connection data can be written to the print file by setting the
12th switch in RPTSOL to 2 or more (1 will just print data for the aquifers themselves, as
before).
The average saturations, Rs and Rv values over the field and individual reporting regions
can now be written to the summary file.
It is now possible to write out well, group and field tracer concentrations to the summary
file. (See the SUMMARY section.)
A number indicating a wells mode of control can be written to the summary file, using the
mnemonic WMCTL.
The run summaries generated by using the RUNSUM keyword can be written to a separate
file, rather than appended to the print file. In addition the file can be output in a format
suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet program such as Lotus 123. (See the
keywords SEPARATE and Lotus.)
Efficiency
A new option has been added to improve the efficiency of runs in which a number of
independent reservoir units are connected only by the production system. In these cases, the
systems of linear equations for each reservoir are independent and may require different
numbers of iterations. In addition the solution of the linear equations may be run in parallel
on appropriate computers. (See keywords ISOLNUM and RPTISOL, and the Independent
Reservoir Regions chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
Older Developments
569

Flux regions, defined by the FLUXNUM keyword, can now be used to identify regions for
subsequent modification of the grid data. GRID Section data for specified flux regions can
be modified selectively using the keywords EQUALREG, ADDREG and MULTIREG. In
addition, the FLUXNUM array can be copied into the REGIONS Section arrays such as
FIPNUM and SATNUM, if you want the grid block FIPNUM numbers for example to equal
their FLUXNUM numbers. This facility for data specification is available whether or not you
are using ECLIPSE 200 Flux Boundary Conditions.
Flux region numbers can now be written to the Print file, if requested using the 36th control
in the RPTGRID keyword.
The extended compressor option allows each compressor to have up to five levels of
compression. The compressors will be turned on or switched to a higher compression level
individually in a predefined order until the field can make its production target. The order
in which these events occur is determined by an action sequence number. See keyword
GASFCOMP for more details.
Two more items can be written to the Summary File:
Well gas delivery capacity (WGDC), i.e. the wells gas production rate when the field is
operating at its delivery capacity
Group compressor level (GMCPL), i.e. the current operating level of the automatic
compressor associated with the group.
The REFINE keyword can be used in the PROPS and REGIONS sections to initiate data
input for individual local grids. This allows, for example, the user to enter grid-type end
point scaling data for the local grid system, enabling near-wellbore variations in saturation
end point to be modeled more accurately.
The Network Option
Branches with zero pressure drop.

A VFP table number of 9999 can be entered in item 3 of keyword GRUPNET to indicate
that there is no pressure drop along the production network branch between the group and
its father. This saves the user from having to construct a special VFP table with BHP equal
to THP over a range of flowing conditions.
570
The effect of shear thinning on the polymer solution can now be modeled. The shear rate is
assumed to be proportional to water phase velocity and to be reversible. (See the
PLYSHEAR keyword and the model description.)
Older Developments
Changes to Treatment of Existing ECLIPSE 100

Facilities 92A
The calculation of DX and DY from a corner point grid has been modified to account for
grid cells which have been rotated relative to the X-direction. This change will not modify
the cell pore volume or the transmissibilities. However the DX and DY values are used to
calculate the well connection factor (via the Peaceman radius) and hence the results of
existing models may be slightly modified.
The way that ECLIPSE handles non-neighbor connections has been optimized so that the
number of these connections is minimized. Where these connections lie between cells in
the same line, i.e. in three dimensions from (x1, y1, z1) to (x2, y2, z2) for the cases
x1 = x2, y1 = y2 different z, or
x1 = x2, z1 = z2 different y, or
y1 = y2, z1 = z2 different x
these non-neighbor connections can be treated more efficiently by adding the

transmissibility to that between the cells and deleting them from the list of non-neighbor
connections. The list of non-neighbor connections reported by RPTGRID is split into two
parts, with the deleted NNCs being listed first, followed by the full set of active NNCs. The
output of non-neighbor connections is controlled by switch 24 of keyword RPTGRID.
As a result of the previous modification, the treatment of pinch-out connections is also

modified, and ECLIPSE first reports them as distinct pinch-out connections before
applying the above criteria and adding the calculated transmissibility to that (if any)
between the cells that were joined by the pinch-out. The elimination of these connections
generally results in a reduction in the required cpu time. A new keyword PINCHOUT in the
GRID section gives an alternative method of selecting the generation of pinch-outs and can
be used in place of OPTIONS switch 17. As stated in the previous modification, the list of
deleted NNCs are reported first; and since pinch-out connections are treated as NNCs
which are first generated then deleted, this is where they are reported.
The transmissibility multiplier in the AQUCON keyword now defaults to 1.0 instead of zero.
The method of setting up the linear equations for IMPES runs has been modified to improve
the performance of the linear solution. This will speed up IMPES runs where the linear
solution is difficult.
If a well is in danger of being shut-in prematurely under THP control due to feedback
effects with the implicit values of the water and gas fractions being used to interpolate the
VFP table, the well will automatically switch to using the explicit values of the water and
gas fractions to interpolate the tables. The user can also designate specific wells to use
explicit values. (See keyword WVFPEXP for more information.)
The output of dual porosity data to the print file has been modified. The printing of grid
data now distinguishes between the matrix and fracture cells. The dual-porosity
connections can be printed independently rather than with all the non-neighbor
connections. (See the RPTGRID keyword.)
The messages warning that VFP tables have been extrapolated have been improved, and
now give information about the quantity and table last extrapolated. As before, the
extrapolation warnings will only be given if they have been requested with the keyword
EXTRAPMS.
Older Developments
571

Facilities 92A
If a well is opened from the drilling queue (see keyword QDRILL) during the first pass of
a contract year in order to meet the swing requirement, it will automatically be opened in
the same month of the second pass, whether or not it is needed to meet the DCQ profile
target. Before 92A, the well would only be opened in the second pass if it was needed to
meet the DCQ profile target. If you wish to restore the pre-92A treatment, set Item 34 >
0 in the OPTIONS keyword.
The well gas flows at delivery capacity are now printed instead of the well potential rates
in the right hand column of the Production Report (if requested by setting the drainage
radius negative in Item 7 of keyword WELSPECS).
It is no longer necessary to put the field under guide rate control with keyword GCONPROD
before using the GASYEAR keyword - ECLIPSE will now do this automatically. You should
still use GCONPROD if there are limits on the field production rate of any other phase apart
from gas, or if any groups have rate limits or guide rates. If you wish to use prioritization
instead of guide rate control for controlling the fields gas production, you must use the
keywords PRIORITY and GCONPRI as before.
The VEFRACVL keyword has been replaced by the REFINE and VEFRACV keywords.
A full Grid file containing inactive cell, local grid and coarsening data is now written by
default in runs containing local grid refinements or coarsenings. This removes the
requirement to use the GRIDFILE keyword to display local grid and coarsening data in the
GRID and GRAF programs.
If the OPTIONS keyword switch 37 is set > 0, ECLIPSE will replace the solution state of
each local grid cell with that of its global host cell. This may speed the solution in cases
where there are state changes happening in local grid cells near the well which are not
taking place in the global cell, for example with condensate dropout.
The Network Option
Faster convergence of network balancing iterations.

A modification has been made to the network balancing calculation to speed convergence.
When production is not constrained by group or field rate limits, the network balancing
calculation will generally require fewer iterations to converge. The converged nodal
pressures will differ slightly from their values obtained with earlier versions of ECLIPSE,
but only within the tolerance specified in item 2 of keyword NETBALAN. Thus the well
flow rates will not be exactly the same as in earlier versions.
Dying wells
The procedure governing the treatment of wells unable to produce against their current
THP limits in the network has been modified. It is now as follows:
572
Older Developments
During the network balancing calculation (which is performed in the first Newton iteration
of the time step), if a well is unable to produce at a THP equal to its groups nodal pressure
at a particular network balancing iteration, it will be revived to see if it can flow at the next
network balancing iteration. But the revival process is stopped after the 4th network
balancing iteration, to allow subsequent iterations to converge. Thus if it cannot flow
during or after the 4th network balancing iteration, the well dies. The number of network
balancing iterations in which the well can be revived can be modified by the user with
switch number 33 in the OPTIONS keyword.
If the well dies during the network balancing calculation, it will not be revived during
subsequent Newton iterations of the time step. The network will have been balanced with
the well not flowing. The well will remain dead, to prevent it flowing at a THP that does
not take account of its flow rate in the network.
If a well survives the network balancing calculation in the first Newton iteration but is
unable to flow during a subsequent Newton iteration of the time step, it will be revived in
the next Newton iteration to see if it can flow at the new reservoir conditions. But the
revival process is stopped after the 3rd Newton iteration, to allow subsequent iterations to
converge. The number of Newton iterations in which the well can be revived can be
modified by the user with switch number 15 in the OPTIONS keyword.
The changes from the 91A release are the ability to control revival during the network
balancing calculation with OPTIONS switch 33, and the possibility of revival during
subsequent Newton iterations of a well that survived the network balancing calculation but
died in a later Newton iteration. (The 91A treatment of preventing any wells from being
revived after the first Newton iteration could give pessimistic results.)

ADDREG
Adds a constant to a named GRID array for a given flux region.
EQUALREG Sets a named GRID section array for a given flux region.
FLUXNUM
Defines the flux regions.
GUIDERAT Sets coefficients for a general formula for well guide rates.
ISOLNUM
Identifies the extent of each independent reservoir region.
LOTUS
Requests run summaries be written in a Lotus format.
MULTIREG Multiplies a named GRID array by a constant for a flux region.

PINCHOUT Allows the generation of pinch-out connections where possible.
RESVNUM
Requests COORD input for a given reservoir.
RPTISOL
Generates a grid array of isolated reservoir numbers.
SEPARATE Requests run summaries be written to a separate file.

SIGMAGD, SIGMAGDV
Specifies a separate shape factor for oil-gas cells undergoing gravity drainage.
TRACTVD
Requests the flux limiting scheme for tracer tracking.
WGORPEN
Sets data for the GOR Penalty Option.
WINJMULT Specifies pressure-dependent injectivity multipliers.

WVFPEXP
Designates wells to use explicit WCT & GOR for VFP table lookup.
Older Developments
573
WMCTL
Well Mode of Control.
FTIC, FTPC, GTIC, GTPC, WTIC, WTPC

Tracer concentrations.
FOSAT, FWSAT, FGSAT, FNSAT, FRS, FRV

Field averaged solution.
ROSAT, RWSAT, RGSAT, RNSAT, RRS, RRV

Region averaged solution.

ADDREG
Adds a constant to a named GRID array for a given flux region.
EQUALREG Sets a named GRID Section array for a given flux region.
MULTIREG Multiplies a named GRID array by a constant for a flux region.

New summary section mnemonics:
GMCPL
Group Multi-level Compressor Level
WGDC
Well Gas Delivery Capacity

REFINE
Initiates data input for a named local grid.

PLYSHEAR Inputs shear thinning data.

AQUCON
Transmissibility multiplier (item 9) now defaults to 1.0.
BOUNDARY Now allows different orientation and layout of printed grid data.
574
Older Developments
COORD, ZCORN
Can now be used with the BOX keyword.
COPY
Can now copy from FLUXNUM in the REGIONS section.
EHYSTR
Now allows wetting phase hysteresis in 3 phase runs.
OPTIONS
New options 38 and 39.
RPTGRID
New switches 36,37,39, controlling output of flux region numbers, independent

reservoir numbers, and dual porosity connections.
RPTSOL
Setting switch 12 > 1 prints analytic aquifer connection data.
RUNSPEC
Record 16: NTFREG the maximum number of flux regions for the ECLIPSE 200
Flux option, may now also be used for editing data in ECLIPSE 100. NRFREG
sets the maximum number of independent reservoir units in the model.
Record 20: the redundant logical flag QIMCOL has been replaced by QEXGOP
which enables the extended compressor option in the ECLIPSE 200 Gas Field
Operations Model.
SWFN, SGFN, SOF2, SOF3

Defaulted tables are now allowed.
TBLK,TVDP
Can now be specified in restart runs to initialize new tracers.
WECON
New item 10 to apply minimum rate limits to the wells potential.

COPY
Can now copy from FLUXNUM in the REGIONS Section.
RPTGRID
36th control outputs flux region numbers.

GASFCOMP New items 5 and 6 for use with the extended compressor option.
OPTIONS
New item 34.
RUNSPEC
The redundant logical flag QIMCOL in Record 20 has been replaced by QEXGOP,
which must be set T if the extended compressor option is required.

ENDFIN
Is now also used to end a REFINE block.
GRIDFILE Now defaults to the full Grid file in LGR/LGC runs.

OPTIONS
New option 37.
Older Developments
575
VEFIN
Now uses YES/NO instead of T/F for the V.E. flag in item 1.
VEFRACVL Replaced by the VEFRACV keyword within a REFINE block.
The Network Option

GRUPNET
A VFP table number of 9999 in item 3 indicates a zero pressure drop along the
groups network branch to its father.
OPTIONS
New switch 33 governs well revival during network balancing.

RPTGRID
576
38th switch outputs geometric data associated with the shear thinning model.
Older Developments


Grid block & fluid properties
Alternative keywords are available for entering saturation functions and oil PVT data:
Saturation function tables can be input with keywords SWOF and either SGOF or
SLGOF, instead of SOFN, SWFN and SOF3 or SOF2. The new set of keywords allow
the user to enter the oil relative permeabilities in the same tables as the water and gas
relative permeabilities, instead of in a separate table vs. oil saturation.
Keyword PVCO offers a simpler alternative to PVTO for entering live oil PVT data, if
undersaturated oil with a particular Rs value has a compressibility and viscosibility that
are independent of the pressure. The user enters these quantities instead of a table of
undersaturated oil properties vs. pressure. Keyword PMAX must be used to enter the
maximum expected pressure in the run.
It is possible to assign a constant Rs or Rv value to each PVT region using the RSCONSTT
and RVCONSTT keywords. This extends the constant Rs or Rv facility (see keywords
RSCONST, RVCONST) to allow different regions of the reservoir to have different values
of Rs or Rv. There must be no transmissibility between the PVT regions, to prevent the
fluids mixing (otherwise the Rs or Rv values would change).
A molecular diffusion option has been implemented.

The diffusion option allows for diffusion of gas and oil components in both the liquid and
vapor phases. Hence for example gas will diffuse from a region of low Rv to a region of
high Rv, and vapourised oil will diffuse in the opposite direction. The diffusion process can
be a significant recovery mechanism in some dual porosity reservoirs. See the Molecular
Diffusion chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
A brine option has been implemented to model the transport of waters with different
salinities within a reservoir. A conservation equation for mass of salt within the water phase
is solved at the end of each timestep. The salt concentration modifies the density and
viscosity of the water phase for the next time step. See the Brine Tracking chapter in the
It is now possible to specify separate saturation function tables for the matrix-fracture
connections using the KRNUMMF and IMBNUMMF in dual porosity runs.
An option has been added to allow a problem to be equilibrated using drainage saturation
curves but subsequently to run using the imbibition curves. (See the EHYSTR keyword).
When using the End Point Scaling option it is now possible to scale the relative
permeability values independently of the saturation values. See keywords KRW, KRO, KRG
and ENKRVD.
Older Developments
577
It is now possible to modify the saturation and PVT region numbers during the simulation.
This has previously been possible by restarting a run with a modified regions section; but
if many changes are required it is more convenient to respecify SATNUM (for example)
within the SCHEDULE section. This procedure is not recommended in general. See the
keywords SATNUM, KRNUM, IMBNUM, ROCKNUM and MISCNUM.
A minimum pore volume can be specified, which a cell must have in order to be included
in the simulation. This defaults to 1E-6, which was the pore volume criterion for active cells
in previous versions. The value can be set for the entire grid using the MINPV keyword, or
for sections of the grid using the MINPVV keyword.
It is now possible to specify negative depths, i.e. the grid can be above or straddle the zero
depth reference line. ECLIPSE detects the presence of negative depths via negative values
in the TOPS or ZCORN keywords, and then removes the restrictions on positivity for
equilibration depths and datum depths. The action of negative values in the WELSPECS
keyword is altered so that they are treated as the actual depth, but default values can still be
obtained by using the usual 1* notation. All tables of functional variation against depth
are subject to the usual constraints, i.e. depths must be monotonically increasing.
A new option has been added for specifying inter-block flows when the Vertical
Equilibrium option is used, in conjunction with a grid entered using block centred
geometry. It is activated by setting the 19th OPTIONS switch to 2. (See the OPTIONS
keyword and the Vertical Equilibrium chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
Well model
There is a facility to account for changing separator conditions in black oil runs. Keyword
SEPVALS is used firstly to define the initial separator conditions, and subsequently to
change them. When the separator conditions have been changed, ECLIPSE transforms the
oil and gas flow rates of the wells and groups that feed into the separator. Groups are
assigned to separators with keyword GSEPCOND.
Extensions to the well drawdown control facility (keyword WELDRAW). This facility can
now be applied to gas wells; the user can select the phase (liquid or gas) for which
ECLIPSE converts the drawdown limit into a rate limit. Also, the user can request that
drawdown limits should be taken into account when calculating well production potentials.
A constant user-defined relative permeability of the injected phase can be specified for
injection well connections with keyword COMPINJK. This enables the injectivity to be
calculated more accurately in cases where, for example, gas is injected into a large grid
block initially containing oil.
Scaling well P.I.s.

Well connection transmissibility factors can be multiplied by a specified value, using
keyword WPIMULT.
Over-riding control mode for history matching wells.

Keyword WHISTCTL can be used to specify a control mode for history matching wells,
which will over-ride the mode set in subsequent WCONHIST keywords.
578
Older Developments
Output
Oil recovery efficiencies are calculated for the field and each report region. There are six
quantities calculated:
(OIP(initial) - OIP(now)) / OIP(initial)
oil production from wells / OIP(initial)
(OIP(initial) - OIP(now)) / initial mobile oil (w.r.t. water)
oil production from wells / initial mobile oil (w.r.t. water)
(OIP(initial) - OIP(now)) / initial mobile oil (w.r.t. gas)
oil production from wells / initial mobile oil (w.r.t. gas)
The two mobile oil values allow for different critical saturations of oil-water and oil-gas.
When directional scaling is used, the lowest critical saturation is chosen, i.e.
SOWCR = Min(SOWCRX, SOWCRX-, SOWCRY, SOWCRY-, SOWCRZ, SOWCRZ-).
SOGCR is chosen similarly. The mobile oil values are therefore the maximum possible.
The recovery efficiencies are printed in the fluid-in-place reports, and can be written to the
summary file with the keywords:
FOE, FOEW, FOEIW, FOEIG, FOEWW, FOEWG,
ROE, ROEW, ROEIW, ROEIG, ROEWW, ROEWG.
The number of non-linear iterations taken for each time step can be written to the summary
file (see the NEWTON keyword).
Extra information can be written to the summary spec file to allow the GRAF program to
monitor an ECLIPSE simulation while it is running. (see the MONITOR keyword).
It is now possible to output the water and gas phase pressures to the restart file to be
displayed in GRAF (see the RPTRST keyword).
Inactive cell information can be written to the GRID file (see the GRIDFILE keyword).
Timestep control
The next timestep can be restricted to a specified size, using the NEXTSTEP keyword. This
is a simpler alternative to using the TUNING keyword to control this value.
Throughput ratios are now used as a new timestepping control to speed up IMPES runs.
This may cause slightly different results to be obtained from 91A unless THRUPT is set to
a high value in keyword TUNING.
OPTIONS switch 32 can be used to limit the number of consecutive times a single timestep
can be chopped due to a well initially on rate control switching to pressure control and
dying in the same timestep. The default allows only one chop. Chops can be prevented by
supplying a negative value.
Older Developments
579

To provide flexibility to handle different forms of contract, there is a choice of

interpretations of the swing requirement. The chosen interpretation is selected by entering
its associated mnemonic as Item 3 in keyword GASYEAR.
There is an option to repeat the first pass calculation of a contract year if it requires too large
a reduction in DCQ to obey the swing requirement. See Item 5 in the GASYEAR keyword.
The DCQ may be reduced by a specified fraction at the start of each new contract year, to
anticipate part of the overall reduction needed to obey the swing requirement. See Item 6
in the GASYEAR keyword.
When keyword SWINGFAC is entered, a check is made to see if the profile factors are
normalized to give the required Annual Contracted Quantity. A warning will be printed if
they are not normalized.
It is now possible to change well controls and request reports within each contract year. The
user can request ECLIPSE to place a set of keywords in the Annual Scheduling File, by
bracketing the set with the keywords GASBEGIN and GASEND. ECLIPSE will cycle
through the file every contract year, performing the requested operations at the start of each
month specified by the GASMONTH keyword.
The user can specify, with keyword GASFDELC, whether the well rate limits and any group
oil or water rate limits should be retained or removed when calculating the delivery
capacity.
580
The local grid systems can be run with Vertical Equilibrium (VE) switched on in selected
local grids. The option is only available when VE is switched on in the global grid, but VE
or dispersed flow can be specified separately for each local grid (see the VEFIN keyword).
The VEFRACV data can be specified for each grid block within each local grid system,
using the VEFRACVL keyword.
There is an option to use a more accurate representation of the geometry of the global grid
blocks that contain refined grid systems, when Vertical Equilibrium is switched on in the
global grid. This is achieved by increasing the number of distinct depths used to represent
the global cells. The number of distinct depths can be limited to prevent the initial setup
being too expensive. The option is activated with the 2nd item of the VEFIN keyword.
Keyword WELPI can now be used on wells in local grids, to scale their connection
transmissibility factors to give each well a specified steady-state productivity/injectivity
index at the current reservoir conditions. In earlier releases, it was not possible to use
WELPI on wells in local grids.
The length of the next timestep in the local grid systems can be restricted to a specified
maximum size, using the NEXTSTPL keyword. This is a simpler alternative to using the
TUNINGL keyword to control this value.
It is now possible to get information about the CPU usage in the sections of the program
calculating the local grid solutions.
Older Developments
The Network Option
Network balancing error reporting and control

The network is balanced using the grid block conditions existing at the beginning of the
time step. By the end of the time step, the grid block conditions and well flow rates may
have changed, and the flows in the network branches may no longer be exactly consistent
with the nodal pressures. The longer the time step or interval between balancing
calculations, the greater will be the balancing error at the end of the time step. ECLIPSE
checks the balancing error in each branch of the network at the end of each time step, and
prints out the largest error in any branch. The balancing error is defined as the difference
between the pressure drop along the branch when the network was last balanced, and the
pressure drop calculated using the current flow rates at the end of the time step.
The engineer can supply a target value and a maximum permitted value for largest branch
balancing error, in the NETBALAN keyword. ECLIPSE will attempt to adjust the time step
length so as to keep the balancing error at approximately its target value, subject of course
to any other constraints on the time step. Time steps limited by the target balancing error
can be identified by the mnemonic NETW printed in the time step information line. If the
maximum permitted balancing error is exceeded, ECLIPSE will chop the time step and
rebalance the network. Since time step chops can severely increase the running time of a
simulation, a maximum permitted balancing error should only be used with caution, and its
value should be several times larger than the target error. An over-riding minimum step size
for balancing error control can also be set, to prevent time step reductions being too severe.
Well lift gas flow along network branches

If wells in a production network are subject to gas lift, the flow of lift gas can be included
in the network branch pressure drop calculations by setting item 6 in keyword GRUPNET
to FLO or ALQ for the pipelines that carry lift gas along with produced fluids. If FLO
is selected, the lift gas flows of the subordinate producers will be added to the gas flow rate
along the pipeline. The lift gas flow is assumed to be equal to the sum of the ALQ values
of the subordinate producers, multiplied by their efficiency factors. If ALQ is selected, the
gas flow rate will not be adjusted, but the ALQ value used to look up the pipelines pressure
drop will be set equal to the sum of the ALQ values of the subordinate producers, multiplied
by their efficiency factors. If either option is selected, the Artificial Lift Quantity for the
wells (WCONPROD item 12) and the pipeline (for the ALQ option) must be defined as the
rate of lift gas injection. This definition must be selected in the VFP program if it is used to
construct the VFP tables.

Facilities 91A
In the WCONHIST keyword, defaults to item 7 (VFP table number) and item 8 (ALQ value)
now mean no change from wells previous value instead of zero. This saves having to
specify these items continually if THP values have to be calculated in a history match.
The handling of fault-generated non-neighbor connections has been modified to use the
appropriate relative permeability table when the directional relative permeability option is
being used. This may result in some different results compared to previous versions of
ECLIPSE.
Older Developments
581
A reduced set of Grid data is carried during the simulation, which eliminates the
reading/writing to disk of the full Grid data set. For large models this should improve the
elapsed CPU times. It imposes a small overhead in storage requirements, but the previous
disking procedure can be enabled by setting IDYNAM = 1 in RUNSPEC record 30.
The tracer tracking disking option is now by default off. If tracer disking is required, for
example in runs with many tracers, then the disking can be used by setting QTDISK to true
in RUNSPEC record 16.
Cells in 2-phase runs that cross the saturation pressure (see keywords RSCONST or
RVCONST) are now listed on the print file prior to the run stopping.
Improvements have been made in the property table look-up routines which can lead to
faster execution on vector machines. A reduction in the required cpu time of 20-30% is
possible for large 3-phase simulations.

Facilities 91A
The check that the swing factor is not less than the profile factor in any month has been
downgraded from an error to a warning.
Zero values may be entered for some swing and profile factors.
There is a new method for calculating inter-block flows when the Vertical Equilibrium
option is used in a global grid entered with block centred geometry. The block centred grid
is converted to a smooth corner point system, and this corner point grid is used to calculate
the VE relative permeabilities. This method is applied in local grid refinement runs to
prevent problems with the flows from the global grid to the local grid. (In non-LGR runs
this method is optional, and is activated by setting the 19th OPTIONS switch to 2.)
An improved method of storage allocation allows a substantial reduction in the total

memory requirement of LGR simulations to be achieved. In cases with many LGR regions
of greatly varying mesh sizes, a saving of up to 50% in the LGR storage requirements has
been achieved.
The Network Option
Dying wells
When a well dies because it can no longer operate at current reservoir conditions, it is
normally given three chances. For example, if it cannot operate in Newton iteration 1 it will
be revived again for iteration 2 to see if it could still operate. After 3 iterations revival
ceases and the well is declared dead.
This approach can lead to an inconsistency when the Network Option is used. If the well
dies during the network balancing calculation in iteration 0 but is revived again and can
operate in a subsequent iteration of the time step, it will be operating at a THP that does not
take account of its flow rate in the network.
582
Older Developments
The program has been changed to prevent wells being revived after iteration 0 if the
Network option is in use. Thus if a well dies during the network balancing calculation, it
will remain dead. This may cause wells to die slightly earlier than in runs using previous
versions of the code. If required, the pre-91A treatment of dying wells can be restored by
setting the 15th control in the OPTIONS keyword to 3.

COMPINJK Constant user-defined injection well relative permeabilities.
DIFFC
Specifies the diffusion data, component molecular weights and diffusion

coefficients for the molecular diffusion option.
DIFFDP
Requests the diffusion calculation for matrix-fracture flow only in dual porosity
runs.
DIFFMX, DIFFMY, DIFFMZ, DIFFMR, DIFFMTHT, DIFFMMF

Specifies multipliers on the calculated diffusivities.
DIFFX, DIFFY, DIFFZ, DIFFR, DIFFTHT
Over-writes the calculated diffusivities in the EDIT section.
ENKRVD
Specifies the depth variation of the end-point rel-perm values.
GRIDFILE Controls output to the GRID file.

GSEPCOND Assigns separators to groups, for changing separator conditions.
IMBNUMMF Specifies the matrix-fracture saturation tables for imbibition processes, if the
hysteresis option is active.
KRG
Specifies the end-point gas relative permeability for a block.
KRNUMMF
Specifies the matrix-fracture saturation table number.
KRO
Specifies the end-point oil relative permeability for a block.
KRW
Specifies the end-point water relative permeability for a block.
MINPV
Specifies a minimum pore volume that a cell must have to be included in the
calculation.
MINPVV
Specifies a MINPV for each cell.
MONITOR
Requests information required by GRAF for the run-time monitoring option to

be written to the summary file.
NEWTON
Requests output of the number of non-linear iterations to the summary file.
NEXTSTEP Restricts the size of the next timestep.

PMAX
Maximum pressure expected during the simulation.
PVCO
Tables of saturated oil properties and compressibilities.
PVTWSALT Specifies the water PVT data in the presence of salt.

RSCONSTT Sets a constant Rs value for each PVT table region.
RVCONSTT Sets a constant Rv value for each PVT table region.
SALT
Specifies the initial salt concentration for enumerated starts.
SALTVD
Specifies the initial salt conc vs. depth for equilibrated starts.
SEPVALS
Separator test results at original and new conditions.
Older Developments
583
SGOF
Tables of gas/oil saturation functions v gas saturation.
SLGOF
Tables of gas/oil saturation functions v liquid saturation.
SWOF
Tables of water/oil saturation functions v water saturation.
WHISTCTL Sets over-riding control mode for history matching wells.

WPIMULT
Multiplies well connection factors by a specified value.
WSALT
Specifies the salt concentration in a water injector.
New summary section mnemonics for oil recovery

efficiencies
FOE, FOEW, FOEIW, FOEIG, FOEWW, FOEWG,

ROE, ROEW, ROEIW, ROEIG, ROEWW, ROEWG
Oil recovery efficiencies.

GASBEGIN Denotes start of set of keywords to go into the Annual Scheduling File.
GASEND
Denotes end of set of keywords to go into the Annual Scheduling File.
GASFDELC Specifies whether the well rate limits, and any group oil and water rate limits,
should be retained or removed when calculating delivery capacity.
GASMONTH Sets month for next set of operations in Annual Scheduling File.

VEFIN
1.
Switches on VE in individual local grids.
2.
Specifies the maximum number of distinct depths in the host cell.
VEFRACVL Specifies local grid VEFRAC values on a block by block basis.

NEXTSTPL Restricts the size of the next timestep in the local grid systems.

AQUCT, AQUFET & AQUFETP
The initial aquifer salt concentration can be specified for runs using the Brine
option.
584
Older Developments
ACTNUM
This keyword now works with the currently defined box and will allow
previously input values to be overwritten. In dual porosity cases information is
only required for the matrix or the fracture cells. ECLIPSE will automatically
copy a set of values for the matrix cells into the fracture cells and vice versa. This
is done to ensure consistency between matrix and fracture cells controlled via
this keyword. The selection of an active matrix cell coupled to an inactive
fracture cell should be done through the physical grid data (for example.
Porosity). ECLIPSE will disregard data if more values than expected from the
current BOX limits are supplied.
DEBUG
New switches 34 and 35.
EHYSTR
New option added to equilibrate with a drainage curve and simulate with an
imbibition curve.
OPTIONS
Control 19 includes a second option for VE cases.

Control 29 is now not used.
Control 31 redefines average pressure output.
Control 32 limits timestep chops due to wells dying.
RPTGRID
New switches 27 to 33 for diffusivities.

New switch 34 to output K/D values (ECLIPSE 200 Surfactant Model).
New switch 35 to output a list of cells having less than the minimum pore volume
to be included in the calculation.
RPTPROPS New switch 18 to output diffusion coefficients

New switch 19 to output surfactant properties (ECLIPSE 200 surfactant).
RPTREGS
New switches 22 and 23 to output matrix-fracture saturation function regions.

New switch 24 to output surfactant regions (ECLIPSE 200 Surfactant Model).
RPTRST
New switch 7 to output water and gas phase pressures.
RPTSCHED Items 35 and 38 control the output of the salt concentration and salt fluid in place
reports for the Brine option.
RPTSOL
Items 29, 35 and 38 control the output of the initial salt concentration and initial
salt fluid in place reports for the Brine option.
RUNSPEC
Record 6: QBRINE now controls the brine option as well as the salt-sensitive
polymer option. QSFACT controls the Surfactant option (ECLIPSE 200).
Record 10: new item QMDIFF set T for the diffusion option.
Record 16: new item QTDISK controlling tracer disking.
Record 18: new item LSTACK, sets the length of the stack of previous search
directions for local grid simulations.
(ECLIPSE 200 Local Grid Refinement only).
TUNING
New item 9: THRUPT provides an extra timestepping control, primarily intended

for IMPES runs.
WCONHIST Defaults to items 7 and 8 now mean no change from previous value instead of
zero.
WELDRAW
New items 3 and 4 added, to select the rate control phase and to request that
drawdown limits should be taken into account when calculating well production
potentials.
Older Developments
585

GASYEAR
Extended choice of options for swing requirement application in Item 3. New

items 5, 6 and 7 to control the automatic reduction of DCQ.
The Network Option

GRUPNET
New item 6 to set instruction for including lift gas flow along network branches.
NETBALAN New items 6, 7 and 8 to specify time step controls to limit the network balancing
error at the end of each time step.
586
Older Developments

This section summarizes the changes to ECLIPSE between the 88/09 release and the 90A
release.
Lumping of well connections into completions for simultaneous closure in automatic

workovers. Keyword COMPLUMP can be used to lump well connections together into
completions. When the well is worked over (e.g. after exceeding a water cut limit set in
keyword WECON), the worst-offending completion is identified (by summing the
production rates of its connections) and all the connections belonging to the completion
will be shut together.
Automatic plug-backs and calculation of partial penetration skin in VE runs. In runs using
the Vertical Equilibrium option, wells may be perforated over just part of the thickness of
a grid block (see keyword COMPVE). There is now an option to re-calculate the skin factor
and transmissibility factor for a well connection, taking account of partial penetration.
There is also an option to plug back the perforations from the top or bottom when a flow or
economic limit is violated (see keywords WPLUG, WECON, GECON, GCONPROD, GCONPRI
and GCONSALE).
Gas imports. A group (or the field) can import gas at a specified rate from outside. Imported
gas will be taken into account when performing gas re-injection and when calculating the
sales gas rate. The gas import rate is set with keyword GCONSUMP.
Special gas producers for sales gas control. Wells can be declared to be special gas
producers (see keyword WGASPROD). When the sales gas rate falls below its minimum
limit (see keyword GCONSALE), the drilling queue is scanned and a special gas producer
will be opened preferentially to other producers in the drilling queue. When a special gas
producer is opened, its gas production rate is stepped up by user-defined increments when
necessary to meet the sales gas requirements. By designating some high-GOR wells as
special gas producers, sufficient gas can be produced to meet the sales gas requirements
independently of any oil production target.
Additions to the periodic testing option for closed wells. Wells that are closed automatically
during the simulation can be tested periodically to see if they can be re-opened (see
keyword WTEST). This option has been extended in two ways. Firstly, the user can set an
upper limit to the number of times a given well can be tested. Secondly, when a well is reopened after a successful test, its efficiency factor can be ramped up steadily over a given
interval of time, to avoid convergence problems when a high-rate well is suddenly turned
on.
Automatic cycling of wells on and off. There is a facility to cycle wells on and off
automatically for specified intervals of time (see keyword WCYCLE). The on-period and
off-period can be set independently for each well. When a cycling well is turned on, its
efficiency factor can optionally be ramped up over a set interval of time, and there is an
option to restrict the time step length.
Well cut-back reversal limits. Lower limits on well water cut, gas-oil ratio, gas-liquid ratio
and water-gas ratio can be set to reverse a previous rate cut-back process (see keyword
WCUTBACK).
Older Developments
587
History Matching Wells. Production wells can be placed under a special type of control to
aid the process of history matching. Their observed oil, water and gas rates are entered with
the keyword WCONHIST. The well can be made to produce at a rate which matches one of
the phases, or at the equivalent liquid or reservoir volume rate of the observed production.
The latter option is useful for making the well produce the correct amount of total fluid
from the reservoir before the mobility ratios are fully matched. Thus the rate of pressure
decline should be approximately correct. The observed rates and production ratios can be
written to the summary file, for graphical comparison with the calculated rates.
Calculating reservoir fluid volume rates at local conditions. A wells reservoir fluid volume
rate is based on the volume that the produced or injected mixture would occupy at the
average hydrocarbon conditions (pressure, Rs, Rv) in the reservoir. There is now an option
to base the calculation on the average hydrocarbon conditions in the fluids-in-place region
in which the well is completed. This option is useful if the field is divided into zones of
significantly different pressures. The fluids-in-place region is set in item 13 of the
WELSPECS keyword.
An alternative restart facility has been introduced to save computer time when performing
a simple restart. The processed base case data is stored in a SAVE file, and includes all the
data required for the run excluding the time-dependent solution, which is stored as usual in
the restart file. Computer time is saved, as computed data such as pore volumes and
transmissibilities do not need to be recalculated. The existing restart facility has been
retained because this allows greater flexibility to change the input data on a restart. (See the
SAVE, LOAD and RESTART keywords.)
Reservoir drainage regions may be written to the debug file by setting the 25th OPTIONS
control greater than zero. These are useful for the ECLIPSE 200 flux boundary option.
Flows are minimal between different drainage regions. Thus if the drainage regions are
reasonably stable over a period of time, they can be used with the flux boundary option to
save computing time in sensitivity or history matching runs.
A facility has been added to allow a model to be run assuming the reservoir fluids are in
vertical equilibrium across the entire reservoir section. This is in contrast to the 3D vertical
equilibrium option in which a single grid cell is assumed to be in vertical equilibrium. A
column of grid cells is represented by a single cell covering the full reservoir section.
Variations in rock properties for the different layers are preserved in the compressed cell.
Efficiency is gained by reducing the problem to 2D and only solving for one set of solution
variables at each X, Y grid block. The option is initiated by setting QVEO2D = T in the 10th
record of the RUNSPEC section, for example:
RUNSPEC
.
.
= NRPVT NPPVT NTPVT NTROCC QROCKC QRCREV QROCKH QVEO2D
20
20
1
1
F
F
F
T
588
Older Developments
A 9-point non-orthogonal pressure correction option has been added. This uses a finitevolume based discretization scheme, which introduces extra pressure derivative terms into
the Jacobian, to represent the effects of cell geometry and pressure on fluid flows.
Compared with the standard 5-point scheme, this gives improved accuracy for distorted
grids, but increases storage and run time. The option is selected by setting QOPT9P = T in
the 30th record of the RUNSPEC section, e.g.:
RUNSPEC
.
.
= QSOLVE NSTACK QFMTOU QFMTIN QUNOUT QUNINP NGDISK IDYNAM QOPT9P
T
50
F
F
F
F
0
0
T
/
The miscible flood model is now available as an ECLIPSE 100 option. In previous releases
of ECLIPSE the miscible flood model has been an ECLIPSE 200 feature. The model is a
implementation of the Todd and Longstaff empirical model described in [Ref. 24]. (See the
Miscible Flood Modelling chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.)
A new option has been added to allow capillary pressures to vary with oil pressure. The user
supplies tables of oil/water and oil/gas surface tension as a function of oil pressure. The
capillary pressure curves are supplied as usual (in SWFN, SGFN) and are assumed to apply
at a specified reference pressure. At other pressures, the capillary pressure is adjusted in
proportion to the surface tension variation. See the STOG and STOW keywords for more
details.

The Network Option
Water injection networks. A separate network, independent of the production network, can
be defined for water injection, with keyword GNETINJE.
Fixed pressure drops can be applied between a wells tubing head and its groups node in
the network, with keyword WNETDP.
The nodal pressure of any group in the production network can be written to the summary
file, using the mnemonic GPR - Group PRessure.
Modifications to Existing ECLIPSE 100 Facilities

90A
The two strategies for group control - prioritization and guide rates - can now both be
applied in the same run. Groups to be controlled by prioritization should have their rate
limits set with keyword GCONPRI, while groups using the guide rate method have their rate
limits set with keyword GCONPROD. A group can be changed from one method to the other
simply by re-specifying its rate limits with the appropriate keyword. The mixing of the two
methods is subject to the restriction that the guide rate method cannot be used by a group
subordinate to a group using the prioritization method. Wells from the drilling queue that
are not subordinate to a prioritization group will be opened when necessary to meet the
target rate of a group under guide rate control. See keyword PRIORITY for more details.
Older Developments
589
The minimum rate limits for wells in keywords WECON and WLIFT are not applied to a well
while it has its rate cut back by the prioritization option to meet a group rate limit. This is
to prevent the well being prematurely closed or put on artificial lift when it is producing at
a low rate so as not to exceed a groups production rate limit.
The identity of the top-up phase for group injection control can be changed during the
run, if required. Setting a non-default value for Items 5 or 7 in keyword GCONINJE for a
particular injected phase, or selecting NETV in Item 10, defines that phase as the top-up
phase. There can only be one top-up phase, as the injection targets for that phase can only
be determined after the injection rates for any other phases have been calculated. It is now
possible to change the top-up phase during the simulation. But at any given time there
must be only one top-up phase, so different groups cannot have different top-up phases.
When a well is opened, during its first time step the wellbore head terms (the hydrostatic
pressure difference between the connections and the bottom hole reference depth) were
based on a very approximate estimate of the wellbore contents. Now the initial wellbore
head terms are based on a more accurate estimate of the fluid mixture in the wellbore. This
may result in a small change in the connection flow rates during a wells first open time
step, when compared with earlier versions of the program. The change may be more
noticeable for wells under THP control, especially if there is a large difference between the
bottom hole reference depth and the VFP tables bottom hole datum depth.
The VFP table number for a well can now be reset with the WELTARG keyword.
The default BHP limit for injection wells has been changed from 1E20 to 1E5 psia (which
should still be high enough not to be exceeded in realistic simulations). The change will
make the calculation more robust if the well is temporarily switched to BHP control for any
reason.
The method of specifying optional data to be written to the restart file has been improved.
The following optional information can be written to the restart file in addition to the
minimum required for a restart:
Inter-block flows
Fluids-in-place
Phase potentials
Bubble point and Dew point pressures.
Output of these parameters can be independently controlled using the RPTRST keyword.
This keyword can also be used to apply greater control on the timing of restart file dumps.
590
The automatic scaling of critical end-points has been extended to 3-phase cases with the
flexibility to apply the option to each phase independently (see the TZONE keyword).
Default relative permeability and capillary pressure values can be specified in the SWFN
and SGFN keywords. If a value is defaulted the table is linearly interpolated to supply the
missing value.
The OPTIONS keyword has been extended to limit the number of Cell overlap messages
printed, to provide a drainage regions facility and to stop the run when a non-converged
timestep is too small to be chopped.
Memory requirements have been reduced for data checking runs by saving the solver
workspace which is not required if QSOLVE = F. This facility is useful if data is prepared
on a machine with limited memory. The data can then be transferred to the larger machine
for the full simulation run.
Older Developments
When using capillary pressure hysteresis, an option has been provided to chop the
saturations when large saturation changes alter the hysteresis state. This option can improve
non-linear convergence in some cases; the greatest effect is seen in dual porosity runs. (See
the OPTIONS keyword).
For enumerated initial solutions, the initial pressure can be specified as a pressure v depth
table. This is an alternative to specifying the pressure on a block-by-block basis. (See the
PRVD keyword).
The summary information written to the summary files can be reduced by requesting that
the summary data is only written to file at report times. (See RPTONLY keyword).
The date can now be output to the summary files (See DATE keyword).
A check is now carried out on the undersaturated oil PVT data supplied in the PVTO
keyword to prevent the undersaturated lines intersecting. The lines should not intersect, and
if they do ECLIPSE will experience convergence problems.
An option has been added to suppress the use of disking when the Tracer tracking option is
used. This option will have the effect of speeding up the run (reducing the elapsed time
rather than the CPU time), at the expense of using more memory. (See OPTIONS keyword.)
The end-point scaling option can now be used in conjunction with Stones method (1 and
2) for calculating 3 phase relative permeability.

COMPLUMP Lumps connections together into completions.
LOAD
Initiates a run from a previous SAVE file.
MISCNUM
Specification of the miscible region numbers.
PRVD
Sets the initial pressure as a function of depth.
RPTRST
Controls output to the restart file.
SAVE
Requests that a SAVE file is written.
SDENSITY Input of the surface density of the solvent in the miscible model.
SORWMIS
Tables of residual oil saturation vs. water saturation for the miscible model.
STOG
Specification of oil/gas surface tension vs. pressure.
STOW
Specification of oil/water surface tension vs. pressure.
TLMIXPAR Input of the Todd-Longstaff mixing parameter for miscible flood.

TZONE
Controls the automatic scaling of critical end-points in a transition zone

(replaces OPTIONS switch 12).
WCONHIST Observed flow rates for History Matching Wells.

WCYCLE
Instructions for automatically cycling wells on and off.
WGASPROD Declares production wells to be special gas producers.

WPLUG
Sets plug-back lengths for wells subject to automatic plug-backs. model.
New summary section keywords
Field, group and well liquid production rates and totals
Older Developments
591
(FLPR, FLPT, GLPR, GLPT, WLPR, WLPT).
Observed flow rates and production ratios of History Matching Wells

(WOPRH, WWPRH, WGPRH, WLPRH, WWCTH, WGORH, WOGRH, WWGRH).
DATE
outputs the date to the summary file.
RPTONLY
reduces frequency of summary output.

The Network Option
GNETINJE Defines network structure for the water injection network.
WNETDP
Applies a fixed pressure drop between a wells tubing head and its groups node
in the network.

COMPVE
New items 10 - 13, governing re-calculation of skin factor and connection

transmissibility factor to take account of partial penetration.
GCONPRI
Extra option PLUG in items 3, 5, 7 and 9 for automatic plug-back.
GCONPROD Extra option PLUG in items 7, 11, 12 and 13 for automatic plug-back.
GCONSALE Extra option PLUG in item 5 for automatic plug-back. Extended sequence of
actions if sales gas rate falls below lower limit set in item 4.
GCONSUMP Extra item 3 specifying gas import rate.
GECON
Extra option PLUG in item 7 for automatic plug-back.
OPTIONS
Control 21 redefines Liquid as Oil + Gas.

Control 22 limits the number of well hunting messages allowed.
Control 23 to limit Cell overlap messages.
Control 24 for overburden pressure in the rock compaction option.
Control 25 to write drainage regions to the debug file.
Control 26 to help prevent negative gas saturations.
Control 27 to stop the run when a timestep is too small to chop.
Control 28 initiates capillary pressure hysteresis chops.
Control 29 suppresses tracer disking.
Control 30 to impose binary chop on well iterations.
QDRILL
592
Can now be used if some groups use the prioritization option. Drilling queue
wells will still be opened as required under guide rate groups.
Older Developments
RUNSPEC
Record 6: QMISCL - set .T. to use the miscible flood option (formerly an
ECLIPSE 200 option).
Record 10: new items QVEO2D and QSURFT to activate Vertical Equilibrium
compression to 2 dimensions and pressure-dependent capillary pressure tables.
Record 12: QTWOPT, NSMISC and NTMISC - miscible flood option (formerly
an ECLIPSE 200 option).
Record 20: the redundant quantity NWCOLC (item 2) has been replaced by
NWFRIC, the maximum number of wells having wellbore friction. This is an
ECLIPSE 200 facility; see the chapter on ECLIPSE Features for more details. A
warning message will be printed if the value of NWFRIC is set > 0 in runs with
no friction wells, as this increases the storage requirements.
Record 30: new item QOPT9P to activate 9-point scheme.
SGFN
Default values are now allowed.
SWFN
Default values are now allowed.
WCUTBACK New items 10 to 13, setting cut-back reversal limits.

WECON
Extra option PLUG in item 7 for automatic plug-back.
WELSPECS New item 13 setting the fluids-in-place region number for calculating the wells
reservoir fluid volume rate.
WELTARG
The VFP table number can now be reset with this keyword.
WTEST
New items 4 and 5 to set the maximum number of tests and the start-up time.
Older Developments
593
ECLIPSE Developments in 88/09

This section summarizes the changes to ECLIPSE between the 88/09 release and the 87/11
release.
New Facilities ECLIPSE 100 88/09
Pinchout connections are now automatically generated in the z-direction if one or more
inactive layers have zero thickness (See the OPTIONS keyword).
Connection transmissibility factors can now be calculated for horizontal wells. The
direction in which the well penetrates the grid block is specified in the COMPDAT keyword,
and the appropriate components of permeability and block dimensions are substituted into
the Peaceman formula. It is still assumed that the well completely penetrates a rectangular
grid block through its centre, perpendicularly to two of its faces. This option is useful for
horizontal wells.
The Rock Compaction Option has been extended to allow hysteresis. A two dimension
table of pore volume and transmissibility multipliers can be specified using the ROCKTABH
keyword. In addition an overburden pressure can be specified as a function of depth. This
pressure is subtracted from the pore pressure when interpolating the compaction multipliers
(see OVERBURD keyword).
An edit facility has been added to modify the non-neighbor connections generated from
faults in the grid (See the EDITNNC keyword).

The Network Option
Special treatment of production rate control for groups representing sub-sea completion
manifolds.
Well-groups can be declared in keyword GRUPNET to be sub-sea completion manifolds.
When a group of this type comes under rate control, the THP value of all its wells is
adjusted so that the group meets its rate target, provided that it does not fall below the nodal
pressure of the group in the network. This allows a group of wells to produce at a target rate
while all the wells have the same THP. Groups not declared as sub-sea completion
manifolds will in general have their wells operating at different THP values when under
group control meeting a group rate target.

88/09
594
SIGMA and DZMTRX parameters can now be entered on a cell-by-cell basis, in dual
porosity runs. See keywords SIGMAV and DZMTRXV. The interpretation of DZMTRX in
dual porosity runs has been altered to give better agreement with observations. Older
versions of ECLIPSE will give different results from 8809 unless DZMTRX is reduced by a
factor of 2.
Older Developments
The VEFRAC parameter can now be entered on a cell-by-cell basis in V.E. runs. See
keyword VEFRACV.
The VEFRAC parameter default now applies only to the relative permeabilities and not to
the capillary pressure. An option has been added to apply VEFRAC to the capillary pressure
(see OPTIONS keyword).
The well economic limit checks are bypassed for wells subordinate to groups with a zero
rate target. This prevents wells being shut-in permanently when their platform is
temporarily shut down.
For wells that produce mainly gas and mainly oil at different stages of their life, closure or
workover due to high water cut can be prevented whilst the well is a gas producer by setting
Item 5 negative in keyword WECON.
When using the Vertical Equilibrium Option (VE), the calculation of flow across a face has
been modified to account for the position of the adjacent cell. In addition when nonneighbor connections are generated from geological faults, the relative geometry of the two
cells connected by the non-neighbor connection is accounted for in the VE flow. An option
to use the original method has been retained (OPTIONS keyword).
When using the VE option and entering non-neighbor connections explicitly, it is now
possible to specify the flowing face for the non-neighbor connection (See the NNC
keyword)
New controls have been added to the TUNING keyword to ensure that the non-linear
equations are converged to within user specified pressure and saturation tolerances. This
option is not recommended for general use.
The NEWTRAN method of calculating the transmissibilities has been made the default
method for grids specified using the COORD and ZCORN keyword.
A problem has been corrected that affects Impes cases using directional relative
permeabilities.
New Keywords ECLIPSE 100 88/09

SIGMAV
Specifies SIGMA by cell.
DZMTRXV
Specifies DZMTRX by cell.
VEFRACV
Specifies VEFRAC by cell.
ROCKTABH Specifies Hystereic rock compaction data.

OVERBURD Specifies the rock overburden pressure as a function of depth for the rock
compaction option.
EDITNNC
Keyword to modify a non-neighbor connection.
Altered Keywords ECLIPSE 100 88/09

COMPDAT
New item 13 specifies direction in which well penetrates block.
OPTIONS
New switches 16 - 20.
Older Developments
595
WECON
Item 5 can be set negative to prevent closure or workover due to high water cut
whilst the well is a gas producer.
RPTSOL
New switch 41.
RPTSCHED New switch 41. Altered switches 11,12,15 (3 = shortform only).

TUNING
New controls DDPLIM and DDSLIM to ensure that the non-linear equations are
converged within user specified pressure and saturation tolerances.

The Network Option
GRUPNET
New Item 5, declaring the group to be a sub-sea completion manifold.
NETBALAN New Items 4 and 5 setting the convergence tolerance and iteration limit for the
calculation of THP for sub-sea completion manifold groups under rate control.
596
Older Developments

release.
Increased speed on both vector and scalar machines achieved by increased vectorisation
and a workcount reduction in nested factorization.
Memory management. ECLIPSE 8711 requires less memory per active cell than ECLIPSE
871. In addition, new disking options have been introduced to allow large studies to be
performed on machines with limited real memory. See the Disking Options chapter in the
Prioritization of wells to meet group production targets. This is an alternative to the existing
method of apportioning group production targets among the wells in proportion to their
guide rates. In the prioritization option, wells are turned on in decreasing order of priority,
the well with the highest priority flowing first, until a groups production rate limit is
exceeded. The well that exceeds the groups rate limit is cut back to meet the limit, and the
wells with priority lower than this do not flow. The priority number for each well can be
calculated from their potentials using a general equation (keyword PRIORITY) or can be
specified by the user (keyword WELPRI). The group rate limits are set using keyword
GCONPRI.
A maximum allowable drawdown can be specified for each production well, using the
keyword WELDRAW. This is converted into a maximum value for the wells liquid
production rate at each time step, using the current values of the liquid mobility in the wells
connections.
Multiple workover rigs. Workover rigs can be allocated to individual groups, using the
keyword GRUPRIG. The time taken for each well to be worked over is set as before with
keyword WORKLIM, and the appropriate rig is made unavailable for other workovers for
this duration. A workover on a particular well will be postponed if its workover rig is
occupied until the end of the time step. If the keyword GRUPRIG is omitted, there is
assumed to be only one rig for the whole field, as in earlier versions of the program.
A flag can be set with the keyword WDRILRES that prevents a well in the drilling queue or
on automatic opening from being opened if it is completed in the same grid block as a well
that is already open.
A minimum oil saturation can be set with the keyword WELSOMIN. A connection will not
be opened automatically in a workover, or opened when its well is opened automatically or
from the drilling queue, if the connecting grid block has an oil saturation that is less than
this.
A summary of the parameters set in RUNSPEC section can be printed using RPTRUNSP
keyword.
Older Developments
597

87/11
The End Run flag for wells (keyword WECON) and groups (keyword GECON) will not be
active until the well or group has produced some fluid. The flag can therefore be set before
the wells are opened without immediately stopping the run.
If a well has an oil or gas production rate less than the minimum economic limit set in
keyword WECON, but still has some unopened connections left in its opening queue which
meet the minimum oil saturation requirement (if imposed with keyword WELSOMIN), one
of these connections will be opened automatically as soon as a workover rig is available,
instead of the well being shut-in.

GCONPRI
Sets group and field rate limits for prioritization option.
GRUPRIG
Assigns workover rigs to groups.
PRIORITY Activates well prioritization option and sets priority coefficients.

RPTRUNSP Prints parameters set in RUNSPEC section.
WDRILRES Sets flag to stop wells being automatically opened if another open well is
completed in the same grid block.
WELDRAW
Sets maximum allowable drawdown for wells.
WELPRI
Sets priority numbers for wells.
WELSOMIN Sets minimum oil saturation for automatic opening of a completion.
(F,G,W)(O,W,G)P(P,I)
(Field, Group, Well) (Oil, Water, Gas) Potential (Production, Injection).
CPR, CWCT, CGOR, COGR, CWGR

pressure, water cut, gas-oil ratio, oil-gas ratio, water-gas ratio at connections.

OPTIONS
New actions for switches 3 and 15.
RPTPROPS New actions for switches 1-6.

RPTSCHED New switch 39 for printing TUNING parameters.
598
Older Developments

This section summarizes the changes to ECLIPSE between the 86/1 release and the 87/1 release.
Well opening on closure of another well.

The user can nominate a well to be opened when another specified well is shut
automatically (e.g. after violating an economic limit). This facility can be used, for
example, to open an injector when a producer closes after becoming uneconomic. If the
injector has the same completions as the producer, the effect will be equivalent to
converting the producer into an injector, although in this case they are regarded as being
two separate wells. The next well to open is nominated in keyword WECON.
Maximum rate of drilling new wells.

The time taken for individual wells to be drilled can be set in keyword WDRILTIM. No well
can be opened automatically (see Automatic Opening of New Wells) or opened from the
drilling queue while another well is being drilled. This limitation does not affect wells that
are opened manually (e.g. with keyword WELOPEN or WCONPROD).
Maximum number of open wells in a group.

A limit on the number of open wells subordinate to each group can be set in keyword
GECON. No well can be opened automatically (see Automatic Opening of New Wells) or
opened from the drilling queue while its group or any superior group has a full complement
of open wells. This limitation does not prevent wells from being opened manually (e.g.
with keyword WELOPEN or WCONPROD).
Automatic opening of new wells.

An extra choice AUTO has been added to the OPEN/SHUT/STOP flag in keywords
WCONPROD, WCONINJE, WCONINJ and WELOPEN. Wells placed in this state are initially
SHUT, but will be opened automatically as soon as the restrictions described in 2 and 3
above will allow. They will be opened in sequence in the order that they are first specified
in keyword WELSPECS, provided there is room for another open well in their groups, at a
rate limited by their individual drilling times. This facility is completely separate from the
drilling queue (keyword QDRILL), which opens new wells only when needed to maintain
group flow targets.
Temporary closure of wells during drilling and workovers.

A flag can be set in keyword WDRILTIM to treat wells as shut while they are being drilled
automatically (see Automatic Opening of New Wells) or worked over. If this flag is set,
the well is effectively shut until the end of the drilling operation by reducing its efficiency
factor (see keyword WEFAC) in proportion to the fraction of the time step left after drilling.
(If however the flag is not set, the drilling time only acts to limit the number of wells that
can be drilled in a given time step.) The well will also be treated as temporarily closed
during automatic workovers, for the duration set in keyword WORKLIM. The well can also
be given a compartment number in keyword WDRILTIM. When a well is being
automatically drilled or worked over, all the wells sharing the same compartment number
will be temporarily shut for the duration of the operation, by reducing their efficiency
factors.
Automatic opening of well connections.
Older Developments
599
An extra choice AUTO has been added to the OPEN/SHUT flag for well connections in
keywords COMPDAT and WELOPEN. Connections placed in this state are initially SHUT,
but will be opened automatically whenever the well is subject to an automatic workover
(see keywords WECON, GECON and GCONPROD). A new connection will be opened at each
workover, in the order that they are first specified in keyword COMPDAT.
Periodic testing of closed wells.

Wells that have been closed due to economic limits or inability to operate at current
reservoir conditions can be tested periodically to see if they can flow again. The testing
instructions are input with keyword WTEST.
Carter-Tracy aquifers.
This is a new analytic aquifer option, providing an alternative to Fetkovich aquifers. The
new keywords associated with Carter-Tracy aquifers are AQUCT, AQUANCON and
AQUTAB.
Additional options for Hysteresis.

There is now a choice two models for relative permeability hysteresis in the non-wetting
phase: Carlsons model and Killoughs model. Previously only Carlsons model was
available. There is also an option of using Killoughs wetting phase hysteresis model in
two-phase runs. The options are selected using the keyword EHYSTR.
Gas Pseudo-Pressure option for well inflow.

An inflow equation that is equivalent to the Gas Pseudo-Pressure equation can be selected
to model the flow of dry gas between the well completions and the completed grid blocks.
This is more accurate than the back-pressure equation (which is essentially the RussellGoodrich equation) in cases where the drawdown is large enough to span a significantly
non-linear segment of the graph of 1/(gas viscosity * FVF) vs. pressure. The option is
selected in Item 8 of keyword WELSPECS, and is not available in gas condensate runs.
Specification of well P. I. values.

The steady-state productivity or injectivity index of a well can be set to a specific value.
The wells connection transmissibility factors are adjusted proportionately to make the
calculated P.I. value equal the specified value, at the current reservoir conditions. P. I.
values are set with keyword WELPI.

87/1
Automatic lift curve switching.

If both a VFP table number and an artificial lift quantity value are entered in keyword
WLIFT for a well, the switching will now take place in two stages. The first time the rate
falls below the set limit, the VFP table number will be changed (a re-tubing operation).
When the rate falls below the limit a second time, artificial lift will be turned on.
Constraints on the total group and field artificial lift capacity can also be set with keyword
GLIFTLIM, to limit the number of wells automatically switched to artificial lift.
Well cut-back limits.

The well cut-back process (see keyword WCUTBACK) can now be reversed if the wells grid
block pressure violates a specified limit (Item 9).
600
Hysteresis.
Older Developments
By default, turnaround curves are not used in capillary pressure hysteresis - a cell being on
a bounding drainage or imbibition curve or a scanning curve. This avoids the third reversal
discontinuity which is inherent in the Killough model, and which can cause convergence
problems. The old turnaround curve option may still be obtained by using the 6th argument
of the OPTIONS keyword.
Saturation table scaling.

The relative permeability scaling option which preserves the relative permeability values
at three saturation nodes has been extended to operate in both two and three phase
problems. In addition, the same scaling procedure now maps the scaled critical saturation
values on to the critical, rather than irreducible, saturation node in the relative permeability
tables. Further details are contained in the Saturation Table Scaling chapter in the
Fetkovich aquifers can now be connected to more than one face of the reservoir, by using
the new keywords AQUFETP and AQUANCON instead of AQUFET.
Directional relative permeabilities.

Defaulted directional saturation table numbers (entered using the directional forms of the
keywords KRNUM and IMBNUM) are now set equal to the table number entered using the
SATNUM keyword in each grid cell. If hysteresis is active, the default table number for the
directional forms of the IMBNUM keyword is the value entered using the IMBNUM keyword
in each cell.
Table extrapolation warnings.

The warning messages for extrapolation of PVT and VFP tables are now given only if
requested, by using the new keyword EXTRAPMS. A separate warning message will be
given if PVTO data is looked up at an Rs value greater than the largest value in the table, as
this can produce a negative compressibility fluid. The message gives the pressure table
number, the Rs value, and the highest Rs value in the table. This message is also controlled
by EXTRAPMS.
The treatment of multiple reservoirs (NUMRES>1 in RUNSPEC) has been changed slightly:
cells with different reservoir numbers (keyword COORDSYS) will have zero mutual
transmissibility values. Multiple reservoirs are thus independent except for possible
connection through wells or group controls.
DEBUG keyword switches that control calculation options (instead of requesting debug
output) have been moved to the OPTIONS keyword.

AQANTRC
Specifies concentration of water phase tracers in analytic aquifers.
AQUANCON Specifies connection data for analytic aquifers.

AQUCT
Specifies property data for Carter-Tracy aquifers.
AQUFETP
Specifies property data for Fetkovich aquifers.
AQUTAB
Provides influence function table for Carter-Tracy aquifers.
EXTRAPMS Requests that warnings should be given for table extrapolation.

GLIFTLIM Sets limits for maximum group and field artificial lift capacity.
OPTIONS
Activates special options within particular program facilities.

Older Developments
601
WDRILTIM Limits well drilling rate, and closes wells during drilling.
WELPI
Sets well productivity/injectivity index values.
WTEST
Provides instructions for periodic testing of closed wells.
FAQR, AAQR, FAQT and AAQT for aquifer influx rates and totals.
FOGR, GOGR and WOGR for producing oil-gas ratios.
FFPO, FFPW, FFPG, RPPO, RPPW, RPPG for field- and region-averaged. potentials for oil,
water and gas.
BPPO, BPPW, BPPG for grid-block potentials of each phase.

AQFETTRC Keyword is now obsolete, it has been renamed AQANTRC.
COMPDAT
Additional option AUTO in Item 6 for automatic opening of new connections

during workovers.
DEBUG
Items previously used to activate special options within particular program

facilities have been removed. The OPTIONS keyword should now be used to
activate special options.
EHYSTR
New Items 2 and 3, governing the new relative permeability hysteresis options.
GECON
New Item 9 limiting the number of open wells within the group.
RUNSPEC
Record 26: this has been extended to include table dimensions for Carter-Tracy
influence functions.
WCONINJ
Additional option AUTO in Item 3 for automatic opening of well.
WCONINJE Additional option AUTO in Item 3 for automatic opening of well.

WCONPROD Additional option AUTO in Item 2 for automatic opening of well.
WCUTBACK New limit (Item 9) included to reverse cut-back process.
WECON
New Item 9 nominating another well to be opened when the current well is
closed.
WELOPEN
Additional option AUTO in Item 2 for automatic opening of wells or

connections.
WELSPECS Choices in Item 8 extended to include Gas Pseudo-Pressure option.

WLIFT
602
Re-tubing and artificial lift switching are now performed as a two-stage process.
Older Developments

This section summarizes the changes to ECLIPSE between the 85/7 release and the 86/1 release.
Automatic radial gridding.

If, in a radial run, the INRAD and OUTRAD keywords are used, ECLIPSE will set up DR
values with a logarithmic distribution, using the correct number of cells in the radial
direction.
RUNSUM keyword in the summary section.

This enables neat tabulated output of the data in the summary files to be written at the end
of the normal print output file. This is the same output as is produced by GRAF under the
run summaries option, but produced by ECLIPSE itself.
Group injection control.

Target and limiting injection rates can be set for groups and the field, with the keyword
GCONINJE. These can be defined in terms of a re-injection or voidage replacement
fraction, if required. If a target cannot be met because of insufficient injection potential, the
drilling queue will be scanned for a suitable injector to open.
Multi-level group control.

Groups can be arranged in a multi-level tree structure, using the keyword GRUPTREE. Thus
a group (e.g. a platform) can have other groups subordinate to it. Group production and
injection controls can be applied at any level.
Sales gas production control.

The sales gas production is defined as the total gas production minus the gas consumption
(see keyword GCONSUMP) and minus the gas injection. The sales gas production from any
group or the field can be controlled by having the surplus gas re-injected. Sales gas targets
and limits are set with the keyword GCONSALE.
Well rate cut-back limit on block pressure.

The set of limits for automatic well rate cut-back (see keyword WCUTBACK) has been
extended to include a limiting pressure for any grid block with an open connection to the
well. This is treated as a lower limit for producers and an upper limit for injectors. The well
rate will be cut back if a well block violates this limit.
Control of numerical diffusion in tracer tracking runs.

The effects of numerical diffusion on the smearing of tracer interfaces is most noticeable
whenever tracer moves within single phase regions of the grid (for example gas injection
into a gas cap, water injection into an aquifer). Control of tracer numerical diffusion is
activated for single phase tracers by the QTDISP keyword in the RUNSPEC section.
ALL keyword in the summary section.

This requests a full set of field, group and well data be written to the summary files. See
SUMMARY section for details.
Older Developments
603

86/1
Group production control.

The treatment of defaulted group guide rates has been modified. If the group guide rates are
defaulted in keyword GCONPROD, the field target is apportioned directly between the wells
in proportion to their guide rates or production potentials. To restore the former treatment
(i.e. to apportion the field target between the groups in proportion to their potential sums),
set the group guide rates to zero. Also, different actions can be selected for each of the four
rate limits in keyword GCONPROD.
Implicit collective control.

The Jacobian derivatives for the interaction between wells under group control are no
longer calculated. Accordingly the flag QIMCOL in the RUNSPEC section is set internally
to FALSE. The well target rates are updated in the first NUPCOL Newton iterations of each
time step, to meet the group production/injection targets. During any subsequent iterations
the well target rates will remain constant, to allow the Newton iterations to converge faster.
During these subsequent iterations the group rates may drift slightly from their targets. But
the drift can be limited to within a specified tolerance fraction by using the keyword
GCONTOL.
Enhanced relative permeability scaling.

In oil-water runs the existing end point scaling option transforms the water relative
permeability curve between the critical water saturation and the maximum water saturation
values. An option is now available to include the residual oil saturation in water, (1 - Sowcr),
in the scaling calculation. The new facility is available for two phase combinations. See the
Saturation Table Scaling chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description and keyword
SCALELIM for further details.
Initial gravity drainage/imbibition quiescence in dual porosity models.

Quiescent initial conditions can be produced when the QGRAID flag in the RUNSPEC
section is set TRUE in dual porosity/permeability runs. The engineer can impose initial
quiescence in the matrix/fracture flow by activating switch 35 in the DEBUG keyword.
Oil immobilization in Vertical Equilibrium.

The vertical equilibrium model has previously assumed that, in a three phase case, the
phases always occur in the order oil-water-gas. It is, however, possible for a gas-water
contact to rise above a band of oil, if this oil is immobilized - i.e. at residual saturation. This
process can occur, for example, where a thin oil layer is displaced upwards by invading
water. A band of residual oil remains from the original base of the oil layer. Once the oil
has moved sufficiently, this residual oil can account for all the oil in the grid block. A band
of immobilized oil then exists, and a gas water contact can rise completely above this.
Details of the four possible configurations of a three-phase VE cell are given in the
Vertical Equilibrium chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description. ECLIPSE
previously modeled only the first configuration.
604
Older Developments

GCONINJE Sets targets and limits for group injection control.
GCONSALE Sets targets and limits for sales gas control facility.
GCONSUMP Sets group gas consumption rates.
GCONTOL
Sets tolerances for group control targets.
GRUPTREE Sets up tree structure for multi-level group control.

INIT
Requests initial file be written for use by GRAF and PSEUDO.
OUTRAD
Sets outer radius for logarithmic calculation of DR values.
RUNSUM
Prints tabular output of summary file data at end of print file.
SCALELIM Sets saturation scaling limits in the enhanced relative permeability scaling
option.
WCONINJE Sets controls and limits for injection wells; a simpler alternative to WCONINJ.
FGSR, GGSR, FGST, GGST

for gas sales rates and totals.
ALL
generates basic selection of field, group and well data.

DEBUG
New debug switches to apply the enhanced relative permeability scaling model
in two phase runs, and to produce quiescent initial conditions in gravity
drainage/imbibition calculations in dual porosity/permeability systems.
GCONPROD Items 11 - 13 added to specify different actions on violating particular maximum

rate limits.
MESSAGES Default print limits for severity 1 and 2 messages changed from 1000 to 5000.
QDRILL
The drilling queue can now contain injection wells.
RUNSPEC
Record 16: QTDISP applies numerical diffusion control in the tracer tracking
model.
Record 20: QIMCOL = T option is no longer available, as the well interaction
derivatives for group control are not calculated. NUPCOL has its default value
changed from 4 to 3.
WGRUPCON Guide rate definition options supplied for injection wells.
Older Developments
605
WCONINJ
A simpler alternative to this keyword, WCONINJE, is available to set control

data for injection wells. This omits the re-injection and voidage replacement
targets for individual wells, but re-injection and voidage replacement can be
performed with more flexibility at the group/field level using keyword
GCONINJE. The WCONINJ keyword is still available, however, but it should
not be used for injectors under group control. A warning message is now printed
if the BHP limit is defaulted.
WCONPROD Default BHP value changed from zero to atmospheric pressure. A warning
message is now printed if the BHP limit is defaulted.
WCUTBACK Grid block pressure limit included as additional limit option.
606
Older Developments

release.
API tracking.
This option can be used to model the mixing of different types of oil, having different API
values and PVT properties. See the API Tracking chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical
Description.
Tracer Tracking.
Fluid movement can be tracked with the aid of passive tracers (which do not affect the fluid
properties). See the Tracer Tracking chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
Saturation table endpoint scaling.

The saturation table endpoints can be scaled independently for each grid block, or as a
function of depth. See the Saturation Table Scaling chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical
Description.
A new check on total compressibility has been implemented. See the Total
Compressibility Checks chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
Initial fluid mobility correction.

This option allows the correct initial mobile quantities of each phase to be determined. See
the Saturation Table Scaling chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
An IMPES solution method has been implemented, as an optional alternative to the fully
implicit method. See keyword IMPES and the Fully Implicit & IMPES Methods chapter
in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
DPGRID.
This is a new grid section keyword which enables the grid data for a dual porosity run to be
entered for the first NDIVIZ/2 layers (the matrix cells), the fracture values being copied
from these. This makes the specification of faulted dual porosity runs easier, and avoids
spurious cell overlap messages.
Gravity imbibition in dual porosity runs.

The exchange of fluid between matrix and fracture cells due to gravitational forces may
now be modeled. See the Dual Porosity chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.
An alternative method can be selected for calculating grid block transmissibilities. See
keyword OLDTRANR and the Transmissibility Calculations chapter in the ECLIPSE
Technical Description.
There is a choice of alternative methods for calculating 3-phase oil relative permeabilities.
See keywords STONE1 and STONE2 and the Saturation Functions chapter in the
Economic limits for production well connections.

Individual well connections can be closed if their water cut, GOR or WGR exceeds its
economic limit. See keyword CECON.
Older Developments
607
Downtime for wells.

Efficiency factors can be defined for wells, to take account of regular downtime. See
keyword WEFAC.
Automatic lift switching.

Artificial lift can be switched on automatically when the well flow rate falls to a specified
value, by changing either the VFP table number or the artificial lift quantity. See keyword
WLIFT.
Workover rate limitation.

A limit can be imposed on the rate at which well workovers can be performed. See keyword
WORKLIM.
Optional output of well production/injection totals by layer, according to 9th switch in

RPTSCHED keyword.
The volumes of each phase in the regions defined by the initial oil, water and gas zones can
be produced at simulation report times in VE runs. These fluids-in-place reports are
produced using item 21 in the RPTSOL and RPTSCHED keywords.
Optional output of unified restart files and unified summary files. See RUNSPEC section
and the File Handling in ECLIPSE chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description.

85/7
608
The dual porosity option now multiplies the fracture permeabilities rather than the
transmissibilities by the fracture porosities. This does not affect the fracture-to-fracture
transmissibilities, but ensures that the PI for the wells and circle completion non-neighbor
connections are calculated with the fracture porosity factor. As an alternative, the NODPPM
keyword may be used to avoid the fracture porosity multiplier entirely, the user entering net
bulk fracture permeabilities directly.
An improved treatment has been provided for overlapping transition zones in the
equilibration calculation. If the sum of the water and gas saturations exceeds 1.0, the
saturations are recalculated from the gas-water capillary pressure.
The default equilibration option (Item 9 in keyword EQUIL) has been changed to 0 in runs
using the Vertical Equilibrium option.
The tilted block equilibration option (Item 9 > 0 in keyword EQUIL) has been modified for
runs using the NEWTRAN keyword. The tilt on the top and bottom faces of each cell is now
determined from the corner point depths, instead of the depths of the neighboring cells top
and bottom faces. This prevents the spurious tilting of cells adjacent to displacement faults.
In the flat or tilted block equilibration options, R s is reset to the saturated RS value at the
grid block pressure if the block contains any free gas, instead of the average R s value of all
the levels. This prevents pressure transients resulting from the immediate solution of free
gas into under-saturated oil. The resetting of Rs can be prevented by giving the 8th switch
in the DEBUG keyword a negative value.
In the Material Balance Reports (RPTSCHED switch 8) for a restart run, the initial fluids in
place and cumulative flow now refer to time 0.0 days, and not the latest restart time. The
grid block region numbers must not be changed during a restart.
Older Developments
If the well PVT table number (WELSPECS item 11) is defaulted, it will be set to the PVT
region number of the wells lowest completed grid block, instead of region 1.
The process of opening wells automatically from the drilling queue has been modified. If
the field target rate can no longer be met, the first well in the queue not belonging to a group
under group control will be opened. This avoids the problem of drilling queue wells being
left un-opened if they are added to the queue after their groups have dropped out of field
control.
The initial pressure in Fetkovich aquifers can now be defaulted. This will cause the pressure
to be calculated automatically, so as to place the aquifer as nearly as possible in equilibrium
with the reservoir.
The names of formatted output files (restart, summary etc.) have been changed, to
distinguish them from unformatted ones.

APIVD
Sets initial oil API vs. depth.
AQFETTRC Sets tracer concentrations for water in Fetkovich aquifers.

CECON
Imposes economic limits on production well connections.
COLUMNS
Sets left and right margins for reading input data file.
DPGRID
Customizes the grid for dual porosity problems.
DZMTRX
Sets parameter for gravity imbibition treatment in dual porosity.
ENDNUM
Defines endpoint vs. depth table number regions for ENPTVD tables.
ENPTVD
Sets saturation table endpoints vs. depth, for endpoint scaling.
GRAVITY
Sets fluid gravities, as alternative to DENSITY keyword.
IMPES
Selects IMPES solution method as alternative to fully implicit.
IMPLICIT Restores use of the fully implicit solution method.

MESSAGES Resets print and stop limits for messages of any severity.
NODPPM
Avoids dual porosity permeability multiplier for fracture cells.
NOWARN
Suppresses ECLIPSE warning messages.
OILAPI
Sets initial oil API values in each grid block.
OLDTRANR Selects alternative method of calculating block transmissibilities.

SGCR
SGL
SGU
SOGCR
Family of keywords to set saturation endpoints in each grid block,
SOWCR
for endpoint scaling option.
SWCR
SWL
SWU
STONE1 & STONE2
Older Developments
609
Selects alternative methods of calculating 3-phase oil relative permeabilities.

TBLK
Sets initial tracer concentrations in each grid block.
TNUM
Defines regions for tracer concentration vs. depth tables.
TRACER
Defines tracer names.
TVDP
Provides tables of initial tracer concentration vs. depth.
WEFAC
Sets well efficiency factors, to account for downtime.
WLIFT
Sets instructions for automatically switching on artificial lift.
WORKLIM
Limits the rate at which workovers can be performed.
WTRACER
Sets tracer concentrations for fluids injected through wells.

AQUFET
The initial pressure (item 2) can be defaulted.
DEBUG
Debug switches for API, tracer and endpoint scaling calculations.
RESTART
Allows specification of report number on a unified file.
RPTPROPS New switches for output of tracer and endpoint scaling data.
RPTREGS
New switches for output of tracer and endpoint table regions.
RPTSCHED New output switches for API and tracer tracking.

RPTSOL
Output switches for API, tracer and endpoint scaling quantities.
RUNSPEC
Record 6: extended for API and tracer tracking options.

Record 12: extended for endpoint saturation scaling option.
Record 14: extended for mobile fluid in place and tracer tracking calculations.
Record 16: includes a switch for the gravity imbibition option in dual porosity
runs.
Record 30: includes switches for output of unified restart and summary files and
input from a unified restart file. NSTACK default changed from 4 to 10.
610
SUMMARY
Extra SUMMARY section keywords for API and tracer tracking output.
TUNING
Extra quantity to control max. timestep increase after a chop.
Older Developments

release.
Hysteresis of relative permeability and capillary pressure curves (see the Hysteresis
chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description).
Rock Compaction option - pressure dependent multipliers for pore volume and
transmissibility (see keyword ROCKTAB).

84/11
DRSDT now has a default value of infinity (1.0E20) instead of zero. The values of DRSDT
and DRVDT will have no effect in runs containing both dissolved gas and vaporized oil.
The total compressibility check has been removed. A new compressibility check will be
provided in a future version of ECLIPSE.

COMPIMB
Sets imbibition table number for hysteresis in well connections.
EHYSTR
Sets curvature parameter for capillary pressure hysteresis.
IMBNUM
Sets imbibition table region numbers for hysteresis.
ROCKNUM
Sets rock compaction table region numbers.
ROCKTAB
Supplies tables of rock compaction data.

DEBUG
Extra switch (16) for hysteresis calculation debug output.
DRSDT
Default value now infinity; has no effect on runs containing both dissolved gas
and vaporized oil.
DRVDT
Has no effect on runs containing both dissolved gas and vaporized oil.
RPTREGS
New switches to govern output of imbibition and rock compaction table number
regions.
Older Developments
611
RUNSPEC
Record 10: extended for rock compaction option, adding NTROCC, QROCKC and
QRCREV.
Record 12: extended for hysteresis option, adding QHYSTR.
612
Older Developments

This section summarizes the changes to ECLIPSE between the November 1983 version and the
September 1984 version.
Vertical Equilibrium option (see the Vertical Equilibrium chapter in the ECLIPSE
Technical Description).
Extensions to well model: improved group/field production control, tolerance fraction for
economic limits, automatic rate cut-back, calculation of well potential (see the Well
Modelling Facilities chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description).
Extensions to equilibration facility: quiescence and threshold pressures (see the

Equilibration chapter in the ECLIPSE Technical Description).
The Pair Method to accelerate non-linear equation convergence.
New control on oil/gas mass transfer (see keyword VAPPARS).
Memory management for solver stack (see RUNSPEC section).
Output file for PSEUDO package (see keyword PSEUDOS).
Option for formatted restart and summary files (see RUNSPEC section).
Extra output options, including phase pressures and depth corrected pressures (see
keywords RPTSOL and RPTSCHED).
New alternatives to existing keywords (see keywords DATES and DZNET).

84/9
The average field and region pressures are now hydrocarbon volume weighted averages.
The original pore volume weighted averages could be significantly affected by large
aquifer zones. The change in weighting will also affect well voidage rate calculations, as
the reservoir fluid volumes are calculated at the average field pressure.
The NEWTRAN option may now be used for radial grids.

COMPRP
Sets saturation scaling data for well connections in non-VE runs.
COMPVE
Resets top and bottom depths for well connections in VE runs.
DATES
Sets dates of reports; alternative to TSTEP.
DATUM
Sets datum depths for output of depth-corrected pressures.
DZNET
Sets grid block net thicknesses; alternative to NTG.
Older Developments
613
GCONPROD Sets flow targets and limits for group and field control.
GECON
Sets economic limits for groups and field.
PSEUDOS
Requests output of data for the PSEUDO package.
THPRES
Sets threshold pressures for flow between equilibration regions.
VAPPARS
Controls vaporization of oil in under-saturated gas.
VEFRAC
Sets the weighting factor between VE functions and rock curves.
WCUTBACK Sets automatic rate cut-back limits for production wells.

WELOPEN
Opens and closes wells and well connections.
WGRUPCON Sets well guide rates for group control.

WLIMTOL
Sets tolerance fraction for well, group and field economic limits.

DEBUG
Extra switches for new facilities.
EQUIL
Item 9: N=0 gives special VE equilibration in VE runs.
NEWTRAN
May now be used for radial grids.
RPTSCHED Extra output switches for phase pressures and VE quantities.

RPTSOL
Extra output switches for phase pressures and VE quantities.
RUNSPEC
Record 12: extra switch QVEOPT for Vertical Equilibrium (VE) option.
Record 14: extra switches QUIESC, QTHPRS, QREVTH for quiescence and
threshold pressure options.
Record 16: extra switch QPAIR for activating Pair Method.
Record 30: NSTACK=0 stores solver stack on scratch disk file; extra switches
QFMTOU, QFMTIN for formatted restart file.
SOF3
Defaults can be inserted in columns 2 and 3 for interpolation.
WCONPROD Item 3: extra control mode GRUP for wells under group control; abbreviation
G no-longer uniquely refers to GRAT.
WELSPECS Item 5: this now defaults to depth of top-most connection in well.
Item 6: re-named preferred phase; relevant for group control.
Item 7: if set negative, well potential will be printed in reports.
Obsolete Keywords ECLIPSE 100 84/9

GROUPCON Group control facility substantially revised; use GCONPROD for group/field
control data and GECON for group/field economic limits.
WCONGRUP Use WCONPROD to set operating limits for group-controlled wells, and
WGRUPCON to set their guide rates (unless they are defaulted).
614
Older Developments

Eclipse Development History

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Eclipse Development History

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Version 2014.

ECLIPSE* reservoir simulation software

Trademarks & service marks

ECLIPSE Development History

Chapter 3 - 2012.1 and 2012.2 Developments .............................................................................. 41

Chapter 4 - 2011.1 and 2011.2 Developments............................................................................... 69

Chapter 5 - 2010.1 and 2010.2 Developments ............................................................................ 103

Chapter 6 - 2009.1 and 2009.2 Developments ............................................................................ 147

Chapter 7 - 2008.1 and 2008.2 Developments ............................................................................ 199

Chapter 8 - 2007.1 Developments................................................................................................ 253

Chapter 9 - 2006.1 and 2006.2 Developments ............................................................................ 297

ECLIPSE Development History

Chapter 10 - 2005A and 2205A_1 Developments ....................................................................... 319

Chapter 11 - 2004 Developments................................................................................................. 339

Chapter 12 - 2003A Developments .............................................................................................. 363

Chapter 13 - 2002A Developments .............................................................................................. 381

Chapter 14 - 2001A Developments .............................................................................................. 403

Chapter 15 - 2000A Developments .............................................................................................. 429

Chapter 16 - Older Developments ............................................................................................... 461

ECLIPSE Development History

RUNSPEC keywords ...............................................................................................................................24

ECLIPSE Development History

Altered SUMMARY keywords ..................................................................................................................90

ECLIPSE Development History

Altered OPTIONS ..................................................................................................................................184

ECLIPSE Development History

ECLIPSE Development History

ECLIPSE Development History

ECLIPSE Development History

2013.1 and 2013.2

Item 6 can be used to request a scaling/no-scaling of the Palmer-Mansoori strain term,

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

Coal Bed Methane option

The SUMMARY keywords MSUMBUG, MSUMCOMM, MSUMERR, MSUMMESS, MSUMPROB

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

The PLYADS, PLYDHFLF, PLYMAX, PLYSHEAR, PLYSHLOG and SHRATE keywords

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

Coal Bed Methane option

The SUMMARY keywords MSUMBUG, MSUMCOMM, MSUMERR, MSUMMESS, MSUMPROB

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

Coal Bed Methane option

Improvements in the handling of ROCKTAB directional transmissibility multipliers, items

Further improvements have been made in the handling of ROCKTAB directional

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

ECLIPSE Suite Release Notes

2013.1 and 2013.2 Developments

Improvements in the handling of ROCKTAB directional transmissibility multipliers, items

Coal Bed Methane option

Coal Bed Methane option